1.2.1 Syllabus All Merged

University of Mumbai
Revised Syllabus
and
Question Paper Pattern
of Courses of
B.Com. Programme
First Year
Semester I and II
Under Choice Based Credit, Grading

and Semester System
(To be implemented from Academic Year- 2016-2017)
Faculty of Commerce
Faculty of Commerce, University of Mumbai1 | P a g e

B.Com. Programme
Under Choice Based Credit, Grading and Semester System
Course Structure
F.Y.B.Com.
No. of No. of
Semester I Credits Semester II Credits
Courses Courses
1 Elective Courses (EC) 1 Elective Courses (EC)
1A Discipline Specific Elective(DSE)Courses 1A Discipline Specific Elective(DSE)Courses
1 Accountancy and Financial 03 1 Accountancy and Financial 03
Management I Management II
1B Discipline Related Elective(DRE)Courses 1B Discipline Related Elective(DRE)Courses
2 Commerce I 03 2 Commerce II 03
3 Business Economics I 03 3 Business Economics II 03
2 Ability Enhancement Courses (AEC) 2 Ability Enhancement Courses (AEC)

Ability Enhancement Compulsory Ability Enhancement Compulsory
2A 2A
Courses (AECC) Courses (AECC)
4 Business Communication I 03 4 Business Communication II 03
5 Environmental Studies I 03 5 Environmental Studies II 03
2B *Skill Enhancement Courses (SEC) 2B **Skill Enhancement Courses (SEC)

6 Any one course from the 02 6 Any one course from the 02
following list of the courses following list of the courses
3 Core Courses (CC) 3 Core Courses (CC)
7 Mathematical and Statistical 03 7 Mathematical and Statistical 03
Techniques I Techniques II
Total Credits 20 Total Credits 20
*List of Skill Enhancement Courses (SEC) **List of Skill Enhancement Courses (SEC)
for Semester I (Any One) for Semester II (Any One)
1 Foundation Course - I 1 Foundation Course - II
2 Foundation Course in NSS - I 2 Foundation Course in NSS - II
3 Foundation Course in NCC - I 3 Foundation Course in NCC - II
4 Foundation Course in Physical Education - I 4 Foundation Course in Physical Education - II
Note: Course selected in Semester I will continue in Semester II

B.Com. Programme
Course Structure
Semester I
No. of
Semester I Credits
Courses
1 Elective Courses (EC)
1A Discipline Specific Elective(DSE)Courses
1 Accountancy and Financial Management I 03
1B Discipline Related Elective(DRE)Courses

2 Commerce I 03
3 Business Economics I 03
2 Ability Enhancement Courses (AEC)

2A Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses (AECC)
4 Business Communication I 03
5 Environmental Studies I 03
2B *Skill Enhancement Courses (SEC)

6 Any one course from the following list of the 02
courses
3 Core Courses (CC)
7 Mathematical and Statistical Techniques I 03
Total Credits 20
*List of Skill Enhancement Courses (SEC)

for Semester I (Any One)
1 Foundation Course - I
2 Foundation Course in NSS - I
3 Foundation Course in NCC - I
4 Foundation Course in Physical Education - I

Revised Syllabus of Courses of B.Com. Programme at Semester I
with Effect from the Academic Year 2016-2017
Elective Courses (EC)-

Discipline Related Elective (DRE) Courses
2.Commerce I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Business 12
2 Business Environment 11
3 Project Planning 12
4 Entrepreneurship 10
Total 45

Sr. No. Modules / Units
1 Business
Introduction:Concept, Functions, Scope andSignificance of business. Traditional
and Modern Concept of business.
Objectives of Business:Steps in setting business objectives, classification of
business objectives,Reconciliation of Economic and Social Objectives.
New Trends in Business: Impact of Liberalization,Privatization and
Globalization,Strategy alternatives in thechanging scenario, Restructuring and
turnaround strategies
2 Business Environment
Introduction:Concept and Importance of business environment, Inter-
relationship between Business and Environment
Constituents of Business Environment:Internal and External Environment,
Educational Environment and its impact,International Environment – Current
Trends in the World, International Trading Environment – WTO and Trading Blocs
and their impact on Indian Business.
3 Project Planning
Introduction:Business Planning Process; Concept and importance ofProject
Planning; Project Report; feasibility Study types and its importance
Business Unit Promotion:Concept and Stages of Business Unit Promotion,
Location – Factors determining location, and Role of Government in Promotion.
Statutory Requirements in Promoting Business Unit:Licensing and Registration
procedure, Filling returns and other documents, Other important legal provisions
4 Entrepreneurship
Introduction: Concept and importance ofentrepreneurship, factorsContributing to
Growth ofEntrepreneurship,Entrepreneur and Manager,Entrepreneur and
Intrapreneur
The Entrepreneurs:Types of Entrepreneurs,Competencies ofan
Entrepreneur,Entrepreneurship Training andDevelopment centers in
India.Incentives to Entrepreneurs inIndia.
Women Entrepreneurs: Problems and Promotion.

B.Com. Programme
Course Structure
Semester II
No. of
Semester II Credits
Courses
1A Discipline Specific Elective(DSE)Courses
1 Accountancy and Financial Management II 03
1B Discipline Related Elective(DRE)Courses

2 Commerce II 03
3 Business Economics II 03

2A Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses (AECC)
4 Business Communication II 03
5 Environmental Studies II 03
2B **Skill Enhancement Courses (SEC)

6 Any one course from the following list of the courses 02
3 Core Courses (CC)

7 Mathematical and Statistical Techniques II 03
Total Credits 20

for Semester II (Any One)
1 Foundation Course - II
2 Foundation Course in NSS - II
3 Foundation Course in NCC - II
4 Foundation Course in Physical Education - II

Revised Syllabus of Courses of B.Com. Programme at Semester II
Elective Courses (EC)-

Discipline Related Elective(DRE) Courses
2. Commerce II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Concept of Services 12
2 Retailing 12
3 Recent Trends in Service Sector 10
4 E-Commerce 11
Total 45

1 Concept of Services
Introduction:Meaning, Characteristics, Scope and Classification of Services –
Importance of service sector in the Indian
Marketing Mix Services: Consumer expectations, Services Mix, - Product, Place,
Price, Promotion, Process of Services delivery, Physical evidence and people
Service Strategies:Market research and Service development cycle, Managing
demand and capacity, opportunities and challenges in service sector.
2 Retailing
Introduction:Concept of organized and unorganized retailing , Trends in retailing,
growth of organized retailing in India, Survival strategies for unorganized Retailers
Retail Format: Store format, Non – Store format, Store Planning, design and
layout
Retail Scenario: Retail Scenario in India and Global context – Prospects and
Challenges in India.Mall Management – RetailFranchising. FDI in Retailing, Careers
in Retailing
3 Recent Trends in Service Sector
ITES Sector: Concept and scope of BPO, KPO, LPO and ERP.
Banking and Insurance Sector: ATM, Debit & Credit Cards, Internet Banking –
Opening of Insurance sector for private players, FDI and its impact on Banking and
Insurance Sector in India
Logistics: Net working – Importance – Challenges
4 E-Commerce
Introduction: Meaning, Features, Functions andScope of E-Commerce-Importance
andLimitations of E-Commerce
Types of E-Commerce:Basic ideas and Major activities of B2C,B2B, C2C.
Present status of E-Commerce in India:Transition to E-Commerce in India, E-
Transition Challenges for Indian Corporates; on-line Marketing Research.

Revised Syllabus of Courses of B.Com.Programme at
Semester I and II
with effect from the Academic Year 2016-2017
Reference Books
Commerce
• Business Organisation Management Maheshwari, Rajendra P ,Mahajan, J.P.,International Book
House
• Business Organisation, Maheshwari, Rajendra P, Mahajan, J.P., International Book House
• Introduction To Commerce, Vikram, Amit, Atlantic Pub
• A Course Book On Business Environment, Cherunilam,Francis, Himalaya Pub
• Business Environment, Cherunilam,Francis, Himalaya Pub
• Essentials Of Business Environment, Aswathappa,K., Himalaya Pub
• Essentials Of Business Environment, Aswathappa, Himalaya Pub
• Strategic Management, Kapoor, Veekkas, Taxmann
• Strategic Management, David,Fred R., Phi Leraning
• Strategic Management, Bhutani, Kapil, Mark Pub.
• Strategic Management, Bhutani, Kapil, Mark Pub.
• Entrepreneurship, Hisrich, Robert D, Mc Graw Hill
• Entrepreneurship Development, Sharma, K.C., Reegal Book Depot
• Service Marketing, Temani, V.K., Prism Pub
• Service Marketing, Temani, V.K., Prism Pub
• Management Of Service Sector, Bhatia, B S, V P Pub
• Introduction To E – Commerce, Dhawan, Nidhi, International Book House
• Introduction To Retailing, Lusch,Robert F.,Dunne,Patrick M., Carver,James R.,Cengage Learning
• Retailing Management, Levy Michael., Weitz Barton A,Tata Mcgraw Hill

PAPER PATTERN
COMMERCE PAPER I & II
SEMESTER - I& II
W.E.F. 2017-2018
Q.1 Multiple Choice Questions
(A) Select the most appropriate answer from the option given below 10
(Any Ten out of Twelve)
(B) State whether the following statements are True or False 10
Q.2 Answer Any Two of the following Out of Three questions - Module - I 15
a.
b.
c.
Q.3 Answer Any Two of the following Out of Three questions - Module - II 15
a.
b.
c.
Q.4 Answer Any Two of the following Out of Three questions - Module - III 15
a.
b.
c.
Q.5 Answer Any Two of the following Out of Three questions - Module - IV 15
a.
b.
c.
Q.6 Write notes on Any Four out of Six 20

NAAC ACCREDITED
BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (B.COM)
SEMESTER – III & IV
DISCIPLINE RELATED ELECTIVE (DRE) COURSES
COMMERCE PAPER III & IV
Choice Based Credit System
To be implemented from AY 2017 - 2018
Board of Studies in Commerce, University of MumbaiPage 1 of 8

Revised Syllabus of courses of S. Y. B.ComProgramme
COMMERCE –III (MANAGEMENT: FUNCTIONS AND CHALLENGES)
SEMESTER - III
Course Objectives:
• To make the learners aware about conceptual knowledge and evolution of
Management.
• To familiarize the learners with the functions in Management.
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Introduction To Management 11
2 Planning & Decision Making 10
3 Organising 12
4 Directing And Controlling 12
Total 45

Sr. No. Modules
1 Introduction To Management (11)
• Management- Concept, Nature, Functions, Managerial Skills &
Competencies
• Evolution of Management Thoughts
Classical Approach: Scientific Management – F.W.Taylor’sContribution
Classical Organisation Theory: HenriFayol’s Principles
Neo Classical: Human Relations Approach – EltonMayo’sHawthorne
experiments
• Modern Management Approach-PeterDrucker’s Dimensions of
Management, Indian Management Thoughts: Origin & Significance of
Indian Ethos to Management.
2 Planning & Decision Making (10)

• Planning - Steps, Importance, Components, Coordination – Importance
• M.B.O -Process, Advantages, Management By Exception- Advantages;
Management Information System- Concept, Components
• Decision Making - Techniques, Essentials of a Sound Decision Making,
Impact of Technology on Decision Making.
3 Organising (12)
• Organising-Steps, Organisation Structures – Features ofLine & Staff

Organisation, Matrix Organisation , Virtual Organisation,
Formalv/s Informal Organisation.
• Departmentation -Meaning -Bases,Span of Management- Factors
Influencing Span of Management, Tall and Flat Organisation.
• Delegation of Authority- Process, Barriers to Delegation, Principles of
Effective Delegation. Decentralisation:Factors Influencing Decentralisation,
Centralization v/s Decentralisation
4 Directing And Controlling (12)
• Motivation – Concept, Importance, Influencing factors.

Importance of Communication, Barriers to effective Communication
• Leadership- Concept,Functions, Styles, Qualities of a good leader.
• Controlling – Concept, Steps, Essentials of good control system, Techniques
of Controlling -PERT, CPM, Budgetary Control, Management Audit.

SEMESTER – III REFERENCE BOOKS:
REFERENCES
1. Management Today Principles& Practice- Gene Burton, ManabThakur, Tata McGraw-

Hill,PublishingCo.Ltd.
2. Management – JamesA.F.Stoner, Prentice Hall, Inc .U.S.A.
3. Management : Global Prospective –Heinz Weihrich& Harold Koontz, Tata McGraw- Hill,
Publishing Co.Ltd.
4. Essential of Database Management Systems -AlexisLeon ,MathewsLeon

Vijay Nicole, Imprints Pvt Ltd.
5. Management –Task ,Resp, Practices – PetaDruche “willian Heinemann LTD.

Revised Syllabus of courses of S. Y. B.ComProgramme
SEMESTER– IV
Commerce – IV (Management: Production & Finance)

Course Objectives: -
1. To acquaint the learners with the basic concepts of Production Management, Inventory
Management &Quality Management.
2. To provide basic knowledge about Indian Financial Systems.
3. To update the learners with the recent trends in Finance.
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Production & Inventory Management 11
2 Quality Management 10
3 Indian Financial System 12
4 Recent Trends In Finance 12
Total 45

Sr.
Modules
No.
1 PRODUCTION & INVENTORY MANAGEMENT(11)
• Production Management: Objectives, Scope
Production Planning &Control : Steps, Importance
• Production Systems: Concept, Types - Continuous and Intermittent.
Productivity: Concept, Factors Influencing Productivity, Measures for improving
Productivity.
• Inventory Management- Objectives,
Inventory Control- Techniques.
Scientific Inventory Control System - Importance
2 QUALITY MANAGEMENT(10)
• Introduction to Quality: Dimensions of Quality,
Cost of Quality: Types – Internal Failure Cost, External Failure Cost, Appraisal
Cost, Prevention Cost, Quality Circle: Features.
• Quality Management Tools: TQM – Importance, Six Sigma – Process, ISO 9000
– Certification Procedure, Kaizen – Process
• Service Quality Management: Importance, SERVQUAL Model,Measures to
improve service quality.
3 INDIAN FINANCIAL SYSTEM (12)

• Indian Financial Market: Structure, Primary Market – IPO Procedure
Dematerialisation: Process, Role of Depositories : NSDL and CDSL
• SEBI: Functions of SEBI, Investors protection measures of SEBI.
Stock Exchange – Functions, Speculators.
• Credit Rating: Advantages, Credit Rating Agencies in India - CRISIL, CARE,
and ICRA.
4 RECENT TRENDS IN FINANCE (12)
• Mutual Funds- Advantages and Limitations, Types, Factors responsible for

growth of mutual funds – Systematic Investment Plan.
• Commodity Market: Categories,
Derivatives Market: Types, Participants, Types of Derivative Instruments.
• Start-up Ventures –Concept, Sources of Funding,
Micro Finance – Importance, Role of Self Help Groups.

SEMESTER – IV REFERENCE BOOKS:
REFERENCES
1. Production and Operations Management –ProfL.C.Jhamb, Event Publishing House.
2. Production Planning & Control- ProfL.C.Jhamb, Event Publishing House
3. Production & Operation Management (Text & Cases)- K.Ashwathappa&G.Sudeshana
Reddy, Himalaya Publication.
4. Launching New Ventues : An EnterpreneurialApproach-KathleenR.Allen, Cengage
Learning
5. Essentials of Inventory Management-MaxMuller,Amacon Publishes
6. Indian Financial System—BharathiPathiak, Pearson Publication
7. Financial Institutions and Markets : Structure Growth& Innovations – L.M.Bhole , Jitendra
Mahakad, Tata McGraw Hill.
8.The IndianFinancial System and Financial Market Operator-VasantDesai, Himalaya
Publishing
9. Indian Financial System – M.Y.Khan, Tata McGraw –Hill
10.Production and Operations Management –Anandkumar Sharma, Anmol Publication
11. Mutual Funds in India: Emerging Issues-NaliniPravaTripathy, Excel Books New Delhi.
12. Start up Stand up: A step by stepguide to Growing your Business,NandiniVaidyanathan,
Jaico Publishing House,Mumbai
13. A Trades Guide to Indian Commodities Market-Vijay L. Bhambwani, Network 18
Publication Ltd.

PAPER PATTERN
COMMERCE PAPER III & IV
SEMESTER - III & IV
W.E.F. 2017-2018
Q.1 Multiple Choice Questions
(A) Select the most appropriate answer from the option given below 10
(B) State whether the following statements are True or False 10
Q.2 Answer Any Two of the following Out of Three questions - Module - I 15
a.
b.
c.
Q.3 Answer Any Two of the following Out of Three questions - Module - II 15
a.
b.
c.
Q.4 Answer Any Two of the following Out of Three questions - Module - III 15
a.
b.
c.
Q.5 Answer Any Two of the following Out of Three questions - Module - IV 15
a.
b.
c.
Q.6 Write notes on Any Four out of Six 20

Revised Syllabus
and
of Courses of
Bachelor of Commerce Programme
at
Third Year
Semester V and VI
Under Choice Based Credit, Grading and
Semester System
To be implemented from Academic Year 2018-2019
Faculty of Commerce
Faculty of Commerce, University of Mumbai 1|Page

Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com) Programme
T.Y.B.Com
No. of No. of
Semester V Credits Semester VI Credits
Courses Courses
1A Discipline Specific Elective(DSE) Courses 1A Discipline Specific Elective(DSE) Courses
1 & *Any one group of courses 04+04 1 & *Any one group of courses 04+04
2 from the following list of the 2 from the following list of the
Groups (A/B/C/D/E/F) Groups (A/B/C/D/E/F)
1B Discipline Related Elective(DRE) Courses 1B Discipline Related Elective(DRE) Courses
3 Commerce V 03 3 Commerce VI 03
4 Business Economics V 03 4 Business Economics VI 03
5 & **Any two courses from the 03+03 5 & **Any two courses from the 03+03
6 following list of the courses 6 following list of the courses
*List of groups of *List of groups of

Discipline Specific Elective(DSE) Courses Discipline Specific Elective(DSE) Courses
for Semester V (Any One Group) for Semester VI (Any One Group)
Group A: Advanced Accountancy
1 Financial Accounting and Auditing VII - 1 Financial Accounting and Auditing IX -
Financial Accounting Financial Accounting
2 Financial Accounting and Auditing VIII - 2 Financial Accounting and Auditing X -
Cost Accounting Cost Accounting
Group B: Business Management
1 Business Management Paper - I 1 Business Management Paper - III
2 Business Management Paper - II 2 Business Management Paper - IV
Group C: Banking and Finance
1 Banking and Finance Paper - I 1 Banking and Finance Paper - III
2 Banking and Finance Paper - II 2 Banking and Finance Paper - IV
Group D: Commerce
1 Commerce Paper - I 1 Commerce Paper - III
2 Commerce Paper - II 2 Commerce Paper - IV
Group E: Quantitative Techniques
1 Quantitative Techniques Paper - I 1 Quantitative Techniques Paper - III
2 Quantitative Techniques Paper - II 2 Quantitative Techniques Paper - IV
Group F: Economics
1 Economics Paper - I 1 Economics Paper - III
2 Economics Paper - II 2 Economics Paper - IV
Note: Group selected in Semester V will continue in Semester VI

**List of Ability Enhancement Courses (AEC) **List of Ability Enhancement Courses (AEC)
for Semester V (Any Two) for Semester VI (Any Two)
1 Trade Unionism and Industrial Relations 1 Trade Unionism and Industrial Relations.
Paper - I Paper - II
2 Computer systems & Applications Paper -I 2 Computer systems & Applications Paper - II
3 Export Marketing Paper - I 3 Export Marketing Paper - II
4 Marketing Research Paper - I 4 Marketing Research Paper - II
5 Investment Analysis and Portfolio 5 Investment Analysis and Portfolio
Management Paper - I Management Paper - II
6 Transport Management Paper - I 6 Transport Management Paper - II
7 Entrepreneurship& M.S.S.I. Paper - I 7 Entrepreneurship& M.S.S.I. Paper - II
8 International Marketing Paper - I 8 International Marketing Paper - II
9 Merchant Banking Paper - I 9 Merchant Banking Paper - II
10 Direct & Indirect Taxation Paper - I 10 Direct & Indirect Taxation Paper - II
11 Labour Welfare & Practice Paper - I 11 Labour Welfare & Practice Paper - II
12 Purchasing & Store keeping Paper - I 12 Purchasing & Store keeping Paper - II
13 Insurance Paper - I 13 Insurance Paper - II
14 Banking Law & Practice Paper - I 14 Banking Law & Practice Paper - II
15 Regional Planning Paper - I 15 Regional Planning Paper - II
16 Rural Marketing Paper - I 16 Rural Marketing Paper - II
17 Elements of Operational Research Paper- I 17 Elements of Operational Research Paper - II
18 Psychology of Human Behaviour at work 18 Psychology of Human Behaviour at work
Paper - I Paper - II
Note: Course selected in Semester V will continue in Semester VI

B.Com. Programme
Course Structure
Semester V
No. of
Semester V Credits
Courses
1A Discipline Specific Elective(DSE) Courses
1& *Any one group of courses from the following list of the Groups 04+04
2 (A/B/C/D/E/F)
1B Discipline Related Elective(DRE) Courses
3 Commerce V 03
4 Business Economics V 03
5 & **Any two courses from the following list of the courses 03+03
6
Total Credits 20
*List of groups of Discipline Specific Elective(DSE) Courses

for Semester V (Any One Group)
1 Financial Accounting and Auditing VII - Financial Accounting
2 Financial Accounting and Auditing VIII - Cost Accounting
1 Business Management Paper - I
2 Business Management Paper - II
1 Banking and Finance Paper - I
2 Banking and Finance Paper - II
Group D: Commerce
1 Commerce Paper - I
2 Commerce Paper - II
1 Quantitative Techniques Paper - I
2 Quantitative Techniques Paper - II
Group F: Economics
1 Economics Paper - I
2 Economics Paper - II

**List of Ability Enhancement Courses (AEC) for Semester V (Any Two)
1 Trade Unionism and Industrial Relations Paper - I
2 Computer systems & Applications Paper -I
3 Export Marketing Paper - I
4 Marketing Research Paper - I
5 Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management Paper - I
6 Transport Management Paper - I
7 Entrepreneurship& M.S.S.I. Paper - I
8 International Marketing Paper - I
9 Merchant Banking Paper - I
10 Direct & Indirect Taxation Paper - I
11 Labour Welfare & Practice Paper - I
12 Purchasing & Store keeping Paper - I
13 Insurance Paper - I
14 Banking Law & Practice Paper - I
15 Regional Planning Paper - I
16 Rural Marketing Paper - I
17 Elements of Operational Research Paper- I
18 Psychology of Human Behaviour at work Paper - I

Revised Syllabus of Courses of B.Com. Programme at Semester V
Elective Courses (EC)

1 A. Discipline Specific Elective (DSE) Courses
1. Financial Accounting and Auditing VII -

Financial Accounting
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Preparation of Final Accounts of Companies 15
2 Internal Reconstruction 15
3 Buy Back of Shares 10
4 Investment Accounting (w.r.t. Accounting Standard- 13) 12
5 Ethical Behaviour and Implications for Accountants 08
Total 60

1 Preparation of Final Accounts of Companies
Relevant provisions of Companies Act related to preparation of Final Account
(excluding cash flow statement)
Preparation of financial statements as per Companies Act. (excluding cash flow
statement)
AS 1 in relation to final accounts of companies (disclosure of accounting
policies)
Adjustment for –
1. Closing Stock
2. Depreciation
3. Outstanding expenses and income
4. Prepaid expenses and Pre received income
5. Proposed Dividend and Unclaimed Dividend
6. Provision for Tax and Advance Tax
7. Bill of exchange ( Endorsement, Honour, Dishonour)
8. Capital Expenditure included in Revenue expenditure and vice versa
eg- purchase of furniture included in purchases
9. Unrecorded Sales and Purchases
10. Good sold on sale or return basis
11. Managerial remuneration on Net Profit before tax
12. Transfer to Reserves
13. Bad debt and Provision for bad debts
14. Calls in Arrears
15. Loss by fire ( Partly and fully insured goods)
16. Goods distributed as free samples.
17. Any other adjustments as per the prevailing accounting standard.
2 Internal Reconstruction
Need for reconstruction and company law provisions
Distinction between internal and external reconstructions.
Methods including alteration of share capital, variation of shareholder rights,
sub division, consolidation, surrender and reissue / cancellation, reduction of
share capital with relevant legal provisions and accounting treatment for
same.
3 Buy Back of Shares
Company Law / Legal provisions (including related restrictions, power,
transfer to capital redemption reserve account and prohibitions)
Compliance of conditions including sources, maximum limits and debt equity
ratio. Cancellation of Shares Bought back(Excluding Buy Back of minority
shareholding)

4 Investment Accounting (w.r.t. Accounting Standard- 13)
For shares (variable income bearing securities)
For debentures/Preference. shares (fixed income bearing securities)
Accounting for transactions of purchase and sale of investments with ex and
cum interest prices and finding cost of investment sold and carrying cost as per
weighted average method (Excl. brokerage).
Columnar format for investment account.
5 Ethical Behaviour and Implications for Accountants
Introduction, Meaning of ethical behavior
Financial Reports – What is the link between law, corporate governance,
corporate social responsibility and ethics?
What does the accounting profession mean by the ethical behavior?
Implications of ethical values for the principles versus rule based approaches to
accounting standards
The principal based approach and ethics
The accounting standard setting process and ethics
The IFAC Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants
Ethics in the accounting work environment – A research report
Implications of unethical behavior for financial reports
Company Codes of Ethics
The increasing role of whistle – Blowing
Why should student learn ethics?


2. Financial Accounting and Auditing Paper-VIII:

Cost Accounting
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Cost Accounting 10
2 Material Cost 10
3 Labour Cost 10
4 Overheads 10
5 Classification of Costs and Cost Sheet 10
6 Reconciliation of cost and financial accounts 10
Total 60

1 Introduction to Cost Accounting
(a) Objectives and scope of Cost Accounting
(b) Cost centres and Cost units
(c) Cost classification for stock valuation, Profit measurement, Decision making and
control
(d) Coding systems
(e) Elements of Cost
(f) Cost behaviour pattern, Separating the components of semi- variable costs
2 Material Cost
(i) Procurement procedures—Store procedures and documentation in respect of
receipts and issue of stock, Stock verification
(ii) Inventory control —Techniques of fixing of minimum, maximum and reorder levels,
Economic Order Quantity, ABC classification; Stocktaking and perpetual inventory
(iii) Inventory accounting
Note- Simple practical problems based on
Calculation of EOQ, Raw Material Turnover ratio, Preparation of stock ledger and
Valuation of Inventories, based on FIFO and Weighted average cost.
3 Labour Cost
(i) Attendance and payroll procedures, Overview of statutory requirements, Overtime,
Idle time and Incentives
(ii) Labour turnover
(iii) Utilisation of labour, Direct and indirect labour, Charging of labour cost, Identifying
labour hours with work orders or batches or capital jobs
(iv) Efficiency rating procedures
(v) Remuneration systems and incentive schemes.
Note-Simple practical problems based on
Preparation of labour cost statement Remuneration and incentive systems based on
Piece work plan, Haley Premium Plan, Rowan system, Gantt’s Task
4 Overheads
Functional analysis — Factory, Administration, Selling and Distribution
Behavioural analysis — Fixed, Variable, Semi-variable cost
Note-Simple practical problems on
Departmentalization and apportionment of primary overheads,
Computation of overhead rates including Machine overhead rates
Basic concepts of treatment of over/under absorption of overheads- Direct Labour
method and Prime Cost method
5 Classification of Costs and Cost Sheet
Classification of costs, Cost of Sales, Cost Centre, Cost Unit, Profit Centre and Investment
Centre
Cost Sheet, Total Costs and Unit Costs, Different Costs for different purpose
Note- Simple practical problems on preparation of cost sheet
6 Reconciliation of cost and financial accounts
Practical problems based on Reconciliation of cost and Financial accounts.
Faculty of Commerce, University of Mumbai 10 | P a g e


1. Business Management Paper-III:

Management and Organization Development
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Introduction 15
2 Planning 15
3 Organizing as a Managerial Function 15
4 Staffing 15
Total 60

1 Introduction
 Management – Definition and Characteristics
 Management – as Science, art and profession – Levels of management and
management skills
 Development of Management Thought – Scientific Approach Administrative
School, Behaviour School, Systems Approach and Contingency Approach.
Evolution of Indian management thoughts and their relevance in the current
era.
 Functions of Management in a typical business organisation
2 Planning
 Planning, forecasting, decision making and problem solving
 Nature, characteristics, merits and limitations of planning.
 Classification and components of plans
 Essentials of a good plan and planning process
 Management by objectives (MBO) – Importance and relevance
3 Organizing as a Managerial Function
 Definition and Principles
 Departmentalisation
 Formal organisations – Functional, SBU, Matrix, Committees
 Informal organisations – Relevance and Importance
 Authority, responsibility, accountability and span of control
 Organizational hierarchy – charts
 Delegation of authority and decentralization
 Emergence of virtual organisation – merits and limitations
4 Staffing
 Importance of human resource in organisations
 Estimation of human resource requirements
 Human Asset Accounting
 Job Analysis
 Recruitment and selection
 Training and Development
 Performance Appraisal


2. Business Management Paper-V:

Financial Management
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Financial Management 11
2 Study of Financial Statements 11
3 Ratio Analysis 12
4 Sources of Finance and Cash Flow Analysis 11
Total 45

1 Introduction to Financial Management
 Definition, nature and functions of financial management
 Objectives of financial management
 Importance of financial management and limitations.
 Preparation of financial Statements adhering to current statutory
requirements.
2 Study of Financial Statements
 Objectives of financial statement analysis and interpretation
 Steps involved in the analysis of financial statements
 Comparative Statements
 Common Size Statements
 Trend Analysis
3 Ratio Analysis
 Ratio Analysis – Meaning and objectives and Classification of Ratios-
Traditional classification, functional classification and classification from the
point of view of users
 Balance Sheet Ratios- Current Ratio, Liquid Ratio, Proprietary Ratio, Stock-
Working Capital Ratio, Capital Gearing Ratio, Debt Equity Ratio
 Revenue Statement Ratios - Gross Profit Ratio, Operating Ratio, Expense
Ratios, Net Profit Ratio, Stock Turnover Ratio.
 Combined Ratios - Return on Capital Employed, Return on Proprietors’ Funds,
Return on Equity Share Capital, Debtors’ Turnover Ratio (Debtors’ Velocity),
Earning Per Share, Dividend Payout Ratio, Price Earning Ratio
 Importance and limitations of Accounting Ratios
4 Sources of Finance and Cash Flow Analysis
 Classification of sources of finance with reference to period , ownership and
source of generation
 Internal and external financing including choice of financial instruments
 Cash Flow Statement – Meaning and Classification
 Uses of Cash Flow statement
 Preparation of Cash Flow Statement – Direct and Indirect


1. Banking and Finance Paper - I:

Central Banking
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
2 Financial Markets in India 15
3 Commodity Market 15
4 Derivatives Market 15
Total 60

1 Indian Financial System
A) Introduction, Meaning, Functions of financial system,
Indian financial system from financial neutrality to financial activism and from
financial volatility to financial stability, Role of Government in financial
development, Overview of Phases of Indian financial system since
independence (State Domination – 1947-1990, Financial sector reforms 1991
till Financial Sector Legislative Reforms Commission 2013), Monitoring
framework for financial conglomerates.
B) Structure of Indian Financial System – Banking & Non-Banking Financial
Institutions, Organized and Unorganized Financial Markets, Financial
Assets/Instruments, Fund based & Fee Based Financial Services.
2 Financial Markets in India
A) Indian Money Market – Meaning, Features, Functions, Importance, Defects,
Participants, Components of Organized and Unorganized markets and
Reforms
B) Indian Capital Market - Meaning, Features, Functions, Importance,
Participants, Instruments, Reforms in Primary and Secondary Market.
C) Indian Stock Market - Meaning and functions of Stock Exchange- NSE and
BSE.
D) Equity Market – Primary Market, IPO, Book Building, Role of Merchant
Bankers, ASBA , Green Shoe Option, Issue of Bonus shares, Right Shares,
Sweat Equity shares, ESOP.
E) Indian Debt Market –Market Instruments, Listing, Primary and Secondary
Segments
3 Commodity Market
 Introduction to commodities market - Meaning History & origin, Types of
commodities traded,
 Structure of commodities market in India,
 Participants in commodities market, Trading in commodities in India(cash &
derivative segment),
 Commodity exchanges in India & abroad
 Reasons for investing in commodities.
4 Derivatives Market
 Introduction to Derivatives market- Meaning, History & origin,
 Elements of a derivative contract,
 Factors driving growth of derivatives market,
 Types of derivatives, Types of underlying assets, Participants in derivatives
market, Advantages & disadvantages of trading in derivatives market,
 Current volumes of derivative trade in India,
 Difference between Forwards & Futures


2. Banking and Finance Paper - II:

Financial Reporting Analysis
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Final Accounts of Banking Company 16
2 Final Accounts of Insurance Company 12

Cash Flow Analysis & Ethical Behavior and implications for
4 12
accountants
5 Introduction to IFRS 08
Total 60

1 Final Accounts of Banking Company
Legal provision in Banking Regulation Act, 1949 relating to Accounts. Statutory
reserves including Cash Reserve and Statutory Liquidity Ratio. Bill purchase and
discounted, rebate of bill discounted.
Final Accounts in prescribed form
Non – performing assets and Income from non – performing assets. Classification
of Advances, standard, sub – standard, doubtful and provisioning requirement.
2 Final Accounts of Insurance Company
(a) Preparation and presentation of Corporate Final Accounts for Insurance
Companies
(b) Final Accounts in accordance with Insurance Legislation.
(c) Study of Accounting Policies from Annual Reports of Listed Insurance
Companies
Preparation of financial statements as per Companies Act. (excluding cash flow
statement)
AS 1 in relation to final accounts of companies (disclosure of accounting policies)
Adjustment for –
1. Closing Stock
2. Depreciation
8. Capital Expenditure included in Revenue expenditure and vice versa eg-
purchase of furniture included in purchases
Any other adjustments as per the prevailing accounting standard.

Cash Flow Analysis as per AS 3 ( Indirect Method Only )
4
Ethical Behaviour and implications for accountants
Financial Reports – What is the link between law, corporate governance,
corporate social responsibility and ethics?
What does the accounting profession mean by the ethical behavior?
Ethics in the accounting work environment – A research report
The increasing role of whistle – Blowing
Why should student learn ethics?
5 Introduction to IFRS
IFRS 1- First time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Statements
Objective, Scope, Definitions, First IFRS financial statements, Recognition and
measurement, Comparative information, Explanation of transition to IFRS,
Reconciliations, Interim financial reports, Designation of financial assets or
financial liabilities, Use of fair value as deemed cost, Use of deemed cost,
Exceptions to retrospective application of other IFRS, Exemptions for business
combination, Exemptions from other IFRS and Presentation and Disclosure.
IFRS2- Share Based Payment – Objective, Scope, Definitions, Recognition, Equity
settled share based payment transactions, Transactions in which services are
received, Treatment of vesting conditions, Expected Vesting Period, Determining
the fair value of equity instruments granted, Modifications of terms and
conditions, Cancellation, Cash settled share based payment transactions, Share
based payment transactions in which the terms of the arrangement provide the
counterparty with a choice of settlement, Share based payment transactions in
which the terms of the arrangement provide the entity with a choice of
settlement, Share based payment transactions among group entities ( 2009
Amendments)
Disclosure.


Group D: Commerce
1. Commerce Paper - I:
Management of Service Industry
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Service Industry 15
2 Tourism and Hospitality Industry 15
3 Transport Industry 15
4 Health Care Industry 15
Total 60

1 Introduction to Service Industry
Services-Concept- characteristics –classification-significance- importance of
relationship marketing in services- technology and its impact on service industry-
role of service industry in economic development- career opportunitie
2 Tourism and Hospitality Industry
Tourism Industry- significance- challenges- types of Tourism products-Present
scenario of travel and tourism in India- Future prospects- Government’s Tourism
policy- Role /functions of Indian Tourism Development Corporation and
Maharashtra Tourism Development Corporation
Hospitality Industry- characteristics- classification
Restaurants- classification and types of consumers in a restaurant
3 Transport Industry
Role of transport in economic development- types of transport (road, rail, air &
ocean)- merits, demerits & recent trends in each mode
4 Health Care Industry
Features- types of health care services- major inputs of health care industry- role
of Corporates & Government in health care sector- emerging trends in health care
industry


Group D: Commerce
2. Commerce Paper - II:

Commercial Administration
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Introduction and Orientation to Commercial Administration 15
2 Office Layout and Equipments 15
3 Office Communication 15
4 Information Management and Records 15
Total 60

1 Introduction and Orientation to Commercial Administration
Commercial Administration: Meaning, nature and importance of Commercial
Administration in business activity- role and functions of a commercial office-
administrative structure of a commercial office- abilities, skills and attributes of
office manager.
2 Office Layout and Equipments
Office layout- Meaning, importance and types of office layout (enclosed or
cellular/modular/ virtual etc.)- factors determining office layout- ergonomics with
respect to comfort, health & safety
Office equipments- various types of office equipments-functions of office
equipments- types and uses of various office stationery-Role of IT in office
administration
3 Office Communication
Communication: Various channels of office communication- factors affecting
selection of communication channels
communication
flows(upward/downward/vertical/horizontal/diagonal/grapevine)- barriers to
effective communication- methods for intra firm communication- role of front
office in communication with external stakeholders
4 Information Management and Records
Information Management: Meaning and characteristics of information
management- types of records to be maintained- characteristics of effective
record management system- methods of classification of records-methods and
procedures for managing inactive files- duties of record management
Department.


1 B. Discipline Related Elective (DRE) Courses
3. Commerce - V
Marketing
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Marketing 12
2 Marketing Decisions I 11
3 Marketing Decisions 11
4 Key Marketing Dimensions 11
Total 45

1 Introduction to Marketing
 Marketing, Concept, Features, Importance, Functions, Evolution, Strategic v/s
Traditional Marketing
 Marketing Research - Concept, Features, Process
Marketing Information System-Concept, Components
Data Mining- Concept, Importance
 Consumer Behaviour- Concept, ,Factors influencing Consumer Behaviour
Market Segmentation- Concept, Benefits, Bases of market segmentation
Customer Relationship Management- Concept , Techniques
Market Targeting- Concept, Five patterns of Target market Selection
2 Marketing Decisions I
 Marketing Mix- Concept,
Product- Product Decision Areas
Product Life Cycle- Concept, Managing stages of PLC
Branding- Concept , Components
Brand Equity- Concept , Factors influencing Brand Equity
 Packaging- Concept , Essentials of a good package
Product Positioning- Concept, Strategies of Product Positioning
Service Positioning- Importance & Challenges
 Pricing- Concept, Objectives, Factors influencing Pricing, Pricing Strategies
3 Marketing Decisions
 Physical Distribution- Concept, Factors influencing Physical Distribution,
Marketing Channels (Traditional & Contemporary Channels)
Supply Chain Management-Concept, Components of SCM
 Promotion- Concept, Importance, Elements of Promotion mix

Integrated Marketing Communication (IMC)- Concept, Scope ,Importance
 Sales Management- Concept, Components, Emerging trends in selling
Personal Selling- Concept , Process of personal selling, Skill Sets required for
Effective Selling
4 Key Marketing Dimensions
 Marketing Ethics: Concept, Unethical practices in marketing, General role of
consumer organizations
Competitive Strategies for Market Leader, Market Challenger, Market Follower
and Market Nicher Marketing Ethics:
 Rural Marketing- Concept, Features of Indian Rural Market, Strategies for
Effective Rural Marketing
Digital Marketing-Concept, trends in Digital Marketing
Green Marketing- concept, importance
 Challenges faced by Marketing Managers in 21st Century
Careers in Marketing – Skill sets required for effective marketing
Factors contributing to Success of brands in India with suitable examples,
Reasons for failure of brands in India with suitable examples.


4. Business Economics - V
Macro Economic Aspects of India
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Macro Economic overview of India 15
2 Agriculture During Post Reform Period 10
3 The Industry And Service Sector During Post Reform Period 10
4 Banking and Financial Market 10
Total 45

1 Macro Economic overview of India
 Overview of New Economic Policy-1991, - Role of Social Infrastructure with
reference to education, health and family welfare.
 Sustainable Development Goals and Policy measures: Make in India, Invest in
India, and Skill Development and Training Programmes.
 Foreign Investment Policy Measures in India – Foreign Investment Promotion
Board, FDI- MNCs and their role.
2 Agriculture During Post Reform Period
 National Agricultural Policy 2000: Objectives, Features and Implications
 Agricultural pricing and agricultural finance
 Agricultural Marketing Development-Agricultural Market infrastructure -
Market information- Marketing training- Enabling environments-Recent
developments
3 The Industry And Service Sector During Post Reform Period
 Policy Measures- Competition Act 2003, Disinvestment Policy, Micro, Small
and Medium Enterprises [MSME sector] since 2007.
 Industrial Pollution in India: Meaning, Types, Effects and Control.
 Service Sector: Recent trends, role and growth in Healthcare and Tourism
Industry
4 Banking and Financial Market
 Banking Sector- Recent trends, issues and challenges in Banking and Insurance
Industry
 Money Market – Structure, Limitations and Reforms.
 Capital Market – Structure, Growth and Reforms.


2. Ability Enhancement Courses (AEC)
1. Trade Unionism and Industrial Relations Paper - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Trade Unionism 12
2 Functions of Trade Unions 12
Leadership ideology, Recognition, Registration and

3 11
administration of trade union
4 ILO- Objectives, Principles and Organs 10
Total 45

1 Trade Unionism
Meaning, Scope, Significance and Objectives, Structure of trade unions in India.
New Role of Trade Union in the context of globalization
2 Functions of Trade Unions
 Functions of trade unions with respect to:
i) Wages ii) Labour welfare iii) Training and education iv) Social security)
Awareness of social responsibility vi) Environmental awareness.
 Problems of trade unions, Industrial dispute – causes of industrial disputes
Leadership ideology, Recognition, Registration and administration of trade
3
union
 Impact of recession and globalization on trade unions in India.
 Problems of employees and need of trade unions in Information and
Communication Industry.
4 ILO- Objectives, Principles and Organs
ILO- Objectives, principles and organs. Impact of ILO on Indian trade union
movement.
 Workers participation in management – concept, pre-requisites, forms & levels
of participation, benefit of workers Participation in Management
 Women’s participation in trade union activities.


2. Computer Systems and Applications Paper - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Data Communication, Networking and Internet 18
2 Database and MySQL 09
3 Database and MySQL 09
4 Spread Sheet 09
Total 45

1 Data Communication, Networking and Internet
a) Data Communication Component, Data representation, Distributed processing.
(Concepts only)
b) Network Basics and Infrastructure
 Definition, Types (LAN, MAN, WAN) Advantages.
 Network Structures – Server Based, Client server, Peer to Peer.
 Topologies – Star, Bus, Ring.
 Network Media, Wired – Twisted Pair, Co-axial, Fiber Optic and Wireless –
Radio and Infrared.
 Network Hardware: Hubs, Bridges, Switches, Routers.
 Network Protocols – TCP/IP, OSI Model.
c) Internet
 Definition, Types of connections, sharing internet connection, Hot Spots.
 Services on net- WWW, Email-Blogs.
 IP addresses, Domain names, URLs, Hyperlinks, Web Browsers
 Searching Directories, Search engines, Boolean search (AND, OR, NOT),
Advanced search, Meta Search Engines.
 Email – POP/SMTP accounts in Email, Different parts of an Email address.
Receiving and sending emails with attachments by scanning attachments for
viruses.
 Cyber Crime, Hacking, Sniffing, Spoofing
2 Database and MySQL
a) Introduction :To Databases, Relational and Non-relational database system
MySQL as a Non-procedural Language. View of data.
b) MySQL Basics :Statements (Schema Statements, Data statements, Transaction
statements), names (table & column names), data types (Char, Varchar, Text,
Mediumtext, Longtext, Smallint, Bigint, Boolean, Decimal, Float, Double, Date,
Date Time, Timestamp, Year, Time), Creating Database, inserting data,
Updating data, Deleting data, expressions, built-in-functions – lower, upper,
reverse length, Itrim, rtrim, trim, left, right, mid, concat, now, time, date,
curdate, day, month, year, dayname, monthname, abs, pow, mod, round, sqrt
missing data(NULL and NOT NULL DEFAULT values) CREATE,USE, ALTER (Add,
Remove, Change columns), RENAME, SHOW, DESCRIBE (CREATE TABLE,
COLUMNS, STATUS and DATABASES only) and DROP (TABLE, COLUMN,
DATABASES statements), PRIMARY KEY FOREIGN KEY (One and more columns)
Simple Validity checking using CONSTRAINTS.
3 Database and MySQL
a) MySQL Simple queries : TheSELECT statement (From, Where, Group By, Having,
Order By, Distinct, Filtering Data by using conditions. Simple and complex
conditions using logical, arithmetic and relational operators (=, !,=, <, >, <>, AND,
OR, NOT, LIKE) Aggregate Funtions – count, sum, avg, max, min.
b) Multi-table queries:Simple joins (INNER JOIN), SQL considerations for multi table
queries(table aliases, qualified column names,all column selections self joins).
c) Nested Queries (Only up to two levels) :Using sub queries, sub query search
conditions, sub queries & joins, nested sub queries, correlated sub queries, sub
queries in the HAVING clause.
Simple Transaction illustrating START, COMMIT, and ROLLBACK.

4 Spread Sheet
a) Creating and Navigating worksheets and adding information to worksheets
 Types of data, entering different types of data such as texts, numbers,
dates, functions.
 Quick way to add data Auto complete, Autocorrect, Auto fill, Auto fit. Undo
and Redo.
 Moving data, contiguous and non contiguous selections, Selecting with
keyboard. Cut-Copy, Paste. Adding and moving columns or rows. Inserting
columns and rows.
 Find and replace values. Spell check.
 Formatting cells, Numbers, Date, Times, Font, Colors, Borders, Fills.
b) Multiple Spreadsheets
 Adding, removing, hiding and renaming worksheets.
 Add headers/Footers to a Workbook. Page breaks, preview.
 Creating formulas, inserting functions, cell references, Absolute, Relative
(within a worksheet, other worksheets and other workbooks).
c) Functions
 Financial functions: FV, PV, PMT, PPMT, IPMT, NPER, RATE
 Mathematical and statistical functions. ROUND, ROUNDDOWN, ROUNDUP,
CEILING, FLOOR, INT, MAX, MIN, MOD, SQRT, ABS, SUM, COUNT, AVERAGE
d) Data Analysis
 Sorting, Subtotal.
 Pivot Tables- Building Pivot Tables, Pivot Table regions, Rearranging Pivot
Table.
Note :
a) Theory 03 lectures per week.
b) Practical batch size 20-25, 01 practical = 03 theory lectures per week.
c) 10 Practical’s are to be completed in each semester.
Semester V
Topic Number of Practical’s
Word processing 01
Spread sheet 03
MySQL 06
Minimum 6 practical’s are to be recorded in the journal in the Semester V
[Minimum 4 on SQL, 2 on MS-Excel)

 Scheme of Examination
Type Marks Duration
Theory 75 2 ½ hours
Practical 20 1 hour per batch of 10
Active Participation and Class conduct 05 ---
 Practical Examination Pattern- Semester V

Sr. No. Topic Marks
01 MySQL 07
02 Spread Sheet 03
03 Journal 05
04 Viva 05
 Practical examination to be conducted 2 to 3 weeks before the theory examination.
Marks out of 25 to be submitted to the University before commencement of theory
examination.
 Software Requirement :
MS-Excel 2010, VB 6.0
 Hardware
For a batch of 120 students minimum 10 computers with appropriate hardware and
software installed on each computer. During practical hours maximum two student
may share one computer.
 For in house computing facility fee of rupees 750/- be charged for each student per
Semester in the existing fee structure against head of computer fee/computer
practical.


3. Export Marketing Paper - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Export Marketing 12
2 Global Framework for Export Marketing 11
3 India’s Foreign Trade Policy 11
4 Export Incentives and Assistance 11
Total 45

1 Introduction to Export Marketing
a) Concept and features of Export Marketing; Importance of Exports for a Nation
and a Firm; Distinction between Domestic Marketing and Export Marketing
b) Factors influencing Export Marketing; Risks involved in Export Marketing;
Problems of India’s Export Sector
c) Major merchandise/commodities exports of India (since 2015); Services
exports of India (since 2015); Region-wise India’s Export Trade (since 2015)
2 Global Framework for Export Marketing
a) Trade barriers; Types of Tariff Barriers and Non-Tariff barriers; Distinction
between Tariff and Non-Tariff barriers
b) Major Economic Groupings of the World; Positive and Negative Impact of
Regional Economic Groupings; Agreements of World Trade Organisation
(WTO)
c) Need for Overseas Market Research; Market Selection Process,
Determinants of Foreign Market Selection
3 India’s Foreign Trade Policy
a) Foreign Trade Policy (FTP) 2015-20 - Highlights and Implications, Export Trade
facilitations and ease of doing business as per the new FTP
b) Role of Directorate General of Foreign Trade (DGFT), Negative list of Exports,
Deemed Exports
c) Benefits to Status Holders & Towns of Excellence; Common benefits for EHTP,
BTP and STP; Benefits enjoyed by (IIAs) Integrated Industrial Areas(SEZ), EOU,
AEZ
4 Export Incentives and Assistance
a. Financial Incentives available to Indian Exporters - Marketing Development
Assistance (MDA), Market Access Initiative (MAI), Assistance to States for
Infrastructure Development for Exports (ASIDE), Industrial Raw Material
Assistance Centre(IRMAC),
b. Institutional Assistance to Indian Exporters - Federation of Indian Export
Organisations (FIEO), India Trade Promotion Organisation (ITPO), The
Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry (FICCI), Export
Promotion Councils (EPCs) & Commodity Boards (CBs), Indian Institute of
Foreign Trade (IIFT), Indian Institute of Packaging (IIP)
c. Schemes - Export Promotion Capital Goods (EPCG) Scheme, Duty Exemption
and Remission Schemes, Export Advance Authorisation Scheme; Duty
Drawback (DBK); IGST Refund for Exporters


4. Marketing Research Paper - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Marketing Research 12
2 Planning Research 11
3 Data Collection 11
4 Data Processing, Analysis, Reporting 11
Total 45

1 Introduction to Marketing Research
a. Marketing Research- Definition, features, functions, significance of Marketing
Research in marketing decision making, limitations of Marketing Research
b. Steps in Marketing Research, Ethics in Marketing Research, Career options in
Marketing Research, Qualities of a good Marketing Research professional
c. Marketing Information System- Definition, components, essentials of a good
MIS, Concept of Decision Support System- Components , importance
Data Mining- concept, importance
2 Planning Research
a. Research Design- concept, importance, types
Hypothesis- concept, types, importance
b. Questionnaire- concept, types of questions, steps in the preparation of
questionnaire, essentials of a good questionnaire
c. Sampling- concept, terms in sampling, techniques of sampling, essentials of
good sampling
3 Data Collection
a. Primary data-concept, merits, demerits, methods
b. Secondary data- concept, merits, demerits, sources
c. Qualitative and Quantitative research- concept, features, Qualitative v/s
Quantitative research
Integrating technology in data collection, methods- (online surveys, hand held
devices, text messages, social networking), importance
4 Data Processing, Analysis, Reporting
a. Stages in Data processing
Editing- meaning, objectives, types
Coding- meaning, guidelines
Classification- meaning, methods
Tabulation- meaning, methods
b. Data Analysis & Interpretation
Data Analysis- meaning, steps, use of statistical tools (SPSS, SAS, MS EXCEL,
MINITAB)
Data Interpretation- meaning, importance, stages
c. Report Writing- concept, types, contents, essentials, use of visual aids in
research report


5. Investment Analysis and Portfolio

Management Paper - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Portfolio Management – An Introduction 09
2 Portfolio Analysis and Selection 12
3 Portfolio Revision and Evaluation 12
4 Bond Valuation 12
Total 45

1 Portfolio Management – An Introduction
A) Investment - Meaning, Characteristics, Objectives, Investment V/s
Speculation, Investment V/s Gambling and Types of Investors
B) Portfolio Management – Meaning, Evolution, Phases, Role of Portfolio
Managers, Advantages of Portfolio Management.
C) Investment Environment in India and factors conducive for investment in
India.
2 Portfolio Analysis and Selection
A) Portfolio Analysis – Meaning and its Components, Calculation of Expected
Return and Risk, Calculation of Covariance, Risk – Return Trade off.
B) Portfolio Selection – Meaning, Feasible Set of Portfolios, Efficient Set of
Portfolios, Selection of Optimal Portfolio, Markowitz Model, Limitations of
Markowitz Model, Measuring Security Return and Portfolio Return and Risk
under Single Index Model and Multi Index Model.
3 Portfolio Revision and Evaluation
A) Portfolio Revision – Meaning, Need, Constraints and Strategies.
B) Portfolio Evaluation – Meaning, Need, Measuring Returns
(Sharpe, Treynor and Jensen Ratios) and Decomposition of Performance.
4 Bond Valuation
A) Bond Valuation – Meaning, Measuring Bond Returns – Yield to Maturity, Yield
to call and Bond Pricing. Bond Pricing Theorems, Bond Risks and Bond
Duration. ( Practical Problems on YTM and Bond Duration.)


6. Transport Management Paper - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Transportation Network 11
2 Factors Influencing transport development 11
3 Transportation Planning and Production Management 11
4 Multi Modal Transport System in India 12
Total 45

1 Transportation Network
Definition of transport, Characteristics of transport, various mode of transport
network- Air, Surface and Water; public transport and its importance, Element of
Transport – way, unit of carriage, motive power, Terminal
2 Factors Influencing transport development
Factors Influencing transport development: Physical, Economic, Political and
Strategic, Concept of connectivity and accessibility, Transport organisation:
terminal facilities for different modes, Transport Demand: Direction, Volume and
Frequency
3 Transportation Planning and Production Management
Classification of roads, types of parking, problems due to parking, nature of traffic
problem in cities, traffic and environment - Pollution under control certificate
agency, cost structure of different transport modes, discriminatory pricing
4 Multi Modal Transport System in India
Intermodal systems – road/rail/sea; sea/air; road/air; road/rail, sea/rail, sea/road
– Inland Container Depot (ICD) & Container Freight Station (CFS) Terminals, Roll-
on/Roll-Off Service, Planning of multi modal transport system for Indian cities-
Metro Rails, Light Rail Transit (LRT), Sub-Urban Trains, Ring Rail and Monorails,
Bus Rapid Transit Systems.


7. Entrepreneurship and Management of Small

Scale Industries Paper - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Entrepreneurship 11
2 Entrepreneurial Development 11
3 Entrepreneurial Project Development 11
4 Specialized Focus Areas in Entrepreneurship 12
Total 45

1 Introduction to Entrepreneurship
Unit-1:-
 Meaning, Features, Need and Significance, Concept of Entrepreneur and
Entrepreneurship
 Importance, Significance and Growth of Entrepreneurial activity
 Classification and Types of Entrepreneurs
 Functions of an Entrepreneur
Unit-2:
 Characteristics, Qualities and Competencies of a Successful Entrepreneur –
Examples of Successful Indian Entrepreneurs.
 Entrepreneurship as a Career - Creating Self-employment through
Entrepreneurship
 Scope of Entrepreneurship
 Meaning, Features, Significance, Concept of Promoters - Types of Promoters
Unit-3:-
 Incentives and Subsidies to Entrepreneurs in India
 Meaning, Features, Significance, Concept and Qualities of Intrapreneur –
Meaning and
 Concept of Intrapreneurship
 Measures to Promote Intrapreneurship
 Differentiating the Role of: Entrepreneurs and Businessman - Entrepreneurs
and Managers - Entrepreneurs and Employees
2 Entrepreneurial Development
Unit-1:-
 Meaning, Significance and Concept of Entrepreneurial Development in India
 Factors influencing Entrepreneurial Development – Pull and Push Factors
 Barriers to Entrepreneurship
 Managing the Problems faced by Entrepreneurs - Measures/Suggestions to
Overcome Barriers to Entrepreneurship, Start up India-Make in India.
Unit-2:-
 Meaning, Concept and Inter-Linkage between: Innovation and Invention -
Innovation and Entrepreneurship
 Factors influencing Entrepreneurial Development and Motivation
 Role of Psychological, Social and Cultural factors in Entrepreneurial
Development
 Theories of Entrepreneurship - Contribution of David McClelland and Joseph
Schumpeter
Unit-3:-
 Need and Significance of Entrepreneurial Education and Training
 Meaning,Concept & Areas of Entrepreneurship Development Programme (EDP)
 Role of Entrepreneurial Development Programme (EDP) and Training Centers
in India
 Role of Entrepreneurial Development Institutes in India such as MSME-DI
Mumbai, EDI Ahmedabad, MITCON, MCED, NIESBUD toward Entrepreneurial
Development in India

3 Entrepreneurial Project Development
Unit-1:-
 Steps in Setting-up of an Entrepreneurial Venture
 Idea Generation – Sources and Methods
 Identification and Classification of Ideas
 Meaning and Concept of Environment Scanning, SWOT Analysis and SWOT
Matrix
Unit-2:-
 Meaning and Concept of Project Formulation
 Meaning, Concept and Importance of Project Planning - Preparation of Project
(Business) Plan -Points to be considered in Project Planning
 Components of an ideal Business Plan: Market Plan, Financial Plan, Operational
Plan, and HR Plan
 Meaning and Concept of Project Report - Significance of Project Report -
Contents of Project Report
Unit-3:-
 Meaning, Significance and Concept of Project Appraisal
 Aspects and Methods of Project Appraisal: Economic Oriented Appraisal,
Financial Appraisal, Market Oriented Appraisal, Technological Feasibility,
Managerial Competency
 Meaning, Concept, Significance and Importance of Feasibility Study
 Types and Different Areas of Feasibility Study
4 Specialized Focus Areas in Entrepreneurship
Unit-1:-
 Meaning, Features, Concept, Role and Importance of Women Entrepreneurs
 Problems faced by Women Entrepreneurs and Need for Promotion and
Assistance
 Measures/Suggestions to Overcome the Problems faced by Women
Entrepreneurs
 Agencies Supporting and Promoting Women Entrepreneurs- Stand up India.
Unit-2:-
 Meaning, Features, Concept, Role and Importance of Rural Entrepreneurs
 Problems faced by Rural Entrepreneurs and Need for Promotion and
Assistance
 Measures/Suggestions to Overcome the Problems faced by Rural
Entrepreneurs
 Agencies Supporting and Promoting Rural Entrepreneurs
Unit-3:-
 Meaning, Features, Role and Importance, Concept of Social Entrepreneurship
 Differentiating Role of Social Entrepreneurship and NGOs
 Problems faced by Social Entrepreneurs and Need for Promotion and
Assistance – Suggestions to Overcome the Challenges faced by Social
Entrepreneurs
 d. Examples of Social Entrepreneurship in India


8. International Marketing Paper - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to International Marketing 12
2 Product Decisions in International Marketing 11
3 Finance and Pricing Decisions In International Marketing 11
4 International Marketing Environment 11
Total 45

1 Introduction to International Marketing
a. International Marketing- Features, Importance and scope of International
Marketing. Domestic Marketing & International Marketing.
b. Motivating Factors for International Marketing, Problems in International
Marketing, Challenges faced by Indian Exporter in International Market.
c. International Marketing Research – Need & importance, Scope & complexities,
International Marketing Information System- Concept, Importance and
Components.
2 Product Decisions in International Marketing
a. Product-Product Mix, International Product Life Cycle, New Product
Development steps.
b. Branding – Factors affecting International branding, Importance, Types.
c. Labeling, Marking & Packaging – Essential of Good Packaging in International
Marketing, Importance of Labeling, Marking & Packaging.
3 Finance and Pricing Decisions In International Marketing
a. Export Finance-, Types, Features, Procedure for obtaining export finance.
b. Export Financial Institutions-Role and Functions of Commercial Banks, EXIM,
SIDBI, ECGC Cover.
c. Pricing – Factors determining pricing in International Marketing, quotations
including INCO terms (Sums / Practical Problems) Pricing strategies in
International Marketing.
4 International Marketing Environment
a. International Marketing Environment- ,Components of International Marketing
Environment (Eco, Social, Cultural, Legal & regulatory environment)
b. Trade barriers – Types (Tariff and Non-Tariff Barriers), trading blocs (EU,
SAARC, ASEAN).
c. International Forums – WTO -Role/ Functions, Agreements (TRIMS, TRIPS,
GATS, AOA, AOT), IMF, IBRD, BRICS- Role/ Functions.


9. Merchant Banking Paper - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Merchant Banking 11
2 Capital Funds 11
3 Issue Management Process 11
4 Issue Management & Due Diligence 12
Total 45

1 Merchant Banking
Merchant Banking and Financial Services: Introduction, Concept of
merchant banking, Financial system in India and Development of merchant
banks and regulations in India.
Underwriting and Brokerage - Different roles played by underwriters and
brokers in issue management and their responsibilities
2 Capital Funds
Raising Capital from International Markets - Needs of Indian companies for raising
funds from foreign markets, Usage of Euro issue, Evaluation of various types of
depository receipts - American Depository Receipts, Global Depository Receipts,
FCCBs and FCEBs.
3 Issue Management Process
The process of issue management and merchant banker’s role in it, The
appointment of SEBI registered intermediaries and other intermediaries, The
process of filing of offer document by the issuer with SEBI and the ROC with the
help of the lead Merchant Banker, List of the documents to be submitted before
opening of the issue, Copy of agreement between the Issuer and Merchant
Banker, Certificate of compliance stating compliance of conditions, Due diligence
certificate while registering DRHP/ Red Herring Prospectus/ prospectus with the
ROC/ final post issue report, The type of In-Principle Approval from recognized
stock exchanges for initial public issues as well as in the case for rights and further
public offerings, the allotment, refund and payment of interest.
4 Issue Management & Due Diligence
The general obligations of Intermediaries with respect to Public Issues and Rights
Issue, The pricing in preferential issue, The pricing and restrictions on allotment of
Qualified Institutional Placement, The pre-issue advertisement for rights issue,
Utilization of funds raised through rights issue and the manner of disclosures in
the offer document, The procedure for Institutional Placement Programme w.r.t
Offer Document Pricing and Allocation/Allotment Restrictions, Minimum number
of allotees, Restrictions on size of the offer, Period of subscription and display of
demand, Transferability of eligible securities, The procedure for issue of Indian
Depository Receipts (IDRs) w.r.t Eligibility Conditions for issue of IDR, Minimum
Subscription Filing of Draft Prospectus, Due diligence Certificate, Payment of Fees
and Issue of advertisements for IDR, Post Issue Reports, Undersubscribed Issue
Finalisation of basis of allotment, The importance of due diligence, The role of
external parties in the due diligence process and List of due diligence documents.


10. Direct and Indirect Taxes Paper - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Basic Terms 04
2 Scope of Total Income & Residential Status 04
3 Heads of Income 24
4 Deduction from Total Income 04
5 Computation of Total Income for Individual 09
Total 45

1 Basic Terms
Assessee, Assessment, Assessment Year, Annual value, Business,
Capital Assets, Income, Person, Previous Year, Transfer
2 Scope of Total Income & Residential Status
Scope of Total Income (S: 5)
Residential Status (S: 6) for Individual assessee
3 Heads of Income (S: 14)
 Salary (S: 15 to 17)
 Income from House Properties (S: 22 to 27)
 Profit and Gain From Business (S:28, 30, 31, 32, 35, 35D, 36, 37, 40, 40A 43B.
 Capital Gains (S: 45, 48, 49, 50, 54, 54 EC) restricted to computation of Capital
gain on transfer of residential house property only
 Income from Other Sources (S: 56 to S: 59)
Exclusions From Total Income (S: 10)
Exclusion related to specified heads to be covered with relevant head.eg. Salary,
Business Income, Capital Gain, Income from Other Sources
4 Deduction from Total Income
S 80 A, S 80C, 80CCC, 80D, 80DD, 80E, 80 U, 80 TTA
5 Computation of Total Income for Individual


11. Labour Welfare and Practice Paper - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Labour welfare 15
2 Labour Legislations in India 10
3 Agencies of Labour welfare 10
4 Industrial Hygiene & Occupational Health 10
Total 45

1 Labour welfare
 Meaning, Definition, Scope, Objective & Theories of Labour welfare.
 Evolution of Labour Welfare in India.
 Provisions for Labour welfare content in the Constitution of India ( including
Articles 41,42,43…..factories Act 1948, ESI Act 1948, Workmen’s Compensation
Act 1923)
2 Labour Legislations in India
 Labour Welfare Facilities
 National Commission on Labour and Labour Welfare
 Labour Laws of the Elimination of Child Labour
3 Agencies of Labour welfare
 Agencies of Labour welfare in India ( Central govt. , State govt., Employers &
Trade-Unions)
 Labour Welfare Officer: role and functions.
 Labour Administration in India
4 Industrial Hygiene & Occupational Health
 Industrial hygiene & Occupational Health
 Industrial accidents – causes & prevention.
 Occupational diseases & Statutory Provisions, Fatigue, Frustration, Absentism


12. Purchasing and Store Keeping Paper - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Material Management and Material Requirement Planning 12
2 Materials Research & ‘E’ Material management 11
3 Scientific Purchasing 11
4 Purchase procedure 11
Total 45

1 Material Management and Material Requirement Planning
a. Material Management – Definition, Concept, Importance, Objectives,
Functions, Scope, Responsibilities of material manager, Interdepartmental
relationship.
b. Materials budget – Purpose, Procedures & Factors.
c. Material Requirement Planning – Concept, Need, Objectives and Factors
affecting MRP.
2 Materials Research & ‘E’ Material management
a. Material Research – Meaning, Definition, Need, Importance, Scope &
Functions.
b. ‘E’ Material Management – Concept, Application & Operation, Uses &
Advantages, Classes/ Types of materials.
c. Coding and Standardization – Nature, Methods and Advantages of
Codification, Standardization – Nature & Importance.
3 Scientific Purchasing
a. Purchase Department - Types of Buyers/ Consumers, Personality traits for
Purchase executives/ Manager-qualities & qualification, Functions of Purchase
department, Records maintain by Purchase department
b. Scientific Purchasing - Meaning, Importance, Objectives & Principles,
Purchase policies-Centralized vs decentralized purchasing.
c. Suppliers – Sources of supplier, Selection of Suppliers – Methods, Vendor
rating & Vendor development.
4 Purchase procedure
a. Purchase procedure - Make or Buy or Import decision, Buyer & Seller
relationship – Techniques, Ethics in Buying – Principles, Purchase methods,
Documentation.
b. National purchase Procedure – Steps/procedure, Purchase requisition,
quotations – types, Invoice – Types and different Methods of payment
settlement, Legal aspect of contract- Contents and Clauses.
c. International Purchase Procedure – Need, Indent house / firm – Functions &
Services offered by Indent house, Steps/Procedure of Importing,
Documentations, Emerging trends in purchasing.


13. Insurance Paper - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Risk Management 11
2 Insurance 11
3 Insurance Market 11
4 Insurance Regulation 12
Total 45

1 Risk Management
a. Risk - Concept, different types of risks - actual and consequential losses
b. Risk Management- Management of risks – Concept and Methods, loss
minimization techniques
c. Insurance Terminology: Common terms used in insurance - terms common to
both life and non-life insurance - terms as specific to life and non-life insurance
2 Insurance
a. Insurance – Concept, Nature of insurance, evolution of insurance, Different
Types of insurance –importance of insurance, Insurance contract – Concept
and Terms of an insurance contract
b. Fundamental principles of insurance contract – principle of insurable interest,
principle of indemnity, principle of subrogation, principle of contribution,
principle of disclosure of all relevant information, principle of utmost good
faith. Relevance of proximate cause
c. Policy documents: Importance of a policy document, Format of a policy
document
3 Insurance Market
a. Insurance Market- Various Constituents of Insurance Market, operations of
insurance companies - operations of intermediaries – specialist insurance
companies – insurance specialists
b. Insurance customers – different customer needs -importance of understanding
customers – customer mind-sets’ - customer satisfaction - customer behaviour
at purchase point - customer behaviour at the time of claim.
c. Ethics in Insurance – concept and importance of ethical behaviour
4 Insurance Regulation
a. Role of regulators – IRDA – Role, functions and importance
b. Management of risk by individuals – management of risk by insurers – fixing of
premiums, how insurance takes care of unexpected eventualities.
c. Reinsurance – Concept and its importance for insurers - role of insurance in
Economic development and social security - contribution of insurance to the
society. Double Insurance


14. Banking Law and Practice Paper - I

Central Banking
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 An Overview of Central Banking 09
2 RBI as the Central Bank of India 09
3 Supervisory Role of RBI 09
4 Central Banking in other Countries 09
5 Central Banking in the Cyber World 09
Total 45

1 An Overview of Central Banking
Overview: Concept of Central Banking – Institutional Growth of Central Banking

– The Changing Face of Central Banking.
Role of Central Banks: Determination of Goals – Inflation Targeting – Exchange
Rate Targeting – Money Supply Targeting – Money-Growth Targeting – Viable
Alternatives to Central Bank – Central Banking in India.
Contemporary Issues- Autonomy and Independence- credibility, accountability and
transparency of a central bank
2 RBI as the Central Bank of India
Policy Framework for RBI: Organizational Framework – Operational Framework

– Role as a Central Banker – Promotional Role of RBI – Regulatory Role of RBI.
RBI and Monetary Policy: Macroeconomic Policies: Objectives – What is a
Monetary Policy? – Goals, Targets and Instruments – Monetary Policy in India.
A Brief Overview of Fiscal Policy- Striking Balance between Inflation and Growth
through Monetary and Fiscal Policies
3 Supervisory Role of RBI
Regulation and Supervision: Need for Regulation and Supervision – Banking
Regulation Act, 1949 – Banking Regulation and Supervision – Functions of the
Department of Supervisory – Regulations Review Authority – Unified Regulator
v/s Multiple Regulators.
RBI – On-site Inspection and Off-site Monitoring and Surveillance: The Core
Principles for Effective Supervision – On-site Examination – Off-site Surveillance
– On-site Inspection and Off-site Monitoring in India – Off-site Monitoring in
Different Countries – Computerized Off-site Monitoring and Surveillance
(OSMOS).
RBI and Financial System- Introduction- Functions- Characteristics of Financial
System- Role of RBI in regulating Financial System and Financial Sector Reforms
4 Central Bank in other Countries
Federal Reserve System – Bank of England – The European Central Banking, Bank
of Japan, Peoples Bank of China
Interconnectivity of Central Banks with Other International Financial Institutions-
ADB- IMF- World Bank- BIS- Objectives- Role and Functions
5 Central Banking in Cyber World:
E Banking, E money, IT induced Changes and Monetary Policy, E payments, Risks
in the New IT ERA, Impact of IT, Globalization and Central Banks.


15. Regional Planning Paper - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Development 15
2 Factors Determining Regional Planning 10
3 Problems in India 10
4 Human and Environmental Impacts 10
Total 45

1 Development
 Development: Meaning – Growth versus Development
 Factors promoting development of resources, infrastructure, technology,
culture – diversities & disparities & need for balanced growth.
 Concept and Nature of Planning, need for planning of region
2 Factors Determining Regional Planning
 Factors determining regional planning
Area versus regions, formal functional & problem regions – utility of these
concepts in identifying regions for planning.
 National versus regional planning- Regional hierarchy & Multi-level planning
3 Problems in India
 Regional Problem in India- varying levels of development- causative factors
 Problems characterizing development-potential, declining
 Backward and ecologically sensitive regions examples-Inter related nature of
regional problem.
4 Human and Environmental Impacts
 Human and Environmental impacts of regional planning
 Rural and Urban planning policy
 Rural and Tribal Development Plans.


16. Rural Marketing Paper - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Rural Marketing 11
2 Rural Consumer Behaviour 12
3 Marketing Mix – Product and Price in Rural Marketing 11

Marketing Mix– Promotion and Distribution in Rural
4 11
Marketing
Total 45

1 Rural Marketing
a. Rural Marketing-Concept, Nature, Scope, Significance of Rural Marketing
b. Factors contributing to Growth of rural markets, e-rural marketing, growing
importance of rural marketing, challenges in rural marketing
c. Components and classification of Rural markets, Rural Marketing Information
System
2 Rural Consumer Behaviour
a. Rural Consumer behaviour-features, Rural Market VS Urban Market, Lifestyle
of rural consumer, Classification of rural consumers, factors influencing
consumer behaviour
b. Rural Marketing Research- Significance, Tools of marketing research for rural
marketing
c. FMCG sector in Rural India-concept and classification of consumer goods
3 Marketing Mix – Product and Price in Rural Marketing
a. Potential and size of the Rural Markets, Marketing mix for rural marketing
b. Product Strategy - Product mix Decisions - Competitive product strategies for
rural markets, importance of Branding, Packaging and Labelling in rural
marketing
c. Pricing strategy – pricing objectives, pricing policies, innovative pricing
methods for rural markets
4 Marketing Mix– Promotion and Distribution in Rural Marketing
a. Promotion strategy - appropriate media - Designing right promotion mix –
promotional campaigns
b. Distribution - Logistics Management - Problems encountered, Channels for
rural markets, selection of appropriate channels- Factors
c. New approaches and strategies to reach out rural markets


17. Elements of Operational Research Paper - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Operation Research 10
2 Replacement Theory 05
3 Linear Programming Problems (LPP) 15
4 Transportation Problem 15
Total 45
Pre-requisites: Use of Normal Distribution in finding Probabilities. Concept of present

value of money. Application of derivatives to obtain minima of Cost
functions

1 Introduction to Operation Research and Replacement Theory
Introduction: Meaning and scope of Operations Research, Applications in
Business, Commerce and Industry, limitations of Operations Research.
2 Replacement Theory
Replacement Theory: Replacement Models for items that deteriorate with time
assuming value money i) constant ii) changes with time. Replacement of items
that fail completely using individual and Group replacement.
3 Linear Programming Problems (LPP)
Mathematical Formulation of LPP . Solution to the LPP using Graphical
Method, Simplex Method and Big M method Duality in LPP. Detection of
optimum solution to primal using optimum solution to the dual.
4 Transportation Problem
Description and Formulation of Transportation Problem Initial Basic Feasible
Solution by i) North West Corner Rule, ii) Least Cost Entry Method (Matrix
Minima), iii) Vogel's Approximation Method. Optimum Solution by MODI
Method. Existence of Alternative optimum solution. Impact of change in some
cost Coefficients on optimum solution. Maximization type and Unbalanced
Transportation Problems.


18. Psychology of Human Behavior at Work Paper - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 What is Organizational Behaviour? 11
2 Attitudes and Job Satisfaction 11
3 Motivation Concepts 12
4 Leadership 11
Total 45

1 What is Organizational Behaviour?
a) The importance of interpersonal skills
b) What managers do - management functions, roles, and skills
c) Defining organizational behaviour; Disciplines that contribute to the OB field
d) Challenges and Opportunities for OB - Responding to globalization; managing
work force diversity; coping with “temporariness”; helping employees balance
work–life conflicts; creating a positive work environment; improving ethical
behaviour
2 Attitudes and Job Satisfaction
a) Attitudes - Main components of attitudes; Major Job Attitudes
b) Job Satisfaction - Measuring job satisfaction. What causes job
satisfaction? The impact of satisfied and dissatisfied employees on the
workplace
3 Motivation Concepts
a) Defining Motivation; 4 early theories of motivation
b) Contemporary theories of motivation - Goal Setting Theory, Equity
Theory/ Organizational justice, Expectancy Theory
4 Leadership
a) What is Leadership? Trait theories, Behavioural theories
b) Contingency Theory – The Fiedler Model
c) Charismatic Leadership and Transformational Leadership - Key
characteristics of a charismatic leader; characteristics of transactional
leaders; characteristics of transformational leaders
d) Leading for the future: Mentoring

Reference Books
Reference Books
Discipline Specific Elective (DSE) Courses
1. Financial Accounting and Auditing VII- Financial Accounting
 Ashish K. Bhattacharyya – “Financial Accounting for Business Managers”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
 Shashi K. Gupta – “Contemporary Issues in Accounting”, Kalyani Publishers.
 R. Narayanaswamy – “Financial Accounting”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi
 Ashok Sehgal – “Fundamentals of Financial Accounting”, Taxmann’s Publishers
 Financial Accounting Reporting – Barry Elliot and Jamie Elliot – Prentice Hall ( 14th Edition
2. Financial Accounting and Auditing VIII- Cost Accounting
 Cost Accounting- A managerial emphasis by Horngren, Charles, Foster and Datar, Prentice Hall
 Management Accounting by Khan and Jain, Tata McGraw Hill
 Practical Costing by P C Tulsian, Vikas New Delhi
 Advanced problems and solutions in cost Accounting by S N Maheshwari, Sultan Chand New Delhi
 Cost Accounting (For B. Com 4th Sem, Delhi Univ) by Arora M N, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
 A Textbook of Cost And Management Accounting - 10th Edn by Arora M N, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
 Cost Accounting: Principles & Practice - 12 Edn by Arora M N, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
 Essentials of Cost Accounting by Arora M N, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
 Students Guide to Cost Accounting & Financial Management (Set of 2 Volumes) (CA-IPCC) (Group I) by
Bhavesh N. Chandarana, Taxmann
 Lectures on Costing by Swaminathan: S. Chand and Company (P) Ltd., New Delhi
 Cost Accounting by C.S. Rayudu, Tata Mc. Grow Hill and Co. Ltd., Mumbai
 Cost Accounting by Jawahar Lal and Seema Srivastava, Tata Mc. Grow Hill and Co. Ltd., Mumbai
 Cost Accounting by Ravi M. Kishore, Taxmann Ltd., New Delhi
 Principles and Practices of Cost Accounting by N.K. Prasad, Book Syndicate Pvt. Ltd., Calcutta
 Cost Accounting Theory and Practice by B.K. Bhar, Tata Mc. Grow Hill and Co. Ltd., Mumbai
 Cost Accounting Principles and Practice by M.N. Arora, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
 Advanced Cost and Management Accounting: Problems and Solutions by V.K. Saxena and C.D. Vashist, S.
Chand and Company (P) Ltd., New Delhi
 Cost Accounting by S.P. Jain and K.L. Narang, Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana
 Modern Cost and Management Accounting by M. Hanif, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
 Fundamentals of Cost Accounting by Jhamb. H. V., Ane Books Pvt. Ltd.
 Cost Accounting by Gupta Nirmal, Ane Books Pvt. Ltd.
1. Business Management Paper I
 Essentials of Management by Koontz and Weihrich / McGraw Hill
 Principles of Management by Koontz and O. Donnel/ Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
 Principles of Management: Theory and practices by Sarangi S.K. VMP Publishers and Distributors.
 Guide to Management Ideas by Tim Hindle, The Economist
 Principles of Management by Terry G.R. AITBS
 Business Organization and Principles of Management by Dutta Chowdury, Central Education

Reference Books
 Principles of Management, Daver Rustoms, Crown
 Principles of Management, Tripathi P.C. Tata McGraw Hill, New York
 Management Theory and Practices by Dale, Ernest / McGraw Hill, New York.
 Practice of Management by Peter Drucker / Allied Publisher, New Delhi
 Management by Ricky W Griffin / Houghton Mifflin Company
 Management by Gary Dessler / Prentice Hall
 Management by Stephen Robbins, Mary Coulter / Prentice Hall
 Management by James Stoner, Edward Freeman / Prentice Hall
 Time Management by Roberta Roesch, Tata Mc Graw Hill
 Time Management by Marc MANCINI, Tata Mc Graw Hill
2. Business Management Paper II
 Fundamentals of Financial Management(5th edition) by Chandra Prasanna (2010). Tata McGraw Hill
Education Pvt. Ltd.: New Delhi
 Financial Management – Analytical and Conceptual Approach (12th edition) by Kuchhal S.C.
(1995).Chaitanya Publishing House: Allahabad
 Financial Management by Reddy R.Jayprakash (2010) APH Publishing Corporation: New Delhi
 Financial Management – Theory and Practice (5 & 6th edition) by Chandra Prasanna (2003, 2004). Tata
McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.: New Delhi
 Fundamentals of Financial Management (13th edition) by Horne, James C. Van (2012) PHI Learning Pvt.
Ltd.: New Delhi
 Financial Management and decision making by Samuels, John (1999) International Thomson Nusiness
Press : London
 Financial Management - problems & solutions (2nd edition) by Kishore, Ravi M. (2010) Taxmann
Publication Pvt. Ltd.: New Delhi
 Financial Management : theory, concepts and cases(5th rev edition) by Rustagi, R.P. (2011) Taxmann
 Financial Management : principles & problems (7th edition) by Srivastava, R.M.&VermaShubhra (2002)
PragatiPrakashan: Meerut
 Fundamentals of Financial Management – problems and solutions (3rd edition) by Maheswari, S.N. (2006)
Sultan Chand and Sons: New Delhi
1. Banking and Finance Paper- I Financial Markets
 Khan M.Y, Financial Services, Mc Graw Hill Education.
 Dr.S. Gurusamy, Financial Services, Vijay Nicole Imprints.
 E. Gordon and K. Natarajan – Financial Markets and Services
 Niti Chatnani- Commodity markets McGraw Hill Publication
 S. Kevin, - Commodities & financial derivatives PHI Learning Pvt ltd
2. Banking and Finance Paper- II Financial Reporting Analysis
 IFRS – Dr Ram Mohan Bhave and Dr Anjali Bhave

Reference Books
Group D: Commerce
1. Commerce Paper I
 Bhattacharjee, Service Sector Mgt; An Indian Perspective, Jaico Publishing house, 2011.
 Christoper lovelock, service marketing –people technology, strategy, pearson education, IV Edi, 2003.
 Valarie A. Zeithaml 8 Mary Jo Bitner, Services Marketing, Tata Mcgraw-Hill, 2000.
 A. Vijaykumar, service sector in India – Recent Policy initiative, New century Publication, 2008.
2. Commerce Paper II
 Office Management, Pillai R S N, S. Chand Publishers, 2010
 Office Organisation & Management, N.Kumar & R. Mttal, Anmol Publisher, 2001
 Office Management, Balachandran, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2009
3. Commerce V
 Phillip Kotler. ( 2005) Marketing Management, Englewood cliffs, Prentice Hall, NJ
 Richard M. S Wilson, Colin gilligam, Strategic Marketing Management, Viva BooksPvt. Ltd.,2003.
 Walker –Boyd, Larreche , Marketing Strategies –Planning Implementations, TataMacgraw Hill.2004.
 Neelamegam,S.(2007) Marketing in India : Cases and Readings, Vikas, New Delhi
 Kotler, P., Keller, K.L. Koshy, A. &Jha. M. (2009). Marketing Management: A South Asian Perspective.
(Thirteenth Ed). Pearson Education, New Delhi.
 Gandhi, J.C. Marketing a Managerial Introduction TataMcGrawHill.
 Maheshwari, R.P., Jindal, Lokesh, (2011). Marketing Management Theory and Practice.
 Sherlekar, S.A. Marketing Management. Himalaya Publishing House.
 Saxena, Rajan. Marketing Management
 Ramaswamy & Kumari Nama. Marketing Management
4. Business Economics V
 Indian Economic Survey Reports (Annual), Ministry of Finance, Government of India
 Indian Economy by Misra and Puri, Himalaya Publishing House - Delhi
 Gaurav Dutt & Ashwini Mahajan, (2016) Indian Economy, S.Chand& company PVT LTD New Delhi
 A.N.Agarwal – Indian Economy problems of Development and Planning New Age International Publisher
 RuddarDatt K.P.M Sundharam – Indian Economy S. Chand E-co LTD. Delhi
 http://www.environmentalpollution.in/industrial-pollution/industrial-pollution-types-effects-and-control-
of-industrial-pollution/299 for industrial pollution
Ability Enhancement Courses (AEC)
1. Trade Unionism and Industrial Relations Paper I
 Myers C.A. & Kannappan S. (1970), ‘Industrial Relation in India’ , Asia publishing House, India.
 Singh, J.K. (1988), ‘Labour Economics. Principles Problem and Practices’, Deep andDeep Publication Pvt.
Ltd. New Delhi.
 Jackson, M.P. , Strikes
 Karnik V.B. (1974),’Indian labour, Problems and prospects’, Minewal Associations.
 Joshi C.K (1967), ‘ Unionism in Developing Economy’, Asia Publication House, Bombay.
 Mamoria C.B. &Mamoria S.(1992),’Dynamics of Industrial Relation in India’, Himalaya Publishing House.
 Sahani, Dr, N.K. (2009) ‘Industrial Relations’ Kalyani Pub. Ludhiyana.
 Tripathi, P.C. (2009) ’Personal Management and Ind. Relations’ – Sultan Chand and Jons, New Delhi.
 Memoria&Memoria- ‘Ind. Relations’ Himalaya Pub. House, Mumbai.
 A.M. Sharma- ‘Ind. Relations’ - Himalaya Pub. House, Mumbai.
 G.Ramanugan- The Honey bee to words a new culture in Ind, Relations- Sterling Pub. Pvt. Ltd.

Reference Books
2. Computer Systems and Applications Paper I
 Data Communication and Networking -Behrouz A Forouzan
 Introduction to Computers – Peter Norton, Tata McGraw Hill
 Fundamentals of Database Systems - Elmasri Navathe, Somayajulu, Gupta
 Database Systems and Concepts - Henry F. Korth, Silberschatz, Sudarshan McGraw Hill
 DBMS - Date
 The complete reference SQL - Vikram Vaswani TMH
 The complete reference SQL - James R. Groff & Paul N. Weinberg TMG
 Learning SQL - Alan Beaulieu O’REILLY.
 Learning MySQL - Seyed M. M. and Hugh Williams, O’REILLY.
 SQL a complete reference - Alexis Leon & Mathews Leon TMG
3. Export Marketing Paper I
 Export Policy Procedures& Documentation– M. I. Mahajan, Snow White Publications Pvt. Ltd, 26th Edition,
 International Business, K. Aswathappa,McGraw-Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd.,6th Edition
 Export Import Procedures - Documentation and Logistics, C. Rama Gopal, New Age International
Publishers, 2006 / Reprint Jan 2016
 International Trade and Export Management, Francis Cherunilam, Himalaya Publishing House, 20th
Edition, 2017
 R. K. Jain's, Foreign Trade Policy & Handbook of Procedures [With Forms, Circulars & Public Notices],
Centax Publication, 2017
 EXIM Policy & Handbook of EXIM Procedure – VOL I & II
 International Marketing and Export Management, Gerald Albaum, Edwin Duerr, Alexander Josiassen,
Pearson Publications, 8th Edition, June 2016
 International Marketing Strategy,IsobelDoole and Robin Lowe, 5th Edition, Thomson Learning, 2008.
 Global marketing, Warren J. Keegan 9th Edition Pearson Education, Delhi,
 New Import Export Policy - Nabhi Publications, 2017
 P.K. Khurana, Export Management, Galgotia Publishing Co, New Delhi
 P.K.Vasudeva, International Marketing-, Excel Books, fourth edition, New Delhi
 Paras Ram, Export documentation and procedure A-Z
 Export: What, Where, How?Paras Ram, & Nikhil K. Garg, Anupam Publishers, 47th Edition, 2016-17
 International Marketing, Mary C. Gilly, John L. Graham, Philip R. Cateora, 14th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill
Co. Ltd., 2014
 International Marketing Management, An Indian Perspective,R.L.Varshney and B. Bhattacharya, Sultan
Chand & Sons, 24th Edition, 2012
 International Marketing Analysis and Strategy, SakOnkvisit, John J. Shaw, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,
5th Edition, 2008
 International Marketing, Subhash C. Jain, South-Western, 6th Edition, 2001
 Export Management, T.A.S.Balagopal , Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai, 2014
 Michael R. Czinkota and Iikka A. Ronkainen, International Marketing, South-Western, 10th Edition, 2012
 Export-Import and Logistics Management, Charlie Hill, Random Publications, 2014
 International Marketing Management, M.V. Kulkarni, Everest Publishing House
4. Marketing Research Paper I
 Marketing Research Text and Cases, Rajendra Nargundkar, McGraw Hill, 2nd edition
 Marketing Research ( Text with Cases), Suja Nair, Himalaya Publishing House, Maharashtra, 2014
 Marketing Research, John Boyce, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., Maharashtra, 2011
 Encyclopaedia of Marketing Research Series, S.D. Singh, Anmol Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2012
 Marketing Research: A Global Outlook, V. Kumar, Sage Publications, New Delhi, 2015
 Marketing Research, G. C. Beri, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2007
 Fundamentals of Marketing Research, M.K. Gawande, Chandralok Prakashan, Kanpur, 2012
 Marketing Research: The impact of internet, Gates, Roger et al, John Wiley & sons, Great Britain, 2002

Reference Books
5. Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management Paper I
 Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, Prasanna Chandra, Tata McGraw Hill
 Financial Management, Prasanna handra, Tata McGraw Hill
 Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, Ravi Kishor, Taxman Publishers
 Financial Management, Khan & Jain, Tata McGraw Hill
 Fundamentals of Investment Management, Hirt and Block, Tata McGraw Hill. Ed 2009.
 Portfolio Management Handbook, Robert A. Strong, Jaico Publishing House, Mumbai
6. Transport Management Paper I
 Phil Hughes & Ed Ferrett (2010). International Health and Safety at Work. Routledge Publisher.
 Mather J. C. (ed.) (1992). ‘Transport and Economic Development’, Chugh Publications, Allahabad.
 Modak S.K. (1980). ‘Adgunik Parivahanache Arthashastra’, Maharashtra Vidhyapeeth Grantha Nirmitee
Mandal, Nagpur.
 Hugh M. Kindred & Mary R. Brooks (1997). ‘Multimodal Transport Rules’. Martinus Nijhoff Publishers.
 Multimodal Transportation of Goods Act, 1993 Along With Allied Rules, Professional Book Publishers.
 Slim Hammadi & Mekki Ksouri (2013). Multimodal Transport Systems. John Wiley & Sons.
 Joseph S. Szyliowicz, Luca Zamparini, Genseric L.L. Reniers & Dawna L. Rhoades (2016). Multimodal
Transport Security: Frameworks and Policy Applications in Freight and Passenger Transport. Edward Elgar
Publishing.
 United Nations Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific (2004). Manual on Modernization
of Inland Water Transport for Integration within a Multimodal Transport System. United Nations
Publications.
 Jean-Paul Rodrique, Claude Comtois & Brian Slack (2013). The Geography of Transport Systems. Routledge.
 Christos N. Pyrgidis (2016). Railway Transportation System: Design, Construction and Operation. CRC
Press.
 United Nations. Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific Secretariat (2003). Training
Manual on the Operational Aspects of Multi Model Transport. United Nations Publications.
 Container and Multimodal Transport Management (2002). Shroff Publishers & Distributors.
 Faulks R.W. (1982). ‘Principal of transport’, Iran Allen.
 Owen, W. (1964). ‘Strategy for Mobility’, East-West Centre Edition, Honolulu.
 Bruton, M.J. (1985). Introduction to Transportation Planning’, Hutchinson, Londan.
 Lok sabha Secretariat (1986). ‘Transport in India’, New Delhi.
 Pasricha (1999). Road Safety guide for drivers of heavy vehicle. Nasha Publications, Mumbai.
 K.W.Ogden, “Safer Roads – A guide to Road Safety Engineering”.
 Babkov, V.F. (1986). Road Conditions and Traffic Safety. MIR Publications, Moscow.
 Popkes, C.A. (1986). Traffic Control and Road Accident Prevention. Chapman and Hall Limited.
 Pradeep Chaturvedi (2006). Challenges of Occupational Safety and Health. Concept Publishing Company.
 Konkan Railway - A Dream Come True- Konkan Railway Corporation Ltd.
 S. Ponnuswamy (2012), ‘Urban Transportation: Planning, Operation and Management’ Publisher- Tata
McGraw-Hill Education.
 B.C. Vaidya (2003). ‘Geography of Transport Development in India’ Concept Publishing Company
7. Entrepreneurship & Management of Small Scale Industries Paper I
 Batra G.S. and Dangal R.C., Entrepreneurship and Small Scale Industries, Deep and Deep Publications Pvt.
Ltd.
 Entrepreneurial Development, Colombo Plan, 1998, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
 Entrepreneurship Development, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai.
 Gupta C.B., Entrepreneurial Development, 1995, Somaiya Publication, New Delhi.
 Hisrich R.D., Cases in International Entrepreneurship, 1997, Liven, Chicago.
 Hisrich Robert D and Peters Michael, Entrepreneurship, 2002, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,
 Mascarenhas Romeo S., Entrepreneurship and Management of Small and Medium Enterprises, Vipul
Prakashan, Mumbai.

Reference Books
 Mascarenhas Romeo S., Management of Small Scale Industries, Vipul Prakashan, Mumbai.
 MSME Policy Document, Government of India.
 Pooja, Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSMEs) in Indian Economy, New Century Publications New
Delhi.
 Principles of Entrepreneurship, Excel India Publishers, New Delhi.
 Sharma P.K., Development Banks and Entrepreneurship Promotion in India, Mittal Publications.
 Singh P.N. and Saboo J.C., Entrepreneurial Management, Dr. P. N. Singh Centre for HRD.
 Vasant Desai, Entrepreneurial Development, 3 Volumes Himalaya Publishing House.
 Vasant Desai, Entrepreneurship and Management of Small and Medium Enterprises, Himalaya Publishing
House.
 Vasant Desai, Small Scale Industries and Entrepreneurship, Himalaya Publishing House.
 Yerram Raju B. and Pujari Ram R., The Small Entrepreneur Starting and Growing, Excel Publication, New
Delhi.
8. International Marketing Paper I
 International Marketing - Rathor Jani Rathor
 International Business - P. Suhbarau
 Global Marketing Strategy - Jeannet&Hennssey
 Managing International Marketing - dr. V. O. Varkey
 Modern Marketing Research – M.N.Mithani
 Marketing Research – G.C.Berry
 Marketing Research : Applied Orientation.- Naresh Malhotra
 Marketing Research- Boyd, Westfall &Stasch SakOnkvisit , John J. Shaw ,
 International Marketing -Phillip R Cateora and John Graham
 International Marketing - Varshney and Bhattacharya
 International Marketing - P.K. Vasudev.
 International Marketing & Export Management – Edwin Duerr, Jesper
 B.L. Varshney and B. Bhattacharya , International Marketing Management .
 P.G. Apte, International Financial Management .
 Francis Cherunilum, International Marketing Management.
 Phillip R. Cateoria, International Marketing.
9. Merchant Banking Paper I
 Merchant Banking and Financial Services – Dr. S Guruswamy Fourth Edition, Delhi Publishing House.
 Merchant Banking Principles & Practices – H. R Machiraju New Age International Ltd
 Merchant Banking – NISM 2015 Edition
 Merchant Banking and Financial Services – Dr L.N Natarajan, Margham Publications 2012
10. Direct and Indirect Taxation Paper I
 Students guide to Income Tax (simplified version) by V.K.Singhania and Monica Singhania, Taxmann
 Systematic approach to Income Tax by Ahuja & Gupta, Bharat Law Publication
 Income Tax by T.M. Manorahan, Snow White
 Direct Tax ready reckoner by N.V.Mehta, Kuber Publication
 Indirect Taxes by V.S.Datey, Taxmann
 Service Tax by S.S.Gupta, Taxmann
 Commentary on M.V.A.T.ACT, 2002 by M.S.Mathuria & Dilip Phadke, Maharashtra Sales Tax Vat News
 Indirect Taxes by V.S.Balchandra, Sultanchand
 Direct Taxes by B.B. Lal and N. Vashishta, Pearson Education
 Students Guide to Income Tax (Including Service Tax / VAT) - Simplified Version with Problems and
Solutions (Set of 2 Vols) by Dr Monica Singhania Dr. Vinod K Singhania, Taxmann
 Indirect Tax Laws - Service Tax & VAT (Module -II) by Vineet Sodhani, Taxmann
 Indirect Taxes Law and Practice by V. S. Datey, Taxmann

Reference Books
11. Labour Welfare & Practice Paper I
 Jayant S. Railkar- Labour welfare & Practice – Vipul Prakashan.
 A.M. Sarma – Aspects of Labour welfare & Social Security – Himalaya Publications.
 Punekar & Deodhar – Labour welfare Tata MC Graw Hill Publishing.
 Misra & Puri – Indian Economy – Himalaya Publications.
 Dutt & Sundharam - Indian Economy S. Chand Publication.
 Labour Welfare, Trade Unionisms and Industrial Relations – S.D. Panekar, S.B. Deodhar, Mrs. Saraswathi
Sankaram, Himalaya Publishing House.
12. Purchasing and Storekeeping Paper I
 Ammer. Dean S : Materials Management (Richard D. Irwin Inc. U.S.A.).
 Baily, Peter and Farmer, D. : Purchasing Principles and Techniques : Arnold Heinemann, Publishers India
New Delhi.
 Baily, Peter : Purchasing Principles and Management.
 Benjamin Melnitsky : Industrial Storekeeping Manual (Chilton Company, Philadelphia).
 Branch, Alan E. : International Purchasing and Management : Thomson Learning.
 Buchan and Keenigsberg : Scientific Inventory Management : Prentice Hall, U.S.A.
 Bagade, Shankar D. : Production and Materials Management : Himalaya.
 Chadha, H. L. : Industrial Purchasing and Materials Management (Jaico Publishing House, Bombay).
 Datta, A. K. : Modern Materials Management (Indian Society for Materials Management, Calcutta).
 Deb. A. : Materials Management (Academic Publishers, Calcutta).
 Dr. P. K. Bangar and Dr. B. S. Rupnawar Purchasing and Storekeeping Himalaya Publication House.
 Dobler, Donald W. : Purchasing and Supply Management Text and Cases : Tata McGraw Hill,2000.
 Gupta D. R. : Purchasing and Storekeeping : Tata McGraw Hill.
 Gokarn, P. R. : Essentials of Materials Management : Somaiya.
 Gopalakrishnan, P. and Sandiya, M. S. : Purchasing Strategy (Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi).
 Gopalakrishnan, P. and Sundaresan, Materials Management : Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi). 5
 Gopalakrishnan, P. Purchasing and Materials Management : Tata McGraw Hill 2001.
 Heinritz, Stuart F. : Purchasing Principles and Applications (Prentice Hall U.S.A.)
 Kapoor, P. P. : Modern Purchasing Principles and Practices : S. Chand and Co. Ltd., New Delhi.
 Lee, Lamer: Purchasing and Materials Management Texts and Cases : Tata McGraw Hill.
 Magee, John F. : Production Planning and Inventory Control (McGrow Hill, U.S.A.).
 Materials Management, Inventory Control and Logistics Texts and Cases.
 Menon K. S. : Purchasing and Inventory Control : Wheeler.
 Morrison, A : Storage and Control of Stock (Pitman Publishing Co., London).
 Nair, N. K. Purchasing and Materials Management : Vikas.
 Roy Chowdhury, B. K. : Management of Materials (Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi).
 Varma : Essentials of Store Keeping and Purchasing : M. M. Sultan Chand.
 Westing, J. H., Fine, I.V., Zenz, G. J. : Purchasing Management (Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi).
13. Insurance Paper I
 General Insurance, John Magee & David Bicklhaupt,
 Operational Transformation of General Insurance Industry during the period 1950 to 1990 &Beyond, R D
Samarth
 Study on Distribution Functions in General Insurance & Role of Intermediaries, Arun Agarwal / PR Rao
 General Insurance for Information Technology Professionals, Martin Frappoli
 S. Arunajatesan and T.R. Vishwanathan: Risk Management and Insurance:Macmillan, New Delhi.
 Shashidharan K. Kutty: Managing Life Insurance:Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi
 Kenneth Black Jr. and Harold D. Skipper Jr.: Life and Health Insurance: Pearson, New Delhi
 Uma Narang, Insurance Industry in India, Features, Reforms & Outlook, New century Publication, 2013

Reference Books
14. Banking Law and Practice Paper I Central Banking
 Central Banking- IIBF- MacMillan Publishers
 Central Banking – ICFAI Press
 Theory and Practice of Central Banking in India- V.A.Avdhani
 Central Banking- M H deKock
 Central Banking in Planned Economy- The Indian Experiment- C.R.Basu
15. Regional Planning
 Glasson, J. (1974), ‘An Introduction to Regional planning, Hutchinson & Co., London.
 O.E.C.D (1970), ‘The Regional Factor in Economic Development’,
 Minahull, R.(1968), ‘ Regional Geography’. Hutchinson * Co., Ltd., London.
 B.I.S.R (1978), ‘The Role of Fiscal Incentives in Reducing Regional Imbalances: Some Comparison’, New
Delhi.
 Misra, R.P et.al (1974). ‘Regional Development Planning in India’, Vikas, New Delhi.
 Sen. L.K. (ed.) (1972),’Reading in micro level planning and rural growth centers, NICD, Hyderabad.
 B.M.R.P.E. (1974), Regional plan for Bombay metropolitan Region: 1970-1991, Bombay
 Planning Commission Draft Five Year Plans.
16. Rural Marketing Paper I
 DantwalaM.L., Indian Agriculture Since Independence Oxford & IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd. NewDelhi–
110001, 1990.
 Habeeb U.R.,Rahman K.S., Rural Marketing in India, HPH-Mumbai 400004---2003
 Rural Marketing, Gopala swamy, Vikas Publishing House, NewDelhi.
 Kashyp Pradeep, Rant Siddhartha, The Rural Marketing, Biztantra, Mumbai, 2005.
 Dogra Balram Ghuman Karmider Rural Marketing concepts and practices Tata McGrawHILL Education Ltd.
New Delhi, 2011
 Singh S, Rural Marketing Management I/e Vikaj Publishing House New Delhi
17. Elements of Operation Research Paper I
 PERT & CPM Principles and Applications by L.S.Srinath
 Operations Research Principles & Practice by Ravinderan, Phillips Solber.
 Schaum's outline series Therory & Problems of Operations Research by Richard Bronson
 Operations Research by H.A.Taha
 Operations Research by Gupta & Hira
 Operations Research Theory & Applications by J.K.Sharma
 Operations Research Problems & Solutions by V.K.Kapoor
 Quantitative Techniques by Shenoy, Shrivastav & Sharma
 Introduction to Operations Research by Hiller & Lieberman
 Operations Research Techniques for Management by B.Banerjee
 Operations Research by Gupta & Manmohan
 Quantitative Techniques by N.D.Vohra
18. Psychology of Human Behaviour at work Paper I
 Robbins, S. P. Judge, T. A. & Vohra, N. (2013). Organizational Behavior. (15th ed.), Indian subcontinent
adaptation, New Delhi: Pearson Education, Dorling Kindersley India pvt ltd.
 Aquinas, P. G. (2013). Organisational Behavior Concepts Realities Application and Challenges. (2nd ed.)
New Delhi: Excel Books
 Ashliegh, A. M. (2012). The psychology of people in organizations. Pearson Education
 Baltus, R. (2012). Personal psychology for work and life. Tata McGraw Hill
 Dash, C. (2013). Organisational behavior. New Delhi: International Book House
 Gibson, J. L., Ivancevich, J. M., & Konopaske, R.(2013). Organisations: Behaviour, Structure, Processes. Tata
McGraw Hill
 Greenberg, J. (2013). Behaviour in organizations (10th ed.). PHI Learning Private Limited.

Reference Books
 Luthans, F. (2013). Organisational behaviour: An evidence –based approach. Tata McGraw Hill
 McShane, S. L., Glinow, M. A., Sharma, R. R. (2012) Organisational behavior. (5th ed.): Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi.
 Pareek, U. & Khanna, S. (2011). Understanding organizational behavior. Oxford University Press
 Rajendra, P. Maheshwari, J. & Mahajan, P. (2012). Business organization management. (2nd Revised ed.)
New Delhi: International Book House
 Riggio, R. (2012). Introduction to industrial and organizational psychology. Pearson Education
 Schultz, D. & Schultz,S.(2013). Psychology and work today. Pearson
 Shankar, M. (2013). Organizational behavior. International Book House
 Sharma, S. (2013). Organisational behavior. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill.
 Singh, K. (2012). Organizational behaviour text and cases. New Delhi: Pearson Education.

B.Com. Programme
Course Structure
Semester VI
No. of
Semester VI Credits
Courses
1A Discipline Specific Elective(DSE) Courses
1& *Any one group of courses from the following list of the Groups 04+04
2 (A/B/C/D/E/F)
1B Discipline Related Elective(DRE) Courses
3 Commerce VI 03
4 Business Economics VI 03
5 & **Any two courses from the following list of the courses 03+03
6
Total Credits 20
*List of groups of Discipline Specific Elective(DSE) Courses

for Semester VI (Any One Group)
1 Financial Accounting and Auditing IX - Financial Accounting
2 Financial Accounting and Auditing X - Cost Accounting
1 Business Management Paper - III
2 Business Management Paper - IV
1 Banking and Finance Paper - III
2 Banking and Finance Paper - IV
Group D: Commerce
1 Commerce Paper - III
2 Commerce Paper - IV
1 Quantitative Techniques Paper - III
2 Quantitative Techniques Paper - IV
Group F: Economics
1 Economics Paper - III
2 Economics Paper - IV

**List of Ability Enhancement Courses (AEC) for Semester VI (Any Two)
1 Trade Unionism and Industrial Relations Paper - II
2 Computer systems & Applications Paper - II
3 Export Marketing Paper - II
4 Marketing Research Paper - II
5 Investment Analysis Portfolio Paper - II
6 Transport Management Paper - II
7 Entrepreneurship& M.S.S.I. Paper - II
8 International Marketing Paper - II
9 Merchant Banking Paper - II
10 Direct & Indirect Taxation Paper - II
11 Labour Welfare & Practice Paper - II
12 Purchasing & Store keeping Paper - II
13 Insurance Paper - II
14 Banking Law & Practice Paper - II
15 Regional Planning Paper - II
16 Rural Marketing Paper - II
17 Elements of Operational Research Paper - II
18 Psychology of Human Behaviour at work Paper - II

Revised Syllabus of Courses of B.Com. Programme at Semester VI

1. Financial Accounting and Auditing Paper-IX:

Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
AS – 14 - Amalgamation, Absorption & External
1 15
Reconstruction
2 Accounting of Transactions of Foreign Currency 15
3 Liquidation of Companies 10
4 Underwriting of Shares & Debentures 10
5 Accounting for Limited Liability Partnership 10
Total 60

AS – 14 - Amalgamation, Absorption & External Reconstruction (excluding inter-
1
company holdings)
In the nature of merger and purchase with corresponding accounting treatments
of pooling of interests and purchase method respectively. Meaning and
Computation of purchase consideration. Problems based on purchase method
only.
2 Accounting of Transactions of Foreign Currency
In relation to purchase and sale of goods, services and assets and loan and credit
transactions.
Computation and treatment of exchange rate differences
3 Liquidation of Companies
Introduction, Underwriting, Underwriting Commission
Provision of Companies Act with respect to Payment of underwriting commission
Underwriters, Sub-Underwriters, Brokers and Manager to issues
Types of underwriting, Abatement Clause
Marked, Unmarked and Firm-underwriting applications, Liability of the
underwriters in respect of underwriting contract Practical problems
4 Underwriting of Shares & Debentures
Meaning of liquidation or winding up
Preferential payments
Overriding preferential payments
Preparation of statement of affairs, deficit / surplus account
Liquidator’s final statement of account
5 Accounting for Limited Liability Partnership
Statutory Provisions
Conversion of partnership firm into LLP
Final Accounts


2. Financial Accounting and Auditing Paper-X:

Cost Accounting
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Cost Control Accounts 10
2 Contract Costing 10
3 Process Costing 10
4 Introduction to Marginal Costing 10
5 Introduction to Standard Costing 10
6 Some Emerging concepts of Cost accounting 10
Total 60

1 Cost Control Accounts
Advantages and Disadvantages
Cost Control Accounts, Principal Accounts, Subsidiary Accounts to be maintained
Note- Simple practical problems on preparation of cost control accounts
2 Contract Costing
Progress payments, Retention money, Contract accounts, Accounting for material,
Accounting for Tax deducted at source by the contractee, Accounting for plant
used in a contract, treatment of profit on incomplete contracts, Contract profit
and Balance sheet entries.
Excluding Escalation clause
Note- Simple practical problems
3 Process Costing
Process loss, Abnormal Gains and Losses, Joint products and by-products.
Excluding Equivalent units, Inter-process profit
Note- Simple Practical problems Process Costing and joint and by-products
4 Introduction to Marginal Costing
Marginal costing meaning, applications, advantages, limitations
Contribution, Breakeven analysis, Margin of safety and profit volume graph.
Note-Simple Practical problems based on Marginal Costing excluding decision
making
5 Introduction to Standard Costing
Various types of standards, Setting of standards, Basic concepts of Material and
Labour variance analysis.
Note-Simple Practical problems based on Material and labour variances excluding
sub-variances
6 Some Emerging concepts of Cost accounting
Target Costing
Life cycle Costing
Benchmarking
ABC Costing
Note- No practical problems


1. Business Management Paper-IV

Management and Organization Development
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Directing & Leading 15
02 Co-ordination & Motivation 15
03 Controlling & Information Management 15
04 Contemporary Issues in Management 15
Total 60

1 Directing and Leading
 Communication as an important tool for effective direction and leadership
 Barriers to Communication
 Ethical issues in using social media for communication
 Role of a leader in business organisations - qualities of a good leader
 Style of leadership
 Leadership continuum – developing an effective leader – path goal theory
 Transactional and transformational leaders
2 Co-ordination and Motivation
 Co-ordination as essence of management
 Co-ordination vs co-operation vs conciliation
 Motivation – meaning and importance of motivation
 Financial and non-financial motivators
 Theories of Motivation – Maslow’s theory – Herzberg’s theory – McGregor’s
theory.
3 Controlling and information Management
 Definition and steps in controlling.
 Strategic and operational controlling techniques.
 Requirements of an effective control system.
 Flow of information n a typical organisation - Need for managing information.
 Designing and developing modern MIS - Introduction to ERP.
4 Contemporary Issues in Management
 Challenges in organisational growth and development - management
perspective
 Change management
 Importance of time management and tools for effective time management
 Addressing diversity due to human resource mobility
 Conflict management.


2. Business Management Paper-VI

Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Capital Budgeting and Evaluation techniques 11
02 Working Capital Management 11
Receivable Management, Cash Management and Marketable

03 12
Securities
04 Basic Principles of Cost Accounting 11
Total 45

1 Capital Budgeting and Evaluation techniques
 Capital Budgeting - Meaning and Importance
 Evaluation techniques
 Pay-back method and ARR
 NPV and Profitability index
 Choice of evaluation techniques, uses and limitations
2 Working Capital Management
 Working Capital – Meaning and Importance
 Factors determining Working Capital requirements, Working Capital cycle
 Classification of Working Capital – Gross and Net Working Capital, Permanent
and Variable Working Capital, Positive and Negative Working Capital, Cash and
Net Current Assets concept of Working Capital
 Management of Working Capital
 Estimation of Working Capital requirement
Receivable Management, Cash Management and Marketable Securities
3
Management
 Receivables Management – Meaning and importance, aspects of receivable
management, Credit Policy and Credit Evaluation
 Control of accounts receivables – Day’s Sales Outstanding, Ageing Schedule,
ABC Analysis
 Cash Management – Meaning, motives of holding cash, ways of speeding up
cash collections
 Preparation of Cash Budget
 Understanding the role of marketable securities in corporate financial
management
4 Basic Principles of Cost Accounting
 Cost Accounting – Meaning, classification of costs and non-cost items
 Preparation of Cost sheet
 Marginal Costing - Meaning, features, advantages and limitations of marginal
costing,
 Break Even Analysis
 Application of marginal costing


1. Banking and Finance Paper-III:

Risk Management
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Foundations of Risk Management 15
02 Capital markets Risk Management 15
03 Credit Market Risk Management 15
04 Risk Measurement 15
Total 60

1 Foundations of Risk Management
 Basic risk types
 The role of risk management
 Enterprise Risk Management (ERM)
 History of financial disasters and risk management failures
 2007 financial crisis
2 Capital Market Risk Management
 Equity, currencies & commodities markets in India
 Introduction to Derivatives
 Forward, Future and option contracts
 Hedging through Derivatives contract
 Fixed-income securities
 Fixed-income risk management through derivatives
 Rating agencies
3 Credit Market Risk Management
 Introduction,
 Information required for evaluation of credit risk,
 Procedure for Credit Risk Management,
 Credit Lifecycle,
 Loan Review Mechanism,
 RBI guidelines on Credit Rating Framework in Banks,
 Introduction of Basel Norms and calculation of capital adequacy ratio
4 Risk Measurement
 Estimation of volatilities and correlations (application to volatility term
structures) Monte Carlo simulations (application to interest rate forecasting)
 Linear Value-at-Risk (application to market, credit and operational risk)
 Option valuation
 Risk-adjusted return on capital (RAROC) & beta calculation
 Risk management of derivatives (application to convertible risk)
 Interest rates and measures of interest rate sensitivity


2. Banking and Finance Paper-IV:

Actuarial Analysis in Banking and Insurance
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Probability & Mathematical Statistics 12
02 Models 12
03 Mortality Model 12
04 Contingencies 12
05 Statistical Methods 12
Total 60

1 Probability & Mathematical Statistics
Concepts of Probability, Bayes’ Theorem, Concepts of Random Variable,
Probability Distribution, Distribution Function, Expected Value, Variance
and Higher Moments, Basic Discrete And Continuous Distributions, Central
Limit Theorem, Statistical Inference And Sampling Distribution, Confidence
Intervals For Unknown Parameters. Test Hypotheses, Concepts Of Analysis
Of Variance
2 Models
The Principles of Actuarial Modelling., General Principles of Stochastic Processes,
Markov Chain, Markov Process., Concept of Survival Models., Estimation
Procedures for Lifetime Distributions., Maximum Likelihood Estimators For The
Transition Intensities In Models Of Transfers Between States With Piecewise
Constant Transition Intensities.
3 Mortality Model
Binomial Model of Mortality, Derive A Maximum Likelihood Estimator for The
Probability of Death, How to Estimate Transition Intensities Depending on Age,
Exactly Or Using The Census Approximation., How To Test Crude Estimates For
Consistency With A Standard Table Or A Set Of Graduated Estimates, And
Describe The Process Of Graduation.
4 Contingencies
Simple assurance and annuity contracts, means and variances of the present
values of the payments under these contracts, assuming constant deterministic
interest.
Expressions in the form of sums for the mean and variance of the present value of
benefit payments under each contract above, in terms of the curtate random
future
lifetime, assuming that death benefits are payable at the end of the year of death
and that annuities are paid annually in advance or in arrear, and, where
appropriate, Obtain expressions in the form of integrals for the mean and
variance of the present value of benefit payments under each contract above, in
terms of the random future lifetime, assuming that death benefits are payable at
the moment of death and that annuities are paid continuously, and, where
appropriate.
5 Statistical Methods
Concepts of decision theory, Decision function and a risk function. Apply decision
criteria to determine which decision functions are best with respect to a specified
criterion. In particular consider the minimax criterion and the Bayes criterion.
Calculate probabilities and moments of loss distributions both with and without
limits and risk-sharing arrangements.
The properties of the statistical distributions which are suitable for modelling
individual and aggregate losses. Apply the principles of statistical inference to
select suitable loss distributions for sets of claims. Concepts of excesses
(deductibles), and retention limits. The operation of simple forms of proportional
and excess of loss reinsurance.


Group D: Commerce
1. Commerce III:
Management of Service Industry
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Housing and Construction Industry 15
02 Computer Services and e- commerce 15
03 Banking 15
04 Insurance 15
Total 60

1 Housing and Construction Industry
Characteristics- scope- challenges-promotion activities of construction industry-
role of co-operative societies and Government schemes- career opportunities
2 Computer Services and e- commerce
e-commerce- concept-functions- merits & limitations
IT enabled services (ITES): features- Business Process Outsourcing: concept-
advantages & challenges- Consultancy services: classification & significance
3 Banking
Types of Banks- functions of a commercial bank-types of banking products-role of
RBI- recent trends in Banking- Career opportunities in Banking
4 Insurance
Concept- importance- types (Life, Fire, Marine & General)- Regulation of
Insurance sector: role of Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of
India – Foreign Direct Investment in insurance sector- career opportunities in
insurance sector


Group D: Commerce
2. Commerce IV:
Commercial Administration
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Human Resource Management for office 15
02 Office Services -I 15
03 Office Services -II 15
04 Office Services -III 15
Total 60

1 Human Resource Management for office
Human Resource Management: Meaning, nature and importance of human
resource management- scope of HR functions in an office- duties and
responsibilities of HR officer- records and information to be maintained with
respect to the human resource- important HR legislations in India.
2 Office Services -I
Reception & hospitality: Role and function of the reception desk- duties and
responsibilities of a receptionist, importance of reception.
Meetings & Travel Arrangement: meaning and procedure for business meetings-
types of meetings- information and services related to travel- procedure for
making travel arrangements
3 Office Services -II
Accounts & financial services: Role and functions of an accounts department/
officer- documents to be prepared by the accounts officer- types of hardware and
software used – procedure for making and receiving payments- bank and cash
related documents and procedures, digital payments.
Sales, marketing and customer care: functions of sales & marketing officer-
functions of customer service officer, importance of customer care
4 Office Services -III
Procurement & dispatch: role and functions of procurement officer- procedure
for procurement of materials and services- functions of a dispatch clerk-
documents to be maintained with respect to procurement and dispatch
Inventory management: meaning and nature of inventory management,
functions of inventory management - stock records to be maintained manual and
electronic


3. Commerce-VI
Human Resource Management
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Human Resource Management 12
02 Human Resource Development 11
03 Human Relations 11
04 Trends In Human Resource Management 11
Total 45

1 Human Resource Management
 Human Resource Management – Concept, Functions, Importance, Traditional
v/s Strategic Human Resource Management
 Human Resource Planning- Concept Steps in Human Resource Planning
Job Analysis-Concept, Components, Job design- Concept, Techniques
 Recruitment- Concept, Sources of Recruitment
Selection - Concept , process , Techniques of E,selection,
2 Human Resource Development
 Human Resource Development- Concept, functions
Training- Concept, Process of identifying training and development needs,
Methods of Training & Development (Apprenticeship, understudy, job rotation,
vestibule training, case study, role playing, sensitivity training, In, basket,
management games)
Evaluating training effectiveness- Concept, Methods
 Performance Appraisal- Concept, Benefits, Limitations, Methods
Potential Appraisal-Concept, Importance
 Career Planning- Concept, Importance
Succession Planning- Concept, Need
Mentoring- Concept, Importance
Counseling- Concept, Techniques.
3 Human Relations
 Human Relations- Concept, Significance
Leadership –Concept, Transactional & Transformational Leadership
Motivation- Concept, Theories of Motivation,(Maslow’s Need Hierarchy
Theory, Vroom’s Expectancy Theory, McGregor’s Theory X and Theory Y, Pink’s
Theory of Motivation)
 Employees Morale- Concept, Factors affecting Morale, Measurement of
Employees Morale Emotional Quotient and Spiritual Quotient- Concept,
Factors affecting EQ & SQ
 Employee Grievance- Causes, Procedure for Grievance redressal
Employee welfare measures and Healthy & Safety Measures.
4 Trends In Human Resource Management
 HR in changing environment:
Competencies- concept, classification
Learning organizations- Concept, Creating an innovative organization,
Innovation culture- Concept, Need, Managerial role.
 Trends in Human Resource Management,:
Employee Engagement- Concept, Types
Human resource Information System (HRIS) – Concept, Importance,
Changing patterns of employment.
 Challenges in Human Resource Management: Employee Empowerment,
Workforce Diversity. Attrition, Downsizing, Employee Absenteeism, Work life
Balance, Sexual Harassment at work place, Domestic and International HR
Practices, Millennial (Gen Y)Competency Mapping


4. Business Economics-VI
International Economics
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Introduction to International Trade 10
02 Commercial Policy 10
03 Balance of payments and International Economic Organization 15
04 Foreign Exchange market 10
Total 45

1 Introduction to International Trade
 Theories of International Trade - Ricardo’s Theory of Comparative Costs and
the Heckscher- Ohlin Theory.
 Terms of Trade - Types and Limitations.
 Gains from International trade - Offer Curves and Reciprocal Demand.
2 Commercial Policy
 Commercial Trade Policy –Free Trade and Protection – Pros and Cons.
 Tariff And Non Tariff Barriers: Meaning, Types and Effects
 International Economic Integration – Types and Objectives:-EU and Brexit,
ASAEN
3 Balance of payments and International Economic Organization
 Balance of Payment: Meaning, Structure, Types of Disequilibrium.
 Causes and measures to correct the disequilibrium in Balance of Payments
 WTO- Recent Developments in TRIPS, TRIMS and GATS.
4 Foreign Exchange market
 Foreign Exchange Market: Meaning, Functions, Determination of Equilibrium
Rate of Exchange.
 Purchasing Power Parity Theory, Spot and Forward Exchange Rates, Arbitrage.
 Role of Central Bank in foreign exchange rate management, Managed flexible
exchange rate system of India.


1. Trade Unionism and Industrial Relations Paper - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Industrial relations 12
Industrial conflicts and its Measures for Prevention and
2 12
Settlement
Collective bargaining and Workers Participation in
3 11
Management
Industrial relations in Public Sector Multi-nationals, and Co-
4 10
operative Sector
Total 45

1 Industrial relations
 Industrial relations: Meaning, Importance, Scope, Role and Impact on Labour
Laws legislation, Execution, Employer, Trade Unions and Judiciary
 Recommendations of Second National Commission on labour 2002.
2 Industrial conflicts and its Measures for Prevention and Settlement
 Industrial conflicts: Meaning causes and impact. Strike: Meaning, Types &Legal
aspects. Concept of lockout.
 Measures for prevention and settlement of industrial conflicts-
(a) Conciliation (b) Mediation (c) Arbitration (d) Adjudication.
3 Collective bargaining and Workers Participation in Management
 Collective bargaining: concept, principles and importance. Collective
bargaining in India.
 Workers participation in management- Meaning, Types with reference to India.
4 Industrial relations in Public Sector Multi-nationals, and Co-operative Sector
 Industrial relations in public sector, multi-nationals, and co-operative Sector.
 Plant level Industrial relations:- standing orders and grievance procedure.
 Work and role of labour welfare officer.


2. Computer Systems and Applications Paper - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 E – Commerce 18
2 Advanced Spread Sheet 09
3 Advanced Spread Sheet 09
4 Visual Basic 09
Total 45

1 E – Commerce
a) Definition of E-commerce
b) Features of E-commerce
c) Types of E-commerce (B2C, B2B, C2C, P2P)
d) Business Models in E-commerce (Advertising, Subscription, Transaction Fee,
Sales Revenue, Affiliate Revenue)
e) Major B2C models (Portal, Etailer, Content Provider, Transaction Broker,
Market Creator, Service Provider, Community Provider).
f) E-Commerce Security: Integrity, Non repudiation, Authenticity, Confidentiality,
Privacy Availability.
g) Encryption: Definition, Digital Signatures, SSL.
h) Payment Systems: Digital Cash, Online stored value, Digital accumulating
balance payment, Digital credit accounts, digital checking.
i) How an Online credit card transaction works. SET protocol.
j) Limitation of E-commerce.
k) M-commerce (Definition and Features).
2 Advanced Spread Sheet
a) Multiple Spread sheets
 Creating and using templates, Using predefined templates, Adding
protection option.
 Creating and Linking Multiple Spreadsheets.
 Using formulas and logical operators.
 Creating and using named ranges.
 Creating Formulas that use reference to cells in different worksheets.
b) Functions
 Database Functions LOOKUP, VLOOKUP, HLOOKUP
 Conditional Logic functions IF, Nested IF, COUNTIF, SUMIF, AVERAGEIF
 String functions LEFT, RIGHT, MID, LEN, UPPER, LOWER, PROPER, TRIM,
FIXED
3 Advanced Spread Sheet
a) Functions
 Date functions TODAY, NOW, DATE, TIME, DAY, MONTH, YEAR, WEEKDAY,
DAYS360
 Statistical Functions COUNTA, COUNTBLANK, CORREL, LARGE, SMALL
b) Data Analysis
 Filter with customized condition.
 The Graphical representation of data Column, Line, Pie and Bar charts.
 Using Scenarios, creating and managing a scenario.
 Using Goal Seek
 Using Solver
 Understanding Macros, Creating, Recording and Running Simple Macros.
Editing a Macro(concept only)

4 Visual Basic
a) Introduction to Visual Basic, Introduction Graphical User Interface (GUI).
Programming Language (Procedural, Object Oriented, Event Driven), Writing
VB Projects. The Visual Basic Environment
b) Introduction to VB Controls
Text boxes, Frames, Check boxes, Option button, Designing the User Interface,
Default & Cancel property, tab order, Coding for controls using Text, Caption,
Value property and Set Focus method
c) Variables, Constants, and Calculations
Variable and Constant, Data Type (String, Integer, Currency, Single, Double,
Date), Naming rules/conventions, Constants (Named & Intrinsic), Declaring
variables, Val Function, Arithmetic Operations, Formatting Data.
d) Decision and Condition
Condition, Comparing numeric variables and constants, Comparing Strings,
Comparing Text Property of text box, Compound Conditions (And, Or, Not). If
Statement, if then-else Statement, LCase and Ucase function, Using If
statements with Option Buttons & Check Boxes. Msgbox (Message box)
statement Input Validation : Is Numeric function.
e) Sub-procedures and Sub-functions, Using common dialog box, Creating a new
sub–procedure, Writing a Function procedure. Simple loops using For Next
statements and Do while statement and display output using MsgBox
Statement.
Note :
a) Theory 03 lectures per week.
b) Practical batch size 20-25, 01 practical = 03 theory lectures per week.
c) 10 Practical’s are to be completed in each semester.
Semester VI
Topic Number of Practical’s
Presentation skills 01
Advanced Spread Sheet 06
Introduction to Visual Basic 03
Minimum 6 practical’s are to be recorded in the journal in the Semester VI
[Minimum 4 on VB, 2 on Advanced Spread Sheet)
 Suggested list of Practical’s for Semester VI

1. Preparing a PowerPoint presentation on an E-Commerce website.
2. Calculation of DA, HRA, PF, Gross Salary and Net Salary using Spread Sheet
3. Calculation of Income Tax using Spread Sheet
4. Filtering data and Graphical representation of data using Spread Sheet
5. Using VLOOKUP and HLOOKUP using Spread Sheet
6. Creating and managing a scenario using Spread Sheet
7. Use of Goal Seek and Solver using Spread Sheet

8. Write a project in VB to design a suitable form to add two numbers and display their
sum.
9. Write a project in VB to design a suitable form to enter sales and calculate and
display the bonus which is 10% of sales.
10. Write a project in VB to design a suitable form to enter salary and calculate and
display the DA which is 90% of salary.
 Scheme of Examination
Type Marks Duration
Theory 75 2½ hours
Practical 20 1 hour per batch of 10
Active Participation and Class conduct 05 ---
 Theory Examination Pattern

All questions are compulsory
Question Unit No. Marks Marks with Internal
No. Option
Q. 1. Objective type based on I, (II,III) and IV 11+2+2 23
Q. 2. I 15 30
Q. 3. II 15 30
Q. 4. III 15 30
Q. 5. IV 15 30
 Practical Examination Pattern- Semester VI

Sr. No. Topic Marks
01 Advanced Spread sheet 07
02 Introduction to VB Programing 03
03 Journal 05
04 Viva 05
 Practical examination to be conducted 2 to 3 weeks before the theory examination.
Marks out of 25 to be submitted to the University before commencement of theory
examination.
 Software Requirement :
Spread Sheet 2010, VB 6.0
 Hardware
For a batch of 120 students minimum 10 computers with appropriate hardware and
software installed on each computer. During practical hours maximum two student
may share one computer.
 For in house computing facility fee of rupees 750/- be charged for each student per
Semester in the existing fee structure against head of computer fee/computer
practical.


3. Export Marketing Paper - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Product Planning and Pricing Decisions for Export Marketing 12
2 Export Distribution and Promotion 11
3 Export Finance 11
4 Export Procedure and Documentation 11
Total 45

1 Product Planning and Pricing Decisions for Export Marketing
a) Planning for Export Marketing with regards to Product, Branding, Packaging
b) Need for Labelling and Marking in Exports, Factors determining Export Price;
Objectives of Export Pricing
c) International Commercial (INCO) Terms; Export Pricing Quotations – Free on
Board (FOB), Cost Insurance and Freight (CIF) and Cost and Freight (C&F);
Problems on FOB quotation
2 Export Distribution and Promotion
a) Factors influencing Distribution Channels; Direct and Indirect Exporting
Channels; Distinction between Direct and Indirect Exporting Channels
b) Components of Logistics in Export marketing; Selection criteria of Modes of
Transport; Need for Insurance in Export Marketing
c) Sales Promotion Techniques used in Export Marketing; Importance of Trade
Fairs and Exhibitions; Benefits of Personal Selling; Essentials of Advertising in
Export Marketing;
3 Export Finance
a) Methods of Payment In export marketing; Procedure to open Letter of Credit,
Types and Benefits of Countertrade
b) Features of Pre-Shipment and Post-shipment finance; Procedure to obtain
Export Finance; Distinction between Pre-shipment Finance and Post Shipment
Finance.
c) Role of Commercial Banks, EXIM Bank, SIDBI in financing exporters; Role of
ECGC
4 Export Procedure and Documentation
a. Registration with different authorities; Pre-shipment Procedure involved in
Exports; Procedure of Quality Control and Pre-shipment Inspection;
b. Shipping and Custom Stage Formalities; Role of Clearing & Forwarding Agent;
Post-shipment Procedure for Realisation of Export Proceeds; Procedure of
Export under Bond and Letter of Undertaking. (LUT)
c. Importance of - Commercial Invoice cum Packing list, Bill of Lading/ Airway Bill,
Shipping Bill/Bill of Export, Consular Invoice, Certificate of Origin


4. Marketing Research Paper - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Applications of Marketing Research-I 12
2 Applications of Marketing Research-II 11
3 Applications of Marketing Research-III 11
4 Managing Marketing Research 11
Total 45

1 Applications of Marketing Research-I
a. Product Research- concept, areas, steps in new product development Product
Testing & Test Marketing- concept, methods
b. Brand Research- concept, components of a Brand, importance of brand
research Packaging Research- concept, importance
c. Price Research- concept, factors influencing pricing, importance of price
research, methods of price research
2 Applications of Marketing Research-II
a. Physical Distribution research- concept, types of distribution channels, Supply
Chain Management- concept, components of supply chain management,
importance of physical distribution research
b. Promotion Research- concept, elements of promotion, importance of
promotion research
Advertising Research- concept, scope, pre & post testing methods of
advertising effectiveness
c. Consumer Research- concept, objectives, methods Motivation Research-
concept, importance
3 Applications of Marketing Research-III
a. Sales Research- concept, significance, scope/areas
b. Rural Marketing Research-concept, features of Indian rural market, sources of
data, research tools, do’s and don’ts in rural Marketing Research
c. Global Marketing Research- concept, factors affecting Global Marketing , need
and scope of Global Marketing Research
4 Managing Marketing Research
a. Organizing Marketing Research activity- factors involved in organizing
Marketing Research activity, methods of organizing Marketing Research
activity, In house marketing department,--structure, merits , demerits
b. Professional Marketing Research agencies- structure, merits, demerits,
professional standards
c. Prominent Marketing Research agencies- HTA, ORG, IMRB, NCAER, Nielson


5. Investment Analysis and Portfolio

Management Paper - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Fundamental Analysis 12
2 Technical Analysis 11
3 Efficient Market Theory 11
4 Capital Asset Pricing Model 11
Total 45

1 Fundamental Analysis
A) Economy Analysis – Meaning, Framework, Economic Analysis, Forecasting,
Barometric or Indicator Approach, Econometric Model Building and
Opportunistic Model Building.
B) Industry Analysis – Concept of Analysis, Industry Life Cycle, Industry
Characteristics
Company Analysis – Financial Statements, Analysis of Financial Statements, (
Practical questions on Debt equity ratios, total debt ratio, proprietary ratios,
interest coverage ratio, Profitability ratios related to sales, investment and
equity shares Efficiency or Activity Ratios) and Assessment of risk (
Leverages)
2 Technical Analysis
A) Dow Theory
B) Meaning and Principles of Technical Analysis, Price Chart, Line Chart, Bar Chart,
Japanese Candlestick Chart, Trends and Trend Reversals, Chart Patterns,
Support and Resistance, Reversal Patterns, Continuation Patterns and Elliot
Wave Theory
C) Mathematical Indicators – Calculation of Moving Averages ( Simple and
Exponential Moving Average), Oscillators and Relative Strength Index
D) Market Indicators
E) Fundamental Analysis V/s Technical Analysis
3 Efficient Market Theory
A) Random Walk Theory
B) The Efficient Market Hypothesis
C) Forms of Market Efficiency
D) Competitive Market Hypothesis
4 Capital Asset Pricing Model
A) CAPM – Fundamental Notions of Portfolio Theory, Assumption of CAPM,
Efficient Frontier with Riskless Lending and Borrowing, Capital Market Line,
Security Market Line and Pricing of Securities with CAPM.
B) Arbitrage Pricing Theory (APT) – The Return Generating Model, Factors
Affecting Stock Return, Expected Return on Stock, APT V/s CAPM.


6. Transport Management Paper - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Indian Surface Transport Service 11
2 Marketing of Transport Services 11
3 Transport Organisation 11
4 Safety Management Systems 12
Total 45

1 Indian Surface Transport Service
Development of Railway network and problem-changes in composition of
passenger and freight traffic, Development of Road transport- Growth of
Automobile Industry, Indian Motor Vehicle Acts, Urban transport problems with
special defence to Mumbai
2 Marketing of Transport Services
Marketing of transport services: Role of Advertising – Changes in fares and freight
rates and their impact on demand, Regulation of transport services: Licensing
policies, transport taxation, role of International bodies in transport development
3 Transport Organisation
Water transport: Present status of Inland and Coastal Shipping in India, Growth of
Merchant Shipping, International competition and problems of port.
Air transport: Working of Indian Airlines and Air India - International Airport
Authority of India – Air Cargo.
4 Safety Management Systems
Overview and Understanding Safety, factors for improving safety on roads –
causes of accidents due to drivers and pedestrians-design, selection, operation
and maintenance of motor trucks, Responsibility for Management of Safety,
Basics of Safety Management, Safety Training Programme


7. Entrepreneurship and Management of Small

Scale Industries Paper - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises 11
2 Setting-up of SSI/SME/MSME 11
3 Organization of SSI/SME/MSME 11
Specialized Focus Areas in Micro, Small and Medium

4 12
Enterprises
Total 45

1 Introduction to Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises
Unit-1: –
 Meaning, Features, Concept of SSI
 Role and Importance of SSI
 Evolution and Growth of SSI since Independence in India w.r.t. 5-Year Plans in
India
 SSI Support Mechanism in India - Central and State Level, Government and
Non-Government Agencies support to SSI with due emphasis to Concessions
and Incentives
Unit-2:-
 Meaning, Features, Concept of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises
 Need and Significance of MSMEs
 Evolution and Growth of MSMEs since Economic Liberalization in India
 Role and Importance of MSMEs
Unit-3:-
 Meaning, Features, Concept of Industrial Sickness
 Causes of Industrial Sickness
 Consequences of Industrial Sickness
 Remedies to Resolve the Problem of Industrial Sickness
2 Setting-up of SSI/SME/MSME
Unit-1:-
 Steps in Setting-up a SSI/SME/MSME
 Registration Procedure – Benefits of Registration – De-registration
 Environmental and Locational Issues – Environmental Clearance
 Steps in Setting up a SSI/SME/MSME in India with Special Reference to
Clearances and Permissions required
Unit-2:-
 Meaning, Features, Concept of Regulatory Environment in India
 Brief insights relating to Laws affecting SSI/SME/MSME
 MSME Policy in India - Highlights of MSMED Act, 2006
 Classification of Manufacturing and Service Industries under MSMED Act, 2006
Unit-3:-
 Growth and Expansion of SSI/SME/MSME
 Options available to SSI/SME/MSME for Growth and Expansion (Part-I):
Ancillarisation, Licensing, Franchising
 Options available to SSI/SME/MSME for Growth and Expansion (Part-II):
Outsourcing, Insourcing
 Options available to SSI/SME/MSME for Growth and Expansion (Part-III):
Mergers, Acquisitions, Takeovers in India and at Global Level

3 Organization of SSI/SME/MSME
Unit-1:-
 Meaning, Features, Concept of Organisation Structure of SSI/SME/MSME
 Overview of Principles of Management applicable in Management of
SSI/SME/MSME - Types of Organisation of SSI/SME/MSME
 Problems and Prospects of SSI/SME/MSME
 Legal Framework and Regulations Governing SSI/SME/MSME - Government
Measures, Policy Support, Taxation Benefits for SSI/SME/MSME
Unit-2:-
 Meaning, Features, Concept of SSI/SME/MSME Funding
 Requirements of Capital (Fixed and Working) for SSI/SME/MSME
 Factors Determining Capital (Fixed and Working) Requirements of
SSI/SME/MSME
 Sources of Institutional Finance to SSI/SME/MSME
Unit-3:-
 Meaning, Features, Concept of Marketing Mechanism in SSI/SME/MSME
 Marketing related Problems of SSI/SME/MSME - Measures to Reduce
Marketing related Problems of SSI/SME/MSME
 Export Potential of SSI/SME/MSME - Export Incentives available to
SSI/SME/MSME – SSI/SME/MSME and Special Economic Zones (SEZs)
 Role of Self Help Groups (SHGs) in Development of SSI/SME/MSME
4 Specialized Focus Areas in Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises
Unit-1:-
 Meaning, Features, Concept, Significance of Rural Industries
 Nature of activities involved in Rural Industries - Measures to Support and
Promote Rural Industries
 Meaning, Features, Concept, Significance and Role of Rural Artisans
 Measures to Support and Promote Rural Artisans – Role of Government and
Non-Government Agencies in Promoting Rural Artisans
Unit-2:-
 Meaning, Features, Concept, Significance of Agro-based Industries
 Nature of activities involved in Agro-based Industries - Measures to Support
and Promote Agro-based Industries
 Meaning, Features, Concept of Ancillary Industries
 Nature of activities involved in Ancillary Industries - Measures to Support
and Promote Ancillary Industries
Unit-3:-
 Meaning and Concept of Industrial Estates
 Features of Industrial Estates
 Utility and Significance of Industrial Estates to SSI/SME/MSME Sector
 Policy Initiatives and Measures to Revive Industrial Estates


8. International Marketing Paper - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 International Marketing Channels & Physical Distribution 12
2 Procedures & Policy Framework in International Marketing 11
3 International Trade Promotion Organization 11
4 Export Assistance, Incentives & Documentation 11
Total 45

1 International Marketing Channels & Physical Distribution
a. International Marketing Channels- , Need and Importance.
b. Method of Entry in International Market. Factors influencing selection of
Suitable Channels.
c. Physical Distribution – Importance, Scope and Problems.
2 Procedures & Policy Framework in International Marketing
a. Foreign Trade Policy (FTP), 2015-20-Highlights and implications.
b. Export Procedure- Registration Procedure, Role of Customs House Agent,
Customs/Shipment Formalities, Procedure of Export Proceeds Realization.
Procedure to obtain ISO Certification.
c. Import Procedure involved in International Market.
3 International Trade Promotion Organization
a. Export Marketing Organisation- and Types, Role and Functions of Export
Promotion Councils, Commodity Board, IPP, FIEO, IIFT, DGFT, ITPO and IIP.
b. Export Promotion Organisation- and Types.
c. E- Marketing – Features Importance and Impact.
4 Export Assistance, Incentives & Documentation
a. Main Assistance available for Exporters.
b. Incentives available for exporters- Duty Drawback, EPCG, MDA, ASIDE, IRMAC.
c. Export Documentation-and Importance, Main Export Documents- Commercial
Invoice, Consular Invoice, Certificate of Origin, Shipping Bill, Mats Receipt, GR
Form and Bill of Exchange.


9. Merchant Banking Paper - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Factoring 11
2 Securitization 11
3 Mergers, Acquisitions & Takeovers 11
4 Disinvestment and Buyback of Equity Shares 12
Total 45

1 Factoring
Factoring: Concept, Nature and Scope of Factoring, Forms of Factoring , Factoring
vis-à-vis Bills Discounting , Factoring vis-àvis Credit Insurance, Factoring vis-à-vis
Forfeiting, Evaluation of a factor , Evaluation of factoring, Status of Factoring in
India.
2 Securitization
Securitization / Mortgages: Meaning, Nature and Scope of Securitization,
Securitization as a Funding Mechanism, Securitization of Residential Real Estate
and Mortgages -Features, Types and Provisions.
Security Brokerage: Meaning of Brokerage, Types of Brokers, Difference between
Broker and Jobber, SEBI Regulations relating to brokerage business in India.
3 Mergers, Acquisitions & Takeovers
Difference between Mergers, Acquisitions and Takeover, The Role of Merchant
Banker in M&A and Takeovers, SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and
Takeovers) Regulations, 2011 w.r.t Substantial acquisition of shares or voting
rights, Voluntary Offer- Offer Size, Offer Price, Payment Mode, Exemptions and
Process of Open Offer.
4 Disinvestment and Buyback of Equity Shares
The Role of Merchant Banker in Disinvestment Process, Role and Obligations of

Merchant Banker in Buyback of Equity Shares, Role of Merchant Banker in
Delisting of Shares, Role of Merchant Banker in Issue and Listing of Debt Securities
and The Role of Merchant Banker in ESOP


10. Direct and Indirect Taxation Paper - II

Goods and Service Tax Act
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Introduction 09
2 Levy and Collection of Tax 09
3 Time, Place and Value of Supply 09
4 Input Tax Credit & Payment of Tax 09
5 Registration under GST Law 09
Total 45

1 Introduction
 What is GST
 Need for GST
 Dual GST Model
 Definitions
Section 2(17) Business
Section 2(13) Consideration
Section 2(45) Electronic Commerce Operator
Section 2(52) Goods
Section 2(56) India
Section2 (78) Non taxable Supply
Section 2(84) Person
Section 2(90) Principal Supply
Section 2(93) Recipient
Section 2(98) Reverse charge
Section 2(102) Services
Section 2(105) Supplier
Section 2(107) Taxable Person
Section 2(108) Taxable Supply
 Goods & Services Tax Network (GSTN)
2 Levy and Collection of Tax
 Scope of Supply
 Non taxable Supplies
 Composite and Mixed Supplies
 Composition Levy
 Levy and Collection of tax
 Exemption from tax
3 Time, Place and Value of Supply
 Time of Supply
 Place of Supply
 Value of Supply
4 Input Tax Credit & Payment of Tax
 Eligibility for taking Input Tax Credit
 Input Tax Credit in Special Circumstances
 Computation of Tax Liability and payment of tax
5 Registration under GST Law
 Persons not liable registration
 Compulsory registration
 Procedure for registration
 Deemed registration
 Cancellation of registration


11. Labour Welfare and Practice Paper - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Social Security 15
2 Labour Markets 10
3 Labour Force in India 10
4 Globalization &Labour 10
Total 45

1 Social Security
 Meaning, Definition &Objective of Social Security.
 Various Social Security provisions made in India ( Employees provident fund
Act, Maternity benefit Act, Family Pension Scheme, Provision of Gratuity Act
1972)
 Trade Union – Structure, Types & Functions.
2 Labour Markets
 Demand for and supply of labour- determinants of demand for and supply of
labour –
 Mobility of Labour
 Problems of Agricultural Labour, Child Labour and Female Labour
3 Labour Force in India
 Factors determining Labour Force.
 Labour Force & Human Development in India
 Participation of workers in Management
 Industrial disputes
4 Globalization &Labour
 Globalisation & Labour Markets in India.
 Impact of Labour Migration.
 ILO- Aims & objectives & impact on Labour Welfare.


12. Purchasing and Store Keeping Paper - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Store Keeping and Materials Handling 12
2 Store Accounting and Store Record 11
3 Inventory Control 11
4 Logistics and Supply Chain Management (SCM) 11
Total 45

1 Store Keeping and Materials Handling
 Store Keeping - Concept, Meaning, Objectives, Functions of Storekeeping,
Types of stores, Stages in storekeeping, Duties and Responsibilities of
Storekeeper.
 Material handling – Objective, Advantages & Principles, Protection and
Preservation of materials in store.
 Store Location & Layout – Location of Store House, Factors influencing store
location, Objectives, Principles and Types of store layout.
2 Store Accounting and Store Record
 Store Accounting – Objectives, Importance, Advantages, Need for Store
Accounting, Methods of Valuation of Material – FIFO, LIFO, Simple average &
Weighted average method
 Store Record – Concept, Objectives, Need, and Documents required for Store
Record
 Store Ledger & Bin card – Meaning, Advantages of Store ledger and Bin card,
Stock Audit, Lead time- Concept & Classification
3 Inventory Control
 Stock levels & Value analysis – Types of stock level, Value analysis – Concept,
Essentials & Steps.
 ABC analysis – Purpose, Steps and Advantages of ABC analysis.
 Inventory Control – Objectives, Advantages and Disadvantages of Periodical &
Perpetual Inventory Control, Selective Inventory control techniques, Economic
Order Quantity – Importance.
4 Logistics and Supply Chain Management (SCM)
 Logistics – Concepts, Nature, Importance & Challenges
 Supply chain management – concepts, Objectives, Benefits & Process of
Supply Chain Management
 Recent trends in logistics & SCM – Role of IT in logistics / SCM, Issues &
Challenges in logistics, Logistics Outsourcing – Concept & Benefits.


13. Insurance Paper - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Life Insurance Products 11
2 General Insurance 11
3 Miscellaneous Coverage’s 11
4 Insurance Business Environment in India 12
Total 45

1 Life Insurance Products
a. Different products offered by life insurers – term plans, pure endowment
plans, combinations of plans, traditional products
b. Market linked policies, of Annuities and group policies.
c. Procedure for obtaining life insurance policy, procedure for settlement of
Claims.
2 General Insurance
a. Fire Insurance- Risks faced by the owner of assets – exposure to perils –
features of products covering fire and allied perils, Procedure for obtaining
fire insurance policy
b. Marine Insurance- Products covering marine and transit risks -products
covering financial losses due to accidents, Procedure for obtaining marine
insurance policy
c. Health insurance - Products covering financial losses due to hospitalization -
products covering miscellaneous risks. Procedure for obtaining health/ Medi-
claim insurance policy
3 Miscellaneous Coverage’s
a. Motor insurance – Liability only policy – Package policy –Personal Accident
insurance
b. Burglary insurance – Baggage insurance – Legal Liability insurance – Public &
Product Liability insurances – Professional Indemnity insurance
c. Workmen’s Compensation insurance – Fidelity Guarantee insurance –
Banker’s Indemnity insurance – Carrier’s Legal Liability insurance – Jeweller’s
Block insurance -Aviation insurance – Engineering insurance – Rural
insurances – Micro insurance
4 Insurance Business Environment in India
a. Specialised Insurances: Industrial All Risks insurance – Advance Loss of Profits
insurance – Oil & Energy Risks insurance – Satellite insurance
b. Challenges in Insurance Industry, LIC v/s Private Insurance Companies in India
c. Recent trends in Insurance, Growth of Insurance Business, Actuarial Role,
Reasons for attraction of Foreign Insurance Companies in India.


14. Banking Law and Practice Paper - II

Corporate and Securities Law
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Company Law – An Overview 12
Regulatory Framework Governing Stock Exchanges as per

02 11
Securities Contracts Regulation Act 1956
03 Security Exchange Board of India 11
04 The Depositories Act, 1996 11
Total 45

1 Company Law – An Overview
 Development of Company Law in India
 Doctrines Governing Corporates – Lifting the Corporate Veil, Doctrine of Ultra
Vires, Constructive Notice, Indoor Management, Alter Ego. The Principle of
Non Interference ( Rule in Foss V/s Harbottle) – Meaning , Advantages ,
Disadvantages & Exceptions, Majority and Minority Rights under Companies
Act
 Application of Company Law to Banking and Insurance Sector
Application of Companies Act to Banking and Insurance sector governed by
Special Acts. S.1(4) of Companies Act 2013
Exceptions provided (S.67(3), S.73(1), S.129(1), 179(3), S.180(1)(c), S.186, S.189
Regulatory Framework governing Stock Exchanges as per Securities Contracts
2
Regulation Act 1956
 Definition of Securities, Spot Delivery Contract, Ready Delivery Contract, Stock
Exchange.
 Corporatisation and demutualisation of Stock Exchange –Meaning, Procedure &
Withdrawal
 Power of Recognised Stock Exchange to make rules restricting voting rights etc
 Power of Central Government to Direct Rules or Make rules
 Power of SEBI to make or amend bye laws of recognised stock exchange
 Books and Accounts to be maintained by recognized stock exchange
 Grounds on which stock exchange can delist the securities of a company.
 Section 3 to Section 20
3 Security Exchange Board of India
 SEBI: Objectives-terms-establishment-powers-functions-accounts and audit-
penalties –registration.
 Issues of Disclosure Investors Protection Guidelines: Pre & Post obligations-
conditions for issue-Debt Security-IPO-E-IPO-Employee option-right-bonus-
preferential allotment intermediary-operational-promoter lock in period
requirements-offer document.
4 The Depositories Act, 1996
 Depository – Meaning , Benefits , Models, Functions Participants
 The Depository Act 1996 – Objectives, Eligibility condition for depository
services, Fungibility, Bye laws of depository , Governance of Depository and
Internal audit of depository Participants
 BSDA and single registration for depository participants.


15. Regional Planning Paper - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Regional Planning Strategies & Techniques 15
2 Regionalization of Planning in India 10
3 Regional Development in Maharashtra 10
4 Problem Regions and Case Studies 10
Total 45

1 Regional Planning Strategies & Techniques
 Regional planning strategies & techniques
 Planning machinery & problems of co-ordination – integrated area
development
 Multi-level nature of planning in India, specific contribution of planning at
different levels.
2 Regionalization of Planning in India
 Regionalization of planning in India: an assessment
 Regional development & efficiency
 Ecological dimension – strategy for future.
3 Regional Development in Maharashtra
 Regional development in Maharashtra – regional backlogs causative factors.
 Strategies for regional development – achievements & failures
 Strategy for future.
4 Problem Regions and Case Studies
 Problem regions: Nature of problems& strategies for its solution
 Case Studies: Mumbai Metropolitan Region-Vidharbha, South Kokan,
Marathwada, Western Ghats, Sugarcane growing areas


16. Rural Marketing Paper - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Agricultural Marketing 11
2 Rural Marketing and Market Regulation 12
3 Institutional Support to Rural Marketing 11
4 Problems in Rural Marketing 11
Total 45

1 Agricultural Marketing
a. Agricultural Marketing- Concept, Nature and Types, Agriculture produce-
concept and types of Agricultural Markets.
b. Marketing agencies, Risks involved in marketing, Types of risks, Measures to
minimise risks
c. Contract Marketing (Farmer – Processor linkage), Marketing channels for
agricultural produce
2 Rural Marketing and Market Regulation
a. Regulated Market- APMC Act 1963, Standardisation and Grading, Inspection of
quality, AGMARK
b. The National Council for State Marketing Boards (NCOSAMB) State Trading
corporation (STC), Public Distribution System(PDS) – Need and importance
c. Fruit Products order (FPO) 1955 - objectives, Consumer Protection Act 1986-
Rights of Consumers
3 Institutional Support to Rural Marketing
a. Commission on Agriculture Costs and Prices (CACP)- Role, Functions and
Importance
b. National Agriculture Co-operative Marketing Federation (NAFED)-Role,
Functions and Importance
c. Agriculture and Processed Food Exports Development Authority (APEDA)-Role,
Functions and Importance
4 Problems in Rural Marketing
a. Problems in rural marketing---Strategies for rural marketing--- Integration,
Efficiency, Cost and Price Spread
b. Need for marketing finance, Source of marketing finance, Non Institutional---
Institutions---Commercial Banks---PACS, Farmers Service Societies (FSS), RRBs
and NABARD
c. Challenges and recent trends in rural marketing


17. Elements of Operational Research Paper - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Project Analysis 15
2 Theory of Games 15
3 Inventory Models 15
Total 45

1 Project Analysis
Basic concepts and Definitions, Gannt Charts and its weaknesses, CPM and PERT
networks, Numbering of Events, Contractual Obligation Time, Earliest occurrence
time, Latest allowable occurrence Time and Slack Time for Events, Different types
of floats for activities. Critical Path Calculations, Probability Assessment in PERT
Networks. Time Cost Trade - Off Analysis for CPM Networks
2 Theory of Games
Basic Concept and Definitions. Two Person Zero Sum Game. Saddle point, Pure
and Mixed Strategies. Reducing the size of the game using dominance property.
Optimum Solution to a 2x2 game without saddle point. Graphical solution to 2xn
and mx2 games.
3 Inventory Models
Costs in Inventory management Deterministic Inventory Models- EOQ Model with
Instantaneous Replenishment and Constant Rate of Demand Assuming that
shortages are not allowed (Mathematical derivation expected), its price break
model. Other EOQ models with instantaneous/uniform rate of replenishment and
constant rate of demand assuming shortages are allowed/not allowed.


18. Psychology of Human Behavior at Work Paper-II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Understanding Work Teams 11
2 Conflict and Negotiation 11
3 Emotions and Moods 12
4 Organizational Change and Stress Management 11
Total 45

1 Understanding Work Teams
a) Differences between groups and teams; Types of teams
b) Creating effective teams
2 Conflict and Negotiation
a) Defining Conflict; transitions in conflict thought
b) The Conflict Process
c) Negotiation: Bargaining strategies; the negotiation process
3 Emotions and Moods
a) What are Emotions and Moods? The basic emotions; sources of emotions and
moods `
b) Emotional Intelligence
c) Organizational Behaviour applications of emotions and moods
4 Organizational Change and Stress Management
a) a Forces for Change
b) Work Stress and its Management

Reference Books
Reference Books
1. Financial Accounting and Auditing IX- Financial Accounting
 Financial Accounting Reporting – Barry Elliot and Jamie Elliot – Prentice Hall ( 14th Edition
2. Financial Accounting and Auditing X- Cost Accounting
 Cost Accounting- A managerial emphasis by Horngren, Charles, Foster and Datar, Prentice Hall
 Management Accounting by Khan and Jain, Tata McGraw Hill
 Practical Costing by P C Tulsian, Vikas New Delhi
 Advanced problems and solutions in cost Accounting by S N Maheshwari, Sultan Chand New Delhi
 Cost Accounting (For B. Com 4th Sem, Delhi Univ) by Arora M N, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
 A Textbook of Cost And Management Accounting - 10th Edn by Arora M N, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
 Cost Accounting: Principles & Practice - 12 Edn by Arora M N, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
 Essentials of Cost Accounting by Arora M N, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
 Students Guide to Cost Accounting & Financial Management (Set of 2 Volumes) (CA-IPCC) (Group I) by
Bhavesh N. Chandarana, Taxmann
 Advanced Cost and Management Accounting: Problems and Solutions by V.K. Saxena and C.D. Vashist, S.
Chand and Company (P) Ltd., New Delhi
 Modern Cost and Management Accounting by M. Hanif, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
 Fundamentals of Cost Accounting by Jhamb. H. V., Ane Books Pvt. Ltd.
 Cost Accounting by Gupta Nirmal, Ane Books Pvt. Ltd.
1. Business Management Paper III
 Essentials of Management by Koontz and Weihrich / McGraw Hill
 Principles of Management by Koontz and O. Donnel/ Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
 Principles of Management: Theory and practices by Sarangi S.K. VMP Publishers and Distributors.
 Guide to Management Ideas by Tim Hindle, The Economist
 Principles of Management by Terry G.R. AITBS
 Business Organization and Principles of Management by Dutta Chowdury, Central Education
 Principles of Management, Daver Rustoms, Crown

Reference Books
 Principles of Management, Tripathi P.C. Tata McGraw Hill, New York
 Management Theory and Practices by Dale, Ernest / McGraw Hill, New York.
 Practice of Management by Peter Drucker / Allied Publisher, New Delhi
 Management by Ricky W Griffin / Houghton Mifflin Company
 Management by Gary Dessler / Prentice Hall
 Management by Stephen Robbins, Mary Coulter / Prentice Hall
 Management by James Stoner, Edward Freeman / Prentice Hall
 Time Management by Roberta Roesch, Tata Mc Graw Hill
 Time Management by Marc MANCINI, Tata Mc Graw Hill
2. Business Management Paper IV
 Fundamentals of Financial Management (5th edition) by Chandra Prasanna (2010). Tata McGraw Hill
Education Pvt. Ltd.: New Delhi
 Financial Management – Analytical and Conceptual Approach (12th edition) by Kuchhal S.C.
(1995).Chaitanya Publishing House: Allahabad
 Financial Management by Reddy R.Jayprakash (2010) APH Publishing Corporation: New Delhi
 Financial Management – Theory and Practice (5 & 6th edition) by Chandra Prasanna (2003, 2004). Tata
McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.: New Delhi
 Fundamentals of Financial Management (13th edition) by Horne, James C. Van (2012) PHI Learning Pvt.
Ltd.: New Delhi
 Financial Management and decision making by Samuels, John (1999) International Thomson Nusiness
Press : London
 Financial Management - problems & solutions (2nd edition) by Kishore, Ravi M. (2010) Taxmann
 Financial Management : theory, concepts and cases(5th rev edition) by Rustagi, R.P. (2011) Taxmann
 Financial Management : principles & problems (7th edition) by Srivastava, R.M.&VermaShubhra (2002)
PragatiPrakashan: Meerut
 Fundamentals of Financial Management – problems and solutions (3rd edition) by Maheswari, S.N. (2006)
Sultan Chand and Sons: New Delhi
1. Banking and Finance Paper- III Risk Management
 Quantitative Risk Management : A Practical Guide to Financial Risk- Thomas S. Coleman
 Investment Theory and Risk Management: Steve Peterson
 Risk Management : M/s Macmillan India Limited
 Theory & Practice of Treasury Risk Management: M/s Taxman Publications Ltd.
 Corporate Value of ERM : Sim Segal
 Risk Management : Insurance and Derivatives Dr G Kotreshwar-Himalaya Publishing House
2. Banking and Finance Paper- IV Actuarial Analysis in Banking & Insurance
 “Actuarial Statistics: An Introduction Using R” by Shailaja R Deshmukh.
 “Predictive Modeling Applications in Actuarial Science” by Richard A Derrig and Glenn Meyers
 “Generalized Linear Models for Insurance Data (International Series on Actuarial Science)” by Piet de Jong
and Gillian Z Heller
 “Contributions to Sampling Statistics (Contributions to Statistics)” by Maria Giovanna Ranalli and Fulvia
Mecatti
 “Forecasting Product Liability Claims: Epidemiology and Modeling in the Manville Asbestos Case” by J B
Weinstein and Eric Stallard
 “Financial Modeling, Actuarial Valuation and Solvency in Insurance” by Mario V Wuthrich & Michael Merz
 “Modern Actuarial Risk Theory: Using R” by Rob Kaas and Marc Goovaerts
 “Health Insurance: Basic Actuarial Models” by Ermanno Pitacco
 “Financial and Actuarial Statistics: An Introduction” by Dale S Borowiak and Arnold F Shapiro
Reference Books
Group D: Commerce
1. Commerce III
 Bhattacharjee, Service Sector Mgt; An Indian Perspective, Jaico Publishing house, 2011.
 Christoper lovelock, service marketing –people technology, strategy, pearson education, IV Edi, 2003.
 Valarie A. Zeithaml 8 Mary Jo Bitner, Services Marketing, Tata Mcgraw-Hill, 2000.
 A. Vijaykumar, service sector in India – Recent Policy initiative, New century Publication, 2008.
2. Commerce IV
 Office Management, Pillai R S N, S. Chand Publishers, 2010
 Office Organisation & Management, N.Kumar & R. Mttal, Anmol Publisher, 2001
 Office Management, Balachandran, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2009
3. Commerce VI
 Bernardin, John H: Human Resource Management, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi 2004.
 Arthur M, Career Theory Handbook, Prentice Hall Inc, Englewood Cliff.
 Belkaoui, A.R. and Belkaoui ,JM, Human Resource Valuation: A Guide to Strategies and Techniques,
Quarum Books, Greenwood, 1995.
 Dale, B, Total Quality and Human Resources: An Executive Guide, Blackwell, Oxford.
 Greenhaus, J.H., Career Management, Dryden, New York.
 Mabey, C and Salama, G., Strategic Human Resource Management, Blackwell, Oxford.
 Aswathappa. K, Human Resource Management
 Subba Rao, Human Resources Management.
 Michael Porter, HRM and Human Relations.
 M.N. Rudrabasavaraj: Cases in Human Resource Management –Himalaya Publishing House –NewDelhi,
1998
 Decenzo, D.A. and Robbins, S. P.,Fundamentals of Human Resource Management, Wiley, India.
 Dessler, G. and Varkkey, B., Human Resource Management,Pearson Education, Delhi.
 Chhabra, T.N.,Human Resource Management,Dhanpat Rai & Co., Delhi.
 AswathappaK.,Human Resource Management,Tata McGraw,Hill, New Delhi.
 H. John Bernardin and Richard W. Beatty: Performance Appraisal: Human Behavior at work –Boston: Kent,
1984
 George T. Milkovich and John W. Boudream: Personnel / Human Resources Management: A Diagnostic
Approach, 5thEdn. Plano, TX: BusinessPublications, 1998.
 Lepak, David &Gowan, Mary. Human Resource Management.Dorling Kindersley (India).
 Khanna, S.S. Human resource Management (Text and Cases). S. Chand, New Delhi.
 Sadri.J, Sadri.S, Nayak.N, A Strategic Approach to HumanResource Management, JAICO Publishing House.
 Davar, R. S. Personnel Management and Industrial Relations. Vikas Publication, Noida.
 Robbins, Stephen P. OrganisationalBehaviour. Pearsons Education, New Delhi
4. Business Economics VI
 Kindleberger, C.P. (1973) International Economics, Homewood
 Kenan, P.B. (1994), The International Economy, Cambridge University Press, London
 Krugman, P.R. and M. Obstgold (1994), International Economics: Theory and Policy, Glenview, Foreman
 Dwivedi D N (2013) International Economics: Theory and Policy, Vikas publishing House New Delhi
 M.L. Jhingan – International Economics – Vrinda publication Pvt. Ltd – Delhi
 Francis Cheunilam International Economics Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing co.Ltd.New Delhi.
 Dominick Salvatore – International Economics – John Wiley & sons, Inc Singapore.
 https://europa.eu asean.org

Reference Books
1. Trade Unionism and Industrial Relations Paper II
 Myers C.A. & Kannappan S. (1970), ‘Industrial Relation in India’ , Asia publishing House, India.
 Singh, J.K. (1988), ‘Labour Economics. Principles Problem and Practices’, Deep and
 Deep Publication Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.
 Jackson, M.P. , Strikes
 Karnik V.B. (1974),’Indian labour, Problems and prospects’, Minewal Associations.
 Joshi C.K (1967), ‘ Unionism in Developing Economy’, Asia Publication House, Bombay.
 Mamoria C.B. &Mamoria S.(1992),’Dynamics of Industrial Relation in India’, Himalaya Publishing House.
 Sahani, Dr, N.K. (2009) ‘Industrial Relations’ Kalyani Pub. Ludhiyana.
 Tripathi, P.C. (2009) ’Personal Management and Ind. Relations’ – Sultan Chand and Jons, New Delhi.
 Memoria & Memoria- ‘Ind. Relations’ Himalaya Pub. House, Mumbai.
 A.M. Sharma- ‘Ind. Relations’ - Himalaya Pub. House, Mumbai.
 G.Ramanugan- The Honey bee to words a new culture in Ind, Relations- Sterling Pub. Pvt. Ltd.
2. Computer Systems and Applications Paper II
 E- Commerce - Kenneth Laudon, Carol Traver , Pearson Education
 Frontiers of Electronic Commerce - Kalakota & Whinston
 E- Commerce - Rajaraman
 E- Commerce - Whitley
 E- Commerce concepts and cases - Rao and Deshpande.
 Programming in VB 6.0 - Julia case Bradley, Anita C. Milspaugh, TMH
 Visual Basic 6.0 Programming - Content Development Group, TMH
 The Complete Reference to Visual Basic 6 - Noel Jerke, TMH
 Visual Basic 6 Programming Black Book - Steven Holzner, Dreamtech Press
3. Export Marketing II
 Export Policy Procedures& Documentation– M. I. Mahajan, Snow White Publications Pvt. Ltd, 26th Edition,
 International Business, K. Aswathappa,McGraw-Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd.,6th Edition
 Export Import Procedures - Documentation and Logistics, C. Rama Gopal, New Age International
Publishers, 2006 / Reprint Jan 2016
 International Trade and Export Management, Francis Cherunilam, Himalaya Publishing House, 20th
Edition, 2017
 R. K. Jain's, Foreign Trade Policy & Handbook of Procedures [With Forms, Circulars & Public Notices],
Centax Publication, 2017
 EXIM Policy & Handbook of EXIM Procedure – VOL I & II
 International Marketing and Export Management, Gerald Albaum, Edwin Duerr, Alexander Josiassen,
Pearson Publications, 8th Edition, June 2016
 International Marketing Strategy,IsobelDoole and Robin Lowe, 5th Edition, Thomson Learning, 2008.
 Global marketing, Warren J. Keegan 9th Edition Pearson Education, Delhi,
 New Import Export Policy - Nabhi Publications, 2017
 P.K. Khurana, Export Management, Galgotia Publishing Co, New Delhi
 P.K.Vasudeva, International Marketing-, Excel Books, fourth edition, New Delhi
 Paras Ram, Export documentation and procedure A-Z
 Export: What, Where, How?Paras Ram, & Nikhil K. Garg, Anupam Publishers, 47th Edition, 2016-17
 International Marketing, Mary C. Gilly, John L. Graham, Philip R. Cateora, 14th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill
Co. Ltd., 2014
 International Marketing Management, An Indian Perspective,R.L.Varshney and B. Bhattacharya, Sultan
Chand & Sons, 24th Edition, 2012
 International Marketing Analysis and Strategy, SakOnkvisit, John J. Shaw, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,
5th Edition, 2008

Reference Books
 International Marketing, Subhash C. Jain, South-Western, 6th Edition, 2001
 Export Management, T.A.S.Balagopal , Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai, 2014
 Michael R. Czinkota and Iikka A. Ronkainen, International Marketing, South-Western, 10th Edition, 2012
 Export-Import and Logistics Management, Charlie Hill, Random Publications, 2014
 International Marketing Management, M.V. Kulkarni, Everest Publishing House
4. Marketing Research Paper II
 Marketing Research Text and Cases, Rajendra Nargundkar, McGraw Hill, 2nd edition
 Marketing Research ( Text with Cases), Suja Nair, Himalaya Publishing House, Maharashtra, 2014
 Marketing Research, John Boyce, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., Maharashtra, 2011
 Encyclopaedia of Marketing Research Series, S.D. Singh, Anmol Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2012
 Marketing Research: A Global Outlook, V. Kumar, Sage Publications, New Delhi, 2015
 Marketing Research, G. C. Beri, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2007
 Fundamentals of Marketing Research, M.K. Gawande, Chandralok Prakashan, Kanpur, 2012
 Marketing Research: The impact of internet, Gates, Roger et al, John Wiley & sons, Great Britain, 2002
5. Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management Paper II
 Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, Prasanna Chandra, Tata McGraw Hill
 Financial Management, Prasanna handra, Tata McGraw Hill
 Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, Ravi Kishor, Taxman Publishers
 Financial Management, Khan & Jain, Tata McGraw Hill
 Fundamentals of Investment Management, Hirt and Block, Tata McGraw Hill. Ed 2009.
 Portfolio Management Handbook, Robert A. Strong, Jaico Publishing House, Mumbai
6. Transport Management Paper II
 Phil Hughes & Ed Ferrett (2010). International Health and Safety at Work. Routledge Publisher.
 Mather J. C. (ed.) (1992). ‘Transport and Economic Development’, Chugh Publications, Allahabad.
 Modak S.K. (1980). ‘Adgunik Parivahanache Arthashastra’, Maharashtra Vidhyapeeth Grantha Nirmitee
Mandal, Nagpur.
 Hugh M. Kindred & Mary R. Brooks (1997). ‘Multimodal Transport Rules’. Martinus Nijhoff Publishers.
 Multimodal Transportation of Goods Act, 1993 Along With Allied Rules, Professional Book Publishers.
 Slim Hammadi & Mekki Ksouri (2013). Multimodal Transport Systems. John Wiley & Sons.
 Joseph S. Szyliowicz, Luca Zamparini, Genseric L.L. Reniers & Dawna L. Rhoades (2016). Multimodal
Transport Security:Frameworks & Policy Appl. in Freight & Passenger Transport.Edward Elgar Publishing.
 United Nations Economic & Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific (2004).Manual on Modernization of
Inland Water Transport for Integration within a Multimodal Transport System. United Nations Publications.
 Jean-Paul Rodrique, Claude Comtois & Brian Slack (2013). The Geography of Transport Systems. Routledge.
 Christos N. Pyrgidis (2016). Railway Transportation System: Design, Construction & Operation. CRC Press.
 United Nations. Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific Secretariat (2003). Training
Manual on the Operational Aspects of Multi Model Transport. United Nations Publications.
 Container and Multimodal Transport Management (2002). Shroff Publishers & Distributors.
 Faulks R.W. (1982). ‘Principal of transport’, Iran Allen.
 Owen, W. (1964). ‘Strategy for Mobility’, East-West Centre Edition, Honolulu.
 Bruton, M.J. (1985). Introduction to Transportation Planning’, Hutchinson, Londan.
 Lok sabha Secretariat (1986). ‘Transport in India’, New Delhi.
 Pasricha (1999). Road Safety guide for drivers of heavy vehicle. Nasha Publications, Mumbai.
 K.W.Ogden, “Safer Roads – A guide to Road Safety Engineering”.
 Babkov, V.F. (1986). Road Conditions and Traffic Safety. MIR Publications, Moscow.
 Popkes, C.A. (1986). Traffic Control and Road Accident Prevention. Chapman and Hall Limited.
 Pradeep Chaturvedi (2006). Challenges of Occupational Safety and Health. Concept Publishing Company.
 Konkan Railway - A Dream Come True- Konkan Railway Corporation Ltd.
 B.C. Vaidya (2003). ‘Geography of Transport Development in India’ Concept Publishing Company

Reference Books
7. Entrepreneurship & Management of Small Scale Industries Paper II
 Batra G.S. and Dangal R.C., Entrepreneurship and Small Scale Industries, Deep and Deep Publications Pvt.
Ltd.
 Entrepreneurial Development, Colombo Plan, 1998, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
 Entrepreneurship Development, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai.
 Gupta C.B., Entrepreneurial Development, 1995, Somaiya Publication, New Delhi.
 Hisrich R.D., Cases in International Entrepreneurship, 1997, Liven, Chicago.
 Hisrich Robert D and Peters Michael, Entrepreneurship, 2002, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,
 Mascarenhas Romeo S., Entrepreneurship and Management of Small and Medium Enterprises, Vipul
Prakashan, Mumbai.
 Mascarenhas Romeo S., Management of Small Scale Industries, Vipul Prakashan, Mumbai.
 MSME Policy Document, Government of India.
 Pooja, Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSMEs) in Indian Economy, New Century Publications New
Delhi.
 Principles of Entrepreneurship, Excel India Publishers, New Delhi.
 Sharma P.K., Development Banks and Entrepreneurship Promotion in India, Mittal Publications.
 Singh P.N. and Saboo J.C., Entrepreneurial Management, Dr. P. N. Singh Centre for HRD.
 Vasant Desai, Entrepreneurial Development, 3 Volumes Himalaya Publishing House.
 Vasant Desai, Entrepreneurship and Management of Small and Medium Enterprises, Himalaya Publishing
House.
 Vasant Desai, Small Scale Industries and Entrepreneurship, Himalaya Publishing House.
 Yerram Raju B. and Pujari Ram R., The Small Entrepreneur Starting and Growing, Excel Publication, New
Delhi.
8. International Marketing Paper II
 International Marketing - Rathor Jani Rathor
 International Business - P. Suhbarau
 Global Marketing Strategy - Jeannet&Hennssey
 Managing International Marketing - dr. V. O. Varkey
 Modern Marketing Research – M.N.Mithani
 Marketing Research – G.C.Berry
 Marketing Research : Applied Orientation.- Naresh Malhotra
 Marketing Research- Boyd, Westfall &Stasch
 Philip R. Cateora , John L. Graham ,
 SakOnkvisit , John J. Shaw ,
 International Marketing -Phillip R Cateora and John Graham
 International Marketing - Varshney and Bhattacharya
 International Marketing - P.K. Vasudev.
 International Marketing & Export Management – Edwin Duerr, Jesper
 B.L. Varshney and B. Bhattacharya , International Marketing Management .
 P.G. Apte, International Financial Management .
 Francis Cherunilum, International Marketing Management.
 Phillip R. Cateoria, International Marketing.
9. Merchant Banking Paper II
 Merchant Banking and Financial Services – Dr. S Guruswamy Fourth Edition, Delhi Publishing House.
 Merchant Banking Principles & Practices – H. R Machiraju New Age International Ltd
 Merchant Banking – NISM 2015 Edition
 Merchant Banking and Financial Services – Dr L.N Natarajan, Margham Publications 2012

Reference Books
10. Direct and Indirect Taxation II- GST
 GST Bare Act 2017
 GST Law & Practice - V.S Datey (6th Edition)
 GST Laws – National Academy of Customs, Indirect Tax
11. Labour Welfare & Practice Paper II
 Jayant S. Railkar- Labour welfare & Practice – Vipul Prakashan.
 A.M. Sarma – Aspects of Labour welfare & Social Security – Himalaya Publications.
 Punekar & Deodhar – Labour welfare Tata MC Graw Hill Publishing.
 Misra & Puri – Indian Economy – Himalaya Publications.
 Dutt & Sundharam - Indian Economy S. Chand Publication.
 Labour Welfare, Trade Unionisms and Industrial Relations – S.D. Panekar, S.B. Deodhar, Mrs. Saraswathi
Sankaram, Himalaya Publishing House.
12. Purchasing and Storekeeping Paper II
 Ammer. Dean S : Materials Management (Richard D. Irwin Inc. U.S.A.).
 Baily, Peter and Farmer, D. : Purchasing Principles and Techniques : Arnold Heinemann, Publishers India
New Delhi.
 Baily, Peter : Purchasing Principles and Management.
 Benjamin Melnitsky : Industrial Storekeeping Manual (Chilton Company, Philadelphia).
 Branch, Alan E. : International Purchasing and Management : Thomson Learning.
 Buchan and Keenigsberg : Scientific Inventory Management : Prentice Hall, U.S.A.
 Bagade, Shankar D. : Production and Materials Management : Himalaya.
 Chadha, H. L. : Industrial Purchasing and Materials Management (Jaico Publishing House, Bombay).
 Datta, A. K. : Modern Materials Management (Indian Society for Materials Management, Calcutta).
 Deb. A. : Materials Management (Academic Publishers, Calcutta).
 Dr. P. K. Bangar and Dr. B. S. Rupnawar Purchasing and Storekeeping Himalaya Publication House.
 Dobler, Donald W. : Purchasing and Supply Management Text and Cases : Tata McGraw Hill,2000.
 Gupta D. R. : Purchasing and Storekeeping : Tata McGraw Hill.
 Gokarn, P. R. : Essentials of Materials Management : Somaiya.
 Gopalakrishnan, P. and Sandiya, M. S. : Purchasing Strategy (Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi).
 Gopalakrishnan, P. and Sundaresan, Materials Management : Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi). 5
 Gopalakrishnan, P. Purchasing and Materials Management : Tata McGraw Hill 2001.
 Heinritz, Stuart F. : Purchasing Principles and Applications (Prentice Hall U.S.A.)
 Kapoor, P. P. : Modern Purchasing Principles and Practices : S. Chand and Co. Ltd., New Delhi.
 Lee, Lamer: Purchasing and Materials Management Texts and Cases : Tata McGraw Hill.
 Magee, John F. : Production Planning and Inventory Control (McGrow Hill, U.S.A.).
 Materials Management, Inventory Control and Logistics Texts and Cases.
 Menon K. S. : Purchasing and Inventory Control : Wheeler.
 Morrison, A : Storage and Control of Stock (Pitman Publishing Co., London).
 Nair, N. K. Purchasing and Materials Management : Vikas.
 Roy Chowdhury, B. K. : Management of Materials (Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi).
 Varma : Essentials of Store Keeping and Purchasing : M. M. Sultan Chand.
 Westing, J. H., Fine, I.V., Zenz, G. J. : Purchasing Management (Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi).

Reference Books
13. Insurance Paper II
 General Insurance, John Magee & David Bicklhaupt,
 Operational Transformation of General Insurance Industry during the period 1950 to 1990 &Beyond, R D
Samarth
 Study on Distribution Functions in General Insurance & Role of Intermediaries, Arun Agarwal / PR Rao
 General Insurance for Information Technology Professionals, Martin Frappoli
 S. Arunajatesan and T.R. Vishwanathan: Risk Management and Insurance:Macmillan, New Delhi.
 Shashidharan K. Kutty: Managing Life Insurance:Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi
 Kenneth Black Jr. and Harold D. Skipper Jr.: Life and Health Insurance:
 Pearson, New Delhi
 Uma Narang, Insurance Industry in India, Features, Reforms & Outlook, New century Publication, 2013
14. Banking Law and Practice Paper I Corporate and Securities Law
 Mamta Bhargava – Compliances and Procedures under SEBI Law
 V.L Iyer – SEBI Practice Manual - Taxmann
 D.K Jain – Company Law Ready Reckoner
 Bare Act – Corporate Laws Taxmann
15. Regional Planning
 Glasson, J. (1974), ‘An Introduction to Regional planning, Hutchinson & Co., London.
 O.E.C.D (1970), ‘The Regional Factor in Economic Development’,
 Minahull, R.(1968), ‘ Regional Geography’. Hutchinson * Co., Ltd., London.
 B.I.S.R (1978), ‘The Role of Fiscal Incentives in Reducing Regional Imbalances: Some Comparison’, New
Delhi.
 Misra, R.P et.al (1974). ‘Regional Development Planning in India’, Vikas, New Delhi.
 Sen. L.K. (ed.) (1972),’Reading in micro level planning and rural growth centers, NICD, Hyderabad.
 B.M.R.P.E. (1974), Regional plan for Bombay metropolitan Region: 1970-1991, Bombay
 Planning Commission Draft Five Year Plans.
16. Rural Marketing Paper II
 Dantwala M.L., Indian Agriculture Since Independence Oxford & IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd. NewDelhi–
110001, 1990.
 Habeeb U.R.,Rahman K.S., Rural Marketing in India, HPH-Mumbai 400004---2003
 Rural Marketing, Gopala swamy, Vikas Publishing House, NewDelhi.
 Kashyp Pradeep, Rant Siddhartha, The Rural Marketing, Biztantra, Mumbai, 2005.
 Dogra Balram Ghuman Karmider Rural Marketing concepts and practices Tata McGrawHILL Education Ltd.
New Delhi, 2011
 Singh S, Rural Marketing Management I/e Vikaj Publishing House New Delhi
17. Elements of Operation Research Paper II
 PERT & CPM Principles and Applications by L.S.Srinath
 Operations Research Principles & Practice by Ravinderan, Phillips Solber.
 Schaum's outline series Therory & Problems of Operations Research by Richard Bronson
 Operations Research by H.A.Taha
 Operations Research by Gupta & Hira
 Operations Research Theory & Applications by J.K.Sharma
 Operations Research Problems & Solutions by V.K.Kapoor
 Quantitative Techniques by Shenoy, Shrivastav & Sharma
 Introduction to Operations Research by Hiller & Lieberman
 Operations Research Techniques for Management by B.Banerjee
 Operations Research by Gupta & Manmohan
 Quantitative Techniques by N.D.Vohra

Reference Books
18. Psychology of Human Behaviour at work Paper I
 Robbins, S. P. Judge, T. A. & Vohra, N. (2013). Organizational Behavior. (15th ed.), Indian subcontinent
adaptation, New Delhi: Pearson Education, Dorling Kindersley India pvt ltd.
 Aquinas, P. G. (2013). Organisational Behavior Concepts Realities Application and Challenges. (2nd ed.)
New Delhi: Excel Books
 Ashliegh, A. M. (2012). The psychology of people in organizations. Pearson Education
 Baltus, R. (2012). Personal psychology for work and life. Tata McGraw Hill
 Dash, C. (2013). Organisational behavior. New Delhi: International Book House
 Gibson, J. L., Ivancevich, J. M., & Konopaske, R.(2013). Organisations: Behaviour, Structure, Processes. Tata
McGraw Hill
 Greenberg, J. (2013). Behaviour in organizations (10th ed.). PHI Learning Private Limited.
 Luthans, F. (2013). Organisational behaviour: An evidence –based approach. Tata McGraw Hill
 McShane, S. L., Glinow, M. A., Sharma, R. R. (2012) Organisational behavior. (5th ed.): Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi.
 Pareek, U. & Khanna, S. (2011). Understanding organizational behavior. Oxford University Press
 Rajendra, P. Maheshwari, J. & Mahajan, P. (2012). Business organization management. (2nd Revised ed.)
New Delhi: International Book House.
 Riggio, R. (2012). Introduction to industrial and organizational psychology. Pearson Education
 Schultz, D. & Schultz,S.(2013). Psychology and work today. Pearson
 Shankar, M. (2013). Organizational behavior. International Book House
 Sharma, S. (2013). Organisational behavior. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill.
 Singh, K. (2012). Organizational behaviour text and cases. New Delhi: Pearson Education.

Revised Syllabus of Courses of B.Com. Programme at Semester V and VI
(Practical Courses)
Maximum Marks: 100

Questions to be set: 06
Duration: 03 Hrs.
All Questions are Compulsory Carrying 15 Marks each.
Question Particular Marks

No
Q-1 Objective Questions 20 Marks

A) Sub Questions to be asked 12 and to be answered any 10
B) Sub Questions to be asked 12 and to be answered any 10
(*Multiple choice / True or False / Match the columns/Fill in the
blanks)
Q-2 Full Length Practical Question 15 Marks

OR

OR

OR

OR
Q-6 A) Theory questions 10 Marks

B) Theory questions 10 Marks
OR
Q-6 Short Notes 20 Marks
To be asked 06
To be answered 04
Note:
Practical question of 15 marks may be divided into two sub questions of 7/8 or 10/5 Marks.

Revised Syllabus of Courses of B.Com. Programme at Semester V and VI
(Theoretical Courses)
Maximum Marks: 100

Duration: 03 Hrs.

No

blanks)
Q-2 Full Length Question 15 Marks

OR

OR

OR

OR

OR
To be asked 06
To be answered 04
Note:
Theory question of 15 marks may be divided into two sub questions of 7/8 or 10/5 Marks.

AC
AC 24-6-16
Item No. 4.81
Master of Commerce (M.Com)

Programme
Two Year Integrated Programme -
Four Semesters
Course Structure
Semester System
To be implemented from Academic Year- 2016-2017

Progressively
Faculty of Commerce, University of Mumbai

Master of Commerce (M.Com) Programme
Course Structure
M.Com I
No. of No. of
Courses Courses
1 Strategic Management 06 1 Research Methodology for 06
Business
2 Economics for Business 06 2 Macro Economics concepts 06
Decisions and Applications
3 Cost and Management 06 3 Corporate Finance 06
Accounting
4 Business Ethics and Corporate 06 4 E-Commerce 06
Social Responsibility
M.Com II
No. of No. of
Semester III Credits Semester IV Credits
Courses Courses
1,2 *Any one group of courses 18 1,2 and **Any one group of courses 18
and 3 from the following list of the 3 from the following list of the
courses courses
(Group – A/B/C/D/E) (Group – A/B/C/D/E)
2  Project Work 2  Project Work
4 Project Work - I 06 4 Project Work - II 06
 Note: Project work is considered as a special course involving application of knowledge in

solving/ analyzing/ exploring a real life situation/ difficult problem. Project work would be of
06 credits. A project work may be undertaken in any area of Elective Courses

*List of group of Elective Courses (EC) ** List of group of Elective Courses (EC)
1 1
for Semester III (Any Three out of Five) for Semester IV (Any Three out of Five)
Group A: Advanced Accounting, Corporate Accounting and Financial Management
1 Advanced Financial 06 1 Advanced Auditing 06
Accounting
2 Corporate Financial 06 2 Indirect Tax 06
Accounting
3 (Skill based) : Financial 06 3 International Financial 06
Management Reporting Standards
4 Direct Tax 06 4 Personal Financial Planning 06
5 Financial Services 06 5 Financial Journalism 06
Group B: Business Studies (Management)

1 Human Resource 06 1 Supply chain management 06
Management and logistics
2 Rural Marketing 06 2 Advertising and sales 06
Management
3 Entrepreneurial Management 06 3 Retail Management 06
4 Marketing Strategies and 06 4 Tourism Management 06
practices
5 Organizational Behaviour 06 5 Management of Business 06
Relations
Group C : Banking & Finance
1 Banking Law and Practices 06 1 Cooperative Banking System 06
2 (Skill based) Legal framework 06 2 Financial Institutions and 06
of banking Markets
3 Commercial Bank 06 3 Accounting and Auditing of 06
Management Banking
4 Investment Management 06 4 International Finance 06
Analysis
5 Financial Risk Management 06 5 Financial Services 06
Group D : E-Commerce
1 Database Management 06 1 E-Commerce Security and 06
System Law
2 Internet & Web-Designing 06 2 Advance technology for E- 06
(skill based) Commerce
3 Network Infrastructure and 06 3 Management Information 06
Payment System System
4 Logistic & supply chain 06 4 Digital Marketing 06
Management in E-Commerce
5 Business Models in E- 06 5 International Business, Law 06
Commerce & ICT Applications and Taxation

1 1
Group E : Business Economics
1 Economics of Growth and 06 1 Urban Economics 06
Development
2 Applied Econometrics 06 2 Entrepreneurship and family 06
business
3 Agriculture Economics 06 3 Indian Financial system 06
4 Monetary Economics 06 4 International Economics 06
5 Industrial Economics 06 5 Economics of Services 06
Note: Group selected in Semester III will continue in Semester IV

Revised Syllabus
and
of Courses
of
Programme
at
Two Year
Semester I and II
Semester System
Faculty of Commerce, University of Mumbai

Course Structure
M.Com I
No. of No. of
Courses Courses
1 Strategic Management 06 1 Research Methodology for 06
Business
2 Economics for Business 06 2 Macro Economics concepts 06
Decisions and Applications
3 Cost and Management 06 3 Corporate Finance 06
Accounting
4 Business Ethics and Corporate 06 4 E-Commerce 06
Social Responsibility

ER

Course Structure
Semester I
No. of
Semester I Credits
Courses
1 Core Courses (CC)
1 Strategic Management 06
2 Economics for Business Decisions 06
3 Cost and Management Accounting 06

Business Ethics and Corporate Social
4 06
Responsibility
Total Credits 24
Revised Syllabus and Question Paper Pattern of Courses of

Revised Syllabus of Courses of
Master of Commerce (M.Com) Programme at Semester I
Core Courses (CC)
1. Strategic Management
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to Strategic Management 15
2 Strategy Formulation, Implementation and Evaluation 15
3 Business, Corporate and Global Strategies 15
4 Emerging Strategic Trends 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
To enable the learners to understand new forms of Strategic Management
1
concepts and their use in business
2 To provide information pertaining to Business, Corporate and Global Reforms
To develop learning and analytical skills of the learners to enable them to
3
solve cases and to provide strategic solutions
To acquaint the learners with recent developments and trends in the business
4
corporate world

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to Strategic Management
• Concept of Strategic Management, Strategic Management Process, Vision, Mission
and Goals, Benefits and Risks of Strategic Management.
• Levels of Strategies: Corporate, Business and Operational Level Strategy
• Functional Strategies: Human Resource Strategy, Marketing Strategy, Financial
Strategy , Operational Strategy
• Business Environment: Components of Environment- Micro and Macro and
Environmental Scanning
2 Strategy Formulation, Implementation and Evaluation
• Strategic Formulation: Stages and Importance, Formulation of Alternative
Strategies: Mergers, Acquisitions, Takeovers, Joint Ventures, Diversification,
Turnaround, Divestment and Liquidation.
• Strategic Analysis and Choice: Issues and Structures, Corporate Portfolio Analysis-
SWOT Analysis, BCG Matrix, GE Nine Cell Matrix, Hofer’s Matrix,
• ETOP- Environmental Threat and Opportunity Profile, Strategic Choice- Factors and
Importance.
• Strategic Implementation: Steps, Importance and Problems, Resource Allocation-
Importance & Challenges
• Strategic Evaluation and Control: Importance, Limitations and Techniques
• Budgetary Control: Advantages, Limitations
3 Business, Corporate and Global Strategies
• Corporate Restructuring Strategies: Concept, Need and Forms, Corporate Renewal
Strategies: Concept, Internal and External factors and Causes.
• Strategic Alliance: Concept, Types, Importance, Problems of Indian Strategic
Alliances and International Businesses
• Public Private Participation: Importance, Problems and Governing Strategies of PPP
Model.
• Information Technology Driven Strategies: Importance, Limitations and
contribution of IT sector in Indian Business
4 Emerging Strategic Trends
• Business Process Outsourcing and Knowledge Process Outsourcing in India:
Concept and Strategies. Reasons for growing BPO and KPO businesses in India.
• Reengineering Business Processes- Business Reengineering, Process Reengineering
and Operational Reengineering
• Disaster Management: Concept, Problems and Consequences of Disasters,
Strategies for Managing and Preventing disasters and Cope up Strategies.
• Start-up Business Strategies and Make in India Model: Process of business start ups
and its Challenges, Growth Prospects and government initiatives in Make in India
Model with reference to National manufacturing, Contribution of Make in India
Policy in overcoming industrial sickness

Core Courses (CC)
2. Economics for Business Decisions

Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Basic Principles in Business Economics 15
2 Demand and Supply Analysis 15
3 Production Decisions and Cost Analysis 15
4 Market Structure Analysis 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
This course is designed to equip the students with basic tools of economic
1
theory and its practical applications
The course aims at familiarising the students with the understanding of the
2 economic aspects of current affairs and thereby prepares them to analyse the
market behaviour with economic way of thinking
In addition to providing an insight into application of economic principles in
3 business decisions, it also intends to widen analytical ability of the students
and to provide them a foundation for further study of economics
In order to make the study practical oriented, the paper requires discussion of
4
some cases involving the use of concepts of business economics

SN Modules/ Units
1 Basic Principles in Business Economics
• Meaning and scope of Business Economics - twin principles of scarcity and
efficiency; incremental and Marginal principle; profit maximisation principle;
market economy and invisible hand; production possibility frontier; Opportunity
cost - accounting profit and economic profit; market failure, externality, public
goods and economic role of Government
2 Demand and Supply Analysis
• Determinants of demand - market demand function - theory of attributes, snob
appeal, band wagon and Veblen effect and demand function. Law of supply-
elasticity of supply
• Applications of elasticity of demand and supply to economic issues: Paradox of
bumper harvest- tax on price and quantity - minimum floor and maximum ceilings:
minimum wages controversy and Administered price control
• The theory of consumer choice - Consumer preference and budget constraint -
equilibrium position of tangency with the help of Indifference curve analysis-
effect of changes in price and income on consumer equilibrium
3 Production decisions and Cost analysis
• Production function - short run and long run - Law of variable proportion, returns
to scale, scale economies, scope economies- least cost factor combination for a
given output- Expansion path and Multiproduct firm- cost reduction through
experience - learning curve
• Economic analysis of Cost: Classification of costs, short run and long run cost
functions.
4 Market structure analysis
• Difference between perfectly and imperfectly competitive markets -Perfect
competition and Monopoly as limiting cases of market imperfections - Sources of
market power - profit maximisation of simple and discriminating monopolist-
methods of measuring monopoly power - Public policy towards monopoly power
• Different forms of imperfect competition - Monopolistic competition and Oligopoly
- Strategic decision making in oligopoly markets- collusive and non-collusive
oligopoly- colliding oligopoly : rivalry among few, price war and kinked demand
curve- collusive oligopoly models of price leadership and cartel - basic concepts of
game theory - Using Game theory to analyse strategic decisions - application of
model of prisoner’s dilemma in market decisions

Core Courses (CC)
3. Cost and Management Accounting

Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
Marginal Costing, Absorption Costing and Management
1 15
Decisions
2 Standard Costing 15
3 Budgetary Control 15
4 Operating Costing 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
To enhance the abilities of learners to develop the concept of Cost and
1
management accounting and its significance in the business
To enable the learners to understand, develop and apply the techniques of
2
costing in the decision making in the business corporates
To enable the learners in understanding, developing, preparing and
3
presenting the financial report in the business corporates

SN Modules/ Units
1 Marginal Costing, Absorption Costing and Management Decisions
• Meaning of Absorption Costing - Distinction between Absorption Costing and
Marginal Costing - Problems on Breakeven Analysis - Cost Volume Profit Analysis -
Breakeven Charts - Contribution Margin and Various Decision Making Problems
• Managerial Decisions through Cost Accounting such as Pricing Accepting Special
Offer - Profit Planning - Make or Buy Decisions - Determining Key Factors -
Determining Sales Mix - Determining Optimum Activity Level - Performance
Evaluation - Alternative Methods of Production, Cost Reduction & Cost Control
2 Standard Costing
• Standard Costing as an Instrument of Cost Control and Cost Reduction - Fixation of
Standards - Theory and Problems based on Analysis of Variances of Materials,
Labour Overheads and sales including Sub-variances
3 Budgetary Control
• Budget and Budgetary Control - Zero Based Budget - Performance Budgets -
Functional Budgets Leading to the Preparation of Master Budgets - Capital
Expenditure Budget - Fixed and Flexible Budgets - Preparation of Different Types of
Budgets
4 Operating Costing
• Meaning of Operating Costing - Determination of Per Unit Cost - Collection of
Costing Data - Practical Problems based on Costing of Hospital, Hotel and Goods &
Passenger Transport

Core Courses (CC)
4. Business Ethics and Corporate Social

Responsibility
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to Business Ethics 15
2 Indian Ethical Practices and Corporate Governance 15
3 Introduction to Corporate Social Responsibility 15
4 Areas of CSR and CSR Policy 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
To familiarize the learners with the concept and relevance of Business Ethics
1
in the modern era
To enable learners to understand the scope and complexity of Corporate
2
Social responsibility in the global and Indian context

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to Business Ethics
• Business Ethics – Concept, Characteristics, Importance and Need for business
ethics. Indian Ethos, Ethics and Values, Work Ethos,
• Sources of Ethics, Concept of Corporate Ethics, code of Ethics-Guidelines for
developing code of ethics, Ethics Management Programme, Ethics Committee.
• Various approaches to Business Ethics - Theories of Ethics- Friedman’s Economic
theory, Kant’s Deontological theory, Mill & Bentham’s Utilitarianism theory
• Gandhian Approach in Management and Trusteeship, Importance and relevance of
trusteeship principle in Modern Business, Gandhi’s Doctrine of Satya and Ahimsa,
• Emergence of new values in Indian Industries after economic reforms of 1991
2 Indian Ethical Practices and Corporate Governance
• Ethics in Marketing and Advertising, Human Resources Management, Finance and
Accounting, Production, Information Technology, Copyrights and Patents
• Corporate Governance: Concept, Importance, Evolution of Corporate Governance,
Principles of Corporate Governance,
• Regulatory Framework of Corporate Governance in India, SEBI Guidelines and
clause 49, Audit Committee, Role of Independent Directors, Protection of Stake
Holders, Changing roles of corporate Boards.
• Elements of Good Corporate Governance, Failure of Corporate Governance and its
consequences
3 Introduction to Corporate Social Responsibility
• Corporate Social Responsibility: Concept, Scope & Relevance and Importance of
CSR in Contemporary Society.
• Corporate philanthropy, Models for Implementation of CSR, Drivers of CSR,
Prestigious awards for CSR in India.
• CSR and Indian Corporations- Legal Provisions and Specification on CSR, A Score
Card, Future of CSR in India.
• Role of NGO’s and International Agencies in CSR, Integrating CSR into Business
4 Areas of CSR and CSR Policy
• CSR towards Stakeholders-- Shareholders, Creditors and Financial Institutions,
Government, Consumers, Employees and Workers, Local Community and Society.
• CSR and environmental concerns.
• Designing CSR Policy- Factors influencing CSR Policy, Role of HR Professionals in
CSR
• Global Recognitions of CSR- ISO- 14000-SA 8000 – AA 1000 – Codes formulated by
UN Global Compact – UNDP, Global Reporting Initiative; major codes on CSR.
• CSR and Sustainable Development
• CSR through Triple Bottom Line in Business

Course Structure
Semester II
No. of
Semester II Credits
Courses
1 Core Courses (CC)
1 Research Methodology for Business 06

Macro Economics concepts and
2 06
Applications
3 Corporate Finance 06
4 E-Commerce 06
Total Credits 24

Master of Commerce (M.Com) Programme at Semester II
Core Courses (CC)
1. Research Methodology for Business

Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to Research 15
2 Research Process 15
3 Data Processing and Statistical Analysis 15
4 Research Reporting and Modern Practices in Research 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
To enhance the abilities of learners to undertake research in business & social
1
sciences
To enable the learners to understand, develop and apply the fundamental
2
skills in formulating research problems
To enable the learners in understanding and developing the most appropriate
3
methodology for their research
To make the learners familiar with the basic statistical tools and techniques
4
applicable for research

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to Research
• Features and Importance of research in business, Objectives and Types of
research- Basic, Applied, Descriptive, Analytical and Empirical Research.
• Formulation of research problem, Research Design, significance of Review of
Literature
• Hypothesis: Formulation, Sources, Importance and Types
• Sampling: Significance, Methods, Factors determining sample size
2 Research Process
• Stages in Research process
• Data Collection: Primary data: Observation, Experimentation, Interview, Schedules,
Survey,
• Limitations of Primary data
• Secondary data: Sources and Limitations,
• Factors affecting the choice of method of data collection.
• Questionnaire: Types, Steps in Questionnaire Designing, Essentials of a good
questionnaire
3 Data Processing and Statistical Analysis
• Data Processing: Significance in Research, Stages in Data Processing: Editing,
Coding, Classification, Tabulation, Graphic Presentation
• Statistical Analysis: Tools and Techniques, Measures of Central Tendency,
Measures of Dispersion, Correlation Analysis and Regression Analysis.
• Testing of Hypotheses –
 Parametric Test-t test, f test, z test
 Non-Parametric Test -Chi square test, ANOVA, Factor Analysis
• Interpretation of data: significance and Precautions in data interpretation
4 Research Reporting and Modern Practices in Research
• Research Report Writing: Importance, Essentials, Structure/ layout, Types
• References and Citation Methods:
 APA (American Psychological Association)
 CMS (Chicago Manual Style)
 MLA (Modern Language Association)
• Footnotes and Bibliography
• Modern Practices: Ethical Norms in Research, Plagiarism, Role of Computers in
Research

Core Courses (CC)
2. Macro Economics Concepts and Applications

Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Aggregate Income and its Dimensions 15
Keynesian concepts of Aggregate Demand (ADF), Aggregate

2 15
Supply (ASF)
3 Economic Policy Implications in the IS-LM framework 15
4 International Aspects of Macroeconomic Policy 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
The heavily application-oriented nature of macroeconomics course is
1 introduced in order to enable the learners to grasp fully the theoretical
rationale behind policies at the country as well as corporate level
This course the learners to receive a firm grounding on the basic
2
macroeconomic concepts that strengthen analysis of crucial economic policies
Learners are expected to regularly read suggested current readings and
3
related articles in the dailies and journals are analysed class rooms

SN Modules/ Units
1 Aggregate Income and its Dimensions
• Aggregate Income and its dimensions: National income aggregates - and
measurement; - GNP, GDP, NDP, Real and nominal income concepts, measures of
inflation and price indices - GDP deflator, - Nominal and real interest rates- PPP
income and HDI
2 Keynesian concepts of Aggregate Demand (ADF), Aggregate Supply (ASF)
• Keynesian concepts of Aggregate Demand (ADF), Aggregate Supply (ASF),
Interaction of ADF and ASF and determination of real income; Inflationary gap
• Policy trade- off between Inflation and unemployment – Phillips’ curve – short run
and long run
3 Economic Policy Implications in the IS-LM framework
• The IS-LM model: Equilibrium in goods and money market; Monetary and real
influences on IS-LM curves, Economic fluctuations and Stabilisation policies in IS-
LM framework - Transmission mechanism and the crowding out effect;
composition of output and policy mix, IS-LM in India
4 International Aspects of Macroeconomic Policy
• International aspects of Macroeconomic policy: Balance of payments
disequilibrium of an open economy - corrective policy measures -Expenditure
changing policies and expenditure switching policies BOP adjustments through
monetary and fiscal policies -The Mundell-Fleming model - Devaluation,
revaluation as expenditure switching policies - effectiveness of devaluation and J -
curve effect

Core Courses (CC)
3. Corporate Finance
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Scope and Objectives of Financial Management 15
2 Time Value of Money 15
Financial Analysis - Application of Ratio Analysis in Financial

3 15
Decision Making
4 Financial Decisions 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
To enhance the abilities of learners to develop the objectives of Financial
1
Management
To enable the learners to understand, develop and apply the techniques of
2
investment in the financial decision making in the business corporates
3 To enhance the abilities of learners to analyse the financial statements

SN Modules/ Units
1 Scope and Objectives of Financial Management
• Introduction, Meaning, Importance, Scope, Objectives, Profit v/s Value
Maximization
2 Time Value of Money
• Concept, Present Value, Annuity, Techniques of Discounting, Techniques of
Compounding, Bond Valuation and YTM
3 Financial Analysis - Application of Ratio Analysis in Financial Decision Making
Management Analysis
• Profitability Ratios: Gross Profit Ratio, Operating Profit Ratio, Return on Capital
Employed
• Efficiency Ratios: Sales to Capital Employed, Sales to Fixed Assets, Profit to Fixed
Assets, Stock Turnover Ratio, Debtors Turnover Ratio, Creditors Turnover Ratio
• Liquidity Ratios: Current Ratio, Quick Ratio
• Stability Ratio: Capital Gearing Ratio, Interest Coverage Ratio
• Investor’s Analysis
• Earnings per Share, P/E Ratio, Dividend Yield
4 Financial Decisions
• Cost of Capital - Introduction, Definition of Cost of Capital, Measurement of Cost of
Capital, WACC, Marginal Cost of Capital
• Capital Structure Decisions - Meaning, Choice of Capital Structure, Importance,
Optimal Capital Structure, EBIT-EPS Analysis, Cost of Capital, Capital Structure and
Market Price of Share, Capital Structure Theories, Dividend Policy - Pay Out Ratio
• Business Risk and Financial Risk - Introduction, Debt v/s Equity Financing, Types of
Leverage, Investment Objective/Criteria for Individuals/Non-business Purpose

Core Courses (CC)
4. E-Commerce
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to Electronic Commerce –Evolution and Models 15
2 World Wide Web and E-enterprise 15
3 E-marketing and Electronic Payment System 15

Legal and Regulatory Environment and Security issues of
4 15
E-commerce
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
To provide an analytical framework to understand the emerging world of e-
1
commerce
To make the learners familiar with current challenges and issues in e-
2
commerce
To develop the understanding of the learners towards various business
3
models
To enable to understand the Web- based Commerce and equip the learners to
4
assess e-commerce requirements of a business
To develop understanding of learners relating to Legal and Regulatory
5
Environment and Security issues of E-commerce

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to Electronic Commerce –Evolution and Models
• Evolution of E-Commerce-Introduction, History/Evolution of Electronic Commerce,
Roadmap of E-Commerce in India, Main activities, Functions and Scope of E-
Commerce.
• Benefits and Challenges of E-Commerce, E-Commerce Business Strategies for
Marketing, Sales and Promotions.
• Business Models of E-Commerce- Characteristics of Business to Business(B2B),
Business to Consumers (B2C), Business to Government (B2G)
• Concepts of other models of E-commerce.
• Business to Consumer E-Commerce process, Business to Business E-Commerce-
Need and Importance, alternative models of B2B E-Commerce.
• E-Commerce Sales Product Life Cycle (ESLC) Model
2 World Wide Web and E-enterprise
• World Wide Web-Reasons for building own website, Benefits of Website,
Registering a Domain Name, Role of web site in B2C E-commerce; push and pull
approaches; Web site design principles.
• EDI and paperless trading; Pros & Cons of EDI; Related new technologies use in E-
commerce.
• Applications of E-commerce and E-enterprise - Applications to Customer
Relationship Management- Types of E-CRM, Functional Components of E-CRM.
• Managing the E-enterprise- Introduction, Managing the
• E-enterprise, Comparison between Conventional and
• E-organisation, Organisation of Business in an E-enterprise, Benefits and
Limitations of E- enterprise
3 E-marketing and Electronic Payment System
• E-Marketing- Scope and Techniques of E-Marketing, Traditional web promotion;
Web counters; Web advertisements, Role of Social media.
• E-Commerce Customer Strategies for Purchasing and support activities, Planning
for Electronic Commerce and its initiates, The pros and cons of online shopping,
Justify an Internet business.
• Electronic Payment System-Characteristics of E-payment system, SET Protocol for
credit card payment, prepaid e-payment service, post-paid E-payment system,
Types of payment systems.
• Operational, credit and legal risks of E-payment system, Risk management options
for E-payment systems, Set standards / principles for E-payment

SN Modules/ Units
4 Legal and Regulatory Environment and Security issues of E-commerce
• Introduction to Cyber Laws-World Scenario, Cyber-crime& Laws in India and their
limitations, Hacking, Web Vandals, E-mail Abuse, Software Piracy and Patents.
• Taxation Issues, Protection of Cyber Consumers in India and CPA 1986, Importance
of Electronic Records as Evidence.
• Security Issues in E-Commerce- Risk management approach to Ecommerce Security
- Types and sources of threats, Protecting electronic commerce assets and
intellectual property.
• Security Tools, Client server network security, Electronic signature, Encryption and
concepts of public and private key infrastructure

Reference Books
Reference Books
Strategic Management
• Strategic Management, A Dynamic Perspective -Concepts and Cases – Mason A. Carpenter, Wm.
Gerard Sanders, Prashant Salwan, Published by Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt Ltd, Licensees of
Pearson Education in south Asia
• Strategic Management and Competitive Advantage-Concepts- Jay B. Barney, William S. Hesterly,
Published by PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi
• Globalization, Liberalization and Strategic Management - V. P. Michael
• Business Policy and Strategic Management – Sukul Lomash and P.K Mishra, Vikas Publishing House
Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi
• Strategic Management – Fred R. David, Published by Prentice Hall International
• Business Policy and Strategic Management – Dr Azhar Kazmi, Published by Tata McGraw Hill
Publications
• Business Policy and Strategic Management- Jauch Lawrence R & William Glueck Published by Tata
McGraw Hill
• Public Enterprise Management and Privatisation – Laxmi Narain Published by S.Chand & Company
Ltd, New Delhi
• Business Organisation – Rajendra P. Maheshwari, J.P. Mahajan, Published by International Book
House Pvt Ltd
• Disasters and Development- Cuny Fred C, Published by Oxford University Press, Oxford
• At Risks Natural Hazards, People’s Vulnerability and Disasters- Wisner Ben P. Blaikie, T Cannon and
I.davis, Published by Wiltshire Routledge
• Mergers, Acquisitions and Corporate Restructuring – Strategies and Practices- Rabi Narayan Kar,
Published by International Book House Pvt Ltd, Mumbai
• Strategic Management- Awareness and Change, John. L. Thompson, Internal Thomson Business Press
• Gaining and Sustaining Competitive Advantage, Jay B. barney, Eastern economy Edition, PHI Learning
Pvt Ltd, New Delhi
• Strategic Management by Prof N.H. Mullick, Enkay Publishing House New Delhi
• Public Sector Perspective, by Dr M.Veerappa Moily
• The Impact of Private sector participation in Infrastructure- Lights, shadows and the Road ahead by
Andres, Luis, Guasch, luis, J. Thomas, Haven & Foster, World Bank, Washington

Reference Books
Economics for Business Decisions
• Salvatore, D.: Managerial Economics in a global economy (Thomson South Western Singapore, 2001)
• Frank Robert.H, Bernanke. Ben S., Principles of Economics (Tata McGraw Hill (ed.3)
• Gregory Mankiw., Principles of Economics, Thomson South western (2002 reprint)
• Samuelson & Nordhas.: Economics (Tata McGraw Hills, New Delhi, 2002)
• Hirchey .M., Managerial Economics, Thomson South western (2003)
• Mehta, P.L.: Managerial Economics – Analysis, Problem and Cases (S. Chand & Sons, N. Delhi, 2000)
• Koutsyiannis, A., Modern Microeconomics, Macmillan Press Ltd (1998 Reprint).
• Varian, Micro-Economic Analysis (ed. 3), Norton, 1992.
• Dean, Joel: Managerial Economics (Prentice Hall of India, N. Delhi, 2002)
• Gupta, G.S.: Managerial Economics (Tata McGraw Hill, N. Delhi, 1997)
• Sen Anindya, Micro -Economics: Theory and Applications, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 1999.
• Economic and Political Weekly
• Indian Economic Review
• Financial Dailies
Cost and Management Accounting
•
Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility
• Sharma J.P ‘ Corporate Governance, business ethics and CSR, Ane Books Pvt Ltd, New Delhi
• Sharma J.P. Corporate Governance and Social Responsibility of business, Ane Books Pvt ltd, New Delhi
• S.K.Bhatia, Business Ethics and Corporate Governance
• William Shaw, Business Ethics, Wordsworth Publishing Company, International Thomson Publishing
Company.
• Corporate Crimes and Financial Frauds, Dr. Sumit Sharma, New Delhi India
• R.C. Sekhar, Ethical choices in Business, Sage Publications, New Delhi
• Business Ethics, Andrew Crane and Dirk Matten, Oxford University Press.
• Business Ethics, Text and Cases, C.S.V. Murthy, Himalaya Publication House.
• Mallin, Christine A. Corporate Governance (Indian Edition) Oxford University press. New Delhi
• Blow field ,Michael and Alan Murray, Corporate Responsibility, Oxford University Press,
• Philip Kotler and Nancy Lee, CSR : doing the most good for Company and your cause , Wiley 2005
• Beeslory, Michel and Evens, CSR , Taylor and Francis, 1978
• Subhabrata Bobby Banerjee, CSR: the good, the bad and the ugly. Edward Elgar Publishing 2007
• Joseph A. Petrick and John F. Quinn, Management Ethics- Integrity at work , Sage Publication , 1997
• Francesco Perrini, Stefano and AntanioTencati, Developing CSR- A European Perspective , Edward
Elgar.
• William B. Werther, Jr. David Chandler, Strategic Corporate Social Responsibility, stakeholders’ a
global environment, Sage Publication, 2009.
• Ellington. J. (1998), Cannibals with forks: The triple bottom line of 21st Century business, New Society
Publishers.
• Crane, A. Et al., (2008), The Oxford handbook of Corporate Social Responsibility, New York: Oxford
University Press Inc.

Reference Books
Reference Books
Research Methodology for Business
• Research Methodology – Text and Cases with SPSS Applications, by Dr S.L. Gupta and Hitesh Gupta,
International Book House Pvt Ltd
• Business Research Methodology by T N Srivastava and Shailaja Rego, Tata Mcgraw Hill Education
Private Limited, New Delhi
• Methodology of Research in Social Sciences, by O.R. Krishnaswami, Himalaya Publishing House
• Research Methodology by Dr Vijay Upagude and Dr Arvind Shende
• Business Statistics by Dr S. K Khandelwal, International Book House Pvt Ltd
• Quantitative Techniques by Dr S. K Khandelwal, International Book House Pvt Ltd
• SPSS 17.0 for Researchers by Dr S.L Gupta and Hitesh Gupta, 2nd edition, Dr S. K Khandelwal,
International Book House Pvt Ltd
• Foundations of Social Research and Econometrics Techniques by S.C. Srivastava, Himalaya publishing
House
• Statistical Analysis with Business and Economics Applications, Hold Rinehart & Wrintston, 2nd Edition,
New York
• Business Research Methods, Clover, Vernon T and Balsely, Howard L, Colombus O. Grid, Inc
• Business Research Methods, Emary C.Willima, Richard D. Irwin In. Homewood
• Research Methods in Economics and Business by R. Gerber and P.J. Verdoom, The Macmillan
Company, New York
• Research and Methodology in Accounting and Financial Management, J.K Courtis
• Statistics for Management and Economics, by Menden Hall and Veracity, Reinmuth J.E
• Panneerselvam, R., Research Methodology, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2004.
• Kothari CR, Research Methodology- Methods and Techniques, New Wiley Ltd., 2009
Macro Economics concepts and Applications
• Dornbusch. R, Fisher.S., Macroeconomics, Tata McGraw-Hill 9th edition
• D’Souza Errol., Macroeconomics, Pearson Education 2008
• Gupta G.S., Macroeconomics Theory and Applications, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi 2001
• Dwivedi D.N., Macroeconomics theory and policy, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi 2001
• Economic and Political Weekly
• Indian Economic Review
• Financial Dailies
Corporate Finance

Reference Books
E-Commerce
• Laudon, Kenneth C. and Carol Guercio Traver (2002) E-commerce: business, technology, society. (New
Delhi : Pearson Educatin).
• Awad, Elias M. (2007), Electronic Commerce: From Vision to Fulfillment (NewDelhi : Pearson
Education).
• Kalakota, Ravi and Marcia Robinson (2001). Business 2.0: Roadmap for Success (newDelhi : Pearson
Education).
• Smith, P.R. and Dave Chaffey (2005), eMarketing eXcellence; The Heart of eBusiness (UK : Elsevier
Ltd.)
• Vivek Sood Cyber Laws Simplified-TMH (2001)
• Vakul Sharma Handbook of cyber Laws-Macmillan (2002)
• Sundeep Oberol e Security and you-TMH (2001)
• Greenstein & Feinman Electronic Commerce-Security, Risk Mgt and Control-TMH (2000)
• Adam Nabll R. (Editor) Electronic Commerce: Technical Business and Legal Issues.
• Diwan, Prag and Sharma Electronic Commerce-a Manager’s Guide to EBusiness
• Bharat Bhasker, Electronic Commerce – Frame work technologies and Applications, 3rd Edition- Tata
McGrawHill Publications, 2008.
• Kamlesh K.Bajaj and Debjani Nag, Ecommerce- the cutting edge of Business, Tata McGrawHill
Publications, 2008
• Kalakota et al, Frontiers of Electronic Commerce, Addison Wesley, 2004
• E- Commerce Strategies, Technology and applications (David) Tata McGrawHill
• Introduction to E-commerce (jeffrey) Tata- Mcgrawhill
• E-Business and Commerce- Strategic Thinking and Practice (Brahm) biztantra
• Web Technology : Ramesh Bangia
• HTML – The complete Reference :
• Gary Schneider, Electronic Commerce, Thomson Publishing.
• Pandey, Srivastava and Shukla, E-Commerce and its Application, S. Chand
• P.T. Joseph, Electronic Commerce – An Indian Perspective, P.H.I
• Turban, King, Viehland& Lee, Electronic Commerce- A Managerial Perspective, Pearson.
• IJECS International journal of Electronic Ecommerce StudiesISSN 2073-9729http://ijecs.academic-
publication.org/
• Electronic Commerce Research and Applications ISSN: 1567-4223Editor-in-Chief: Robert
Kauffman(http://www.journals.elsevier.com/electronic-commerce-research-and-applications)
• Journal of Electronic Commerce Research (JECR) ISSN: 1526-6133 (Online) 1938-9027 (Print)
(http://web.csulb.edu/journals/jecr/a_j.htm)

Scheme of Examination:
The performance of the learners will be evaluated in two components. One component will
be the Internal Assessment component carrying 40% marks and the second component will
be the Semester End Examination component carrying 60% marks.
Internal Assessment:
The Internal Assessment will consist of one class test of 40 marks for each course excluding
projects. The question paper pattern will be shown as below:

(Internal Assessment)
Maximum Marks: 40 marks

Duration: 1½ hours
No

Students to answer 10 sub questions out of 15 sub questions.
(*Multiple choice/ True or False/ Match the columns/ Fill in the
blanks)
OR
Objective Questions
blanks)
Q-2 Concept based short questions 10 Marks

Q-3 Practical problems or short questions 20 Marks

Students to answer 02 sub questions out of 03 sub questions

(Practical Courses)
Maximum Marks: 60
Duration: 2 Hrs.
No
Q-1 Practical Question 15 Marks

OR

OR

OR
Q-4 Objective Question 15 Marks

(Multiple Choice/ True or False/ Fill in the Blanks/ Match the
Columns/ Short Questions.)
OR
Q-4 Short Notes (Any three out of five) 15 Marks
Note:
Full length question of 15 marks may be divided into two sub questions of 08 and 07 marks.

Maximum Marks: 60
Duration: 2 Hrs.

No
Q-1 Full length Question 15 Marks

OR

OR

OR

OR
Note:

Sr. No Particular
01 Standard of Passing
The learner to pass a course shall have to obtain a minimum of 40% marks in
aggregate for each course where the course consists of Internal Assessment &
Semester End Examination. The learner shall obtain minimum of 40% marks (i.e. 16
out of 40) in the Internal Assessment and 40% marks in Semester End Examination
(i.e. 24 out of 60) separately, to pass the course and minimum of Grade E in the
project component, wherever applicable to pass a particular semester. A learner
will be said to have passed the course if the learner passes the Internal Assessment
& Semester End Examination together.
02 Allowed to Keep Terms (ATKT)

1) A learner shall be allowed to keep term for Semester II irrespective of number
of courses of failure in the semester I.
2) A learner shall be allowed to keep term for Semester III if he/she passes each of
the semester I and Semester II OR a learner fails in not more than two courses
of Semester I and not more than two courses of Semester II.

Revised Syllabus of Courses

of
Programme
at
Second Year
Semester III and IV
Semester System
(To be implemented from Academic Year 2017-2018)
Faculty of Commerce

Course Structure
M.Com II
No. of No. of
Courses Courses
1,2 *Any one group of courses 18 1,2 and **Any one group of courses 18
and 3 from the following list of the 3 from the following list of the
courses courses
(Group – A/B/C/D/E) (Group – A/B/C/D/E)
4 Project Work - I 06 4 Project Work - II 06

solving/ analyzing/ exploring a real life situation/ difficult problem. Project work would be of
06 credits. A project work may be undertaken in any area of Elective Courses

1 1
Group A: Advanced Accounting, Corporate Accounting and Financial Management
1 Advanced Financial 06 1 Corporate Financial 06
Accounting Accounting
2 Direct Tax 06 2 Indirect Tax- Introduction of 06
Goods and Service Tax
3 Advanced Cost Accounting 06 3 Financial Management 06
4 Advanced Auditing 06 4 International Financial 06
Reporting Standards
5 Financial Services 06 5 Personal Financial Planning 06

1 Human Resource 06 1 Supply chain management 06
Management and logistics
2 Rural Marketing 06 2 Advertising and sales 06
Management
3 Entrepreneurial Management 06 3 Retail Management 06
4 Marketing Strategies and 06 4 Tourism Management 06
practices
5 Organizational Behaviour 06 5 Management of Business 06
Relations
Group C : Banking & Finance
1 Commercial Bank 06 1 International Finance 06
Management
2 Financial Markets 06 2 Financial Services 06
3 Accounting of Banking Sector 06 3 Auditing of Banking Sector 06
4 Treasury Management 06 4 Investment Management 06
5 Debt Market 06 5 Currency Derivatives 06
Group D : E-Commerce
1 Database Management 06 1 E-Commerce Security and 06
System Law
2 Internet & Web-Designing 06 2 Advance technology for E- 06
(skill based) Commerce
3 Network Infrastructure and 06 3 Management Information 06
Payment System System
4 Logistic & supply chain 06 4 Digital Marketing 06
Management in E-Commerce
5 Business Models in E- 06 5 International Business, Law 06
Commerce & ICT Applications and Taxation

1 1
Group E : Business Economics
1 Economics of Growth and 06 1 Urban Economics 06
Development
2 Applied Econometrics 06 2 Entrepreneurship and Family 06
business
3 Agriculture Economics 06 3 Indian Financial system 06
4 Monetary Economics 06 4 International Economics 06
5 Industrial Economics 06 5 Economics of Services 06

ER

Course Structure
Semester III
No. of
Semester III Credits
Courses
Group A: Advanced Accounting, Corporate Accounting and
Financial Management (Any Three out of Five)
1 Advanced Financial Accounting 06
2 Direct Tax 06
3 Advanced Cost Accounting 06
4 Advanced Auditing 06
5 Financial Services 06
Total Credits 18

Master of Commerce (M.Com) Programme at Semester III

1. Advanced Financial Accounting

Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
Foreign Currency Conversion (As per Applicable Accounting
1 15
Standards)
Final Accounts & Statutory Requirements for Banking
2 15
Companies
3 Accounting & Statutory Requirements of Insurance Companies 15
4 Accounting & Statutory Requirements of Co-operative Societies 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Foreign Currency Conversion (As per Applicable Accounting Standards)
Requirements as per Accounting Standards
Foreign Branches
2 Final Accounts & Statutory Requirements for Banking Companies
Final Accounts of Banking Companies
Provisioning of Non- Performing Assets
Form & Requirements of Final Accounts
3 Accounting & Statutory Requirements of Insurance Companies
• Accounting Provision for Insurance Act and Insurance Regulation and
Development Authorities for
1) Life Insurance Business
2) General Insurance Business
• Forms and Requirements of Final Accounts for
1) Life Insurance Business
2) General Insurance Business
4 Accounting & Statutory Requirements of Co-operative Societies
• Accounting Provisions of Maharashtra State Co-operative Societies Act and Rules
• Forms and Requirements of Final Accounts


2. Direct Tax
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Definitions and Basis of Charge 15
3 Deductions u/s 80 and Exclusions from the Total Income 15

Computation of Income and Tax of Individual, Firm and
4 Company (Excluding MAT) and Provisions for Filing Return of 15
Income - Sec 139(1) and Sec 139(5)
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Definitions and Basis of Charge
• Definitions: Person, Assessee, Income
• Basis of Charge: Previous Year, Assessment Year, Residential Status, Scope of Total
Income, Deemed Income
2 Heads of Income
• Income from Salary
• Income from House Property
• Profits and Gains from Business and Profession
• Income from Capital Gains
• Income from Other Sources
3 Deductions u/s 80 and Exclusions from the Total Income
• Deductions: 80C, 80CCF, 80D, 80DD, 80DDB, 80E, 80U
• Exclusions: Exemptions related to Specific Heads of Income to be Covered with
Relevant Provisions, Agricultural Income, Sums Received from HUF by a Member,
Share of Profit from Firm, Income from Minor Child, Dividend
Computation of Income and Tax of Individual, Firm and Company (Excluding MAT)
4
and Provisions for Filing Return of Income - Sec 139(1) and Sec 139(5)
• Computation of Income & Tax of Individual and Partnership Firm
Note:
1. The Syllabus is restricted to study of particular sections, specifically mentioned
rules and notifications only
2. All modules/units include computational problems/ Case study
3. The Law in force on 1st April immediately preceding the commencement of
Academic year will be applicable for ensuing Examinations


3. Advanced Cost Accounting

Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
2 Cost Allocation and Activity Based Costing Systems 15
3 Responsibility Accounting 15
4 Strategic Cost Management 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Process Costing
A) Introduction - Features of process, Concept of Process Loss, Abnormal Loss,
Normal Loss, Abnormal Gain.
B) Computation of Inter Process Profit – Advantages and Disadvantages
C) Computation of Equivalent Production – Weighted Average and FIFO.
2 Cost Allocation and Activity Based Costing Systems
A) Cost Allocation – Meaning and its Types, Relationship between resources,
activities, Cost and Cost drivers, Methods of allocating central costs - cost
allocation using Direct Method, Step Down Method and Reciprocal Method.
B) Activity Based Costing – Introduction, Advantages, Limitations, Identification
of cost drivers, Practical Problems on Traditional V/s Activity Based Costing
System.
3 Responsibility Accounting
A) Responsibility Accounting – Meaning, Features, Objective, Assumptions,
Problems, Responsibility Centre’s – Cost, Profit, Revenue and Investment.
B) Concept of Controllability – Introduction, Measuring Managerial Performance
( ROI and Residual Income Approach)
C) Preparation of Managerial Reports using Segmented Costs and Controllable
costs approach.
4 Strategic Cost Management
A) Transfer Pricing – Introduction, Advantages and Disadvantages, Setting
Transfer Pricing – Negotiated transfer pricing, Cost Based transfer pricing.
B) Target Costing – Introduction, Concept, Objectives, Comparison between Target
Costing and Cost Plus Pricing.
C) Inflation Accounting – Meaning, Features, Conversion of Income Statement,
Balance Sheet, Stocks and Net Assets Block using Current Purchasing Power
Method.
Note – All Topics include practical sums.


4. Advanced Auditing
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Company Audit 15
2 Special Audits 15
3 Audit under other laws 15
4 Auditing in Computerized Environment 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Company Audit
• Introduction to Audit - Audit of Ledgers, General Considerations, Scrutiny of
Ledgers of Assets, Personal and Revenue Accounts
• Company Audit - Audit of Shares, Qualifications and Disqualifications of Auditors,
Appointment of auditors, Removal of auditors, Powers and duties of auditors,
Branch audit, Joint audit, Special audit, Reporting requirements under the
Companies Act, 2013.
• Concepts of true and fair and materiality and audit risk in the context of audit of
companies.
• Audit reports; qualifications, notes on accounts, distinction between notes and
qualifications, detailed observations by the statutory auditor to the management
vis-a-vis obligations of reporting to the members
2 Special Audits
• Special points in audit of different types of undertakings, i.e., Educational
institutions, Hotels, Clubs and Hospitals.
3 Audit under other Laws
• Cost audit, Environmental Audit, Energy Audit., Audit under different statutes, viz;
income tax, other direct tax laws and indirect taxes
4 Auditing in Computerized Environment
• Audit under computerised environment: Computer auditing; specific problems of
EDP audit, Need for review of internal control especially procedure controls and
facility controls; techniques of audit of EDP output; Use of computers for internal
and management audit purposes; test packs, computerised audit programmes;
involvement of the auditor at the time of setting up the computer system


5. Financial Services
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to Financial Services and Merchant Banking 15
2 Venture Capital and Securitization 15
3 Hire Purchase Finance and Housing Finance 15
4 Stock Broking and Depository Services 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to Financial Services and Merchant Banking
A) Introduction to Financial Services - Overview of Financial Services in India,
Growth, Structure and Types of financial services.
B) Merchant Banking - Merchant Banking – Meaning, nature and functions;
merchant banking in India, role in issue management; classification and
regulation of merchant bankers by SEBI
2 Venture Capital and Securitization
A) Venture Capital- Meaning and Definition of Venture Capital, Characteristics of
Venture Capital, Forms/Types of Venture Capital Assistances, Venture Capital
Process, Modes of Venture Capital Assistance
B) Securitization - Introduction, Definition, Concept, Need, Players Involved in
Securitization, Securitization Structure, Instruments of Securitization,
Differentiate between Pass Through Certificate and Pay Through Securities,
Process of Securitization
3 Hire Purchase Finance and Housing Finance
A) Hire Purchase Finance - Meaning, concepts of hire purchase finance,
installment credit and consumer credit; sources of finance in India
B) Housing Finance – Introduction, Need, nature of housing finance, fixed and
floating rate home loans; sources of housing finance in India, growth of
housing finance in India; Role of National Housing Bank; concept of mortgage
and reverse mortgage; housing loans and mortgage loans, types of mortgage
loans
4 Stock Broking and Depository Services
A) Stock Broking – Meaning, types of stockbrokers, sub-brokers; stock broking in ,
E-broking – meaning, Indian experience
B) Depository Services – Meaning, role of depositories and their services,
Advantages of depository system; Functioning of depository system;
Depositories in India – NSDL & CSDL; Depository participants (DPs) and their
role Custodial services - meaning; obligations and responsibilities of custodians;
code of conduct

Course Structure
Semester III
No. of
Courses
(Any Three out of Five)
3 Entrepreneurial Management 06
4 Marketing Strategies and practices 06
5 Organizational Behaviour 06
Total Credits 18

1. Human Resource Management

Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
2 Human Resource Development 15
3 Latest Development in H.R.M. and Labour Legislation 15
4 Emerging Issues In H.R.M 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
• Human Resource Management (HRM). – Concept, Traditional HRM v/s
Strategic HRM , Objectives of HRM, Organisation Structure of HRM
Department – Changing Role of H.R. Manager.
• Human Resource Planning- Concept, Factors affecting HRP, Information
Management in HRP – HRIS (Human Resource Information System), Job
Analysis, Psychological and Behavioural Issues in HRP.
• Recruitment and Selection of managerial personnel - Factors affecting
recruitment process, Role of Recruitment agencies, Online process of
selection.
2 Human Resource Development

• Training and Development - Designing of the effective training programme
Evaluation of the effective training programme, Challenges before trainers,
Management Development Programme – Techniques.
• Performance Appraisal- Process, Guidelines for conducting appraisal
Interviews, Ethical aspects in performance appraisal.
• Career Advancement and Succession Planning- Self-Development
Mechanism and Knowledge enrichment, Managing Promotion and Transfers,
Managing dismissal, Succession Planning- Problems and Issues, Culture as a
factor in Succession Planning..
3 Latest Development in H.R.M. And Labour Legislation
• Industrial Relation Act – Prominent features and recent changes in Trade
Union Act 2016, Factories Act 1961, Industrial Disputes Act 1950.
• Prominent features and recent changes to Child and Women Labour Act
1986, Social Security Act 2016, Prevention of Sexual harassment Act, 2013.
• Prominent features and recent changes to Employees Acts like payment of
Gratuity Act 2015, Provident Fund Act 1952, Minimum Wages Act 2016 and
Payment of Wages Act 1991, Workmen Compensation Act 2014/ESI Scheme.
4 Emerging Issues In H.R.M
• Health and Safety – Safety measures and safety programmes, Stress and its
Impact on Job Performance, Role of organization in ensuring mental and
physical health of employees
• Work life balance – Need and Importance, Employee Engagement, Managing
Millennials (Gen Y)
• Talent Management – Concept , Importance, Process, Talent Management
and VUCA Environment(Volatility, Uncertainty, Complexity, Ambiguity), H.R.
Practices at Global level

2. Rural Marketing
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to Rural Marketing 15
2 Consumer Behaviour and Rural Marketing 15
3 Agricultural Marketing 15
4 Recent Trends in Rural Marketing 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to Rural Marketing
• Rural Marketing: Concept, Scope, Nature and Evolution of Rural Marketing,
Rural Marketing Strategies-4P’s, Rural Infrastructural Facilities –
Warehousing, Cold Storage, Logistics.
• Indian Rural Market: Profile, Rural Vs Urban Market, Importance of Branding,
Scope and Importance of Transportation Networking in rural markets.
• Problems of Rural Consumer: Adulteration, Short Weight and Measures,
Unfair Warranties and Guarantees, Unreasonable Pricing, Challenges and
Future of Rural Marketing
2 Consumer Behaviour and Rural Marketing
• Consumer Behaviour: Characteristics of Buying Behaviour- Awareness,
Understanding, Consumer Purchase Decision, Importance of Rural Marketing
Communication, Salesmen Influence.
• Government Schemes: Rural Development Programmes and Schemes of
Government, Entreprenuership Development Programme, Role of Food
Corporation of India (FCI), Role of Khadi and Village Industries Commission (KVIC).
• Role of Banks in Rural Marketing: Role of Agricultural Cooperative Banks,
Commercial Banking for Rural Marketing
3 Agricultural Marketing
• Agricultural Marketing- Importance, Prospects and Issues, Role of
Cooperatives and Self Help Groups (SHG) in Rural Marketing
• Commodity Boards: Role and Contribution of Commodity Boards in
generating revenue to government and employment in rural India.
• Agricultural Exports: Composition and Contribution of Agricultural Exports in
generating revenue for India- Food Grains, Organic products, Marine
Products, Role of Agricultural & Processed Food Products Export
Development Authority (APEDA)
4 Recent Trends in Rural Marketing
• E- Commerce: Importance of E-Commerce and Impact of E- Marketing on
rural consumers, Concept of Digital Village, Role of Social Media in rural
marketing.
• Information Technology: Impact of IT in Agricultural Marketing, E-Chaupal,
Project Shakti, Web-casting-online training and guidance to farmers.
• Online Marketers: Role of Online Marketers, Growth and Challenges

3. Entrepreneurial Management
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Entrepreneurship Development Perspective 15
2 Creating Entrepreneurial Venture 15
3 Project Management 15
Assistance and Incentives for Promotion and Development of
4 15
Entrepreneurship
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Entrepreneurship Development Perspective
• Entrepreneurship – Concept, Factors affecting growth of Entrepreneurship,
Types of Entrepreneurs, Requirements of Entrepreneurial structure.
• Entrepreneurial Culture -Elements of culture, Steps to change Entrepreneurial
culture, Entrepreneurial v/s Administrative culture.
• Theories of Entrepreneurship- Schumpeter Dynamic Entrepreneurship
Innovation Theory, Theory of High Achievement by McClelland, Theory of
Personnel Resourcefulness
2 Creating Entrepreneurial Venture
• Entrepreneurial Environment- Significance, SWOC Analysis, Problems of

Entrepreneurship
• Financial Analysis of Entrepreneurial Venture- Significance, Tools of Financial
Analysis, Sources of development finance
• Social Entrepreneurship- Features, Importance, Arguments (for and against)
Social Entrepreneurship, Women Entrepreneurs – concept and special
Government schemes for women entrepreneurs in India.
3 Project Management
• Project - Concepts and Classification of Project, Search of Business Idea,
Project Cycle.
• Project formulation-----Steps for project formulation, Project Design and
network analysis – concept and network analysis techniques: PERT/ CPM.
• Project Management – Concept, Phases, Project Identification and Project
Feasibility Analysis.
4 Assistance and Incentives for Promotion and Development of Entrepreneurship
• Incentives – Need, Promotion and development Entrepreneurship-Types of

Assistance and incentives -Fiscal, Financial, Promotional, Marketing, and
Organisational.
• NPSD - National Policy for Skill Development and Entrepreneurship 2015.
• Institutions in aid of Entrepreneurship Development - The National institute
for Entrepreneurship and small business development, District Industry Centre
(DIC), National Alliance of young Entrepreneurs

4. Marketing Strategies and practices

Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to Marketing Strategies 15
2 Developing Marketing Strategies & Plans 15
3 Market Environmental Trends & Building Customer Value 15
4 Recent Trends in Marketing Strategies 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to Marketing Strategies
• Introduction: Marketing Strategies – Concept, Evolution, Role/ Importance,

Types, Formulation of Marketing Strategies- Steps
• Marketing Opportunities and Plan: Analysing Marketing Opportunities,
Future of Marketing, Effective Marketing Plan.
• New Marketing Strategies: Holistic, New Brand, Service, Green and Guerrilla
Marketing Strategies
2 Developing Marketing Strategies & Plans
• Marketing Mix: Marketing Strategy Implementation - Steps, Marketing Mix 4

P’s – Importance, Alternative Marketing Mix Prepositions- Profit, People, and
Planet.
• Marketing Plans: Marketing Planning- Importance, Types and Content,
Strategic Business Unit - Structure, SWOT Analysis.
• Defensive Marketing Strategies: Importance, Types, Offensive V/S Defensive
Marketing Strategies, Position Defense Strategies.
3 Market Environmental Trends & Building Customer Value
• Environmental Analysis: Analysing the Macro Environment, Theories of

Marketing- PESTLE Analysis, VRIO Analysis, Porter’s Competency Model, and
Customer Perceived Value (CPV).
• Customer Value: Applying Customer Value and Satisfaction, Customer
Relationship Management (CRM)- Concepts and Techniques
• Customer Loyalty: Importance, Consumer Behaviour – Impact of Personal,
Cultural, Social and Psychological Factors.
4 Recent Trends in Marketing Strategies
• Emerging Strategies: 21st Century Marketing Strategies, Global Marketing

Strategies, and Strategies for Entering Emerging Market.
• E-Marketing: Concept, Pros and Cons, Digital Marketing – Concept and
features, Experiential Marketing – Concept and features, Hospitality
Marketing Management.
• Social Marketing: Social Marketing - Importance, Barriers, Trends in
Marketing Practices in India and across Globe.

5. Organizational Behaviour
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Organisational Setting 15
2 Foundation of Individual Behaviour 15
3 Group Dynamics and Behaviour 15
4 Emerging Challenges 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Organisational Setting
• Introduction to Organisational Behaviour (OB) – Concept, Nature,
Foundation, Disciplines and Scope of OB.
• Evolution of OB–Evolution – Stages, Human Relations Approach – Hawthorne
Experiments, Models of OB.
• Organisation Design – Key factors,Steps in Organisation Structure,
Organisations for future - Types.
2 Foundation of Individual Behaviour
• Factors affecting Individual behaviour- Personal, Psychological, Organisation
System, Environmental.
• Personality& Perception – Nature of personality, Determinants of personality,
Personality Traits., Factors Influencing Perception, Managing perception
Process, Perception and OB
• Attitude – Nature , components , work related attitudes , Barriers to
attitudinal Change, Measures to attitudinal change.
3 Group Dynamics and Behaviour
• Group – Types of groups, Stages of Group Development, Group Decision

making – Advantages and Problems.
• Work place behaviour – Determinants of Group Behaviour, Power and Politics
–Sources of Power, Types of Organisational politics.
• Conflict – Levels of Conflict, Strategies for resolving Conflict, Guidelines for
effective negotiation.
4 Emerging Challenges
• Stress Management – Sources, Effects, Strategies, Stress and Performance.

• Organisation culture – Cultural Dimensions, Creating Organisational Culture,
Maintaining Organisational Culture.
• Workforce Diversity – Concept, Managing Diversity effectively, Ethical
Behaviour in workplace, Managing Ethics at work place.

ER
Course Structure
Semester III
No. of
Courses
Group C: Banking and Finance (Any Three out of Five)
1 Commercial Bank Management 06
2 Financial Markets 06
3 Accounting of Banking Sector 06
4 Treasury Management 06
5 Debt Market 06
Total Credits 18

Commercial Bank Management
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Overview of Commercial Banking in India 15
2 Credit Management in Banks 18
3 Human Resource Management in Banks 12
4 Evolving Trends in Modern Banking 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Overview of Commercial Banking in India
A) Overview of Commercial Banking in India - Role and Functions of Commercial
Banks, Introduction to Bank Management, Management of Banks in Rural Areas.
B) Customer Relationship Management in Banks - Meaning and Objectives of CRM
in banks, Strategies for Expanding Customer Base, Banking Ombudsman Scheme,
Customer Retention , Handling Customer Grievances
C) Services to Different Categories of Customers - Retail, Corporate, International
and Rural.
2 Credit Management in Banks
A) Credit Management in Banks – Principles of Sound Bank Lending, Loan Policy,
Compliance with RBI guidelines, Credit Appraisal and Credit Decision Making,
Monitoring and Review of Loan Portfolio, Management of Non-Performing Assets
(NPAs), Classification of NPAs, Debt Restructuring- SARFAESI Act, 2002.
B) Bank’s Investment Policy – SLR Requirements & Non-SLR Investments, Nature
and Significance of Investment Management in Commercial Banks, Fundamental
Principles of Security Investment, Management of Security Investment, Reviewing
Investment Portfolio and Organization of Investment Function in Bank
3 Human Resource Management in Banks

A) Human Resource Management in Banks – Importance of HRM in Banks, Policies
relating to Human Resource Development in India, Selection, Training, Pay
Structure in Public Sector Banks and Private Sector Banks , Workers Participation
in Management, Motivations and Morals, Performance Evaluation, Promotion,
Transfer Policy and VRS schemes in Public Sector Banks
4 Evolving Trends in Modern Banking

A) Evolving Trends in Modern Banking – Internet Banking, Mobile Banking, EFT
services, Outsourcing of Non-core Services, Mergers and Acquisitions in Banking
Sector.
B) Financial Inclusion – Need and Importance of Financial Inclusion, Micro Credit
SHGs, RBI Guidelines for Micro Credit, Portfolio Securitization, SHG-2, NRLM and
SRLM, Priority Sector and its Classification.

Financial Markets
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to Financial system 15
2 Overview of Capital Market 20
3 Overview of Money Market 10
4 Overview of Derivatives Market 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to Financial System
A) An Overview of Financial System - Structure of Indian financial system, the
nature and role of financial system, Relationship between financial system
and economic development, Constituents of Financial System – Primary and
Secondary, Development of Financial Markets in India, Components of
financial system.
B) Theories –Prior savings theory, Credit creation theory, Theory of post savings,
Financial regulation theory, Financial liberalization theory.
2 Overview of Capital Market

A) Introduction to Capital Market - Structure and Growth of the Indian Capital
Market, Indian Capital Market Forms - Industrial Securities , New Issue markets
and Old Issue markets- Introduction, Features, Types and Government
Securities (Gilt-edged market)- Introduction, Features, and Types
B) Ownership Securities – Equity Shares, Preference Shares, No-par stock-
(Introduction, Features and Types)
C) Creditorship Securities – Debentures –Introduction, Features, and Types
3 Overview of Money Market

A) Money market- Meaning, Features, Structure of money market, Regulatory
framework,- RBI/FIMMDA/FEDAI, Disadvantages of Money market,
Characteristics and Features of developed money market, Recent
development in money markets-DFHI, STCI
B) Money Market Instruments-T Bills, Money at short and call notice,
Commercial bills, Promissory notes, Certificate of deposits Commercial-
papers, Banker’s Acceptance CBLO, IBPC, MMMF and LAF
4 Overview of Derivatives Market

A) Derivatives Market - Meaning, Importance and Need for Derivatives Market,
Kinds of financial derivatives and financial derivatives in India.
B) Globalization of Financial Market - Indigenous Bond markets, Foreign
Currency Bond Markets, Euro market, FDI‐ Inflows‐ Outflows, Emerging Trends
and Challenges in Global Financial Markets and Impact of globalization on
financial markets.

Accounting of Banking Sector
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction of Banking Companies 10
2 Accounting Systems & Provisions in Banks 15
3 Calculation of Interest and Annuities 15
4 Preparation of Final Accounts and Reporting 20
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction of Banking Companies
• Definition and features of banking companies
• Types of banks
• Different types of accounts maintained by banks
• Bank products & services
• Cash Management Services and its Importance
2 Accounting Systems & Provisions in Banking Companies
• Significant Features of Accounting Systems of Banking Companies
• Books required to be maintained by banks
• Income recognition, Classification of assets and advances, Provisions, Classification
of investments
• Provisions of Banking Regulation Act- 1949 applicable to banking companies:-
Business, Capital and Reserve, Reserve funds, Dividend, Cash reserves, Loans and
advances, Unclaimed deposits, Accounts and auditing
3 Calculation of Interest and Annuities
• Calculation of Simple Interest & Compound Interest; Calculation of Equated
Monthly Instalments; Fixed and Floating Interest Rates;
• Calculation of Annuities, Interest Calculation using Products/Balances;
Amortization of a Debt; Sinking Funds
4 Preparation of Final Accounts and Reporting
• Disclosure Requirements of Banks and Additional Disclosures prescribed by RBI
• Disclosures required under BASEL norms.
• Preparation of Financial Statements of Banking Companies as per regulatory
requirements

Treasury Management
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to Treasury Management 15
2 Treasury Operations 15
3 Risk Analysis & Control 15
4 Regulatory, Supervising & Compliance Framework 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to Treasury Management
• Concept & Evolution of Treasury
[Including other important terminology in treasury:- Arbitrage; Bank Rate; Options;
Capital Adequacy; Capital Fund; CRR; CDSL; Clearing House; DP; Hedging; LAF; OMOs;
RTGS; Refinance; SLR; SWIFT; T-Bills; Tier-I & II Capital]
• Objectives & Role of Treasury
• Structure of Treasury & Functions of Treasurer
• Scope & Functions of Treasury Management
• Internal Treasury Control System
• Role of Information Technology in Treasury Management
[Negotiated Dealing System(NDS); Straight-Through-Processing(STP)]
2 Treasury Operations
• Liquidity Management
[Objectives-CRR-SLR-RTGS-CCIL]
• Treasury Management in Commercial Banks
[NPA & Capital Adequacy Norms (CRAR); Investment Policy Statement; Back office
support & Accounting]
• FOREX Market Operations
[International Financial System & FOREX Market; Instrument traded; Exchange
Rate mechanism; Indian FOREX market; RBI & Exchange Market]
• Risk Management in Market Operations
[Gilt-edged Markets; Exchange Rate & Currency Risk; Interest Risk Management]
• Impact of Treasury Operations
[Structural & Statutory changes; Need for Regulation; Development in Markets]
• Practical Problems on FOREX Valuation
[FEDAI Guidelines & Valuation]
3 Risk Analysis & Control
• Interest Rate risk: Investment /Trading Book
• Value at Risk [VaR]
• FOREX (Market ) Risk
• Risk Management in banks [RBI Guidelines]
• Treasury & Asset-Liability Management(ALM)
[Meaning & Objectives of ALM; Market Risk-Liquidity & Interest Risk; Role of
Treasury in ALM; Use of Derivatives in ALM; Policy Environment]
4 Regulatory, Supervising & Compliance Framework
• Ethics, Morals & Code of Conduct- The Dealing Room [General Principles from
FIMMDA]
• RBI guidelines & Policy
[Organizational set up; Industrial Sickness; NPAs in Scheduled Commercial banks]
• Tax Environment in treasury
[Corporate Taxation; Need for Tax Planning; Tax changes during 2004 to 2007 & at
Present; Tax on Investments; Tax Compliance]
• MIS for Treasury Operations
[Current Monetary & Credit Policies; Fiscal & Budgetary Policies; Foreign Trade &
Exchange Policies; Financial Market Trends; International Developments]
• Global framework in Treasury Operations

Debt Market
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to Indian Debt Market 10
Central Government Securities and State Government
2 15
Bonds
3 Corporate Bond Market 15
4 Valuation of Bonds 20
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to Indian Debt Market
A) Indian Debt Markets: A Profile of Products and Participants, Market
Segments, Participants in the Debt Markets, Secondary Market for Debt
Instruments
B) Debt Instruments: Instrument Features, Modifying the coupon of the bond,
Modifying the term to maturity of a bond, Modifying the principal repayment
of a bond, Asset backed securities
2 Central Government Securities and State Government Bonds

A) Central Government Securities Bonds-Introduction, Developments Expected,
G-Secs: Trends in Volumes, Tenor and Yields, Primary Issuance Process,
Participants in Government Bond Markets, Constituent of SGL Accounts,
Primary Dealers, Satellite Dealers, Secondary Markets for Government Bonds,
Settlement of Trades in G-Secs, Clearing Corporation, Negotiated Dealing
System, Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF).
B) Central Government Securities: Treasury Bill Issuance Process, Cut-Off Yields,
Investors in T-Bills, Secondary Market Activity in T-bills.
C) State Government Bonds- Gross Fiscal Deficit of State Governments and its
financing, Volume and Coupon rates on State Government Bonds, Ownership
Pattern of State Government Bonds, and State Government Guaranteed
Bonds.
3 Corporate Bond Market
A) Corporate Bonds- Market Segments, Issue Process, Issue Management and
Book Building, Terms of a debenture issue and Credit Rating.
B) Bond Market Indices and Benchmarks I-Bex : Sovereign Bond Index, NSE –
MIBOR
4 Valuation of Bonds
A) Valuation of Bonds - Bond Valuation: First principles, Time path of a bond,
Valuing a bond at any point on the time scale, Accrued Interest, Yield,
Weighted Yield, YTM of a Portfolio, Realised Yield, Yield–Price relationships of
bonds
B) Yield Curve and Term Structure of Interest Rate - Yield Curve: The Simple
Approach, Bootstrapping, Alternate Methodologies to Estimate the Yield
Curve, Theories of the Term Structure of Interest Rates
C) Duration - Introduction and Definition, Calculating Duration of a Coupon
Paying Bond, Computing duration on dates other than coupon dates, Modified
Duration, Rupee Duration, Price Value of a Basis Point, Portfolio Duration,
Limitations of Duration

ER

Course Structure
Semester III
No. of
Courses
Group D: E-Commerce (Any Three out of Five)
1 Database Management System 06
2 Internet & Web-Designing (skill based) 06

Network Infrastructure and Payment
3 06
System
Logistic & supply chain Management in E-
4 06
Commerce
Business Models in E-Commerce & ICT
5 06
Applications
Total Credits 18

Group D: E-Commerce
1. Database Management System

Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to Database Management System (DBMS) 15
2 Relational Database Design 15
3 Transaction Management and Recovery System 15
4 SQL Concept 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to Database Management System (DBMS)
• Concept of Database, Database Management System: Concept,features,
Importance and Evolution
• Environment, Classifications, Advantages and Issues of using DBMS, Functional
component
• Three Level of Architecture, Implications of the Database Approach , Database
Languages and Interfaces, The Database System Environment
2 Relational Database Design
• Codd’s rule, Entity relationship model, Entity Types, Attributes, Keys ,
• Roles and Structural Constraints, Constraints on Relationship Types, Basic
Relational Algebra Operations • Additional Relational Operations
• Roles and functional Dependencies, Normalization, Mapping the ER model to
Relational DB
3 Transaction Management and Recovery System
• Transaction Management: Transaction Concept, Transaction State, Implementation
of Atomicity and Durability, Implementation of Isolation - Testing for serializability.
• Recovery System: Failure Classification, Storage Structure, Recovery and Atomicity
- Log - Based Recovery - Recovery with Concurrent Transactions
• Buffer Management - Failure with loss of non-volatile storage, Advance Recovery
systems, Remote Backup systems.
4 SQL Concept
• Basics of SQL: Form of Basic SQL Query - Examples of Basic SQL Queries, Multi table
Queries,
• Introduction to Nested Queries, Correlated Nested Queries
• NULL values - Comparison using Null values - Disallowing NULL values, Complex
Integrity Constraints in SQL Triggers and Active Data bases.

Group D: E-Commerce
2. Internet & Web-Designing (skill based)

Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to Internet 15
2 Internet Security Management 15
3 Web designing 15
4 New trends 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to Internet
• Concept, Evolution of internet, Significance, Limitations, Types of Network
• Internet Network Services and functions of internet, current trends on internet,
• Internet Technology and Protocol, Internet Connectivity, TCP/IP, Router, Internet
Addressing Scheme
2 Internet Security Management
• Management Concepts and Information Privacy and Copyright Issues, Network
etiquettes
• Overview of Internet Security, Firewalls, Internet Security, basics of asymmetric
cryptosystems.
• Governance on internet, impact of internet on society, Internet Applications,
3 Web designing
• WWW- Concept, Web technology, Functioning of websites, Creating a Basic Web Page,
Web Page Layout Techniques,
• Type of websites, Hypertext Markup Language (HTML)-Essential HTML for content,
Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)-Selector Type, Common Properties,
PhotoshopElements and Principles of Design
• Interactivity tools, Difference between web designer and web developers, web
graphics
4 New trends
• Multimedia and Graphics, JavaScript, Adobe Dreamweaver, Facebook Page
Designing, You Tube Videos
• Utilities: Gif Animation, On-Page Search Engine Optimization, Google Webmasters
Tools, Mobile website development
• Email Network and server, Email Protocol,

Group D: E-Commerce
3. Network Infrastructure and Payment System

Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to Network infrastructure for e-commerce 15
2 Internet Protocol, Security and Protection 15
3 E-payment System 15
4 Security Protocol, Threats and Measures 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to Network infrastructure for E-Commerce
• Requirements for Network infrastructure for e-commerce, Market forces
influencing I-way, Component of I-way, Global Information distribution Network,
• Network Access equipment, Strategic Alliances and I-Way Infrastructure, Public
policy issues shaping I-way
• Telephone based infrastructure, Cable/ TV based infrastructure, Wireless
infrastructure, Commercial online infrastructure, Narrow band V/S Broad band
Network,
2 Internet Protocol, Security and Protection
• TCP/IP Internet protocol for Network Infrastructure, Wireless Access Protocol
(WAP), Mobile Network Infrastructure
• Internet, Intranet and extranet as E-commerce infrastructure, Network
Infrastructure Security- External and Internal Attack
• Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN), Protecting Network infrastructure -
Steps in hacking Network Infrastructure, A new model to protect Network
infrastructure
3 E-payment System
• E-Payment System- Concept, Online Payment System – prepaid e-payment service,
postpaid e-payment system;, Advantages and Limitations of Payment System, Role
of E-payments,
• Classification of Payment System, Scope of Payment system, Payment meditation
services V/S Payment system
• Payment processing Network, Payment Processing Settlement, Payment Gateway
4 Security Protocol, Threats and Measures
• Security Protocol, Digital certificates, Security threats in E-com environment, Credit
& legal risk of e-payment system.
• Credit Card based Payment System, Electronic Payment security- Encryption,
Digital signatures, Digital Certificate, Public Key Infrastructure (PKI)
• Secure Socket Layer (SSL), 3D SET and Secure, Case studies in E- payment system.

Group D: E-Commerce
4. Logistic & supply chain Management in

E-Commerce
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Logistic in E-Commerce 15
2 Warehouse and E-logistics 15
3 Introduction to Supply Chain Management (SCM) 15
4 Logistics/Supply Chain Management in the Global Environment- 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Logistic in E-Commerce
• Logistic in E-commerce – Features, Significance, Evolution, E-Commerce logistics in
developed market,
• ICT infrastructure for future logistics, E- logistics for transport modes and nodes,
Airfreight, Rail-freight, Road-freight, Sheep-Freight
• Automating E-logistics- B2C E-commerce fulfillment, E-fulfillment dimension,
Inventory Management
2 Warehouse and E-logistics
• Warehouse Management System (WMS)- Functions, Connectivity of WMS solution
into ERP, Warehousing challenges of e-commerce,
• Radio Frequency Identification (RFID)- Cost and benefits, RFID to enhance data
capture processes in warehouse environment
• GS1 keys used in logistics and E-procurement, The Global Data Synchronization
Network (GDSN), Electronic Product Code Information System (EPCIS)
3 Introduction to Supply Chain Management (SCM)
• SCM- Concept, Significance, IT applications, Evolution of global SCM
• Value Chain Management- Concepts and features, Challenges, Sustainability
• E-Supply Chain planning(Component); E-Supply chain fusion; Channel Management
and Channel Integration
4 Logistics/Supply Chain Management in the Global Environment-
• Managing the Global Supply Chain, Impact of Globalization on Logistics and Supply
Chain Management,
• Global Logistics Trends, Global Issues and Challenges in Logistics and Supply Chain
Management.
• New trends in logistics and SCM- Technology in SCM, Artificial intelligence, Single
window system for Global SCM

Group D: E-Commerce
5. Business Models in E-Commerce & ICT

Applications
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to E-enterprise and Business Models 15
2 E-commerce Business Models 15
3 Introduction to Information Communication Technology(ICT) 15
4 Vital ICT Applications 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to E-enterprise and Business Models
• E-Commerce and E-enterprise- Concepts, Features, types of Business models,
Difference between E-commerce and E-business,
• Eight key elements of a business model, E-tailing Business Models, Primary
revenue Models in e- commerce.
• e-Commerce Process Models: E-business Models Based on the Relationship of
Transaction Parties, e-commerce Sales Life Cycle (ESLC) Model, selection of E-
commerce business model
2 E-commerce Business Models
• E-commerce Business Models: Business models in emerging E-commerce areas,
Business to Consumer (B2C)- Characteristics, Process.
• Business to Business (B2B)- Characteristics, Importance, Alternative models of B2B,
Features of C2C and C2B
• Marketing and Business strategies: B2C and B2B E-commerce, Role of Websites in
B2C
3 Introduction to Information Communication Technology(ICT)
• Evolution of computers – Features and design – Managing Hardware, Software,
Computer Languages . Operating Systems – DOS
• Information Communication Technology(ICT)- Concept, Importance, Components,
Use of ICT in E-commerce,
• Role of ICT in driving E-commerce business, ICT and E-commerce relationship, ICT
Infrastructure and E-commerce
4 Vital ICT Applications
• E-Governance: Models – G2G, G2B, G2C, Benefits and risks of E-Governance, ICT in
manufacturing – overview of CAD in conjunction with CAM,
• E-environment- Geographical Information System (GIS) weather forecasting, E-
education- statistical packages (SPSS), Computer aided learning/e-learning in
schools and over the Internet.
• E-health –Stress, Repetitive Strain Injury (RSI), Eyestrain, Extremely Low Frequency
(ELF) radiation. Computers, health and the law.

Course Structure
Semester IV
No. of
Semester IV Credits
Courses
Financial Management (Any Three out of Five)
1 Corporate Financial Accounting 06
Indirect Tax- Introduction of Goods and
2 06
Service Tax
3 Financial Management 06
International Financial Reporting
4 06
Standards
5 Personal Financial Planning 06
Total Credits 18

Master of Commerce (M.Com) Programme at Semester IV

1. Corporate Financial Accounting

Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Corporate Financial Reporting 15
2 International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) & Ind - AS 15
3 Valuation of Business for Amalgamation & Merger 15
4 Consolidated Financial Statement 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Corporate Financial Reporting
• Introduction of Financial Reporting
• Need for reporting
• Contents of Financial Report
• Recent trends in Financial reporting
2 International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) & Ind - AS
• Accounting Standards (AS) – applicability, interpretation, scope and compliance in
India
• Introduction to I.F.R.S
• Ind – AS
• Specific Ind AS:
Borrowing Costs
Operating Segments
Earning per share
Income Taxes
Accounting for fixed assets
3 Valuation of Business for Amalgamation & Merger
Meaning, Need & Approach
Methods of valuation
4 Consolidated Financial Statement
Meaning, Stand Alone Financial Statements
Consolidated Financial statements – Applicability, Advantages & Disadvantages
Procedure of Consolidation of Balance-sheet & Profit & Loss Account (Excluding cross
holding, Chain Holding & Foreign Subsidiary)


2. Indirect Tax- Introduction of Goods and

Service Tax
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Overview of Goods and Service Tax 15
2 Registration under GST 15

Collection of Tax under Integrated Goods and Services Tax Act,
3 10
2017
Place of supply of goods or services or both under Integrated
4 10
Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017
5 Payment of GST 10
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Overview of Goods and Service Tax
Introduction and Meaning of GST and IGST
Scope of GST
Present/old Tax Structure v/s GST
GST in Other Countries
Existing taxes proposed to be subsumed under GST
Principles adopted for subsuming the taxes
Dual GST
Benefits of GST
GST Council
GST Network (GSTN) and GST regime
Integrated Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017: title and definitions, administration.
2 Registration Under GST
Rules and Procedure of registration
Special provisions relating to casual taxable person and non-resident taxable person
Amendment of registration
Cancellation of registration
Revocation of cancellation of registration
3 Collection of Tax under Integrated Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017
Sec 5 and Sec 6
Place of supply of goods or services or both under Integrated Goods and Services
4
Tax Act, 2017
Sec 10 and Sec 12
5 Payment of GST
• Introduction
• Time of GST Payment
• How to make payment
• Challan Generation & CPIN
• TDS & TCS
Note: Relevant Law/Statute/Rules in force and relevant Standards in force on 1st April immediately
preceding commencement of Academic Year is applicable for ensuring examination after
relevant year


3. Financial Management
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Types of Financing 12
2 Investment Decisions : Capital Budgeting 12
3 Management of Working Capital 12
4 Financial Planning 12
5 Financial Policy and Corporate Strategy 12
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Types of Financing
Introduction
Needs of Finance and Sources: Long Term, Medium Term, Short Term
Long Term Sources of Finance
Owners Capital / Equity Capital
Preference share capital
Retained Earning
Debentures or Bonds
Loans from Financial Institutions / Banks
Short Term Sources of Finance
Trade Credit
Accrued Expenses and Deferred Income
Advances From Customers
Commercial Papers
Bank Advances:Loans, O/D, Clean O/Ds, Cash Credit, Advances against goods,
Bills Purchased, Discounted, Advances against documents of title of goods,
Advances against supply of bills, Term Loans
Inter Corporate Deposits
Certificate of Deposits
Public Deposits
2 Investment Decisions : Capital Budgeting
• Introduction
• Nature of Capital Budgeting
• Purpose of Capital Budgeting
• Capital Budgeting Process
• Types of Capital Investment
• Decisions Project Cash Flows and Net profit Approval
• Basic Principle of Measuring Project Cash Flows
• Increment principle, Long Term Funds Principle, Exclusion of Financial Cost
Principle, Post Tax Principle
• Probability technique for measurement of cash flow
• Capital Budgeting Techniques : Net Return Value; Internal Rate of Return;
Profitability Index Methods
• A Comparison; Project Selection Under Capital Rationing
• (Note: Problems on computation of cash flow, ranking of projects on various
techniques, selection and analysis with / without capital rationing. Comparison of
IRR with Required rate of return i.e. cut off rate, IRR and mutually exclusive
projects with unequal lives, multiple IRR)

SN Modules/ Units
3 Management of Working Capital
Meanings, Concepts and policies of working capital
Management of working capital
Issues in working capital
Estimating working capital needs (only Theory)
Operating or working capital cycle (only Theory)
Management of components of working capital
• Management of Cash and Marketable Securities: Motives for Holding Cash; Objectives of
Cash Management; Factors Determining Cash Needs; Basic Strategies of Cash
Management; Cash Management Techniques / Processes; Marketable Securities; and
Cash Management Practices in India.
• Receivable Management: Objectives; Credit Policies; Credit Terms; and Collection
Policies.
• Inventory Management: Objectives; and Techniques.
4 Financial Planning
• Introduction
• Meaning of Budget
• Essentials of a budget,
• Types of Budgets
• Advantages of Budgeting
• Zero Based Budget
• (Note: Practical Questions on Sales Budget, Production Budget, Material Budget,
Cash Budget and Master Budget)
5 Financial Policy and Corporate Strategy
• Meaning of strategic financial management
• Strategic financial decision making framework
• Functions of Strategic Financial Management
• Financial Planning


4. International Financial Reporting Standards

Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Conceptual Foundations of Financial Statements 15
2 Presentation of Financial statements 15
3 Indian Accounting Standards for Assets, Liabilities and Revenue 15

Presentation of Single Entity Financial Statements Covered by
4 15
IFRS Convergence
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Conceptual Foundations of Financial Statements
• The objective of financial reporting;
• The main assumptions;
• Qualitative characteristics of financial reporting;
• Elements of Financial Statements: recognition and measurement
2 Presentation of Financial statements
Presentation of financial statements
Accounting standards: Role/objectives of accounting standards, Development of
accounting standards in India - Requirements of international accounting standards -
International organizations engaged in accounting harmonization - IASB - FASB - Role
of IASB in developing IFRS
IFRS :- Introduction, scope
Indian Accounting standards (Ind AS) :
Introduction
Road map
Comparison of Ind AS, IFRS and AS
Conceptual framework
Definition of financial elements
Principles of recognition, measurements, presentation and disclosure.
( Theory and Practical )
3 Indian Accounting Standards for Assets, Liabilities and Revenue
Valuation of Inventories
Cash flow statement
Accounting for tangible non-current assets
Accounting for intangible assets
Accounting for impairment of assets
Accounting for borrowing costs
Investment property
Revenue from contracts with customers
Income tax
Employee benefits
Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets
4 Presentation of Single Entity Financial Statements Covered by IFRS Convergence
Ind AS 1: Accounting policies, Accounting estimates
IAS 8 and Ind AS 8- Events after reporting date
IAS 10 and Ind AS 10 - Structure and contents of financial statements
Preparation of financial statements: Statement of Financial Position (SOFP) -
Statement of Profit or Loss (SOPL) - Statement of Changes in Equity (SOCE) - Cash
Flow Statement (SOCF) (IAS 7 and Ind AS 7).


5. Personal Financial Planning

Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Understanding Personal Finance 15
2 Risk Analysis & Insurance Planning 15
3 Retirement Planning & Employees Benefits 15
4 Investment Planning 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Understanding Personal Finance
Introduction
• Time value of money applications
• Personal financial statements, Cash flow and debt management, tools and
budgets
Money Management
• Tax planning
• Managing Checking and Savings Accounts
• Maintaining Good Credit
• Credit Cards and Consumer Loans
• Vehicle and Other Major Purchases
• Obtaining Affordable Housing
Income and Asset Protection
• Managing Property and Liability Risk
• Managing Health Expenses
2 Risk Analysis & Insurance Planning
• Risk management and insurance decision in personal financial planning,
• Various Insurance Policies and Strategies for General Insurance, Life Insurance,
Motor Insurance, Medical Insurance.
3 Retirement Planning & Employees Benefits
Retirement need analysis techniques, Development of retirement plan, Various
retirement schemes such as Employees Provident Fund (EPF), Public Provident
Fund (PPF), Superannuation Fund, Gratuity, Other Pension Plan and Post- retirement
counselling.
4 Investment Planning
Risk Return Analysis
Investing in Stocks and Bonds ,Mutual Fund, Derivatives, Investing in Real Estate,
Asset Allocation, Investment strategies and Portfolio construction and management.

Course Structure
Semester IV
No. of
Semester IV Credits
Courses
(Any Three out of Five)
1 Supply chain management and logistics 06
2 Advertising and sales Management 06
3 Retail Management 06
4 Tourism Management 06
5 Management of Business Relations 06
Total Credits 18

1. Supply chain management and logistics

Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to Supply Chain Management 15
2 Perspectives of SCM 15
3 Introduction to Logistics 15
4 Design of SCM, Logistics and Use of Internet 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to Supply Chain Management (SCM)
• Supply Chain Management: Concept, Features, Evolution, Importance,
Process and Barriers of Supply Chain Management.
• Principles and Strategies: Principles, Supply Chain Strategies – Organizations,
Coordination, Innovation and Forecasting.
• Participants in SCM: Supply chain intermediaries- Concept and Types,
Channels of Distribution for Industrial Goods and Consumer Goods, Channel of
Distribution at Services Level, Factors for selection of suitable channels.
2 Perspectives of Supply Chain Management
• Global perspectives: Measuring and analyzing the value and efficiency of
global Supply Chain Networks, Global market forces, Types of global supply
chain.
• Indian Perspectives: Measuring and Analyzing the value and efficiency of
domestic Supply Chain Networks, Economic effects of supply chains.
• Customer Perspectives: Customer values, Role of customers and Ways of
improving customer services in SCM.
3 Introduction to Logistics
• Logistics Management: Concept and Process, Competitive Advantages and
Three C’s, Changing Logistics Environment, Reverse Logistics, Importance
ofInventory Control, Bull-whip effect
• Transportation and Warehousing: Transport Functions and Participants in
Transportation Decisions, Transport Infrastructure- Forms, Warehouse
Functions and Operations
• Packaging and Materials Management- Consumer and Industrial Goods
Packaging - Importance, Factors influencing Materials Planning, Preservation
Safety and Measures of Materials Handling
4 Design of SCM, Logistics and Use of Internet
• SCM Plan- Demand Planning, Source of Procurement, Production or Assembly
Steps, Sales return of defective or excess goods
• Use of Internet in SCM- E-market places, E-procurement, E-logistics, E-
fulfilment,
• Operative Systems in SCM: Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP), Performance
Modelling of supply chains using Markov chains, Inventory Control-
Importance, Pareto’s Law

2. Advertising and sales Management

Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Advertising Fundamentals and Media 15
2 Creativity, Social and Regulatory Framework of Advertising 15
3 Sales Management 15
4 Sales Planning and Controlling 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Advertising Fundamentals and Media
 Basics of Advertising : Concept and Features, Significance, Classification of
Advertising, Integrated Marketing Communication (IMC) - Elements,
Behavioural Model (E.K. Strong AIDA), DAGMAR Model (Russell Colley),
Heirarchy of Effects (Lavidge and Steiners)
 Ad Agency : Various Functional Department, Types, Measures for gaining and
reasons for loosing clients, Evaluation Criteria for Selecting an Advertising
Agency,
 Media : New Media Options, Forms of Digital Media, Media Objectives,
Criteria for Selecting Suitable Media, Methods of Setting Advertising Budget
2 Creativity, Social and Regulatory Framework of Advertising

 Creativity &Research:Developing advertising copy - print, broadcast and
digital media, Pre-test and post-test methods.
 Society: Socio-economic contribution and criticisms of advertising,
professional courses and careers in the field of advertising
 Regulatory framework of advertising: Legal Framework of Advertising, Role of
Information and Broadcasting Ministry (IBM), Self-Regulatory Bodies –
Advertising Standards Council of India(ASCI) and Indian Broadcasting
Foundation(IBF)
3 Sales Management
 Introduction : Sales Management - Features, Functions and Importance, Art
of Selling – Types, Process, Qualities of an Effective Salesman.
 Sales force management : Selection Procedure, Training Methods,
Motivational Factors and Compensation methods of sales personnel
 Sales organistion : Concept, Objectives, Structure and Steps in Developing a
Sales Organisation
4 Sales Planning and Controlling
 Sales planning : Concept, Process, Sales Forecasting - Methods and
Limitations
 Sales controlling : Concept of Sales Budget and Sales Audit, Sales Quota -
Methods and Types, Objectives and Factors Determining and Designing Sales
Territory
 Recent trends - Importance of Customer Feedback, Sales Management - Data
Mining, Role of IT

3. Retail Management
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to Retail Management 15
2 Retail Management Strategy 15
3 Retail Location, Layoutand Merchandising 15
4 Use of Technology and Career options 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to Retail Management
• Retailing:Concept, Scope and Importance of Retailing and Retail
Management, Retail Formats, Theories of Retail change, Retail Environment-
Economic, Legal, Technological & Competitive
• Retail sector in India: Size, and Drives of Retail changes, FDI in Retailing in
Indian Context
• Recent Trends in Retailing: Modern Retail Formats, Mall System, Challenges
Faced by the Retail Sector, Ethics in Retailing.
2 Retail Management Strategy
• Retail Strategies: Promotional Strategies, Retail Planning Process, Retail -
Market Segmentation - Concept and Significance
• Relationship Marketing Strategies: CRM in Retailing, Retail Value Chain, Retail
life Cycle, HRM in retailing- Growing importance of HR and Challenges faced
by HR in retailing
• Consumer Strategies: Consumer Behaviour in Retail Context, Buying Decision
Process, Customer Service as a Part of Retail Strategy.
3 Retail Location, Layoutand Merchandising
• Retail Location& Merchandising: Importance, Types, Steps involved in
choosing a Retail Location.
• Merchandising: Concept and Merchandising Planning Process, Retail
Branding, Merchandising Buying, Visual Merchandising
• Store Design and Layout: Store Design - Elements, Store Layout - Importance,
Steps for Designing
4 Use of Technology and Career options
• Technologies: Use of Technologies in retailing - Electronic Data Interchange
(EDI), Radio Frequency Identification (RFI), Data Base Management system
• E-Retailing: Formats, Challenges, Green Retailing - Concept and Importance
• Retail as a Career: Various Career Options, Responsibilities of Store Manager,
Functions of Merchandising Manager

4. Tourism Management
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to Tourism Management 15
2 Tourism Marketing 15
3 Tourism Practices 15
4 Tourism Development 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to Tourism Management
• Tourism – Concept, Characteristics Importance and Types of Tourism
• Tourism Industry: Concept, Nature, Structure and Components, Career options in
Tourism.
• Tourism Destination: Concept, Elements, Tourism Destination Planning – Process
and Importance.
2 Tourism Marketing
• Tourism Product: Concept, Characteristics, Types, Tourism Product Planning- Need
and Importance.
• Tourism Pricing: Influencing factors, Pricing objectives, Tourism Pricing Policies
• Tourism Promotion: Importance, Elements of Tourism Promotion, Role of
Advertising, Promotional Plan – Implementation Procedure
3 Tourism Practices
• Travel Intermediaries: Travel Agency and Tour operators – Definition and
Differentiation, Types, Importance and Functions.
• Setting up of Travel Agency and Tour Operations and their Approval: Business
setting Procedure and process, Types of organization to be set up- Proprietorship,
Partnership, Franchise, Approval from Ministry of Tourism and IATA
• International Tourism: Concept, Importance, Role of Institutions and organizations
in promoting International Tourism -WTTC , IATO, TAAI, ITDC.
4 Tourism Development
• Sustainable Tourism Development: Concept, Principles, Approaches to Sustainable
Tourism, Code of Conduct for safe and sustainable Tourism in India
• Government Policies: National Action Plan, National Tourism Policy, Government
incentives for Tourism Development and Promotion.
• Future Growth and Development of Indian Tourism - Factors influencing growth of
Tourism Industry in India, Major Tourism schemes of Government of India- Visa on
Arrival (VoA), PRASAD Scheme, HRIDAY Scheme, Travel Circuits; Incredible India
Campaign.

5. Management of Business Relations

Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to Management of Business Relations 15
2 Customer and Channel Relationship Management 15
3 Employee Relationship Management 15
4 Supplier, Investors and Community Relationship Management 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to Management of Business Relations
• Business Relations - Need , Importance of Business relations, Business
Relationship Management (BRM) Competencies.
• Business Relation Manager- Role, qualities, Skills.
• Business Relations- Principles, Steps , Trends, Impact of Communication on
Business Relations.
2 Customer and Channel Relationship Management
• Customer Relations Management: Concept, Characteristics of an empowered
customer, Approaches &Types, Role of Customer Relations Manager.
• Designing and developing customer Value- Turning customers to loyal clients,
Strategic Framework for CRM, E-CRM: Concept and Benefits, Steps,
Successful CRM implementation.
• Channel Relationship - Concept, importance , Challenges, Elements
contributing to effective channel relationships.
3 Employee Relationship Management
• Employee Relationship Management - Concept, Objectives of Employee
Relations , Approaches to Employee Relations,
• Role of Employee Relations Manager, Prospects & Importance of Industrial
Relations, Problems & Challenges of Employee Relations, Key Drivers for
shifting from Industrial Relations to Employee Relations,
• Strategic Framework for ERM,Factors influencing ERM, Essentials of an
effective ERM, ERM strategy.
4 Supplier, Investors and Community Relationship Management
• Supplier Relations – Concept, Supplier Segmentation Pyramid, Supplier
Improvement Process for better relations, Challenges.
• Investors Relations –Concept, Focus, Keys to successful investors relations,
Enhancing shareholders loyalty and retention.
• Stakeholder relations- Types of stakeholders, Role of business in social
development, strategies to improve community relations, impact of
community relations on business.

Course Structure
Semester IV
No. of
Semester IV Credits
Courses
Group C: Banking and Finance (Any Three out of Five)
1 International Finance 06
3 Auditing of Banking Sector 06
4 Investment Management 06
5 Currency Derivatives 06
Total Credits 18

International Finance
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to International Finance 15
2 International Monetary System and Foreign Exchange Market 15
3 Currency Futures and Options 15
4 Global Financial Market 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to International Finance
A) Introduction to International Finance – Meaning, Scope of International
Financial Management, Factors contributing to growth in International Finance,
Recent Changes in Global Financial Markets.
B) Balance Of Payments – Meaning, Components, Factors- Deficit and Surplus in
BOP , Capital Account Convertibility and Current Account
2 International Monetary System and Foreign Exchange Market

A) International Monetary System – Introduction to Exchange rate regime, The
International Monetary Fund - Objectives and Funding Facilities, International
Liquidity and Special Drawing Rights and Introduction to The European
Monetary System
B) Foreign Exchange Market - Major Participants in Spot market and Forward
market, Exchange Rate Quotation, Determination of exchange rates in spot
and forward market, Factors influencing exchange rates and Types of Foreign
Exchange Rates and Interest rate
3 Currency Futures and Options

A) Currency Futures - Futures Contracts, Features, Trading Process- Hedging in
currency futures market and Speculation in currency futures market,
Determination of Futures prices, Forward prices and expected spot prices on
delivery.
B) Currency Options: Features, Terminology, Types of options, options pricing,
hedging with currency options and Speculation with currency options.
4 Global Financial Market

A) International Instruments – Introduction, Gains from International Market
International Equities and Bonds Market, Short term and Medium term
Instruments and Types of risks and tools.
B) Multilateral Development Banks - The World Bank, International Finance
Corporation, Asian Development Bank – Introduction, Characteristics and
Functions.

Financial Services
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Evolution of Financial Services 15
2 Marketing of Financial Services 15
3 Mutual Funds and Merchant Banking 15
4 Portfolio Management and Other Financial Services 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Evolution of Financial Services
A) Evolution of Financial Services - Meaning of Financial Services, Types of
Financial Services, Fund based and Non-fund based , Significance of Financial
Services , Growth of Financial Services in India , Emerging Trends in Financial
Services and constraints in growth of financial services.
B) Regulatory Framework for Financial Services – Role of RBI, Role of SEBI ,
Provisions of Companies Act , Role of FEMA and Ethical issues in the
Marketing of Financial services.
2 Marketing of Financial Services

A) Categories of Financial Products – Insurance, Banks, Stocks, Mutual Funds,
Pension Plans, other Savings Products, Financial Services Marketing
Environment –Micro and Macro Environmental Forces , Marketing Mix for
Financial Services, Promotional Strategies, Customer Relations and Servicing.
B) Treasury Management – Structure and Organization, Functions and
Responsibilities of a Treasurer, Cost Centre, Profit Centre, Integrated Treasury,
Treasury and Asset Liability Management, Liquidity Management:
CRR/CCIL/RTGS and Types of Exposure and Elimination of Exposure
3 Mutual Funds and Merchant Banking

A) Mutual Funds Concept – History of Mutual fund Industry in India , Advantages
Different Scheme, Fund Accounting and Valuation ( Practical Problems on
Mutual Fund)
B) UTI: Objective, Functions, Regulation, Performance Measurement and
Evaluation of Mutual Fund Schemes, Unit holder’s Protection.
C) Merchant Banking – Facets of Merchant Banking, Functions, Legal and
Regulatory Frameworks, Relevant Provisions of Companies Act , SEBI
Guidelines, Role in Issue Management, Appraisal of Projects, Designing Capital
Structure and Instruments and Issue Pricing
4 Portfolio Management and Other Financial Services

A) Portfolio Management Services - Meaning, Importance, Objectives,
Strategies, Types of Strategies – Passive & Active Strategies, Role of Portfolio
Managers.
B) Other Financial Services – Leasing and Hire Purchase, Factoring and Forfaiting,
Consumer Finance, Securitization, Venture Capital, Loan Syndication,
Custodial and Depository Services, Credit rating

Auditing of Banking Sector
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Auditing Concepts 15
2 Auditing of Banks 15
Verification of Assets and Balances of Banking
3 15
Companies
4 Introduction to Concurrent Audit 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Auditing Concepts
• Nature, Scope and Significance of Auditing
• Audit Engagement, Audit Program, Audit Working Papers, Audit Note Book,
Audit Evidence
2 Auditing of Banks
• Meaning and Appointment of Bank Auditors
• Internal control system in Banks
• Categories of Bank Audit: Concurrent audit, Internal Audit/ Information
Systems Audit and Statutory audit
• Banking Regulation Act in pursuant to accounts and auditing of banking
companies - Sec 29 to Sec 34A
• Guidance Note on Audit of Banks by ICAI
3 Verification of Assets and Balances of Banking Companies
• Cash, bank balances, money at call and short notice
• Investments
• Advances
• Fixed assets
• Other assets
• Capital
• Reserves and surplus
• Deposits
• Borrowings
• Other liabilities and provisions
4 Introduction to Concurrent audit
• Concurrent audit system : Meaning, scope, coverage, Types of activities,
Appointment of auditors and reporting
• Internal Audit/ Information Systems Audit – Meaning, Scope
• Statutory audit of banks/bank branches
• Audit of bank branch and reporting

Investment Management
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Portfolio Management – An Introduction 10
2 Portfolio Revision and Evaluation 15
3 Fundamental and Technical Analysis 20
4 Efficient Market Theory and CAPM 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Portfolio Management – An Introduction
A) Portfolio Management – An Introduction
Investment - Meaning, Characteristics, Objectives, Investment V/s Speculation,
Investment V/s Gambling and Types of Investors
Portfolio Management – Meaning, Evolution, Phases, Role of Portfolio Managers,
Advantages of Portfolio Management.
Investment Environment in India and factors conducive for investment in India.
B) Portfolio Analysis and Selection
Portfolio Analysis – Meaning and its Components, Calculation of Expected Return
and Risk, Calculation of Covariance, Risk – Return Trade off.
Portfolio Selection – Meaning, Feasible Set of Portfolios, Efficient Set of Portfolios,
Selection of Optimal Portfolio, Markowitz Model, Limitations of Markowitz Model,
Measuring Security Return and Portfolio Return and Risk under Single Index Model
and Multi Index Model.
2 Portfolio Revision and Evaluation
A) Portfolio Revision and Evaluation - Portfolio Revision – Meaning, Need,
Constraints and Strategies. Portfolio Evaluation – Meaning, Need, Measuring
Returns (Sharpe, Treynor and Jensen Ratios) and Decomposition of Performance.
B) Bond Valuation– Meaning, Measuring Bond Returns – Yield to Maturity, Yield to
call and Bond Pricing. Bond Pricing Theorems, Bond Risks and Bond Duration.
(Practical Problems on YTM and Bond Duration)
3 Fundamental and Technical Analysis
A) Fundamental Analysis - Economy Analysis – Meaning, Framework of Economic
Analysis, Forecasting, Barometric or Indicator Approach, Econometric Model
Building and Opportunistic Model Building. Industry Analysis – Concept of
Analysis, Industry Life Cycle, Industry Characteristics. Company Analysis –
Financial Statements, Analysis of Financial Statements, (Practical questions on
Debt equity ratios, total debt ratio, proprietary ratios, interest coverage ratio,
Profitability ratios related to sales, investment, equity shares and Efficiency or
Activity Ratios) and Assessment of risk ( Leverages)
B) Technical Analysis - Dow Theory , Meaning and Principles of Technical Analysis,
Price Chart, Line Chart, Bar Chart, Japanese Candlestick Chart, Trends and Trends
and Trend Reversals, Chart Patterns, Support and Resistance, Reversal Patterns,
Continuation Patterns and Elliot Wave Theory, Mathematical Indicators –
Calculation of Moving Averages (Simple and Exponential Moving Average),
Oscillators and Relative strength Index, Market Indicators and Fundamental
Analysis V/s Technical Analysis
4 Efficient Market Theory and CAPM
A) Efficient Market Theory - Random Walk Theory, The Efficient Market Hypothesis ,
Forms of Market Efficiency , Competitive Market Hypothesis
B) CAPM- Fundamental Notions of Portfolio Theory, Assumption of CAPM, Efficient
Frontier with Riskless Lending and Borrowing, Capital Market Line, Security Market
Line and Pricing of Securities with CAPM. Arbitrage Pricing Theory ( APT) – The
Return Generating Model, Factors Affecting Stock Return, Expected Return on
Stock, APT V/s CAPM.

Currency Derivatives
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to Currency Markets 15
2 Regulatory Framework for Currency Derivatives 15
3 Strategies using Currency Derivatives 15
4 Clearing and Settlement of Currency Futures 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to Currency Markets
A) Introduction to Currency Markets – Brief history of foreign exchange markets,
Major Currency pairs, Overview of international currency markets, Basics of
currency markets and peculiarities in India, Settlement date or value date, OTC
forward rate, Exchange Rate arithmetic cross rate, Impact of market economics
on currency prices and economic indicators
B) Foreign Exchange Derivatives – Definition, Products , Growth drivers of
derivatives, Market Players, Key economic function of derivatives, Financial Market
stability: Exchange traded V/s OTC derivatives.
2 Regulatory Framework for Currency Derivatives
A) Regulatory Framework for Currency Derivatives – Applicability of Securities
Regulation Act, 1956, RBI-SEBI standing technical committee on exchange traded
currency and interest rate derivatives, Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 –
Provisions, Regulatory framework for exchanges, Regulatory framework for
clearing corporations, Governing council of the exchange and clearing corporation
and Eligibility criteria for members.
B) Code of Conduct and Investor Protection - Adherence to SEBI codes of conduct for
brokers/ sub-brokers, Adherence to codes of conduct specific to currency
derivatives segment, Grievance redressal mechanism for investors.
3 Strategies using Currency Derivatives
A) Strategies using Currency Derivatives – Market Participants – Hedgers,
Speculators, Arbitrageurs, Computing pay offs from a portfolio of futures and
trade remittances, Using foreign currency futures for hedging various kinds of
foreign exchange exposures, Use of currency futures by speculators and
arbitrageurs, trading spreads using currency futures, limitations of currency
futures for hedgers.
B) Trading in Currency Futures - Currency futures contract specification, Other
terminologies with respect to contract specifications, Trader workstation screen
(TWS), Entities in the trading system, Types of orders, Price Limit Circuit Filter and
Rules, regulations and bye laws of Exchange.
4 Clearing and Settlement of Currency Futures
A) Clearing and Settlement in Currency Futures- Clearing vs. Settlement, Clearing
entities, Clearing mechanism, Regulatory guidelines on open position limits and
Settlement mechanism.
B) Risk Management in Currency Futures - Risk management measures, Margin
requirements, Mark-to-Market, Settlement, Margin collection and enforcement,
Periodic Risk Evaluation Report, Surveillance and Unique Client Code (UCC).

Course Structure
Semester IV
No. of
Semester IV Credits
Courses
Group D: E-Commerce (Any Three out of Five)
1 E-Commerce Security and Law 06
2 Advance technology for E-Commerce 06
3 Management Information System 06
4 Digital Marketing 06
5 International Business, Law and Taxation 06
Total Credits 18

Group D: E-Commerce
1. E-Commerce Security and Law

Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to E-Commerce Security 15
2 Security Threats and Measures 15
3 Introduction to Cyber Law 15
4 Cyberspace Laws 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to E-Commerce Security
• E-commerce security: Concept, Need/Importance, Security Issues in E-Commerce-
Security risks of e-commerce,
• Threats and Risk Management: Type of threats, Sources of threats, Security tools &
Risk – Types of security, management approach
• Network Security: Encryption, Protecting Web server with a Firewall, Firewall and
the Security Policy, Network Firewalls and Application Firewalls, Proxy Server
2 Security Threats and Measures
• Current threats, Cryptography, public key certificates and infrastructures,
authentication and authorization certificates,
• Mobile code security, security of agent-based systems, secure electronic
transactions, electronic payment systems, intellectual property protection,
• Symmetric and Asymmetric Cryptosystem, Role of electronic signature, EDI
Security
3 Introduction to Cyber Law
• Introduction to Cyber Laws-World Scenario, Cyber-crime& Laws in India and their
limitations,
• Threats in Computer Systems: Virus, Cyber Crime, Hacking, Web Vandals, E-mail
Abuse, Software Piracy and Patents.
• The problems of internet jurisdictions, Law relating to Electronic records,
Importance of Electronic Records as Evidence.
4 Cyberspace Laws
• Cyberspace and Internet in India- Penalties, Offences and Compensation
• Protection of Cyber Consumers in India and CPA 1986, International efforts related
to cyberspace laws, Trace an IP address,
• Security Tools, Client server network security, Encryption and concepts of public
and private key infrastructure

Group D: E-Commerce
2. Advance technology for E-Commerce

Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to Advanced technology for E-commerce 15
2 Information Publishing Technology 15
3 E-commerce Success with Contain Marketing 15
4 New Trends 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to Advanced technology for E-commerce
• Advanced technology for E-commerce: Concept of E-commerce, Internet & WWW,
Functions,
• Types of technology, Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)- Benefits, Transaction and
examples, Multimedia technology – desktop Video Conferencing
• Securing Network Transaction: Cryptology, Digital Signature, E-mail security
2 TCP/IP and Information Publishing Technology
• Internet Protocols – OSI Model, TCP/IP, FTP; LAN, WAN
• Information Publishing Technology - HTML, URL, HTTP, HTML FORM, CGI
SERVICES,
• eXtensible Markup Language (XML) – Application and Architecture, Data Mining
and Web Mining
3 Mobile Agents& WAP
• Mobile Agents- Concept, Mobility and security issues, Client Server Approach v/s
Mobile Agent based approach,
• Mobile computing, Mobile users in Global E-commerce, Coalition Formation
• Wireless Application Protocol (WAP) - Benefits and Architecture, Web Server and
client (Web Browser).
4 New Trends
• New E-commerce Technology Trends, Broadband technologies, Affiliate Marketing,
Content marketing - challenges,
• Key performance indicators (KPIs),Complex Server and Network Infrastructure,
transitioning to Virtualization & Cloud Computing, use of fully or partially
outsourced IT support
• Supercharged Kiosks, Role of Instant Messaging (IM), Digital literacy and
multimedia design

Group D: E-Commerce
3. Management Information System

Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to Management Information System (MIS) 15
2 Business & Designing Information System 15
3 Information and System Concept 15
4 Decision Support System & Development of MIS 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to Management Information System (MIS)
• MIS: Concept, Characteristics, Components, Strategic uses, Challenges of Global
information system
• Information System Resources: Selection of Business Software and Hardware,
Business Network and Data Warehouses
• Business Intelligence, Knowledge Management, System Planning and Development
2 Business &Designing Information System
• Classification of MIS: Transaction Process System (TPS), Process Control System
(PCS), Enterprise Collaboration System (ECS), Business information system,
• System Design: Conceptual Design, Objectives, Methods
• Structuring Data of MIS: Pyramid structure, Querying, Aggregating and Visualizing
Data
3 Information and System Concept
• Information: Concept, Types, Dimensions of Information, Information Quality
• System: Kinds, Elements of system, Human as information processing system
• Need of IT Industry, Scope of Infrastructure Management, Attributes of Computing
System
4 Decision Support System& Development of MIS
• Decision Making: Concept, Types, Simon’s Model, Decision Making and MIS
• Supporting Management Decision: Key Performance Indicators (KPI), Planning and
Implementation.
• Development of MIS: Steps in developing a right MIS, System Development
Approaches, System analysis and design- Determinants and requirement

Group D: E-Commerce
4. Digital Marketing
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to Digital Marketing & SEO 15
2 Google analytics and SMO 15
3 SEM and Social Media 15
4 Email and Mobile Marketing 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to Digital Marketing & SEO
• Digital Marketing - Introduction, Features, Strategies, Types, Aligning Internet with
Business Objectives,
• User Behaviour & Navigation, Branding & User Experience, Customer Insights
• Search Engine Optimization(SEO) – Search Engines Basics, Functioning of Search
Engines, On&off-page Optimization,
2 Google analytics and SMO
• Google Analytics–Concepts, steps, Accounts-profiles and users navigation, Basic
metrics,
• The main sections of Google Analytics reports-Traffic Sources, Direct referring and
search traffic;
• Social Media Optimization (SMO) - Concepts, Pros & Cons, bookmarking &
aggregating, content, content sharing, knowledge sharing; connecting to social
networking
3 SEM and Social Media
• Search Engine Marketing (SEM) - Concept, Understanding Google search - Organic
& Paid, Overview of Google Adwords, Google Adsense, Microsoft AdCenter and
Yahoo Search Marketing,
• Campaign Management, Pay Per Click (PPC) Management, Conversion Tracking,
Targeting & Analytics, Keyword Selection,
• Conversion Metrics- CPA, CTR, Campaigns - Google PPC Campaigns, LinkedIn
Campaigns, Facebook Campaign, YouTube Advertising
4 Email and Mobile Marketing
• E-mail Marketing - User Behaviour, Segmentation, Key Metrics, Best Practice Case
Studies, E-marketing strategies,
• Tracking landing pages, Choosing your metrics, A/B and Multivariate testing,
Analyzing test results, Setting your budgets;
• Mobile Marketing - Concept, SMS Strategy, Mobile Advertising, Mobile Optimized
Websites, Mobile Apps, Proximity Marketing,

Group D: E-Commerce
5. International Business, Law and Taxation

Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Use of Internet in the International Business 15
2 International Outsourcing and Ethics 15
3 International Law and Taxation 15
4 Government Intervention in International Business 15
Total 60

SN Modules/ Units
1 Use of Internet in the International Business
• International Business: Concept, Features, External and Internal Factors of
International business
• Internet and International business: Significance, Use of Internet, Impact of E-
commerce and Barriers
• International E-commerce business: Concept of E-business, Features, Evolution,
2 International Outsourcing and Ethics
• Global outsourcing: Concept, Forms, Drivers, Development in IT-BPO Sector
• International Outsourcing in India: Benefits,Growth Drivers of India, Limitations
• Ethics in International e-Business, Constraint in e-Business in India, International e-
Commerce Benchmarking,
3 International Law and Taxation
• International Legal environment in E-commerce, European Community Law,
Intellectual Property Law, Pillaging Patent
• United States Taxation of International e-Commerce, Law and Policy of
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD)
• International Taxation and e-Commerce: Direct and Indirect taxation, Relevance of
E-commerce, Effect of E-commerce on consumption taxes, Emerging Tax Policy,
4 Government Intervention in International Business
• Instruments of Government Intervention: Tariff and Non- Tariff Barriers,
Investment Barriers,
• Policies regarding e-commerce: FDI Policy, Foreign Trade Policy, Export-Import
Policy- Methods of E-payment, e-Documentations
• Rationale for Government Intervention: Defensive and offensive rationale,
Economic Freedom and Government Support

Scheme of Examination:
The performance of the learners will be evaluated in two components. One component will
be the Semester End Examination component carrying 60% marks.
Internal Assessment:
The Internal Assessment will consist of one class test of 40 marks for each course excluding
projects. The question paper pattern will be shown as below:

(Internal Assessment)
Maximum Marks: 40 marks

Duration: 1½ hours
No

blanks)
OR
Objective Questions
blanks)
Q-2 Concept based short questions 10 Marks

Q-3 Practical problems or short questions 20 Marks

Students to answer 02 sub questions out of 03 sub questions

(Practical Courses)
Maximum Marks: 60
Duration: 2 Hrs.
No

OR

OR

OR

OR
Note:

Maximum Marks: 60
Duration: 2 Hrs.

No

OR

OR

OR

OR
Note:


Programme
Guidelines for Project Work
at
Second Year
Semester III and IV
Semester System
Faculty of Commerce

Introduction
Inclusion of project work in the course curriculum of the M.Com. programme is one of the
ambitious aspect in the programme structure. The main objective of inclusion of project work
is to inculcate the element of research work challenging the potential of learner as regards to
his/ her eager to enquire and ability to interpret particular aspect of the study in his/ her own
words. It is expected that the guiding teacher should undertake the counselling sessions and
make the awareness among the learners about the methodology of formulation, preparation
and evaluation pattern of the project work.
• There are two modes of preparation of project work
1. Project work based on research methodology in the study area
2. Project work based on internship in the study area
Guidelines for preparation of Project Work

Work Load
Work load for Project Work is 01 (one) hour per batch of 15-20 learners per week for the
teacher. The learner (of that batch) shall do field work and library work in the remaining 03
(three) hours per week.
1. General guidelines for preparation of project work based on

research methodology
• The project topic may be undertaken in any area of Elective Courses.
• Each of the learner has to undertake a Project individually under the supervision of a
teacher-guide.
• The learner shall decide the topic and title which should be specific, clear and with
definite scope in consultation with the teacher-guide concerned.
• University/college shall allot a guiding teacher for guidance to the students based on her /
his specialization.
• The project report shall be prepared as per the broad guidelines given below:
 Font type: Times New Roman
 Font size: 12-For content, 14-for Title
 Line Space : 1.5-for content and 1-for in table work
 Paper Size: A4
 Margin : in Left-1.5, Up-Down-Right-1
 The Project Report shall be bounded.
 The project report should be 80 to 100 pages

Format
1st page (Main Page)
Title of the problem of the Project
A Project Submitted to
University of Mumbai for partial completion of the degree of
Master in Commerce
Under the Faculty of Commerce
By
Name of the Learner
Under the Guidance of
Name of the Guiding Teacher
Name and address of the College
Month and Year
2nd Page
This page to be repeated on 2nd page (i.e. inside after main page)

On separate page
Index
Chapter No. 1 Title of the Chapter Page No.
(sub point 1.1, 1.1.1, .... And so on)
Chapter No. 2 Title of the Chapter
List of tables, if any, with page numbers.

List of Graphs, if any, with page numbers.
List of Appendix, if any, with page numbers.
Abbreviations used:

Structure to be followed to maintain the uniformity in
formulation and presentation of Project Work
(Model Structure of the Project Work)
• Chapter No. 1: Introduction

In this chapter Selection and relevance of the problem, historical background of the
problem, brief profile of the study area, definition/s of related aspects, characteristics,
different concepts pertaining to the problem etc can be incorporated by the learner.
• Chapter No. 2: Research Methodology

This chapter will include Objectives, Hypothesis, Scope of the study, limitations of
the study, significance of the study, Selection of the problem, Sample size, Data
collection, Tabulation of data, Techniques and tools to be used, etc can be
incorporated by the learner.
• Chapter No. 3: Literature Review

This chapter will provide information about studies done on the respective issue. This
would specify how the study undertaken is relevant and contribute for value addition
in information/ knowledge/ application of study area which ultimately helps the
learner to undertake further study on same issue.
• Chapter No. 4: Data Analysis, Interpretation and Presentation

This chapter is the core part of the study. The analysis pertaining to collected data
will be done by the learner. The application of selected tools or techniques will be
used to arrive at findings. In this, table of information’s, presentation of graphs etc.
can be provided with interpretation by the learner.
• Chapter No. 5: Conclusions and Suggestions

In this chapter of project work, findings of work will be covered and suggestion will
be enlisted to validate the objectives and hypotheses.
Note: If required more chapters of data analysis can be added.

• Bibliography
• Appendix

On separate page
Name and address of the college
Certificate
This is to certify that Ms/Mr has worked and duly completed her/his Project Work for
the degree of Master in Commerce under the Faculty of Commerce in the subject of
__________________ and her/his project is entitled, “________________________
Title of the Project
__________________________________________________” under my supervision.
I further certify that the entire work has been done by the learner under my guidance
and that no part of it has been submitted previously for any Degree or Diploma of any
University.
It is her/ his own work and facts reported by her/his personal findings and
investigations.
Seal of the
Name and Signature of
College Guiding Teacher
Date of submission:

On separate page
Declaration by learner
Name of the learner

I the undersigned Miss / Mr. ______________________________________here by,
declare that the work embodied in this project work titled “________
____________________________________________________________________”,
forms my own contribution to the research work carried out under the guidance of
Name of the guiding teacher
________________________________ is a result of my own research work and has
not been previously submitted to any other University for any other Degree/ Diploma
to this or any other University.
Wherever reference has been made to previous works of others, it has been clearly
indicated as such and included in the bibliography.
I, here by further declare that all information of this document has been obtained and
presented in accordance with academic rules and ethical conduct.
Name and Signature of the learner
Certified by
Name and signature of the Guiding Teacher

On separate page
Acknowledgment
(Model structure of the acknowledgement)
To list who all have helped me is difficult because they are so numerous and the depth
is so enormous.
I would like to acknowledge the following as being idealistic channels and fresh
dimensions in the completion of this project.
I take this opportunity to thank the University of Mumbai for giving me chance to
do this project.
I would like to thank my Principal, __________for providing the necessary facilities

required for completion of this project.
I take this opportunity to thank our Coordinator_______________, for her moral

support and guidance.
I would also like to express my sincere gratitude towards my project guide

_____________ whose guidance and care made the project successful.
I would like to thank my College Library, for having provided various reference
books and magazines related to my project.
Lastly, I would like to thank each and every person who directly or indirectly helped
me in the completion of the project especially my Parents and Peers who supported
me throughout my project.

2. Guidelines for Internship based project work
• Minimum 20 days/ 100 hours of Internship with an Organisation/ NGO/ Charitable

Organisation/ Private firm.
• The theme of the internship should be based on any study area of the elective courses
• Project Report should be of minimum 50 pages
• Experience Certificate is Mandatory
• A project report has to be brief in content and must include the following aspects:
 Executive Summary:
A bird’s eye view of your entire presentation has to be precisely offered under this
category.
 Introduction on the Company:
A Concise representation of company/ organization defining its scope, products/
services and its SWOT analysis.
 Statement and Objectives:
The mission and vision of the organization need to be stated enshrining its broad
strategies.
 Your Role in the Organisation during the internship:
The key aspects handled, the department under which you were deployed and brief
summary report duly acknowledged by the reporting head.
 Challenges:
The challenges confronted while churning out theoretical knowledge into practical
world.
 Conclusion:
A brief overview of your experience and suggestions to bridge the gap between theory
and practice.
• The project report based on internship shall be prepared as per the broad guidelines given
below:
 Paper Size: A4

Evaluation pattern of the project work
The Project Report shall be evaluated in two stages viz.
• Evaluation of Project Report (Bound Copy) 60 Marks
 Introduction and other areas covered 20 Marks
 Research Methodology, Presentation, Analysis and
30 Marks
interpretation of data
 Conclusion & Recommendations 10 Marks
• Conduct of Viva-voce 40 Marks
 In the course of Viva-voce, the questions may be asked such
as importance / relevance of the study, objective of the study,
10 Marks
methodology of the study/ mode of Enquiry (question
responses)
 Ability to explain the analysis, findings, concluding
20 Marks
observations, recommendation, limitations of the Study
 Overall Impression (including Communication Skill) 10 Marks
Note:
• The guiding teacher along with the external evaluator appointed by the University/
College for the evaluation of project shall conduct the viva-voce examination as per the
evaluation pattern
Passing Standard
• Minimum of Grade E in the project component
• In case of failing in the project work, the same project can be revised for ATKT
examination.
• Absence of student for viva voce: If any student fails to appear for the viva voce on the
date and time fixed by the department such student shall appear for the viva voce on the
date and time fixed by the Department, such student shall appear for the viva voce only
along with students of the next batch.

Board of Studies-in-Accountancy, University of Mumbai1 | P a g e
AC 24-06-2016
Item No. 4.77
B.Com. (Accounting & Finance)

Programme
Three Year Integrated Programme-
Six Semesters
Course Structure
Under Choice Based Credit System

Progressively
Board of Studies-in-Accountancy

B.Com. (Accounting & Finance) Programme
Course Structure
F.Y.B.Com. (Accounting & Finance)

No. of No. of
Courses Courses
1 Financial Accounting 03 1 Financial Accounting (Special 03
(Elements of Financial Accounting Areas) - II
Accounting) - I
2 Cost Accounting (Introduction 03 2 Auditing (Introduction and 03
and Element of cost) - I Planning) - I
3 Financial Management 03 3 Taxation - I (Indirect Taxes I) 03
(Introduction to Financial
Management) - I
2A 2A
Course (AECC) Course (AECC)
4 Business Communication - I 03 4 Business Communication - II 03

6 Commerce (Business 03 6 Business Law (Business 03
Environment) - I Regulatory Framework) - I
7 Business Economics - I 03 7 Business Mathematics 03

S.Y.B.Com. (Accounting & Finance)
No. of No. of
Courses Courses
1,2 & 3 *Any three courses from the 09 1,2 & 3 **Any three courses from the 09
Ability Enhancement Courses (AEC) Ability Enhancement Courses (AEC)
2 2
- Skill Enhancement Course (SEC) - Skill Enhancement Course (SEC)
4 Information Technology in 02 4 Information Technology in 02
Accountancy - I Accountancy - II
5 Commerce (Financial Market 03 5 Management (Introduction to 03
Operations) - II Management) - I
6 Business Law (Business 03 6 Business Law (Company Law) 03
Regulatory Framework) - II - III
7 Business Economics - II 03 7 Research Methodology in 03
Accounting and Finance
*List of Elective Courses (EC) **List of Elective Courses (EC)

for Semester III (Any Three) for Semester IV (Any Three)
1 Financial Accounting (Special Accounting 1 Financial Accounting (Special Accounting
Areas) - III Areas) - IV
2 Cost Accounting (Methods of Costing) - II 2 Wealth Management
3 Auditing (Techniques of Auditing and Audit 3 Auditing - III
Procedures) - II
4 Taxation - II (Indirect Taxes Paper- II) 4 Taxation - III (Indirect Taxes- III)
5 Operation Research 5 Management Accounting (Introduction to
Management Accounting) - I
Note: Course selected in Semester III will continue in Semester IV

T.Y.B.Com. (Accounting & Finance)
No. of No. of
Courses Courses
1,2,3 & *Any four courses from the 12 1,2,3 & **Any four courses from the 12
5 Management (Management 04 5 Economics (Indian Economy) - 04
Applications) - II III
6 Project Work I 04 6 Project Work II 04

solving/analyzing/exploring a real life situation/ difficult problem. Project work would be of
03 credits. A project work may be undertaken in any area of Elective Courses/ study area
*List of Elective Courses **List of Elective Courses

for Semester V (Any Four) for Semester VI (Any Four)
1 Financial Accounting - V 1 Financial Accounting - VI
2 Cost Accounting - IV 2 Cost Accounting - V
3 Financial Management - II 3 Financial Management - III
4 Taxation - IV (Direct Taxes- I) 4 Taxation - V (Direct Taxes- II)
5 International Finance - I 5 Financial Accounting - VII
6 Financial Analysis and Business Valuation 6 Security Analysis and Portfolio
Management

Revised Syllabus
and
of Courses of
B.Com. (Accounting & Finance)
Programme
First Year
Semester I and II

Semester System
With effect from Academic Year- 2016-2017

Course Structure
F.Y.B.Com.(Accounting & Finance)

No. of No. of
Courses Courses
1 Financial 03 1 Financial Accounting(Special 03
Accounting(Elements of Accounting Areas) - II
Financial Accounting) - I
2 Cost Accounting (Introduction 03 2 Auditing (Introduction and 03
and Element of cost) - I Planning) - I
3 Financial Management 03 3 Taxation - I (Indirect Taxes I) 03
(Introduction to Financial
Management) - I
2A 2A
4 Business Communication - I 03 4 Business Communication - II 03

6 Commerce (Business 03 6 Business Law (Business 03
Environment) - I Regulatory Framework) - I
7 Business Economics - I 03 7 Business Mathematics 03
1 Foundation Course- I 1 Foundation Course - II

Course Structure
Semester I
No. of
Semester I Credits
Courses
1 Financial Accounting(Elements of Financial Accounting) 03
-I
2 Cost Accounting (Introduction and Element of cost) - I 03
3 Financial Management (Introduction to Financial 03
Management) - I
2A Ability Enhancement Compulsory Course (AECC)
4 Business Communication - I 03

3 Core Courses (CC)

6 Commerce (Business Environment) - I 03
7 Business Economics - I 03
Total Credits 20


Revised Syllabus of Courses of B.Com. (Accounting and Finance)
Programme at Semester I
1.Financial Accounting -
Elements of Financial Accounting-I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Accounting Standards Issued by ICAI and Inventory Valuation 15
2 Final Accounts 15
3 Departmental Accounts 15
4 Accounting for Hire Purchase 15
Total 60

1 Accounting Standards Issued by ICAI and Inventory Valuation
• Accounting Standards:
Concepts, Benefits, Procedures for Issue of Accounting Standards
Various AS:
AS – 1: Disclosure of Accounting Policies
(a) Purpose (b) Areas of Policies (c) Disclosure of Policies
(d)Disclosure ofChange in Policies(e) Illustrations
AS – 2: Valuation of Inventories (Stock)
(a) Meaning, Definition (b) Applicability (c) Measurement of Inventory
(d) Disclosure inFinal Account(e) Explanation with Illustrations
AS – 9: Revenue Recognition
(a) Meaning and Scope (b) Transactions Excluded (c) Sale of Goods
(d) Rendering of Services (e) Effects ofUncertainties (f) Disclosure (g)
Illustrations
• Inventory Valuation
Meaning of Inventories
Cost for Inventory Valuation
Inventory Systems : Periodic Inventory System and Perpetual Inventory System
Valuation: Meaning and Importance
Methods of Stock Valuation as per AS – 2:
FIFO and Weighted Average Method
Computation of Valuation of Inventory as on Balance Sheet Date:
If Inventory is taken on a Date After the Balance Sheet or Before the Balance
Sheet
2 Final Accounts
• Expenditure
a) Capital (b) Revenue
Receipts
a) Capital (b) Revenue
• Adjustments and Closing Entries
• Final Accounts of Manufacturing Concerns (Proprietary Firm)
3 Departmental Accounts
Meaning
Basis of Allocation of Expenses and Incomes / Receipts
Inter Departmental Transfer: At Cost Price and Invoice Price
Stock Reserve
Departmental Trading and Profit and Loss Account and Balance Sheet
4 Accounting for Hire Purchase
Meaning
Calculation of Interest
Accounting for Hire Purchase Transactions by Asset Purchase Method Based on
Full Cash Price
Journal Entries, Ledger Accounts and Disclosure in Balance Sheet for Hirer and
Vendor
(Excluding Default, Repossession and Calculation of Cash Price)

2.Cost Accounting -
Introduction and Elementsof Cost-I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
2 Material Cost 15
3 Labour Cost 15
4 Overheads 15
Total 60

Evolution
Objectives and Scope of Cost Accounting
Importance and Advantages of Cost Accounting
Difference between Cost Accounting and Financial Accounting
Limitations of Financial Accounting
Definitions: Cost, Costing and Cost Accounting
Classification of Cost on Different Bases
Cost Allocation and Apportionment
Coding System
Essentials of Good Costing System
2 Material Cost
Material Cost: The Concept
Material Control Procedure
Documentation
Stock Ledger, Bin Card
Stock Levels
Economic Order Quantity (EOQ)
3 Labour Cost
Labour Cost: The Concept
Composition of Labour Cost
Labour Cost Records
Overtime / Idle Time / Incentive Schemes
4 Overheads
Overheads: The Concept
Classification of overheads on different bases
Apportionment and Absorption of Overheads

3. Financial Management -
Introduction to Financial Management - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Financial Management 12
2 Concepts in Valuation 12
3 Leverage 12
4 Types of Financing 12
5 Cost of Capital 12
Total 60

1 Introduction to Financial Management
Introduction
Meaning
Importance
Scope and Objectives
Profit vs Value Maximization
2 Concepts in Valuation
The Time Value of Money
Present Value
Internal Rate of Return
Bonds Returns
The Returns from Stocks
Annuity
Techniques of Discounting
Techniques of Compounding
3 Leverage
Introduction
EBIT & EPS Analysis
Types of Leverages: Operating Leverage, Financial Leverage & Composite
Leverage
Relationship between Operating Leverage and Financial Leverage
(Including Practical Problems)
4 Types of Financing
Introduction
Needs of Finance and Sources: Long Term, Medium Term, Short Term
Long Term Sources of Finance
Short Term Sources of Finance
5 Cost of Capital
Introduction
Definition and Importance of Cost of Capital
Measurement of Cost of Capital
WACC
(Including Practical Problems)

4. Business Communication- I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Theory of Communication 15
2 Obstacles to Communication in Business World 15
3 Business Correspondence 15
4 Language and Writing Skills 15
Total 60

1 Theory of Communication
Concept of Communication: Meaning, Definition, Process, Need,
FeedbackEmergence of Communication as a key concept in the Corporate and
Global worldImpact of technological advancements on Communication
Channels and Objectives of Communication: Channels-
Formal and Informal- Vertical, Horizontal, Diagonal, Grapevine
Objectives of Communication: Information, Advice, Order and Instruction,
Persuasion, Motivation, Education,Warning, and Boosting the Morale of
Employees(A brief introduction to these objectives to be given)
Methods and Modes of Communication:
Methods: Verbal and Nonverbal, Characteristics of Verbal Communication
Characteristics of Non-verbal Communication, Business Etiquette
Modes: Telephone and SMS Communication 3 (General introduction to Telegram
to be given) Facsimile Communication [Fax]
Computers and E- communication Video and Satellite Conferencing
2 Obstacles to Communication in Business World
Problems in Communication /Barriers to Communication:
Physical/ Semantic/Language / Socio-Cultural / Psychological / Barriers, Ways to
Overcome these Barriers
Listening: Importance of Listening Skills, Cultivating good Listening Skills – 4
Introduction to Business Ethics:
Concept and Interpretation, Importance of Business Ethics, Personal Integrity at
the workplace, Business Ethics and media, Computer Ethics, Corporate Social
Responsibility
Teachers can adopt a case study approach and address issues such as the
following so as to orient and sensitize the student community to actual business
practices:
Surrogate Advertising, Patents and Intellectual Property Rights, Dumping of
Medical/E-waste,
Human Rights Violations and Discrimination on the basis of gender, race, caste,
religion, appearance and sexual orientation at the workplace
Piracy, Insurance, Child Labour
3 Business Correspondence
Theory of Business Letter Writing:
Parts, Structure, Layouts—Full Block, Modified Block, Semi - Block Principles of
Effective Letter Writing, Principles of effective Email Writing,
Personnel Correspondence:
Statement of Purpose, Job Application Letter and Resume, Letter of Acceptance of
Job Offer, Letter of Resignation
[Letter of Appointment, Promotion and Termination, Letter of Recommendation
(to be taught but not to be tested in the examination)]

4 Language and Writing Skills
Commercial Terms used in Business Communication
Paragraph Writing:
Developing an idea, using appropriate linking devices, etc
Cohesion and Coherence, self-editing, etc [Interpretation of technical data,
Composition on a given situation, a short informal report etc.]
Activities
 Listening Comprehension
 Remedial Teaching
 Speaking Skills: Presenting a News Item, Dialogue and Speeches
 Paragraph Writing: Preparation of the first draft, Revision and Self – Editing,
Rules of spelling.
 Reading Comprehension: Analysis of texts from the fields of Commerce and
Management

Skill Enhancement Courses (SEC)
5. Foundation Course -I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Overview of Indian Society 05
2 Concept of Disparity‐ 1 10
3 Concept of Disparity‐2 10
4 The Indian Constitution 10
5 Significant Aspects of Political Processes 10
Total 45

1 Overview of Indian Society
Understand the multi-cultural diversity of Indian society through its demographic
composition: population distribution according to religion, caste, and gender;
Appreciate the concept of linguistic diversity in relation to the Indian situation;
Understand regional variations according to rural, urban and tribal characteristics;
Understanding the concept of diversity as difference
2 Concept of Disparity‐ 1
Understand the concept of disparity as arising out of stratification and inequality;
Explore the disparities arising out of gender with special reference to violence
against women, female foeticide (declining sex ratio), and portrayal of women in
media;Appreciate the inequalities faced by people with disabilities and
understand the issues of people with physical and mental disabilities
3 Concept of Disparity‐2
Examine inequalities manifested due to the caste system and inter-group conflicts
arising thereof; Understand inter-group conflicts arising out of communalism;
Examine the causes and effects of conflicts arising out of regionalism and linguistic
differences
4 The Indian Constitution
Philosophy of the Constitution as set out in the Preamble; The structure of the
Constitution-the Preamble, Main Body and Schedules; Fundamental Duties of the
Indian Citizen; tolerance, peace and communal harmony as crucial values in
strengthening the social fabric of Indian society; Basic features of the Constitution
5 Significant Aspects of Political Processes
The party system in Indian politics; Local self-government in urban and rural areas;
the 73rd and 74th Amendments and their implications for inclusive politics; Role
and significance of women in politics

5.Foundation Course in NSS - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Introduction to NSS 10
2 Concept of Society and Social Issues in India 15
3 Indian Constitution and Social Justice 10
4 Human Personality and National Integration 10
Total 45

1 Introduction to NSS
Introduction to National Service Scheme(NSS)
Orientation and structure of National Service Scheme(NSS)
National Service Scheme(NSS)- its objectives
The historical perspective of National Service Scheme(NSS)
National Service Scheme(NSS)- Symbol and its meaning
National Service Scheme(NSS)- its hierarchy from national to college level
National Service Scheme(NSS) Regular activities
Distribution of working hours- Association between issues and programs-
community project- urban rural activities, Association- modes of activity
evaluation
2 Concept of Society and Social Issues in India
History and philosophy of social sciences in India
Concept of society- Development of Indian society - Features of Indian Society-
Division of labour and cast system in India
Basic social issues in India
Degeneration of value system, Family system, Gender issues, Regional imbalance
3 Indian Constitution and Social Justice
Indian Constitution
Features of Indian Constitution - Provisions related to social integrity and
development
Social Justice
Social Justice- the concept and its features
Inclusive growth- the concept and its features
4 Human Personality and National Integration
Dimensions of human personality
Social Dimension of Human personality- Understanding of the socity
Physical Dimension of Human personality- Physical Exercise, Yoga, etc.
National integration & Communal Harmony
National Integration- its meaning, importance and practice
Communal Harmony- its meaning, importance and practice

5.Foundation Course in NCC - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Introduction to NCC, National Integration & Awareness 10
2 Drill: Foot Drill 10
Adventure Training, Environment Awareness and

3 10
Conservation
4 Personality Development and Leadership 10
5 Specialized Subject: Army/ Navy/ Air 05
Total 45

1 Introduction to NCC, National Integration & Awareness
Desired outcome: The students will display sense of patriotism, secular values and
shall be transformed into motivated youth who will contribute towards nation
building through national unity and social cohesion.
• Genesis, Aims, Objectives of NCC & NCC Song
• Organisation& Training
• Incentives & Benefits
• Religions, Culture, Traditions and Customs of India
• National Integration: Importance and Necessity
• Freedom Struggle
2 Drill: Foot Drill
Desired outcome: The students will demonstrate the sense of discipline, improve
bearing, smartness, turnout, develop the quality of immediate and implicit
obedience of orders, with good reflexes.
• General and Words of Command
• Attention, Stand at Ease and Stand Easy, Turning and Inclining at the Halt
• Sizing, Forming Up in Three Ranks and Numbering, Open and Close Order
March and Dressing
• Saluting at the Halt, Getting On Parade, Dismissing and Falling Out
• Marching, Length of Pace and Time of Marching in Quick Time and Halt, Slow
March and Halt
• Turning on the March and Wheeling.
• Saluting on the March.
• Formation of squad and Squad Drill.
3 Adventure Training, Environment Awareness and Conservation
Adventure Training
Desired outcome: The students will overcome fear & inculcate within them the
sense of adventure , sportsmanship , espirit-d-corp and develop confidence ,
courage , determination, diligence and quest for excellence.
• Any Two such as – Obstacle course, Slithering, Trekking, Cycling, Rock Climbing,
Para Sailing, Sailing,Scuba Diving etc
Environment Awareness and Conservation
Desired outcome: The student will be aware of the conservation of natural
resources and protection of environment.
• Natural Resources – Conservation and Management
• Water Conservation and Rainwater Harvesting

4 Personality Development and Leadership
Desired outcome: The student will develop an all-round personality with
adequate leadership traits to deal / contribute effectively in life.
• Introduction to Personality Development
• Factors Influencing /Shaping Personality: Physical, Social, Physiological,
Philosophical and Psychological
• Self Awareness Know yourself/ Insight
• Change Your Mind Set
• Communication Skills: Group Discussion / Lecturettes (Public Speaking)
• Leadership Traits
• Types of Leadership
5 Specialized Subject: Army Or Navy Or Air
Army
Desired outcome: The training shall instill patriotism, commitment and passion to
serve the nation motivating the youth to join the defence forces.
It will also acquaint, expose & provide basic knowledge about armed, naval and
air-force subjects
A. Armed Force
• Basic organisation of Armed Forces
• Organisation of Army
• Badges and Ranks
B. Introduction to Infantry and weapons and equipments
• Characteristics of 7.62mm SLR Rifle, Ammunition, Fire power, Stripping,
Assembling and Cleaning
C. Military history
• Biographies of renowned Generals (Carriapa / Sam Manekshaw)
• Indian Army War Heroes- PVCs
D. Communication
• Types of Communications
• Characteristics of Wireless Technologies (Mobile, Wi-Fi etc.)
OR
Navy
A. Naval orientation and service subjects
• History of the Indian Navy-Pre and Post Independence, Gallantry award
winners
• Organization of Navy- NHQ, Commands, Fleets, Ships and shore
establishments
• Types of Warships and their role
• Organization of Army and Air Force- Operational and Training commands
• Ranks of Officers and Sailors, Equivalent Ranks in the Three Services
B. Ship and Boat Modelling
• Principles of Ship Modelling
• Maintenance and Care of tools

C. Search and Rescue
• SAR Organization in the Indian ocean
D. Swimming
Floating for three minutes and Free style swimming for 50 meters
OR
AIR
A. General Service Knowledge
• Development of Aviation
• History of IAF
B. Principles of Flight
• Introduction
• Laws of Motion
• Glossary of Terms.
C. Airmanship
• Introduction
• Airfield Layout
• Rules of the Air
• Circuit Procedure
• ATC/RT Procedures
• Aviation Medicine
D. Aero- Engines
• Introduction to Aero-engines

5.Foundation Course in Physical Education - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
Introduction to Basic Relevant concepts in Physical
1 10
Education
2 Components of Physical Fitness 15
3 Testing Physical Fitness 10
4 Effect of Exercise on various Body System 10
Total 45

1 Introduction to Basic Relevant concepts in Physical Education
• Dimensions and determinants of Health, Fitness & Wellness
• Concept of Physical Education and its importance
• Concept of Physical Fitness and its types
• Concept of Physical Activity, exercise and its types & benefits
2 Components of Physical Fitness
• Concept of components of Physical Fitness
• Concept and components of HRPF
• Concept and components of SRPF
• Importance of Physical Education in developing physical fitness components.
3 Testing Physical Fitness
• Tests for measuring Cardiovascular Endurance
• Tests for measuring Muscular Strength& Endurance
• Tests for measuring Flexibility
• Tests for measuring Body Composition
4 Effect of Exercise on various Body System
• Effect of exercises on Musculoskeletal system
• Effect of exercises on Circulatory System
• Effect of exercises on Respiratory System
• Effect of exercises on Glandular System

Core Courses (CC)
6.Commerce-
Business Environment - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Business and its Environment 15
2 Business and Society 15
3 Contemporary Issues 15
4 International Environment 15
Total 60

1 Business and its Environment
a) Business Objectives, Dynamics of Business and its Environment, Types of
Business Environment
b) Environmental Analysis: Importance, Factors, PESTEL Analysis, SWOT Analysis
2 Business and Society
a) Business Ethics: Nature and Scope of Ethics, Ethical Dilemmas, Corporate
Culture and Ethical Climate
b) Development of Business Entrepreneurship: Entrepreneurship and Economic
Development, Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development (MSMED)
Act, 2006, Entrepreneurship as a Career Option
c) Consumerism and Consumer Protection: Consumerism in India, Consumer
Protection Act 1986
3 Contemporary Issues
a) Corporate Social Responsibility and Corporate Governance: Social
Responsibility of Business, Ecology and Business, Carbon Credit
b) Social Audit: Evolution of Social Audit, Benefits of Social Audit, Social Audit v/s
Commercial Audit
4 International Environment
a) Strategies for going Global: MNCs and TNCs, WTO
b) Foreign Trade in India- Balance of Trade, FDI Investment Flows and its
Implication for Indian Industries

Core Courses (CC)
7.Business Economics - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Introduction 10
2 Demand Analysis 10
Supply and Production Decisions and Cost of

3 15
Production
Market structure: Perfect competition and Monopoly
4 and Pricing and Output Decisions under Imperfect 15
Competition
5 Pricing Practices 10
Total 60

1 Introduction
Scope and Importance of Business Economics - basic tools- Opportunity Cost
principle- Incremental and Marginal Concepts. Basic economic relations -
functional relations: equations- Total, Average and Marginal relations- use of
Marginal analysis in decision making,
The basics of market demand, market supply and equilibrium price- shifts in the
demand and supply curves and equilibrium
2 Demand Analysis
Demand Function - nature of demand curve under different markets
Meaning, significance, types and measurement of elasticity of demand (Price,
income cross and promotional)- relationship between elasticity of demand and
revenue concepts
Demand estimation and forecasting: Meaning and significance - methods of
demand estimation : survey and statistical methods
(numerical illustrations on trend analysis and simple linear regression)
3 Supply and Production Decisions and Cost of Production
Production function: short run analysis with Law of Variable Proportions-
Production function with two variable inputs- isoquants, ridge lines and least cost
combination of inputs- Long run production function and Laws of Returns to Scale
- expansion path - Economies and diseconomies of Scale.
Cost concepts: Accounting cost and economic cost, implicit and explicit cost, fixed
and variable cost - total, average and marginal cost - Cost Output Relationship in
the Short Run and Long Run (hypothetical numerical problems to be discussed),
LAC and Learning curve - Break even analysis (with business applications)
Market structure: Perfect competition and Monopoly and Pricing and Output
4
Decisions under Imperfect Competition
Short run and long run equilibrium of a competitive firm and of industry -
monopoly - short run and long- run equilibrium of a firm under Monopoly
Monopolistic competition:Equilibrium of a firm under monopolistic competition,
debate over role of advertising
(topics to be taught using case studies from real life examples)
Oligopolistic markets: key attributes of oligopoly - Collusive and non collusive
oligopoly market - Price rigidity - Cartels and price leadership models
(with practical examples)
5 Pricing Practices
Cost oriented pricing methods: cost – plus (full cost) pricing, marginal cost pricing,
Mark up pricing, discriminating pricing, multiple – product pricing - transfer
pricing
(case studies on how pricing methods are used in business world)

Course Structure
Semester II
No. of
Semester II Credits
Courses
1 Financial Accounting(Special Accounting Areas) - II 03
2 Auditing (Introduction and Planning) - I 03
3 Taxation - I (Indirect Taxes I) 03

4 Business Communication - II 03

3 Core Courses (CC)

6 Business Law (Business Regulatory Framework) - I 03
7 Business Mathematics 03
Total Credits 20
**List of Skill Enhancement Courses (SEC)


Programme at Semester II
1. Financial Accounting -
Special Accounting Areas - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Accounting from Incomplete Records 15
2 Consignment Accounts 15
3 Branch Accounts 15
4 Fire Insurance Claims 15
Total 60

1 Accounting from Incomplete Records
Introduction
Problems on Preparation of Final Accounts of Proprietary Trading Concern
(Conversion Method)
2 Consignment Accounts
Accounting for Consignment Transactions
Valuation of Stock
Invoicing of Goods at Higher Price
(Excluding Overriding Commission, Normal/Abnormal Losses)
3 Branch Accounts
Meaning / Classification of Branches
Accounting for Dependent Branch Not Maintaining Full Books
Debtors Method
Stock and Debtors Method
4 Fire Insurance Claims
Computation of Loss of Stock by Fire
Ascertainment of Claim as per the Insurance Policy
Exclude: Loss of Profit and Consequential Loss

2. Auditing -
Introduction and Planning - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Auditing 15
2 Audit Planning, Procedures and Documentation 15
3 Auditing Techniques 15
4 Internal Audit 15
Total 60

1 Introduction to Auditing
• Basics
Financial Statements, Users of Financial Information, Definition of Auditing,
Objectives of Auditing - Primary and Secondary, Expression of Opinion,
Detection of Frauds and Errors, Inherent Limitations of Audit
• Errors and Frauds
Concepts, Reasons and Circumstances, Types of Errors -Commission, Omission,
Principle and Compensating, Types of Frauds, Risk of Fraud and Error in Audit,
Auditor’s Duties and Responsibilities in Respect of Fraud
• Principles of Audit
Integrity, Objectivity, Independence, Confidentiality, Skills and Competence,
Materiality and Work Performed by Others, Documentation, Planning, Audit
Evidence, Accounting System and Internal Control, Audit Conclusions and
Reporting
• Types of Audit
Meaning, Advantages and Disadvantages of Balance Sheet Audit, Interim Audit,
Continuous Audit, Concurrent Audit, Annual Audit
• Miscellaneous
Advantages of Independent Audit, Qualities of Auditors, Auditing Vs
Accounting, Auditing Vs Investigation, View the Concept True and Fair
• Accounting Concepts Relevant to Auditing
Materiality, Going Concern
2 Audit Planning, Procedures and Documentation
• Audit Planning
Meaning, Objectives, Factors to be Considered, Sources of Obtaining
Information, Discussions with Client, Overall Audit Plan
• Audit Programme
Meaning, Factors to be Considered, Advantages, Disadvantages, Overcoming
Disadvantages, Methods of Work, Instruction before Commencing Works of
Audit, Overall Audit Approach
• Audit working Papers
Meaning, Importance, Factors Determining Form and Contents, Main Functions
/ Importance, Features, Contents of Permanent Audit File, Temporary Audit
File, Ownership, Custody, Access of Other Parties to Audit Working Papers,
Auditors Lien on Working Papers, Auditors Lien on Client's Books
• Audit Notebook
Meaning, Structure, Contents, General Information, Current Information and
Importance

3 Auditing Techniques
• Test Check
Test Checking Vs Routing Checking, Test Check Meaning, Features, Factors to
be Considered, When Test Checks can be Used, Advantages, Disadvantages and
Precautions.
• Audit Sampling
Audit Sampling, Meaning, Purpose, Factors in Determining Sample Size -
Sampling Risk, Tolerable Error and Expected Error, Methods of Selecting
Sample Items Evaluation of Sample Results Auditors Liability in Conducting
Audit based on Sample
• Internal Control
Meaning and Purpose, Review of Internal Control, Advantages, Auditors Duties,
Review of Internal Control, Inherent Limitations of Internal Control, Internal
Control Samples for Sales and Debtors, Purchases and Creditors, Wages and
Salaries
• Internal Checks Vs Internal Control, Internal Checks Vs Test Checks
4 Internal Audit
Meaning, Basic Principles of Establishing Internal Audit, Objectives, Evaluation of
Internal Audit by Statutory Auditor, Usefulness of Internal Audit
Internal Audit Vs External Audit, Internal Checks Vs Internal Audit

3. Taxation -
Indirect Taxes - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
Maharashtra Value Added Tax (MVAT), Act 2002:
1 20
Introduction
2 10
Registration Procedure and Rules: Section 16
Maharashtra Value Added Tax (MVAT), Act
3 20
2002:Audit Section 22 and 61
Maharashtra Value Added Tax (MVAT), Act
4 10
2002:Penalty and Interest
Total 60

1 Maharashtra Value Added Tax (MVAT), Act 2002:
Introduction
Definitions
Section:
2 (4)Businesses; 2 (8)Dealers; 2 (12) Goods; 2 (13)Importer;
2 (15)Manufacturer; 2 (20)Purchase Price; 2 (22)Resale; 2 (24)Sales
2 (25)Sales Price; 2 (27)Service; 2 (33)Turnover of Sales and Rule 3
Incidence of Levy of Tax
Sec. 3 Incidence of Tax
Sec. 4 Tax Payable
Sec. 5 Tax Not Leviable on Certain Goods
Sec. 6 Levy of Sales Tax on Goods specified in the Schedule
Sec. 7 Rate of Tax on Packing Material
Sec. 8 Certain Sale and Purchase not Liable for Tax
Payment of Tax and Recovery
Section: 42 - Composition of Tax and Notification 1505/CR-105/Taxation-1
Set Off, Refund, etc.
Section 48 and 49 Set Off, Refund etc. Along with Rules 52, 53, 54, 55
2
Registration Procedure and Rules: Section 16
3
Audit Section 22 and 61
4
Penalty and Interest
Notes:
1. The Syllabus is restricted to Study of Particular Sections, Specifically Mentioned Rules
and Notifications Only.
2. All Modules / Units include Computational Problems / Case Study.
3. The Law in force on 1st April Immediately Preceding the Commencement of Academic
Year will be Applicable for Ensuing Examinations.

4. Business Communication - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Presentation Skills 15
2 Group Communication 15
Total 60

1 Presentation Skills
Presentations: (to be tested in tutorials only) 4 Principles of Effective
Presentation
Effective use of OHP
Effective use of Transparencies
How to make a Power-Point Presentation
2 Group Communication
Interviews:Group Discussion Preparing for an Interview, Types of Interviews –
Selection, Appraisal, Grievance, Exit
Meetings:Need and Importance of Meetings, Conduct of Meeting and Group
Dynamics Role of the Chairperson, Role of the Participants, Drafting of Notice,
Agenda and Resolutions
Conference:Meaning and Importance of Conference Organizing a Conference
Modern Methods: Video and Tele – Conferencing
Public Relations: Meaning, Functions of PR Department, External and Internal
Measures of PR
Trade Letters: Order, Credit and Status Enquiry, Collection (just a brief
introduction to be given)
Only following to be taught in detail:-
Letters of Inquiry, Letters of Complaints, Claims, Adjustments Sales Letters,
promotional leaflets and fliers Consumer Grievance Letters, Letters under Right to
Information (RTI) Act
[Teachers must provide the students with theoretical constructs wherever
necessary in order to create awareness. However students should not be tested
on the theory.]
Reports: Parts, Types, Feasibility Reports, Investigative Reports
Summarisation: Identification of main and supporting/sub points Presenting
these in a cohesive manner

5. Foundation Course – II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Globalisation and Indian Society 07
2 Human Rights 10
3 Ecology 10
4 Understanding Stress and Conflict 10
5 Managing Stress and Conflict in Contemporary Society 08
Total 45

Sr. No Modules /Units
1 Globalisation and Indian Society

Understanding the concepts of liberalization, privatization and globalization;Growth
of information technology and communication and its impact manifested in
everyday life; Impact of globalization on industry: changes in employment and
increasing migration; Changes in agrarian sector due to globalization; rise in
corporate farming and increase in farmers’ suicides.
2 Human Rights
Concept of Human Rights; origin and evolution of the concept; The Universal
Declaration of Human Rights;Human Rights constituents with special reference to
Fundamental Rights stated in the Constitution
3 Ecology
Importance of Environment Studies in the current developmental context;
Understanding concepts of Environment, Ecology and their interconnectedness;
Environment as natural capital and connection to quality of human life;
Environmental Degradation‐ causes and impact on human life;Sustainable
development‐ concept and components; poverty and environment
4 Understanding Stress and Conflict
Causes of stress and conflict in individuals and society; Agents of socialization and
the role played by them in developing the individual; Significance of values, ethics
and prejudices in developing the individual; Stereotyping and prejudice as
significant factors in causing conflicts in society. Aggression and violence as the
public expression of conflict
5 Managing Stress and Conflict in Contemporary Society
Types of conflicts and use of coping mechanisms for managing individual stress;
Maslow’s theory of self‐actualisation;Different methods of responding to conflicts in
society; Conflict‐resolution and efforts towards building peace and harmony in
society

5. Foundation Course in NSS - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Socio-economic Survey and Special Camp 10
2 Orientation of the College Unit and Communication Skills 15
3 Rapport with Community and Programme Planning 10
Government Organisations /Non-Government

4 10
Organisations
Total 45

1 Socio-economic Survey and Special Camp
Socio economic survey
Socio-economic survey- its meaning and need,
Process of Socio-economic survey- design of questionnaire; data collection, data
analysis and report writing
Special camping activity
Concept of camp- Identification of community problems- Importance of group
living- Team building- Adoption of village- Planning for camp- pre camping, during
the course of camp and post camping activities
2 Orientation of the College Unit and Communication Skills
Training and orientation of the program unit in the college
Leadership training – formation of need based programmmes- Concept of
campus to community(C to C) activities
Communication skills and Documentation
Communication skills- the concept, Verbal, Non-Verbal communication
The documentation- Activity Report Writing – basics of NSS accounting – Annual
Report – Press note and preparation
3 Rapport with Community and Programme Planning
Working with individual group and community
Ice breaking- interaction games – conflict resolution
Program planning
Programme planning- the concept and its features, requirements for successful
implementation of program- program flow charting- feedback
4 Government Organisations /Non-Government Organisations
Structure of Government Organisations and Non-Government Organisations
Government organisations (GO)- its meaning -Legal set up, functioning, Sources
of funding
Non-Government organisations (NGO)- its meaning -Legal set up, functioning,
Sources of funding
National Service Scheme(NSS)- Government organisations (GO) and Non-
Government organisations (NGO)
Government schemes for community development
Schemes os Government welfare departments for community development-
provisions & examples

5.Foundation Course in NCC - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
Disaster Management, Social Awareness and Community
1 10
Development
2 Health and Hygiene 10
3 Drill with Arms 10
4 Weapon Training 10
5 Specialized Subject: Army Or Navy Or Air 05
Total 45

1 Disaster Management, Social Awareness and Community Development
Disaster Management:
Desired outcome: The student shall gain basic information about civil defence
organisation / NDMA & shall provide assistance to civil administration in various
types of emergencies during natural / manmade disasters
• Civil Defence Organisation and Its Duties/ NDMA
• Types of Emergencies/ Natural Disaster
• Assistance during Natural / Other Calamities: Flood / Cyclone/ Earth Quake/
Accident etc.
• ‘Avan’ model of NCC
Social Awareness and Community Development:
Desired outcome: The student shall have an understanding about social service
and its need, about NGOs and shall participate in community action programmes
for betterment of the community.
• Basics of Social Service, Weaker Sections of Our Society and Their Needs
• Social/ Rural Development Project: MNREGA, SGSY, NSAP etc.
• Contribution of Youth towards Social Welfare
• Civic Responsibilities
• Causes & Prevention of HIV/AIDS; Role of Youth
2 Health and Hygiene
Desired outcome: The student shall be fully aware about personal health and
hygiene lead a healthy life style and foster habits of restraint and self awareness.
• Structure and Functioning of the Human Body
• Hygiene and Sanitation (Personal and Food Hygiene)
• Infectious & Contagious Diseases & Their Prevention
3 Drill with Arms
• Attention, Stand at Ease and Stand Easy
• Getting on Parade with Rifle and Dressing at the Order
• Dismissing and Falling Out
• Ground / Take Up Arms
• Present From the Order and Vice-versa
• General Salute, Salami Shastra
4 Weapon Training
Desired outcome: The student shall have basic knowledge of weapons and their
use and handling.
• Characteristics of a Rifle / Rifle Ammunition and its Fire Power
• Stripping, Assembling, Care and Cleaning and Sight Setting of .22 rifle
• Stripping, Assembling, Care and Cleaning of 7.62mm SLR
• Loading, Cocking and Unloading
• The lying position, Holding and Aiming- I
• Trigger control and firing a shot
• Range procedure and safety precautions
• Short range firing, Aiming- II -Alteration of sight

Army
air-force subjects
A. Map reading
• Introduction to types of Maps and Conventional signs
• Scales and Grid system
• Topographical forms and technical terms
• Relief, contours and Gradients
• Cardinal points and Types of North
• Types of bearings and use of Service Protractor
• Prismatic compass and its use and GPS
B. Field Craft and Battle Craft
• Introduction
• Judging distance
• Description of ground
• Recognition, Description and Indication of landmarks and targets
OR
Navy
A. `Naval Communication
• Introduction to Naval Modern Communication, Purpose and Principles
 Introduction of Naval communication
 Duties of various communication sub-departments
• Semaphore
 Introduction of position of letters and prosigns
 Reading of messages
 Transmission of messages
B. Seamanship
• Anchor work
 Parts of Anchor and Cable, their identification
• Rigging
 Types of ropes and breaking strength- stowing, maintenance and
securing of ropes
 Practical Bends and Hitches: Reef Knot, Half hitch, Clove Hitch, Rolling
Hitch, Timber Hitch, Bow Line, Round Turn and Two half hitch and Bow
line on the Bight and its basic elements and uses.
 Introduction to Shackles, Hooks, Blocks and Derricks, Coiling Down and
Splicing of rope
C. Boat work
• Parts of Boat and Parts of an Oar
• Instruction on boat Pulling- Pulling orders
• Steering of boat under oars, Practical instruction on Boat Pulling,
Precautions while pulling

OR
Air
A. Air frames
• Aircraft Controls
• Landing Gear
B. Instruments
• Basic Flight Instruments
C. Aircraft Particulars
• Aircraft Particulars (Type specific)
D. Aero modelling
• History of Aero modelling
• Materials used in Aero modelling
• Type of Aero models
• Flying/ Building of Aero models

5.Foundation Course in Physical Education - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Development of Fitness 10
2 Health, Fitness and Diseases 15
3 Yoga Education 10
4 Daily Schedule of Achieving Quality of Life and Wellness 10
Total 45

1 Development of Fitness
• Benefits of physical fitness and exercise and principles of physical fitness
• Calculation of fitness index level 1-4
• Waist-hip ratio Target Heart Rate, BMI and types and principles of exercise
(FITT)
• Methods of training – continues, Interval, circuit, Fartlek and Plyometric
2 Health, Fitness and Diseases
• Definition of obesity and its management
• Communicable diseases, their preventive and therapeutic aspectS
• Factors responsible for communicable diseases
• Preventive and therapeutic aspect of Communicable and non- communicable
diseases
3 Yoga Education
• Meaning and history of yoga
• Ashtang yoga and types of yoga
• Types of Suryanamaskar and Technique of Pranayam
• Benefits of Yoga
4 Daily Schedule of Achieving Quality of Life and Wellness
• Daily schedule based upon one’s attitude, gender, age &occupation.
• Basic – module: - Time split for rest, sleep, diet, activity & recreation.
• Principles to achieve quality of life:- positive attitude, daily regular exercise,
control over food habits & healthy hygienic practices.

Core Courses (CC)
6. Business Law -
Business Regulatory Framework - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. Modules No. of
Lectures
1 Law of Contract 1872 15
2 Sale of Goods Act 1930 15
3 Negotiable Instrument Act 1881 15
4 Consumer Protection Act 1986 15
Total 60

1 Law of Contract 1872
(a) Nature of Contract
(b) Classification of Contracts
(c) Offer and Acceptance
(d) Capacity of Parties to Contract
(e) Free Consents
(f) Consideration
(g) Legality of Object
(h) Agreement DeclaredVoid
(i) Performance of Contract
(j) Discharge of Contract
(k) Remedies for Breach of Contract
(l) Indemnity
(m) Guarantee
(n) Bailment and Pledge
(o) Agency
2 Sale of Goods Act 1930
(a) Formation of Contract of Sale
(b) Goods and their Classifications
(c) Price, Conditions and Warranties
(d) Transfer of Properties in Goods
(e) Performance of Contract of Sales
(f) Unpaid Seller and his Rights
(g) Sale by Auction
(h) Hire Purchase Agreement
3 Negotiable Instrument Act 1881
(a) Definition of Negotiable Instruments
(b) Features of Negotiable Instruments
(c) Promissory Note
(d) Bill of Exchange and Cheque
(e) Holder and Holder in due Course
(f) Crossing of a Cheque
(g) Types of Crossing
(h) Dishonour and Discharge of Negotiable Instruments
4 Consumer Protection Act 1986
(a) Salient Features
(b) Definition of Consumers
(c) Deficiency in Service
(d) Defects in Goods

Core Courses (CC)
7.Business Mathematics
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Ratio, Proportion and Percentage 15
2 Profit and Loss 15
3 Interest and Annuity 15
4 Shares and Mutual Fund 15
Total 60

1 Ratio, Proportion and Percentage
Ratio- Definition, Continued ratio, Inverse Ratio,
Proportion - Continued proportion, Direct proportion, Inverse proportion,
Variation - Inverse variation, Joint variation
Percentage- Meaning and computation of percentage
2 Profit and Loss
Terms and formulae, Trade discount, Cash discount, problems involving cost
price, selling price, trade discount, cash discount. Introduction to Commission and
brokerage – problems on commission and brokerage
3 Interest and Annuity
Simple interest, compound interest,
Equated monthly instalments, reducing balance and flat rate of interest
Annuity immediate- present value and future value
Stated annual rate and effective annual rate
4 Shares and Mutual Fund
Shares- Concept, face value, market value, dividend, Equity shares, preference
shares, bonus shares,
Mutual Fund- Simple problems on calculation of net income after considering
entry load, exit load, dividend, change in net asset value

Revised Syllabus of Courses of B.Com.(Accounting and Finance)
Reference Books
Reference Books
Financial Accounting - Elements of Financial Accounting - Paper I
• Introduction to Accountancy by T.S. Grewal, S. Chand and Company (P) Ltd., New Delhi
• Advance Accounts by Shukla and Grewal, S. Chand and Company (P) Ltd., New Delhi
• Advanced Accountancy by R.L Gupta and M. Radhaswamy, S. Chand and Company (P) Ltd., New Delhi
• Modern Accountancy by Mukherjee and Hanif, Tata Mc. Grow Hill and Co. Ltd., Mumbai
• Financial Accounting by LesileChandwichk, Pentice Hall of India Adin Bakley (P) Ltd., New Delhi
• Financial Accounting for Management by Dr. Dinesh Harsalekar, Multi-Tech. Publishing Co. Ltd.,
Mumbai
• Financial Accounting by P.C. Tulsian, Pearson Publications, New Delhi
• Accounting Principles by R.N. Anthony and J.S. Reece, Richard Irwin, Inc
• Financial Accounting by Monga, J.R. Ahuja, Girish Ahuja and Ashok Shehgal, Mayur Paper Back, Noida
• Compendium of Statement and Standard of Accounting, ICAI
• Indian Accounting Standards, Ashish Bhattacharya, Tata Mc. Grow Hill and Co. Ltd., Mumbai
• Financial Accounting by Williams, Tata Mc. Grow Hill and Co. Ltd., Mumbai
• Company Accounting Standards by ShrinivasanAnand, Taxman, New Delhi
• Financial Accounting by V. Rajasekaran, Pearson Publications, New Delhi
• Introduction to Financial Accounting by Horngren, Pearson Publications, New Delhi
• Financial Accounting by M. Mukherjee and M. Hanif, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
• Financial Accounting a Managerial Perspective, Varadraj B. Bapat, MehulRaithatha, Tata McGraw Hill
Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
Cost Accounting - Introduction and Element of Cost - Paper I
• Lectures on Costing by Swaminathan: S. Chand and Company (P) Ltd., New Delhi
• Cost Accounting by C.S. Rayudu, Tata Mc. Grow Hill and Co. Ltd., Mumbai
• Cost Accounting by JawaharLal and Seema Srivastava, Tata Mc. Grow Hill and Co. Ltd., Mumbai
• Cost Accounting by Ravi M. Kishore, Taxmann Ltd., New Delhi
• Principles and Practices of Cost Accounting by N.K. Prasad, Book Syndicate Pvt. Ltd., Calcutta
• Cost Accounting Theory and Practice by B.K. Bhar, Tata Mc. Grow Hill and Co. Ltd., Mumbai
• Cost Accounting Principles and Practice by M.N. Arora, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
• Advanced Cost and Management Accounting: Problems and Solutions by V.K. Saxena and C.D. Vashist,
S. Chand and Company (P) Ltd., New Delhi
• Cost Accounting by S.P. Jain and K.L. Narang, Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana
• Modern Cost and Management Accounting by M. Hanif, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi
Financial Management (Introduction to Financial Management) - Paper I
• Fundamentals of Financial Management by D. Chandra Bose, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
• Fundamentals of Financial Management by Bhabotosh Banerjee, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
• Fundamentals of Financial Management by Vyuptakesh Sharma, Pearson Education, New Delhi
• Fundamentals of Financial Management by J.C. Van Horne, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi
• Financial Management: Text and Problems by M.Y. Khan and P.K. Jain, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
• Financial Management: Theory and Practice by Prasanna Chandra, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
• Financial Management by I.M. Pandey, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi

Reference Books
Business Communication - I
• Agarwal, Anju D(1989) A Practical Handbook for Consumers, IBH.
• Alien, R.K.(1970) Organisational Management through Communication.
• Ashley,A(1992) A Handbook Of Commercial Correspondence, Oxford University Press.
• Aswalthapa, K (1991)Organisational Behaviour, Himalayan Publication, Mumbai.
• Atreya N and Guha (1994) Effective Credit Management, MMC School of Management, Mumbai.
• Bahl,J.C. and Nagamia,S.M. (1974) Modern Business Correspondence and Minute Writing.
• Balan,K.R. and Rayudu C.S. (1996) Effective Communication, Beacon New Delhi.
• Bangh, LSue, Fryar,Maridell and Thomas David A. (1998) How to Write First Class Business
Correspondence, N.T.C. Publishing Group USA.
• Banerjee, Bani P (2005) Foundation of Ethics in Mangement Excel Books 10.Businessworld Special
Collector’s Issue: Ethics and the Manager
• Barkar, Alan(1993) Making Meetings Work, Sterling Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
• Basu,C.R.(1998) Business Organisation and Management, T.M.H.New Delhi.
• Benjamin, James (1993) Business and Professional Communication Concepts and Practices, Harper
Collins College Publishers, New York.
• Bhargava and Bhargava91971) Company Notices, Meetings and Regulations
• Black, Sam (1972) Practical Public Relations, E.L.B.S. London.
• BoveeCourtland,L and Thrill, John V(1989) Business Communication, Today McGraw Hill, New York,
Taxman Publication.
• Burton, G and Thakur, (1995) Management Today- Principles and Practices. T.M.H.,New Delhi.
• Darrow, Richard, Forrstal, Dan and Coolman, Aubrey (1967) Public Relations Handbook, TheDartwell
Co., Chicago.
• Dayal, Ishwar(9810) Managing Large Organizations: A Comparative Study.
• Drucher,P.F.((1970) Technology, Management and Society, Pan Books London.
• Drucher,P.F.((1974)Management Responsibilities Practices, Heinemann, London. 22.Eyre, E.C. (1985)
Effective Communication Made Simple, Rupa and Co.Calcutta.
• Ecouse Barry, (1999), Competitive Communication: A Rhetoric for Modern Business, OUP.
• Fisher Dalmar, (1999), Communication in Organisation, Jaico Pub House, Mumbai, Delhi.
• Frailley, L.E. (1982) Handbook of Business Letters, Revised Edn. Prentice Hall Inc.
• French, Astrid (1993) Interpersonal Skills. Sterling Publishers, New delhi.
• 27 Fritzsche, David J (2005) Business Ethics: A Global and Managerial Perspective McGraw Hill
• Garlside, L.E. (1980) Modern Business Correspondence, McDonald and Evans Ltd. Plymouth.
• Ghanekar,A(1996) Communication Skills for Effective Management. Everest Publishing House, Pune.
• Graves, Harold F. (1965) Report Writing, Prentice Hall, New Jersey.
• Gupta, Anand Das (2010) Ethics, Business and Society: Managing Responsibly Response Books
32.Gupta, Dipankar (2006) Ethics Incorporated: Top Priority and Bottom Line Response Books
• Krevolin, Nathan (1983) Communication Systems and Procedures for Modern Office, Prentice Hall,
New Jersey.
• Lesikar, Raymond V and Petit, John D.(1994) Business Communication: Theory and Application ,
Richard D. Irwin Inc. Ilinois.
• Ludlow,Ron.(1995) The Essence of Effective Communication, Prentice , New Delhi.
• 36.M. Ashraf, Rizvi (2006) Effective Technical Communication Tata McGraw Hill
• Martson, John E. 1963) The Nature of Public Relations, McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
• Majumdar,P.K.(1992) Commentary on the Consumer protection Act, Prentice, New Delhi.
• McQuail, Denis (1975), Communication, Longman.
• Merrihue, William (1960) Managing by Communication, McGraw Hill, New York. 41.Mishra Rajiv K
(2006) Code of Conduct for Managers Rupa Company
• Monippalli, M.M. (1997),The Craft of Business Letter Writing, T.M.H. New Delhi.
• Montagu,A and Matson , Floyd(1979) The Human Connection, McGraw Hill,New York.

Reference Books
• Murphy, Herta and Hilde Brandt, Herbert W (1984) Effective Business Communication, McGraw Hill,
New York.
• Parry, John (1968) The Psychology of Human Communication.
• Parson, C.J. and Hughes (1970) Written Communication for Business Students, Great Britain.
• Peterson, Robert A and Ferrell, O.C (2005) Business Ethics: New Challenges for Business Schools and
Corporate Leaders Prentice Hall of India Pvt., Ltd
• Phillip, Louis V. (1975) Organisational Communication- The Effective Management, Columbus Grid Inc.
49.. Ross, Robert D. (1977) The Management of Public Relations, John Wiley and Sons, U.S.A.
• Sadri Sorab, Sinha Arun and Bonnerjee peter (1998) Business Ethics: Concepts and Cases Tata McGraw
Hill Public Company Limited
• Shekhar, R.C (1997) Ethical Choices in Business Response Books
• Stephenson, James (1988) Principles and Practice of Commercial Correspondence, Pilman and Sons
Ltd. London.
• 53.. Shurter, Robert L. (1971) Written Communication in Business, McGraw Hill, Tokyo
Foundation Course - I
• Social and Economic Problems in India, Naseem Azad, R Gupta Pub ( 2011)
• Indian Society and Culture, Vinita Padey, Rawat Pub (2016)
• Social Problems in India, Ram Ahuja, Rawat Pub (2014)
• Faces of Feminine in Ancient , medivial and Modern India, Mandakranta Bose Oxford University Press
• National Humana rights commission- disability Manual
• Rural, Urban Migration : Trends, challenges & Strategies, S Rajagopalan, ICFAI- 2012
• Regional Inequilities in India Bhat L S SSRD- New Delhi
• Urbanisation in India: Challenges, Opportunities & the way forward, I J Ahluwalia, Ravi Kanbur, P K
Mohanty, SAGE Pub ( 2014)
• The Constitution of India, P M Bakshi 2011
• The Problems of Linguistic States in India, Krishna Kodesia Sterling Pub
• Politics in India: structure, Process and Policy SubrataMitra, Rouutlege Pub
• Politics in India, Rajani Kothari, Orient Blackswan
• Problems of Communilism in india, Ravindra Kumar Mittal Pub
• Combating communalism in India: Key to National Integration, KawalKishor Bhardwaj, Mittal Pub
Foundation Course in NSS
• National Service Scheme Manual (Revised) 2006, Government of India, Ministry of Youth Affairs and
Sports, New Delhi.
• University of Mumbai National Service Scheme Manual 2009.
• Avhan Chancellor's Brigade - NSS Wing, Training camp on Disaster Preparedness Guidelines, March
2012
• RashtriyaSevaYojanaSankalpana - Prof.Dr.SankayChakane, Dr.Pramod\Pabrekar, Diamond
Publication, Pune
• National Service Scheme Manual for NSS District Coordinators, National Service Scheme Cell, Dept. of
Higher and Technical Education, Mantralaya,
• Annual report of National Service Scheme (NSS) published by Dept. of Higher and Technical Education,
Mantralaya,
• NSS Cell, Dept. of Higher and Technical Education, Mantralaya, UTKARSHA- Socio and cultural
guidelines
• Case material as a Training Aid for Field Workers, Gurmeet Hans.
• Social service opportunities in hospitals, Kapil K. Krishnan, TISS
• New Trends in NSS, Research papers published by University of Pune
• ANOOGUNJ Research Journal, published by NSS Unit C. K. Thakur college
• Training Manual for Field Work published by RGNIYD, Chreeperumbudur
• Prof.Ghatole R.N. Rural Social Science and Community Development.

Reference Books
• PurushottamSheth, Dr.Shailaja Mane, National Service Scheme
• Joint programme of National Service Scheme, University of Mumbai & DISHA - DEEPSHIKHA Projects,
Nair Hospital, 2011-12
• National Service Scheme in India: A Case study of Karnataka, M. B. Dishad, Trust Publications, 2001
• http://www.thebetterindia.com/140/national-service-scheme-nss/
• http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/national-service-scheme 19=http://nss.nic.in/adminstruct
• http://nss.nic.in/propexpan
• http://nss.nic. in
• http://socialworknss.org/about.html
Foundation Course in NCC
• Cadet’s Hand book – Common subject..all wings, BY DG NCC, New Delhi.
• Cadet’s Hand book – Specialised Subjects, Army, Navy, Air-force, BY DG NCC, New Delhi.
• NCC OTA Precise, BY DG NCC, New Delhi.
• “AVAN” Model of Disaster Mang.,VinayakDalvie, Proceedings of Int. Conf. on Urban Plan.
andEnvStrat& Challenges, Elphinstone College, Jan 2007.
• Humanistic Tradition of India,N.L.Gupta, Mohit Publication, New Delhi
• Social psychology, Baron & Byrne, Pearson Publication, 12th Edition self awareness know yourself /
insight (110) Group & Individuals (374) Group discussion
• Chanakya’s 7 Secrets of Leadership, Radhakrishanan Pillai and D.Shivnandhan, Jaico
• Social Psychology: Understanding Human Interaction, Baron, Robert A., (302/BAR/BYR),7th Edition
• Seven Habits of Highly Effective People., Covey , Stephen
• The Habit of Winning., Iyer , Prakash, Penguin , India ; 2011
• The Goal, Goldratt , Eliyahu, The Northriver press ; 1994
• Freedom Struggle, Chandra Bipin, National Book Trust 1972
• Freedom of Religion and The Indian Judiciary, Bachal V.M. , ShubhadaSaraswat, (362P)
• India 1996- A Reference Annual Govt. of India
• SahaSoneri Pane, Vinayak D. Savarkar
• Environmental Biology and Toxicology, P.D. Sharma., Rastogi Publication
• Environmental Science, S.C. Santra, New Central Book Agency
• National Cadet Corps (India), Lambert M. Surhone, Mariam T. Tennoe, Susan F. Henssonow, Betascript
Publishing, 2011
• National Cadet Corps, Youth in Action (Google eBook), National Cadet Corps (India), Lancer Publishers,
2003
• Youth in Step: History of the National Cadet Corps, V. Longer, Lancer international, 1983 Original from
the University of Michigan
• National Cadet Corps of India, Man Mohan Sharma, Vision Books, 1980 Original from the University of
Michigan
• The National Cadet Corps Act, 1948, as Modify Up to the 1st July 1963, India, Government of India
Press, 1963 (Military Law)
• Cadet Corps in India: Its Evolution and Impact, Satis Chandra Maikap, DarbariUdyog, 1979 Original
from the University of California
• National Cadet Corps: 100 Years of Distinction, National Cadet Corps (Singapore), NCC
• The NCC, Singapore, National Cadet Corps Council, National Cadet Corps Council
• Grooming Tomorrow’s Leaders: National Cadet Corps, 1917-2006, R.S. Chhettri, Lancer Publishers,
2006
• National Civil Defence Cadet Corps, Lambert M. Surhone, Mariam T. Tennoe, Susan F. Henssonow,
Betascript Publishing, 2011
• Discovery of India, Jawaharlal Nehru
• Health and Hygiene, Manoj. J.S., Agra University Publication
• Yoga for Healing, Venkateswaran P.S., Bombay:- Jaico Publishing House 1989

Reference Books
• Yoga Illustrated, New Delhi, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, 1995
• Yoga Practice, 1972, Shivnande Swami, Mumbai:- D.B. Taraporewala 1972
• Yoga of Patanjali-1979, Yardi M.R., Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute- 1974
• Sustainable Development (An Alternative Paradigm), Satpathy , N., Karnavati Publications ,
Ahmedabad
• Global Partners for Sustainable Development, Pachauri R.K & Srivastava L., Tata Energy Research
Institute, New Delhi ; 1994, 1998
• Ecology and the Politics of survival : Conflict over Natural Resources in India, Shiva , Vandana, Sage
Publications , California , 1991
Foundation Course in Physical Education
• LippianCott Williams and Wilkins 2006.
• American College of Sports Medicine, ACSM’s, Guidelines for Exercise Testing and Priscription. (2013)
Ninth Edition, LippianCott Williams and Wilkins.
• American College of Sports Medicine, ACSM’s Resource Manual for Guidelines for Exercise Testing and
Priscription. (2006) 5th Ed., LippianCott Williams and Wilkins, 2006.
• Beashel, P.,& Taylor, J. (1996). Advance Studies in Physical Education and Sports. U.K.: Thomas Nelson
and Sons Ltd.
• Bucher, C.A. (1995). Foundation of Physical Education (12th Ed.) USA : St. Louis,
• C.V. Mosloy.
• Colfter, G.R., Hamilton, K.E., Magill R.A.,& Hamilton B.J. (1986). Contemporary Physical Education.
USA :Wim C. Brown Publisher.
• Daryl S. (1994). Introduction to physical education, fitness and sports (2nd ed.). London: Mayfield
publishing company.
• Dheer, S.D.(1991). Introduction to Health Education. New Delhi : Friends Publication.
• Dr.A.K.Uppal&Dr. G. P. Gautam (2004). Physical education and Health. Delhi: Friends publisher.
• Dr.Gharote M. L; Teaching Methods for Yogic Practices. – 2nd Ed., KaivalyadhamSamiti, Lonavala-
2001.
• Dr.Gharote M. L; Guideline for Yogic Practices – 2nd Ed., The Lonavala Yoga Institute (India),
Lonavala- 2007
• Greenberg, Dintiman, Oakes. (2004). Physical Fitness & wellness.(3rd ed.) IL:Human kinetics.
• Halfield, F.C. (2001). Fitness : The Complete Guide. USA : International Sports Science Association.
• Jackson, A.L., Morrow, J.R. (2004). Physical activity for health & fitness. IL:Human kinetics.
• Kamlesh, M.L. (2002). Foundation of Physical Education. New Delhi : Metropolitan Book & Co. Ptd.
Ltd.
• Kansal, D.K. (2012). A Text book of Applied Measurement Evaluation and Sports Selection (3rd Ed.).
New Delhi : DVS Publication.
• Lock Hurt and others – Anatomy of the human body, Feber&Feber Oxford University, 1975
• Muller, J. P.(2000). Health, Exercise and Fitness. Delhi : Sports.
• Murgesh N. – Anatomy, Physiology and Health Education, Sathya, Chinnalapatti, 1990.
• NASPE. (2005). Physical Education for lifelong fitness. The physical Best teacher’s guide. IL:Human
Kinetics
• Nieman, D.C.(1986). Fitness and Sports Medicine : Health Related Approach London: Mayfield
Publishing Co.
• Nimbalkar. Sadashiv, Yoga for Health and Peace.- 6th Ed., Yoga VidyaNiketan, Mumbai., 2004.
• Pate R.R. &Hohn R.C. (1994). Health Fitness Through Physical Education. USA : Human Kinetics.
• Pandey ,&Gangopadhyay.(1995). Health Education for school children. New Delhi : Friends
Publication.
• Safrit, M. (1990). Introduction to Measurement in Physical Education and Exercise Science. St.
Louis,Toronto,Bastan : Times Mirror/Mosby College Publishing.
• Sharma, O.P. (1998). History of Physical Education. Delhi: Khel SahityaKendra.Werner. W.K., Hoeger.
(2007). Fitness and Wellness. (8th ed.). Wadsworth, Cengage Learning.

Reference Books
Commerce (Business Environment) - Paper I
• Business Environment Text and Cases by M.B. Shukla, Taxman Publications, New Delhi
• Global Economy and Business Environment by Francis Cherunilam, Himalaya Publication House,
Mumbai
• Business Environment: Text and Cases by Francis Cherunilam, Himalaya Publication House, Mumbai
• Indian Economy by Dutt and Sundaram, S. Chand and Company Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
• Essentials of Business Environment by K. Aswathappa, Himalaya Publication House, Mumbai
• Business Environment by Justin Paul, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
• Indian Economy by Misra and Puri, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai
• Entrepreneurial Development by S.S. Khanka, S. Chand and Company Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
• Dynamics of Entrepreneurship by Vasanta Desai, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai
• Entrepreneurship and Small Development Business Management by C.B. Gupta and S.S. Khanka,
Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi
• Entrepreneurship by David H. Holt, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
• Management of Small-Scale Industries by Vasant Desai, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai
• Business and Government by Francis Cherunilam, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai
• Corporate Governance in India by Jayati Sarkar and Subrata Sarkar, Sage Publications, New Delhi
• Corporate Governance: Principles, Policies and Practices by A.C. Fernando, Pearson Education India,
New Delhi
Business Economics - Paper I
• Samuelson &Nordhas.: Economics (Tata McGraw Hills, New Delhi, 2002)
• Pal Sumitra, Managerial Economics cases and concepts (Macmillan, New Delhi,2004)

Reference Books
Reference Books
Financial Accounting - Special Accounting Areas - Paper II
• Financial Accounting by LesileChandwichk, Pentice Hall of India Adin Bakley (P) Ltd., New Delhi
Mumbai
Auditing - Introduction and Planning - Paper I
• Contemporary Auditing by Kamal Gupta, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, New Delhi
• A Hand-Book of Practical Auditing by B.N. Tandon, S. Chand and Company, New Delhi
• Fundamentals of Auditing by Kamal Gupta and Ashok Arora, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
• Auditing: Principles and Practice by Ravinder Kumar, Virender Sharma, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi
• Auditing and Assurance for CA IPCC by Sanjib Kumar Basu, Pearson Education,New Delhi
• Contemporary Auditing by Kamal Gupta, McGrow Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
• Fundamentals of Auditing by Kamal Arora and Ashok Gupta, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
Taxation - Indirect Taxes - Paper I
• Indirect Taxes: Law and Practice by V.S. Datey, Taxmann, New Delhi
• Commentary on M.V.A.T. ACT, 2002 by M.S. Mathuria and DilipPhadke by Maharashtra Sales Tax Vat
News, Mumbai
• Indirect Taxes by V.S. Balchandra, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi
• Maharashtra Value Added Tax by Shah Shantilal, Snow White Publications Pvt. Ltd., Mumbai
Business Communication - Paper II

Reference Books
• Benjamin, James (1993) Business and Professional Communication Concepts and Practices, Harper Collins
College Publishers, New York.
Taxman Publication.
• Darrow, Richard, Forrstal, Dan and Coolman, Aubrey (1967) Public Relations Handbook, TheDartwell Co.,
Chicago.
• Gupta, Anand Das (2010) Ethics, Business and Society: Managing Responsibly Response Books 32.Gupta,
Dipankar (2006) Ethics Incorporated: Top Priority and Bottom Line Response Books
• Krevolin, Nathan (1983) Communication Systems and Procedures for Modern Office, Prentice Hall, New
Jersey.
• Lesikar, Raymond V and Petit, John D.(1994) Business Communication: Theory and Application , Richard D.
Irwin Inc. Ilinois.
• Merrihue, William (1960) Managing by Communication, McGraw Hill, New York. 41.Mishra Rajiv K (2006)
Code of Conduct for Managers Rupa Company
• Murphy, Herta and Hilde Brandt, Herbert W (1984) Effective Business Communication, McGraw Hill, New
York.
• Phillip, Louis V. (1975) Organisational Communication- The Effective Management, Columbus Grid Inc. 49..
Ross, Robert D. (1977) The Management of Public Relations, John Wiley and Sons, U.S.A.
• Sadri Sorab, Sinha Arun and Bonnerjee peter (1998) Business Ethics: Concepts and Cases Tata McGraw Hill
Public Company Limited
• Stephenson, James (1988) Principles and Practice of Commercial Correspondence, Pilman and Sons Ltd.
London.

Reference Books
Foundation Course - II
• A decade of economic reforms in India (The past, the present, the future)-Edited by Raj Kapila and
Uma Kapila, Academic Foundation (2002)
• Impact of the policies of WTO on Indian agriculture - S. Nehru, Serial Pub. (2012)
• Privatisation of public enterprises – Emerging dimensions – Edited by G.S. Batra, NarinderKaur , Anmol
Pub. (1995)
• Economics of development – Dwight Perkins, Steven Radelet, David Lindauer, Norton company (2006)
• Industrial Policy and economic development in India (1947 -2012) – AnupChatterjeeNew Century Pub.
(2012)
• Globalisation and development of backward areas – Edited by G. Satyanarayana New Century Pub.
(2007)
• Contemporary issues in globalisation – An introduction to theory and policy in India SoumyenSikder ,
Oxford University Press (2002)
• Environmental Studies – Dr. Vijay Kumar Tiwari , Himalayan Pub. (2010)
• Ecology and environment – Benu Singh, Vista International Pub. (2006)
• Universal Human Rights : In theory and practice, Jack Donnelly, (2014)
• Stress Management – Dr. N. Tejmani Singh ,Maxford books (2011)
• Stress blasters – Brian Chchester, Perry Garfinkel and others , Rodale Press (1997)
Sports, New Delhi.
2012
Publication, Pune
Mantralaya,
guidelines

Reference Books
Publishing, 2011
2003
Michigan
2006
Ahmedabad

Reference Books
and Sons Ltd.
• C.V. Mosloy.
publishing company.
2001.
Lonavala- 2007
Ltd.
Kinetics
Publishing Co.
Publication.
Business Law - Business Regulatory Framework - Paper I
• Indian Contract Act, Sales of Goods Act and Partnership Act by T.R. Desai, Sarkar and Sons Pvt. Ltd.,
Kolkata
• The Negotiable Instrument Act by J.S. Khergamwala, N.M. TripathiPvt. L.td., Mumbai
• The Principles of Mercantile Law by Avtar Singh, Eastern Book Company, Lucknow
• Business Law by M.C. Kuchal, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi
• Business Law by N.D. Kapoor, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi
• Business Law by P.R. Chandha, Galotia, Dew Delhi

Reference Books
Business Mathematics
• Mathematical Statistics by J.K. Goyal and J.N. Sharma, Krishna Prakashan Ltd., Meerut
• Business Mathematics and Statistics by R.K. Ghosh and S. Saha, New Central Agency Pvt. Ltd. Calcutta
• Commerce Mathematics by Om P. Chug, etc., Anmol Publication Ltd., New Delhi
• Mathematics for Economics and Business by J. Soper, Blackwell Publishing, U.S.A.
• Business Mathematics & Statistics: B Aggarwal, Ane Book Pvt. Limited
• Business Mathematics: D C Sancheti& V K Kapoor, Sultan Chand & Sons
• Business Mathematics: A P Verma, Asian Books Pvt. :Limited.
• Investments By J.C. Francis & R.W. Taylor, Schaum’s Outlines, Tata Mc‐Graw Hill Edition 2000,
Chapters 2,4& section 25.1.
• Indian Mutual Funds Handbook : By SundarShankaran, Vision Books, 2006, Sections 1.7,1.8.1,6.5 &
Annexures 1.1to 1.3.
• Mathematics for Economics and Finance Methods and Modelling by Martin Anthony and Norman
Biggs, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge low‐priced edition, 2000, Chapters 1, 2, 4, 6 to 9 & 10.
• Applied Calculus: By Stephen Waner and Steven Constenoble, Brooks/Cole Thomson Learning, second
edition, Chapter 1 to 5.
• Business Mathematics By D. C. Sancheti and V. K. Kapoor, Sultan Chand & Sons, 2006, Chapter 1, 5, 7,
9 &10.
• Mathematics for Business Economics: By J. D. Gupta, P. K. Gupta and Man Mohan, Tata Mc‐ Graw Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., 1987, Chapters 9 to 11 & 16.

Programme at Semester I and II
Scheme of Evaluation
The performance of the learners will be evaluated in two Components. One component will
be the Semester-wise End Examination component carrying 75% marks. The allocation of
marks for the Internal Assessment and Semester End Examinations will be as shown below:-
A) Internal Assessment: 25 %

(Internal Assessment- Courses without Practical Courses)
Sr. No. Particular Marks
1 One class test (20 Marks)
Match the Column/ Fill in the Blanks/ Multiple Choice Questions 05 Marks
(½ Mark each)
Answer in One or Two Lines (Concept based Questions) 05 Marks
(01 Mark each)
Answer in Brief (Attempt Any Two of the Three) 10 Marks
(05 Marks each)
2 Active participation in routine class instructional deliveries and 05 Marks
overall conduct as a responsible learner, mannerism and
articulation and exhibit of leadership qualities in organizing
related academic activities

(Internal Assessment- Courses with Practical Courses)
1 Semester End Practical Examination (20 Marks)
Journal 05 Marks
Viva 05 Marks
Laboratory Work 10 Marks

related academic activities articulation and exhibit of leadership
qualities in organizing related academic activities

B) Semester End Examination: 75 %
i) Duration: The examination shall be of 2 ½ Hours duration
ii) Theory question paper pattern
• There shall be five questions each of 15 marks.
• All questions shall be compulsory with internal choice within the questions.
• Question may be subdivided into sub-questions a, b, c… and the allocation of
marks depends on the weightage of the topic.
(Detail question paper pattern has been given separately)
Passing Standard
The learners to pass a course shall have to obtain a minimum of 40% marks in aggregate for
each course where the course consists of Internal Assessment and Semester End
Examination. The learners shall obtain minimum of 40% marks (i.e. 10 out of 25) in the
Internal Assessment and 40% marks in Semester End Examination (i.e. 30 Out of 75)
separately, to pass the course and minimum of Grade E to pass a particular semester A
learner will be said to have passed the course if the learner passes the Internal Assessment
and Semester End Examination together.

(Practical Courses)
Maximum Marks: 75
Duration: 2 ½ Hrs.

No

blanks)

OR

OR

OR

OR
To be asked 05
To be answered 03
Note:
Practical question of 15 marks may be divided into two sub questions of 7/8 and 10/5
Marks. If the topic demands, instead of practical questions, appropriate theory question
may be asked.

Maximum Marks: 75
Duration: 2 ½ Hrs.

No

blanks)

OR

OR

OR

OR
To be asked 05
To be answered 03
Note:
Theory question of 15 marks may be divided into two sub questions of 7/8 and 10/5 Marks.

Revised Syllabus
and
of Courses of
B.Com. (Accounting and Finance)
Programme
Second Year
Semester III and IV

Semester System
Board of Studies-in-Accountancy, University of Mumbai 1|Page

B.Com. (Accounting and Finance) Programme
Course Structure
S.Y.B.Com. (Accounting and Finance)
No. of No. of
Courses Courses
2A 2A
Accountancy - I Accountancy - II
6 Business Law (Business 03 6 Business Law (Company Law) - 03
Regulatory Framework) - II III
7 Business Economics - II 03 7 Research Methodology in 03
Accounting and Finance
for Semester III (Any One) for Semester IV (Any One)
1 Foundation Course in Commerce (Financial 1 Foundation Course in Management
Market Operations) - III (Introduction to Management) - IV
2 Foundation Course- Contemporary Issues- III 2 Foundation Course- Contemporary Issues- IV
3 Foundation Course in NSS - III 3 Foundation Course in NSS – IV
4 Foundation Course in NCC - III 4 Foundation Course in NCC – IV
5 Foundation Course in Physical Education - III 5 Foundation Course in Physical Education -IV

1 Financial Accounting (Special Accounting 1 Financial Accounting (Special Accounting
Areas) - III Areas) - IV
2 Cost Accounting (Methods of Costing) - II 2 Management Accounting (Introduction to
Management Accounting)
3 Auditing (Techniques of Auditing and Audit 3 Auditing - III
Procedures) - II
4 Taxation - II (Direct Taxes Paper- I) 4 Taxation - III (Direct Taxes- II)
5 Principles & Practices of Banking 5 Wealth Management

Course Structure
Semester III
No. of
Courses
1
*Any three courses from the following list of the courses
1 Financial Accounting (Special Accounting Areas) - III 03
2 Cost Accounting (Methods of Costing) - II 03
3 Auditing (Techniques of Auditing and Audit 03
Procedures) - II
4 Taxation - II (Direct Taxes Paper- I) 03
5 Principles & Practices of Banking 03

4 Information Technology in Accountancy - I 03

3 Core Courses (CC)

6 Business Law ( Business Regulatory Framework) II 03
7 Business Economics II 03
Total Credits 20

for Semester III (Any One)
1 Foundation Course in Commerce (Financial Market Operations) - III
2 Foundation Course- Contemporary Issues- III
3 Foundation Course in NSS - III
4 Foundation Course in NCC - III
5 Foundation Course in Physical Education - III

Programme at Semester III
1. Elective Courses (EC)
Financial Accounting (Special Accounting Areas) - III
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
Partnership Final Accounts based on Adjustment of
1 Admission or Retirement / Death of a Partner during the 15
Year
2 Piecemeal Distribution of Cash 10
3 Amalgamation of Firms 15
4 Conversion / Sale of a Partnership Firm into a Ltd. Company 10
Total 60

Partnership Final Accounts based on Adjustment of Admission or Retirement
1
/ Death of a Partner during the Year
Simple final accounts questions to demonstrate the effect on final
Accounts when a partner is admitted during the year or when partner
Retires / dies during the year
Allocation of gross profit prior to and after admission / retirement / death
when stock on the date of admission / retirement is not given and apportionment
of other expenses based on time / Sales/other given basis
Ascertainment of gross profit prior to and after admission/retirement / death
when stock on the date of admission / retirement is given and
apportionment of other expenses based on time / Sales / other given basis
Excluding Questions where admission / retirement / death takes place in the
same year
2 Piecemeal Distribution of Cash
Excess Capital Method only
Asset taken over by a partner
Treatment of past profits or past losses in the Balance sheet
Contingent liabilities / Realization expenses/amount kept aside for expenses
and adjustment of actual
Treatment of secured liabilities
Treatment of preferential liabilities like Govt. dues / labour dues etc
Excluding: Insolvency of partner and Maximum Loss Method
3 Amalgamation of Firms
Realization method only
Calculation of purchase consideration
Journal/ledger accounts of old firms
Preparing Balance sheet of new firm
Adjustment of goodwill in the new firm
Realignment of capitals in the new firm by current accounts / cash or a
combination thereof
Excluding : Common transactions between the amalgamating firms
4 Conversion / Sale of a Partnership Firm into a Ltd. Company
Realisation method only
Calculation of New Purchase consideration, Journal / Ledger Accounts of old
firms.
Preparing Balance sheet of new company
In relation to purchase and sale of goods, services and assets and loan and credit
transactions.
Computation and treatment of exchange rate differences
Note: Relevant Law/Statute/Rules in force and relevant Accounting Standards in force on 1st April
immediately preceding commencement of Academic Year is applicable for ensuring examination
after relevant year.

Cost Accounting (Methods of Costing) – II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Classification of Costs And Cost Sheets 20
2 Reconciliation of Cost and Financial Accounts 10
3 Contract Costing 15
Total 60

1 Classification of Costs and Cost Sheet
Classification of costs, Cost of Sales, Cost Centre, Cost Unit, Profit Centre and
Investment Centre
Cost Sheet, Total Costs and Unit Costs, Different Costs for different purpose
Problems on preparation of cost sheet & Estimated Cost sheet
2 Reconciliation of cost and financial accounts
Practical problems based on reconciliation of cost and Financial accounts
3 Contract Costing
Progress payments, Retention money, Contract accounts, Accounting for material,
Accounting for Tax deducted at source by the contractee, Accounting for plant
used in a contract, treatment of profit on incomplete contracts, Contract profit
and Balance sheet entries. Escalation clause, practical problems
4 Process Costing
Process loss, Abnormal gains and losses, Joint products and by products.
Excluding Equivalent units, Inter-process profit
Practical problems Process Costing and joint and by products

Auditing (Techniques of Auditing and Audit

Procedures) - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Vouching 15
2 Verification 15
3 Auditing Standards 15
4 Audit of Companies 15
Total 60

1 Vouching
1.1 Audit of Income :
Revenue from Sales and Services, Rental Income, Interest & Dividends Income,
Royalties Income, Recovery of Bad debts written off, Commission Received
1.2 Audit of Expenditure :
Purchases, Salaries & Wages, Rent, Insurance Premium, Telephone expense ,
Petty cash payment, Advertisement, Travelling Salesmen’s Commission, Freight
Carriage and Custom Duties
2 Verification
2.1 Audit of assets :
Plant & Machinery, Furniture and fixtures, Accounts Receivable, Investments,
Inventory, Goodwill, Patent Rights
2.2 Audit of Liabilities:
Outstanding Expenses, Accounts Payable, Secured loans, Unsecured Loans,
Contingent Liabilities, Public Deposits
3 Auditing Standards
3.1 Meaning
Procedure of issuing Auditing Standards in India
Brief overview of Auditing Standards in India
Scope of SAs
Significance of the Auditing Standards
Responsibility of auditor for auditing standards
3.2 Understanding of following standards
SA 200. SA210, SA230, SA240, SA 250, SA300,SA315, SA320, SA505.
4 Audit of Companies
Qualifications, Disqualifications, Appointments, Reappointment, Removal of
auditors.
Special auditors
Branch auditors
Rights and duties of company auditors
Note: Relevant Law/Statute/Rules in force and relevant Standards in force on 1st April
immediately preceding commencement of Academic Year is applicable for ensuring
examination after relevant year.

Taxation - II (Direct Taxes Paper- I)
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
Definitions u/s – 2 , Basis of Charge and Exclusions
1 15
from Total Income
3 Deductions under Chapter VI – A 15
4 Computation of Total Income 15
Total 60
Board of Studies-in-Accountancy, University of Mumbai 10 | P a g e

1 Definitions u/s – 2 , Basis of Charge and Exclusions from Total Income
Definitions u/s – 2 :
Section 2 –Assessee, Assessment Year, Assessment, Annual value, Business,
Capital asset, Income, Person, Previous Year, Transfer
Basis of Charge :
Section 3 – 9 – Previous Year, Residential Status, Scope Of Total Income, Deemed
Income
Exclusions from Total Income:
Section 10 – restricted to, Agricultural Income, Sums Received From HUF By
Member, Share of Profit from Firm, Casual & Non – Recurring Receipts,
Scholarships, Income of Minor Child, Allowance to Members of Parliament and
Legislative Assembly.
Note -Exemptions related to specific Heads of Income to be covered with
Relevant Provisions.
2 Heads of Income
Various Heads of Income
Salary Income:
Section 15 – 17, Including Section 10 relating to
House Rent Allowance, Travel Concession, Special Allowance, Gratuity, Pension –
Commutation, Leave Encashment, Compensation, Voluntary Retirement,
Payment from Provident Fund
Income From House Property :
Section 22 – 27, Including Section 2 – Annual Value
Profits & Gains From Business & Profession :
Vocation Section 28-32, 36, 37, 40, 40A, 43B, 44AD, 44ADA & 44AE
including.: Section 2 – Business
Capital Gains :
Section 45, 48, 49, 50, 54 and 55
Income from Other Sources:
Section 56 – 59
3 Deductions under Chapter VI – A
80 A- Restriction on claim in Chapter VI- A deductions
80 C – Payment of LIC/PF and other eligible investments
80CCC – Contribution to certain Pension Fund
80D – Medical Insurance Premium
80 DD- Maintenance and medical treatment of handicapped dependent
80E – Interest on Educational Loan
80 TTA- Interest on Saving Bank account
80U – Deduction in the case of totally blind or physically handicapped or
mentally retarded resident person
4 Computation of Total Income
Computation of Total Income of Individual and HUF with respect to above heads
and deductions

Principles & Practices of Banking
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
2 Functions of Banks and related issues 20
3 Banking Technology 15
4 Marketing & Services of Banking 10
Total 60

Indian Financial system – An overview
Banking Regulations
Introduction to Retail Banking, wholesale banking and International banking
Role of money market Debt market, capital market, Forex market & SEBI
Mutual funds & Insurance companies & IRDA
Factoring, Forfaiting services and off Balance sheet items
Risk Management, Introduction of Basel norms
CIBIL, Fair Practices code for Debt collection
2 Functions of Banks and related issues
Banker Customer relationship
KYC/AML/CFT norms
Bankers special relationship
Consumer protection – COPRA, Banking Ombudsman Scheme
Payment and collection of cheque and other negotiable instrument
Opening Accounts of various types of customers
Ancillary services
Cash Operations
Principles of lending, working capital assessment and credit monitoring
Priority sector advances
Agricultural finance
Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises – MSMED Act, Policy package
Government Sponsored schemes –SGSY; SJSRY;PMRY;SLRS
Self Help Groups
Credit cards, Home loans, Personal Loans & Consumer loans
Documentation
Different types of charging securities
Types of collaterals & their characteristics
Non – Performing Assets
Financial inclusion
3 Banking Technology
Payments system & Electronic Banking
Data communication and EFT Systems
Role of Technology & its impact on Banks
4 Marketing & Services of Banking
Marketing, Social Marketing
Consumer behaviour and Product
Pricing, distribution and channel management

2A. Ability Enhancement Courses (AEC)
Information Technology in Accountancy - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Computers 10
2 Office Productivity Tools 20
3 Web 10
4 Introduction to Internet and other emerging technologies 10
5 Electronic Commerce 10
Total 60

1 Introduction to Computers
History of Computers
Parts of Computers
Hardwares: Specifications and Data Storage Management
Softwares: Concept of System Software and Applications
Networking: Introduction and types of network topologies
2 Office Productivity Tools
MS Word: Creating, Editing, Formatting and Printing of Documents, Using
Tools, Mailmerge and Print Review and Set-up
MS Excel: Creating Worksheet, Creating Various Formulae, Creating Charts,
Rename and Copy of Worksheets, Using Tools, Printing Review and Set-up
Power Point: Create Project Report, Create Slides, Animation, Page Designing,
Insert Image, View Page, Print Review and Set-up.
Use of Tools In Accounting :– Preparation of vouchers, invoices and reports,
Calculation of Interest, Depreciation,TDS, Salary, Taxes, inventory and
reconciliation
3 Web
Use of Various Web Browser
Information Searching Tools
Downloading
Create New email ID
Sending Data through email
Search engine optimisation
4 Introduction to Internet and other emerging technologies
Introduction – Internet components – electronic commerce – e-commerce
applications – Electronic Data Exchange – Extranet – Payment systems – Risks and
security considerations – Legal issues – Other emerging technologies
5 Electronic Commerce
Meaning, Advantages and Limitations of E Commerce, The role of Strategy in E
Commerce, Value chains in E Commerce, Infrastructure for Electronic Commerce
Web Based Tools for Electronic Commerce, Electronic Commerce software,
Security Threats to electronic Commerce , Implementing Security for Electronic
Commerce, Electronic Payment Systems, Strategies for Marketing, Sales &
Promotion Strategies for Purchasing Logistics & Support Activities, Electronic
Markets & Communities, Business Plans for Implementing Electronic Commerce.

2B. Skill Enhancement Courses (SEC)
Foundation Course in Commerce

(Financial Market Operations) - III
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 An Overview of the Financial System 05
2 Financial Markets 15
3 Financial Instruments 10
Total 45

1 An Overview of the Financial System
Saving and Investment Money,
Inflation and Interest
Banking and Non Banking Financial Intermediaries
2 Financial Markets
Financial Markets: Introduction and meaning, Government Economic Philosophy
and Financial Market, Structure of Financial Market in India
Capital Market: Introduction and meaning, Concept, Role, Importance, Evolution
in India, Primary Market System and Regulations in India, Secondary Market
System
Bond Market in India
Debt Market in India
3 Financial Instruments
Meaning and types of Financial Instruments
Characteristics of Financial Instruments: Liquidity, Maturity, Safety and Yield
REPO, TBs, Equities, Bonds, Derivatives, others
4 Financial Services
Merchant Banking : Managing of Public Equity / Debenture Issues Mobilizing Fixed
Deposits, Arranging Inter-corporate Loans,
Raising term Finance and Loan Syndication.
Other Financial Services: Consumer Finance, Credit Cards, Mutual Funds and
Commercial Paper

Foundation Course- Contemporary Issues- III
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Human Rights Provisions, Violations and Redressal 12
2 Dealing With Environmental Concerns 11
3 Science and Technology I 11
4 Soft Skills for Effective Interpersonal Communication 11
Total 45

1 Human Rights Violations and Redressal
A. Scheduled Castes- Constitutional and legal rights, Forms of violations,
Redressal mechanisms. (2 Lectures)
B. Scheduled tribes- Constitutional and legal rights, Forms of violations,
C. Women- Constitutional and legal rights, Forms of violations, Redressal
mechanisms. (2 Lectures)
D. Children- Constitutional and legal rights, Forms of violations, Redressal
mechanisms. (2 Lectures)
E. People with Disabilities, Minorities, and the Elderly population- Constitutional
and legal rights, Forms of violations, Redressal mechanisms. (4 Lectures)
2 Dealing With Environmental Concerns
A. Concept of Disaster and general effects of Disasters on human life- physical,
psychological, economic and social effects. (3 Lectures)
B. Some locally relevant case studies of environmental disasters. (2 Lectures)
C. Dealing with Disasters - Factors to be considered in Prevention, Mitigation
(Relief and Rehabilitation) and disaster Preparedness. (3 Lectures)
D. Human Rights issues in addressing disasters- issues related to compensation,
equitable and fair distribution of relief and humanitarian approach to
resettlement and rehabilitation. (3 Lectures)
3 Science and Technology – I
A. Development of Science- the ancient cultures, the Classical era, the Middle
Ages, the Renaissance, the Age of Reason and Enlightenment. (3 Lectures)
B. Nature of science- its principles and characteristics; Science as empirical,
practical, theoretical, validated knowledge. (2 Lectures)
C. Science and Superstition- the role of science in exploding myths, blind beliefs
and prejudices; Science and scientific temper- scientific temper as a
fundamental duty of the Indian citizen. (3 Lectures)
D. Science in everyday life- technology, its meaning and role in development;
Interrelation and distinction between science and technology. (3 Lectures)
4 Soft Skills for Effective Interpersonal Communication
Part A (4 Lectures)
I) Effective Listening - Importance and Features.
II) Verbal and Non-Verbal Communication; Public-Speaking and Presentation
Skills.
III) Barriers to Effective Communication; Importance of Self-Awareness and Body
Language.
Part B (4 Lectures)
I) Formal and Informal Communication - Purpose and Types.
II) Writing Formal Applications, Statement of Purpose (SOP) and Resume.
III) Preparing for Group Discussions, Interviews and Presentations.
Part C (3 Lectures)
I) Leadership Skills and Self-Improvement - Characteristics of Effective
Leadership.
II) Styles of Leadership and Team-Building.

References
1. Asthana, D. K., and Asthana, Meera, Environmental Problems and Solutions, S.

Chand, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Bajpai, Asha, Child Rights in India, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2010.
3. Bhatnagar Mamta and Bhatnagar Nitin, Effective Communication and Soft Skills,
Pearson India, New Delhi, 2011.
4. G Subba Rao, Writing Skills for Civil Services Examination, Access Publishing, New
Delhi, 2014
5. Kaushal, Rachana, Women and Human Rights in India, Kaveri Books, New Delhi,
2000.
6. Mohapatra, Gaur Krishna Das, Environmental Ecology, Vikas, Noida, 2008.
7. Motilal, Shashi, and Nanda, Bijoy Lakshmi, Human Rights: Gender and Environment,
Allied Publishers, New Delhi, 2007.
8. Murthy, D. B. N., Disaster Management: Text and Case Studies, Deep and Deep
Publications, New Delhi, 2013.
9. Parsuraman, S., and Unnikrishnan, ed., India Disasters Report II, Oxford, New Delhi,
2013
10. Reza, B. K., Disaster Management, Global Publications, New Delhi, 2010.
11. Sathe, Satyaranjan P., Judicial Activism in India, Oxford University Press, New Delhi,
2003.
12. Singh, Ashok Kumar, Science and Technology for Civil Service Examination, Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2012.
13. Thorpe, Edgar, General Studies Paper I Volume V, Pearson, New Delhi, 2017.

Projects / Assignments (for Internal Assessment)
i. Projects/Assignments should be drawn for the component on Internal Assessment
from the topics in Module 1 to Module 4.
ii. Students should be given a list of possible topics - at least 3 from each Module at the
beginning of the semester.
iii. The Project/Assignment can take the form of Street-Plays / Power-Point Presentations
/ Poster Exhibitions and similar other modes of presentation appropriate to the topic.
iv. Students can work in groups of not more than 8 per topic.
v. Students must submit a hard / soft copy of the Project / Assignment before appearing
for the semester end examination.
QUESTION PAPER PATTERN (Semester III)
The Question Paper Pattern for Semester End Examination shall be as follows:
TOTAL MARKS: 75 DURATION: 150 MINUTES
QUESTION
DESCRIPTION MARKS ASSIGNED
NUMBER
1 i. Question 1 A will be asked on the meaning / a) Total marks: 15
definition of concepts / terms from all b) For 1 A, there
Modules. will be 3 marks
for each sub-
ii. Question 1 B will be asked on the topic of the question.
Project / Assignment done by the student c) For 1 B there will
during the Semester be 15 marks
without any
iii. In all 8 Questions will be asked out of which 5 break-up.
have to be attempted.
2 Descriptive Question with internal option (A or B) 15
on Module 1

on Module 2

on Module 3

on Module 4

Foundation Course in NSS - III
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Value System & Gender sensitivity 12
2 Disaster preparedness & Disaster management 10
3 Health, hygiene & Diseases 13
4 Environment & Energy conservation 10
Total 45

1 Value System & Gender sensitivity
UNIT - I – Value System
Meaning of value, Types of values- human values and social responsibilities-
Indian value system- the concepts and its features
UNIT - II - Gender sensitivity and woman empowerment
Concept of gender- causes behind gender related problems- measures
Meaning of woman empowerment- schemes for woman empowerment in India
2 Disaster preparedness & Disaster management
UNIT - I - Basics of Disaster preparedness
Disaster- its meaning and types
Disaster preparedness- its meaning and methods
UNIT - II - Disaster management
Disaster management- concept- disaster cycle - role of technology in disaster
response- role of as first responder – the study of ‘Avhan’ Model
3 Health, hygiene & Diseases
UNIT - I - Health and hygiene
Concept of complete health and maintenance of hygiene
UNIT - II - Diseases and disorders- preventive campaigning
Diseases and disorders- preventive campaigning in Malaria, Tuberculosis, Dengue,
Cancer, HIV/AIDS, Diabetes
4 Environment & Energy conservation
UNIT - I Environment and Environment enrichment program
Environment- meaning, features , issues, conservation of natural resources and
sustainability in environment
UNIT - II Energy and Energy conservation program
Energy- the concept, features- conventional and non- conventional energy
Energy conservation- the meaning and importance

Foundation Course in NCC - III
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 National Integration & Awareness 10

Adventure Training and Environment Awareness and
3 05
Conservation
5 Specialized subject (ARMY) 10
Total 45

1 National Integration & Awareness
The students shall enrich themselves about the history of our beloved country and
will look forward for the solutions based on strengths to the challenges to the
country for its development.
 Freedom Struggle and nationalist movement in India.
 National interests, Objectives, Threats and Opportunities.
 Problems/ Challenges of National Integration.
 Unity in Diversity
2 Drill: Foot Drill
 Side pace, pace forward and to the rear
 Turning on the march and whiling
 Saluting on the march
 Marking time, forward march and halt in quick time
 Changing step
 Formation of squad and squad drill
3A Adventure Training
sense of adventure, sportsmanship, espirit-d-corp and develop confidence,
courage, determination, diligence and quest for excellence.
 Any Two such as – Obstacle course, Slithering, Trekking, Cycling, Rock Climbing,
Para Sailing, Sailing, Scuba Diving etc.
3B Environment Awareness and Conservation
Desired outcome: The student will be made aware of the modern techniques of
waste management and pollution control.
 Waste management
 Pollution control, water, Air, Noise and Soil
Desired outcome: The student will inculcate officer like qualities with desired
ability to take right decisions.
 Time management
 Effect of Leadership with historical examples
 Interview Skills
 Conflict Motives- Resolution

Army
Desired outcome: It will acquaint, expose & provide knowledge about Army/
Navy/ Air force and to acquire information about expanse of Armed Forces
,service subjects and important battles
A. Armed Force
 Task and Role of Fighting Arms
 Modes of Entry to Army
 Honors and Awards
 Characteristics of 5.56mm INSAS Rifle, Ammunition, Fire power, Stripping,
 Organization of Infantry Battalion.
C. Military history
 Study of battles of Indo-Pak War 1965,1971 and Kargil
 War Movies
D. Communication
 Characteristics of Walkie-Talkies
 Basic RT Procedure
 Latest trends and Development (Multi Media, Video Conferencing, IT)
OR
Navy
 Organization of Ship- Introduction on Onboard Organization
 Naval Customs and Traditions
 Mode of Entry into Indian Navy
 Branches of the Navy and their functions
 Naval Campaign (Battle of Atlantic, Pearl Harbour, Falkland War/Fleet
Review/ PFR/ IFR)s
 Types of Models
 Introduction of Ship Model- Competition Types of Model Prepare in NSC
and RDC
 Care and handling of power-tools used- maintenance and purpose of tools

 Role of Indian Coast Guard related to SAR
D. Swimming
 Floating and Breathing Techniques- Precautions while Swimming
OR
AIR
 Organization Of Air Force
 Branches of the IAF.
 Venturi Effect
 Aerofoil
 Forces on an Aircraft
 Lift and Drag
C. Airmanship
 ATC/RT Procedures
 Aviation Medicine
D. Aero- Engines
 Types of Engines
 Piston Engines
 Jet Engines
 Turboprop Engines

Foundation Course in Physical Education - III
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Overview of Nutrition 10
2 Evaluation of Health, Fitness and Wellness 10
3 Prevention and Care of Exercise Injuries 10
4 Sports Training 15
Total 45

1 Overview of Nutrition
 Introduction to nutrition & its principles
 Role of Nutrition in promotion of health
 Dietary Guidelines for Good Health
 Regulation of water in body and factors influencing body temperature.
2 Evaluation of Health, Fitness and Wellness
 Meaning & Concept of holistic health
 Evaluating Personal health-basic parameters
 Evaluating Fitness Activities – Walking & Jogging
 Myths & mis-conceptions of Personal fitness
3 Prevention and Care of Exercise Injuries
 Types of Exercise Injuries
 First Aid- Importance & application in Exercise Injuries
 Management of Soft tissues injuries
 Management of bone injuries
4 Sports Training
 Definition, aims & objectives of Sports training
 Importance of Sports training
 Principles of Sports training
 Drug abuse & its effects

3. Core Courses (CC)
Business Law (Business Regulatory Framework) - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 The Indian Partnership Act - 1932 30
2 Limited Liability Partnership Act - 2008 10
3 Factories Act - 1948 20
Total 60

1 The Indian Partnership Act - 1932
a) Concept of Partnership
- Partnership and Company
- Test for determination of existence for partnership
- Kinds of partnership
b) Registration and effects of non-registration of Partnership
c) Rights and Duties of Partners
d) Authority and Liability of partners
e) Admission, Retirement and Expulsion of Partner
f) Dissolution of Partnership
2 Limited Liability Partnership Act – 2008
a)Nature of Limited Liability Partnership
b)Incorporation of Limited Liability Partnership
c)Extent and Limitation of Liability of Limited Liability Partnership and Partners
d)Contributions
e)Conversion Into Limited Liability Partnership
f)Winding Up and Dissolution
3 Factories Act – 1948
a) Definitions
 Section 2 (k) – Manufacturing Process,
 Section2 (l) –Workers
 Section 2 (m)– Factory
b) Provisions pertaining to
i. Health- Section 11 to Section 20
ii. Safety- Section 21 to Section 41
iii. Welfare- Section 42 to Section 49
Note: Relevant Law/ Statute/ Rules in force on 1st April immediately preceding
commencement of Academic Year is applicable for ensuring examination after relevant
year.

Business Economics - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Overview of Macroeconomics 10
2 Money, prices and Inflation 10
3 Introduction to Public Finance 10
4 Public revenue, Public Expenditure and Debt 20
5 Fiscal Management and Financial Administration 10
Total 60

1 Overview of Macroeconomics
Macroeconomics: Meaning, Scope and Importance.
Circular flow of aggregate income and expenditure and its Importance- closed
and open economy models
The Measurement of National Product: Meaning and Importance of National
Income Accounting- conventional and Green GNP and NNP concepts -National
Income and Economic Welfare.
Trade Cycles: Features and Phases
Classical Macro economics : Say’s law of Markets - Features, Implications and
Criticism
2 Money, prices and Inflation
Money Supply: Determinants of Money Supply - Factors influencing Velocity of
Circulation of Money
Demand for Money : Classical and Keynesian approaches and Keynes’ liquidity
preference theory of interest - Friedman’s restatement of Demand for money
Money and prices : Quantity theory of money - Fisher’s equation of exchange -
Cambridge cash balance approach
Inflation : Demand Pull Inflation and Cost Push Inflation - Effects of Inflation-
Nature of inflation in a developing economy - policy measures to curb inflation-
monetary policy and inflation targeting
3 Introduction to Public Finance
Meaning and Scope of Public finance.
Major fiscal functions : allocation function, distribution function & stabilization
function
Principle of Maximum Social Advantage: Dalton and Musgrave Views - the
Principle in Practice, Limitations.
Relation between Efficiency, Markets and Governments
The concept of Public Goods and the role of Government
4 Public revenue, Public Expenditure and Debt
Sources of Public Revenue : tax and non-tax revenues
Objectives of taxation - Canons of taxation - Types of taxes : direct and indirect -
Tax Base and Rates of taxation : proportional, progressive and regressive taxation
Shifting of tax burden: Impact and incidence of taxation - Processes- factors
influencing incidence of taxation
Economic Effects of taxation: on Income and Wealth, Consumption, Savings,
Investments and Production.
Redistributive and Anti – Inflationary nature of taxation and their implications
Public Expenditure: Canons - classification - economic effects of public spending -
on production, consumption, distribution, employment and stabilization -
Theories of Public Expenditure: Wagner’s Hypothesis and Wiseman Peacock
Hypothesis - Causes for Public Expenditure Growth.
Significance of Public Expenditure: Social security contributions- Low Income
Support and Social Insurance Programmes.
Public Debt : Classification - Burden of Debt Finance : Internal and External-
Public Debt and Fiscal Solvency

5 Fiscal Management and Financial Administration
Fiscal Policy: Meaning, Objectives, constituents and Limitations.
Contra cyclical Fiscal Policy and Discretionary Fiscal Policy : Principles of Sound
and Functional Finance
Budget- Meaning objectives and types - Structure of Union budget - Deficit
concepts-Fiscal Responsibility and Budget Management Act.
Intergovernmental Fiscal Relations : fiscal federalism and fiscal decentralization -
central-state financial relations - 14th Finance Commission recommendations

Course Structure
Semester IV
No. of
Semester IV Credits
Courses
1
*Any three courses from the following list of the courses
1 Financial Accounting (Special Accounting Areas) - IV 03
2 Management Accounting (Introduction to Management 03
Accounting)
3 Auditing - III 03
4 Taxation - III (Direct Taxes- II) 03
5 Wealth Management 03

4 Information Technology in Accountancy - II 03

3 Core Courses (CC)

6 Business Law (Company Law) - III 03
7 Research Methodology in Accounting and Finance 03
Total Credits 20

for Semester IV (Any One)
1 Foundation Course in Management (Introduction to Management) - IV
2 Foundation Course – Contemporary Issues - IV
3 Foundation Course in NSS - IV
4 Foundation Course in NCC - IV
5 Foundation Course in Physical Education - IV

Programme at Semester IV
Financial Accounting (Special Accounting Areas) - IV
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Preparation of Final Accounts of Companies. 15
2 Redemption of Preference Shares 10
3 Redemption of Debentures 15
Ascertainment and Treatment of Profit Prior to
4 10
Incorporation
5 Foreign Branch 10
Total 60

(excluding
cash flow statement)
Preparation of financial statements as per Companies Act. (excluding
cash flow statement)
AS 1 in relation to final accounts of companies (disclosure of accounting policies)
2 Redemption of Preference Shares
Provision of the Companies Act for redemption of Preference Shares (Sec 55 of
the Companies Act, 2013), Companies (Share and Debentures) Rules.
Methods of Redemption of fully paid up Preference Shares as per Companies Act,
2013: The proceed of a fresh issue of shares, the capitalisation of undistributed
profits and a combination of both, calculation of minimum fresh issue to provide
the fund for redemption,
(Question on entries and/or Balance Sheet)
Note: Companies governed by Section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 and
comply with the accounting standards prescribed for them. Hence, the balance in
security premium account not to be utilised for premium payable on redemption
of preference shares.
3 Redemption of Debentures
Introduction : Provisions of Section 71 (1) and (4) of the Companies Act, 2013,
Creation and investment of DRR including The Companies (Share Capital and
Debentures) Rules, 2014, the methods of writing-off discount/loss on issue of
debentures; Terms of issue of debentures
Methods of redemption of debentures: By payment in lumpsum and by payment
in instalments (excluding from by purchase in open market), Conversion.
(Question on entries. ledgers and/or Balance Sheet and /or redemption of
preference shares)
4 Ascertainment and Treatment of Profit Prior to Incorporation
Principles for ascertainment
Preparation of separate, combined and columnar Profit and Loss Account
including different basis of allocation of expenses/ incomes
5 Foreign Branch
Conversion as per AS 11 and incorporation in HO accounts

Management Accounting
(Introduction to Management Accounting)
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Management Accounting 05
2 Analysis and Interpretation of Accounts 10
2 Financial Statement analysis: Ratio analysis 15
3 Cash Flow Analysis 15
Total 60

1 Introduction to Management Accounting
Meaning, Features, Scope, Importance, Functions, role of Management
Accounting, Management Accounting Framework, Tools, Management
Accounting and Financial Accounting
2 Analysis and Interpretation of Accounts
a) Vertical Forms of Balance Sheet and Profit and Loss Account suitable for analysis
b) Trend Analysis.
c) Comparative Statement.
d) Common Size Statement.
NOTE: Practical Problems based on the above (a) to (d)
3 Financial Statement analysis: Ratio analysis
Meaning of financial Statement Analysis, steps, Objective and types of Analysis.
Ratio analysis: Meaning, classification, Du Point Chart, advantages and
Limitations.
Balance Sheet Ratios:
i) Current Ratio
ii) Liquid Ratio
iii) Stock Working Capital Ratio
iv) Proprietary Ratio
v) Debt Equity Ratio
vi) Capital Gearing Ratio
Revenue Statement Ratios:
i) Gross Profit Ratio
ii) Expenses Ratio
iii) Operating Ratio
iv) Net Profit Ratio
v) Net Operating Profit Ratio
vi) Stock Turnover Ratio
Combined Ratio
i) Return on Capital employed (Including Long Term
Borrowings)
ii) Return on proprietor’s Fund (Shareholders Fund and
Preference Capital)
iii) Return on Equity Capital
iv) Dividend Payout Ratio
v) Debt Service Ratio
vi) Debtors Turnover
vii) Creditors Turnover
4 Cash Flow Analysis
Preparation of Cash Flow Statement with reference to Accounting Standard No
.3. (Indirect method only))
A. Concept, Nature of Working Capital , Planning of Working Capital
B. Estimation / Projection of Working Capital Requirement in case of Trading and
Manufacturing Organization
C. Operating Cycle Practical Problems

Auditing - III
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Audit Report 15
Audit under Computerized Information System
2 15
Environment
3 Professional Ethics 15
4 Investigation and Due Diligence 15
Total 60

1 Audit Report
Reporting requirement under the Companies Act
Qualifications in Audit Report, Disclaimers in Audit Report
Adverse Opinion, Disclosures, Reports & Certificate
2 Audit under Computerized Information System Environment
Special aspects of CIS Audit Environment , Need for review of internal control
especially procedure controls and facility controls
Approach to audit in CIS environment
Use of computer for internal and management audit purposes
Audit tools, test packs, computerized audit programmes
Special aspects in Audit of E-Commerce Transaction.
3 Professional Ethics
Code of Ethics with special reference to the relevant provisions of The Chartered
Accountant Act and the Regulations thereunder
The Chartered Accountant Act
Schedules
Members who are deemed to be in Practice
Significance of the Certificate of Practice
Disabilities for purpose of Membership
Disciplinary Procedure
Professional Misconduct
4 Investigation and Due Diligence
Introduction
Auditing and Investigation
Steps in Investigation
Special aspects in connection with Business Investigation
Types of Investigation (only introduction)
Meaning of Due Diligence
Purpose of Due Diligence
Note: Relevant Law/Statute/Rules in force in force on 1st April immediately preceding

commencement of Academic Year is applicable for ensuring examination after
relevant year.

Taxation - III (Direct Taxes- II)
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Clubbing of Income 05
2 Set Off & Carry Forward of Losses 05
3 Computation of Tax liability of Individual & HUF 05

Computation of Income of Partnership Firm in
4 Relation to Sec: 40(b) & Tax Thereon With 15
Applicable Rate of Tax
5 Return of Income – Sec 139 05
Tax Deduction at Source
6 Advance Tax 15
Interest Payable
7 DTAA U/S 90 & 91 05
8 Tax Planning & Ethics in Taxation 05
Total 60

Sr. No. Modules/ Units
1 Clubbing of Income - Section 60 to 65
2 Set Off & Carry Forward of Losses
Sec: 70 – Set off Loss from one Source against Income from another Source under
the Same Head of Income
Sec: 71 – Set Off Loss from One Head against Income of another Head
Sec: 71B – Carry Forward & Set off Losses from House Property
Sec: 72 – Carry Forward & Set Off of Losses of Business Losses
Sec: 73- Losses in Speculation Business
Sec: 74- Loss under the head Capital Gains
3 Computation of Tax liability of Individual & HUF
Computation of Income of Partnership Firm in
4
Relation to Sec: 40(b) & Tax Thereon With Applicable Rate of Tax
5 Return of Income – Sec 139
Excluding u/s 139(4A), 139(4B), 139(4C) & 139 (4D)
Tax Deduction at Source
6 Advance Tax U/S 207, 208, 209, 210 & 211
Interest Payable U/S 234A, 234B, 234C
Basic Aspects of Deduction of Taxes at Source
Sec: 192 – TDS on Salary
Sec: 194A – TDS on Interest
Sec: 194C – TDS on Contractor
Sec: 194H – TDS on Commission
Sec: 194I – TDS on Rent
Sec: 194J – TDS on Professional Fees
Advance Tax U/S 207, 208, 209, 210 & 211
Sec: 207 – Income Liable to Advance Tax
Sec: 208 – Liability of Advance Tax
Sec: 209 – Computation of Advance Tax
Sec: 210 – Payment of Advance Tax by Assessee on His Own Account
Sec: 211 – Due Dates of Payment of Advance Tax
Interest Payable U/S 234A, 234B, 234C
Sec: 234A – Interest for default in furnishing return of income
Sec: 234B – Interest for default in payment of advance tax
Sec: 234C – Interest for deferment of advance tax
7 DTAA U/S 90 & 91
8 Tax Planning &Ethics in Taxation – Basic Concepts
Note:
1. Relevant Law / Statute in force on 1st April immediately preceding commencement of
Academic Year is applicable for ensuing examinations after relevant year.
2. The syllabus is restricted to study of particular section/s, specifically mentioned rules
and notifications only.

Wealth Management
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Wealth Management 10
2 Important Numerical Concepts 20
3 Wealth Management Process 15
4 Operational Aspects of Wealth Management 15
Total 60

1 Introduction to Wealth Management
Definition Wealth management and its evolution
Wealth management process and phases
Nature and structure of Primary and Secondary capital market
Comparison between various options for investing and Risk & return
analysis
Role of Wealth Manager : Obligation and Responsibilities of wealth manager
Qualification , Capital requirement, certification to become investment advisor
Code of conduct and ethics in providing financial advice
2 Important Numerical Concepts
Simple interest, Compound interest, Discounted cash flow and
installment calculation
Correlation, Standard deviation, covariance & Beta of portfolio
Share valuation
Bond valuation
3 Wealth Management Process
Developing a Wealth Management Plan
Essentials of a Comprehensive Wealth Plan
Analysis of Different financial Products for investment
Risk profiling of the client
Portfolio construction
Modern Portfolio Theory for constructing a portfolio
4 Operational Aspects of wealth management
Types of investors
PAN and KYC process
Dematerialization and rematerialization of securities
Power of Attorney
Account opening Process of Non Resident
Documentation of financial advisor

Information Technology in Accountancy - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Business Process 15
2 Computerized accounting system 20
3 Concept of MIS Reports in Computer Environment 15
4 IT and Auditing 10
Total 60

1 Business Process
Introduction, Definition and Meaning of business process
Flow of business process for accounting, purchase, sales and finance
Classification of business processes
Introduction, Definition and Meaning of Business Process Management
Principles and practices of Business Process Management
Business Process Management life cycle
Theories of Business Management Process
Implementation of Business process Management – need, key factors
and importance
Automation of business Processes – benefits, risks, challenges
Accounting systems automation
IT and Business Process Management
Information systems – Meaning, Use of IT in accounacy
2 Computerized accounting system
Introduction and meaning
Uses and Benefits
Role
Need and requirements of computerized accounting
Basic requirements of computerized accounting system
Limitations of computerized accounting system
Understand the development and design of a computerized accounting
system; determining how the accounting data will be processed, i.e.
what accounts and books are needed and what is the desired output i.e.
financial reports and other reports.
Accounting Software
Introduction and meaning
Advantages of accounting software
Uses of Accounting software
Various accounting softwares
Accounting software TALLY – Accounting and reports
3 Concept of MIS Reports in Computer Environment
Introduction
Concept of MIS
Need for MIS
Characteristic of MIS
Outputs of MIS
Role of MIS
Guidelines for Developing MIS reports
Functional Aspects of the MIS:
Problems in MIS
Knowledge required for studying MIS
MIS and Computer
4 IT and Auditing
Need and importance of IT in auditing
Auditing in IT environment

Foundation Course in Management

(Introduction to Management) - IV
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Basic Management Concepts 05
2 Planning 10
3 Organising 10
4 Staffing 10
5 Directing and Controlling 10
Total 45

1 Introduction to Basic Management Concepts
Introduction to Management, Definition of Management
Nature of Management
Objectives of Management
Administration vs Management
Levels of Management
Principles of Management
2 Planning
Definition and Importance of Planning
Process of Planning
Limitations of Planning
Features of Sound Planning
Features and process of decision making
3 Organising
Definition, nature and significance
Process of organisation
Principles of organisation
Formal and Informal organisation - features, advantages and disadvantages
Centralisation and decentralisation – factors, merits and demerits
Departmentation and Delegation
4 Staffing
Meaning, Importance of Staffing
Recruitment and its sources
Selection procedure
Distinction between Recruitment and Selection
Employment tests and types of Interview
5 Directing and Controlling
Meaning and Importance of directing
Principles of Directing
Leadership trails and Styles
Motivation – Importance and Factors
Co-ordination – Meaning, features and Importance
Meaning and steps in controlling
Essentials of a good control system

Foundation Course- Contemporary Issues- IV
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Significant, Contemporary Rights of Citizens 12
2 Approaches to understanding Ecology 11
3 Science and Technology –II 11
4 Introduction to Competitive Exams 11
Total 45

1 Significant, Contemporary Rights of Citizens
A. Rights of Consumers-Violations of consumer rights and important provisions
of the Consumer Protection Act, 2016; Other important laws to protect
consumers; Consumer courts and consumer movements. (3 Lectures)
B. Right to Information- Genesis and relation with transparency and
accountability; important provisions of the Right to Information Act, 2005;
some success stories. (3 Lectures)
C. Protection of Citizens’/Public Interest-Public Interest Litigation, need and
procedure to file a PIL; some landmark cases. (3 Lectures)
D. Citizens’ Charters, Public Service Guarantee Acts. (3 Lectures)
2 Approaches to understanding Ecology

A. Understanding approaches to ecology- Anthropocentrism, Biocentrism and
Eco centrism, Ecofeminism and Deep Ecology. (3 Lectures)
B. Environmental Principles-1: the sustainability principle; the polluter pays
principle; the precautionary principle. (4 Lectures)
C. Environmental Principles-2: the equity principle; human rights principles;
the participation principle. (4 Lectures)
3 Science and Technology –II

Part A:Some Significant Modern Technologies, Features and Applications (7 Lectures)
i. Laser Technology- Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation;
use of laser in remote sensing, GIS/GPS mapping, medical use.
ii. Satellite Technology- various uses in satellite navigation systems, GPS, and
imprecise climate and weather analyses.
iii. Information and Communication Technology- convergence of various

technologies like satellite, computer and digital in the information revolution
of today’s society.
iv. Biotechnology and Genetic engineering- applied biology and uses in

medicine, pharmaceuticals and agriculture; genetically modified plant, animal
and human life.
v. Nanotechnology- definition: the study, control and application of phenomena

and materials at length scales below 100 nm; uses in medicine, military
intelligence and consumer products.
Part B:Issues of Control, Access and Misuse of Technology. (4 Lectures)

4 Introduction to Competitive Exams
Part A. Basic information on Competitive Examinations- the pattern, eligibility
criteria and local centres:
i. Examinations conducted for entry into professional courses - Graduate
Record Examinations (GRE), Graduate Management Admission Test
GMAT), Common Admission Test (CAT) and Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT).
ii. Examinations conducted for entry into jobs by Union Public Service
Commission, Staff Selection Commission (SSC), State Public Service
Commissions, Banking and Insurance sectors, and the National and State
Eligibility Tests (NET / SET) for entry into teaching profession.
Part B. Soft skills required for competitive examinations- (7 Lectures)
i. Information on areas tested: Quantitative Ability, Data Interpretation,

Verbal Ability and Logical Reasoning, Creativity and Lateral Thinking
ii. Motivation: Concept, Theories and Types of Motivation
iii. Goal-Setting: Types of Goals, SMART Goals, Stephen Covey’s concept of
human endowment
iv. Time Management: Effective Strategies for Time Management
v. Writing Skills: Paragraph Writing, Report Writing, Filing an application
under the RTI Act, Consumer Grievance Letter.

References

Delhi, 2014
2000.
7. Motilal, Shashi, and Nanda, Bijoy Lakshmi, Human Rights: Gender and Environment,
Allied Publishers, New Delhi, 2007.
2013
2003.

i. Projects/Assignments should be drawn for the component on Internal Assessment
from the topics in Module 1 to Module 4.
iii. The Project/Assignment can take the form of Street-Plays / Power-Point Presentations
/ Poster Exhibitions and similar other modes of presentation appropriate to the topic.
QUESTION
NUMBER
for each sub-
without any
iii. In all 8 Questions will be asked out of which 5 break-up.
on Module 1

on Module 2

on Module 3

on Module 4

Foundation Course in NSS - IV
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Entrepreneurship Development 10
2 Rural Resource Mobilization 10
3 Ideal village & stake of GOS and NGO 13
4 Institutional Social Responsibility and modes of Awareness 12
Total 45

1 Entrepreneurship Development
UNIT - I Entrepreneurship development
Entrepreneurship development- its meaning and schemes
Government and self-employment schemes for Entrepreneurship development
UNIT - II - Cottage Industry
Cottage Industry- its meaning, its role in development process
Marketing of cottage products and outlets
2 Rural Resource Mobilization
UNIT - I - Rural resource mobilization-
A case study of eco-village, eco-tourism, agro-tourism
UNIT - II - Micro financing with special reference to self-help groups
3 Ideal village & stake of GOS and NGO
UNIT - I - Ideal village
Ideal village- the concept
Gandhian Concept of Ideal village
Case studies on Ideal village
UNIT - II - Government Organisations(GOs ) and Non-Government Organisations
(NGOs)
The concept and functioning
4 Institutional Social Responsibility and modes of Awareness
UNIT - I - Institutional Social Responsibilities
Concept and functioning- case study of adapted village
UNIT - II - Modes of awareness through fine Arts Skills
Basics of performing Arts as tool for social awareness, street play, creative dance,
patriotic song, folk songs and folk dance. Rangoli, posters, flip charts, placards,
etc.

Foundation Course in NCC - IV
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 10
Development
Total 45

 Fire Services & Fire fighting
 Assistance during Natural / Other Calamities: Flood / Cyclone/ Earth Quake/
Accident etc.
Desired outcome: The student shall have an understanding about social evils and
shall inculcate sense of whistle blowing against such evils and ways to eradicate
such evils.
 NGOs: Role & Contribution
 Drug Abuse & Trafficking
 Corruption
 Social Evil viz. Dowry/ Female Foeticide/Child Abuse & trafficking etc.
 Traffic Control Org. & Anti drunken Driving
 Hygiene and Sanitation (Personal and Food Hygiene)
 Basics of Home Nursing & First-Aid in common medical emergencies
 Wound & Fractures
3 Drill with Arms
bearing, smartness, and turnout, and develop the quality of immediate and
implicit obedience of orders, with good reflexes.
 Getting on Parade with Rifle and Dressing at the Order
 Dismissing and Falling Out
 General Salute, Salami Shastra
 Squad Drill
 Short/Long tail from the order and vice-versa
 Examine Arms
4 Weapon Training
use and handling.
 The lying position, Holding and Aiming- I
 Trigger control and firing a shot
 Range procedure and safety precautions
 Theory of Group and Snap Shooting
 Short range firing, Aiming- II -Alteration of sight

Army
air-force subjects
A. Map reading
 Setting a Map, finding North and own position
 Map to ground, Ground to Map
 Point to Point March
 Observation, Camouflage and Concealment
 Field Signals
 Types of Knots and Lashing
C. Introduction to advanced weapons and role of technology (To be covered by
the guest lecturers)
OR
Navy
A. Naval Communication
 Semaphore
 Phonetic Alphabets
 Radio Telephony Procedure
 Wearing of National Flag, Ensign and Admiral’s Flag.
B. Seamanship
 Anchor work
 Types of Anchor, Purpose and Holding ground
 Boat work
 Demonstrate Rigging a whaler and enterprise boat- Parts of Sail and
Sailing Terms
 Instructions in Enterprise Class Board including theory of Sailing,
Elementary Sailing Tools
 Types of Power Boats Used in the Navy and their uses, Knowledge of
Anchoring, Securing and Towing a Boat

OR
Air
A. Air frames
 Fuselage
 Main and Tail Plain
B. Instruments
 Introduction to RADAR
C. Aero modelling
 Flying/ Building of Aero models
D. Introduction to advanced weapons and role of technology (To be covered by

Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Stress Management 10
2 Awards, Scholarship & Government Schemes 10
3 Yoga Education 10
4 Exercise Scheduling/Prescription 15
Total 45

1 Stress Management
 Meaning & concept of Stress
 Causes of Stress
 Managing Stress
 Coping Strategies
2 Awards, Scholarship & Government Schemes
 State & National level Sports Awards
 State Sports Policy & Scholarship Schemes
 National Sports Policy & Scholarship Schemes
 Prominent Sports Personalities
3 Yoga Education
 Differences between Yogic Exercises & non- Yogic exercises
 Contribution of Yoga to Sports
 Principles of Asanas & Bandha
 Misconceptions about Yoga
4 Exercise Scheduling/Prescription
 Daily Routine Prescription.
 Understanding Activity level & Calorie requirement.
 Adherence & Motivation for exercise.
 Impact of Lifestyle on Health

Business Law (Company Law) - III
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Definitions 10
2 Incorporation of companies 20
3 Public Offer 10
4 Private Placement 10
5 Share Capital and Debentures 10
Total 60

1 Definitions
Section 2
Clause (2) – Accounting Standard
Clause (7) – Auditing Standard
Clause (13) – Books of Accounts
Clause (31) – Deposit
Clause (41) – Financial Year
Clause (42) – Foreign Company
Clause (47) – Independent Director
Clause (48) – Indian Depository Receipts
Clause (62) – One Person Company
Clause (85) – Small Company
2 Incorporation of companies
Section 3 to Section 20
3 Public Offer
Sections 23, 25 to 28, 33, 35, 39
4 Private Placement
Section 42
5 Share Capital and Debentures

Sections 43, 46, 47, 52 to 56, 61 to 72

commencement of Academic Year is applicable for ensuring examination after
relevant year.

Research Methodology in Accounting and Finance
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
2 Research Design in Accounting and Finance 15
3 Data Collection and Processing 15
4 Interpretation and Report Writing 15
Total 60

Introduction and meaning of research, Objectives of research, Features and
Importance of research in Accounting and Finance, Objectives and Types of
research - Basic, Applied, Descriptive, Analytical and Empirical Research.
Formulation of research problem : Meaning and Selection
Review of Literature
2 Research Design in Accounting and Finance
Meaning of Introduction, Need, and Good research design.
Hypothesis: Formulation, Sources, Importance and Types
Different Research designs
3 Data Collection and Processing
Data Collection: Introduction and meaning, types of data
Primary data: Observation, Experimentation, Interview, Schedules, Survey,
Questionnaires, Limitations of Primary data
Secondary data: Sources and Limitations
Factors affecting the choice of method of data collection.
Sampling: Significance, Methods, Factors determining sample size
Data Presentation: Significance in Research, Stages in Data Processing: Editing,
Coding, Classification, Tabulation, Graphic Presentation
Statistical Analysis: Tools and Techniques, Measures of Central Tendency,
Measures of Dispersion, Correlation Analysis and Regression Analysis.
Use of computer and internet in data collection and processing
4 Interpretation and Report Writing
Meaning and techniques of interpretation, Research Report Writing: Importance,
Essentials, Structure/ layout, Types

Reference Books
Reference Books
Financial Accounting (Special Accounting Areas) III
 Introduction to Accountancy by T.S. Grewal, S. Chand and Company (P) Ltd., New Delhi
 Advance Accounts by Shukla and Grewal, S. Chand and Company (P) Ltd., New Delhi
 Advanced Accountancy by R.L Gupta and M. Radhaswamy, S. Chand and Company (P) Ltd., New Delhi
 Modern Accountancy by Mukherjee and Hanif, Tata Mc. Grow Hill and Co. Ltd., Mumbai
 Financial Accounting by Lesile Chandwichk, Pentice Hall of India Adin Bakley (P) Ltd., New Delhi
 Financial Accounting for Management by Dr. Dinesh Harsalekar, Multi-Tech. Publishing Co. Ltd.,
Mumbai
 Financial Accounting by P.C. Tulsian, Pearson Publications, New Delhi
 Accounting Principles by R.N. Anthony and J.S. Reece, Richard Irwin, Inc
 Financial Accounting by Monga, J.R. Ahuja, Girish Ahuja and Ashok Shehgal, Mayur Paper Back, Noida
 Compendium of Statement and Standard of Accounting, ICAI
 Indian Accounting Standards, Ashish Bhattacharya, Tata Mc. Grow Hill and Co. Ltd., Mumbai
 Financial Accounting by Williams, Tata Mc. Grow Hill and Co. Ltd., Mumbai
 Company Accounting Standards by Shrinivasan Anand, Taxman, New Delhi
 Financial Accounting by V. Rajasekaran, Pearson Publications, New Delhi
 Introduction to Financial Accounting by Horngren, Pearson Publications, New Delhi
 Financial Accounting by M. Mukherjee and M. Hanif, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
 Financial Accounting a Managerial Perspective, Varadraj B. Bapat, Mehul Raithatha, Tata McGraw
Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
Cost Accounting (Methods of Costing) II
 Advanced Cost and Management Accounting: Problems and Solutions by V.K. Saxena and C.D. Vashist,
 Modern Cost and Management Accounting by M. Hanif, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi
Auditing (Techniques of Auditing and Audit Procedures)- II
 Contemporary Auditing by Kamal Gupta published by Tata McGraw Hills
 A Handbook of Practical Auditing by B N Tandon published by S Chand & Co. New Delhi
 Fundamentals of auditing by Kamal Gupta and Ashok Arora published by Tata McGraw Hills
 Textbook of Auditing by Batra and Bagradia published by Tata McGraw Hills
 Practical Auditing by S V Ghatalia published by Spicer & Pegler

Reference Books
Taxation II (Direct Taxes – I)
 Direct Taxes Law & Practice by V.K. Singhania - Taxman
 Systematic Approach to Direct Tax by Ahuja & Gupta - Bharat Law House
 Income Tax Ready Recknoner by Dr .V.K. Singhania - Taxman
 Direct Tax Laws by T.N. Manoharan - Snow White
Principles and Practices of Banking
 Bank Financial Management Paperback – 2010 by IIBF (Indian Institute of Banking and Finance)
 Money Banking And Finance Paperback – 2009 by N K Sinha
 Principles and Practices of Banking Paperback – 2015 by IIBF (Indian Institute of Banking and Finance)
 Principles and Practices of Banking 11 edition Paperback – 2015 by N S Toor, Arun Deep Toor
 Principles Of Banking (With Case Studies) Hardcover – 2009 by Rakesh Kumar
 Modern Banking In India , Gupta
Foundation Course - III
 Social and Economic Problems in India, Naseem Azad, R Gupta Pub ( 2011)
 Indian Society and Culture, Vinita Padey, Rawat Pub (2016)
 Social Problems in India, Ram Ahuja, Rawat Pub (2014)
 Faces of Feminine in Ancient , medivial and Modern India, Mandakranta Bose Oxford University Press
 National Humana rights commission- disability Manual
 Rural, Urban Migration : Trends, challenges & Strategies, S Rajagopalan, ICFAI- 2012
 Regional Inequilities in India Bhat L S SSRD- New Delhi
 Urbanisation in India: Challenges, Opportunities & the way forward, I J Ahluwalia, Ravi Kanbur, P K
 The Constitution of India, P M Bakshi 2011
 The Problems of Linguistic States in India, Krishna Kodesia Sterling Pub
 Politics in India: structure, Process and Policy Subrata Mitra, Rouutlege Pub
 Politics in India, Rajani Kothari, Orient Blackswan
 Problems of Communilism in india, Ravindra Kumar Mittal Pub
 Combating communalism in India: Key to National Integration, Kawal Kishor Bhardwaj, Mittal Pub
Foundation Course in NSS III
 National Service Scheme Manual (Revised) 2006, Government of India, Ministry of Youth Affairs and
Sports, New Delhi.
 University of Mumbai National Service Scheme Manual 2009.
 Avhan Chancellor's Brigade - NSS Wing, Training camp on Disaster Preparedness Guidelines, March
2012
 Rashtriya Seva Yojana Sankalpana - Prof. Dr. Sankay Chakane, Dr. Pramod\Pabrekar, Diamond
Publication, Pune
 National Service Scheme Manual for NSS District Coordinators, National Service Scheme Cell, Dept. of
 Annual report of National Service Scheme (NSS) published by Dept. of Higher and Technical Education,
Mantralaya,
 NSS Cell, Dept. of Higher and Technical Education, Mantralaya, UTKARSHA- Socio and cultural
guidelines
 Case material as a Training Aid for Field Workers, Gurmeet Hans.
 Social service opportunities in hospitals, Kapil K. Krishnan, TISS
 New Trends in NSS, Research papers published by University of Pune
 ANOOGUNJ Research Journal, published by NSS Unit C. K. Thakur college
 Training Manual for Field Work published by RGNIYD, Chreeperumbudur
 Prof. Ghatole R.N. Rural Social Science and Community Development.

Reference Books
 Purushottam Sheth, Dr. Shailaja Mane, National Service Scheme
 Joint programme of National Service Scheme, University of Mumbai & DISHA - DEEPSHIKHA Projects,
 National Service Scheme in India: A Case study of Karnataka, M. B. Dishad, Trust Publications, 2001
 http://www.thebetterindia.com/140/national-service-scheme-nss/
 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/national-service-scheme 19=http://nss.nic.in/adminstruct
 http://nss.nic.in/propexpan
 http://nss.nic. in
 http://socialworknss.org/about.html
 Cadet’s Hand book – Common subject..all wings, BY DG NCC, New Delhi.
 Cadet’s Hand book – Specialised Subjects, Army, Navy, Air-force, BY DG NCC, New Delhi.
 NCC OTA Precise, BY DG NCC, New Delhi.
 “AVAN” Model of Disaster Mang., Vinayak Dalvie, Proceedings of Int. Conf. on Urban Plan. and Env
Strat & Challenges, Elphinstone College, Jan 2007.
 Humanistic Tradition of India, N.L.Gupta, Mohit Publication, New Delhi
 Social psychology, Baron & Byrne, Pearson Publication, 12th Edition self awareness know yourself /
 Chanakya’s 7 Secrets of Leadership, Radhakrishanan Pillai and D.Shivnandhan, Jaico
 Social Psychology: Understanding Human Interaction, Baron, Robert A., (302/BAR/BYR),7th Edition
 Seven Habits of Highly Effective People., Covey , Stephen
 The Habit of Winning., Iyer , Prakash, Penguin , India ; 2011
 The Goal, Goldratt , Eliyahu, The Northriver press ; 1994
 Freedom Struggle, Chandra Bipin, National Book Trust 1972
 Freedom of Religion and The Indian Judiciary, Bachal V.M. , Shubhada Saraswat, (362P)
 India 1996- A Reference Annual Govt. of India
 Saha Soneri Pane, Vinayak D. Savarkar
 Environmental Biology and Toxicology, P.D. Sharma., Rastogi Publication
 Environmental Science, S.C. Santra, New Central Book Agency
 National Cadet Corps (India), Lambert M. Surhone, Mariam T. Tennoe, Susan F. Henssonow, Betascript
Publishing, 2011
 National Cadet Corps, Youth in Action (Google eBook), National Cadet Corps (India), Lancer Publishers,
2003
 Youth in Step: History of the National Cadet Corps, V. Longer, Lancer international, 1983 Original from
 National Cadet Corps of India, Man Mohan Sharma, Vision Books, 1980 Original from the University of
Michigan
 The National Cadet Corps Act, 1948, as Modify Up to the 1st July 1963, India, Government of India
 Cadet Corps in India: Its Evolution and Impact, Satis Chandra Maikap, Darbari Udyog, 1979 Original
 National Cadet Corps: 100 Years of Distinction, National Cadet Corps (Singapore), NCC
 The NCC, Singapore, National Cadet Corps Council, National Cadet Corps Council
 Grooming Tomorrow’s Leaders: National Cadet Corps, 1917-2006, R.S. Chhettri, Lancer Publishers,
2006
 National Civil Defence Cadet Corps, Lambert M. Surhone, Mariam T. Tennoe, Susan F. Henssonow,
 Discovery of India, Jawaharlal Nehru
 Health and Hygiene, Manoj. J.S., Agra University Publication
 Yoga for Healing, Venkateswaran P.S., Bombay:- Jaico Publishing House 1989

Reference Books
 Yoga Illustrated, New Delhi, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, 1995
 Yoga Practice, 1972, Shivnande Swami, Mumbai:- D.B. Taraporewala 1972
 Yoga of Patanjali-1979, Yardi M.R., Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute- 1974
 Sustainable Development (An Alternative Paradigm), Satpathy , N., Karnavati Publications ,
Ahmedabad
 Global Partners for Sustainable Development, Pachauri R.K & Srivastava L., Tata Energy Research
 Ecology and the Politics of survival : Conflict over Natural Resources in India, Shiva , Vandana, Sage
 Lippian Cott Williams and Wilkins 2006.
 American College of Sports Medicine, ACSM’s, Guidelines for Exercise Testing and Priscription. (2013)
Ninth Edition, Lippian Cott Williams and Wilkins.
 American College of Sports Medicine, ACSM’s Resource Manual for Guidelines for Exercise Testing and
Priscription. (2006) 5th Ed., Lippian Cott Williams and Wilkins, 2006.
 Beashel, P.,& Taylor, J. (1996). Advance Studies in Physical Education and Sports. U.K.: Thomas Nelson
and Sons Ltd.
 Bucher, C.A. (1995). Foundation of Physical Education (12th Ed.) USA : St. Louis,
 C.V. Mosloy.
 Colfter, G.R., Hamilton, K.E., Magill R.A.,& Hamilton B.J. (1986). Contemporary Physical Education.
USA : Wim C. Brown Publisher.
 Daryl S. (1994). Introduction to physical education, fitness and sports (2nd ed.). London: Mayfield
publishing company.
 Dheer, S.D.(1991). Introduction to Health Education. New Delhi : Friends Publication.
 Dr. A.K.Uppal& Dr. G. P. Gautam (2004). Physical education and Health. Delhi: Friends publisher.
 Dr. Gharote M. L; Teaching Methods for Yogic Practices. – 2nd Ed., Kaivalyadham Samiti, Lonavala-
2001.
 Dr. Gharote M. L; Guideline for Yogic Practices – 2nd Ed., The Lonavala Yoga Institute (India),
Lonavala- 2007
 Greenberg, Dintiman, Oakes. (2004). Physical Fitness & wellness.(3rd ed.) IL:Human kinetics.
 Halfield, F.C. (2001). Fitness : The Complete Guide. USA : International Sports Science Association.
 Jackson, A.L., Morrow, J.R. (2004). Physical activity for health & fitness. IL:Human kinetics.
 Kamlesh, M.L. (2002). Foundation of Physical Education. New Delhi : Metropolitan Book & Co. Ptd.
Ltd.
 Kansal, D.K. (2012). A Text book of Applied Measurement Evaluation and Sports Selection (3rd Ed.).
 Lock Hurt and others – Anatomy of the human body, Feber & Feber Oxford University, 1975
 Muller, J. P.(2000). Health, Exercise and Fitness. Delhi : Sports.
 Murgesh N. – Anatomy, Physiology and Health Education, Sathya, Chinnalapatti, 1990.
 NASPE. (2005). Physical Education for lifelong fitness. The physical Best teacher’s guide. IL:Human
Kinetics
 Nieman, D.C.(1986). Fitness and Sports Medicine : Health Related Approach London: Mayfield
Publishing Co.
 Nimbalkar. Sadashiv, Yoga for Health and Peace.- 6th Ed., Yoga Vidya Niketan, Mumbai., 2004.
 Pate R.R. & Hohn R.C. (1994). Health Fitness Through Physical Education. USA : Human Kinetics.
 Pandey ,&Gangopadhyay.(1995). Health Education for school children. New Delhi : Friends
Publication.
 Safrit, M. (1990). Introduction to Measurement in Physical Education and Exercise Science. St.
 Sharma, O.P. (1998). History of Physical Education. Delhi: Khel Sahitya Kendra.Werner. W.K., Hoeger.

Reference Books
Information Technology in Accountancy - I
 Fundamentals of Computers – Rajaram V – Prentice Hall
 Computer today (3rd edition) – Sanders, Donald H – McGraw Hill
 Computers and Common sense – Hunt, Roger and Shelly John – Prentice Hall
 Computers – Subramaniam N – Wheeler
 Introduction to Computers – Xavier C. – New Age
 Computer in Business – Sanders D – McGraw Hill
 Computers and Information Management – S C Bhatnagar & V Ramant – Prentice Hall
 Internet for Business – Brummer, Lavrej – Cambridge
 E-mail for Everyone – Leon Alexis & leon – Methews
Basic Computer Programmes for Business – Sternberg C – New Jersey Hayden
Business Law (Business Regulatory Framework) -II
 An introductory guide to Central Labour Legislation – W A Dawson
 Industrial Law – P L Malik
 Personnel Management and Industrial relations – Kapur S , Punia B – Gurgaon SK
 Labour participation in Management – Mhetras V Manaklals
 Law of Partnership, by J P Singhal (Author)
 Partnership Act, 1932 with State Amendments
 The Law Of Partnership, P.C. Markanda
 Indian Partnership Act 1932
 Limited Liability Partnership Act 2008
Business Economics
 Ackley.G (1976), Macro Economic Theory and Policy, Macmillan Publishing Co. New York
 Ahuja. H.L., Modern Economics –– S.Chand Company Ltd. New Delhi.
 Blanchard Olivier (2000), Macro Economics, Englewood Elitt, Prentice Hall
 Bouman John, Principles of Macro Economics
 Dornbush , Rudiger, Fisher Stanley and Startz, Richards Macroeconomics, Nineth edition 2004 Tata-
Mac Graw Hill, New Delhi.
 Dwivedi, D.N. (2001), Macro Economics: Theory and Policy, Tata-Mac Graw Hill, New Delhi.
 Friedman Hilton (1953) Essays in Positive Economics, University of Chicago Press, London.
 Gregory .N. Mankiw, Macroeconomics, Fifth Edition (2002) New York:Worth Publishers
 Jhingan, M.L., Principles of Economics –– Vrinda Publications (P) Ltd.
 Shapiro, E (1996), Macro-Economic Analysis , Galgotia Publication, New Delhi.
 Vaish .M.C. (2010) Macro Economic Theory 14th edition, Vikas Publishing House(P)Ltd
 Ahuja H.L. : Modern Economics, 19th edition, 2015, S.Chand&co Pvt Ltd, New Delhi
 Bhatia H.L.: Public Finance. Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
 David N. Hyman : Public Finance A Contemporary Application of theory of policy, Krishna Offset, Delhi
 Hoiughton E.W.(1998) : Public Finance, Penguin, Baltimore
 Hajela T.N: Public Finance – Ane Books Pvt.Ltd
 Jha, R (1998) : Modern Public Economics, Route Ledge, London
 Musgrave, R.A and P.B. Musgrave (1976) : Public Finance in Theory and Practice, Tata McGraw Hill,
Kogakusha, Tokyo
 Mithani, D.M (1998) : Modern Public Finance, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai

Reference Books
Reference Books
Financial Accounting (Special Accounting Areas) IV
Mumbai
Management Accounting (introduction to Management Accounting)
 Cost Management by Saxena & Vashist
 Cost & Management Accounting by Ravi N.Kishor ,Publication Taxmonth
 Essential of Management Accounting by P.N.Reddy,Himalaye
 Advanced Management Accounting by Robert S Kailar,Holl
 Financial Of Management Accounting by S.R.Varshney,Wisdom
 Introduction Of Management Accounting by Charbs T Horngram, PHI Learnng
 Management Accounting by I.m.Pandey, Vikas
 Cost & Management Accounting by D.K.Mattal,Galgotia
 Management Accounting by Khan & Jain,Tata Megaw
 Management Accounting by R.P.Resstogi
Auditing III
 Contemporary Auditing by Kamal Gupta, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, New Delhi
 A Hand-Book of Practical Auditing by B.N. Tandon, S. Chand and Company, New Delhi
 Fundamentals of Auditing by Kamal Gupta and Ashok Arora, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
 Auditing: Principles and Practice by Ravinder Kumar, Virender Sharma, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi
 Auditing and Assurance for CA IPCC by Sanjib Kumar Basu, Pearson Education, New Delhi
 Contemporary Auditing by Kamal Gupta, McGrow Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
 Fundamentals of Auditing by Kamal Arora and Ashok Gupta, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
Taxation III (Direct Taxes II)
 Income Tax Ready Recknoner by Dr .V.K. Singhania - Taxman

Wealth Management
 Wealth Engine: Indian Financial Planning and Wealth Management Handbook by Sankaran S
 WEALTH MANAGEMENT, by N/A Dun & Bradstreet
Information Technology in Accountancy II

 Fundamentals of Computers – Rajaram V – Prentice Hall
 Computer today (3rd edition) – Sanders, Donald H – McGraw Hill
 Computers and Common sense – Hunt, Roger and Shelly John – Prentice Hall
 Computers – Subramaniam N – Wheeler
 Introduction to Computers – Xavier C. – New Age
 Computer in Business – Sanders D – McGraw Hill
 Computers and Information Management – S C Bhatnagar & V Ramant – Prentice Hall
 Internet for Business – Brummer, Lavrej – Cambridge
 E-mail for Everyone – Leon Alexis & leon – Methews
 Basic Computer Programmes for Business – Sternberg C – New Jersey Hayden
Foundation Course in Management (Introduction to Management) - IV
 Essentials of Management by Koontz H & W published by McGraw Hill
 Principles of Management by Ramaswamy published by Himalaya
 Management Concept and Practice by Hannagain T published by McMillan
 Basic Managerial Skills for All by McGrath E.H published by Prentice Hall of India
 Management – Text and Cases by VSP Rao published by Excel Books
 Essentials of Management by Massie Joseph published by Prentice Hall of India
 Management: Principles and Guidelines by Thomas Duening & John Ivancevich published by Biztantra
 Management Concepts and Strategies by J S Chandran published by Vikas Publishing House
 Principles of Management by Tripathy P C published by Tata McGraw Hill
 Principles of Management: Theory and Practice by Sarangi S K published by V M P Publishers
Foundation Course in NSS IV
 National Service Scheme Manual (Revised) 2006, Government of India, Ministry of Youth Affairs and
Sports, New Delhi.
 Avhan Chancellor's Brigade - NSS Wing, Training camp on Disaster Preparedness Guidelines, March 2012
 Rashtriya Seva Yojana Sankalpana - Prof. Dr. Sankay Chakane, Dr. Pramod\Pabrekar, Diamond
Publication, Pune
 National Service Scheme Manual for NSS District Coordinators, National Service Scheme Cell, Dept. of
 Annual report of National Service Scheme (NSS) published by Dept. of Higher and Technical Education,
Mantralaya,
 NSS Cell, Dept. of Higher and Technical Education, Mantralaya, UTKARSHA- Socio and cultural guidelines
 Joint programme of National Service Scheme, University of Mumbai & DISHA - DEEPSHIKHA Projects, Nair
Hospital, 2011-12
 National Service Scheme in India: A Case study of Karnataka, M. B. Dishad, Trust Publications, 2001

Reference Books
 “AVAN” Model of Disaster Mang., Vinayak Dalvie, Proceedings of Int. Conf. on Urban Plan. and Env
 Social psychology, Baron & Byrne, Pearson Publication, 12th Edition self awareness know yourself /
 Social Psychology: Understanding Human Interaction, Baron, Robert A., (302/BAR/BYR),7th Edition
 National Cadet Corps (India), Lambert M. Surhone, Mariam T. Tennoe, Susan F. Henssonow, Betascript
Publishing, 2011
 National Cadet Corps, Youth in Action (Google eBook), National Cadet Corps (India), Lancer Publishers,
2003
 Youth in Step: History of the National Cadet Corps, V. Longer, Lancer international, 1983 Original from
 National Cadet Corps of India, Man Mohan Sharma, Vision Books, 1980 Original from the University of
Michigan
 The National Cadet Corps Act, 1948, as Modify Up to the 1st July 1963, India, Government of India
 Cadet Corps in India: Its Evolution and Impact, Satis Chandra Maikap, Darbari Udyog, 1979 Original
 Grooming Tomorrow’s Leaders: National Cadet Corps, 1917-2006, R.S. Chhettri, Lancer Publishers,
2006
 National Civil Defence Cadet Corps, Lambert M. Surhone, Mariam T. Tennoe, Susan F. Henssonow,
 Yoga for Healing, Venkateswaran P.S., Bombay:- Jaico Publishing House 1989
Ahmedabad
 Global Partners for Sustainable Development, Pachauri R.K & Srivastava L., Tata Energy Research
 Ecology and the Politics of survival : Conflict over Natural Resources in India, Shiva , Vandana, Sage

Reference Books
Foundation Course in Physical Education - IV
 American College of Sports Medicine, ACSM’s, Guidelines for Exercise Testing and Priscription. (2013)
 American College of Sports Medicine, ACSM’s Resource Manual for Guidelines for Exercise Testing and
 Beashel, P.,& Taylor, J. (1996). Advance Studies in Physical Education and Sports. U.K.: Thomas Nelson
and Sons Ltd.
 C.V. Mosloy.
 Colfter, G.R., Hamilton, K.E., Magill R.A.,& Hamilton B.J. (1986). Contemporary Physical Education.
 Daryl S. (1994). Introduction to physical education, fitness and sports (2nd ed.). London: Mayfield
publishing company.
 Dr. A.K.Uppal& Dr. G. P. Gautam (2004). Physical education and Health. Delhi: Friends publisher.
 Dr. Gharote M. L; Teaching Methods for Yogic Practices. – 2nd Ed., Kaivalyadham Samiti, Lonavala-
2001.
 Dr. Gharote M. L; Guideline for Yogic Practices – 2nd Ed., The Lonavala Yoga Institute (India),
Lonavala- 2007
 Greenberg, Dintiman, Oakes. (2004). Physical Fitness & wellness.(3rd ed.) IL:Human kinetics.
 Halfield, F.C. (2001). Fitness : The Complete Guide. USA : International Sports Science Association.
 Kamlesh, M.L. (2002). Foundation of Physical Education. New Delhi : Metropolitan Book & Co. Ptd.
Ltd.
 Kansal, D.K. (2012). A Text book of Applied Measurement Evaluation and Sports Selection (3rd Ed.).
 NASPE. (2005). Physical Education for lifelong fitness. The physical Best teacher’s guide. IL:Human
Kinetics
 Nieman, D.C.(1986). Fitness and Sports Medicine : Health Related Approach London: Mayfield
Publishing Co.
 Nimbalkar. Sadashiv, Yoga for Health and Peace.- 6th Ed., Yoga Vidya Niketan, Mumbai., 2004.
 Pate R.R. & Hohn R.C. (1994). Health Fitness Through Physical Education. USA : Human Kinetics.
 Pandey ,&Gangopadhyay.(1995). Health Education for school children. New Delhi : Friends
Publication.
 Safrit, M. (1990). Introduction to Measurement in Physical Education and Exercise Science. St.
 Sharma, O.P. (1998). History of Physical Education. Delhi: Khel Sahitya Kendra.Werner. W.K., Hoeger.
Business Law (Company Law) IV
 Companies Act 2013 by Ravi Puliani, Bharat Publication
 Companies Act 2013 by Taxmann

Reference Books
Research Methodology in Accounting and Finance
 Research Methods in Accounting, Malcolm Smith
 Research Methods and Methodology in Finance and Accounting, by Viv Beattie and Bob Ryan

Programme at Semester III and IV

(½ Mark each)
(01 Mark each)
(05 Marks each)
Journal 05 Marks
Viva 05 Marks


 There shall be five questions each of 15 marks.
 All questions shall be compulsory with internal choice within the questions.
 Question may be subdivided into sub-questions a, b, c… and the allocation of
Passing Standard

(Practical Courses)
Maximum Marks: 75
Duration: 2 ½ Hrs.

No

blanks)

OR

OR

OR

OR
To be asked 05
To be answered 03
Note:
may be asked.

Maximum Marks: 75
Duration: 2 ½ Hrs.

No

blanks)

OR

OR

OR

OR
To be asked 05
To be answered 03
Note:

Revised Syllabus
and
of Courses of
Programme at
Third Year
Semester V and VI

Semester System

T.Y.B.Com. (Accounting and Finance)

No. of No. of
Courses Courses
1,2,3 *Any four courses from the 12 1,2,3 **Any four courses from the 12
&4 following list of the courses &4 following list of the courses
5 Financial Accounting - V 04 5 Financial Accounting - VII 04
6 Financial Accounting - VI 04 6 Project Work-II 04

solving/analyzing/exploring a real life situation/ difficult problem. Project work would be of 04
credits each. A project work may be undertaken in any area of Elective Courses/ Study Area

01 Cost Accounting - III 01 Cost Accounting - IV
02 Financial Management - II 02 Financial Management - III
03 Taxation - IV (Indirect Taxes - II) 03 Taxation - V (Indirect Taxes- III)
04 International Finance 04 Security Analysis and Portfolio Management
05 Financial Analysis and Business Valuation 05 Management Control Systems
06 Management -II 06 Economics Paper – III
(Management Applications) (Indian Economy)

Course Structure
Semester V
No. of
Semester V Credits
Courses
1,2,3 & 4 *Any four courses from the following list of the courses 12
2 Core Courses (CC)
5 Financial Accounting - V 04
6 Financial Accounting - VI 04
Total Credits 20
*List of Elective Courses for Semester V (Any Four)

01 Cost Accounting - III
02 Financial Management - II
03 Taxation - IV (Indirect Taxes - II)
04 International Finance
05 Financial Analysis and Business Valuation Management
06 Management -II (Management Applications)I

Programme at Semester V
1. Cost Accounting – III
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Uniform Costing and Inter-Firm Comparison 05
02 Integrated System and Non Integrated System of Accounts 15
03 Operating Costing 10
Process Costing- Equivalent Units of Production and Inter-
04 15
process Profit
05 Activity Based Costing System 15
Total 60

1 Uniform Costing and Inter –Firm Comparison
Uniform costing
Meaning of and need for Uniform costing
Essentials for success of Uniform costing
Advantages and limitations of Uniform costing
Areas of Uniformity, Uniform cost manual
Inter Firm Comparison
Pre-requisites of inter firm comparison; Advantages and limitations
Practical problems
2 Integrated System and Non- integrated System of Accounts
Integrated System
Meaning; Features, Advantages and Disadvantages
Journal Entries and Preparing Integrated Ledgers.
Practical problems
Non-Integrated system
Meaning; Features, Advantages and disadvantages
Journal entries and Preparing Cost Control Accounts
Practical problems
3 Operating Costing
Meaning of operating costing; Determination of per unit cost ; Pricing of services
Collection of costing data
Note-Practical problems based on costing of hospitals, hotels, goods and
passengers transport service
4 Process Costing – Equivalent units of Production and Inter Process Profit
Valuation of Work in progress and Equivalent production (FIFO Method and
Weighted Average Method))
Inter Process transfer at Profit
Practical problems
5 Activity Based Costing System
Activity Based Costing – Introduction, Advantages, Limitations, Identification of
cost drivers, Practical Problems on Traditional V/s Activity Based Costing System.

2. Financial Management -II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Strategic Financial Management 05
02 Capital Budgeting – Project Planning & Risk Analysis 15
03 Capital Structure Theories and Dividend Decisions 15
04 Mutual Fund and Bond Valuation 15
05 Credit Management 10
Total 60

1 Strategic Financial Management
Strategic Financial Management – Need and Importance
Corporate, Business and Functional Strategy
Financial Planning - Need and Importance
Profit Maximization
Wealth Maximization
Interface of Financial Policy and Strategic Management
Relationship of Finance to Economics and Accounting
Role of Financial Manager
2 Capital Budgeting – Project Planning & Risk Analysis
Introduction - Capital Budgeting Process, Project Classification and Investment
Criteria.
Techniques of Capital Budgeting - NPV, Benefit Cost Ratio, Internal Rate of Return,
Modified Internal Rate of Return, Payback period, Discounted Payback Period and
ARR. (Inclusive of Estimation of Project Cash Flows)
Capital Rationing – Meaning, Need and Dealing with Capital Rationing Problems
Risk Analysis in Capital Budgeting – Sources and Perspectives of Risk, Sensitivity
Analysis, Scenario Analysis, Simulation Model, Decision Tree Analysis and Break -
Even Analysis.
3 Capital Structure Theories and Dividend Decisions
Capital Structure Theories – Background, Assumptions, Definitions and Taxation
and Capital Structure
Types – Net Operating Income, Net Operating Income Approach, Traditional
Position, Modigliani and Miller Approach, Trade off Theory and Signalling Theory.
Dividend Decisions- Need, Importance, Formulation, Legal and Procedural
Aspects.
Dividend Decision Models - Walter, Gordon, Graham & Dodd Model and M-M
Model
4 Mutual Fund and Bond Valuation
Introduction to Mutual Fund- History & Origin, Definition, Meaning,
Characteristics, Advantages, Disadvantages, Limitations of Mutual Funds, Ethics in
Mutual Fund. Entities involved – Sponsor, Trust, Trustee, Asset Management
Company, Registrar and Transfer Agent ( RTA) and Fund Houses in India.
Classification of Mutual Fund - Functional/Operational – Open ended, close
ended, Interval, Portfolio – Income, Growth, Balanced, MMMF, Geographical/
Location – Domestic and Offshore, Tax Saving Funds, Exchange Traded Funds ,
Balance Funds , Fixed Term Plan Debt Funds and SIP.
Calculations of NAV, Entry Load and Exit Load.
Bond Valuation - Meaning, Measuring Bond Returns – Yield to Maturity, Yield to
call and Bond Pricing. Bond Pricing Theorems, Bond Risks and Bond Duration.
(Practical Problems on YTM and Bond Duration.)
5 Credit Management
Credit Management – Terms of Payment, Credit Policy Variables, Credit
Evaluation, Credit Granting Decision, Control of Accounts Receivables ie
Receivables Management, Ageing Schedule and Credit Management in India

3. Taxation – IV (Indirect Taxes – II)
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Introduction to Indirect Taxation and GST 10
02 Levy and Collection of GST 08
03 Concept of Supply 08
04 Documentation 08
05 Input Tax Credit and Computation of GST 20
06 Registration 06
Total 60

1 Introduction to Indirect Taxation and GST
Basics for Taxation - Direct Taxes and Indirect Taxes – Features of Indirect taxes,
Difference, Advantages and Disadvantages, Sources and Authority of Taxes in
India (Art 246 of the Indian Constitution)
Introduction to GST – Genesis of GST in India, Power to tax GST (Constitutional
Provisions), Extent and Commencement, Meaning and Definition of GST, Benefits
of GST, Conceptual Framework – CGST, IGST,SGST,UTGST, Imports of goods or
services or both, Export of goods or services or both, Taxes subsumed and not
subsumed under GST.
GST Council and GST Network
Definitions under CGST Act
2 Levy and Collection of GST
Charge of GST, Levy and Collection GST, Composite and Mixed Supplies under
GST, Power to Grant Exemption, Negative list of GST, GST Rate Schedule for
Goods and Services
3 Concept of Supply
Taxable Event Supply
Place of Supply
Time of Supply
Value of Supply
4 Documentation
Tax Invoices, Credit and Debit notes
5 Input Tax Credit and Computation of GST

Eligibility and conditions for taking Input Tax Credit
Apportionment of credit & Blocked credits
Credit in special circumstances
Computation of GST under Inter State supplies and Intra State Supplies
6 Registration
Registration – Persons liable for Registration, Persons not liable for Registration,
Procedure for Registration, Deemed Registration,, Amendment, Cancellation and
Revocation of Registration.

4. International Finance
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Derivatives – Futures 15
02 Derivatives – Options 15
03 Foreign Exchange Markets and Dealings 15
04 Foreign Exchange Exposure and Risk Management 15
Total 60

1 Derivatives – Futures
Derivatives – Need and Importance, Major Players in Derivative Markets, Features
of Forward Contracts, Features of Future Contract, Forward V/s Future,
Theoretical Future Price, Pricing Index Futures, Initial Margin and Maintenance
Margin, Marking to Market and Variation Margin.
2 Derivatives – Options
Options- Long Call, Short Call, Long Put, Short Put, Options V/s Futures, Writer of
an Option, At the Money, In the Money and Out of The Money Options. Intrinsic
and Time Value, Option Spreads and Strategies, Put Call Parity Theorem.
3 Foreign Exchange Markets and Dealings
Introduction – Participants of Foreign Exchange Markets, Characteristics of
Foreign Exchange Market, Major Foreign Currencies that Trade Worldwide,
Foreign Currency Accounts – Nostro, Vostro and Loro (Cash Position and Currency
position)
Terms in Forex Market – Direct Quote and Indirect Quote, Bid, Ask and Spread,
American terms, European terms, Spot, Tom, Cash and Forward Rates,
Appreciation and Depreciation of currency, Premium and Discount, Swap Points,
and Cross Rates.
4 Foreign Exchange Exposure and Risk Management
Exchange Rate Determination Theories – The theory of Purchasing Power Parity,
The Fischer effect, The International Fischer Effect and The Theory of Interest
Rate Parity.
Calculation of Forward Rate and Future Spot Rate.
Arbitrage in Foreign Exchange Market – Covered and Uncovered Interest
Arbitrage.
Foreign Exchange Risk - Introduction, Types of Exposures and Strategies for
Exposure Management.
Hedging Transaction Exposure, Hedging Techniques, Money Market Hedge,
Forward Hedge and Hedging of Futures & Options

5. Financial Analysis and Business Valuation
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Financial Modeling for Project Appraisal 05
02 Financial Analysis 15
03 Growth Analysis and Sustainable Earning 10
04 Basics of Valuation 06
05 Valuation Models 12
06 Valuation of Assets and Liabilities 12
Total 60

1 Financial Modeling for Project Appraisal
Financial Modeling – concepts and application
Financial statements module area
Use of functions -NPV and IRR
Forecasting Techniques
2 Financial Analysis
Financial Analysis, Financial Statement Analysis,
Analysis of Balance Sheet
Analysis of Income Statement
Analysis of Statement of Shareholder Equity
Analysis of Cash flow Statement
Analysis of Profitability
3 Growth Analysis and Sustainable Earning
Concept of Growth Analysis
Analysis of changes in profitability and sustainable earnings
Evaluation of P/B ratios and P/E ratios
4 Basics of Valuation
Introduction to valuation
Value, Distinction between Price and Value
Foundation of Business Valuation
Purpose of business valuation
Valuation Bias
Uncertainties in Business Valuation
Role of valuation in business acquisition, legal and tax purposes, efficient market
hypothesis
5 Valuation Models
Introduction to valuation models: asset based approach, Income based approach,
market based approach
Discounted cash flow valuation
Relative valuation
Free Cash Flow valuation
6 Valuation of Assets and Liabilities
Valuation of Fixed Assets, Valuation of Inventories and Valuation of Investment
Valuation of Shares
Valuation of Goodwill, Patents, Copyrights, Brands, Real Estate
Valuation of Liabilities

6. Management- II (Management Applications)
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Marketing Management 15
02 Production Management 15
04 Financial Management 15
Total 60

1 Marketing Management
Meaning and Definition of Marketing – 4 Ps of Marketing, Importance
Product Management – Meaning & Definition – Product Development Strategies,
Product life cycle, Branding- Meaning, Factors influencing branding
Price Management – Meaning and Definition – Factors affecting pricing decisions,
Pricing Strategies
Place (Distribution) Management – Meaning and Definition – Factors Governing
Distribution Decisions – Types of Distribution Channels
Promotion Management – Meaning – Promotion Strategies, Integrated marketing
communication
Case studies based on the above topics
2 Production Management
Meaning and Definition of Production Management – Scope of Production
Management, Steps in Production Planning and Control
Meaning of Productivity - Measurement of Productivity – Measure to increase
Productivity – Productivity Movement in India
Meaning and Definition of Quality Management – TQM – Quality Circles – ISO
9000/14000
Inventory Management – Meaning and Methods
Human Resource Management – Meaning, Nature, Functions of Human Resource
Management
Human Resource Planning- Meaning, Process of Human Resource Planning
Human Resource Development- Methods of Developing Human Resource
Performance Appraisal – Meaning and Definition – Traditional and Modern
Methods of Appraisal
Employee retention
Leadership- Traits, Styles
Motivation- Factors of Motivation, Theories of Motivation- Maslow’s Theory,
Douglas MacGregor’s Theory X and Theory Y
4 Financial Management
Meaning and Definition of Financial Management – Functions of Financial
Management
Capital Budgeting- Introduction, Importance and Process
Capital Structure- Meaning, Factors affecting Capital Structure
Capital Market – Meaning and Constituents – Functions
Fundamental Analysis – Technical Analysis - Venture Capital – DEMAT Account -
Futures and Options

1. Financial Accounting - V
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Underwriting of shares & debentures 08
02 Buy-Back of shares 10
AS – 14 - Amalgamation, Absorption & External

03 15
Reconstruction (excluding inter – company holding)
04 Internal Reconstruction 15
05 Liquidation of Companies 10
Total 60

1 Underwriting of shares & debentures
Underwriters, Sub-Underwriters, Brokers and Manager to issues
Marked, Unmarked and Firm-underwriting applications,
Liability of the underwriters in respect of underwriting contract
Practical problems
2 Buy Back of Shares
Company Law / Legal provisions (including related restrictions, power, transfer to
capital redemption reserve account and prohibitions). Compliance of conditions
including sources, maximum limits and debt equity ratio. Cancellation of Shares
Bought back(Excluding Buy Back of minority shareholding)
Practical problems
AS – 14 - Amalgamation, Absorption & External Reconstruction (excluding inter-
3
company holdings)
In the nature of merger and purchase with corresponding accounting treatments
of pooling of interests and purchase method respectively. Meaning and
Computation of purchase consideration. Problems based on purchase method
only.
Practical problems
4 Internal Reconstruction
Need for reconstruction and company law provisions. Distinction between
internal and external reconstruction. Methods including alteration of share
capital, variation of shareholder rights, sub division, consolidation, surrender and
reissue / cancellation, reduction of share capital with relevant legal provisions and
accounting treatment for same.
Practical problems
5 Liquidation of Companies
Meaning of liquidation or winding up
Preferential payments
Overriding preferential payments
Preparation of statement of affairs, deficit / surplus account
Liquidator’s final statement of account
Practical problems

with effect from the Academic Year 2018- 2019
2. Financial Accounting – VI
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
02 Final Accounts of Insurance Company (Excl. Life Insurance) 15
03 Non – Banking Financial Companies 08
04 Valuation of Goodwill and Shares 12
05 Accounting for Limited Liability Partnership 10
Total 60

Legal provision in Banking Regulation Act, 1949 relating to Accounts.
Statutory reserves including Cash Reserve and Statutory Liquidity Ratio.
Bill purchase and discounted, rebate of bill discounted.
Non – performing assets and Income from non – performing assets.
Capital Adequacy
Classification of Advances, standard, sub – standard, doubtful and provisioning
requirement.
2 Final Accounts of Insurance Company (Excl. Life Insurance)
General Insurance – Various types of insurance, like fire, marine, Miscellaneous,
Special terms like premium, claims, commission, Management expenses,
Reserve for unexpired risk, reinsurance
Final Accounts in a prescribed form. Revenue Statement – Form B – RA, Profit /
Loss Account – Form B – PL and Balance Sheet Form B – BS.
3 Non – Banking Financial Companies
Introduction, Definition, Registration and Regulation, Classification, Income
Recognition, Accounting of Investment, Applicability of Prudential Norms,
Assets classification, Non- performing Assets, Capital Adequacy, Preparation of
Financial statement
4 Valuation of Goodwill and Shares
Valuation of Goodwill
Maintainable Profit method, Super Profit Method
Capitalization method, Annuity Method
Valuation of Shares
Intrinsic Value Method, Yield method and Fair Value Method
5 Accounting for Limited Liability Partnership
Statutory provisions
Conversion of partnership business into Limited Liability Partnership
Final accounts

Reference Books
Reference Books
Cost Accounting- III
Delhi
Financial Management - II
 Fundamentals of Financial Management by D. Chandra Bose, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
 Fundamentals of Financial Management by Bhabotosh Banerjee, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
 Fundamentals of Financial Management by Vyuptakesh Sharma, Pearson Education, New Delhi
 Fundamentals of Financial Management by J.C. Van Horne, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi
 Financial Management: Text and Problems by M.Y. Khan and P.K. Jain, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
 Financial Management: Theory and Practice by Prasanna Chandra, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
 Financial Management by I.M. Pandey, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi
 Financial Management byC. Paramasivan& T. Subramanian
 Financial Management by IM Pandey
 Financial Management by Ravi Kishor
 Financial Management by Khan & Jain
Taxation - Indirect Taxes - Paper IV
 Indirect Taxes: Law and Practice by V.S. Datey, Taxmann
 Indirect Taxes by V.S. Balchandra, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi
 GST Law & practice with Customs & FTP by V.S. Datey, Taxmann
 GST by V.S. Datey, Taxmann
 GST & customs Law by K.M. Bansal, University Edition
 GST Law & practice with Customs & FTP by Vineet Sodhani, Snow White Publications
 GST Law & practice with Customs & FTP by Sanjiv Agarwal, Snow White Publications
 Indirect taxes(Containing GST, Customs & FTP) by MOhd. Rafi, Bharat Publications
 P G Apte, International Financial Management, 5th Edition, The McGraw Hill
 Cheol . S. Eun & Bruce G. Resnick, International Finance Management
 Maurice D. Levi, International Finance – Special Indian Edition
 Prakash G. Apte, International Finance – A Business Perspective
 V A. Aadhani, International Finance

Reference Books
Financial Analysis and Business Valuation
 Valuation: Measuring and Managing the value of Companies: Thomas Copeland- Wiley
 The Handbook of Advance Business Valuation: Rovert F Reilly and Robert Swhweish: Mc Graw hill
 Business Valuation: Pitabas Mohanty- Taxmann
 Valuation- Measuring and Managing the value of Companies : Tim Koller- Mc Kinsey & Co
Management II (Management Applications)
 Kotlar, Philip, Marketing Management, Prentice Hall, New Delhi.
 Stanton, Etzel, Walker, Fundamentals of Marketing, Tata-McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
 Saxena, Rajan, Marketing Management, Tata-McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
 McCarthy, E.J., Basic Marketing: A managerial approach, Irwin, New York.
 Pillai R S, Bagavathi, Modern Marketing
 Principles of Management , Ramasamy , Himalya Publication , Mumbai
 Principles of Management , Tripathi Reddy , Tata Mc Grew Hill
 Management Text & Cases , VSP Rao , Excel Books, Delhi
 Management Concepts and OB , P S Rao & N V Shah , AjabPustakalaya
 Essentials of Management , Koontz II & W , Mc. Grew Hill , New York
Principles of Management-Text and Cases –Dr..M.SakthivelMurugan, New Age Publications
Core Courses (CC)
Financial Accounting - V and VI
Mumbai
 Financial Accounting a Managerial Perspective, Varadraj B. Bapat, Mehul Raithatha, Tata McGraw Hill

Course Structure
Semester VI
No. of
Semester VI Credits
Courses
1,2,3 & 4 **Any four courses from the following list of the courses 12
2 Core Course (CC)
5 Financial Accounting - VII 04
6 Project Work -II 04
Total Credits 20
**List of Elective Courses for Semester VI (Any Four)

01 Cost Accounting - IV
02 Financial Management - III
03 Taxation - V (Indirect Taxes- III)
04 Management Control Systems
05 Security Analysis and Portfolio Management
06 Economics Paper – III Indian Economy)

Programme at Semester VI
1. Cost Accounting - IV
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Budgeting and Budgetary Control 15
Absorption Costing and Marginal Costing Cost Volume and

02 15
Profit Analysis
03 Managerial Decision Making 15
04 Standard Costing and Variance Analysis 15
Total 60

1 Budgeting and Budgetary Control
Meaning & objectives, Advantages and limitations of budgets
Functional budgets, fixed and flexible budgets
Zero based budgeting, performance budgeting
Practical problems of preparing flexible budgets and functional budgets
2 Absorption Costing and Marginal Costing, Cost Volume and Profit Analysis
Absorption Costing and Marginal Costing
Meaning of absorption costing,
Introduction to marginal costing
Distinction between absorption costing and marginal costing
Advantages and limitations of marginal costing
Cost Volume and Profit Analysis
Break even analysis meaning and graphic presentation
Margin of safety
Key factor
Practical problems based on using the marginal costing formulae and key factor
3 Managerial Decision Making
Make or buy
Sales mix decisions
Exploring new markets
Plant shut down decision
Practical problems
4 Standard Costing and Variance Analysis
Preliminaries in installing of a standard cost system
Material Cost variance
Labour cost variance
Variable overhead variances
Fixed Overhead variances
Sales variances
Profit variances
Practical problems

2. Financial Management - III
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Business Valuation 05
02 Mergers and Acquisitions 15
03 Corporate Restructuring and Takeovers 15
04 Lease and Hire Purchase Financing 15
05 Working Capital financing 10
Total 60

1 Business Valuation
Conceptual Framework of Valuation – Book Value, Market Value, Economic Value,
Liquidation Value, Replacement Value, Salvage Value, Value of Goodwill and Fair
Value
Approaches of Valuation – Assets Based Approach to Valuation, Earnings Based
Approach to Valuation , Earnings Measure on Cash Flow Basis, Market Value
Added Approach and Economic Value Added.
2 Mergers and Acquisitions
Introduction- Basic modes of acquiring another firm, Synergy effects, Difference
between Merger and Takeover, Advantages of Mergers and Acquisitions, Benefits
of Merger for Acquiring firm, Reasons of companies to offer themselves for sale,
Reasons for failure of Mergers and Reverse Merger.
Commonly Used Bases for determining the Exchange Ratio – EPS, MPS, Book
value and Combination of Measures and Evaluation of Mergers (Practical
Problems)
3 Corporate Restructuring and Takeovers
Introduction – Meaning, Need and Importance, Forms of Restructuring,
Advantages and Disadvantages
Takeovers – Meaning, SEBI Guidelines, Anti-takeover defences and Asset and
Liability Restructuring. (Practical Problems)
4 Lease and Hire Purchase Financing
Introduction – Meaning and Types of Leases, Rationale, Mechanics, Operating
Leases, Leasing as Financing Decisions, Calculation of Cash flows of a finance
lease.
Hire Purchase – Meaning, Need and Importance, Calculation of Hire Purchase
instalments.
Choice between Leasing and Hire Purchase
5 Working Capital financing
Introduction – Key features and Characteristics of Trade Credit, Bank Credit,
Commercial Papers, Certificate of Deposits and Factoring.
Practical Problems based on Factoring and calculations of yield of CP’s and CD’s

3. Taxation - Paper V (Indirect Taxes – III)
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Payment of Tax and Refunds 08
02 Returns 08
03 Accounts, Audit, Assessment and Records 08
04 Custom Act - I 12
05 Custom Act - II 12
06 Foreign Trade Policy 12
Total 60

1 Payment of Tax and Refunds
Payment of Tax, Interest and other Amounts, Interest on delayed Payment, TDS,
TCS
Refund of tax, Refund in certain cases, Interest on delayed refunds
2 Returns
Types of Returns and Provisions relating to filing of Returns
3 Accounts, Audit, Assessment and Records

Accounts and other records, Period of retention of accounts, Electronic Way Bill
Self-Assessment, Provisional Assessment, Scrutiny of Returns, Assessment of non-
filers of Returns, Assessment of Unregistered person, summary assessment in
certain special cases, Audit by tax authorities, Special Audit.
4 Custom Act - I
Introduction to customs law including Constitutional aspects
Levy of and exemptions from customs duties – All provisions including application
of customs law, taxable event, charge of customs duty, exceptions to levy of
customs duty, exemption from custom duty
Types of customs duties
Classification and valuation of imported and export goods
5 Custom Act - II
Import and Export Procedures – All import and export procedures including
special procedures relating to baggage, goods imported or exported by post,
stores
Provisions relating to coastal goods and vessels carrying coastal goods
Warehousing and Drawback
6 Foreign Trade Policy
Introduction to FTP – legislation governing FTP, salient features of an FTP, Foreign
Trade Policy 2015- 20, administration of FTP, contents of FTP, scope of FTP.
Provision related to import and export of goods
Basic concepts relating to export promotion schemes provided under FTP – Duty
Exemption & remission Schemes, Duty Free Import Authorization Scheme,
Reward scheme, Export Promotion Capital Goods Scheme, EOU, STP, BTP AND
EHTP scheme.

4. Security Analysis and Portfolio Management
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Portfolio Management – An Introduction & Process 12
02 Portfolio Management – Valuation 12
05 Efficient Market Theory & CAPM 12
Total 60

1 Portfolio Management – An Introduction & Process
Investment - Meaning, Characteristics, Objectives, Investment V/s Speculation,
Investment V/s Gambling and Types of Investors
Investment Environment in India and factors conducive for investment in India.
2 Portfolio Management – Valuation
Portfolio Revision – Meaning, Need, Constraints and Strategies.
Portfolio Evaluation – Meaning, Need, Measuring Returns
Economy Analysis – Meaning, Framework, Economic Analysis, Forecasting,
Barometric or Indicator Approach, Econometric Model Building and Opportunistic
Model Building.
Industry Analysis – Concept of Analysis, Industry Life Cycle, Industry
Characteristics
Company Analysis – Financial Statements, Analysis of Financial Statements,
(Practical questions on Debt equity ratios, total debt ratio, proprietary ratios,
interest coverage ratio, Profitability ratios related to sales, investment and equity
shares Efficiency or Activity Ratios) and Assessment of risk ( Leverages)
Dow Theory
Meaning and Principles of Technical Analysis, Price Chart, Line Chart, Bar Chart,
Japanese Candlestick Chart, Trends and Trend Reversals, Chart Patterns, Support
and Resistance, Reversal Patterns, Continuation Patterns and Elliot Wave Theory
Mathematical Indicators – Calculation of Moving Averages (Simple and
Exponential Moving Average), Oscillators and Relative Strength Index
Market Indicators
Fundamental Analysis V/s Technical Analysis

5 Efficient Market Theory & CAPM
Random Walk Theory
The Efficient Market Hypothesis
Forms of Market Efficiency
Competitive Market Hypothesis
CAPM – Fundamental Notions of Portfolio Theory, Assumption of CAPM, Efficient
Frontier with Riskless Lending and Borrowing, Capital Market Line, Security
Market Line and Pricing of Securities with CAPM.
Arbitrage Pricing Theory (APT) – The Return Generating Model, Factors Affecting
Stock Return, Expected Return on Stock, APT V/s CAPM.

5. Management Control Systems
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
Developments in Management Accounting and Control
01 08
Systems
02 Financial Goal Setting 12
03 Responsibility Centres 15
04 Transfer Pricing 15
05 Inflation Accounting 10
Total 60

1 Developments in Management Accounting and Control Systems
–Introduction- The Modern economic environment, Traditional production
processes, The background to change, The new manufacturing computer-aided
design, Computer-aided manufacturing, Computer-integrated manufacturing,
Flexible manufacturing systems, Value chain, Production operations systems and
Management strategies, Material requirements planning, Manufacturing
Resources Planning, Optimised Production Technology (OPT), ERP, CRM and SCM
Just-in-time concept , Total Quality Management (TQM) and Synchronous
Manufacturing.
Control in special sectors: Scrap Control, Control of R & D – Project Control,
Administrative Cost Control and the emphasis on continuous improvement.
2 Financial Goal Setting
Analysis of Incremental ROI, Sensitivity Analysis, Developing Financial Goals
along Organizational Hierarchy.
Concept and Technique of Responsibility Budgeting - Analytical framework for
Developing Responsibility Budgets - Integrating Responsibility Budgets
Integrating Responsibility Budgeting with MBO System.
3 Responsibility Centres
Introduction to Cost, Revenue, Profit and Investment Centres, Reporting of
Responsibility Centre.
Performance Measures -Investment Centres/Strategic Business Units, Return on
Investment, The problems with ROI and Residual income (RI)
4 Transfer Pricing
Introduction - Aims and Features, General rules, Cost-based prices, Market-based
prices, Marginal cost, Dual pricing, Profit-maximising transfer prices, Negotiated
transfer prices and other behavioural considerations
5 Inflation Accounting
Introduction - Need, Brief History, Methods of Inflation Accounting (Current
Purchasing Power and Current Cost Accounting), Inflation Accounting and
Corporate Taxation. Financial Reporting to Management under conditions of
change in price level.

6. Economics Paper – III (Indian Economy)
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Introduction Agricultural Sector 15
02 Industrial Sector 15
03 Service Sector and External Sector 15
04 Money and Banking 15
Total 60

1 Introduction Agricultural Sector
Introduction
Demographic features- Poverty, Income inequality and Unemployment
Urbanization and its effects
Agricultural Sector
Institutional Structure- Land reforms in India
Technological changes in agriculture
Agricultural pricing and agricultural finance
Agricultural marketing
National agricultural policy
2 Industrial Sector
Growth and pattern of industrialization
Industrial Policy of 1991.Public sector enterprises and disinvestment policy
Small scale sector- problems and prospects
3 Service Sector and External Sector
Service Sector
Nature and scope of service industry
Recent trends in Banking industry, Insurance Industry, Healthcare Industry and
Tourism Industry
External Sector
Structure and directions of Foreign trade
India’s Balance of payments since 1991
FDI, foreign capital and transnational companies in India. Role and impact of
SAARC, ASEAN and WTO
4 Money and Banking
Money market and its features
Monetary policy of RBI
Progress of commercial banking in India
Development of capital markets
SEBI and its functions

2. Core Courses (EC)
1. Financial Accounting – VII
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Final Account for Electricity Company 15
Final Accounts for Co-Operative Society:
02 (Co-Operative Housing Society and Consumer Co-Operative 15
Society)
03 Investment Accounting (w.r.t. Accounting Standard - 13) 10
04 Mutual Fund 08
05 Introduction to IFRS and Indian Accounting Standards 12
Total 60

1 Final Account for Electricity Company
Final Accounts as per Double Account System
 Final Accounts as per Electricity Rules
 Receipt & Expenditure on Capital Account
 General Balance Sheet
 Contingency Reserve
Disposal of Surplus (As per Electricity Rules): Norms regarding Disposal of Surplus
Replacement of Assets
Simple practical problems
Final Accounts for Co-Operative Society
2
(Co-Operative Housing Society and Consumer Co-Operative Society)
Provisions of Maharashtra State Co-Operative Societies Act and rules. Accounting
provisions including appropriation to various funds
Format of Final Accounts – Form N
Simple practical problems on preparation of final accounts of a Co-Operative
housing society & Consumer Co-Operative Society
For debentures/Preference. shares (fixed income bearing securities)
Accounting for transactions of purchase and sale of investments with ex and cum
interest prices and finding cost of investment sold and carrying cost as per
weighted average method (Excl. brokerage).
4 Mutual Fund
Introduction, Historical Background SEBI Guidelines, Organisation, NAC Scheme,
Types of Mutual Fund Schemes, , FOF Scheme, Load or No-Load Scheme,
Investment Valuation norms, Pricing of units, Contents of Balance sheet and
revenue Account, Evaluation of mutual funds, Disposal of Investments,
Recognition of Income, Accounting policies and entries.
Accounting standards: Role/objectives of accounting standards, Development of
accounting standards in India - Requirements of international accounting
standards - International organizations engaged in accounting harmonization -
IASB - FASB - Role of IASB in developing IFRS, Applicability, Interpretation, Scope
and compliance of Accounting Standards
Indian Accounting standards (Ind AS) :
Introduction, Road map, First time adaptation of Indian Accounting Standard,
Conceptual framework
Comparison of Ind AS, IFRS and AS
IFRS : Introduction, scope Purpose & Objective of financial statement-its Frame
work-its assumption, characteristics, element, recognition & measurement.,
first time adoption of IFRS
Convergence of Ind-As and IFRS

Reference Books
Reference Books
Cost Accounting- IV
Delhi
Financial Management - III
 Fundamentals of Financial Management by D. Chandra Bose, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
 Fundamentals of Financial Management by Bhabotosh Banerjee, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
 Fundamentals of Financial Management by Vyuptakesh Sharma, Pearson Education, New Delhi
 Fundamentals of Financial Management by J.C. Van Horne, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi
 Financial Management: Text and Problems by M.Y. Khan and P.K. Jain, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
 Financial Management: Theory and Practice by Prasanna Chandra, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
 Financial Management by I.M. Pandey, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi
 Financial Management byC. Paramasivan& T. Subramanian
 Financial Management by IM Pandey
 Financial Management by Ravi Kishor
 Financial Management by Khan & Jain
Taxation - Indirect Taxes - III
 Indirect Taxes: Law and Practice by V.S. Datey, Taxmann
 Indirect Taxes by V.S. Balchandra, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi
 GST Law & practice with Customs & FTP by V.S. Datey, Taxmann
 GST by V.S. Datey, Taxmann
 GST & customs Law by K.M. Bansal, University Edition
 GST Law & practice with Customs & FTP by Vineet Sodhani, Snow White Publications
 GST Law & practice with Customs & FTP by Sanjiv Agarwal, Snow White Publications
 Indirect taxes(Containing GST, Customs & FTP) by MOhd. Rafi, Bharat Publications
Security Analysis And Portfolio Management
 Blake, David 1992, Financial Market Analysis , McGraw Hill London
 Francis J.C Investments, Analysis and Management McGraw Hill New York.
 Pistolese Clifford Using Technical Analysis Vision Books
 Reilly Frank K and Keith Brown Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management.

Reference Books
Management Control Systems
 Anthony & Govindrajan - Management Control Systems (TATA McGraw Hill), 12th Edition, 2006.
 Bob Scarlett – Management Accounting and Performance Evaluation, Oxford Press, 2006 Edition
 Maciarirllo& Kirby – Management Control Systems (Prentice Hall India), 2th Edition
Economics
 Indian Economic Survey Reports (Annual), Ministry of Finance, Government of India
 Indian Economy by Misra and Puri, Himalaya Publishing House - Delhi
 Gaurav Dutt & Ashwini Mahajan, (2016) Indian Economy, S.Chand& company PVT LTD New Delhi
 A.N.Agarwal – Indian Economy problems of Development and Planning New Age International
Publisher
 RuddarDatt K.P.M Sundharam – Indian Economy S. Chand E-co LTD. Delhi
Core Courses (CC)
Financial Accounting - VII
Mumbai


Programme
at
Third Year
Semester VI
Semester System

Introduction
Inclusion of project work in the course curriculum of the B.Com. (Accounting & Finance)
programme is one of the ambitious aspects in the programme structure. The main objective of
inclusion of project work is to inculcate the element of research analyse and scientific
temperament challenging the potential of learner as regards to his/ her eager to enquire and
ability to interpret particular aspect of the study. It is expected that the guiding teacher should
undertake the counselling sessions and make the awareness among the learners about the
methodology of formulation, preparation and evaluation pattern of the project work.
 There are two modes of preparation of project work

Research Methodology
 The project topic may be undertaken in any area of Elective Courses.
 Each of the learner has to undertake a Project individually under the supervision of a
teacher-guide.
 The learner shall decide the topic and title which should be specific, clear and with
 University/college shall allot a guiding teacher for guidance to the students based on her /
his specialization.
 The project report shall be prepared as per the broad guidelines given below:
 Paper Size: A4

Format
Bachelor in Commerce (Accounting and Finance)
By
Name of the Learner
Month and Year
2nd Page
This page to be repeated on 2 nd page (i.e. inside after main page)

On separate page
Index

Abbreviations used:

 Chapter No. 1: Introduction

 Chapter No. 2: Research Methodology

 Chapter No. 3: Literature Review

 Chapter No. 4: Data Analysis, Interpretation and Presentation

 Chapter No. 5: Conclusions and Suggestions


 Bibliography
 Appendix

On separate page
Certificate
This is to certify that Ms/Mr _____________________________________has worked
and duly completed her/his Project Work for the degree of Bachelor in Commerce
(Accounting & Finance) under the Faculty of Commerce in the subject of
________________________________________ and her/his project is entitled,
“______________________________________________________________”
Title of the Project under
my supervision.
University.
investigations.
Seal of the
Date of submission:

On separate page
Name of the learner

____________________________________________________________________”,
Certified by

On separate page
Acknowledgment
is so enormous.
do this project.




 Minimum 20 days/ 100 hours of Internship with an Organisation/ NGO/ Charitable

 The theme of the internship should be based on any study area of the elective courses
 Experience Certificate is Mandatory
 A project report has to be brief in content and must include the following aspects:
category.
strategies.
 Challenges:
world.
 Conclusion:
and practice.
 The project report based on internship shall be prepared as per the broad guidelines given
below:
 Paper Size: A4
 The project report should be of minimum 50 pages

 Evaluation of Project Report (Bound Copy) 60 Marks
30 Marks
 Conduct of Viva-voce 40 Marks
10 Marks
responses)
20 Marks
Note:
 The guiding teacher along with the external evaluator appointed by the University/
evaluation pattern
Passing Standard
 Minimum of Grade E in the project component
 In case of failing in the project work, the same project can be revised for ATKT
examination.
 Absence of student for viva voce: If any student fails to appear for the viva voce on the

Revised Syllabus of Courses of B.Com. (Accounting and Finance) Programme
at Semester V and VI

(½ Mark each)
(01 Mark each)
(05 Marks each)

 Passing Standard
(Practical Courses)
Maximum Marks: 75
Duration: 2 1/2 Hrs.

No

A. Sub Questions to be asked 10 and to be answered any 08
B. Sub Questions to be asked 10 and to be answered any 07
blanks)

OR

OR

OR

OR
To be asked 05
To be answered 03
Note:
Practical question of 15 marks may be divided into two sub questions of 7/8 and
10/5Marks. If the topic demands, instead of practical questions, appropriate theory
question may be asked.

Maximum Marks: 75

No

blanks)

OR

OR

OR

OR
To be asked 05
To be answered 03
Note:
Theory question of 15 marks may be divided into two sub questions of 7/8 and 10/5Marks.

AC – 15/04/2019
Item No. – 4.44
UNIVERSITY OF MUMBAI
Revised Syllabus of
B.Com. (Accounting and Finance) Programme in Semester VI
Elective Courses
Taxation – Paper IV (Indirect Taxes-II)
Under the Choice Based Credit System

AC – 15/04/2019
Item No. – 4.44

Taxation - Paper IV (Indirect Taxes – II)
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Payment of Tax and Refunds 10
02 Returns 10
03 Accounts, Audit, Assessment and 10
Records
04 Introduction to Customs Act, 1962 15
05 Procedures under Customs Act 15
Total 60
AC – 15/04/2019
Item No. – 4.44
Sr. No Modules/Units
1 Payment of Tax and Refunds
Computation of Tax Liability, Payment of Tax, Interest and other Amounts,
Interest on delayed Payment, TDS, TCS
Refund of tax, Refund in certain cases, Interest on delayed refunds
2 Returns
Types of Returns and Provisions relating to filing of Returns
3 Accounts, Audit, Assessment and Records
Accounts and other records, Period of retention of accounts, Electronic Way Bill
Self-Assessment, Provisional Assessment, Scrutiny of Returns, Assessment of
non-filers of Returns, Assessment of Unregistered person, summary assessment
in certain special cases, Audit by tax authorities, Special Audit.
4 Introduction to Customs Act, 1962
Introduction to customs law including Constitutional aspects
Levy of and exemptions from customs duties – All provisions including
application of customs law, taxable event, charge of customs duty, exceptions to
levy of customs duty, exemption from custom duty
Types of customs duties
Classification and valuation of imported and export goods
5 Procedures under Customs Act
Import and Export Procedures – All import and export procedures including
special procedures relating to baggage, goods imported or exported by post,
stores
Provisions relating to coastal goods and vessels carrying coastal goods
Warehousing and Drawback
Note; Relevant Law/Statute/Rules in force and relevant Standards in force on 1st April
immediately preceding commencement of Academic Year is applicable for ensuing examination.
AC – 15/04/2019
Item No. – 4.41
Revised Syllabus of
B.Com. (Accounting and Finance) Programme in Semester V
Elective Courses
Taxation –III (Indirect Taxes-I)
Under the Choice Based Credit System

AC – 15/04/2019
Item No. – 4.41

Taxation – III (Indirect Taxes – I)

Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Introduction to Indirect Taxation and 10
GST
02 Levy and Collection of Tax 08
04 Documentation 08
05 Input Tax Credit and Computation of 20
GST
06 Registration under GST Laws 06
Total 60
AC – 15/04/2019
Item No. – 4.41
Sr. No Modules/Units
Basics for Taxation - Direct Taxes and Indirect Taxes – Features of Indirect taxes,
Difference, Advantages and Disadvantages, Sources and Authority of Taxes in India
(Art 246 of the Indian Constitution)
Introduction to GST – Genesis of GST in India, Power to tax GST (Constitutional
Provisions), Meaning and Definition of GST, Benefits of GST, Conceptual Framework
– CGST, IGST,SGST,UTGST, Imports of goods or services or both, Export of goods or
services or both, Taxes subsumed and not subsumed under GST.
Definitions
Section 2(13) Audit
Section 2(17) Business
Section 2(31) Consideration
Section 2(45) Electronic Commerce Operator
Section 2(52) Goods
Section 2(56) India
Section2 (78) Non taxable Supply
Section 2(84) Person
Section 2(90) Principal Supply
Section 2(93) Recipient
Section 2(98) Reverse charge
Section 2(102) Services
Section 2(105) Supplier
Section 2(107) Taxable Person
Section 2(108) Taxable Supply
Extent & Commencement of CGST Act/ SGST Act/ UTGST Act/ IGST Act
Goods and Services Tax Council (GST Council)
Goods & Services Tax Network (GSTN)
2 Levy and Collection of Tax
Charge of GST, Levy and Collection GST, Composite and Mixed Supplies under GST,
Power to Grant Exemption, Negative list of GST, GST Rate Schedule for Goods and
Services
3 Concept of Supply
Concept of Supply (Section 7 of CGST Act)
Taxable Event under GST
Place of Supply
Time of Supply
Value of Supply
(Rules for valuation of Supply of Goods and Services)
4 Documentation
Tax Invoices, Credit and Debit notes
5 Input Tax Credit and Computation of GST
Eligibility and conditions for taking Input Tax Credit
Apportionment of credit & Blocked credits
Credit in special circumstances
Computation of GST under Inter State supplies and Intra State Supplies
AC – 15/04/2019
Item No. – 4.41
6 Registration under GST Law
Registration – Persons liable for Registration, Persons not liable for Registration,
Procedure for Registration, Deemed Registration, Amendment, Cancellation and
Revocation of Registration.
immediately preceding commencement of Academic Year is applicable for ensuing
examination.
Board of Studies-in-Banking & Finance, University of Mumbai 1|Page
AC 24-06-2016
Item No. 4.74
B.Com. (Banking & Insurance)

Programme
Three Year Integrated Programme -
Six Semesters
Course Structure
Under Choice Based Credit System

Progressively
Board of Studies-in-Banking & Finance, University of Mumbai

B.Com. (Banking & Insurance) Programme
Course Structure
F.Y.B.Com. (Banking & Insurance)

No. of No. of
Courses Courses
1 Environment and 03 1 Principles and Practices of 03
Management of Financial Banking & Insurance
Services.
2 Principles of Management 03 2 Business Law 03
3 Financial Accounting - I 03 3 Financial Accounting - II 03

2A 2A
4 Business Communication-I 03 4 Business Communication-II 03

6 Business Economics-I 03 6 Organisational Behaviour 03
7 Quantitative Methods-I 03 7 Quantitative Methods-II 03

S.Y.B.Com. (Banking & Insurance)
No. of No. of
Courses Courses
1, 2 & 3 *Any three courses from the 09 1,2 & 3 *Any three courses from the 09
Banking & Insurance-I Banking & Insurance-II
5 Laws Governing Banking & 03 5 Corporate Laws & laws 03
Insurance Governing Capital Market
6 Financial Market (Equity, 03 6 Universal Banking 03
Debt, Forex and Derivatives)
7 Taxation of Financial Services 03 7 Business Economics-II 03
*List of Discipline Related Elective(DRE) Courses *List of Discipline Related Elective(DRE) Courses
1 Financial Management -I 1 Financial Management –II
2 Management Accounting (Tools & 2 Financial Market (Equity, Debt, Forex and
Techniques, Focus on Banking & Insurance) Derivatives)
3 Organizational Behaviour 3 Wealth Management
4 Risk Management 4 Cost Accounting of Banking & Insurance
5 Mutual Fund Management 5 Entrepreneurship Management

T.Y.B.Com. (Banking & Insurance)
No. of No. of
Courses Courses
1,2,3 & *Any four courses from the 12 1,2,3 & *Any four courses from the 12
5 International Banking & 04 5 Central Banking 04
Finance
3 *Project Work 3 *Project Work
6 Project Work-I (Banking) 04 6 Project Work-II (Insurance) 04
Note: Project work is considered as a special course involving application of knowledge in

solving/analyzing/exploring a real life situation/ difficult problem. Project work would be
of 04 credits each. A project work may be undertaken in any area of Elective Courses/
study area
*List of Elective Courses *List of Elective Courses

1 Marketing in Banking & Insurance 1 Security Analysis and Portfolio
Management
2 Financial Reporting & Analysis(Corporate 2 Strategic Management
Banking & Insurance)
3 Auditing 3 Human Resource Management in Banking
& Insurance
4 Business Ethics & Corporate Governance 4 Turnaround Management
5 Financial Services Management 5 International Resource Management in
Banking & Insurance
6 Actuarial Analysis in Banking & Insurance 6 Procedures & Documentations in Banking &
Insurance

Revised Syllabus
and
of Courses
of
B.Com. (Banking & Insurance)
Programme
at
First Year
Semester I and II
Semester System
Board of Studies-in-Banking & Finance, University of Mumbai

B.Com. (Banking & Insurance) Programme at
Course Structure
F.Y.B.Com. (Banking & Insurance)

No. of No. of
Courses Courses
1 Environment and 03 1 Principles and Practices of 03
Management of Financial Banking & Insurance
Services.
2 Principles of Management 03 2 Business Law 03
3 Financial Accounting -I 03 3 Financial Accounting -II 03

2A 2A
4 Business Communication-I 03 4 Business Communication-II 03

6 Business Economics-I 03 6 Organizational Behaviour 03
7 Quantitative Methods-I 03 7 Quantitative Methods-II 03

THIRD SEMESTER

Course Structure
Semester I
No. of
Semester I Credits
Courses
1 Environment and Management of Financial Services. 03
2 Principles of Management 03
3 Financial Accounting-I 03

4 Business Communication-I 03

3 Core Courses (CC)

6 Business Economics-I 03
7 Quantitative Methods-I 03
Total Credits 20


Revised Syllabus of courses of B.Com. (Banking & Insurance)
1. Environment and Management of

Financial Services
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Financial System 15
2 Phases of Development of Banking and Insurance 15
3 Management, Regulation and Development 15

Regulatory and Developmental Framework of Banking &
4 15
Insurance
Total 60

1 Introduction to Financial System
• Financial System
 Institutional setup
 Marketing Structure
 Instruments
 Overview of different kinds of financial services. (e.g Leasing, Hire purchase,
factoring, forfaiting, Bill financing/Bill discounting, housing finance, letter of
credit, insurance, venture capital, merchant banking, stock broking and credit
rating.)
• Meaning, Definition and scope of Banking and Insurance.
2 Phases of Development of Banking and Insurance
• Significance and Role of Banking and Insurance in mobilizing savings, investment,
accumulation and economic growth.
• Functions and working of banking and insurance companies
3 Management, Regulation and Development
• Risk management within the organizations of Banks and Insurance companies
• Asset - Liability Management in Banking and Insurance
• Organisational structure and management
4 Regulatory and Developmental Framework of Banking & Insurance
• Banking companies and RBI Acts and legal framework governing the insurance.
• Developmental Activities of RBI and IRDA
• Mechanism of supervision and regulation.
• Prudential Norms.

2. Principles of Management
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Management 15
2 Management Process 15
3 Organization Structure of Banking and Insurance companies 15
4 Business Leaders 15
Total 60

1 Introduction to Management
• Definition of Management
• Management as a Profession
• Traditional Vs Contemporary Management (Henry Fayol, F.W. Taylor, Peter Drucker)
(C.K.Pralhad, Mr. Vijay Govindarajan)
2 Management Process
• Management Process, Practices, Functions of Management related to Banking and
Insurance companies
3 Organization Structure of Banking and Insurance companies
4 Business Leaders
• Leaders in the Indian Industry ( J.R.D Tata, Ratan Tata, Aditya Birla, Kumar Mangalam
Birla, Mr Dhirubhai Ambani and Sons, Kiran Mazumdar Shaw, Verghese Kurien)
• Leaders in the Banking and Insurance Industry
 Indian Leaders
(Banking & Insurance: H.Shanbagh. Uday Kotak, K.V. Kamath Naina Kidwai,
Deepak Parekh, Chanda Kochhar, Hinduja, Godrej,Aziz Premzi, Narayan Murthy,
Anand Mahindra , Governor of RBI)
 International Leader
President of World bank, President of Asian Development Bank, President of
Fed Reserve, President of International Monetary Fund

3. Financial Accounting
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to accounting 12
2 Classification of Income & Expenses & Accounting Standards 12
3 Issues of Shares, Stock Valuation & Hire purchase 20
4 Final Accounts 16
Total 60

1 Introduction to accounting
Meaning, scope, objectives, need, importance and limitations of accounting. Basic
accounting terminology. Branches of accounting. Accounting concepts, Conventions
and Principles. Double Entry System, Classifications of accounts, Rules of debit and
credit. Writing of journal Entries and Ledger, Sub division of journal and Trial Balance
2 Classification of Income & Expenses & Accounting Standards
Classifications of Income, Expenditure and Receipts on the basis of capital and
revenue. Source documents required for practical accounting. Introduction to Bank
Reconciliation Statement and Errors and their Rectification. Accounting Standard 1, 2,
6, 8, 9, 10. Understanding Fair value concept, Overview of Ind-AS vis-a-vis International
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs).
3 Issues of Shares, Stock Valuation & Hire purchase
Introduction to issue of shares. Stock valuation (FIFO and Weighted Average Method
only) Hire Purchase Transactions (calculation of interest, accounting as per asset
purchase method only, exclude repossession), Introduction to Depreciation: Fixed
Installment method, Written Down Value Method, Change of method. Valuation of
goodwill (problems based on average profit method and super profit method only)
4 Final Accounts
Trading Account, Profit and Loss Account, Balance Sheet, Adjustment Entries.
Introduction to Accounts of Non Profit Organizations

Revised Syllabus of Courses of B.Com. (Banking & Insurance)
4. Business Communication - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
Total 60
Board of Studies-in-Banking & Finance, University of Mumbai 10 | P a g e

Concept of Communication: Meaning, Definition, Process, Need, Feedback
Emergence of Communication as a key concept in the Corporate and Global world
Impact of technological advancements on Communication
Persuasion, Motivation, Education, Warning, and Boosting the Morale of
Employees (A brief introduction to these objectives to be given)
Responsibility
practices:
Medical/E-waste,

Paragraph Writing:
Activities
 Listening Comprehension
 Remedial Teaching
 Speaking Skills: Presenting a News Item, Dialogue and Speeches
 Paragraph Writing: Preparation of the first draft, Revision and Self – Editing,
Rules of spelling.
 Reading Comprehension: Analysis of texts from the fields of Commerce and
Management

5. Foundation Course - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
2 Concept of Disparity‐ 1 10
3 Concept of Disparity‐2 10
Total 45

2 Concept of Disparity‐ 1
3 Concept of Disparity‐2
differences

5. Foundation Course in NSS - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
Total 45

evaluation
Indian Constitution
development
Social Justice

5. Foundation Course in NCC - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures

3 10
Conservation
Total 45

• Organisation & Training
2 Drill: Foot Drill
March and Dressing
March and Halt
Adventure Training
sense of adventure , sportsmanship , espirit-d-corp and develop confidence ,
Para Sailing, Sailing, Scuba Diving etc

Army
air-force subjects
A. Armed Force
C. Military history
D. Communication
OR
Navy
winners
establishments

D. Swimming
OR
AIR
• History of IAF
• Introduction
• Laws of Motion
C. Airmanship
• Introduction
• Airfield Layout
D. Aero- Engines

5. Foundation Course in Physical Education - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 10
Education
Total 45


Core Courses (CC)
6. Business Economics I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Introduction 10

3 15
Production
Competition
Total 60

1 Introduction
principle- Incremental and Marginal Concepts. Basic economic relations - functional
relations: equations- Total, Average and Marginal relations- use of Marginal analysis in
decision making,
2 Demand Analysis
Meaning, significance, types and measurement of elasticity of demand (Price, income
cross and promotional)- relationship between elasticity of demand and revenue
concepts
Demand estimation and forecasting: Meaning and significance - methods of demand
estimation : survey and statistical methods
Production function: short run analysis with Law of Variable Proportions- Production
function with two variable inputs- isoquants, ridge lines and least cost combination of
inputs- Long run production function and Laws of Returns to Scale - expansion path -
Economies and diseconomies of Scale.
Cost concepts: Accounting cost and economic cost, implicit and explicit cost, fixed and
variable cost - total, average and marginal cost - Cost Output Relationship in the Short
Run and Long Run (hypothetical numerical problems to be discussed),
4
Short run and long run equilibrium of a competitive firm and of industry - monopoly -
short run and long- run equilibrium of a firm under Monopoly
Monopolistic competition: Equilibrium of a firm under monopolistic competition,
debate over role of advertising.
Oligopolistic markets: key attributes of oligopoly - Collusive and non-collusive
5 Pricing Practices
Mark up pricing, discriminating pricing, multiple – product pricing - transfer pricing

Core Courses (CC)
7. Quantitative Methods -I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
Introduction, Organising, Data, Frequency Distribution, Data
1 10
Representation
2 Measures of Central Tendencies 10
3 Measures of Dispersion 08
4 Co-variance, Correlation and Regression 10
5 Probability, Probability Distribution and decision Theory 10
6 Index Nos. 06
7 Insurance 06
Total 60

1 Introduction, Organising, Data, Frequency Distribution, Data Representation
Organizing Data, Frequency Distribution, Measure of Central tendency, Org Data,
preparation of frequency distribution graphical and diagrammatic representation
histogram, frequency polygon and gives. Definition of averages and objective of
averages types of average. Arithmetic mean, Geometric, harmonic mean and its
usages, mode and medium (using graph also) for both) for grouped as well as
ungrouped data
2 Measures of Central Tendencies
Definition of Averages and objective of Averages Types of Averages. Arithmetic
mean, Geometric Mean, Harmonic Mean and its advantages, Disadvantages and
usages, mode, median, quartiles, deciles and percentiles for both grouped as well
as ungrouped data.
3 Measures of Dispersion
Concept and idea of dispersion. Various measures Range, quartile deviation,
Mean Deviation, Standard Deviation and corresponding relative measure of
dispersion. Geographical representation and utility of various is measure of
Dispersions
4 Co-variance, Correlation and Regression
Meaning, definition and Application of covariance, concept of correlation. Rank
correlation, regression concept, relationship with correlation, Assumptions in
simple Regression, Estimation using Simple Regression: Fitting of straight line,
method of least square, construction of characteristic line/estimation line
5 Probability, Probability Distribution and decision Theory
Concept of probability yen diagrams, Rules of Probality conditional &
unconditional probality, Baye theorem. Discrete and continuous variable.
Expected value of the variable, Decision theory normal distribution
6 Index Nos.
Concept and usage of index nos. Construction of index nos. Types of index nos.
Aggregate and Relative method of constructing index nos. Chain base index nos.
Test of consistency: Time reversal factor reversal and circular test . Quantity and
Value index nos for agricultural, industrial production, Retail Prices, Consumer
price index nos. for security prices, etc.
7 Insurance
Meaning, Objective, Purpose and need for Insurance. Fundamentals of Insurance
Calculation of age, Premiums, Bonuses, Paid up value of a policy, Maturity Value of
the Policy. Claim Calculation and Surrender Value.

Course Structure
Semester II
No. of
Semester II Credits
Courses
1 Principles and Practices of Banking & Insurance 03
2 Business Law 03
3 Financial Accounting -II 03

4 Effective Communication-II 03

5 Any one course from the following list of the 02
courses
3 Core Courses (CC)
6 Organisational Behaviour 03
7 Quantitative Methods-II 03
Total Credits 20


1. Principles and Practices of Banking & Insurance
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Banking 15
2 Banking Scenario in India 15
3 Introduction to Insurance 15
4 Insurance Business Environment in India 15
Total 60

1 Introduction to Banking
Basic Concepts: Origin, Need, Types, Scope and Functions of Banking - Need for
Regulation and Supervision
2 Banking Scenario in India
Banking Operations -Types of accounts - Banking Services - Current Scenario,
Financial Inclusion and Banking Regulations & Role of RBI.
3 Introduction to Insurance
Understanding Risk - Kinds of business risks - Need and Scope of insurance -
Evolution of. insurance - Principles of insurance - Types of insurance and policies -
Risk and Return relationship
4 Insurance Business Environment in India
Growth of Insurance Business - Actuarial Role - Claim and Settlement Procedures -
Insurance Regulations Role of IRDA.

2. Business Law
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Law 08
2 Indian Constitution 10
3 Contract Act 12
4 Special Contract 12
5 Negotiable Instrument Act 10
6 Information Technology Act 08
Total 60

1 Introduction to Law
Meaning, Definitions, Features, Types, Sources and Classification
2 Indian Constitution
Natural Justice, Special Leave Appeal, Features, Writs, Fundamental Rights
3 Contract Act
Meaning, Essentials, Agreement, Offer, Acceptance, Consent, Free Consent,
Consideration, Capacity of contract, Kinds and Classification of Contract,
Performance, Discharge and Termination of Contract, Void - Quasi- Contingent -
Wager - Minor Contracts, Breach and Remedies For the Contract.
4 Special Contract
• Indemnity & Guarantee - Meaning, Features, distinguish, position, Surety,
discharge of surety
• Bailment : Meaning, Types, Features, Position, Lien, Finder of Goods Pledge
• Agency: Meaning, Features, types, Position, Ratification, Modes of Creation
and Termination, Liabilities.
• Sale of Goods Act: Introduction, Meaning, Features, Terms, Goods
Classification, Sale and Agreement to sell, Unpaid Seller and position
Conditions and Warranty
5 Negotiable Instrument Act
Features, Promissory Notes, Bills of Exchange, Cheque, Features, Distinguish,
Acceptance, Crossing, Dishonor, Position Of Banker, Holder and Holder In Due
Course, Privilages, Payment In and Out of Due Course, Types of Instruments,
Penalties For Dishonour, Endorsement
6 Information Technology Act
Objectives, Scheme, Digital Signature, Authorization, E- Governance, Certifying
Authorities, Digital Certificates, Cyber

3. Financial Accounting - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Valuation of Goodwill and Shares 15
2 Buyback of equity shares 15
3 Redemption of preference shares 15
Redemption of debentures (excluding buy back of own

4 15
debentures)
Total 60

1 Valuation of Goodwill and Shares
Valuation of Goodwill
Maintainable Profit method, Super Profit Method Capitalization method, Annuity Method
Valuation of Shares
Intrinsic Value Method, Yield method and Fair Value Method
2 Buyback of equity shares
Company Law/ Legal Provisions (including related restrictions, power, transfer to capital
redemption reserve account and prohibitions)
Compliance of conditions including sources, maximum limits and debt equity ratio
3 Redemption of preference shares
Company Law / Legal Provisions for redemption of preference shares in
Companies Act Sources of redemption including divisible profits and proceeds of
fresh issue of shares Premium on redemption from security premium and profits
of company Capital Redemption Reserve Account - creation and use
4 Redemption of debentures
Redemption of debentures by payment from sources including out of capital and /
or out of profits. Debenture redemption reserve and debenture redemption
sinking fund excluding insurance policy. Redemption of debentures by conversion
into new class of shares or debentures with options- including at par, premium
and discount

Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
Total 60

Presentation
Interviews: Group Discussion Preparing for an Interview, Types of Interviews –
Meetings: Need and Importance of Meetings, Conduct of Meeting and Group
Conference: Meaning and Importance of Conference Organizing a Conference
Measures of PR
on the theory.]

Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
2 Human Rights 10
3 Ecology 10
Total 45


Understanding the concepts of liberalization, privatization and globalization; Growth
2 Human Rights
Declaration of Human Rights; Human Rights constituents with special reference to
3 Ecology
Environmental Degradation‐ causes and impact on human life; Sustainable
development‐ concept and components; poverty and environment
Maslow’s theory of self‐actualisation; Different methods of responding to conflicts
in society; Conflict‐resolution and efforts towards building peace and harmony in
society

2.5. Foundation Course in NSS - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures

4 10
Organisations
Total 45

Program planning
of funding
Sources of funding
Schemes os Government welfare departments for community development-

5. Foundation Course in NCC - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 10
Development
Total 45

Accident etc.
3 Drill with Arms
4 Weapon Training
use and handling.

Army
air-force subjects
A. Map reading
• Introduction
OR
Navy
 Introduction of Naval communication
 Duties of various communication sub-departments
• Semaphore
 Introduction of position of letters and prosigns
 Reading of messages
 Transmission of messages
B. Seamanship
• Anchor work
 Parts of Anchor and Cable, their identification
• Rigging
 Types of ropes and breaking strength- stowing, maintenance and
securing of ropes
 Practical Bends and Hitches: Reef Knot, Half hitch, Clove Hitch, Rolling
 Introduction to Shackles, Hooks, Blocks and Derricks, Coiling Down and
Splicing of rope
C. Boat work

OR
Air
A. Air frames
• Landing Gear
B. Instruments
D. Aero modelling

5. Foundation Course in Physical Education - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
3 Yoga Education 10
Total 45

(FITT)
• Communicable diseases, their preventive and therapeutic aspectS
diseases
3 Yoga Education

Core Courses (CC)
6. Organizational Behavior
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Introduction of organizational Behavior 15
2 Group Dynamics 15
3 Organizational Culture and Change Management 15
4 Organizational Development. 15
Total 60

1 Introduction of organizational Behavior
Meaning, Nature and scope of OB, Models of OB,
Theories of Motivation :
• Maslow, Herzberg, Mc.Gregor Theory X and Theory Y, William Ouchi's Theory
Z, Victor Vroom . ERG theory
• Application of the Theories
• Motivational techniques in Banking and Insurance Industry
2 Group Dynamics
• Individual Behavior ( IQ, EQ, SQ)
• Group Formation, Team Building, Team Development.
• Goal Setting
• Soft Skills, Interpersonal Skills, Multicultural Skills, Cross Cultural Skills.
• Johari Window
3 Organizational Culture and Change Management
• Work Culture, Ways for Making Work Culture Effective and Lively, Work
Conflicts.
• Organizational Change, effects of Resistance to Change, ways to overcome
resistance to change.
• Time and Stress Management.
4 Organizational Development
• Meaning and Nature of OD.
• Techniques of OD.
• Importance of OD.

Core Courses (CC)
7. Quantitative Methods-II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Testing of Hypothesis 10
2 Linear Programming Techniques 10

Matrices & Determinants (Application in Business and
3 10
Economics)
4 Ratio, Proportion & Percentage 10
5 Statistical Applications In Investment Management 15
6 Economic indicators 05
Total 60

1 Testing of Hypothesis
Testing of hypotheses: Null Hypothesis, Alternative Hypothesis, Decision Criterion,
Critical Region, Type I and Type II Error, level of significance, Test based on large
Sample for Means and Proportion/s
2 Linear Programming Techniques
Meaning, Advantages, limitations, business applications, basic terminology,
formulation of linear Programming ProbIems, Graphical Method of solving Linear
Programming Problems, Simplex method (upto 3 variables) with Maximisation
and Minimisation. Duality in Linear Programming (concept only)
3 Matrices & Determinants (Application in Business and Economics)
Matrices, Types of Matrices, Transpose, Addition, MultIplication, Subtraction of a
Matrix, Determinants, Type of Determinants, inverse of a matrix by Pivotal
Reduction Method, Adjoint Method and Row / Column Transformation.
Application of Matrices and Determinants to Business and Economics. (Please
concentrate on application of Matrices and Determinants to Business &
Economics)
4 Ratio, Proportion & Percentage
Ratio Definition, Continued Ratio, Inverse Ratio, Proportion, Continued
Proportion, Direct Proportion, Inverse proportion, Variation, Inverse Variation,
Joint Variation, Percentage: Meaning & Computation of Percentage.
5 Statistical Applications In Investment Management
Expected return from shares (using probability) Measuring total risk from
investigator shares (using standard deviations) Partitioning risk into systematic
and unsystematic component (using co-variance) Measuring risks of portfolio
(using co-relation) to draw conclusions regarding share prices (using testing of
hypothesis).
6 Economic indicators
GDP, Real growth in GDP price level Inflation rate, Money supply, Index for
agricultural production Index for industrial production, Electrical

Reference Books
Reference Books
Environment and Management of Financial Services
• Essentials of Business Finance - RH. Srivastava, Himalaya
• Management of Financial Institution - R. .N. Srivastava, Himalaya
• Investment Management - Preeti Singh, Himalaya.
• Corporate Financial Policies and Returns to the Shareholders. N. Balsubramanian
• Modern Banking- R.S. Sayers
• Investment Analysis and Securities in India, V.A. Avadhani, Himalaya.
• Life insurance Corporates as Financial Institutions, IIC Associates of America.
• Modern Life Insurance, M J Oster and W, Robert, Macmillan NY
• Capital Market in a Planned Economy, NCAERT, Delhi,
• Banking In India. S.G. Panandikar, Worali, Mumbai.
• Investment Mgmt. S.L.V. Sinha & Others, Institute for Financial Development and Research. Madras
• Indian Financial System (Vol. I & II) B.D. Ghonasgi & Maloti Anagol
• Indian Financial System M.Y. Khan, Tata Mcgrow Hill.
• Financial Institutions in India - Vadilal Dagli, Mumbai.
• Financial Institutions in Indian Markets - L. M. Bhole,Tata Mcgrow Hill
• Outline of Mondy - G.M. Gonter
• lnvestment for Beginners - V.A. Avadhani, Himalaya
• Financial Services in India - M.Y. Khan, Tata Macgrow Hill.
• Structure of Financial Institutions - V,V. Bhatt, Varadeo
• Financial Analysis and Portfolio Management-Graham Dodd & Cotler, Macgrow Hill.
• Globalisation Indian Financial Markets - Tandon R.K. Gupta S.L.
• Life Insurance Corporation of India. Vol.1. II & Ill Mishra M.N.
• Life Insurance Corporation Act, 1956.
• lnsurance Regulatory Development Act, 1999.
• Principles of Management, T.Ramaswamy Himalaya Publications, Mumbai.
• Practices and Principles of Management L.M. Prasad, S.Chand and Sons Education Publishers, New
Delhi.
• Business Maharajas, Gita PiramaI, Penguin Books, New Delhi.
• Wisdom of Indian Business Leadership, G. Narayana, English Edition Publishers and Distributors India
Pvt, Ltd.
• In Search of Change Maestros Pritam Singh and Asha Bhandarkar, Sage Publications, UK
• Introduction to Accountancy -T. S. Grewal-(S.Chand & Co.)
• Double Entry Book Keeping- J. R. Batliboi.
• Double Entry Book Keeping - M. M. Chokshi
• Advanced Accounts -Shukia & Grewal (S.Chand & Co.)
• Advanced Accountancy - R.L.Gupta & M. Radhaswamy
• Accounting Standards -Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. New Delhi
• Gupa S C & Shukla, M C: Advanced Accounts Vol.1. New Delhi. S. Chand & Company Ltd.
Reference Books
Effective Communication-I
• Agarwal, Anju D (1989) A Practical Handbook for Consumers, IBH.
• Alien, R. K. ( 1970) Organisational Management through Communication.
• Aswalthapa, K (1991) Organisational Behaviour, Himalayan Publication, Mumbai.
• Balan,K.R. and Rayudu CS. (1996) Effective Communication, Beacon New Delhi.
• Correspondence, N.T.C. Publishing Group USA.
• Barkar, Alan(1993) Making Meetings Work, Sterling Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,
• Basu,C.R.(1998) Business Organisation and Management, T.M.H. New Delhi.
• Benjamin, James (1993) Business and Professional Communication Concepts End Practices,
• Harper Collins College Publishers, New York,
• Bhargava and Bhargava9l97l) Company Notices, Meetings and Regulations
• Bovee Courtland,L and Thrill, John V(1989) Business Communication, Today McGraw Hill,
• New York, Taxman Publication.
• Darrow, Richard, Forrstal, Dan and Coolman, Aubrey (1967) Public Relations Handbook,
• The Dartwell Co., Chicago.
• Dayal, lshwar(9810) Managing Large Organizations: A Comparative Study.
• Drucher,P.F,((1970) Technology, Management and Society, Pan Books London.
• Drucher,P. F.(( 1 974)Management Responsibilities Practices, Heinemann, London.
• Eyre, EC. (1985) Effective Communication Made Simple, Rupa and Co,Calcutta.
• French, Astrid (1993) Interpersonal Skills. Sterling Publishers, New Delhi.
• Ghanekar,A(l996)Communication Skills for Effective Management. Everest Publishing House, Pune.
• Krevolin, Nathan (1983) Communication Systems and Procedures for Modern Office, Prentice Hall,NJ.
• Lesikar, Raymond V and Petit, John D.(1994) Business Communication: Theory and Application, Richard D.
Irwin Inc. llinois,
• Majumdar,P.K.(1992) Commentary on the Consumer protection Act, Prentice. New Delhi.
• Merrihue, William (1960) Managing by Communication, McGraw Hill, New York.
• MonippalIi, M.M. (1997), The craft or Business Letter Writing, T.M.H. New Delhi,
• Montagu, and Matson, Floyd (1979) The Human Connection, McGraw Hill,New York.
• Murphy, Herta and Hilde Brandt, Herbert W (1984) Effective Business Communication,
• McGraw Hill, New York.
• Parry, John (1968) The Psychology of Human Communication,
• Ross, Robert D. (1977) The Management of Public Relations, John Wiley and Sons, U.S.A.
• Stephenson, James (1988) Principles and Practice of Commercial Correspondence,
• Pilman and Sons Ltd. London,
• Shurter, Robert L. (1971) Written Communication in Business, McGraw Hill, Tokyo

Reference Books
• Politics in India: structure, Process and Policy Subrata Mitra, Rouutlege Pub
• Combating communalism in India: Key to National Integration, Kawal Kishor Bhardwaj, Mittal Pub
Sports, New Delhi.
2012
• Rashtriya Seva Yojana Sankalpana - Prof. Dr. Sankay Chakane, Dr. Pramod\Pabrekar, Diamond
Publication, Pune
Mantralaya,
guidelines
• Prof. Ghatole R.N. Rural Social Science and Community Development.
• Purushottam Sheth, Dr. Shailaja Mane, National Service Scheme

Reference Books
• “AVAN” Model of Disaster Mang., Vinayak Dalvie, Proceedings of Int. Conf. on Urban Plan. and Env
• Humanistic Tradition of India, N.L.Gupta, Mohit Publication, New Delhi
• Freedom of Religion and The Indian Judiciary, Bachal V.M. , Shubhada Saraswat, (362P)
• Saha Soneri Pane, Vinayak D. Savarkar
Publishing, 2011
2003
Michigan
• Cadet Corps in India: Its Evolution and Impact, Satis Chandra Maikap, Darbari Udyog, 1979 Original
2006
Ahmedabad

Reference Books
• Lippian Cott Williams and Wilkins 2006.
and Sons Ltd.
• C.V. Mosloy.
publishing company.
• Dr. A.K.Uppal& Dr. G. P. Gautam (2004). Physical education and Health. Delhi: Friends publisher.
• Dr. Gharote M. L; Teaching Methods for Yogic Practices. – 2nd Ed., Kaivalyadham Samiti, Lonavala-
2001.
• Dr. Gharote M. L; Guideline for Yogic Practices – 2nd Ed., The Lonavala Yoga Institute (India),
Lonavala- 2007
Ltd.
• Lock Hurt and others – Anatomy of the human body, Feber & Feber Oxford University, 1975
Kinetics
Publishing Co.
• Nimbalkar. Sadashiv, Yoga for Health and Peace.- 6th Ed., Yoga Vidya Niketan, Mumbai., 2004.
• Pate R.R. & Hohn R.C. (1994). Health Fitness Through Physical Education. USA : Human Kinetics.
Publication.
• Sharma, O.P. (1998). History of Physical Education. Delhi: Khel Sahitya Kendra.Werner. W.K., Hoeger.
Business Economics-I
• Samuelson & Nordhas.: Economics (Tata McGraw Hills, New Delhi, 2002)

Reference Books
Quantitative Methods-I
• Mathematics for Economics & Finance by Martin Anthony & Norman Biggs.
• Fundamentals of Statistics - D. N. Elhance,
• Statistical Methods - S.G. Gupta (S. Chand & Co.
• Statistics for Management - Lovin R. Rubin D.S, (Prentice Hall of India)
• Statistics - Theory, Method & Applications D.S.Sancheti & V. K. Kapoor.
• Modern Business Statistics - (Revised)-B. Pearles & C. Sullivan -Prentice Hall of India.
• Business Mathematics & Statistics : B Aggarwal, Ane Book Pvt. Limited
• Business Mathematics : D C Sancheti & V K Kapoor, Sultan Chand & Sons
• Business Mathematics : A P Verma, Asian Books Pvt. :Limited.
• lRDA: IC. 33
• Fundamentals of Applied Statistics: S G Gupta and V K Kapoor, Sultan Chand & Co

Reference Books
Reference Books
Principles and Practices of Banking and Insurance
• Dr. K.M.Bhattacharaya & O.P.Agarwal, Basics of Banking and Finance, Himalaya Publishing House
• Gordan and Natrajan, Banking Theory Law and Practices, Himalaya Publishing House
• V.S.Gopal & Sumathi Gopal, Principles and Practices of Banking and Insurance, Himalaya Publishing
House.
• Dr. Seethalekshmy & Jitendra Aherkar, Principles and Practices of Banking and Insurance. Sheth
Publishing House
• Dr. P.K.Gupta, Insurance and Risk Management, Himalaya Publishing House
• M.N.Mishra, Insurance Principles and Practices, S.Chand & Company Ltd.
• Nalini Tripathy, Insurance Theory and Practices, Prentice Hall of India Ltd. New Delhi
Business Law
• The Constitution of India
• Respective Acts
• Indian Contract Act, Sale of Goods Act, Partnership Act.
• Business Law - Kucchat M. C.
• Business Law - Kapoor N. D.
• Business Law - Chaudha P. R.
Financial Accounting-II
• Financial Accounting by Lesile Chandwichk, Pentice Hall of India Adin Bakley (P) Ltd., New Delhi
Mumbai
• Company Accounting Standards by Shrinivasan Anand, Taxman, New Delhi
• Financial Accounting a Managerial Perspective, Varadraj B. Bapat, Mehul Raithatha, Tata McGraw

Reference Books
Business Communication-II
• Alien, R. K.( 1970) Organisational Management through Communication.
• Aswalthapa, K (1991) Organisational Behaviour, Himalayan Publication, Mumbai.
• Balan,K.R. and Rayudu CS. (1996) Effective Communication, Beacon New Delhi.
• Correspondence, N.T.C. Publishing Group USA.
• Barkar, Alan(1993) Making Meetings Work, Sterling Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,
• Basu,C.R.(1998) Business Organisation and Management, T.M.H. New Delhi.
• Benjamin, James (1993) Business and Professional Communication Concepts End Practices,
• Harper Collins College Publishers, New York,
• Communication in Business, McGraw Hill, Tokyo
• Bhargava and Bhargava9l97l) Company Notices, Meetings and Regulations
• Bovee Courtland,L and Thrill, John V(1989) Business Communication, Today McGraw Hill,
• New York, Taxman Publication.
• Darrow, Richard, Forrstal, Dan and Coolman, Aubrey (1967) Public Relations Handbook,
• The Dartwell Co., Chicago.
• Dayal, lshwar(9810) Managing Large Organizations: A Comparative Study.
• Drucher,P.F,((1970) Technology, Management and Society, Pan Books London.
• Drucher,P. F.(( 1 974)Management Responsibilities Practices, Heinemann, London.
• Eyre, EC. (1985) Effective Communication Made Simple, Rupa and Co,Calcutta.
• French, Astrid (1993) Interpersonal Skills. Sterling Publishers, New Delhi.
• Ghanekar,A(l996)Communication Skills for Effective Management. Everest Publishing House, Pune.
• Krevolin, Nathan (1983) Communication Systems and Procedures for Modern Office, Prentice Hall,NJ.
• Lesikar, Raymond V and Petit, John D.(1994) Business Communication: Theory and Application,
Richard D. Irwin Inc. llinois,
• Majumdar,P.K.(1992) Commentary on the Consumer protection Act, Prentice. New Delhi.
• Merrihue, William (1960) Managing by Communication, McGraw Hill, New York.
• MonippalIi, M.M. (1997),The craft or Business Letter Writing, T.M.H. New Delhi,
• Montagu, and Matson , Floyd(1979) The Human Connection, McGraw Hill,New York.
• Murphy, Herta and Hilde Brandt, Herbert W (1984) Effective Business Communication,
• McGraw Hill, New York.
• Parry, John (1968) The Psychology of Human Communication,
• Ross, Robert D. (1977) The Management of Public Relations, John Wiley and Sons, U.S.A.
• Stephenson, James (1988) Principles and Practice of Commercial Correspondence,
• Pilman and Sons Ltd. London,
• Shurter, Robert L. (1971) Written C

Reference Books
• Privatisation of public enterprises – Emerging dimensions – Edited by G.S. Batra, Narinder Kaur ,
Anmol Pub. (1995)
• Industrial Policy and economic development in India (1947 -2012) – Anup ChatterjeeNew Century Pub.
(2012)
(2007)
• Contemporary issues in globalisation – An introduction to theory and policy in India Soumyen Sikder ,
Sports, New Delhi.
2012
• Rashtriya Seva Yojana Sankalpana - Prof. Dr. Sankay Chakane, Dr. Pramod\Pabrekar, Diamond
Publication, Pune
Mantralaya,
guidelines
• Prof. Ghatole R.N. Rural Social Science and Community Development.
• Purushottam Sheth, Dr. Shailaja Mane, National Service Scheme

Reference Books
• “AVAN” Model of Disaster Mang., Vinayak Dalvie, Proceedings of Int. Conf. on Urban Plan. and Env
• Humanistic Tradition of India, N.L.Gupta, Mohit Publication, New Delhi
• Freedom of Religion and The Indian Judiciary, Bachal V.M. , Shubhada Saraswat, (362P)
• Saha Soneri Pane, Vinayak D. Savarkar
Publishing, 2011
2003
Michigan
• Cadet Corps in India: Its Evolution and Impact, Satis Chandra Maikap, Darbari Udyog, 1979 Original
2006
Ahmedabad
Reference Books

• Lippian Cott Williams and Wilkins 2006.
and Sons Ltd.
• C.V. Mosloy.
publishing company.
• Dr. A.K.Uppal& Dr. G. P. Gautam (2004). Physical education and Health. Delhi: Friends publisher.
• Dr. Gharote M. L; Teaching Methods for Yogic Practices. – 2nd Ed., Kaivalyadham Samiti, Lonavala-
2001.
• Dr. Gharote M. L; Guideline for Yogic Practices – 2nd Ed., The Lonavala Yoga Institute (India),
Lonavala- 2007
Ltd.
• Lock Hurt and others – Anatomy of the human body, Feber & Feber Oxford University, 1975
Kinetics
Publishing Co.
• Nimbalkar. Sadashiv, Yoga for Health and Peace.- 6th Ed., Yoga Vidya Niketan, Mumbai., 2004.
• Pate R.R. & Hohn R.C. (1994). Health Fitness Through Physical Education. USA : Human Kinetics.
Publication.
• Sharma, O.P. (1998). History of Physical Education. Delhi: Khel Sahitya Kendra.Werner. W.K., Hoeger.
Organizational Behavior
• Stephen P. Robbins “Organizational Behavior ”Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd.
• Mirza S. Saiyadain“OrganizationalBehaviour”Tata Mc. Graw Hill.
• John Bratton “Work and Organizational Behaviour ”MilitzaCallinan Carolyn Forshaw and Peter
SawchukPalagraveMacmilla, New York.
• Margie Parikh and Rajen Gupta “Organizational Behaviour ”Tata Mc. Graw Hill Education Private
Limited , New Delhi.
• SujaNair“Organizational Behaviour”Himalaya Publishing House , Mumbai.

Reference Books
• John. R. Schermerhorn, James Hunt , Richard Osborn, Mary Ulh Bien, “Organizational Behaviour” John
Wiley and Sons Publications , San Fransisco.
• Don Hellriegel& John W. Slocum “Organizational Behaviour”, South WestrenCenage Learning
Publications.
• Joan V. Gallos “Organizational Development” John Wiley and Sons Publications , San Francisco.
Quantitative Methods-II
• Mathematics for Economics & Finance by Martin Anthony & Norman Biggs.
• Fundamentals of Statistics - D. N. Elhance,
• Statistical Methods - S.G. Gupta (S. Chand & Co.
• Statistics for Management - Lovin R. Rubin D.S, (Prentice Hall of India)
• Statistics - Theory, Method & Applications D.S.Sancheti & V. K. Kapoor.
• Modern Business Statistics - (Revised)-B. Pearles & C. Sullivan -Prentice Hall of India.
• Business Mathematics & Statistics : B Aggarwal, Ane Book Pvt. Limited
• Business Mathematics : D C Sancheti & V K Kapoor, Sultan Chand & Sons
• Business Mathematics : A P Verma, Asian Books Pvt. :Limited.
• lRDA: IC. 33
• Fundamentals of Applied Statistics: S G Gupta and V K Kapoor, Sultan Chand & Co


(½ Mark each)
(01 Mark each)
(05 Marks each)

Journal 05 Marks
Viva 05 Marks


Passing Standard

(Practical Courses)
Maximum Marks: 75
Duration: 2 ½ Hrs.

No

blanks)

OR

OR

OR

OR
To be asked 05
To be answered 03
Note:
may be asked.

Maximum Marks: 75
Duration: 2 ½ Hrs.

No

blanks)

OR

OR

OR

OR
To be asked 05
To be answered 03
Note:

Board of Studies-in-Banking & Finance, University of Mumbai1 | P a g e
B.Com. (Banking and Insurance) Programme
Course Structure
S.Y.B.Com. (Banking & Insurance)
No. of No. of
Courses Courses
2A 2A
Banking & Insurance- I Banking & Insurance- II
6 Financial Markets 03 6 Corporate & Securities Law 03
7 Direct Taxation 03 7 Business Economics-II 03
for Semester III (Any One) for Semester IV (Any One)
1 Foundation Course – III 1 Foundation Course - IV
(An Overview of Banking Sector) (An Overview of Insurance Sector)
2 Foundation Course- Contemporary Issues- III 2 Foundation Course- Contemporary Issues- IV
3 Foundation Course in NSS - III 3 Foundation Course in NSS – IV
4 Foundation Course in NCC - III 4 Foundation Course in NCC – IV
5 Foundation Course in Physical Education - III 5 Foundation Course in Physical Education -IV

1 Financial Management - I 1 Financial Management –II
2 Management Accounting 2 Cost Accounting
3 Organizational Behaviour 3 Entrepreneurship Management
4 Risk Management 4 Wealth Management
5 Mutual Fund Management 5 Customer Relationship Management

Financial Management - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Finance and Financial Management 15
2 Financial Goal Setting & Time value of Money 15
3 Investment Decisions: Capital Budgeting 15
4 Financial Decisions 15
Total 60

1 Introduction to Finance and Financial Management
A) Introduction to Finance
 Meaning and definition of finance
 Importance of finance
 Types of Finance: Public and Private
 Sources of finance
1. Long Term Sources : Term Loans, Debentures, Bonds, Zero
Coupon bonds, Convertible Bonds, Equity shares, Preference
shares, CD, CP, Public Deposits
2. Short Term Sources: Bank Finance, Trade Credit ,Other Short
Term Sources
3. Venture Capital and Hybrid Financing
B) Financial Management
 Meaning and Importance of Financial Management
 Scope of Financial Management
 Functions and Objectives of Financial Management
 Primary Objective of Corporate Management
 Agency Problem
 Organization of Finance Function
 Emerging role of Finance Managers in India.
C) Objectives of the Firm
 Profit Maximization and Shareholders Wealth Maximization,
 Profit V/s Value Maximization
2 Financial Goal Setting & Time value of Money

A) Financial Goal Setting
 Introduction
 Financial Forecasting – Meaning, Techniques, Benefits
 Approaches to Financial Planning
 Economic Value Added (EVA)– Measurement & Components
 Free Cash Flow (FCF) -
B) Time Value of Money

 Concept
 Present Value
 Annuity
 Techniques of Discounting
 Techniques of Compounding,
3 Investment Decisions: Capital Budgeting

A) Capital Budgeting
 Nature of Capital Budgeting
 Purpose of Capital Budgeting
 Capital Budgeting Process
 Types of Capital Investment
 Basic Principle of Measuring Project Cash Flows
 Increment Principle, Long Term Funds Principle, Exclusion of
Financial Cost Principle, Post Tax Principle

 Probability technique for measurement of cash flow
 Capital Budgeting Techniques: Net Present Value Profitability
Index and Discounted Pay Back Method.
 A Comparison; Project Selection Under Capital Rationing
(Note: Problems on computation of cash flow, ranking of projects on various
techniques, selection and analysis with / without capital rationing)
4 Financial Decisions
A) Cost of Capital :
 Introduction and Definition of Cost of Capital
 Measurement of Cost of Capital
 Measurement of WACC using book value and market value
method.
 Measuring Marginal Cost of Capital
B) Capital Structure Decisions:
 Meaning and Choice of Capital Structure
 Importance of Optimal Capital Structure
 EBIT -EPS Analysis
 Capital Structure Theories
 Dividend Policies (Walter & Gordon)
Note: Relevant Law/Statute/Rules in force and relevant Accounting Standards in force on 1st April
immediately preceding commencement of Academic Year is applicable for ensuing examination
after relevant year.

Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Management Accounting 10
2 Financial Statement Analysis 20
4 Management of Profits/Dividend Policy 15
Total 60

1 Introduction to Management Accounting
Meaning and Definition , Scope, Functions , Objectives, Importance,
Role of Management Accounting, Management Accounting Framework, Tools
of Management Accounting
2 Financial Statement Analysis

A) Introduction to Corporate Financial Statements :
Understanding the Balance sheet and Revenue statements with the headings
and sub headings, Uses of financial statements, Users of Financial
Statements.
B) Financial Statement Analysis
Introduction and Meaning of Financial Statement Analysis, Steps,
Objective, Types of Analysis.
 Ratio analysis: Meaning, classification, Du Point Chart, advantages &
limitations.
 Balance Sheet Ratios: Current Ratio, Liquid Ratio, Stock Working Capital
Ratio, Proprietary Ratio, Debt Equity Ratio, Capital Gearing Ratio.
Revenue Statement Ratios: Gross Profit Ratio, Expenses Ratio ,
Operating Ratio, Net Profit Ratio , Net Operating Profit Ratio , Stock
Turnover Ratio, Combined Ratio, Return on Capital employed (Including
Long Term Borrowings), Return on proprietor’s Fund (Shareholders Fund
and Preference Capital , Return on Equity Capital, Dividend Payout Ratio,
Debt Service Ratio, Debtors Turnover, Creditors Turnover.
3 Working Capital Management:

Concept, Nature of Working Capital, Planning of Working Capital, Estimation
/Projection of Working Capital Requirements in case of Trading and
Manufacturing Organization
Operating Cycle.
4 Management of Profits/Dividend Policy

Meaning, Types, Factors influencing dividend policy, Forms of dividend.
Determinants of Dividends Policy: Factors; Dividend Policy in India; Bonus
Shares (Stock dividend) and Stock (Share) Splits; Legal, Procedural; and Tax
Aspects associated with Dividend Decision

Organizational Behaviour
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 The Individual Behaviour 15
2 The Group Dynamics 15
3 The Organizational Dynamics 15
4 Organization Behaviour In Financial Services 15
Total 60

1 The Individual Behaviour
A) Personality: Meaning, Determinants of Personality, Major personality traits
influencing OB, The Big Five Model, Trait Theory of personality,
Psychoanalytic theory of Personality, Freud Stages of Personality
Development, Locus of Control, Self-Monitoring.
B) Learning: Meaning and Definition of Learning-The Learning Process,
Principles of Learning, Theories of Learning-Classical conditioning,
Operant Conditioning, Social Learning Theory, Learning through
Reinforcement, Learning by Observing, Learning through Experience.
C) Perception-Meaning, Factors Influencing Perception, Attribution Theory,
Improving Perceptions- Johari Window, Empathy.
D) Workplace Emotions, Values and Ethics: Meaning of Emotions, Cognitive
Dissonance, Emotional Dissonance, Managing Emotions at Work
(Emotional Labor) - The Six Universal Emotions. Meaning and Types of
Values, Sources of Value systems, Values across Cultures, Values and
Ethical Behaviour.
E) Individual Decision Making: How are Decisions made in organization,
Decision Making process, Decisional Styles.
2 The Group Dynamics

A) Group Communication: Importance, Corporate Communication – Need,
Importance and Techniques of Corporate Communication.
B) Power and Politics: Meaning of Power, Bases of Power, Power Tactics,

Organizational Politics, Reasons for Organizational Politics, Managing
Organizational Politics.
C) Negotiations: Meaning, Process, Strategies, Third Party Negotiations,

Crisis Negotiations, Focus Areas of Negotiations.
D) Transactional Analysis Model: Types of Transactions, Ego states, Life

Positions, Elaboration of Transactional styles.
E) Virtual teams and Group Cohesiveness: Structure, Types, Stages in

Management of Virtual teams, Features of Cohesive Groups,
Effects/Consequences/Impact of Group Cohesion.
F) Group Decision-Making: Advantages, Disadvantages, Assumptions,

Managing Group Decision-Making, Strength and Weakness of Group
Decision-Making.
3 The Organizational Dynamics

A) Organization structure: Meaning, Meaning and key features of the concept
of Centralization, Decentralization, Span of control and Departmentation,
Simple structure, Bureaucratic & Matrix structure.
B) New design options: Team structure, Virtual organizations, Boundary less
organizations
C) Organization structure differentiation: Strategy, Organization size,
Technology & Environment, Organizational Designs and employee
behaviour.

D) Organizational Climate: Impact of Communication, Impact of Rewards &
Punishment, Quality work life with reference to Banking & Insurance, Job
Frustration-Sources, Causes, Effects, Ways to Overcome Frustration,
Impact of Frustration on Banking and Insurance companies.
4 Organization Behaviour In Banking and Insurance Sector

A) Practices of OB in Banks and Insurance
B) Issue of organization behaviour in Banks
C) Strategies to manage issues of organization behaviour in banks
D) Case Studies – Transfer, Promotion, Separation.

Risk Management
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Foundations of Risk Management 15
2 Capital Market Risk Management 15
3 Credit Market Risk Management 15
4 Risk Measurement 15
Total 60

Sr.
Modules / Units
No.
1. Foundations of Risk Management
 Basic risk types
 The role of risk management
 Enterprise Risk Management (ERM)
 History of financial disasters and risk management failures
 2007 financial crisis
2. Capital Market Risk Management

 Equity, currencies & commodities markets in India
 Introduction to Derivatives
 Forward, Future and option contracts
 Hedging through Derivatives contract
 Fixed-income securities
 Fixed-income risk management through derivatives
 Rating agencies
3. Credit Market Risk Management

 Introduction,
 Information required for evaluation of credit risk,
 Procedure for Credit Risk Management,
 Credit Lifecycle,
 Loan Review Mechanism,
 RBI guidelines on Credit Rating Framework in Banks,
 Introduction of Basel Norms and calculation of capital adequacy ratio
4. Risk Measurement
 Estimation of volatilities and correlations (application to volatility term
structures) Monte Carlo simulations (application to interest rate forecasting)
 Linear Value-at-Risk (application to market, credit and operational risk)
 Option valuation
 Risk-adjusted return on capital (RAROC) & beta calculation
 Risk management of derivatives (application to convertible risk)
 Interest rates and measures of interest rate sensitivity

Mutual Fund Management

Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Mutual Fund 15
2 Classification of Mutual Fund 20
3 Fund Selection Criteria 15
4 Financial Planning in Mutual fund 10
Total 60

Introduction to Mutual Fund
1
A) History & Origin, Definition, Meaning, Characteristics, Advantages,
Disadvantages, Limitations of Mutual Funds, Ethics in Mutual Fund.
Entities involved – Sponsor, Trust, Trustee, Asset Management Company,
Registrar and Transfer Agent ( RTA) and Fund Houses in India.
B) Legal Framework - Role of regulatory agencies for Mutual funds – SEBI,
RBI, AMFI, Ministry of Finance, SRO, Company Law Board, Department
of Company’s affairs, Registrar of Companies
MF guidelines on advertisement , Accounting , Taxation and Valuation
norms, Guidelines to purchase Mutual Funds, Investor protection and MF
regulations, Grievance mechanism in MF in India.
2 Classification of Mutual Fund
A) Types of Mutual Fund- (introduction and Characteristics)
 Functional/Operational – Open ended, close ended, Interval
 Portfolio – Income, Growth, Balanced, MMMF
 Geographical/ Location – Domestic, Offshore
 Miscellaneous - Tax Saving Funds, Exchange Traded Funds, Balance
Funds, Fixed Term Plan, Debt Funds, Systematic Investment Planning &
Systematic Transfer Plan
B) Portfolio Maturity, Calculations of NAV, Entry Load, Exit Load.
3 Fund Selection Criteria

A) Fund Rating and Ranking – Its need and importance. Basis of Ratings,
Interpretation of Funding Rating by CRISIL, CARE and ICRA, Selection
Criteria – (Size, Stability, Credit Portfolio, Performance )Performance
Measurement – Rolling Returns and Benchmarking
B) Yield To Maturity and Bond Valuation
4 Financial Planning in Mutual fund
A) Basics of Financial Planning – Financial Planning Steps, Life Cycle,
Wealth Cycle, Risk Profiling, Asset Allocation, Contingency Funds.
B) Investors Guide Towards Financial Planning – Eligibility for investment
in MF, KYC ( Individuals, Micro SIPs, Institutional Investors ,Fund
Category Guidance ( Long Bond Funds, Short Bond Funds, Ultra Short
Bond Funds) , Need for Financial Advisor, Difference between Advisor
and Distributor, Colour Coding MF products, Bank FD’s V/s Mutual
Funds, Dividend V/s Growth Option
C) Developing Model Portfolio for Investors – Model Portfolios meaning,
Step by Step Approach of Building Model Portfolio.

Information Technology in Banking & Insurance - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Electronic Commerce 10
2 E-banking 15
3 MS-Office: Packages for Institutional Automation: 20
4 Cyber Law & Cyber Security 15
Total 60

1 Introduction to Electronic Commerce
A) E-Commerce Framework, E-Commerce and media convergence, anatomy
of E-Commerce Applications, E-Commerce Consumer and Organization
Applications
B) The network Infrastructure for Electronic Commerce - Market forces
influencing the I-way, Components of I-way, Network Access Equipment
C) E-Commerce and World Wide Web- Architectural framework of E-
Commerce, WWW and its architecture, hypertext publishing, Technology
behind the web, Security and the Web
2 E-banking
A) Meaning, definition, features, advantages and limitations- core banking, the
evolution of e-banking in India, Legal framework for e-banking.
B) Electronic Payment System
Types of Electronic Payment Systems, Digital Token-based EPS, Smart
Card EPS, Credit Card EPS, Risk in EPS, Designing a EPS
3 MS-Office: Packages for Institutional Automation:

A) Ms-Word: Usage of smart art tools, bookmark, cross-reference, hyperlink,
mail merge utility and converting word as PDF files.
B) Ms-Excel: Manipulating data, Working with charts, Working with PIVOT

table and what-if analysis; Advanced excel functions-Vlookup
(),hlookup(),PV(), FV(),average(),goal seek(),AVERAGE(), MIN(),
MAX(), COUNT(),COUNTA(), ROUND(), INT(), nested functions, name
,cells/ranges/constants,relative, absolute &mixed cell references,
>,<,=operators, Logical functions using if, and, or =, not, date and time
functions & annotating formulae.
C) Application in Banking and Insurance Sector – Calculation of Interest,
Calculation of Instalment, Calculation of Cash Flow, Calculation of
Premium, Calculation of risk coverage in Insurance and Reporting.
4 Cyber Law & Cyber Security:

A) Need of Cyber Law, History of Cyber Law in India
B) Cyber Crimes:
Various threats and attacks, Phishing, Key Loggers, Identity Theft, Call &
SMS forging, e-mail related crimes, Denial of Service Attacks, Hacking,
Online shopping frauds, Credit card frauds, Cyber Stalking
C) Cyber Security:
Computer Security, E-Security, Password Security and Reporting internet fraud

Foundation Course – III (An Overview of Banking Sector)
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
An Overview of Banking Industry
1 10
Commercial Banking and Customer – Banker
2 Relationship 10
Universal Banking & Technology in Banking sector

3 10
Microfinance & Financial Inclusion
4 15
Total 45

1 An Overview of Banking Industry
 Definition of Banks, Types of Banks, Principles of Banking
 Banking System in India, Overview of RBI, Public, Private, Co-operative,
Payment Bank, Regional Rural Banks
 Emerging trends of banking - Universal banking, electronic banking,
globalization of banking.
 Brief history of banking sector reforms from 1991-2000 and Current
developments in banking sector
 Regulatory Architecture – Overview of Banking Regulation Act 1949,
Banking Regulation Act(Amendment 2015), Payment and Settlement Act
2007, Negotiable Instrument Act 1881, BIS, Basel I, II and III.
 Bank Crises in India
 Critical Evaluation of Banking Industry in India
2 Commercial Banking and Customer – Banker Relationship

 Definition and meaning of Commercial Bank, Evolution of Commercial
Banking in India, Functions of Commercial Bank , Services offered by
Commercial Bank.
 Retail Banking – Meaning, Features, Significance of Retail Banking and
Overview of its products
 Corporate Banking -Meaning, Features, Significance of Corporate Banking
and Overview of its products
 Rural Banking - Meaning, Features, Significance of Rural Banking and
Overview of its products
 Banking Ombudsman – Meaning and Functions
3 Universal Banking & Technology in Banking sector

A) Universal Banking
 Concept of Universal Banking, Evolution of Universal banking ,Services to
Government, Payment & Settlement, Merchant Banking, Mutual Fund,
Depository Services, Wealth Management, Portfolio Management
Bancassurance, NRI Remittance.
B) Technology in Banking
 Features, norms and Limitations of E- banking, Mobile Banking, Internet
Banking, RTGS, POS Terminal, NEFT, IMPS, Brown Label ATM’s, White
Label ATM’s, NUUP, AEPS, APBS, CBS, CTS, Digital Signature , M-
Wallets , Online opening of bank accounts – savings & current, and
application for credit cards, loan.
 Applicability of KYC norms in Banking Sector.
4 Microfinance & Financial Inclusion

A) Microfinance
 Introduction, Need and Code of Conduct for Microfinance Institutions in
India,
 Advantages, Purpose, Limitations and Models of SHG – Bank Linkage
Program.
 Role of NABARD and SIDBI,

 Portfolio Securitization,
 SHG-2, NRLM and SRLM ,
 Priority Sector and its Classification
B)Financial Inclusion
 Need & Extent
 RBI Committee Report of Medium Term Path on Financial Inclusion
2015, World Findex Report 2015, NISM Report 2015, (Only Brief
Extracts relating to bank account holdings and credit taken and contrast
between developing and developed nations.)
 Features & Procedures of Pradhan Mantri Jan Dhan Yojana, and PM
Mudra Yojana.
 Features, procedures and significance of Stand up India Scheme for Green
Field

Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
Total 45

mechanisms. (2
Lectures)
mechanisms. (2
Lectures)
Part A (4 Lectures)
Skills.
Language.
Part B (4 Lectures)
Part C (3
Lectures)
Leadership.

References

Delhi, 2014
2000.
7. Motilal, Shashi, and Nanda, Bijoy Lakshmi, Human Rights: Gender and
Environment, Allied Publishers, New Delhi, 2007.
2013
2003.

i. Projects/Assignments should be drawn for the component on Internal Assessment from
the topics in Module 1 to Module 4.
iii. The Project/Assignment can take the form of Street-Plays / Power-Point Presentations /
Poster Exhibitions and similar other modes of presentation appropriate to the topic.
QUESTION MARKS
DESCRIPTION
NUMBER ASSIGNED
definition of concepts / terms from all Modules. b) For 1 A, there
will be 3 marks
ii. Question 1 B will be asked on the topic of the for each sub-
Project / Assignment done by the student question.
during the Semester c) For 1 B there will
be 15 marks
iii. In all 8 Questions will be asked out of which 5 without any
have to be attempted. break-up.
on Module 1

on Module 2

on Module 3

on Module 4

Foundation Course in NSS - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
Total 45

3 Health, Hygiene & Diseases

Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures

Adventure Training and Environment Awareness
3 05
and Conservation
Total 45

The students shall enrich themselves about the history of our beloved country and
will look forward for the solutions based on strengths to the challenges to the
 Freedom Struggle and nationalist movement in India.
 National interests, Objectives, Threats and Opportunities.
 Problems/ Challenges of National Integration.
 Unity in Diversity
2 Drill: Foot Drill
 Side pace, pace forward and to the rear
 Turning on the march and whiling
 Saluting on the march
 Marking time, forward march and halt in quick time
 Changing step
 Formation of squad and squad drill
sense of adventure, sportsmanship, espirit-d-corp and develop confidence, courage,
determination, diligence and quest for excellence.
 Any Two such as – Obstacle course, Slithering, Trekking, Cycling, Rock
Climbing, Para Sailing, Sailing, Scuba Diving etc.
 Waste management
 Pollution control, water, Air, Noise and Soil
 Time management
 Effect of Leadership with historical examples
 Interview Skills
 Conflict Motives- Resolution

Army
A. Armed Force
 Task and Role of Fighting Arms
 Modes of Entry to Army
 Honors and Awards
 Characteristics of 5.56mm INSAS Rifle, Ammunition, Fire power,
Stripping, Assembling and Cleaning
 Organization of Infantry Battalion.
C. Military history
 Study of battles of Indo-Pak War 1965,1971 and Kargil
 War Movies
D. Communication
 Characteristics of Walkie-Talkies
 Basic RT Procedure
 Latest trends and Development (Multi Media, Video Conferencing, IT)
OR
Navy
 Organization of Ship- Introduction on Onboard Organization
 Naval Customs and Traditions
 Mode of Entry into Indian Navy
 Branches of the Navy and their functions
 Naval Campaign (Battle of Atlantic, Pearl Harbour, Falkland War/Fleet
Review/ PFR/ IFR)s
 Types of Models
 Introduction of Ship Model- Competition Types of Model Prepare in NSC
and RDC
 Care and handling of power-tools used- maintenance and purpose of tools

 Role of Indian Coast Guard related to SAR
D. Swimming
 Floating and Breathing Techniques- Precautions while Swimming
OR
AIR
 Organization Of Air Force
 Branches of the IAF.
 Venturi Effect
 Aerofoil
 Forces on an Aircraft
 Lift and Drag
C. Airmanship
 ATC/RT Procedures
 Aviation Medicine
D. Aero- Engines
 Types of Engines
 Piston Engines
 Jet Engines
 Turboprop Engines

Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
Total 45

 Introduction to nutrition & its principles
 Role of Nutrition in promotion of health
 Dietary Guidelines for Good Health
 Regulation of water in body and factors influencing body temperature.
2 Evaluation of Health, Fitness and Wellness
 Meaning & Concept of holistic health
 Evaluating Personal health-basic parameters
 Evaluating Fitness Activities – Walking & Jogging
 Myths & mis-conceptions of Personal fitness
 Types of Exercise Injuries
 First Aid- Importance & application in Exercise Injuries
 Management of Soft tissues injuries
 Management of bone injuries
4 Sports Training
 Definition, aims & objectives of Sports training
 Importance of Sports training
 Principles of Sports training
 Drug abuse & its effects

Financial Markets
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
2 Financial Markets in India 15
3 Commodity Market 15
4 Derivatives Market 15
Total 60

A) Introduction, Meaning, Functions of financial system,
Indian financial system from financial neutrality to financial activism and
from financial volatility to financial stability, Role of Government in
financial development, Overview of Phases of Indian financial system
since independence (State Domination – 1947-1990, Financial sector
reforms 1991 till Financial Sector Legislative Reforms Commission 2013),
Monitoring framework for financial conglomerates.
B) Structure of Indian Financial System – Banking & Non-Banking Financial

Institutions, Organized and Unorganized Financial Markets, Financial
Assets/Instruments, Fund based & Fee Based Financial Services.
2 Financial Markets in India
A) Indian Money Market – Meaning, Features, Functions, Importance,

Defects, Participants, Components of Organized and Unorganized markets
and Reforms
B) Indian Capital Market - Meaning, Features, Functions, Importance,
Participants, Instruments, Reforms in Primary and Secondary Market.
C) Indian Stock Market - Meaning and functions of Stock Exchange- NSE
and BSE.
D) Equity Market – Primary Market, IPO, Book Building, Role of Merchant
Bankers, ASBA , Green Shoe Option, Issue of Bonus shares, Right Shares,
Sweat Equity shares, ESOP.
E) Indian Debt Market –Market Instruments, Listing, Primary and Secondary
Segments
3 Commodity Market
 Introduction to commodities market - Meaning History & origin, Types of

commodities traded,
 Structure of commodities market in India,
 Participants in commodities market, Trading in commodities in India(cash
& derivative segment),
 Commodity exchanges in India & abroad
 Reasons for investing in commodities.
4 Derivatives Market
 Introduction to Derivatives market- Meaning, History & origin,
 Elements of a derivative contract,
 Factors driving growth of derivatives market,
 Types of derivatives, Types of underlying assets, Participants in derivatives
market, Advantages & disadvantages of trading in derivatives market,
 Current volumes of derivative trade in India,
 Difference between Forwards & Futures

Direct Taxation
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Definitions and Residential Status 15
2 Heads of Income - I 15
3 Heads of Income - II 15
4 Computation of Total Income & Taxable Income 15
Total 60

1 Definitions and Residential Status
A) Basic Terms ( S. 2,3,4)
Assesse, Assessment, Assessment Year, Annual Value,
Business, Capital Assets, Income, Previous Year, Person,
Transfer.
B) Determination of Residential Status of Individual, Scope of Total Income
(S.5)
2 Heads of Income - I
A) Salary ( S.15-17)
B) Income from House Property (S. 22-27)
C) Profit & Gain from Business and Profession (S. 28, 30,31,32, 35, 35D, 36,
37, 40, 40A and 43B)
3 Heads of Income - II
A) Capital Gain (S. 45, 48, 49, 50 and 54)
B) Income from other sources (S.56- 59)
C) Exclusions from Total Income (S.10)
(Exclusions related to specified heads to be covered with relevant heads of
income)
4 Computation of Total Income & Taxable Income

A) Deductions from Total Income
S. 80C, 80CCC, 80D, 80DD, 80E, 80U, 80TTA
B) Computation of Taxable Income of Individuals.
Notes
1. The Syllabus is restricted to study of particular sections, specifically mentioned rules

2. All modules / units include Computational problems / Case Study.
3. The Law In force on 1st April immediately preceding the commencement of Academic
year will be applicable for ensuing Examinations.

Financial Management -II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
2 Management of Components of Working Capital 15
3 Financial Planning 15
4 Financial Policy and Corporate Strategy 15
Total 60

 Management of Working Capital in India
 Estimating working capital needs
 Operating or working capital cycle
 Working Capital Financing: Trade Credit; Bank Credit; Commercial Papers;
Certificate of Deposits (CDs); Financing.
2 Management of Components of Working Capital
 Management of Cash and Marketable Securities: Motives for
Holding Cash; Objectives of Cash Management; Factors Determining
Cash Needs; Basic Strategies of Cash Management; Cash
Management Techniques / Processes; Marketable Securities; and
Cash Management Practices in India.
 Receivables Management: Objectives; Credit Policies; Credit
Terms; and Collection Policies.
 Inventory Management: Objectives; and Techniques.
3 Financial Planning
 Introduction
 Meaning and Essentials of Budget
 Types of Budget
 Advantages of Budgeting
 Zero Based Budgeting
 Master Budget.
 Sales Budget, Production Budget, Material Budget, Cash Budget and
Flexible Budget.
4 Financial Policy and Corporate Strategy

 Meaning of Strategic Financial Management
 Strategic financial decision making framework
 Functions of Strategic financial management
Business Risk and Financial Risk

 Introduction
 Debt v/s Equity Financing
 Types of Leverage
 Investment Objective/Criteria for Individuals/Non-Business Purpose.

Cost Accounting
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
2 Classification of Costs and Cost Sheet 15
3 Standard Costing 20
Introduction to Marginal Costing
4 15
Total 60

 Objectives and scope of Cost Accounting
 Cost centres and Cost units
 Cost classification for stock valuation, Profit measurement, Decision
making and control
 Coding systems
 Elements of Cost
2 Classification of Cost and Cost Sheet

 Classification of costs, Cost of Sales, Cost Centre, Cost Unit, Profit Centre
and Investment Centre
 Cost Sheet and Reconciliation of cost and financial accounts.
Note- Practical problems based on preparation of cost sheet reconciliation of cost
and financial accounts
3 Standard Costing
 Various types of standards, setting of standards, Basic concepts of, Labour
and Overhead (Fixed and Variable) variance analysis.
4 Introduction to Marginal Costing

 Marginal costing meaning, application, advantages, limitations,
Contribution, Breakeven analysis and profit volume graph.
Note:- Practical problems based on Marginal Costing excluding decision
making

Entrepreneurship Management
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 The Entrepreneur 15
2 Business Planning 15
3 Key Areas of New Ventures 15
4 Evolving Concepts in Entrepreneurship 15
Total 60

1 The Entrepreneur
A) Entrepreneur: Meaning, Nature, origin and development of

entrepreneurship in India, Need and Importance, Core elements,
Principles, Essentials, Types, Functions, Concept of entrepreneurship
management, Motives behind being an entrepreneur, Entrepreneurial
Process
B) Theories of Entrepreneurship: Innovation Theory of Schumpeter, Need

for Achievement Theory of McClelland, Risk Bearing Theory of knight,
Hagen’s Theory of Entrepreneurship, Economic Theory of
Entrepreneurship.
C) Entrepreneurial Values and Attitudes, Dominant characteristics of

successful entrepreneurs, Internal and external factors for entrepreneurial
motivation
D) Entrepreneurial Skills, Identifying business opportunities, Role of

creativity in Entrepreneurship, the creative process, the Innovation
process, types of innovation, sources of innovation, principles of
innovation, Sources of Business Ideas.
2 Business Planning
A) Forms of Entrepreneurial structures:

 Sole Proprietorship-meaning, merits and limitations.
 Partnership-Meaning, Forms, merits and limitations.
 Corporations-Meaning, merits and limitations.
 Limited Liability partnerships and corporations.
 Franchising-Meaning, types, merits and limitations.
B) Critical Factors for starting a new enterprise: Personal, Environmental,

Sociological factors. Problems of a New Venture- Financial, administrative,
marketing, production and other problems.
C) Business Plan: Meaning, Benefits, Developing a business plan,

Environment scanning, Elements/Areas to be covered in a Business Plan,
Project Report preparation, Contents of a Project Report.
3 Key Areas of New Ventures
A) Marketing: New Product Development, Marketing Strategy for the new

venture, Branding strategies, Distribution strategies, Pricing Strategies,
Promotion strategies for new venture, Concept of Marketing Mix and Market
segmentation, Marketing Plan
B) Operations: Size and location of Enterprise, Layout, Inventory Control,

Quality Control.

C) Finance: Sources of long term and short term finance, Debt fund-Meaning,
Merits and limitations, Equity Fund- Meaning, merits and limitations, Concept
of Break Even analysis, Venture Capital-Meaning, Merits and Limitations,
Criteria for Evaluating New Venture Proposals by Venture Capitalist
D) Human Resource: Personnel Function, Important Labor Laws: Industrial

Disputes Act, Factories Act, Provident Fund Act, Employee State Insurance
Act, Payment of Wages Act, Minimum Wages Act, Payment of Gratuity Act,
other related Acts and Role of HRD in new ventures.
4 Evolving Concepts in Entrepreneurship
A) Social Entrepreneurship: Meaning, Social responsibility of an entrepreneur
B) Barriers to entrepreneurship: Environmental, economic, non-economic,

personal and entrepreneurial barriers.
C) Intrapreneurship: Meaning, Characteristics, Intrapreneurs Activities, types

of Corporate Entrepreneurs, Corporate V/s Intrapreneurial culture, Climate,
Fostering Intrapreneurial culture, Promoting intrapreneurship- Pinchot’s
Spontaneous teams and Formal Venture teams, establishing intrapreneurial
ventures.
D) Ethics and Entrepreneurship: Defining Ethics, Approaches to Managerial

ethics, ethics and business decisions, Ethical practices and code of conduct,
Ethical considerations in corporate entrepreneurship.
E) Institutional Support to Entrepreneurs: Importance, Incentives and

facilities, Entrepreneurship Development Institute of India (EDI), NSIC,
Small Industries Development Organization (SIDO), National Institute for
Entrepreneurship and Small Business Development (NIESBUD), Others,
Key features of National Policy on Skill Development and
Entrepreneurship 2015.

Wealth Management
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Wealth Management 15
2 Wealth Management Strategy 15
3 Financial Planning & Financial Mathematics 15
4 Retirement & Estate Planning 15
Total 60

Sr. No. Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to Wealth Management
A) Overview
 Define Wealth, Meaning & Scope of Wealth Management
 Wealth cycle
 Wealth Management Process
 Introduction to Financial literacy.
B) Savings and Investments
 Introduction, Nature and Scope of Saving Investments
Objectives of Saving and Investment ( Tax Saving, Income and Growth of
Capital),
 Investment Alternatives
 Investment Attributes
 Approaches to investment decision making
 Qualities for successful investment
 Alternatives to Investment decision – Direct & Indirect
2 Wealth Management Strategy
A) Wealth Management Strategy
 Meaning & scope of wealth management strategy
 The unwealthy habits
 Philosophy of wealth creation & management
 Need for planning
B) Investment planning:
 Types of investment risk
 Risk profiling of investors & asset allocation (life cycle model)
 Asset allocation strategies(strategic, tactical, lifecycle based)
 Goal-based financial planning
 Active & passive investment strategies
3 Financial Planning & Financial Mathematics:

A) Financial Planning
 Introduction
 Role of Financial planner
 Process of financial planning
 Cash flow analysis
 Financial Planning in India
 Financial Blood Test Report
B) Financial Mathematics:
 Calculation of returns (CAGR, Post-tax returns, etc.)
 Calculation of Total assets
 Net worth calculations
4 Retirement & Estate Planning

A) Retirement Planning
 Meaning & Objectives of Retirement planning
 Gifts & Trust, Charity planning
 Avoidable mistakes in retirement planning
 Power of attorney for asset management,

B) Estate planning
 Meaning & scope
 Need for Estate planning
 Tools for Estate planning
 Considerations for personal property and collectibles
C) Insurance Planning :
 Meaning
 Basic principles of insurance
 Functions and Characteristics of Insurance
 Rights and responsibilities of Insurer and Insured
 Types of life insurance policies
 Types of general insurance policies
 Health insurance – mediclaim – Calculation of Human Life Value / Belth
Method CPT

Customer Relationship Management
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
Introduction to Customer Relationship
1 15
Management (CRM)
Technological support in Customer Relationship
2 15
Management (CRM)
Implementing Customer Relationship
3 15
Management (CRM)
Customer Relationship Management (CRM) in
4 15
Banking and Insurance Sector
Total 60

1 Introduction to Customer Relationship Management (CRM)
Meaning, Definition of CRM, Development in CRM, Benefits of CRM, Effective
CRM through Customer Knowledge Management, CRM Cycle, Winning market
through effective CRM, CRM programmes, Relationship marketing &
effectiveness of Relationship marketing, Factors responsible for growth of
Customer Relationship Management (CRM)
2 Technological support in Customer Relationship Management (CRM)
Introduction, Technological application in CRM, Types of Technological
application in CRM, Database and Information systems, Database marketing
strategies, CRM software solutions for B2C and B2B, Accounting systems for
Customer Acquisition and Retention Costs, Customer loyalty and Profitability
through Technology.
e-CRM – Introduction, Importance, Challenges, Strategies, e-marketing
and e-CRM.
3 Implementing Customer Relationship Management (CRM)
Allocation rule of Customer Relationship Management (CRM), Customer
Satisfaction survey, Contact management, Building Customer Relationship
Management (CRM), Effectiveness of Customer Relationship Management
(CRM), Organizing of Customer Relationship Management (CRM), Employee &
customer management process.
4 Customer Relationship Management (CRM) in Banking and Insurance Sector

Building customer loyalty, B2B Commerce, B2B relationship with intermediaries,
Relationship marketing for creating value in business & market, Customer
Relationship Management in Indian Banking and Insurance sector- Introduction,
CRM objectives, need of CRM, Process of CRM, Customer Relationship
Management through Call Centres in Banking sector, E- CRM in Banking and
Insurance

Information Technology in Banking & Insurance II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 E-banking Business Models 15
2 Induction of TechnoManagement 20
3 IT Applications and Banking 05
4 MS-Office: Packages for Institutional Automation 20
Total 60

E-banking Business Models
1
Various models- home banking, office banking, online banking, internet
banking, mobile banking, SMS banking,- models of electronic payments,
other business models
2 Induction of TechnoManagement
Development Life Cycle, Project Management, Building Data Centres,
Role of DBMS in Banking, Data Warehousing and Data Mining, RDBMS
Tools
 Technological Changes in Indian Banking Industry,
Trends in Banking and Information Technology, Technology in Banking,
Lead Role of Reserve Bank of India, New Horizons for Banking based IT,
Automated Clearing House Operations, Electronic Wholesale Banking
Credit Transfer, Credit Information Bureau (I) Ltd., Credit Information
Company Regulation Bill- 2004, Automation in Indian Banks, Cheque
clearing using MICR technology, Innovations, Products and Services,
Core-Banking Solutions(CBS), Human Resource Development(HRD)-The
Road Ahead,
 Technology in Banking Industry,
Teleconferencing, Internet Banking, Digital Signature in Banking, MICR-
Facility for ‘paper-based’ clearing, Cheque Truncation
 Dealing with Fraudulent transactions under CTS,
Efficient customer service, smart quill computer pen, Institute for
Development & Research in Banking & Technology (IDRBT).
 E-Checks-Protocols and Standards,
Problems on mechanization, e-Banking-RBI Regulations & Supervision,
Technology Diffusion.
IT Applications and Banking

3
Objectives, Electronic Commerce and Banking, Banking Software,
Electronic Clearing and Settlement Systems, Plastic Money
4 MS-Office: Packages for Institutional Automation
 MS-PowerPoint presentation: Internal links between slides, hyperlinks,
embedding multimedia content onto the slides (video/audio/stylish text),
slide animation, timer, creating new presentation by existing theme, import
online themes, creating a template of presentation, save and run the slide
show(.ppsx)
 Applications of Internet: Introduction to e-mail, writing professional e-

mails, creating digitally signed documents, use of outlook express:
configuring outlook express, creating and managing profile in outlook,
sending and receiving e-mails via outlook express, Emailing the merged
documents, boomerang facility of email, Google drive: usage of Google
drive in storing the Google documents, excel sheets, presentations and PDF
files.

Foundation Course – IV
(An Overview of Insurance Sector)
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 An Introduction to Life Insurance 15
2 An Introduction to Health Insurance 10
3 An Introduction to Home and Motor Insurance 10
4 Role of Insurance in Logistic 10
Total 45

An Introduction to Life Insurance
1
A) Life Insurance Business – Components, Human Life Value Approach,

Mutuality, Principle of Risk Pooling, Life Insurance Contract,
Determinants of Risk Premium
B) Products of LIC – Introduction of life insurance plans - Traditional Life

Insurance Plans – Term Plans, Whole Life Insurance, Endowment
Assurance, Dividend Method of Profit Participation Purpose of plans ,
Riders in plan - Introduction, Forms and procedures
C) Non Traditional Life Insurance Products ( Those of SBI and ICICI –

Introduction, Forms and procedures)
An Introduction to Health Insurance

2
A) Health Insurance – Meaning, IRDA Regulations, determinants of Health
Insurance, Health Insurance Market in India and determinants of Risk
Premium.
B) SBI and ICICI Health Insurance Plans - Introduction and Forms and
Procedures of Hospitalization, Indemnity Products, top up covers, cashless
insurance, Senior citizen plans, critical illness plans and Micro Insurance.
3 An Introduction to Home and Motor Insurance
A) Home Insurance - SBI and ICICI Plans – Introduction, Forms and

Procedures, Inclusions and Exclusions in policies, Determinants of Risk
Premium and Impact of Catastrophes on Home Insurance.
B) Vehicle Insurance- SBI and ICICI Plans-Introduction, Forms and
Procedures, Determinants of Risk Premium, Inclusions and Exclusions.
Role of Insurance in Logistic

4
A) Role of Insurance in Logistic - Meaning &Importance, Hazards, Protection,

Social Security – Type of Risks and Accidents.
B) Fire Insurance – SBI and ICICI Plans – Introduction, Forms and
Procedures, Standard Fire and Special Perils Policy, Tariff system and
special policies.

Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
Total 45



Part A:Some Significant Modern Technologies, Features and Applications (7
Lectures)

technologies like satellite, computer and digital in the information revolution of
today’s society.

and human life.


Part A. Basic information on Competitive Examinations- the pattern,
eligibility criteria and local centres:
GMAT), Common Admission Test (CAT) and Scholastic Aptitude Test
(SAT).

human endowment

References

Delhi, 2014
2000.
7. Motilal, Shashi, and Nanda, Bijoy Lakshmi, Human Rights: Gender and
Environment, Allied Publishers, New Delhi, 2007.
2013
2003.

i. Projects/Assignments should be drawn for the component on Internal Assessment from
the topics in Module 1 to Module 4.
QUESTION MARKS
DESCRIPTION
NUMBER ASSIGNED
definition of concepts / terms from all Modules. b) For 1 A, there
will be 3 marks
ii. Question 1 B will be asked on the topic of the for each sub-
Project / Assignment done by the student question.
during the Semester c) For 1 B there will
be 15 marks
iii. In all 8 Questions will be asked out of which 5 without any
have to be attempted. break-up.
on Module 1

on Module 2

on Module 3

on Module 4

Foundation Course in NSS - IV
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
Total 45

UNIT - II - Government Organisations(GOs ) and Non-Government
Organisations (NGOs)
etc.

Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
Disaster Management, Social Awareness and
1 10
Community Development
Total 45

 Fire Services & Fire fighting
 Assistance during Natural / Other Calamities: Flood / Cyclone/ Earth Quake/
Accident etc.
such evils.
 NGOs: Role & Contribution
 Drug Abuse & Trafficking
 Corruption
 Social Evil viz. Dowry/ Female Foeticide/Child Abuse & trafficking etc.
 Traffic Control Org. & Anti drunken Driving
 Hygiene and Sanitation (Personal and Food Hygiene)
 Basics of Home Nursing & First-Aid in common medical emergencies
 Wound & Fractures
3 Drill with Arms
bearing, smartness, and turnout, and develop the quality of immediate and implicit
 Getting on Parade with Rifle and Dressing at the Order
 Dismissing and Falling Out
 General Salute, Salami Shastra
 Squad Drill
 Short/Long tail from the order and vice-versa
 Examine Arms
4 Weapon Training
use and handling.
 The lying position, Holding and Aiming- I
 Trigger control and firing a shot
 Range procedure and safety precautions
 Theory of Group and Snap Shooting
 Short range firing, Aiming- II -Alteration of sight

Army
air-force subjects
A. Map reading
 Setting a Map, finding North and own position
 Map to ground, Ground to Map
 Point to Point March
 Observation, Camouflage and Concealment
 Field Signals
 Types of Knots and Lashing
C. Introduction to advanced weapons and role of technology (To be covered
by the guest lecturers)
OR
Navy
 Semaphore
 Phonetic Alphabets
 Radio Telephony Procedure
 Wearing of National Flag, Ensign and Admiral’s Flag.
B. Seamanship
 Anchor work
 Types of Anchor, Purpose and Holding ground
 Boat work
 Demonstrate Rigging a whaler and enterprise boat- Parts of Sail and
Sailing Terms
 Instructions in Enterprise Class Board including theory of Sailing,
 Types of Power Boats Used in the Navy and their uses, Knowledge of
C. Introduction to advanced weapons and role of technology (To be covered

OR
Air
A. Air frames
 Fuselage
 Main and Tail Plain
B. Instruments
 Introduction to RADAR
C. Aero modelling
 Flying/ Building of Aero models
D. Introduction to advanced weapons and role of technology (To be covered

Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
3 Yoga Education 10
Total 45

1 Stress Management
 Meaning & concept of Stress
 Causes of Stress
 Managing Stress
 Coping Strategies
 State & National level Sports Awards
 State Sports Policy & Scholarship Schemes
 National Sports Policy & Scholarship Schemes
 Prominent Sports Personalities
3 Yoga Education
 Differences between Yogic Exercises & non- Yogic exercises
 Contribution of Yoga to Sports
 Principles of Asanas& Bandha
 Misconceptions about Yoga
 Daily Routine Prescription.
 Understanding Activity level & Calorie requirement.
 Adherence & Motivation for exercise.
 Impact of Lifestyle on Health

Corporate and Securities Law
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Company Law – An Overview 15
Regulatory Framework Governing Stock
2 Exchanges as per Securities Contracts 15
Regulation Act 1956
3 Security Exchange Board of India 15
4 The Depositories Act, 1996 15
Total 60

1 Company Law – An Overview
A) Development of Company Law in India
B) Doctrines Governing Corporates – Lifting the Corporate Veil, Doctrine

of Ultra Vires, Constructive Notice, Indoor Management, Alter Ego. The
Principle of Non Interference ( Rule in Foss V/s Harbottle) – Meaning ,
Advantages , Disadvantages & Exceptions, Majority and Minority Rights
under Companies Act
C) Application of Company Law to Banking and Insurance Sector

Application of Companies Act to Banking and Insurance sector governed by
Special Acts. S.1(4) of Companies Act 2013
Exceptions provided (S.67(3), S.73(1), S.129(1), 179(3), S.180(1)(c), S.186,
S.189
Regulatory Framework governing Stock Exchanges as per Securities
2
Contracts Regulation Act 1956
 Definition of Securities, Spot Delivery Contract, Ready Delivery Contract,
Stock Exchange.
 Corporatisation and demutualisation of Stock Exchange –Meaning,
Procedure & Withdrawal
 Power of Recognised Stock Exchange to make rules restricting voting rights
etc
 Power of Central Government to Direct Rules or Make rules
 Power of SEBI to make or amend bye laws of recognised stock exchange
 Books and Accounts to be maintained by recognized stock exchange
 Grounds on which stock exchange can delist the securities of a company.
 Section 3 to Section 20
3 Security Exchange Board Of India
A) SEBI: Objectives-terms-establishment-powers-functions-accounts and
audit- penalties –registration.
B) Issues of Disclosure Investors Protection Guidelines: Pre & Post
obligations-conditions for issue-Debt Security-IPO-E-IPO-Employee
option-right-bonus-preferential allotment intermediary-operational-promoter
lock in period requirements-offer document.
4 The Depositories Act, 1996

 Depository – Meaning , Benefits , Models, Functions Participants
 The Depository Act 1996 – Objectives, Eligibility condition for depository
services, Fungibility, Bye laws of depository , Governance of Depository
and Internal audit of depository Participants
 BSDA and single registration for depository participants.

commencement of Academic Year is applicable for ensuing examination after relevant
year.

Business Economics II
Macroeconomics
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
Introduction to Macroeconomic Data and
1 15
Theory
2 Money, Inflation and Monetary Policy 15
3 Constituents of Fiscal Policy 15

Open Economy : Theory and Issues of
4 15
International Trade
Total 60

1 Introduction to Macroeconomic Data and Theory
 Macroeconomics: Meaning, Scope and Importance.
 Circular flow of aggregate income and expenditure: closed and open
economy models
 The Measurement of national product: Meaning and Importance -
conventional and Green GNP and NNP concepts - Relationship between
National Income and Economic Welfare.
 Short run economic fluctuations : Features and Phases of Trade Cycles
 The Keynesian Principle of Effective Demand: Aggregate Demand and
Aggregate Supply - Consumption Function - Investment function - effects of
Investment Multiplier on Changes in Income and Output
2 Money, Inflation and Monetary Policy
 Money Supply: Determinants of Money Supply - Factors influencing Velocity
of Circulation of Money
 Demand for Money : Classical and Keynesian approaches and Keynes’
liquidity preference theory of interest
 Money and prices : Quantity theory of money - Fisher’s equation of exchange
- Cambridge cash balance approach
 Inflation: Demand Pull Inflation and Cost Push Inflation - Effects of Inflation-
Nature of inflation in a developing economy.
 Monetary policy :Meaning, objectives and instruments, inflation targeting
3 Constituents of Fiscal Policy

 Role of a Government to provide Public goods-Principles of Sound and
Functional Finance
 Fiscal Policy: Meaning, Objectives - Contra cyclical Fiscal Policy and
Discretionary Fiscal Policy
 Instruments of Fiscal policy : Canons of taxation - Factors influencing
incidence of taxation - Effects of taxationSignificance of Public Expenditure -
Social security contributions- Low Income Support and Social Insurance
Programmes - Public Debt - Types, Public Debt and Fiscal Solvency, Burden of
debt finance
 Union budget -Structure- Deficit concepts-Fiscal Responsibility and Budget
Management Act.
4 Open Economy : Theory and Issues of International Trade
 The basis of international trade : Ricardo’s Theory of comparative cost
advantage - Heckscher – Ohlin theory of factor endowments - terms of trade -
meaning and types - Factors determining terms of trade - Gains from trade - Free
trade versus protection
 Foreign Investment : Foreign Portfolio investment- Benefits of Portfolio capital
flows-Foreign Direct Investment - Merits of Foreign Direct Investment - Role of
Multinational corporations
 Balance of Payments: Structure - Types of Disequilibrium - Measures to correct
disequilibrium in BOP.
Foreign Exchange and foreign exchange market : Spot and Forward rate of
Exchange - Hedging, Speculation and Arbitrage -Fixed and Flexible exchange
rates- Managed flexibility

Revised Syllabus of Courses of B.Com.( Banking & Insurance)
Reference Books
Reference Books
Financial Management - I
 Financial Management: I M Pandey, Vikas Publishing House.
 Financial Management: M.Y. Khan, P.K. Jain, Tata McGraw Hill.
 Financial Management : Ravi M Kishore, Taxman
 Financial Management : James C Van Horne, Prentice Hall
 Financial Management: Prassana Chandra, Prentice Hall.
 Financial Management: Chandra Haribariran Iyer: IBHL Publication.
 Cost and Management Accounting – Ravi N Kishor
 Essential of Management Accounting – P.N. Reddy, Himalaya publication.
 Advanced Management Accounting – Robert S Kailer.
 Financial of Management Accounting – S.R. Varshey, Wisdom.
 Introduction of Management Accounting Learning – Charbs T Horngram, PHI.
 Management Accounting – I.M Pandey, Vikas Publications.
 Cost and Management Accounting – D.K. Mattal, Galgotia Publications.
 Cost Accounting Theory and Practice-M.N. Arora, Sultan Chand and sons
 Management Accounting – Khan & Jain Tata Mc Graw
Organizational Behaviour
 Organizational Behaviour- concept, controversies, applications, by Stephen Robbins,
Prentice Hall.
 Management and Organizational Behavior , Ninth Edition, by Laurie J. Mullins, Pearson
publisher
 Organizational Behavior, Text, Cases, Games, By K. Ashwathappa, Himalaya Publishing
house
 Organizational Behavior by Margie Parikh and Rajen Gupta, Tata Mcgraw Hill
Publication
 Essentials of Organisational Behaviour (Seventh edition)- Stephen P. Robbins (Prentice
Hall India Pvt.Ltd.)
 Emerging Knowledge and Practices of the Real world (Fifth Edition)- Steven L
McShane, Mary Ann Von Glinow, Radha R. Sharma. (Tata McGraw Hill Education
Private Limited)
 Organizational Behavior by Dr. S.S. Khanka, Sultanchand publication
 Organizational Behavior by Jeff Harris and Sandra J. Hartman, Jaico Publications
 Organizational Behavior by Hellriegel, Slocum, Woodman, Pearson Education

Reference Books
Risk Management
 Quantitative Risk Management : A Practical Guide to Financial Risk- Thomas S. Coleman
 Investment Theory and Risk Management: Steve Peterson
 Risk Management : M/s Macmillan India Limited
 Corporate Value of ERM : Sim Segal
 Risk Management : Insurance and Derivatives Dr G Kotreshwar-Himalaya Publishing
House .
Mutual Fund Management
 Future scenario of Financial services : R. Gordan & Natarajan (Himalaya)
 Marketing of Financial services : V. K. Avadhani (Himalaya)
 MF, Data, Interpretation & analysis : K.G. Shahadevan & Thripairaju (Prentice hall of
India)
 Mutual funds in India (Modern scenario): Dr. Manoj Dave & Mr. Lalitkumar Chauhan,
(Paradise Publishers)
 Mutual Funds & Financial Management : Ramesh Garg (Yking books)
 Mutual Fund products & services : Indian institute for Banking & Finance ( Taxmann)
Information Technology in Banking& Insurance - I

 E-Banking in India: Challenges and Opportunities-By RimpiJatana, R. K. Uppal
 Frontiers of E-Commerce- by Ravi Kalakota, Andrew B. Whinston- Pearson Education
 Frontiers of E-Commerce- by Ravi Kalakota, Andrew B. Whinston–Pearson Education
 Microsoft Office Professional2013-Step by step
 By Beth Melton,Mark Dodge, Echo Swinford, Andrew Couch
 An Overview of Cyber Crime & security-Volume 1-1st Edition by Akash Kamal Mishra
 Computers and Banking- by Sony and Agarwal
 E-Commerce by David Whitely
Foundation Course –III ( An Overview of Banking Sector)

 Banking Law and Practice – M.L Tannan
 Microfinance Perspective and Operations – IIBF, 2016.
 Rural Banking Operations – IIBF, 2017 Edition
 Financial Inclusion and Growth Governance- Deepali Pant Joshi Gyan Publishing House
 Bank Financial Management Paperback – 2010 -IIBF
 Money Banking And Finance Paperback – 2009 -N K Sinha
 Principles and Practices of Banking Paperback – 2015 - IIBF
 Principles and Practices of Banking 11 edition Paperback – 2015 - N S Toor, Arun Toor
 Principles Of Banking (With Case Studies) Hardcover – 2009 - Rakesh Kumar
 Modern Banking In India , Gupta

Reference Books
 National Service Scheme Manual (Revised) 2006, Government of India, Ministry of Youth
Affairs and Sports, New Delhi.
 Avhan Chancellor's Brigade - NSS Wing, Training camp on Disaster Preparedness
Guidelines, March 2012
 Rashtriya Seva Yojana Sankalpana - Prof. Dr. Sankay Chakane, Dr. Pramod\Pabrekar,
Diamond Publication, Pune
 National Service Scheme Manual for NSS District Coordinators, National Service Scheme
Cell, Dept. of Higher and Technical Education, Mantralaya,
 Annual report of National Service Scheme (NSS) published by Dept. of Higher and
Technical Education, Mantralaya,
 NSS Cell, Dept. of Higher and Technical Education, Mantralaya, UTKARSHA- Socio and
cultural guidelines
 Joint programme of National Service Scheme, University of Mumbai & DISHA -
DEEPSHIKHA Projects, Nair Hospital, 2011-12
 National Service Scheme in India: A Case study of Karnataka, M. B. Dishad, Trust
Publications, 2001
Foundation Course in NCC III
 Cadet’s Hand book – Specialised Subjects, Army, Navy, Air-force, BY DG NCC, New
Delhi.
 “AVAN” Model of Disaster Mang., Vinayak Dalvie, Proceedings of Int. Conf. on Urban
Plan. and Env Strat & Challenges, Elphinstone College, Jan 2007.
 Social psychology, Baron & Byrne, Pearson Publication, 12th Edition self awareness
know yourself / insight (110) Group & Individuals (374) Group discussion
 Social Psychology: Understanding Human Interaction, Baron, Robert A.,
(302/BAR/BYR),7th Edition
 Freedom of Religion and The Indian Judiciary, Bachal V.M. , Shubhada Saraswat,
(362P)
 National Cadet Corps (India), Lambert M. Surhone, Mariam T. Tennoe, Susan F.
Henssonow, Betascript Publishing, 2011
 National Cadet Corps, Youth in Action (Google eBook), National Cadet Corps (India),
Lancer Publishers, 2003
 Youth in Step: History of the National Cadet Corps, V. Longer, Lancer international,
1983 Original from the University of Michigan
 National Cadet Corps of India, Man Mohan Sharma, Vision Books, 1980 Original from
 The National Cadet Corps Act, 1948, as Modify Up to the 1st July 1963, India,
Government of India Press, 1963 (Military Law)
 Cadet Corps in India: Its Evolution and Impact, Satis Chandra Maikap, Darbari Udyog,
1979 Original from the University of California
 Grooming Tomorrow’s Leaders: National Cadet Corps, 1917-2006, R.S. Chhettri,
Lancer Publishers, 2006
 National Civil Defence Cadet Corps, Lambert M. Surhone, Mariam T. Tennoe, Susan F.
 Yoga for Healing, Venkateswaran P.S., Bombay:- Jaico Publishing House 1989)
 Sustainable Development (An Alternative Paradigm), Satpathy , N., Karnavati
Publications , Ahmedabad
 Global Partners for Sustainable Development, Pachauri R.K & Srivastava L., Tata
Energy Research Institute, New Delhi ; 1994, 1998
 Ecology and the Politics of survival : Conflict over Natural Resources in India, Shiva ,
Vandana, Sage Publications , California , 1991

 American College of Sports Medicine, ACSM’s, Guidelines for Exercise Testing and
Priscription. (2013) Ninth Edition, Lippian Cott Williams and Wilkins.
 American College of Sports Medicine, ACSM’s Resource Manual for Guidelines for Exercise
Testing and Priscription. (2006) 5th Ed., Lippian Cott Williams and Wilkins, 2006.
 Beashel, P.,& Taylor, J. (1996). Advance Studies in Physical Education and Sports. U.K.:
Thomas Nelson and Sons Ltd.
 Bucher, C.A. (1995). Foundation of Physical Education (12th Ed.) USA : St. Louis, C.V.
Mosloy.
 Colfter, G.R., Hamilton, K.E., Magill R.A.,& Hamilton B.J. (1986). Contemporary Physical
Education. USA : Wim C. Brown Publisher.
 Daryl S. (1994). Introduction to physical education, fitness and sports (2nd ed.). London:
Mayfield publishing company.

Reference Books
 Greenberg, Dintiman, Oakes. (2004). Physical Fitness & wellness.(3rd ed.) IL:Human
kinetics.
 Halfield, F.C. (2001). Fitness: The Complete Guide. USA : International Sports Science
Association.
 Kamlesh, M.L. (2002). Foundation of Physical Education. New Delhi : Metropolitan Book &
Co. Ptd. Ltd.
 Kansal, D.K. (2012). A Text book of Applied Measurement Evaluation and Sports Selection
(3rd Ed.). New Delhi: DVS Publication.
 NASPE. (2005). Physical Education for lifelong fitness. The physical Best teacher’s guide.
IL:Human Kinetics
 Nieman, D.C.(1986). Fitness and Sports Medicine : Health Related Approach London:
Mayfield Publishing Co.
 Nimbalkar. Sadashiv, Yoga for Health and Peace.- 6th Ed., Yoga Vidya Niketan, Mumbai.,
2004.
 Pate R.R. & Hohn R.C. (1994). Health Fitness Through Physical Education. USA : Human
Kinetics.
 Pandey ,& Gangopadhyay.(1995). Health Education for school children. New Delhi : Friends
Publication.
 Safrit, M. (1990). Introduction to Measurement in Physical Education and Exercise Science.
St. Louis,Toronto,Bastan : Times Mirror/Mosby College Publishing.
Sharma, O.P. (1998). History of Physical Education. Delhi: Khel Sahitya Kendra.Werner. W.K.,
Hoeger. (2007). Fitness and Wellness. (8th ed.). Wadsworth, Cengage Learning.
Financial Markets
 Khan M.Y, Financial Services, Mc Graw Hill Education.
 Dr.S. Gurusamy, Financial Services, Vijay Nicole Imprints.
 E. Gordon and K. Natarajan – Financial Markets and Services
 Niti Chatnani- Commodity markets McGraw Hill Publication
 S. Kevin, - Commodities & financial derivatives PHI Learning Pvt ltd
DirectTaxation
 Income Tax Ready Recknoner by Dr .V.K. Singhania – Taxman

Revised Syllabus of Courses of B.Com. (Banking & Finance)
Reference Books
Reference Books
Financial Management -II
 Financial Management: I M Pandey, Vikas Publishing House.
 Financial Management: M.Y. Khan, P.K. Jain, Tata McGraw Hill.
 Financial Management : Ravi M Kishore, Taxman
 Financial Management : James C Van Horne, Prentice Hall
 Financial Management: Prassana Chandra, Prentice Hall.
 Financial Management: Chandra Haribariran Iyer: IBHL Publication.
Cost Accounting
 Cost Accounting by Jawahar Lal and Seema Srivastava, Tata Mc. Grow Hill and Co. Ltd.,
Mumbai
 Principles and Practices of Cost Accounting by N.K. Prasad, Book Syndicate Pvt. Ltd.,
Calcutta
 Cost Accounting Theory and Practice by B.K. Bhar, Tata Mc. Grow Hill and Co. Ltd.,
Mumbai
 Cost Accounting Principles and Practice by M.N. Arora, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi
 Advanced Cost and Management Accounting: Problems and Solutions by V.K. Saxena and
C.D. Vashist, S. Chand and Company (P) Ltd., New Delhi
 Modern Cost and Management Accounting by M. Hanif, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi
Entrepreneurship Management
 S.L. Gupta and Dr. Arun Mittal, Entrepreneurship Development by International Books
House ltd.
 Vasant Desai, Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development
 Willaim D. Bygrave and Andrew Zacharakis, The Portable MBA in Entrepreneurship by,
Fourth edition, John Wiley and Sons.
 S.S. Khanka, Entrepreneurship Development, Sultanchand and Sons ltd.
 C.B. Gupta and N.P. Shrinivasan, Entrepreneurship Development Sultan chand and sons
 Sharma Sudhir, Singh Balraj, Singhal Sandeep (2005), “Entrepreneurship
Development”, Wisdom Publications, Delhi.
 Badi R.V., Badi N.V. (2010), “Entrepreneurship”, Vrinda Publications (P) Ltd., Delhi.
 Desai Vasant (2009), “The Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management
– Planning for Future Sustainable Growth”, Himalaya Publishing House, India.
 Vasishth Neeru (2008), “Business Organization”, Taxmann Allied Services (P.) Ltd.,

Reference Books
 Holt David H. (2004), “Entrepreneurship – New Venture Creation”, Prentice Hall of

India Private Limited, New Delhi.
 Roy Rajeev (2009)], “Entrepreneurship”, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
 Burns Paul (2001), “Entrepreneurship and Small Business”, Palgrave Mecmillan, China.
 Sudha G.S. (2005), “Management and Entrepreneurship Development”, Indus Valley
Publications, New Delhi.
 Basotia G.R., Sharma K.K. (1991), “Handbook of Entrepreneurship Development – An
Entrepreneurs Guide to Planning, Starting, Developing and Managing a New
Enterprise”, Mangal Deep Publications, Jaipur.
 Coulter Mary (2003), “Entrepreneurship in Action”, Prentice Hall of India Private
Limited, New Delhi.
 Zimmerer Thomas W., Scarborough Norman M. (2009), “Essentials of Entrepreneurship
and Small Business Management”, PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi.
 Hisrich Robert D., Peters Michael P. (2002), “Entrepreneurship – International
Edition”, The McGraw-Hill Companies, New York.
 Cynthia L Greene, Entrepreneurship Ideas in Action, Thomson
Wealth Management
 Wealth Management- Dun & Brastreet, Tata McGrawHill
 Wealth Management- S.K .Bagachi, Jaico publishing house
 Wealth Management- Suyash Bhat, Excel Books
 Wealth Management- Harold Evensky, Tata McGrawHill
 Investment Analysis & Portfolio Management- Prasanna Chandra, Tata McGrawHill
 NCFM- Module of wealth management
 Alok Kumar Rai, “Customer Relationship Management – Concepts and Cases”, PHI
Learning Private Ltd, New Delhi
 Berry, Leonard L. (1995),“Relationship marketing of services – competing through
quality”, free press, New York
 Berson, A and S J Smith, K Thearling (1999), “Building Data Mining Applications for
CRM”, McGraw-Hill, New York.
 Chaturvedi, Kapil and Amit Bhatia (2001), “e-CRM: Deriving value of customer
relationship”, CRM: Emerging Concepts, tools and Application, in J N Sheth, A
 McKenna, Regis (1991), “Relationship Marketing: Successful Strategies for the Age of
the Customer”, Addison-Wesley, New York.
 Madhavi Garikaparthi, “ E-CRM – Concepts and Cases” , The ICFAI University
Press.
 Graham Roberts , Phelps, “Customer Relationship Management” , Thorogood Publishers
Limited, UK

Reference Books
Information Technology in Banking & Insurance -II
 Sanjay Soni and Vinayak Aggarwal, Computers and Banking, M/s Sultan Chand &
Sons,New Delhi, 1993.
 Uppal, R.K. “E-Banking in India (Challenges & Opportunities)”, New Century
 Publications, New Delhi, 2007.
 General Bank Management from Indian Institute of Banking and Finance by MACMILAN
2. Modern Banking Technology-by Firdos Temurasp Shroff -published by-Northern Book
Center, New Delhi
 General Bank Management from Indian Institute of Banking and Finance by MACMILAN
 Microsoft Office Professional2013-Step by step
Foundation Course –III ( An Overview of Insurance Sector)

 Insurance Principles and Practice – M N Mishra & S B Mishra – S. Chand 22nd Edition
 Insurance Claims Solutions – DR L.P Gupta Revised Edition
 Introduction to Risk Management & Insurance – Mark S Dorfman & David A. Cather –
Tenth Edition
 Risk Management Insurance – S. Arunajatesan & T.R Vishwanathan

 National Service Scheme Manual (Revised) 2006, Government of India, Ministry of Youth
Affairs and Sports, New Delhi.
 Avhan Chancellor's Brigade - NSS Wing, Training camp on Disaster Preparedness
Guidelines, March 2012
 Rashtriya Seva Yojana Sankalpana - Prof. Dr. Sankay Chakane, Dr. Pramod\Pabrekar,
Diamond Publication, Pune
 National Service Scheme Manual for NSS District Coordinators, National Service Scheme
Cell, Dept. of Higher and Technical Education, Mantralaya,
 Annual report of National Service Scheme (NSS) published by Dept. of Higher and Technical
Education, Mantralaya,
 NSS Cell, Dept. of Higher and Technical Education, Mantralaya, UTKARSHA-
 Joint programme of National Service Scheme, University of Mumbai & DISHA -
DEEPSHIKHA Projects, Nair Hospital, 2011-12
 National Service Scheme in India: A Case study of Karnataka, M. B. Dishad, Trust
Publications, 2001

Reference Books
 “AVAN” Model of Disaster Mang., Vinayak Dalvie, Proceedings of Int. Conf. on Urban Plan.
and Env Strat & Challenges, Elphinstone College, Jan 2007.
 Social psychology, Baron & Byrne, Pearson Publication, 12th Edition self awareness know
yourself / insight (110) Group & Individuals (374) Group discussion
 Social Psychology: Understanding Human Interaction, Baron, Robert A., (302/BAR/BYR),7th
Edition
 National Cadet Corps (India), Lambert M. Surhone, Mariam T. Tennoe, Susan F. Henssonow,
 National Cadet Corps, Youth in Action (Google eBook), National Cadet Corps (India), Lancer
Publishers, 2003
 Youth in Step: History of the National Cadet Corps, V. Longer, Lancer international, 1983
Original from the University of Michigan
 National Cadet Corps of India, Man Mohan Sharma, Vision Books, 1980 Original from the
University of Michigan
 The National Cadet Corps Act, 1948, as Modify Up to the 1st July 1963, India, Government of
India Press, 1963 (Military Law)
 Cadet Corps in India: Its Evolution and Impact, Satis Chandra Maikap, Darbari Udyog, 1979
Original from the University of California
 National Civil Defence Cadet Corps, Lambert M. Surhone, Mariam T. Tennoe, Susan F.
Yoga for Healing, Venkateswaran P.S., Bombay:- Jaico Publishing House 1989
 Global Partners for Sustainable Development, Pachauri R.K & Srivastava L., Tata Energy
Research Institute, New Delhi ; 1994, 1998
 Ecology and the Politics of survival : Conflict over Natural Resources in India, Shiva ,
Vandana, Sage Publications , California , 1991

Reference Books
 American College of Sports Medicine, ACSM’s, Guidelines for Exercise Testing and
Priscription. (2013) Ninth Edition, Lippian Cott Williams and Wilkins.
 American College of Sports Medicine, ACSM’s Resource Manual for Guidelines for Exercise
Testing and Priscription. (2006) 5th Ed., Lippian Cott Williams and Wilkins, 2006.
 Beashel, P.,& Taylor, J. (1996). Advance Studies in Physical Education and Sports. U.K.:
Thomas Nelson and Sons Ltd.
 Colfter, G.R., Hamilton, K.E., Magill R.A.,& Hamilton B.J. (1986). Contemporary Physical
Education. USA : Wim C. Brown Publisher.
 Daryl S. (1994). Introduction to physical education, fitness and sports (2nd ed.). London:
Mayfield publishing company.
 Dr. A.K.Uppal& Dr. G. P. Gautam (2004). Physical education and Health. Delhi: Friends
publisher.
 Dr. Gharote M. L; Teaching Methods for Yogic Practices. – 2nd Ed., Kaivalyadham Samiti,
Lonavala- 2001
 Dr. Gharote M. L; Guideline for Yogic Practices – 2nd Ed., The Lonavala Yoga Institute
(India), Lonavala- 2007
 Greenber et al. (2004). Physical Fitness & wellness.(3rd ed.) IL:Human kinetics.
 Halfield, F.C. (2001). Fitness : The Complete Guide. USA : International Sports Science
Association.
 Kamlesh, M.L. (2002). Foundation of Physical Education. New Delhi : Metropolitan Book &
Co. Ptd. Ltd.
 Kansal, D.K. (2012). A Text book of Applied Measurement Evaluation and Sports Selection
(3rd Ed.). New Delhi : DVS Publication.
 NASPE. (2005). Physical Education for lifelong fitness. The physical Best teacher’s guide.
IL:Human Kinetics
 Nieman, D.C.(1986). Fitness and Sports Medicine : Health Related Approach London:
Mayfield Publishing Co.
 Nimbalkar. S, Yoga for Health and Peace.- 6th Ed., Yoga Vidya Niketan, Mumbai., 2004.
 Pate R.R. & Hohn R.C. (1994). Health Fitness Through Physical Education. USA : Human
Kinetics.
 Pandey,& Gangopadhyay.(1995).Health Education for school children.ND: Friends
Publication.
 Safrit, M. (1990). Introduction to Measurement in Physical Education and Exercise Science.
St. Louis,Toronto,Bastan : Times Mirror/Mosby College Publishing.
 Sharma, O.P. (1998). History of Physical Education. Delhi: Khel Sahitya Kendra.Werner.
W.K., Hoeger. (2007). Fitness and Wellness. (8th ed.). Wadsworth, Cengage Learning.
Corporate & Securities law
 Mamta Bhargava – Compliances and Procedures under SEBI Law
 V.L Iyer – SEBI Practice Manual - Taxmann
 D.K Jain – Company Law Ready Reckoner
 Bare Act – Corporate Laws Taxmann Microsoft Office Professional2013-Step by step
Reference Books
Business Economics -II
 Ackley.G (1976), Macro Economic Theory and Policy, Macmillan Publishing Co. New
York
 Ahuja. H.L., Modern Economics –– S.Chand Company Ltd. New Delhi.
 Bhatia H.L.: Public Finance. Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd
 Dornbush , Fisher and Startz, Macroeconomics, Tata-Mac Graw Hill, New Delhi.
 Dwivedi, D.N. (2001), Macro Economics: Theory and Policy, Tata-Mac Graw Hill, New
Delhi.
 Friedman Hilton (1953) Essays in Positive Economics, University of Chicago Press,
London.
 Francis Cherunilam International Economics Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.
NewDelhi.
 Gregory .N. Mankiw, Macroeconomics, Fifth Edition (2002) New York:Worth
Publishers
 Jhingan, M.L., Principles of Economics –– Vrinda Publications (P) Ltd.
 Jhingan M.L. – International Economics – Vrinda publication Pvt. Ltd - Delhi
 Musgrave, R.A and P.B. Musgrave (1976) : Public Finance in Theory and Practice,
Tata McGraw Hill, Kogakusha, Tokyo
 Shapiro, E (1996), Macro-Economic Analysis, Golgotha Publication, New Delhi.
 Singh.S.K. (2014): Public finance in Theory and Practice, S.Chand &co Pvt Ltd, New
Delhi
 Salvatore Dominick – International Economics – John Wiley & sons, Inc Singapore
 Vaish .M.C. (2010) Macro Economic Theory 14th edition, Vikas Publishing
House(P)Ltd

Revised Syllabus of Courses of B.Com.( Banking & Insurance)

(½ Mark each)
(01 Mark each)
(05 Marks each)

Journal 05 Marks
Viva 05 Marks


Passing Standard

(Practical Courses)
Maximum Marks: 75
Duration: 2 ½ Hrs.

No

blanks)

OR

OR

OR

OR
To be asked 05
To be answered 03
Note:
may be asked.

Maximum Marks: 75
Duration: 2 ½ Hrs.

No

blanks)

OR

OR

OR

OR
To be asked 05
To be answered 03
Note:

Revised Syllabus
and
of Courses of
B.Com. (Banking and Insurance)
Programme at
Third Year
Semester V and VI

Semester System
Board of Studies-in-Banking & Finance

T.Y.B.Com. (Banking and Insurance)

No. of No. of
Courses Courses
1,2,3 *Any four courses from the 12 1,2,3 **Any four courses from the 12
&4 following list of the courses &4 following list of the courses
5 International Banking and 04 5 Central Banking 04
Finance
3 Ability Enhancement Course(AEC) 3 Ability Enhancement Course (AEC)
6 Research Methodology 04 6 Project Work In Banking & 04
Insurance

solving/analyzing/exploring a real life situation/ difficult problem. Project work would be of 04
credits each. A project work may be undertaken in any area of Elective Courses/ Study Area

01 Financial Reporting & Analysis(Corporate 01 Security Analysis and Portfolio
Banking & Insurance) Management
02 Auditing - I 02 Auditing - II
03 Strategic Management 03 Human Resource Management
04 Financial Services Management 04 Turnaround Management
05 Business Ethics and Corporate 05 International Business
Governance
06 Actuarial Analysis in Banking & Insurance 06 Marketing in Banking & Insurance

Course Structure
Semester V
No. of
Semester V Credits
Courses
1,2,3 & 4 *Any four courses from the following list of the courses 12
2 Core Courses (CC)
5 International Banking and Finance 04
6 Research Methodology 04
Total Credits 20

01 Financial Reporting and Analysis(Corporate Banking & Insurance)
02 Auditing- I
03 Strategic Management
04 Financial Services Management
05 Business Ethics and Corporate Governance
06 Actuarial Analysis in Banking & Insurance

Revised Syllabus of Courses of B.Com. (Banking and Insurance)
1. Financial Reporting and Analysis

(Corporate Banking & Insurance)
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
02 Final Accounts of Insurance Company 12

Cash Flow Analysis & Ethical Behavior and Implications for
04 12
Accountants
05 Introduction to IFRS 08
Total 60

Legal Provisions in Banking Regulation Act, 1949 relating to Accounts.
Statutory Reserves including Cash Reserve and Statutory Liquidity Ratio.
Bills Purchase and Discounted, Rebate on Bill Discounted.
Final Accounts in Prescribed Form.
Non – performing Assets and Income from Non – performing Assets.
Classification of Advances: Standard, Sub – standard, Doubtful and Provisioning
Requirement.
2 Final Accounts of Insurance Company
(a) Preparation and Presentation of Corporate Final Accounts for Insurance
Companies.
(b) Final Accounts in accordance with Insurance Legislation
(c) Study of Accounting Policies from Annual Reports of Listed Insurance
Companies
Relevant Provisions of Companies Act related to Preparation of Final Account
Preparation of Financial Statements as per Companies Act. (excluding cash flow
statement)
AS 1 in Relation to Final Accounts of Companies (Disclosure of Accounting
Policies)
Adjustment for –
1. Closing Stock
2. Depreciation
8. Capital Expenditure included in Revenue expenditure and vice
versa eg- purchase of furniture included in purchases
Any other adjustments as per the prevailing accounting standard.

4 Cash Flow Analysis & Ethical Behaviour and Implications for Accountants
Cash Flow Analysis as per AS 3 ( Indirect Method Only )
Ethical Behaviour and Implications for Accountants
Introduction, Meaning of Ethical Behaviour
Financial Reports – Link between Law, Corporate Governance, Corporate Social
Responsibility and Ethics.
Importance and Relevance of Ethical Behavior in Accounting Profession.
Implications of Ethical Values for the Principles Versus Rule Based Approaches to
Accounting Standards
The Principal Based Approach and Ethics
The Accounting Standard Setting Process and Ethics
Contents of Research Report in Ethical Practices
Implications of Unethical Behavior on Financial Reports
The increasing role of Whistle – Blowing
Need to learn ethics.
IFRS 1- First Time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards
Objective, Scope, Definitions, First IFRS Financial Statements, Recognition and
Measurement, Comparative Information, Explanation of Transition to IFRS,
Reconciliations, Interim Financial Reports, Designation of Financial Assets or
Financial Liabilities, Use of Fair Value as Deemed Cost, Use of Deemed Cost,
Exceptions to Retrospective Application of other IFRS, Exemptions for Business
Combination, Exemptions from other IFRS and Presentation and Disclosure.
IFRS 2- Share Based Payment – Objective, Scope, Definitions, Recognition, Equity
Settled Share Based Payment Transactions, Transactions in Which Services are
Received, Treatment of Vesting Conditions, Expected Vesting Period, Determining
the Fair Value of Equity Instruments granted, Modifications of terms and
conditions, Cancellation, Cash Settled Share Based Payment Transactions, Share
Based Payment Transactions in Which The Terms of The Arrangement Provide The
Counterparty With A Choice of Settlement, Share Based Payment Transactions in
which the Terms of the Arrangement Provide the Entity with a Choice of
Settlement, Share Based Payment Transactions Among Group Entities ( 2009
Amendments)
Disclosure.

2. Auditing-I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
03 Auditing Techniques and Internal Audit Introduction 15
04 Auditing Techniques: Vouching 08
05 Auditing Techniques: Verification 07
Total 60

Basics–Financial Statements, Users of Information, Definition of Auditing,
Objectives of Auditing – Primary and Secondary, Expression of Opinion, Detection
of Frauds and Errors, Inherent limitations of Audit. Difference between
Accounting and Auditing, Investigation and Auditing.
Errors & Frauds–Definitions, Reasons and Circumstances, Types of Error –
Commission, Omission, Compensating error. Types of frauds, Risk of Fraud and
Error in Audit, Auditors Duties and Responsibilities in Case of Fraud
Principles of Audit –Integrity, Objectivity, Independence, Skills, Competence,
Work Performed by Others, Documentation, Planning, Audi Evidence, Accounting
System and Internal Control, Audit Conclusions and Reporting
Types of Audit – Meaning, Advantages and Disadvantages of Balance sheet
Audit, Interim Audit, Continuous Audit, Concurrent Audit and Annual Audit.
Audit Planning –Meaning, Objectives, Factors to be Considered, Sources of
Obtaining Information, Discussion with Client, Overall Audit Approach.
Audit Program – Meaning, Factors, Advantages and Disadvantages, Overcoming
Disadvantages, Methods of Work , Instruction before Commencing Work, Overall
Audit Approach
Audit Working Papers - Meaning, Importance, Factors Determining Form and
Contents, Main Functions / Importance, Features, Contents of Permanent Audit
File, Temporary Audit File, Ownership, Custody, Access of Other Parties to Audit
Working Papers, Auditors Lien on Working Papers, Auditors Lien on Client's Books
Audit Notebook – Meaning, Structure, Contents, General Information, Current
Information, Importance.
3 Auditing Techniques and Internal Audit Introduction
Test Check-Test Checking Vs Routing Checking, Test Check meaning, Features,
Factors to be Considered, When Test Checks Can be Used, Advantages,
Disadvantages and Precautions.
Audit Sampling -Audit Sampling, Meaning, Purpose, Factors in Determining
Sample Size -Sampling Risk, Tolerable Error and Expected Error, Methods of
Selecting Sample Items, Evaluation of Sample Results, Auditors Liability in
Conducting Audit Based on Sample.
Internal Control -Meaning and Purpose, Review of Internal Control, Advantages,
Auditors Duties, Review of Internal Control, Inherent Limitations of Internal
Control, Internal Control Samples for Sales and Debtors, Purchases and Creditors,
Wages and Salaries. Internal Checks Vs Internal Control, Internal Checks Vs Test
Checks.
Internal Audit -Meaning, Basic Principles of Establishing Internal Audit,
Objectives, Evaluation of Internal Audit by Statutory Auditor, Usefulness of
Internal Audit, Internal Audit Vs External Audit, Internal Checks Vs Internal Audit.

4 Auditing Techniques: Vouching
Audit of Income - Cash Sales, Sales on Approval, Consignment Sales, Sales Returns
Recovery of Bad Debts written off, Rental Receipts, Interest and Dividends
Received, Royalties Received.
Audit of Expenditure - Purchases, Purchase Returns, Salaries and Wages, Rent,
Insurance Premium, Telephone Expenses, Postage and Courier, Petty Cash
Expenses, Travelling Commission, Advertisement, Interest Expenses.
5 Auditing Techniques: Verification
Audit of Assets Book Debts / Debtors, Stocks -Auditors General Duties; Patterns,
Dies and Loose Tools, Spare Parts, Empties and Containers, Quoted Investments
and Unquoted Investment, Trade Marks / Copyrights, Patents, Know-how, Plant
and Machinery, Land and Buildings, Furniture and Fixtures.
Audit of Liabilities - Outstanding Expenses, Bills Payable, Secured loans,
Unsecured Loans, Contingent Liabilities.

Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Strategic Management an Overview 15
02 Strategic Management Environment 10
03 Levels of Strategies and Analysis 10
04 Activating Strategy and Implementation 15
05 Strategic Evaluation and Control 10
Total 60

1 Strategic Management an Overview
Definitions, Strategic Decision Making, Levels of Strategic Management, Process
of Strategic Management, Principles of Good Strategy, Elements of Strategic
Management, Models of Strategic Management.
2 Strategic Management Environment:
Importance of Politics in Strategic Management, Social, Political, and
Technological forces, Role of Competition, National and Global Business
Environment.
Components of Environment, Environmental Scanning, Analysis of Strategies and
Choice of Strategy. Ethics, Social Responsibility, Impact of Legal Factors in
Strategic Management, SWOT Analysis.
3 Levels of Strategies and Analysis
Corporate Level Strategies- Concentration, Integration and Diversification,
Internationalization, Digitization.
Process of Strategic Choice, Factors of Strategic Choice, Strategic Analysis.
4 Activating Strategy and Implementation
Process and Nature of Strategy implementation, Barriers, Model of Strategy
Implementation- Structural, Behavioral and Functional.
5 Strategic Evaluation and Control
Standards, Benchmarking, Gap Analysis.
Features and Importance of Evaluation, Barriers in Evaluation, Types.
Strategic Control- Setting Standards, Comparison, Control Process, Systems,
Approaches, Techniques of Evaluation and Control.
Role of Information System.

4. Financial Services Management
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Introduction to Financial Services 12
02 Mutual Funds, Factoring and Forfeiting 12
03 Securitisation of Debts and Derivatives 12
04 Housing Finance and Consumer Finance 12
05 Depositories and Pledge 12
Total 60

1 Introduction to Financial Services
Financial Services
Meaning, Classification, Scope, Fund Based Activities, Non Fund Based Activities,
Modern Activities, Sources of Revenue, Need for Financial Innovation, New
Financial Products & Services, Innovative Financial Instruments, Challenges Facing
the Financial Sector.
Merchant Banking
Definition, Origin, Merchant Banking in India, Merchant Banks and Commercial
Banks, Services of Merchant Banks, Qualities of Merchant Bankers in Market
Making Process, Progress of Merchant Banking in India, Problems, Scope of
Merchant Banking in India.
2 Mutual Funds, Factoring and Forfeiting
Mutual Funds
Introduction to Mutual Funds, Structure of Mutual Fund in India, Classification of
Mutual Funds, AMFI Objectives, Advantages of Mutual Funds, Disadvantages of
Mutual Funds, NAV Calculation and Pricing of Mutual Funds, Mutual Funds
Abroad, Mutual Funds in India, Reasons for Slow growth, Future of Mutual Funds
Industry.
Factoring and Forfeiting
Factoring, Meaning, Modus Operandi, Terms and Conditions, Functions, Types of
Factoring, Factoring vs. Discounting, Cost of factoring, Benefits, Factoring in India,
International Factoring, Definition, Types of Export Factoring, Factoring in Other
Countries, EDI Factoring, Forfeiting- Definition, Factoring vs. Forfeiting, Working
of Forfeiting, Cost of Forfeiting, Benefits of Forfeiting, Drawbacks of Forfeiting.
3 Securitisation of Debts and Derivatives
Securitization of Debt
Meaning & Definition of Securitization, Securitization vs. Factoring, Modus
Operandi, Role of Merchant Banker, Role of Other Parties, Securitization Structure
Securitisable assets, Benefits of Securitization, Conditions for Successful
Securitization, Securitization Abroad, Securitization in India, Reasons for non
popularity of Securitization, Future Prospects of Securitization.
Derivatives
Meaning, Types of Financial Derivatives, Options, Futures, Forwards, Swaps,
Futures & Options Trading System, Clearing Entities &Their Role.

4 Housing Finance and Consumer Finance
Housing Finance
Introduction, Housing Finance Industry, Housing Finance Policy Aspect, Sources of
Funds, Market of Housing Finance in India, Major Issues of Housing Finance in
India, Growth Factors, Housing Finance Institutions in India, National Housing
Bank(NHB), Guidelines for ALM System in Housing Finance Companies, Fair Trade
Practice, Code for HFC’s, Housing Finance Agencies.
Consumer Finance
Introduction, Sources, Types of Products, Consumer Finance Practice in India,
Mechanics of Consumer Finance, Terms, Pricing, Marketing & Insurance of
Consumer Finance, Consumer Credit Scoring.
5 Depositories & Pledge
Overview of Depository, Key features of Depositories Systems in India,
Depository- Bank Analogy, Legal Framework, Eligibility Criteria for A Depository,
Agreement between Depository & Issuers, Rights & Obligation of Depositories,
Records Maintained by Depository, Services of Depository & Functions of
Depository, Organization & Functions of NSDL, Pledge & Hypothecation,
Procedure for Pledge/Hypothecation, Procedure of Confirmation of Creation of
Pledge/Hypothecations by Pledgee, Closure of A Pledge/Hypothecation by
Pledgor, Invocation of Pledge by Pledgee.

5. Business Ethics and Corporate Governance
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Introduction to Business Ethics 10
02 Application of Ethical Theories in Business 10
03 Introduction to Corporate Governance 15

Genesis and Implementation of Corporate Governance in
04 15
India
05 Global Scenario 10
Total 60

1 Introduction to Business Ethics
Definition, Meaning, Nature of Ethics, Meaning of Moral & Ethics.
Types of Ethics, Importance of Ethics, Business Ethics -Meaning and Nature.
Importance of Ethics in Business, Areas of Business Ethics, Meaning of Functional
Ethics, Types of Ethics According to Functions of Business- Marketing Ethics,
Foreign Trade Ethics and Ethics Relating to Copyright.
Ethics relating to Free and Perfect Competitive Market.
2 Application of Ethical Theories in Business
Ethical Decision Making: Decision Making (Normal Dilemmas And Problems):
(I) Utilitarianism (J. Bentham And J.S. Mill), (Ii) Deontology (I. Kant) Virtue Ethics
(Aristotle). Gandhain Approach In Management And Trusteeship, Importance And
Relevance of Trusteeship Principle in Modern Business. Ethical Issues in
Functional Areas of Business.
Ethics in Advertising (Truth In Advertising). Ethical Issues in Finance,
3 Introduction to Corporate Governance
Definition & Conceptual Framework of Corporate Governance, Business Ethics -
an important dimension to Corporate Governance, Fair and Unfair Business
Practices. Theoretical Basis of Corporate Governance, Mechanism- Corporate
Governance Systems, Indian Model of Governance, Good Corporate Governance,
Obligations Towards Society and Stake holders. Theories underlying Corporate
Governance (Stake holder’s theory and Stewardship theory, Agency theory,
Separation of Ownership and Control, Corporate Governance Mechanism:
Process, Indian Model, OECD, and Emphasis on Corporate Governance,
(Transparency Accountability and Empowerment).
4 Genesis and Implementation of corporate Governance in India:
Introduction principles – Arthashastra and Good Governance in ancient India,
Protection of Interest of Customer and Investors, Historical perspective of
Corporate Governance and Issues in Corporate Governance.
Values: Meaning, Types Teaching from Scriptures Like Gita, Quran, Bible Value
Systems in Business.
Implementation of Corporate Governance
Role of Board of Directors and Board Structure, Role of the Non‐ executive
Director, Role of Auditors, SEBI Growth of Corporate Governance. Role of
Government, Corporate Governance in India. Accounting Standards and
Accounting disclosures. Finance Reporting and Corporate Governance, Non
Accounting Regulations in Corporate Governance, Corporate Governance &CSR,
Family Owned Business - Background, Family Businesses in India, Need for
Professionalization and Transparency in Family Business.
5 Global Scenario
Business Ethics in Global Economy.
Ethics in the Context of Global Economy, Relationship Between Business
Ethics & Business Development, Role of Business Ethics in Building a Civilized
Society.
Corporate Governance and Issues Related to Scams
Corruption: Meaning, Causes, Effects.
Frauds and Scams in Banks, Insurance Companies, Financial Institutions, Measures
to Overcome Fraud and Corruption, Zero Tolerance of Corruption.

6. Actuarial Analysis in Banking and Insurance

Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Probability & Mathematical Statistics 12
02 Models 12
03 Mortality Model 12
04 Contingencies 12
05 Statistical Methods 12
Total 60

1 Probability & Mathematical Statistics
Concepts of Probability, Bayes’ Theorem, Concepts of Random Variable,
Probability Distribution, Distribution Function, Expected Value, Variance and
Higher Moments, Basic Discrete And Continuous Distributions, Central Limit
Theorem, Statistical Inference And Sampling Distribution, Confidence Intervals For
Unknown Parameters. Test Hypotheses, Concepts of Analysis of Variance
2 Models
The Principles of Actuarial Modelling., General Principles of Stochastic Processes,
Markov Chain, Markov Process, Concept of Survival Models., Estimation
Procedures for Lifetime Distributions, Maximum Likelihood Estimators For The
Transition Intensities in Models of Transfers Between States With Piecewise
Constant Transition Intensities.
3 Mortality Model
Binomial Model of Mortality, Derive A Maximum Likelihood Estimator for The
Probability of Death, How to Estimate Transition Intensities Depending on Age,
Exactly or Using The Census Approximation, How To Test Crude Estimates For
Consistency With A Standard Table or a Set of Graduated Estimates, The Process
of Graduation.
4 Contingencies
Simple Assurance and Annuity Contracts, Means and Variances of the Present
Values of the Payments Under These Contracts, Assuming Constant Deterministic
Interest. Expressions in the Form of Sums for the Mean and Variance of the
Present Value of Benefit Payments Under Each contract Above, in terms of the
curtate random future lifetime, assuming that death benefits are payable at the
end of the year of death and that annuities are paid annually in advance or in
arrear, and, where appropriate, Obtain expressions in the form of integrals for the
mean and variance of the present value of benefit payments under each contract
above, in terms of the random future lifetime, assuming that death benefits are
payable at the moment of death and that annuities are paid continuously, and,
where appropriate.
5 Statistical Method
Concepts of Decision Theory, Decision Function and a Risk Function. Apply
Decision Criteria to Determine Which Decision Functions are Best with Respect to
a Specified Criterion. In particular Consider the Minimax Criterion and the Bayes
Criterion. Calculate Probabilities and Moments of Loss Distributions both with and
without Limits and Risk-Sharing Arrangements.
The properties of the Statistical Distributions which are Suitable for Modelling
Individual and Aggregate Losses. Apply the Principles of Statistical Inference to
Select Suitable Loss Distributions for Sets of Claims. Concepts of Excesses
(deductibles), and Retention Limits. The Operation of Simple Forms of
Proportional and Excess of Loss Reinsurance.

2. Core Course (CC)
1. International Banking and Finance
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Fundamentals of International Finance 12
02 International Capital Markets 12
03 Foreign Exchange Markets 12
04 Risk Management 12
05 International Banking Operations 12
Total 60

1 Fundamentals of International Finance
Meaning and Scope of International Finance, Balance of Payment, Components,
Deficit in Balance of Payment, Concept of Currency Convertibility.
International Monetary System, Gold Standard, Features, Bretton Wood System,
Background and Features, Reasons for its Failure, Smithsonian Agreement, SDRs,
European Monetary System.
Current Exchange Rate Systems - Fixed and Flexible Exchange Rate, Merits
Demerits, Types of Fixed Exchange Rate, Hard Pegs and Soft Pegs, Types of
Flexible Exchange Rate, Managed and Free Float.
2 International Capital Markets
Types of Capital Flows, FDI, FPI, FII
Euro Currency Markets, Origin and Reasons of growth, a Brief Understanding of
Eurocurrency Deposit, Loans Bonds and Notes Market ,Concept of Offshore
Banking.
International Equity Markets, Concept of Depository Receipts, GDR,
Characteristics, Mechanism of Issue, Participants Involved, ADR, Types and
Characteristics, Concept of IDR.
International Bond Market, Concepts of Domestic Bond, Concept and Types of
Foreign Bonds, Concept and Types of Euro Currency Bonds, Concepts of Foreign
Currency Convertible and Foreign Currency Exchangeable Bonds, Participatory
Notes.
3 Foreign Exchange Markets
Introduction, Market and Market Participants, Foreign Exchange Management in
India, Retail and Whole Sale Component of Indian Foreign Exchange Market, Role
of FEDAI, FEMA and Regulatory Framework, Dealing Room Operations.
Foreign Exchange Arithmetic, Exchange Rate Quotations, Direct, Indirect and
Cross rate, Percentage Spread, Arbitrage, Geographical, Triangular and Interest
Rate (formula method only), Calculation of Forward Rates using Schedule of Swap
Points, AFM, Determinants of Exchange Rate – Purchasing Power and Interest
Rate Parity.
4 Risk Management
Risk Management and Derivatives, Transaction, Translation and Economic Risk
Faced by Corporates, Transaction, Position, Settlement, Pre-settlement,
Gap/Mismatch Risk faced by Banks, Internal and External Hedging, Foreign
Currency Derivative Instruments for Risk Management, Forward, Futures, Swaps
and Options, Country Risk Management.

5 International Banking Operations
Introduction, Definition, Features of International Banking, Reasons for Growth of
International Banking, Recent Trends in International Banking, Emergence of
Crypto currency - Overview, Brief Overview of Bitcoin and other Crypto
Currencies, Note on Mining and Crypto Currency Exchanges, Advantages,
Disadvantages of Crypto Currency.
Functions of International Banking, Correspondent Banking, International
Payment Systems, NRI accounts, Export Finance, Import Finance, International
Merchant Banking, Financing Project Exports, Derivative Offering, Remittances,
Compliance related- Interbank Functions, Internal Functions, Letter of Credit and
Bank Guarantees.
International Lending Operation, Loan Syndication, Parties Involved, Phases
/Stages in Loan Syndication, Types of Syndication, Role of LIBOR, Risk in
International Lending, Role of International Credit Rating Agencies.

3. Ability Enhancement Course (AEC)
1. Research Methodology
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
2 Data Collection and Processing 15
3 Data Analysis and Interpretation 15
4 Advanced Statistical Techniques 15
5 Research Report 05
Total 60

 Meaning, Objectives and Importance o f Research
 Types of Research
 Research Process.
 Characteristics of Good Research
 Hypothesis-Meaning, Nature, Significance, Types and Sources.
 Research Design– Meaning, Definition, Need and Importance, Steps,
Scope and Essentials of a Good Research Design.
 Sampling– a) Meaning of Sample and Sampling,
b)Methods of Sampling
i) Non-Probability Sampling–Convenient, Judgment, Quota, Snow ball
ii) Probability– Simple Random, Stratified, Cluster, Multi Stage.
2 Data Collection and Processing
 Types of Data and Sources-Primary and Secondary Data Sources
 Methods of Collection of Primary data
a. Observation- i) structured and unstructured, ii) disguised and undisguised,
iii)mechanical observations (use of gadgets)
b. Experimental i)Field ii) Laboratory
c. Interview – i) Personal Interview ii) focused group, iii) in- depth interviews
Method
d. Survey– Telephonic survey, Mail, E-mail, Internet survey, Social media,
and Media listening.
e. Survey instrument– i) Questionnaire designing.
a. Types of questions–i) structured/close ended and ii)
unstructured/ open ended, iii) Dichotomous, iv) Multiple Choice
Questions.
b. Scaling techniques- i )Likert scale, ii) Semantic Differential scale.
3 Data Analysis and Interpretation
 Processing of Data– Meaning & Essentials of i) Editing ii) Coding iii)
Tabulation
 Analysis of Data-Meaning, Purpose, Types.
 Interpretation of Data-Essentials, Importance, Significance and Descriptive
Analysis
 Testing of hypothesis– One Sample T- Test, ANOVA, F- test, Chi Square and
Paired Sample Test
4 Advanced Statistical Techniques
Introduction, Characteristics and Application of
 Correlation and Regression Analysis
 Factor Analysis
 Cluster Analysis
 Discriminant Analysis
 Multidimensional Scaling
5 Research Report
 Report writing – i) Meaning, Importance, Structure, Types, Process and
Essentials of a Good Report.

Revised Syllabus of Courses of B.Com.(Banking and Insurance)
Reference Books
Reference Books
Financial Reporting & Analysis (Corporate Banking & Insurance)
 Ashish K. Bhattacharyya – “Financial Accounting for Business Managers”, Prentice Hall of
India Pvt. Ltd.
 IFRS – Dr Ram Mohan Bhave and Dr Anjali Bhave
Auditing - I
 CA SurbhiBansal – Audit and Assurance
 Taxmann – Auditing
 Dr.SMeenakumari – Fundamentals of Auditing
 BaldevSachdeva&Jagwant Singh Pardeep Kumar – Auditing theory & Practice
 Strategic Management, 12th Ed. Concepts and Cases, Arthur A. Jr. and A. .J. Strickland
 Management Policy and Strategic Management (Concepts, Skills and Practices) ,
R.M.Shrivastava
 Business Policy and Strategic Management – P. SubbaRao
 Strategic Planning Formulation of Corporate Strategy , Ramaswamy
Financial Services Management
 Financial Services, Dr.S Gurusamy, The MgrawHill companies, 2 edition (26 June 2009).
 Financial Markets and Financial services, Vasant Desai, Himalaya Publishing House, First
Edition edition (2010).
 Financial Services, M.Y.Khan, Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publishing Company Ltd, Ninth edition
(2017).
 Financial Markets and Services –E.Gordon and K.Natanrajan,Himalaya Publishing House,
TenthEdition edition (2016)
Business Ethics and Corporate Governance
 A. C. Fernando, Corporate Governance Principles, Policies and Practices;Pearson
 Marc Goeren, International Corporate Governance; Black wells.
 Cristian A. Mallin, Corporate Governance.
 Business Ethics, Crane& Matten
 The Management and ethics omnibus, Chakraborty, Its only Business, Mitra,
 Values and Ethics for Organizations, Chakraborty, OUP/OIP
 Perspectives in Business Ethics, Hartman, Chatterjee

Reference Books
Reference Books
Actuarial Analysis in Banking & Insurance
 “Actuarial Statistics: An Introduction Using R” by Shailaja R Deshmukh.
 “Predictive Modeling Applications in Actuarial Science” by Richard ADerrig and Glenn Meyers
 “Generalized Linear Models for Insurance Data (International Series on Actuarial Science)” by
Piet de Jong and Gillian Z Heller
 “Contributions to Sampling Statistics (Contributions to Statistics)” by Maria Giovanna Ranalli
and FulviaMecatti
 “Forecasting Product Liability Claims: Epidemiology and Modeling in the Manville Asbestos
Case” by J B Weinstein and Eric Stallard
 “Financial Modeling, Actuarial Valuation and Solvency in Insurance” by Mario V Wuthrich and
Michael Merz
 “Modern Actuarial Risk Theory: Using R” by Rob Kaas and Marc Goovaerts
 “Health Insurance: Basic Actuarial Models” by ErmannoPitacco
 “Financial and Actuarial Statistics: An Introduction” by Dale S Borowiak and Arnold F Shapiro
Core Course (CC)
International Banking and Finance
 Apte P.G. International Finance – A Business Perspective, New Delhi, TATA McGraw Hill ,
McGraw Hill Education; 2 edition, July 2017.
 Bhalla .V.K. international Financial Management- S.Chand Publishing,
 International Banking Operations- IIBF- MacMillan Publishers, 2007
 International Banking Legal and Regulatory Aspects- IIBF- MacMillan Publishers, 2007
Ability Enhancement Course (AEC)
 Exploratory and Confirmatory Factor Analysis- Understanding Concepts and
Applications(2004) – Bruce Thompson First Edition
 Interpreting Economic and Social Data – A Foundation of Descriptive Statistics (2009) -
Othmar W. Winkler - Springer
 Regression Modelling Strategies (2015) – Frank E Harrell, Jr Springer Series in Statistics.
 Research Methodology (2014) – Deepak Chawla and Neena Sondhi, Vikas Publishing House.

Course Structure
Semester VI
No. of
Semester VI Credits
Courses
1,2,3 & 4 **Any four courses from the following list of the courses 12
2 Core Courses (CC)
5 Central Banking 04
3 Ability Enhancement Course
6 Project Work in Banking & Insurance 04
Total Credits 20

01 Security Analysis and Portfolio Management
02 Auditing - II
04 Turnaround Management
05 International Business
06 Marketing in Banking & Insurance

with effect from the Academic Year 2018- 2019
1. Security Analysis and Portfolio Management
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Portfolio Management – An Introduction & Process 12
02 Portfolio Management – Valuation 12
05 Efficient Market Theory & CAPM 12
Total 60

1 Portfolio Management – An Introduction & Process
Investment, Meaning, Characteristics, Objectives, Investment V/s Speculation,
Investment V/s Gambling and Types of Investors.
Investment Environment in India and Factors Conducive for Investment in India.
2 Portfolio Management – Valuation
Portfolio Revision – Meaning, Need, Constraints and Strategies.
Portfolio Evaluation – Meaning, Need, Measuring Returns
Bond Valuation – Meaning, Measuring Bond Returns, Yield to Maturity, Yield to
Call and Bond Pricing. Bond Pricing Theorems, Bond Risks and Bond Duration.
Economy Analysis – Meaning, Framework, Economic Analysis, Forecasting,
Barometric or Indicator Approach, Econometric Model Building and Opportunistic
Model Building.
Industry Analysis – Concept of Analysis, Industry Life Cycle, Industry
Characteristics
Company Analysis – Financial Statements, Analysis of Financial Statements,
(Practical questions on Debt Equity Ratios, Total Debt Ratio, Proprietary ratios,
interest coverage ratio, Profitability ratios related to sales, investment and equity
shares Efficiency or Activity Ratios) and Assessment of Risk( Leverages)
Dow Theory
Meaning and Principles of Technical Analysis, Price Chart, Line Chart, Bar Chart,
Japanese Candlestick Chart, Trends and Trend Reversals, Chart Patterns, Support
and Resistance, Reversal Patterns, Continuation Patterns and Elliot Wave Theory
Mathematical Indicators – Calculation of Moving Averages (Simple and Exponential
Moving Average), Oscillators and Relative Strength Index
Market Indicators
Fundamental Analysis V/s Technical Analysis

5 Efficient Market Theory & CAPM
Random Walk Theory
The Efficient Market Hypothesis
Forms of Market Efficiency
Competitive Market Hypothesis
CAPM – Fundamental Notions of Portfolio Theory, Assumption of CAPM, Efficient
Frontier with Riskless Lending and Borrowing, Capital Market Line, Security
Market Line and Pricing of Securities with CAPM.
Arbitrage Pricing Theory (APT) – The Return Generating Model, Factors Affecting
Stock Return, Expected Return on Stock, APT V/s CAPM.

2. Auditing - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Audit of Limited Companies 15
02 Audit of Banking Companies 15
03 Audit of Insurance Companies 15
04 New Areas of Auditing 08
05 Professional Ethics and Misconduct 07
Total 60

1 Audit of Limited Companies
Qualifications, Disqualifications, Appointment, Removal, Remuneration of
Auditors, Audit Ceiling, Status, Power, Duties and Liabilities of Auditors,
Branch Audit, Joint Audit, Special Audit. Maintenance of Books of Account
–Related Party Disclosures, Segment Reporting, Divisible Profit, Dividend
and Depreciation (Companies Act, Standards on Accounting, Legal
Decisions and Auditor’s Responsibility), Representations by Management,
Contents of Annual Report. Definition, Distinction between Report and
Certificate, Types of Reports/Opinion.
2 Audit of Banking Companies
Introduction of Banking Companies, Form and Content of Financial Statements,
Qualifications of Auditor, Appointment of Auditor, Remuneration of Auditor,
Power of Auditor, Auditor’s Report, Format of Audit Report, Long Form Audit
Report, Conducting an Audit, Initial Consideration by Statutory Audit, Internal
Control System, Verifications of Assets and Balances.
3 Audit of Insurance Companies
Audit of Companies carrying General Insurance Business, Audit of Companies
carrying Life Insurance Business, Applicability of Accounting Standards (AS 3,
4,9,13,17), Books and Registers to be maintained, Submission of Reports and
Returns, Audit of Accounts, Preparation of Audit and Internal Controls.
4 New Areas of Auditing
Introduction to Cost Audit, Human Resource Audit, Management Audit,
Operational Audit, Forecast Audit, Social Audit, Tax Audit, Forensic Audit and
Environmental (Green) Audit.
Audit in an EDP Environment, Introduction, General Approach to EDP Based Audit
and Special Techniques for Auditing in an EDP Environment.
5 Professional Ethics and Misconduct
Introduction, Meaning of Professional Ethics Meaning of Professional Misconduct,
Schedules to the Chartered Accountants Act, 1949 Relating to Professional
Misconduct, Enquiry into Charges of Misconduct of Chartered Accountants.

3. Human Resource Management
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Framework of Human Resource Management 15
02 HR Procurement 10
03 HR Planning and Recruitment 10
04 Training and Development 15
05 Compensation 10
Total 60

1 Framework of Human Resource Management
Introduction to HRM, Nature of HRM, Scope of HRM, Functions and Objectives of
HRM, HRM Policies and Practices, Role and Functions of HR Manager (in Banking
and Insurance Sector)
HRM and Strategies, Strategic function of HRM, Understanding and Implementing
Global Competitiveness and HR, strategic HR, Linkages of Organizational and HR
Strategies.
2 HR Procurement
Job Analysis and Design- Job Analysis, Introduction, Importance, Purpose ,
Benefits, Job Evaluation, Competency Based Job Analysis
Job Design- Introduction, Characteristics, Factor Affecting Job Design, Job
Satisfaction.
3 HR Planning and Recruitment
Definition, Objectives, Need and Importance of HR Planning, Preparing Manpower
Inventory. Promotions and Transfers.
Recruitment- Strategic Approach to Recruitment, Recruitment Source; Internal
and External, Selection Procedure.
4 Training and Development
Employee Training and Development - Nature and Process of Training, Training
methods, On the job, Off the job.
Management Development Program, Performance Appraisal -Definition,
Methods. Advantages and Limitations of Appraisal.
5 Compensation
Meaning, Need and Importance, Current Trends in Compensation, Team Based
Incentives, Pension Schemes with Reference to Banking and Insurance, Fringe
Benefits, Perquisites, Allowances and other Non – Monetary Benefits
Voluntary Retirement Scheme - Concept, Types, Needs, Effects with reference to
Banking and Insurance
Participative Management
Meaning, Levels, Types, Employee Welfare, Comparative Study of Working
Conditions in Banks, Financial Institutions, Insurance Companies.

4. Turnaround Management
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Introduction to Business 10
02 Industrial Sickness 15
03 Turnaround Management Strategies 15
04 Business Scenario 12
05 Leadership and Turnaround Management 08
Total 60

1 Introduction to Business
Meaning, Definition, Features, Importance, Symptoms, Types of Business
Organization.
Different approaches for Growth and Survival.
 Internal Strategies
 External Strategies
 Survival Strategies
2 Industrial Sickness
Meaning and Internal /External Reasons of Industrial Sickness
 Symptoms of Industrial Sickness
 Measures to Overcome Sickness by Government and Stakeholders
 Role of BIFR in Sick Industries
3 Turnaround Management Strategies
Turnaround – Meaning, Definition, Indicators of Successful Turnaround
 TQM and Restructuring.
 Selling of a sick unit
 BPR
- Meaning, Definition, Elements, Need, Implications
- Approaches ( Reengineering Team, BPR Leader, Process Owner, Kaizen,
Flow Chart, 5S principles, Process Mapping)
4 Business Scenario
Features, Advantages, Disadvantages, Types and Present Status of:
 Outsourcing
 Networking
 Franchising
 Free lancing
 Self-Financing
 Start up
5 Leadership and Turnaround Management
Outfitting the Management Team, Personal Characteristic, Focusing on Present
Operations, Focus on Needs in Turnarounds, Styles of Decision Making in the
Turnaround Process, Organizational Change. Quality in the Managerial Process,
Dilemma of Management, Turnaround Management as a Skill.

5. International Business
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 Introduction to International Business 10
02 International Economic Institutions and Regional Groupings 12
03 International Marketing, Human Resource Management 10
04 Preliminaries for Export Import and Documentation 14
05 Export Import Procedures and Foreign Trade Policy 14
Total 60

1 Introduction to International Business
Introduction to International Business- Importance, Nature and Scope of
International Business, Drivers of International Business, Evolution of
International Business, Strategies of Going International, Globalisation, Multi
National Corporations- Nature, Goals of MNCs, India's Presence- Advantages and
Disadvantages of MNCs
International Business Environment: Economic, Political, Cultural and Legal
Environments in International Business
2 International Economic Institutions and Regional Groupings
Institutional Support to International Business, Role of World Bank, IMF, ILO,
UNCTAD, UNIDO and ADB in International Business, World Trade Organisation
(WTO), Origin, Objectives, Functions ,GATT and WTO, Principles of WTO,
Transparency, MFN Treatment, National Treatment, Free Trade, Dismantling
Trade Barriers, Rule Based Trading System, Treatment for LDCs ,Competition
Principle, Environment Protection, Key Subjects in WTO, Agriculture, TRIPS,
TRIMS, GATS, Implications for India
Integration between Countries: Levels of Integration, Growth of Trading Blocs,
Impact of Integration, Major Regional Trading Groups, The European Union,
NAFTA, APEC, ASEAN, MERCOSUR, BRICS, SAARC, OPEC
3 International Marketing, Human Resource Management
International Marketing, Domestic and International Marketing, Compared
Benefits of International Marketing, Major Activities, International Market
Assessment, International Product Strategies, Pricing Issues and Decisions,
Dumping, Promotion Issues and Policies.
International Human Resource Management, Nature, Growing Interest in IHRM,
DHRM and IHRM compared, Managing International HR activities, Expatriation
and Repatriation of employees
4 Preliminaries for Export Import and Documentation
Meaning and Definition of Export, Methods of Exporting, Registration Formalities
for Exports, Export Licensing, Selection of Export Product, Identification of Market
for Exports – Export Pricing Quotations, FOB & CIF, Meaning and Definition of
Imports, Liberalisation of Imports, Negative list of Imports ,Categories of
Importers, Special Schemes for Importers.
Aligned Documentation System – Commercial Invoice , Shipping Bill , Certificate of
Origin, Consular Invoice, Mate’s Receipt, Bill of Lading, GR Form, ISO 9000,
Procedure for obtaining ISO 9000, BIS 14000 Certification ,Import Documentation,
Transport Documents - Bill of Entry, Certificate of Inspection, Certificate of
Measurements, Freight Declaration.

5 Export Import Procedures and Foreign Trade Policy
Steps in Export Procedure , Export Contract, Forward Cover, Export Finance,
Institutional Framework for Export Finance, Excise Clearance, Pre-shipment
Inspection, Methods of Pre-shipment Inspection, Role of Clearing and Forwarding
Agents, Shipping and Customs Formalities, Customs EDI System, Negotiation of
Documents, Realisation of Exports Proceeds.
Pre-Import Procedure- Steps in Import Procedure, Legal Dimensions of Import
Procedure, Customs Formalities for Imports, Warehousing of Imported Goods,
Exchange Control Provisions for Imports & Retirement of Export Documents.
Foreign Trade Policy Highlights (latest), Duty Drawback, Deemed Exports, ASIDE,
MAI & MDA, Star Export Houses, Town of Export Excellence, EPCG Scheme.

6. Marketing in Banking and Insurance
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
02 Introduction to Service Marketing 12
03 Consumer Behaviour 12
05 E- Marketing 12
Total 60

Meaning, Definition, Importance, Marketing Mix, Market Segmentation,
Marketing Strategy, Channels of Marketing, Marketing of Banking and
Insurance Products, Marketing Research, Introduction, Process and Types.
2 Introduction to Service Marketing
Meaning, Concept, Evolution and Characteristics of Service Marketing. Need and
Importance of Service Marketing, 7 P’s of Services Marketing Mix, Service
Marketing Mix Strategies for Banking and Insurance and Marketing Logistics.
3 Consumer Behaviour
Introduction to Consumer Behaviour, Consumer Expectations, Consumer Buying
Behavior, Role of Consumer in Service Delivery, Consumer Responses, Consumer
Delight – Concept and Importance.
Consumer Behaviour and Marketing Communications: Introduction, Marketing
Communication Flow, Communication Process, Interpersonal Communication,
Persuasive Communication, Source, Message, Message Appeals, Communication
Feedback.
4 Rural Marketing
Rural Marketing -Concept and Scope ,Nature of Rural Markets , Attractiveness of
Rural Markets ,Rural Vs Urban Marketing ,Characteristics of Rural Consumers
,Buying Decision Process ,Rural Marketing Information System ,Potential And Size
of Rural Markets.
Pricing Strategy, Pricing Policies, Innovative Pricing Methods for Rural Markets,
Promotion Strategy, Appropriate Media, Designing Right Promotion Mix,
Promotional Campaigns.
Distribution- Logistics Management, Problems Encountered, Selection of
Appropriate Channels, New Approaches to Reach Out Rural Markets – Electronic
Choupal Applications.
5 E- Marketing
E-marketing: Scope, Benefits and Problems, E-marketing Techniques, Internet
Marketing, Digital Marketing and E-marketing
E-Marketing Mix Strategy , Introduction, Objectives, the 4Ps in E-Marketing,
Additional 3Ps in E-Marketing of Services, the 2P+2C+3S Formula in E-Marketing

2. Core Course (CC)
1. Central Banking
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
01 An Overview of Central Banking 12
02 RBI as the Central Bank of India 12
03 Supervisory Role of RBI 12
04 Central Banking in Other Countries 12
05 Central Banking in the Cyber World 12
Total 60

1 An Overview of Central Banking
Overview: Concept of Central Banking, Institutional Growth of Central Banking,
The Changing Face of Central Banking.
Role of Central Banks: Determination of Goals, Inflation Targeting, Exchange
Rate Targeting, Money Supply Targeting, Money Growth Targeting, Viable
Alternatives to Central Bank,Central Banking in India.
Contemporary Issues, Autonomy and Independence, Credibility, Accountability
and Transparency of a Central Bank.
2 RBI as the Central Bank of India
Policy Framework for RBI: Organizational Framework, Operational Framework –
Role as a Central Banker, Promotional Role of RBI, Regulatory Role of RBI.
RBI and Monetary Policy
Macroeconomic Policies: Meaning & Objectives.
Monetary Policy- Meaning& Objectives
Monetary Policy in India - Goals, Targets and Instruments
A Brief Overview of Fiscal Policy, Striking Balance between Inflation and Growth
through Monetary and Fiscal Policies
3 Supervisory Role of RBI
Regulation and Supervision: Need for Regulation and Supervision, Banking
Regulation Act, 1949, Banking Regulation and Supervision, Functions of the
Department of Supervisory, Regulations Review Authority, Unified Regulator v/s
Multiple Regulators.
RBI – On-site Inspection and Off-site Monitoring and Surveillance: The Core
Principles for Effective Supervision – On-site Examination – Off-site Surveillance
– On-site Inspection and Off-site Monitoring in India – Off-site Monitoring in
Different Countries – Computerized Off-site Monitoring and Surveillance
(OSMOS).
RBI and Financial System, Introduction, Functions, Characteristics of Financial
System, Role of RBI in Regulating Financial System and Financial Sector Reforms.
4 Central Bank in other Countries
Federal Reserve System – Bank of England – The European Central Banking,
Bank of Japan, Peoples Bank of China
Interconnectivity of Central Banks with Other International Financial
Institutions, ADB, IMF, World Bank, and BIS,(Objectives, Role and Functions)
5 Central Banking in Cyber World:
E -Banking, E- money, IT induced Changes and Monetary Policy, E- payments,
Risks in the New IT Era, Impact of IT, Globalization and Central Banks.

Reference Books
Reference Books
Security Analysis and Portfolio Management
 Blake, David 1992, Financial Market Analysis , McGraw Hill London
 Francis J.C Investments, Analysis and Management McGraw Hill New York.
 Pistolese Clifford Using Technical Analysis Vision Books
 Reilly Frank K and Keith Brown Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management.
Auditing - II
 Auditing Principles & Practices – SK Basu
 Sharma, T.R., Auditing Principles & Problems, SahityaBhavan, Agra
 Spicer & Pegler, Practical Auditing
 Woolf, Emile,Auditing Today
 Basu, Sanjib Kumar, Fundamentals of Auditing, Pearson
 Auditing Assurance Standards and Guidelines issued by IC
Human Resource Management
 Human Resources Management, Gary Dessler
 Personnel Management – C.B Mamoria
 Managing Human Resources , R.S. Dwiwedi
 Human Resources Management,V.P.Michael
 Human Resources Management – Dr.P.C.Pardeshi
 Human Resources Management – Mirza&Zaiyadin
 Human Resources Management – L.M.Prasad
 Human Resources Management , Ashwathappa
Turnaround Management
 Practical Shutdown & Turnaround Management for k, Engineers & Managers (English,
Paperback, IDC Technologies Pvt Ltd.)
 Managing Corporate Turnaround Text & cases Ram AvtarYadav , Concept Publishing Co.
 Business Process Reengineering,O.P.Agrawal
 The Turnaround Experience – FeddrickZimerman
International Business
 Economic Survey, Govt. of India. Various issues
 Export-import Policy and Other Documents, Govt. of India
 Czinkota, Michael R, 8th Edition,Publisher Wiley, 2010.
 Hill, Charles W. L., International Business, McGraw Hill, 2011,New York.
 Aswathappa K ,International Business, Tata McGraw Hill Education,2010.

Reference Books
Reference Books
Marketing in Banking & Insurance
 Marketing Management -Philip Kotler, PrenticeHall of India New Delhi.
 Service Marketing- S.M.Jha,Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai.
 Essence of Service Marketing- Adrian Payne, Prentice Hall of India New Delhi.
 Service Marketing- Hellen Woodruffle,Macmillan Publishers,India, Delhi.
 E- Marketing - Judy Strauss, Raymond Frost, Pearson Prentice Hall, 2009, 5th Edition
 Marketing Management – An Asian Perspective Philip Kotler, Gary Armstrong, Prafulla Y.
Agnihotri, Ehsan UlHaque – Pearson Education 2010.
 Rural Marketing – Text and Cases , C.S Krishnamacharayu and Lathiha Ramkrishnan,
Pearson Education.
 Service Marketing – Christopher Loveloca, Pearson Education
Core Course (CC)
Central Banking
 Central Banking- IIBF- MacMillan Publishers, 2011
 Central Banking – ICFAI Press,2008
 Theory and Practice of Central Banking in India- V.A.Avdhani, Second Edition, Published
by Somaiya Publications Pvt. Ltd.
 Central Banking- M H deKock,Publisher Staples Press.
 Central Banking in Planned Economy- The Indian Experiment- C.R.Basu, Edition2,Publisher
Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing . Co, 1977.

B.Com. (Banking and Insurance)

Programme
at
Third Year
Semester VI
Semester System
Board of Studies-in-Banking and Finance

Introduction
Inclusion of project work in the course curriculum of the B.Com. (Banking and Insurance)

teacher-guide.
his specialization.
 Paper Size: A4

Format
Bachelor in Commerce (Banking and Insurance)
By
Name of the Learner
Month and Year
2nd Page

On separate page
Index

Abbreviations used:







 Bibliography
 Appendix

On separate page
Certificate
and duly completed her/his Project Work for the degree of Bachelor in Commerce
(Banking and Insurance) under the Faculty of Commerce in the subject of
“______________________________________________________________”
my supervision.
University.
investigations.
Seal of the
Date of submission:

On separate page
Name of the learner

____________________________________________________________________”,
Certified by

On separate page
Acknowledgment
is so enormous.
do this project.



me in the completion of the project especially myParents and Peers who supported


category.
strategies.
 Challenges:
world.
 Conclusion:
and practice.
below:
 Paper Size: A4

30 Marks
 Conclusion& Recommendations 10 Marks
10 Marks
responses)
20 Marks
Note:
evaluation pattern
Passing Standard
examination.

Revised Syllabus of Courses of B.Com. (Banking and Insurance) Programme at
Semester V and VI

(½ Mark each)
(01 Mark each)
(05 Marks each)


(Practical Courses)
Maximum Marks: 75

No

blanks)

OR

OR

OR

OR
To be asked 05
To be answered 03
Note:

Maximum Marks: 75

No

blanks)

OR

OR

OR

OR
To be asked 05
To be answered 03
Note:

Bachelor of Management Studies

(BMS) Programme
Three Year Integrated Programme-
Six Semesters
Course Structure
Semester System

Progressively
Board of Studies-in-Business Management, University of Mumbai
Board of Studies-in-Business Management, University of Mumbai1 | P a g e

Bachelor of Management Studies (BMS) Programme
Course Structure
FYBMS
No. of No. of
Courses Courses
1 Introduction to Financial 03 1 Principles of Marketing 03
Accounts
2 Business Law 03 2 Industrial Law 03
3 Business Statistics 03 3 Business Mathematics 03

2A 2A
4 Business Communication - I 03 4 Business Communication -II 03

following list of courses following list of the courses
6 Foundation of Human Skills 03 6 Business Environment 03
7 Business Economics-I 03 7 Principles of Management 03
1 Foundation Course - I 1 Foundation Course - Value Education and
Soft Skill - II

SYBMS
No. of No. of
Courses Courses
1 & 2 *Any one group of courses 06 1 & 2 ** Any one group of courses 06
from the following list of the from the following list of the
courses courses
Business Management - I Business Management-II
4 Environmental Management 03 4 Business Economics-II 03
5 Business Planning & 03 5 Business Research Methods 03
Entrepreneurial Management
6 Accounting for Managerial 03 6 Ethics & Governance 03
Decisions
7 Strategic Management 03 7 Production & Total Quality 03
Management
*List of group of ElectiveCourses(EC) ** List of group of Elective Courses(EC)

for Semester III (Any two) for Semester IV (Any two)
Group A: Finance Electives (Any Two Courses)
1 Basics of Financial Services 1 Financial Institutions & Markets
2 Introduction to Cost Accounting 2 Auditing
3 Equity & Debt Market 3 Strategic Cost Management
4 Corporate Finance 4 Behavioural Finance
Group B:Marketing Electives (Any Two Courses)
1 Consumer Behaviour 1 Integrated Marketing Communication
2 Product Innovations Management 2 Rural Marketing
3 Advertising 3 Event Marketing
4 Social Marketing 4 Tourism Marketing
Group C: Human Resource Electives(Any Two Courses)
1 Recruitment & Selection 1 Human Resource Planning & Information
System
2 Motivation and Leadership 2 Training & Development in HRM
3 Employees Relations & Welfare 3 Change Management
4 Organisation Behaviour & HRM 4 Conflict & Negotiation

TYBMS
No. of No. of
Courses Courses
5 Logistics & Supply Chain 04 5 Operation Research 04
Management
3 Project Work 3 Project Work
6 Project Work I 04 6 Project Work II 04
Note: Project work is considered as a special course involving application of knowledge in

solving/analyzing/exploring a real life situation/ difficult problem. Project work would be of
04 credits. A project work may be undertaken in any area of Elective Courses/ study area
selected
*List of group of Elective Courses(EC) ** List of group of Elective Courses(EC)
for Semester V (Any four) for Semester VI (Any four)
Group A: Finance Electives (Any four Courses)
1 Investment Analysis & Portfolio 1 International Finance
Management
2 Commodity & Derivatives Market 2 Innovative Financial Services
3 Wealth Management 3 Project Management
4 Strategic Financial Management 4 Risk Management in Banking Sector
5 Risk Management 5 Direct Taxes
6 Financing Rural Development 6 Indirect Taxes
Group B:Marketing Electives (Any four Courses)
1 Services Marketing 1 Brand Management
2 E-Commerce & Digital Marketing 2 Retail Management
3 Sales & Distribution Management 3 International Marketing
4 Customer Relationship Management 4 Media Planning & Management
5 Industrial Marketing 5 Corporate Communication & Public Relations
6 Strategic Marketing Management 6 Marketing of Non Profit Organisation
Group C: Human Resource Electives (Any four Courses)
1 Finance for HR Professionals & 1 HRM in Global Perspective
Compensation Management
2 Strategic Human Resource Management & 2 Organisational Development
HR Policies
3 Performance Management & Career 3 HRM in Service Sector Management
Planning
4 Industrial Relations 4 Workforce Diversity
5 Talent & Competency Management 5 Human Resource Accounting & Audit
6 Stress Management 6 Indian Ethos in Management
Note: Group selected in Semester III will continue in Semester V &Semester VI
Revised Syllabus
and
of Courses
of
Bachelor of Management
Studies(BMS) Programme
First Year
Semester I and II
Semester System

Course Structure
FYBMS
No. of No. of
Courses Courses
1 Introduction to Financial 03 1 Principles of Marketing 03
Accounts
2 Business Law 03 2 Industrial Law 03
3 Business Statistics 03 3 Business Mathematics 03

2A 2A
4 Business Communication - I 03 4 Business Communication -II 03

following list of courses following list of the courses
6 Foundation of Human Skills 03 6 Business Environment 03
7 Business Economics-I 03 7 Principles of Management 03
1 Foundation Course - I 1 Foundation Course- II
2 Foundation Coursein NSS - I 2 Foundation Coursein NSS - II
4 Foundation Course inPhysical Education - I 4 Foundation Course inPhysical Education - II

Bachelor of Management Studies (BMS)
Programme
Course Structure
Semester I
No. of
Semester I Credits
Courses
1 Introduction to Financial Accounts 03
2 Business Law 03
3 Business Statistics 03

4 Business Communication - I 03

3 Core Courses (CC)

6 Foundation of Human Skills 03
7 Business Economics-I 03
Total Credits 20


Revised Syllabus of Courses ofBachelor of Management Studies
(BMS) Programme at Semester I
1. Introduction to Financial Accounts
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Introduction 15
2 Accounting Transactions 15
3 Depreciation Accounting & Trial Balance 15
4 Final Accounts 15
Total 60

1 Introduction
• Meaning and Scope of Accounting: Need and development, definition: Book-
Keeping and accounting, Persons interested in accounting, Branches of
accounting, Objectives of accounting
• Accounting principles: Introductions to Concepts and conventions.
• Introduction to Accounting Standards: Meaning and Scope)
AS 1 : Disclosure to Accounting Policies
AS 6: Depreciation Accounting.
AS 9: Revenue Recognition.
AS 10: Accounting For Fixed Assets.
• International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS): Introduction to IFRS
IAS-1:Presenttion of Financial Statements (Introductory Knowledge)
IAS-2:Inventories (Introductory Knowledge)
• Accounting in Computerized Environment: Introduction, Features and
application in various areas of Accounting
2 Accounting Transactions
• Accounting transactions: Accounting cycle, Journal, Journal proper, Opening
and closing entries, Relationship between journal & ledger: Rules regarding
posting: Trial balance: Subsidiary books (Purchase, Purchase Returns, Sales,
Sales Returns & cash book –Triple Column), Bank Reconciliation Statement.
• Expenditure:Classification of Expenditure- Capital, revenue and Deferred
Revenue expenditureUnusual expenses: Effects of error: Criteria test.
• Receipts: Capital receipt, Revenue receipt, distinction between capital receipts
and revenue receipts.
• Profit or Loss: Revenue profit or loss, capital profit or loss
3 Depreciation Accounting & Trial Balance
• Depreciation accounting: Practical problem based on depreciation using SLM
and RBM methods. (Where Provision for depreciation Account not
maintained).
• Preparation of Trial Balance:Introduction and Preparation of Trial Balance
4 Final Accounts
• Introduction to Final Accounts of a Sole proprietor.
• Rectification of errors.
• Manufacturing Account, Trading Account, Profit and Loss Account and Balance
Sheet.
• Preparation and presentation of Final Accounts in horizontal format
• Introduction to Schedule 6 of Companies Act ,1956

2. Business Law
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Contract Act, 1872 & Sale of Goods Act, 1930 15
Negotiable Instrument Act, 1981 & Consumer Protection Act,
2 15
1986
3 Company Law 15
4 Intellectual Property Rights(IPR) 15
Total 60

1 Contract Act, 1872 & Sale of Goods Act, 1930
• Contract Act,1872: Essential elements of Contract; Agreement and Contract –
Capacity to Contract, free consent, consideration, lawful objects/
consideration, Breach of contract. Remedies for breach of Contract.
• Sale of Goods Act,1930: Scope of Act, Sale and Agreement to sell, essential of
a valid Sale Contract – Conditions and warranties – Implied Condition and
warranties, Rights of an unpaid seller.
2 Negotiable Instrument Act, 1981 & Consumer Protection Act, 1986
• Negotiable Instrument Act,1981: Introduction of Negotiable Instruments –
Characteristics of negotiable instruments, Promissory note, Bills of exchange,
Cheque, Dishonour of Cheque.
• Consumer Protection Act, 1986: Objects of Consumer Protection- Introduction
of Consumers, who is consumer? Meaning of the words “Goods and services” –
Meaning of thewords “Defects and Deficiencies of goods and services”
Consumer disputes and Complaints.
3 Company Law
• Company Law: What is company? – Incorporation of company – MOA, AOA,
Prospectus, Meetings, Meaning of transfer and transmission of shares.
4 Intellectual Property Rights(IPR)
• Intellectual Property Rights (IPR)
IPR definition/ objectives
Patent definition. What is patentable? What is not patentable? Invention
And its Attributes, Inventors and Applications
Trademarks, definition, types of trademarks, infringement and passing off.
Copy right definition and subject in which copy right exists, Originality,
Meaning and Content, Authors and Owners, Rights and Restrictions.
Geographical indications (only short notes)

3. Business Statistics
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Statistics 15
2 Measures of Dispersion, Co-Relation and Linear Regression 15
3 Time Series and Index Number 15
4 Probability andDecision Theory 15
Total 60

1 Introduction to Statistics
• Introduction: Functions/Scope, Importance, Limitations
• Data: Relevance of Data(Current Scenario), Type of data(Primary & Secondary),
Primary(Census vs Samples, Method of Collection (In Brief), Secondary(Merits,
Limitations, Sources) (In Brief)
• Presentation Of Data:Classification – Frequency Distribution – Discrete &
Continuous, Tabulation, Graph(Frequency, Bar Diagram, Pie Chart, Histogram,
Ogives)
• Measures Of Central Tendency:Mean(A.M, Weighted, Combined),
Median(Calculation and graphical using Ogives), Mode(Calculation and
Graphical using Histogram), Comparative analysis of all measures of Central
Tendency
2 Measures of Dispersion, Co-Relation and Linear Regression
• Measures Of Dispersion: Range with C.R(Co-Efficient Of Range), Quartiles &
Quartile deviation with CQ (Co-Efficient Of Quartile), Mean Deviation from
mean with CMD (Co-Efficient Of Mean Deviation), Standard deviation with
CV(Co-Efficient Of Variance), Skewness& Kurtosis (Only concept)
• Co-Relation: Karl Pearson, Rank Co-Relation
• Linear Regression: Least Square Method
3 Time Series and Index Number
• Time Series: Least Square Method, Moving Average Method, Determination of
Season
• Index Number: Simple(unweighted) Aggregate Method, Weighted Aggregate
Method, Simple Average of Price Relatives, Weighted Average of Price
Relatives, Chain Base Index Numbers, Base Shifting, Splicing and Deflating, Cost
of Living Index Number
4 Probability and Decision Theory
• Probability: Concept of Sample space, Concept of Event, Definition of
Probability, Addition & Multiplication laws of Probability, Conditional
Probability, Bayes’ Theorem(Concept only), Expectation & Variance, Concept of
Probability Distribution(Only Concept)
• Decision Theory: Acts, State of Nature Events, Pay offs, Opportunity loss,
Decision Making under Certainty, Decision Making under Uncertainty,
• Non-Probability: Maximax, Maximin, Minimax, Regret, Laplace &Hurwicz)
• Probabilitistics (Decision Making under risk):EMV, EOL, EVPI
• Decision Tree

(BMS)Programme at Semester I
4. Business Communication- I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
Total 60

Concept of Communication: Meaning, Definition, Process, Need,
FeedbackEmergence of Communication as a key concept in the Corporate and
Global worldImpact of technological advancements on Communication
Persuasion, Motivation, Education,Warning, and Boosting the Morale of
Employees(A brief introduction to these objectives to be given)
Responsibility
practices:
Medical/E-waste,

Paragraph Writing:
Activities
Listening Comprehension
Remedial Teaching
Speaking Skills: Presenting a News Item, Dialogue and Speeches
Paragraph Writing: Preparation of the first draft, Revision and Self – Editing,
Rules of spelling.
Reading Comprehension: Analysis of texts from the fields of Commerce and
Management

5. Foundation Course -I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
2 Concept of Disparity- 1 10
3 Concept of Disparity-2 10
Total 45

2 Concept of Disparity- 1
3 Concept of Disparity-2
differences

5.Foundation Course in NSS - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
Total 45

evaluation
Indian Constitution
development
Social Justice

5.Foundation Course in NCC - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures

3 10
Conservation
Total 45

• Organisation& Training
2 Drill: Foot Drill
March and Dressing
March and Halt
Adventure Training
sense of adventure, sportsmanship,espirit-d-corp and develop confidence ,
Para Sailing, Sailing,Scuba Diving etc

Army
air-force subjects
A. Armed Force
C. Military history
D. Communication
OR
Navy
winners
establishments

D. Swimming
OR
AIR
• History of IAF
• Introduction
• Laws of Motion
C. Airmanship
• Introduction
• Airfield Layout
D. Aero- Engines

Revised Syllabus of Courses of Bachelor of Management Studies
5.Foundation Course in Physical Education - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 10
Education
Total 45


WithEffect from the Academic Year 2016-2017
Core Courses (CC)
6.Foundation of Human Skills
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Understanding of Human Nature 15
2 Introduction to Group Behaviour 15

Organizational Culture and Motivation at
3 15
workplace
Organisational Change, Creativity and
4 15
Development and Work Stress
Total 60

1 Understanding of Human Nature
• IndividualBehaviour:Concept of a man, individual differences, factors
affecting individual differences, Influence of environment
• Personality and attitude: Determinants of personality, Personality traits
theory, Big five model, Personality traits important for organizational
behaviour like authoritarianism, locus of control, Machiavellianism,
introversion-extroversion achievement orientation , self – esteem, risk taking,
self-monitoring and type A and B personalities, Concept of understanding self
through JOHARI WINDOWS, Nature and components of attitude, Functions of
attitude, Ways of changing attitude, Reading emotions
• Thinking, learning and perceptions: Thinking skills, thinking styles and
thinking hat, Managerial skills and development, Learning characteristics,
theories of learning (classical conditioning, operant conditioning and social
learning approaches), Intelligence, type ( IQ, EQ, SQ, at work place),
Perception features and factor influencing individual perception, Effects of
perceptual error in managerial decision making at work place. (Errors such as
Halo effect, stereotyping, prejudice attributional).
2 Introduction to Group Behaviour
• Introduction to Group Behaviour
Group Dynamics: Nature, types, group behaviour model (roles, norms,
status, process, structures)
Team effectiveness: nature, types of teams, ways of forming an effective
team.
Setting goals.
• Organizational processes and system.
Power and politics: nature, bases of power, politics nature, types, causes
of organizational politics, political games.
Organizational conflicts and resolution: Conflict features, types, causes
leading to organizational conflicts, levels of conflicts, ways to resolve
conflicts through five conflicts resolution strategies with outcomes.
3 Organizational Culture and Motivation at workplace
• Organizational Culture:
Characteristics of organizational culture.
Types, functions and barriers of organizational culture
Ways of creating and maintaining effective organization culture
• Motivation at workplace: Concept of motivation
Theories of motivation in an organisational set up.
A.Maslow Need Heirachy
F.Hertzberg Dual Factor
Mc.Gregor theory X and theory Y.
Waysofmotivating through carrot (positive reinforcement) and stick (negative
reinforcement) at workplace.

4 Organisational Change, Creativity and Development and Work Stress
• Organisational change and creativity: Concepts of organisational change,
Factors leading/influencing organisational change, Kurt Lewins model of
organisational change and development, Creativity and qualities of a creative
person, Ways of enhancing creativity for effective decision making,
Creative problem solving.
• Organisational Development and work stress: Need for organisational
development, OD Techniques, Stress, types of stress, Causes and
consequences of job stress, Ways for coping up with job stress

Revised Syllabus of Courses ofBachelorof Management Studies
Core Courses (CC)

7. Business Economics - I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Introduction 10
3 15
Production
Competition
Total 60

1 Introduction
principle- Incremental and Marginal Concepts. Basic economic relations -
functional relations: equations- Total, Average and Marginal relations- use of
Marginal analysis in decision making,
2 Demand Analysis
Meaning, significance, types and measurement of elasticity of demand (Price,
income cross and promotional)- relationship between elasticity of demand and
revenue concepts
Demand estimation and forecasting: Meaning and significance - methods of
demand estimation : survey and statistical methods
Production function: short run analysis with Law of Variable Proportions-
Production function with two variable inputs- isoquants, ridge lines and least cost
combination of inputs- Long run production function and Laws of Returns to Scale
- expansion path - Economies and diseconomies of Scale.
Cost concepts: Accounting cost and economic cost, implicit and explicit cost, fixed
and variable cost - total, average and marginal cost - Cost Output Relationship in
the Short Run and Long Run (hypothetical numerical problems to be discussed),
4
Short run and long run equilibrium of a competitive firm and of industry -
monopoly - short run and long- run equilibrium of a firm under Monopoly
Monopolistic competition:Equilibrium of a firm under monopolistic competition,
debate over role of advertising
Oligopolistic markets: key attributes of oligopoly - Collusive and non collusive
5 Pricing Practices
Mark up pricing, discriminating pricing, multiple – product pricing - transfer
pricing

Programme
Course Structure
Semester II
No. of
Semester II Credits
Courses
1 Principles of Marketing 03
2 Industrial Law 03
3 Business Mathematics 03

4 Business Communication - II 03

3 Core Courses (CC)

6 Business Environment 03
7 Principles of Management 03
Total Credits 20


(BMS) Programme at Semester II
Elective Courses(EC)
1. Principles of Marketing
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
Marketing Environment, Research and Consumer
2 15
Behaviour
3 Marketing Mix 15
Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning and Trends
4 15
In Marketing
Total 60

• Introduction to Marketing:Definition, features, advantages and scope of
marketing. The 4P’s and 4C’s of marketing. Marketing v/s Selling. Marketing as
an activity and function
• Concepts of Marketing: Needs, wants and demands, transactions, transfer
and exchanges.
• Orientations of a firm: Production concept; Product concept; selling concept
and marketing concept, social relationship, Holistic marketing.
2 Marketing Environment, Research and Consumer Behaviour
• The micro environment of business: Management structure; Marketing
Channels; Markets in which a firm operates; competitors and stakeholders.
• Macro environment: Political Factors; Economic Factors; Socio Cultural Factors
, Technological Factors (PEST Analysis)
• Marketing research: Meaning, features, Importance of marketing research.
Types of marketing research: Product research; Sales research;
consumer/customer research; production research
• MIS:Meaning, features and Importance
• Consumer Behaviour: Meaning, feature, importance, factors affecting
Consumer Behaviour
3 Marketing Mix
• Marketing mix: Meaning –elements of Marketing Mix.
• Product-product mix-product line lifecycle-product planning – New product
development- failure of new product-levels of product.
• Branding –Packing and packaging – role and importance
• Pricing – objectives- factors influencing pricing policy and Pricing strategy.
• Physical distribution – meaning – factor affecting channel selection-types of
marketing channels
• Promotion – meaning and significance of promotion. Promotion
• tools (brief)
4 Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning and Trends In Marketing
• Segmentation – meaning , importance , basis
• Targeting – meaning , types
• Positioning – meaning – strategies
• New trends in marketing – E-marketing , Internet marketing and marketing
using Social network
• Social marketing/ Relationship marketing

2.Industrial Law
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
Laws Related to Industrial Relations and Industrial
1 15
Disputes
2 Laws Related to Health, Safety and Welfare 15
3 Social Legislation 15
4 Laws Related to Compensation Management 15
Total 60

1 Laws Related to Industrial Relations and Industrial Disputes
• Industrial Disputes Act, 1947: Definition, Authorities, Awards, Settlements,
Strikes Lockouts, Lay Offs, Retrenchment and Closure
• The Trade Union Act, 1926
2 Laws Related to Health, Safety and Welfare
• The Factory Act 1948: (Provisions related to Health, Safety and Welfare)
• The Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923 Provisions:
Introduction: The doctrine of assumed risk, The doctrine of Common
Employment, The doctrine of Contributory Negligence
Definitions
Employers liability for compensation (S-3 to 13)
Rules as to Compensation (Sec 4 to Sec 9) (14 A & 17)
3 Social Legislation
• Employee State Insurance Act 1948: Definition and Employees Provident Fund
• Miscellaneous Provision Act 1948: Schemes, Administration and
determination of dues
4 Laws Related To Compensation Management
• The payment of Wages Act 1948: Objectives, Definition, Authorised
Deductions
• Payment of Bonus Act, 1965
• The Payment Of Gratuity Act, 1972

3.Business Mathematics
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Elementary Financial Mathematics 15
2 Matrices and Determinants 15
3 Derivatives and Applications of Derivatives 15
4 Numerical Analysis [Interpolation] 15
Total 60

1 Elementary Financial Mathematics
• Simple and Compound Interest: Interest compounded once a year, more than
once a year, continuous, nominal and effective rate of interest
• Annuity-Present and future value-sinking funds
• Depreciation of Assets: Equated Monthly Installments (EMI)- using flat
interest rate and reducing balance method.
• Functions:Algebraic functions and the functions used in business and
economics, Break Even and Equilibrium point.
• Permutation and Combination: (Simple problems to be solved with the
calculator only)
2 Matrices and Determinants
• Matrices: Some important definitions and some important results. Matrix
operation (Addition, scalar multiplication , matrix multiplication, transpose of
a matrix)
• Determinants of a matrix of order two or three: properties and results of
Determinants
• Solving a system of linear equations using Cramer’s rule
• Inverse of a Matrix (up to order three) using ad-joint of a matrix and matrix
inversion method
• Case study: Input Output Analysis
3 Derivatives and Applications of Derivatives
• Introduction and Concept: Derivatives of constant function, logarithmic
functions, polynomial and exponential function
• Rules of derivatives: addition, multiplication, quotient
• Second order derivatives
• Application of Derivatives: Maxima, Minima, Average Cost and Marginal Cost.
Total revenue, Marginal revenue, Average revenue. Average and Marginal
profit. Price elasticity of demand
4 Numerical Analysis [Interpolation]
• Introduction and concept: Finite differences – forward difference operator –
Newton’s forward difference formula with simple examples
• Backward Difference Operator. Newton’s backward interpolation formula with
simple examples

Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
Total 60

Presentation
Interviews:Group Discussion Preparing for an Interview, Types of Interviews –
Meetings:Need and Importance of Meetings, Conduct of Meeting and Group
Conference:Meaning and Importance of Conference Organizing a Conference
Measures of PR
on the theory.]

Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
2 Human Rights 10
3 Ecology 10
Total 45


Understanding the concepts of liberalization, privatization and globalization;Growth
2 Human Rights
Declaration of Human Rights;Human Rights constituents with special reference to
3 Ecology
Environmental Degradation- causes and impact on human life;Sustainable
development- concept and components; poverty and environment
Maslow’s theory of self-actualisation;Different methods of responding to conflicts in
society; Conflict-resolution and efforts towards building peace and harmony in
society

5. Foundation Course in NSS - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures

4 10
Organisations
Total 45

Program planning
of funding
Sources of funding
Schemes of Government welfare departments for community development-

5.Foundation Course in NCC - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 10
Development
Total 45

Accident etc.
3 Drill with Arms
4 Weapon Training
use and handling.
Army
air-force subjects
A. Map reading
• Introduction
OR
Navy
A. `Naval Communication
Introduction of Naval communication
Duties of various communication sub-departments
• Semaphore
Introduction of position of letters and prosigns
Reading of messages
Transmission of messages
B. Seamanship
• Anchor work
Parts of Anchor and Cable, their identification
• Rigging
Types of ropes and breaking strength- stowing, maintenance and
securing of ropes
Practical Bends and Hitches: Reef Knot, Half hitch, Clove Hitch, Rolling
Introduction to Shackles, Hooks, Blocks and Derricks, Coiling Down and
Splicing of rope
C. Boat work

OR
Air
A. Air frames
• Landing Gear
B. Instruments
D. Aero modelling

5.Foundation Course in Physical Education - II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
3 Yoga Education 10
Total 45

(FITT)
• Communicable diseases, their preventive and therapeutic aspects
diseases
3 Yoga Education

Revised Syllabus of Courses ofBachelor of Management Studies (BMS)
Core Courses (CC)
6.Business Environment
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. Modules No. of
Lectures
1 Introduction to Business Environment 15
2 Political and Legal environment 15

Social and Cultural Environment, Technological
3 15
environment and Competitive Environment
4 International Environment 15
Total 60

1 Introduction to Business Environment
• Business: Meaning, Definition, Nature & Scope, Types of Business
Organizations
• Business Environment: Meaning, Characteristics, Scope and Significance,
Components of Business Environment
• Micro and Macro Environment: Definition, Differentiation, Analysis of Business
Environment, SWOT Analysis.
• Introduction to Micro-Environment:
Internal Environment: Value system, Mission, Objectives, Organizational
Structure, Organizational Resources, Company Image, Brand Equity
External Environment: Firm, customers, suppliers, distributors,
Competitors, Society
• Introduction to Macro Components: Demographic, Natural, Political, Social,
Cultural, Economic, Technological, International and Legal)
2 Political and Legal environment
• Political Institutions: Legislature, Executive, Judiciary, Role of government in
Business, Legal framework in India.
• Economic environment: economic system and economic policies. Concept of
Capitalism, Socialism and Mixed Economy
• Impact of business on Private sector, Public sector and Joint sector
• Sun-rise sectors of India Economy. Challenges of Indian economy.
Social and Cultural Environment, Technological environment and Competitive
3
Environment
• Social and Cultural Environment: Nature, Impact of foreign culture on
Business, Traditional Values and its Impact, Social Audit - Meaning and
Importance of Corporate Governance and Social Responsibility of Business
• Technological environment: Features, impact of technology on Business
• Competitive Environment: Meaning, Michael Porter’s Five Forces Analysis,
Competitive Strategies
4 International Environment
• International Environment –
GATT/ WTO: Objective and Evolution of GATT, Uruguay round, GATT v/s
WTO, Functions of WTO, Pros and Cons of WTO.
Globalization: Meaning, Nature and stages of Globalization, features of
Globalization, Foreign Market entry strategies, LPG model.
MNCs: Definition, meaning, merits, demerits, MNCs in India
FDI: Meaning, FDI concepts and functions, Need for FDI in developing
countries, Factors influencing FDI, FDI operations in India,
• Challenges faced by International Business and Investment Opportunities for
Indian Industry.

Core Courses (CC)
7. Principles of Management
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Nature of Management 15
2 Planning and Decision Making 15
3 Organising 15
Directing, Leadership, Co-ordination and
4 15
Controlling
Total 60

1 Nature of Management
• Management: Concept, Significance, Role & Skills, Levels of Management,
Concepts of PODSCORB, Managerial Grid.
• Evolution of Management thoughts, Contribution of F.W Taylor, Henri Fayol
and Contingency Approach.
2 Planning and Decision Making
• Planning: Meaning, Importance, Elements, Process, Limitations and MBO.
• Decision Making: Meaning, Importance, Process, Techniques of Decision
Making.
3 Organizing
• Organizing: Concepts, Structure (Formal & Informal, Line & Staff and Matrix),
Meaning, Advantages and Limitations
• Departmentation: Meaning, Basis and Significance
• Span of Control: Meaning, Graicunas Theory, Factors affecting span of
ControlCentralization vs Decentralization
• Delegation: Authority & Responsibility relationship
4 Directing, Leadership, Co-ordination and Controlling
• Directing: Meaning and Process
• Leadership: Meaning, Styles and Qualities of Good Leader
• Co-ordination as an Essence of Management
• Controlling: Meaning, Process and Techniques
• Recent Trends: Green Management & CSR

Reference Books
Reference Books
Introduction to Financial Accounts
• Financial Accounts (a managerial emphasis): By Ashok Banerjee – Excel books
• Fundamental of Accounting and Financial Analysis : By Anil Choudhary (Pearson education)
• Indian Accounting Standards and IFRS for non-financial executives : By T.P. Ghosh– Taxman
• Financial Accounting for Business Managers: By Ashish K. Bhattacharya.
• Financial Accounting by LesileChandwichk, Pentice Hall of India AdinBakley (P) Ltd., New Delhi
Mumbai
• Financial Accounting by Monga, J.R. Ahuja, GirishAhuja and Ashok Shehgal, Mayur Paper Back, Noida
• Company Accounting Standards by ShrinivasanAnand, Taxman, New Delhi
Business Law
• Elements of mercantile Law – N.D.Kapoor
• Business Law – P.C. Tulsian
• Business Law – SS Gulshan
• Company Law – Dr.Avtar Singh
• Indian contract Act – Dr.Avtar Singh
• Law of Intellectual Property-V.K-Taraporevala
Business Statistics
• Statistics of Management , Richard Levin &David S. Rubin,Printice Hall of India , New Delhi.
• Statistics for Business & Economics, David R Anderson, Dennis J Sweney, Thopmson Publication.
• Fundamental of Statistics, S C Gupta, Himalya Publication House.
• Business Statistics , Bharadwaj , Excel Books, Delhi
• Business Mathematics, S.K Singh & J.K Singh, Brijwasi Book Distributor & Publisher.

Reference Books
Business Communication - Paper I
• Agarwal, AnjuD(1989) A Practical Handbook for Consumers, IBH.
• Benjamin, James (1993) Business and Professional Communication Concepts and Practices, Harper
Collins College Publishers, New York.
Taxman Publication.
• Darrow, Richard, Forrstal, Dan and Coolman, Aubrey (1967) Public Relations Handbook, TheDartwell
Co., Chicago.
• Gupta, Anand Das (2010) Ethics, Business and Society: Managing Responsibly Response Books
32.Gupta, Dipankar (2006) Ethics Incorporated: Top Priority and Bottom Line Response Books
• Krevolin, Nathan (1983) Communication Systems and Procedures for Modern Office, Prentice Hall,
New Jersey.
• Lesikar, Raymond V and Petit, John D.(1994) Business Communication: Theory and Application ,
Richard D. Irwin Inc. Ilinois.
• Merrihue, William (1960) Managing by Communication, McGraw Hill, New York. 41.Mishra Rajiv K
(2006) Code of Conduct for Managers Rupa Company

Reference Books
• Murphy, Herta and Hilde Brandt, Herbert W (1984) Effective Business Communication, McGraw Hill,
New York.
49.. Ross, Robert D. (1977) The Management of Public Relations, John Wiley and Sons, U.S.A.
• Sadri Sorab, Sinha Arun and Bonnerjee peter (1998) Business Ethics: Concepts and Cases Tata McGraw
Hill Public Company Limited
• Stephenson, James (1988) Principles and Practice of Commercial Correspondence, Pilman and Sons
Ltd. London.
• Politics in India: structure, Process and Policy SubrataMitra, Rouutlege Pub
Combating communalism in India: Key to National Integration, KawalKishor Bhardwaj, Mittal Pub
Sports, New Delhi.
2012
Publication, Pune
Mantralaya,
guidelines

Reference Books
• Chanakya’s 7 Secrets of Leadership, RadhakrishananPillai and D.Shivnandhan, Jaico
Publishing, 2011
2003
• Youth in Step: History of the National Cadet Corps, V. Longer, Lancer international, 1983Original from
• National Cadet Corps of India, Man Mohan Sharma, Vision Books, 1980Original from the University of
Michigan
Press, 1963(Military Law)
• Cadet Corps in India: Its Evolution and Impact, Satis Chandra Maikap, DarbariUdyog, 1979Original
2006

Reference Books
Ahmedabad
• Global Partners for Sustainable Development, Pachauri R.K &Srivastava L., Tata Energy Research
• American College of Sports Medicine, ACSM’s, Guidelines for Exercise Testing and Priscription. (2013) Ninth
Edition, LippianCott Williams and Wilkins.
• Beashel, P.,& Taylor, J. (1996). Advance Studies in Physical Education and Sports. U.K.: Thomas Nelson and
Sons Ltd.
• Bucher, C.A. (1995). Foundation of Physical Education (12th Ed.) USA : St. Louis,C.V. Mosloy.
• Colfter, G.R., Hamilton, K.E., Magill R.A.,& Hamilton B.J. (1986). Contemporary Physical Education. USA
:Wim C. Brown Publisher.
publishing company.
• Dr.Gharote M. L; Teaching Methods for Yogic Practices. – 2nd Ed., KaivalyadhamSamiti, Lonavala- 2001.
• Dr.Gharote M. L; Guideline for Yogic Practices – 2nd Ed., The Lonavala Yoga Institute (India), Lonavala-
2007
• Kamlesh, M.L. (2002). Foundation of Physical Education. New Delhi : Metropolitan Book & Co. Ptd. Ltd.
• Kansal, D.K. (2012). A Text book of Applied Measurement Evaluation and Sports Selection (3rd Ed.). New
Delhi : DVS Publication.
• NASPE. (2005). Physical Education for lifelong fitness. The physical Best teacher’s guide. IL:Human Kinetics
• Nieman, D.C.(1986). Fitness and Sports Medicine : Health Related Approach London: Mayfield Publishing
Co.
• Pandey ,&Gangopadhyay.(1995). Health Education for school children. New Delhi : Friends Publication.
• Sharma, O.P. (1998). History of Physical Education. Delhi: KhelSahityaKendra.Werner. W.K., Hoeger.

Reference Books
Foundation of Human Skills
• Organisational behaviour, S.Robbins, Prentice Hall
• Organisational behaviour, John W.Newstrom and Keith Davis, Tata McGrawhill
• Organisational behaviour, Fred Luthans, McGrawhill,Newyork
• Organisational behaviour, K.Aswathappa, Himalaya Publishing House
• Essentials of management, Koontz,Harold, Tata McGrawhill
Business Economics - Paper I
• Samuelson &Nordhas.: Economics (Tata McGraw Hills, New Delhi, 2002)

Reference Books
Reference Books
Principles of Marketing
• Kotlar, Philip, Marketing Management, Prentice Hall, New Delhi.
• Stanton, Etzel, Walker, Fundamentals of Marketing, Tata-McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
• Saxena, Rajan, Marketing Management, Tata-McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
• McCarthy, E.J., Basic Marketing: A managerial approach, Irwin, New York.
• Pillai R S, Bagavathi, Modern Marketing
Industrial Law
• Industrial and Labour Laws, Dr. Sanjeev Kumar, Bharat Law HP Ltd
• Labour and Industrial Laws, S.N Misra, Central Law Publication
• Labour and Industrial Laws, P.K.Padhi, Eastern Economy Edition
• Commercial and Industrial Law, S.K. Dasgupta, Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd
• Industrial Law, Mr. N.D. Kapoor, Sultan Chand
• Employee’s Provident Fund, Chopra D.S, Labour Law Agency
• Industrial Law, Mr. P.L. Mallick, Sultan Chand
• Essence of Personnel Management and Industrial Relations, Cowling, Prentice – Hall
Business Mathematics
• Mathematics for Economics and Finance, Martin Anthony, Norman Biggs, Cambridge lowprice
editions, 2000.
• Business Mathematics, D.C. Sancheti, V.K. Kapoor, Sultan Chand & Sons Publications, 2006.
• Business Mathematics, J.K. Singh, 2009,Himalaya Publishing House.
• Mathematics for Business and Economics, J.D. Gupta, P.K. Gupta, Man Mohan, Tata McGrawHill
Publishing Company Ltd.
• Mathematics of Finance 2nd Edition Schaum’s Outline Series Peter Zima, Robert Brows Tata
McGrawHill Publishing Company Ltd
• Business Mathematics by Dr.AmarnathDikshit&Dr.Jinendra Kumar Jain.
• Business Mathematics by Bari - New Literature publishing company, Mumbai
• Mathematics for Economics and Business, RS Bhardwaj, 2010,Excel Books
• Business Mathematics, Zameerudin, Qazi, V.K. Khanna& S.K. Bhambri, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd,
New Delhi
Business Communication - Paper II
• garwal, AnjuD(1989) A Practical Handbook for Consumers, IBH.

Reference Books
• Benjamin, James (1993) Business and Professional Communication Concepts and Practices, Harper Collins
College Publishers, New York.
Taxman Publication.
• Darrow, Richard, Forrstal, Dan and Coolman, Aubrey (1967) Public Relations Handbook, TheDartwell Co.,
Chicago.
• Gupta, Anand Das (2010) Ethics, Business and Society: Managing Responsibly Response Books 32.Gupta,
Dipankar (2006) Ethics Incorporated: Top Priority and Bottom Line Response Books
• Krevolin, Nathan (1983) Communication Systems and Procedures for Modern Office, Prentice Hall, New
Jersey.
• Lesikar, Raymond V and Petit, John D.(1994) Business Communication: Theory and Application , Richard D.
Irwin Inc. Ilinois.
• Merrihue, William (1960) Managing by Communication, McGraw Hill, New York. 41.Mishra Rajiv K (2006)
Code of Conduct for Managers Rupa Company
• Murphy, Herta and Hilde Brandt, Herbert W (1984) Effective Business Communication, McGraw Hill, New
York.
• Phillip, Louis V. (1975) Organisational Communication- The Effective Management, Columbus Grid Inc. 49..
Ross, Robert D. (1977) The Management of Public Relations, John Wiley and Sons, U.S.A.
• Sadri Sorab, Sinha Arun and Bonnerjee peter (1998) Business Ethics: Concepts and Cases Tata McGraw Hill
Public Company Limited
• Stephenson, James (1988) Principles and Practice of Commercial Correspondence, Pilman and Sons Ltd.
London.

Reference Books
• Privatisation of public enterprises – Emerging dimensions – Edited by G.S. Batra, NarinderKaur ,Anmol
Pub. (1995)
• Industrial Policy and economic development in India (1947 -2012) – AnupChatterjeeNew Century Pub.
(2012)
(2007)
• Contemporary issues in globalisation – An introduction to theory and policy in India SoumyenSikder ,
Sports, New Delhi.
2012
Publication, Pune
Mantralaya,
guidelines

Reference Books
Publishing, 2011
2003
Michigan
2006
Ahmedabad

Reference Books
and Sons Ltd.
• C.V. Mosloy.
publishing company.
2001.
Lonavala- 2007
Ltd.
Kinetics
Publishing Co.
Publication.
Business Environment
• Morrison J, The International Business Environment, Palgrave
• Francis Cherunilam, Business Environment-Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi
• K. Aswathappa, Essentials of Business Environment, Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi
• MISHRA AND PURI, Indian Economy, Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi
• Business Environment Raj Aggarwal Excel Books, Delhi
• Strategic Planning for Corporate Ramaswamy V McMillan, New Delhi
• Business and society - Lokanathan and Lakshmi Rajan, Emerald Publishers.
• Economic Environment of Business - M. Adhikary, Sultan Chand & Sons.
Reference Books
• Principles of Management , Ramasamy , Himalya Publication , Mumbai
• Principles of Management , Tripathi Reddy , Tata Mc Grew Hill
• Management Text & Cases , VSP Rao , Excel Books, Delhi
• Management Concepts and OB , P S Rao & N V Shah , AjabPustakalaya
• Essentials of Management , Koontz II & W , Mc. Grew Hill , New York
• Principles of Management-Text and Cases –Dr..M.SakthivelMurugan, New Age Publications

Revised Syllabus of Courses of Bachelor of Management Studies (BMS)

(½ Mark each)
(01 Mark each)
(05 Marks each)

Journal 05 Marks
Viva 05 Marks


Passing Standard

(Practical Courses)
Maximum Marks: 75
Duration: 2 ½ Hrs.

No

blanks)

OR

OR

OR

OR
To be asked 05
To be answered 03
Note:
may be asked.

Maximum Marks: 75
Duration: 2 ½ Hrs.

No

blanks)

OR

OR

OR

OR
To be asked 05
To be answered 03
Note:

Course Structure
SYBMS
(To be implemented from Academic Year
Year- 2017-2018)
No. of No. of
Courses Courses
1 & 2 *Any one group of courses 06 1 & 2 ** Any one group of courses 06
from the following list of the from the following list of the
courses courses
2A 2A
Courses (AECC) Courses (AECC)
Business Management - I Business Management-II
Management
2B *Skill Enhancement Courses (SEC) 2B *Skill Enhancement Courses (SEC)
5 Business Planning & 03 5 Business Economics-II
II 03
Entrepreneurial Management
6 Accounting for Managerial 03 6 Business Research Methods 03
Decisions
7 Strategic Management 03 7 Production & Total Quality 03
Management
for Semester III (Any One) for Semester II (Any One)
1 Foundation Course (Environmental 1 Foundation Course (Ethics & Governance )-)
Management) - III IV
2 Foundation Course-Contemporary
Contemporary Issues
Issues-III 2 Foundation Course-Contemporary
Contemporary Issues-IV
Issues
3 Foundation Course in NSS - III 3 Foundation Course in NSS - IV
4 Foundation Course in NCC - III 4 Foundation Course in NCC - IV
5 Foundation Course in Physical Educat
Education- III 5 Foundation Course in Physical Education-
Education IV
Note: Course selected in Semester I will continue in Semester III & IV
*List of group of ElectiveCourses(EC) ** List of group of Elective Courses(EC)
for Semester III (Any two) for Semester IV (Any two)
Group A: Finance Electives (Any Two Courses)
1 Basics of Financial Services 1 Financial Institutions & Markets
2 Introduction to Cost Accounting 2 Auditing
3 Equity & Debt Market 3 Strategic Cost Management
4 Corporate Finance 4 Corporate Restructuring
Group B:Marketing
Marketing Electives (Any Two Courses)
1 Consumer Behaviour 1 Integrated Marketing Communication
2 Product Innovations Management 2 Rural Marketing
3 Advertising 3 Event Marketing
4 Social Marketing 4 Tourism Marketing
Group C: Human Resource Electives(Any Two Courses)
1 Recruitment & Selection 1 Human Resource Planning & Information
System
2 Motivation and Leadership 2 Training & Development in HRM
3 Employees Relations & Welfare 3 Change Management
4 Organisation Behaviour & HRM 4 Conflict & Negotiation
Note: Group Selected in Semester III will continue in Semester IV.

Group A. FinanceElectives
1. Basics of Financial Services
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Financial System 14
2 Commercial Banks, RBI And Development Banks 16
3 Insurance 15
4 Mutual Funds 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 The course aims at explaining the core concepts of business finance and its
importance in managing a business
2 The objectives of develop a conceptual frame work of finance function and to
acquaint the participants with the tools, types, instruments of financial system
in the realm of Indian Financial Market.
1 Financial System:
● An overview of Financial System, Financial Markets, Structure of Financial
Market (Organised and Unorganized Market), Components of Financial System,
Major Financial Intermediaries, Financial Products, Function of Financial
System, Regulatory Framework of Indian Financial System(Overview of SEBI
and RBI-Role and Importance as regulators).
2 Commercial Banks, RBI And Development Banks

● Concept of Commercial Banks- Functions, Investment Policy of
Commercial Banks, Liquidity in Banks, Asset Structure of Commercial Banks,
Non-Performing Assets, Interest Rate reforms, Capital Adequacy Norms.
● Reserve Bank of India-Organisation &Management, Role And Functions
● Development Banks-Characteristics of Development Banks, Need And
Emergence of Development Financial Institutions In India, Function of
Development Banks.
3 Insurance:
● Concept, Basic Characteristics of Insurance, Insurance Company Operations,
Principles of Insurance, Reinsurance, Purpose And Need Of Insurance, Different
Kinds of Life Insurance Products, Basic Idea About Fire And Marine Insurance
and Bancassurance
4 Mutual Funds:
● Concept of Mutual Funds, Growth of Mutual Funds in India, Features and
Importance of Mutual Fund. Mutual Fund Schemes, Money Market Mutual
Funds, Private Sector Mutual Funds, Evaluation of the Performance Of Mutual
Funds, Functioning of Mutual Funds In India.

Group A. FinanceElectives
2. Introduction to Cost Accounting
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Introduction 15
2 Elements of Cost 20
3 Cost Projection 15
4 Emerging Cost Concepts 10
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 This course exposes the students to the basic concepts and the tools used in
Cost Accounting
2 To enable the students to understand the principles and procedure of cost
accounting and to apply them to different practical situations
1 Introduction
● Meaning, Nature and scope-Objective of Cost Accounting-Financial Accounting
v/s Cost Accounting- Advantages and disadvantages of Cost Accounting-
Elements of Costs-Cost classification (concept only)- - Installation of Cost
Accounting System, Process (Simple and Inter process) and Job Costing (
Practical Problems)
2 Elements of Cost
● Material Costing- Stock valuation (FIFO & weighted average method), EOQ, EOQ
with discounts, Calculation of Stock levels (Practical Problems)
● Labour Costing – (Bonus and Incentive Plans) (Practical Problems)
● Overhead Costing (Primary and Secondary Distribution)
3 Cost Projection
● Cost Sheet (Current and Estimated) ) ( Practical Problems)
● Reconciliation of financial accounts and cost accounting (Practical Problems)
4 Emerging Cost Concepts

Uniform Costing and Interfirm Comparison, Emerging Concepts – Target Costing,
Benchmarking, JIT, The Balanced Scorecard; Strategic Based Control; concept,
process, implementation of Balanced Scorecard, Challenges in implementation of
Balanced Scorecard

Group A. Finance Electives
3. Equity and Debt Market
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Financial Market 15
2 Dynamics of Equity Market 15
3 Players in Debt Markets 15
4 Valuation of Equity & Bonds 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 This paper will enable the students to understand the evolution of various
aspects of financial markets which in turn will help them in framing the
financial policies, development of financial instruments and processes and
evolving the strategies during crisis. The teaching will be done mainly through
materials available on internet and published research papers
1 IntroductiontoFinancial Market
● Equity market – meaning & definitions of equity share; Growth of
Corporate sector & simultaneous growth of equity shareholders; divorce
between ownership and management in companies; development of Equity
culture in India & current position.
● Debt market – Evolution of Debt markets in India; Money market & Debt
markets in India; Regulatory framework in the Indian Debt market.
2 Dynamicsof EquityMarket
● Primary:
1)IPO – methods followed (simple numerical)

2) Book building
3)Role of merchant bankers in fixing the price
4)Red herring prospectus – unique features
5)Numerical on sweat equity, ESOP & Rights issue of shares
● Secondary:
1)Definition & functions of stock exchanges

2)Evolution & growth of stock exchanges
3)Stock exchanges in India
4)NSE, BSE OTCEI & overseas stock exchanges
5)Recent developments in stock exchanges
6)Stock market Indices
3 Players in debt markets:
● Playersindebtmarkets:
1)Govt. securities
2)Public sector bonds & corporate bonds
3)open market operations
4)Security trading corp. of India
5)Primary dealers in Govt. securities
● Bonds:
1)Features of bonds
2)Types of bonds
4 Valuation of Equity & Bonds
● Valuation of equity:
1. Balance sheet valuation
2. Dividend discount model(zero growth, constant growth & multiple growth)

3. Price earning model
● Valuation of bonds
1. Determinants of the value of bonds
2. Yield to Maturity
3. Interest rate risk
4. Determinants of Interest Rate Risk


4. Corporate Finance
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Introduction 15
2 Capital Structure and Leverage 15
3 Time Value of Money 15
4 Mobilisation of Funds 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 The objectives of develop a conceptual frame work of finance function and to
acquaint the participants with the tools techniques and process of financial
management in the realm of financial decision making
2 The course aims at explaining the core concepts of corporate finance and its
3 To providing understanding of nature, importance, structure of corporate
finance related areas and to impart knowledge regarding source of finance for
a business
1 Introduction
● Introduction To CorporateFinance:Meaning, Principles of
Corporate Finance, Significance of Corporate Finance, Amount of

Capitalisation, Over Capitalisation and Under Capitalisation, Fixed capital
and Working Capital funds.
● Introduction to ownership securities– Ordinary Shares, Reference Shares,
Creditor Ship Securities, Debtors and Bonds, Convertible Debentures, Concept
of Private Placement of Securities.
2 Capital StructureandLeverage
● Introduction to Capital Structure theories, EBIT – EPS analysis for
Capital Structure decision.

● Cost of Capital – Cost of Debt, Cost of Preference Shares, Cost of Equity
Shares and Cost of Retained Earnings, Calculation of Weighted Cost of
Capital.
● Introduction to concept of Leverage - Operating Leverage, Financial Leverage
and Combined Leverage.
3 TimeValue ofMoney
● Introduction to Time Value of Money – compounding and discounting
● Introduction to basics of Capital Budgeting (time value of money based
methods) – NPV and IRR (Net Present Value and Internal Rate of Return)
● Importance of Risk and Return analysis in Corporate Finance
4 MobilisationofFunds
Public deposits and RBI regulations, Company deposits and SEBI regulations,
Protection of depositors,
RBI and public deposits with NBFC’s.
Foreign capital and collaborations, Foreign direct Investment (FDI)
Emerging trends in FDI
Global Depositary Receipts, Policy development, Capital flows and Equity Debt.
Brief introduction & sources of short term Finance Bank Overdraft, Cash Credit,
Factoring

Group B. Marketing Electives
1. Consumer Behaviour
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Introduction To Consumer Behaviour: 14
2 Individual- Determinants of Consumer Behaviour 16
3 Environmental Determinants of Consumer Behaviour 15
4 Consumer decision making models and New Trends 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 The basic objective of this course is to develop an understanding about the
consumerdecision making process and its applications in marketing function
of firms
2 This course is meant to equip undergraduate students with basic knowledge

about issues and dimensions of Consumer Behaviour. Students are expected
to develop the skill of understanding and analysing consumer information and
using it to create consumer- oriented marketing strategies.
1 Introduction To ConsumerBehaviour:
● Meaning of Consumer Behaviour, Features and Importance
● Types of Consumer (Institutional & Retail), Diversity of consumers and
their behaviour- Types Of Consumer Behaviour
● Profiling the consumer and understanding their needs
● Consumer Involvement
● Application of Consumer Behaviour knowledge in Marketing
● Consumer Decision Making Process and Determinants of Buyer
● Behaviour, factors affecting each stage, and Need recognition.
2 Individual- Determinants ofConsumerBehaviour

● Consumer Needs &Motivation (Theories - Maslow, Mc Cleland).
● Personality – Concept, Nature of personality, Freudian, non - Freudian
and Trait theories, Personality Traits and it’s Marketing significance,
Product personality and brand personification.
● Self Concept – Concept
● Consumer Perception
● Learning - Theory, Nature of Consumer Attitudes, Consumer Attitude
● Formation &Change.
● Attitude - Concept of attitude
3 Environmental Determinants of ConsumerBehaviour

● Family Influences on Buyer Behaviour,
● Roles of different members, needs perceived and evaluation rules.
● Factors affecting the need of the family, family life cycle stage and size.
● Social Class and Influences.
● Group Dynamics & Consumer Reference Groups, Social Class & Consumer
Behaviour - Reference Groups, Opinion Leaders and Social Influences In-
group versus out-group influences, role of opinion leaders in diffusion of
innovation and in purchase process.
● Cultural Influences on Consumer Behaviour Understanding cultural and sub-
cultural influences on individual, norms and their role, customs, traditions
and value system.
4 Consumerdecisionmaking modelsandNewTrends
● Consumer Decision making models: Howard Sheth Model, Engel Blackwell,
Miniard Model, Nicosia Models of Consumer Decision Making
● Diffusion of innovations Process of Diffusion and Adoption, Innovation,
Decision process, Innovator profiles
● E-Buying behaviour The E-buyer vis-a vis the Brick and Mortar buyer,
Influences on E-buying

2. Product Innovations Management
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Innovations Management 15
2 Managerial Aspects of Innovations functions 15

Product innovations, Process Innovations and Innovations
3 15
Diffusion
4 New Product Development Strategy 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 To understand the concept of innovations and relevance of innovations in the
present day scenario.
2 To understand the importance of protecting innovations and legal aspects
related to innovations
3 To study product innovations, process innovations and innovations diffusion
4 To acquaint the students with stages in new product development

1 Innovations Management
● Introduction -Innovations Management
Innovations: Concept; Features; Types of Innovations; Innovations management;
Features of Innovations Management; Significance of innovations; Principles of
innovations.
● Thinking Tools for Innovations
Left and right brain thinking; Creative thinking; Traditional V/S Creative thinking;
Intuition; Introduction to creativity; Process of creativity; Creativity methods
● Legal Aspects of innovations
Safeguarding innovations; Concept of Intellectual Property Rights; Patents; Patenting
trends; trademarks; Industrial designs; Copyrights ;Trade secrets
2 Managerial Aspects of Innovations functions
● Organizing for Innovations
Introduction; Concepts; Organizational theories and structures; Traits of innovative
organization; Factors influencing organizational design and Size decision.
● Strategizing Innovations
Introduction; Innovations as a strategy component; Developing innovation strategy;
Innovation strategies; Market standing based strategies.
● Managing Innovations Functions
Introduction; Style at the top; Planning; Organizing; Staffing; Controlling;
Characteristics of good management
● Climate and culture for innovations
Introduction; Need for creative organizations; Characteristics of creative
organizations; Creating creative organizations – 7s framework; Fostering innovations
climate and culture.
3 Product innovations, Process Innovations and Innovations Diffusion
● Introduction to product innovations
Types of new products; Technology strategy for product innovation; New product
development process; Packaging innovations; Positioning innovations; New product
failures; Cases of Innovating companies.
● Process Innovations
Introduction; Concept of Process; Features of process; Types of process innovations;
Process Management; Process improvement methods; Business process
reengineering; Benchmarking.
● Innovations Diffusion
Introduction; Concept of diffusion and adoption; Impact of innovations; Diffusion as
an integral part of innovation strategy; Innovations diffusion theories; Factors
influencing diffusion strategy; Internalization of innovations.
4 New Product Development Strategy
● New Product Development and Product specifications
Concept of new product development, specifications: Establishment of specifications,
Establishing Target specifications; Setting the final specifications.
● Concept Generation, Selection and Testing
5 step methods of concept generation, Methods for selecting a concept; Benefits of
choosing a structured method; Concept screening; Concept scoring, 7- Test method
of concept testing.
● Product testing
Introduction, Purpose of product testing; Overriding concerns of product testing;
Major decision in constructing a product test.

3. Advertising
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Advertising 15
2 Strategy and Planning Process in Advertising 15
3 Creativity in Advertising 15
4 Budget, Evaluation, Current trends and careers in Advertising 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 To understand and examine the growing importance of advertising
2 To understand the construction of an effective advertisement
3 To understand the role of advertising in contemporary scenario
4 To understand the future and career in advertising

1 Introduction to Advertising
● Definition, Evolution of Advertising, Importance, Scope, Features, Benefits,
Five M’s of Advertising
● Types of Advertising –consumer advertising, industrial advertising,
institutional advertising, classified advertising, national advertising, generic
advertising
● Theories of Advertising : Stimulus Theory, AIDA, Hierarchy Effects Model,
Means – End Theory, Visual Verbal Imaging, Cognitive Dissonance
● Ethics and Laws in Advertising : Puffery, Shock Ads, Subliminal Advertising,
Weasel Claim, Surrogate Advertising, Comparative Advertising Code of Ethics,
Regulatory Bodies, Laws and Regulation – CSR, Public Service Advertising,
Corporate Advertising, Advocacy Advertising
● Social, cultural and Economic Impact of Advertising, the impact of ads on Kids,
Women and Advertising
2 Strategy and Planning Process in Advertising

● Advertising Planning process & Strategy : Introduction to Marketing Plan,
Advertising Plan- Background, situational analysis related to Advertising
issues, Marketing Objectives, Advertising Objectives, Target Audience, Brand
Positioning (equity, image personality), creative Strategy, message strategy,
media strategy, Integration of advertising with other communication tools
● Role of Advertising in Marketing Mix : Product planning, product brand policy,
price, packaging, distribution, Elements of Promotion, Role of Advertising in
PLC
● Advertising Agencies – Functions – structure – types - Selection criteria for
Advertising agency – Maintaining Agency–client relationship, Agency
Compensation.
3 Creativity in Advertising
● Introduction to Creativity – definition, importance, creative process , Creative
strategy development – Advertising Campaign – determining the message
theme/major selling ideas – introduction to USP – positioning strategies –
persuasion and types of advertising appeals – role of source in ads and
celebrities as source in Indian ads – execution styles of presenting ads.
● Role of different elements of ads – logo, company signature, slogan, tagline,
jingle, illustrations, etc –
● Creating the TV commercial – Visual Techniques, Writing script, developing
storyboard, other elements (Optical, Soundtrack, Music)
● Creating Radio Commercial – words, sound, music – scriptwriting the
commercial – clarity, coherence, pleasantness, believability, interest,
distinctiveness
● Copywriting: Elements of Advertisement copy – Headline, sub-headline,
Layout, Body copy, slogans. Signature, closing idea, Principles of Copywriting
for print, OOH, essentials of good copy, Types of Copy, Copy Research
4 Budget, Evaluation, Current trends and careers in Advertising
● Advertising Budget – Definition of Advertising Budget, Features, Methods of
Budgeting
● Evaluation of Advertising Effectiveness – Pre-testing and Post testing
Objectives, Testing process for Advertising effectiveness, Methods of Pre-
testing and Post-testing, Concept testing v/s Copy testing
● Current Trends in Advertising : Rural and Urban Advertising, Digital
Advertising, Content Marketing (Advertorials), retail advertising, lifestyle
advertising, Ambush Advertising, Global Advertising – scope and challenges –
current global trends
● Careers in Advertising : careers in Media and supporting firms, freelancing
options for career in advertising, role of Advertising Account Executives,
campaign Agency family tree – topmost advertising agencies and the famous
advertisements designed by them

4. Social Marketing
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Social Marketing & Its Environment 15
2 Social Marketing Plan, STP and Marketing Mix 15
3 Managing Behaviour for Social Change & NPO & CSR 15
4 Social marketing – A Sectoral Overview & Careers 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 Understand the concept of social marketing, compare and contrast
marketing in a profit-oriented corporate and a nonprofit social environment.
2 Analyze the impact of environment on social marketing & study the various behavior
models/frameworks/theories for social change.
3 To study the basis of Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning and identify marketing
mix of social marketing.
4 To provide an overview of the Not for Profit Sector (NPO) and comment on the CSR
provision in the companies act of 2013.
5 To study overview of social marketing in various key sectors and
Identify basic ethical issues in Social marketing and appreciate the careers in Social
Marketing
1 Introduction to Social Marketing & Its Environment
Definition of Social Marketing, Features, Need for Social Marketing, Evolution of
Social Marketing, Social Marketing v/s Commercial Marketing, Challenges of
Social Marketing. Social Marketing Unique Value Preposition, Relevance of Social
marketing.
Environment in Social Marketing, Components, Impact of Environment on Social
Marketing.
2 Social Marketing Plan, STP and Marketing Mix
● Social Marketing Plan, Segmentation, Targeting & Positioning
Social Marketing Plan, Steps in developing social marketing plan, importance

of planning. Segmentation, Basis of Segmentation, Criteria for evaluating
segments, Targeting, Selecting Target Audience for Social Marketing,
Positioning and Types of positioning.
● Social Marketing Mix
1. Product: Social Product, Level of Product, Social Product Branding Decision.
2. Price: Monetary and non-monetary incentives for desired behavior, Pricing
Objectives, Pricing Strategies.
3. Place: 5 A’s of Distribution of Product in social marketing, Types of
distribution channel
4. Promotion: Developing a Promotion Mix for social product, Message
Strategy, Messenger Strategy, Creativity Strategy, selecting communication
channel.
3 Managing Behaviour for Social Change & NPO & CSR

● Managing Behaviour for Social Change
Types of Behaviour Objectives, Knowledge objectives and belief objectives,

Behaviour Change Models, Theories and Frameworks: Social Norm Theory,
The diffusion of innovation model, The health belief model, The ecological
model, Theory of reasoned action and theory of planned behaviour. Social
Cognitive theory/social learning, The behavioural economics framework and
the nudge factor, the science of habit framing,
● Not for Profit Organization (NPO) & CSR
Meaning, NGO, Voluntary Organization, Third Sector, NPO Sector. Status of

Voluntary sector in India. Starting a Voluntary Organization in India: Trust,
Society, Section 8 Company under the Companies Act of 2013. CSR, Meaning,
Overview of CSR in India, Overview of CSR rules for corporation under
Companies Act of 2013, CSR Impact Evaluation. Need for Governance in Not
for Profit Sector, Ethics in Social Marketing
4 Social Marketing – A Sectoral Overview & Careers
● Marketing Health
● Marketing Education
● Marketing Medicare
● Marketing Sanitation
● Marketing Financial Literacy & Savings
● Marketing Digital Literacy
● Marketing of Social Issues of Youth.
● SocialWork as a profession and Social Entrepreneurship,Careers in Social Marketing.


Group C. Human Resource Electives
1. Recruitment & Selection
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Recruitment 18
2 Selection 15
3 Induction 15
4 Soft Skills 12
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 The objective is to familiarize the students with concepts and principles,
procedure of Recruitment and Selection in an organization.
2 To give an in depth insight into various aspects of Human Resource
management and make them acquainted with practical aspect of the subject.
1 Recruitment
● Concepts of Recruitment- -Meaning, Objectives,Scope&
Definition,Importanceand relevanceof Recruitment.
● Job Analysis--Concept,Specifications, Description, Process And Methods, Uses
of Job Analysis
● Job Design--Introduction, Definition, Modern Techniques,
FactorsaffectingJob Design, Contemporary Issues in Job Designing.
● Sourceor Typeof Recruitment– a) Direct/Indirect, b)Internal/ External.
Internal-Notification, Promotion– Types, Transfer –Types, Reference
External-Campus Recruitment, Advertisement, Job Boards
Website/Portals,Internship, Placement Consultancies-Traditional (In-
House,Internal Recruitment, On Campus, Employment And Traditional
Agency). Modern (Recruitment Books, NicheRecruitments, Internet
Recruitment, ServiceRecruitment, Website and Job, Search Engine, Social
Recruiting and Candidate Paid Recruiters).
● Technique ofRecruitment-Traditional Vs Modern Recruitment
● Evaluation of Recruitment-OutsourcingProgramme
2 Selection
● Selection-Concept of Selection, Criteria forSelection,Process,
Advertisement and Application (Blank Format).
● Screening-Pre and Post Criteria forSelection, Steps of Selection
● Interviewing-Types andGuidelines forInterviewer&Interviewee, Types of
Selection Tests, EffectiveInterviewing Techniques.
● Selection Hurdlesand Ways to OvercomeThem
3 Induction
● Induction-Concept, Types-Formal /Informal,Advantages of Induction ,Howto
makeInduction Effective
● Orientation &On boarding-Programme and Types, Process.
● Socialisation-Types-Anticipatory,Encounter, Settingin, Socialisation Tactics
● Current trends in Recruitment and Selection Strategies– with respect to
Service, Finance,I.T.,Law And MediaIndustry
4 Soft Skills
● Preparing Bio-dataand C.V.
● Social and Soft Skills – Group Discussion &Personal Interview, Video and
TeleConferencingSkills,
● Presentation and Negotiation Skills, AestheticSkills,
● Etiquettes-DifferentTypesand QuittingTechniques.
● ExitInterview-Meaning, importance.

2. Motivation & Leadership
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Motivation -I 12
2 Motivation-II 15
3 Leadership-I 17
4 Leadership-II 16
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 To gain knowledge of the leadership strategies for motivating people and
changing organizations
2 To study how leaders facilitate group development and problem solving and
work through problems and issues as well as transcend differences
3 To acquaint the students about practical approaches to Motivation and
Leadership & its application in the Indian context
1 Motivation-I
● Concept of motivation,Importance, Tools of Motivation.
● Theory Z, Equitytheory.
● Process Theories-Vroom’s ExpectancyTheory,Valency-Four drive model.
2 Motivation-II
● East v/s West, motivatingworkers (incontext toIndian workers)
● TheIndian scene – basicdifferences.
● Work –Lifebalance – concept, differences,generation and tips on work
lifebalance.
3 Leadership-I
● Leadership– Meaning, Traits and Motives of anEffectiveLeader, Styles of
Leadership.
● Theories –TraitTheory,Behavioural Theory, Path Goal Theory.
● Transactional v/s Transformational leaders.
● Strategic leaders– meaning, qualities.
● CharismaticLeaders– meaningof charisma, Qualities, characteristics, typesof
charismatic leaders (socialized, personalized, office-holder, personal, divine)
4 Leadership-II
● Great leaders, their style,activities and skills (RatanTata, Narayan Murthy,
DhirubhaiAmbani, Bill Gates, MarkZuckerberg,Donald Trump)
● Characteristics of creativeleaders and organization methods to enhance
creativity(Andrew Dubrein).
● Contemporaryissues in leadership–Leadership roles, team leadership,
mentoring, self leadership, onlineleadership, finding and
creatingeffectiveleader.

3. Employees Relations & Welfare
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Overview of Employee Relations and Collective Bargaining 15
2 Overview of Employee Welfare 15
3 Welfare and Work Environment Management 15
4 Workers Participation and Employee Grievance 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 To understand the nature and importance of employee relations in an
organization
2 To understand the importance of collective bargaining and Workers
participation
3 To understand the causes and effects of employee grievances as well as the
procedure to solve the same
1 Overview of Employee Relations and Collective Bargaining
● Employee Relations - Meaning, Scope, Elements of Employee Relations, Role of
HR in Employee Relations
● Employee Relation Policies – Meaning and Scope.
● Ways to Improve Employee Relations
● Collective Bargaining – Meaning, Characteristics, Need and Importance,
Classification of collective bargaining - Distributive bargaining, Integrative
bargaining, Attitudinal structuring and Intra-organizational bargaining; Principles
of Collective Bargaining, Process, Causes for Failure of Collective Bargaining,
Conditions for Successful Collective Bargaining
● Collective Bargaining Strategies - Parallel or Pattern Bargaining, Multi-employer
or Coalition Bargaining, Multi-unit or Coordinated Bargaining, and Single-unit
Bargaining
● Current Trends in Collective Bargaining
2 Overview of Employee Welfare

● Meaning, Need for Employee Welfare, Principles of Employee/ Labour Welfare,
Scope for Employee/ Labour Welfare in India, Types of Welfare Services –
Individual and Group.
● Historical Development of Employee/ Labour Welfare in India – Pre and Post-
Independence, Employee/ Labour Welfare Practices in India
● Approaches to Employee/ Labour Welfare – Paternalistic, Atomistic,
Mechanistic, Humanistic approach
● Theories of Employee Welfare–Policing Theory,Religion Theory, Philanthropic
Theory, Trusteeship Theory, Public Relations Theory, Functional Theory
● Administration of Welfare Facilities – Welfare Policy, Organisation of Welfare,
Assessment of Effectiveness.
3 Welfare and Work Environment Management

● Agencies for Labour Welfare – Central Government, State Government,
Employers, Trade Union
● Women Welfare - Meaning, Need for women welfare, Provision of Factories Act
as applicable for women welfare
● Responsibility of Employers towards labour welfare
● Work Environment Management – Meaning, Need for healthy work
environment, measures for providing healthy work, Fatigue at work – Meaning,
Causes and Symptoms of Fatigue, Boredom at Workplace – Meaning, Hazards at
Workplace – Meaning, Types of Hazards – Physical and Social, Hazard
Management – Meaning and Process, Hazard Audit - Concept
● Accidents and Safety Issues at Workplace – Safety, Safety Culture
4 Workers Participation and Employee Grievance

● Workers Participation in Management – Concept, Pre-requisites, forms & levels
of participation, Benefit of Workers Participation in Management, Importance of
employee stock option plans as a method of participation.
● Employee Grievance – Meaning, Features, Causes and Effects of Employee
Grievances, Employee Grievance Handling Procedure, Effective Ways of Handling
Grievance
● Role of Industrial Relations Manager in Promoting & Establishing Peaceful
Employee Relations


4. Organisation Behaviour & HRM
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Organisational Behaviour I 12
2 Organisational Behaviour II 13
3 Human Resource Management-I 17
4 Human Resource Management-II 18
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 Theobjectiveof this courseis to familiarizethe student withthe fundamental
aspects of Various issues associatedwith Human ResourceManagementas a
whole.
2 The courseaims to givea comprehensive overview ofOrganization Behaviouras
a separate areaof management.
3 To introduce the basic concepts, functions and processes & create an
awareness of the role, functions and functioning of Human Resource
Management & OB.
1 Organisational Behaviour-I
● Introduction toOrganizational Behaviour-Concept,definitions, Evolution of OB
● Importanceof Organizational Behaviour-Cross Cultural Dynamics,
CreatingEthical Organizational Culture&Climate
● Individual andGroupBehaviour-OBmodels–Autocratic, Custodial,
Supportive, Collegial&SOBC in contextwith Indian OB
● Human Relations and Organizational Behaviour
2 Organisational Behaviour-II
● ManagingCommunication: Conflict management techniques.
● Time management strategies.
● LearningOrganization and Organizational Design
● Rewards and Punishments-Termination, layoffs,Attrition, Retrenchment,
Separations, Downsizing
3 Human Resource Management-I

● HRM-Meaning, objectives, scope and functions
● HRP-Definition, objectives, importance, factorsaffectingHRP, Process of
HRP, Strategies ofHRM , Global HRStrategies
● HRD-Concept ,meaning,objectives, HRD functions
4 Human Resource Management-II

● PerformanceAppraisal: concept,process, methods andproblems, KRA’S
● Compensation-concept, components of PayStructure, Wage and
salaryadministration,Incentives andEmployeebenefits.
● Career planning-conceptof career Planning, Career stages and carrier
planning
(BMS)Programme at Semester III

2A.Ability Enhancement Compulsory Course
3. Information Technology in Business Management-I
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Introduction to IT Support in Management 15
2 Office Automation using MS-Office 15
3 Email, Internet and its Applications 15
4 E-Security 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 To learn basic concepts of Information Technology, its support and role in
Management, for managers
2 Module II comprises of practical hands on training required for office
automation. It is expected to have practical sessions of latest MS-Office
software
3 To understand basic concepts of Email, Internet and websites, domains and
security therein
4 To recognize security aspects of IT in business, highlighting electronic
transactions, advanced security features
1 Introduction to IT Support in Management
● Information Technology concepts
Concept of Data, Information and Knowledge

Concept of Database
● Introduction to Information Systems and its major components.
Types and Levels of Information systems.

Main types of IT Support systems
Computer based Information Systems (CBIS)
▪ Types of CBIS - brief descriptions and their interrelationships/hierarchies
▪ Office Automation System(OAS)
▪ Transaction Processing System(TPS)
▪ Management Information System(MIS)
▪ Decision Support Systems (DSS)
▪ Executive Information System(EIS)
▪ Knowledge based system, Expert system
● Success and Failure of Information Technology.
Failures of Nike and AT&T

● IT Development Trends.
Major areas of IT Applications in Management
● Concept of Digital Economy and Digital Organization.
● IT Resources
Open Source Software - Concept and Applications.
Study of Different Operating Systems. (Windows / Linux/ DOS)
2 Office Automation using MS Office

● Learn Word:
Creating/Saving of Document
Editing and Formatting Features
Designing a title page, Preparing Index,

Use of SmartArt
Cross Reference, Bookmark and Hyperlink.
Mail Merge Feature.
● Spreadsheet application (e.g. MS-Excel/openoffice.org)
Creating/Saving and editing spreadsheets

Drawing charts.
Using Basic Functions: text, math & trig, statistical, date & time, database,
financial, logical
Using Advanced Functions : Use of VLookup/HLookup
Data analysis – sorting data, filtering data (AutoFilter , Advanced Filter), data
validation, what-if analysis (using data tables/scenarios), creating sub-totals and
grand totals, pivot table/chart, goal seek/solver,
● Presentation Software
Creating a presentation with minimum 20 slides with a script. Presenting in
different views,
Inserting Pictures, Videos, Creating animation effects on them
Slide Transitions, Timed Presentations
Rehearsal of presentation
3 Email, Internet and its Applications
● Introduction to Email
Writing professional emails

Creating digitally signed documents.
● Use of Outlook : Configuring Outlook, Creating and Managing profile in outlook,
Sending and Receiving Emails through outlook
Emailing the merged documents.
Introduction to Bulk Email software
● Internet
Understanding Internet Technology

Concepts of Internet, Intranet, Extranet
Networking Basics, Different types of networks. Concepts (Hubs, Bridges,
Routers, IP addresses)
Study of LAN, MAN, WAN
● DNS Basics.
Domain Name Registration, Hosting Basics.
● Emergence of E-commerce and M-Commerce
Concept of E-commerce and M-Commerce
Definition of E-commerce and M-Commerce
Business models of e-commerce: models based on transaction party (B2B,
B2C,B2G, C2B, C2C, E-Governance)
Models based on revenue models, Electronics Funds Transfer, Electronic Data
Interchange.
4 E-Security Systems
● Threats to Computer systems and control measures.
Types of threats-
Virus, hacking, phishing, spyware, spam, physical threats (fire, flood, earthquake,
vandalism)
Threat Management
● IT Risk
Definition, Measuring IT Risk, Risk Mitigation and Management
● Information Systems Security
● Security on the internet
Network and website security risks
Website Hacking and Issues therein.
Security and Email
● E-Business Risk Management Issues
Firewall concept and component, Benefits of Firewall
● Understanding and defining Enterprise wide security framework
● Information Security Environment in India with respect to real Time Application
in Business
Types of Real Time Systems, Distinction between Real Time, On – line and Batch
Processing System. Real Time Applications viz. Railway / Airway / Hotel
Reservation System, ATMs, EDI Transactions - definition, advantages, examples;E-
Cash, Security requirements for Safe E-Payments
Security measures in International and Cross Border financial transactions
● Threat Hunting Software


4. Foundation Course –III

Environmental Management
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Environmental Concepts 12
2 Environment degradation 11
3 Sustainability and role of business 11
4 Innovations in business- an environmental Perspective 11
Total 45
1 Environmental Concepts:
● Environment: Definition and composition, Lithosphere, Atmosphere,
Hydrosphere, Biosphere
● Biogeochemical cycles - Concept and water cycle
● Ecosystem & Ecology; Food chain, food web & Energy flow pyramid
● Resources: Meaning, classification( Renewable & non-renewable), types
& Exploitation of Natural resources in sustainable manner
2 Environment degradation
● Degradation-Meaning and causes, degradation of land, forest and agricultural
land and its remedies
● Pollution – meaning, types, causes and remedies (land, air, water and others)
● Global warming: meaning, causes and effects.
● Disaster Management: meaning, disaster management cycle.
● Waste Management: Definition and types -solid waste management
anthropogenic waste, e-waste & biomedical waste (consumerism as a cause
of waste)
3 Sustainability and role of business
● Sustainability: Definition, importance and Environment Conservation.
● Environmental clearance for establishing and operating Industries in India.
● EIA, Environmental auditing, ISO 14001
● Salient features of Water Act, Air Act and Wildlife Protection Act.
● Carbon bank & Kyoto protocol
4 Innovations in business- an environmental perspective
Non-Conventional energy sources- Wind, Bio-fuel, Solar, Tidal and Nuclear
Energy.
Innovative Business Models: Eco-tourism, Green marketing, Organic farming, Eco-
friendly packaging, Waste management projects for profits ,other business
projects for greener future

Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
Total 45
mechanisms.(2 Lectures)
mechanisms.(2 Lectures)


Part A (4 Lectures)
Skills.
Language.
Part B (4 Lectures)
Part C (3 Lectures)
Leadership.
References
1. Asthana, D. K., and Asthana, Meera, Environmental Problems and Solutions, S. Chand, New
Delhi, 2012.
3. BhatnagarMamta and BhatnagarNitin, Effective Communication and Soft Skills, Pearson
India,New Delhi, 2011.
4. G Subba Rao, Writing Skills for Civil Services Examination, Access Publishing, New Delhi,
2014
5. Kaushal, Rachana, Women and Human Rights in India, Kaveri Books, New Delhi, 2000.
7. Motilal, Shashi, and Nanda, Bijoy Lakshmi, Human Rights: Gender and Environment, Allied
Publishers, New Delhi, 2007.
8. Murthy, D. B. N., Disaster Management: Text and Case Studies, Deep and Deep Publications,
New Delhi, 2013.
9. Parsuraman, S., and Unnikrishnan, ed., India Disasters Report II, Oxford, New Delhi, 2013
11. Sathe, Satyaranjan P., Judicial Activism in India, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2003.
12. Singh, Ashok Kumar, Science and Technology for Civil Service Examination, Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, 2012.
i. Projects/Assignments should be drawn for the component on Internal Assessment from the
topics in Module 1 to Module 4.
v. Students must submit a hard / soft copy of the Project / Assignment before appearing for the
semester end examination.
QUESTION PAPER PATTERN(Semester III)
QUESTION
NUMBER
for each sub-
without any
iii. In all 8 Questions will be asked out of which 5
break-up.

on Module 1

on Module 2

on Module 3

on Module 4

4. Foundation Course in NSS - III
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
Total 45
3 Health, hygiene & Diseases

4. Foundation Course in NCC - III
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures

Adventure Training and Environment Awareness and
3 05
Conservation
Total 45
Desired outcome: The students will display sense of patriotism, secular values
and shall be transformed into motivated youth who will contribute towards
nation building through national unity and social cohesion.
The students shall enrich themselves about the history of our beloved country
and will look forward for the solutions based on strengths to the challenges to the
● Freedom Struggle and nationalist movement in India.
● National interests, Objectives, Threats and Opportunities.
● Problems/ Challenges of National Integration.
● Unity in Diversity
2 Drill: Foot Drill

● Side pace, pace forward and to the rear
● Turning on the march and whiling
● Saluting on the march
● Marking time, forward march and halt in quick time
● Changing step
● Formation of squad and squad drill

sense of adventure, sportsmanship, espirit-d-corp and develop confidence,
courage, determination, diligence and quest for excellence.
● Any Two such as – Obstacle course, Slithering, Trekking, Cycling, Rock Climbing,
Para Sailing, Sailing, Scuba Diving etc.

● Waste management
● Pollution control, water, Air, Noise and Soil

● Time management
● Effect of Leadership with historical examples
● Interview Skills
● Conflict Motives- Resolution

Army
A. Armed Force
● Task and Role of Fighting Arms
● Modes of Entry to Army
● Honors and Awards
● Characteristics of 5.56mm INSAS Rifle, Ammunition, Fire power, Stripping,
● Organization of Infantry Battalion.
C. Military history
● Study of battles of Indo-Pak War 1965,1971 and Kargil
● War Movies
D. Communication
● Characteristics of Walkie-Talkies
● Basic RT Procedure
● Latest trends and Development (Multi Media, Video Conferencing, IT)
OR
Navy
● Organization of Ship- Introduction on Onboard Organization
● Naval Customs and Traditions
● Mode of Entry into Indian Navy
● Branches of the Navy and their functions
● Naval Campaign (Battle of Atlantic, Pearl Harbour, Falkland War/Fleet
Review/ PFR/ IFR)s
● Types of Models
● Introduction of Ship Model- Competition Types of Model Prepare in NSC
and RDC
● Care and handling of power-tools used- maintenance and purpose of tools
● Role of Indian Coast Guard related to SAR
D. Swimming
● Floating and Breathing Techniques- Precautions while Swimming
OR
AIR
● Organization Of Air Force
● Branches of the IAF.
● Venturi Effect
● Aerofoil
● Forces on an Aircraft
● Lift and Drag
C. Airmanship
● ATC/RT Procedures
● Aviation Medicine
D. Aero- Engines
● Types of Engines
● Piston Engines
● Jet Engines
● Turboprop Engines

4. Foundation Course in Physical Education - III
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
Total 45
● Introduction to nutrition & its principles
● Role of Nutrition in promotion of health
● Dietary Guidelines for Good Health
● Regulation of water in body and factors influencing body temperature.
2 Evaluation ofHealth, Fitness and Wellness
● Meaning & Concept of holistic health
● Evaluating Personal health-basic parameters
● Evaluating Fitness Activities – Walking & Jogging
● Myths &mis-conceptions of Personal fitness
● Types of Exercise Injuries
● First Aid- Importance & application in Exercise Injuries
● Management of Soft tissues injuries
● Management of bone injuries
4 Sports Training
● Definition, aims & objectives of Sports training
● Importance of Sports training
● Principles of Sports training
● Drug abuse & its effects
5.Business Planning & Entrepreneurial Management
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Foundations of Entrepreneurship Development 15
2 Types & Classification Of Entrepreneurs 15
3 Entrepreneur Project Development & Business Plan 15
4 Venture Development 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 Entrepreneurship is oneofthe major focusareasofthe discipline
ofManagement. This courseintroduces Entrepreneurship to buddingmanagers.
2 To develop entrepreneurs&to preparestudents totakethe responsibilityoffull
lineof management function ofa companywithspecial referenceto SME sector.
1 Foundations ofEntrepreneurshipDevelopment:
● Foundations ofEntrepreneurshipDevelopment:
Concept and Need of Entrepreneurship Development
Definition ofEntrepreneur, Entrepreneurship,
Importance and significanceofgrowth ofentrepreneurial activities
Characteristics andqualities of entrepreneur
● Theories ofEntrepreneurship:
Innovation TheorybySchumpeter &Imitating
Theoryof High Achievement byMcClelland
X-EfficiencyTheorybyLeibenstein
Theoryof ProfitbyKnight
Theoryof Social changebyEverettHagen
● External Influences onEntrepreneurshipDevelopment:
Socio-Cultural, Political,Economical, Personal.
Role ofEntrepreneurialculturein Entrepreneurship Development.
2 Types & ClassificationOfEntrepreneurs

● Intrapreneur –Concept and Development ofIntrapreneurship
● Women Entrepreneur – concept, developmentandproblems faced by
Women Entrepreneurs, Development of WomenEntrepreneurs with
reference to Self Help Group
● Social entrepreneurship–concept, development of Socialentrepreneurship
inIndia.Importanceand Social responsibilityof NGO’s.
● Entrepreneurial development Program (EDP)–concept, factor influencing
EDP. Option available to Entrepreneur. (Ancillarisation, BPO, Franchise, M&A)
3 EntrepreneurProject Development &Business Plan

● Innovation,Invention, Creativity,BusinessIdea,Opportunitiesthrough change.
● Ideageneration– Sources-Development of product /idea,
● Environmental scanning and SWOT analysis
● CreatingEntrepreneurial Venture-Entrepreneurship DevelopmentCycle
● Business PlanningProcess-Thebusiness planas an Entrepreneurial
tool, scope and value of Business plan.
● Elements of Business Plan, Objectives, Market and FeasibilityAnalysis,
Marketing, Finance, Organization &Management, Ownership,
● Critical Risk Contingencies ofthe proposal, Schedulingand milestones.
4 VentureDevelopment
● Steps involved in startingofVenture
● Institutional support to an Entrepreneur
● Venturefunding, requirements of Capital (Fixed and working) Sources
of finance, problem ofVentureset-up andprospects
● Marketing: Methods, Channel of Marketing, Marketing Institutions and
Assistance.
● New trends in entrepreneurship
Revised Syllabus of Courses ofBachelorof Management Studies (BMS)

6. Accounting for Managerial Decisions
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Analysis and Interpretation of Financial statements 15
2 Ratio analysis and Interpretation 15
3 Cash flow statement 15
4 Working capital 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 To acquaint management learners with basic accounting fundamentals.
2 To develop financial analysis skills among learners.
3 The course aims at explaining the core concepts of business finance and its
1 AnalysisandInterpretation ofFinancialstatements
● Studyof balancesheet oflimited companies. Studyof Manufacturing,Trading,
Profit andLoss A/c of Limited Companies
● VerticalForm ofBalanceSheetand Profit&Loss A/c-Trend
Analysis, ComparativeStatement &Common Size.
2 Ratio analysis andInterpretation

● Ratio analysis andInterpretation(based on vertical form of financial
statements)including conventional and functionalclassification
restricted to:
● Balancesheet ratios: Current ratio,Liquid Ratio, Stock Workingcapital
ratio,Proprietoryratio,Debt EquityRatio, Capital GearingRatio.
● Revenuestatementratios:Gross profitratio, Expenses ratio, Operatingratio,
Net profit ratio, Net OperatingProfit Ratio, Stock turnover Ratio, Debtors
Turnover , Creditors Turnover Ratio
● Combinedratios:Return on capitalEmployed (includingLong term
borrowings), Returnon Proprietors fund (Shareholder
fund and Preference Capital), Return on EquityCapital, Dividend
PayoutRatio,Debt ServiceRatio,
● Different modes of expressingratios:-Rate, Ratio, Percentage, Number.
Limitations of theuse of Ratios.
3 Cash flow statement

Preparation ofcash flowstatement(AccountingStandard-3(revised)
4 Working capital
● Working capital-Concept, Estimation of requirements in caseof
Trading&ManufacturingOrganizations.
● Receivablesmanagement-Meaning &Importance, Credit Policy Variables,
methods of Credit Evaluation(Traditional and Numerical- Credit Scoring);
Monitoringthe Debtors Techniques [DSO, Ageing Schedule]

Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Introduction 12
2 Strategy Formulation 16
3 Strategic Implementation 18
4 Strategic Evaluation & Control 14
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 The objective of this course is to learn the management policies and strategies
at every Level to develop conceptual skills in this area as well as their
application in the corporate world.
2 The focus is to critically examine the management of the entire enterprise
from the TopManagement view points.
3 This course deals with corporate level Policy & Strategy formulation areas.
This course aims to developing conceptual skills in this area as well as their
application in the corporate world.
1 Introduction
● Business Policy-Meaning, Nature,Importance
● Strategy-Meaning,Definition
● Strategic Management-Meaning,Definition,Importance, Strategic
management
● Process&Levelsof Strategyand Concept and importanceof Strategic
Business Units (SBU’s)
● StrategicIntent-Mission, Vision, Goals,Objective, Plans
2 StrategyFormulation
● EnvironmentAnalysisand Scanning(SWOT )
● CorporateLevel Strategy (Stability, Growth,Retrenchment,Integration
andInternationalization)
● BusinessLevel Strategy(CostLeadership,Differentiation,Focus)
● FunctionalLevel Strategy(R&D,HR,Finance,Marketing,Production)
3 Strategic Implementation
● Models of Strategymaking.
● StrategicAnalysis&Choices &Implementation: BCG Matrix, GE 9Cell,
Porter5 Forces, 7S FrameWork
● Implementation: Meaning, Steps and implementation at Project, Process,
Structural,Behavioural,Functionallevel.
4 Strategic Evaluation&Control
Strategic Evaluation&Control– Meaning, StepsofEvaluation & Techniques of
Control
Synergy:Concept ,Types , evaluation of Synergy.Synergyas a Component of
Strategy&its Relevance.
ChangeManagement– ElementaryConcept

1. Financial Institutions & Markets
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Financial System in India 16
Financial Regulators & Institutions in India (detail discussion on
2 16
their role and functions )
3 Financial Markets (In Details) 16
4 Managing Financial Systems Design 12
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 The Course aims at providing the students basic knowledge about the
structure, role and functioning of financial institutions and markets in the
financial system in India.
2 To inculcate understanding relating to managing of financial system
1 Financial System in India
● Financial System Theoretical Settings – Meaning, Importance, Functions of
financial system, Indian financial system from financial neutrality to financial
activism and from financial volatility to financial stability. Role of government
in Financial development , Phases of Indian financial system since
independence ( State Domination – 1947-1990, Financial sector reforms 1991
till Financial sector Legislative Reforms Commission 2013) ( Only an Overview)
Monitoring Framework for financial Conglomerates,
● Structure of Indian financial system – Financial Institutions ( Banking & Non-
Banking ), Financial Markets ( Organized and Unorganized) Financial
Assets/Instruments, Financial Services( Fund based & Free Based) – ( In details)
● Microfinance - Conceptual Framework – Origin, Definitions, Advantages,
Barriers, Microfinance Models in India
Financial Regulators & Institutions in India (detail discussion on their role and
2
functions )
● Financial Regulators – Ministry of Finance (Dept of DEA, Expenditure
,Revenue, financial services and disinvestment)
RBI- Changing role of RBI in the financial sector, global crisis and RBI, Ministry
of Corporate Affairs, SEBI, Pension Fund Regulatory and Development
Authority, IRDA.
● Financial Institutions- Role, Classification, Role of Commercial banks, IFCI, IDBI,
Industrial Credit and Investment Corporation of India, SFC, Investment
institutions in India ( LIC, GIC) NBFC services provided by NBFC.
● Specialized Financial Institutions – EXIM, NABARD, SIDBI, NHB, SIDC, SME
Rating agency of India Ltd, IIFCL, IWRFC ( Their role, functions and area of
concerns)
3 Financial Markets ( In Details)

● Indian Money Market – Meaning, Features, Functions, Importance, Defects,
Participants, Components ( Organized and Unorganized) ( in details) and
Reforms
● Indian Capital Market - Meaning, Features, Functions, Importance,
Participants, Instruments, Reforms in Primary and Secondary Market, Stock
Indices, NSE, BSE, ADR and GDR
● Introduction of Commodity and Derivative Markets
● Insurance and Mutual funds – An introduction
4 Managing Financial Systems Design

● Financial System Design – Meaning, Stakeholder Lender Conflict, Manager
Stock holder conflict, Conflict Resolution and Financial System Design, Bank
oriented systems and Market oriented systems its advantages and drawbacks,
Dimensions of well-functioning financial systems
● At global level – Financial system designs of Developed countries ( Japan,
Germany , UK and USA) ( Brief Summary)
● Case studies relating to disinvestments polices of PSU in India, Global crises
and failures in market systems around world


2. Auditing
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
3 Auditing Techniques and Internal Audit Introduction 15
4 Auditing Techniques: Vouching &Verification 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 To enable students get acquaint with the various concepts of auditing.
2 To ensure students understand and practice the various techniques of

auditing while managing their finances
● Basics – Financial Statements, Users of Information, Definition of Auditing,
Objectives of Auditing – Primary and Secondary, Expression of opinion,
Detection of Frauds and Errors, Inherent limitations of Audit. Difference
between Accounting and Auditing, Investigation and Auditing.
● Errors & Frauds – Definitions, Reasons and Circumstances, Types of Error –
Commission, Omission, Compensating error. Types of frauds, Risk of fraud and
Error in Audit, Auditors Duties and Responsibilities in case of fraud
● Principles of Audit – Integrity, Objectivity, Independence, Skills, Competence,
Work performed by others, Documentation, Planning, Audi Evidence,
Accounting System and Internal Control, Audit Conclusions and Reporting
● Types of Audit – Meaning, Advantages, Disadvantages of Balance sheet Audit,
Interim Audit, Continuous Audit, Concurrent Audit and Annual Audit
● Audit Planning – Meaning, Objectives, Factors to be considered, Sources of
obtaining information, Discussion with Client, Overall Audit Approach.
● Audit Program – Meaning, Factors, Advantages and Disadvantages,
Overcoming Disadvantages, Methods of Work , Instruction before
commencing Work, Overall Audit Approach
● Audit Working Papers - Meaning, importance, Factors determining Form and
Contents, Main Functions / Importance, Features, Contents of Permanent
Audit File, Temporary Audit File, Ownership, Custody, Access of Other Parties
to Audit Working Papers, Auditors Lien on Working Papers, Auditors Lien on
Client's Books
● Audit Notebook– Meaning, structure, Contents, General Information, Current
Information, Importance
3 Auditing Techniques and Internal Audit Introduction
● Test Check - Test Checking Vs Routing Checking, test Check meaning, features,
factors to be considered, when Test Checks can be used, advantages
disadvantages precautions.
● Audit Sampling - Audit Sampling, meaning, purpose, factors in determining
sample size -Sampling Risk, Tolerable Error and expected error, methods of
selecting Sample Items Evaluation of Sample Results auditors Liability in
conducting audit based on Sample
● Internal Control - Meaning and purpose, review of internal control,
advantages, auditors duties, review of internal control, Inherent Limitations of
Internal control, internal control samples for sales and debtors, purchases and
creditors, wages and salaries.Internal Checks Vs Internal Control, Internal
Checks Vs Test Checks
● Internal Audit - Meaning, basic principles of establishing Internal audit,
objectives, evaluation of internal Audit by statutory auditor, usefulness of
Internal Audit, Internal Audit Vs External Audit,, Internal Checks Vs Internal
Audit
4 Auditing Techniques: Vouching &Verification
● Audit of Income - Cash Sales, Sales on Approval, Consignment Sales, Sales
Returns Recovery of Bad Debts written off, Rental Receipts, Interest and
Dividends Received Royalties Received
● Audit of Expenditure - Purchases, Purchase Returns, Salaries and Wages,
Rent, Insurance Premium, Telephone expense Postage and Courier, Petty Cash
Expenses, Travelling Commission Advertisement, Interest Expense
● Audit of Assets Book Debts / Debtors, Stocks -Auditors General Duties;
Patterns, Dies and Loose Tools, Spare Parts, Empties and Containers Quoted
Investments and Unquoted Investment Trade Marks / Copyrights Patents
Know-How Plant and Machinery Land and Buildings Furniture and Fixtures
● Audit of Liabilities - Outstanding Expenses, Bills Payable Secured loans
Unsecured Loans, Contingent Liabilities

3. Strategic Cost Management
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Strategic Cost Management(Only Theory) 20
2 Activity Based Costing 20

Strategic Cost Management performance assessment (Only
3 08
theory )
Variance Analysis & Responsibility Accounting (Practical
4 12
Problems)
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 Learners should develop skills of analysis, evaluation and synthesis in cost and
management accounting
2 The subject covers the complex modern industrial organizations within which
the various facets of decision-making and controlling operations take place.
1 Introduction to Strategic Cost Management(Only Theory)
● Strategic Cost Management (SCM): Concept and Philosophy-Objectives of
SCM-Environmental influences on cost management practices, Key elements in
SCM-Different aspects of Strategic Cost Management: Value Analysis & Value
Engineering, Wastage Control, Disposal Management, Business Process Re-
engineering, Total Quality Management, Total Productive Maintenance, Energy
Audit, Control of Total Distribution Cost & Supply Cost, Cost Reduction &
Product Life Cycle Costing(An Overview)
2 Activity Based Costing

● Activity Based Management and Activity Based Budgeting: Concept,
rationale, issues, limitations. Design and Implementation of Activity Based
Costing (Practical Problems on ABC), Life Cycle Costing, Kaizen Costing, Back
Flush Costing. Evaluation criterion; Return on Cash Systems; Transfer Pricing
and Divisional Performance. Transfer Pricing in International Business,
Marginal Costing and Managerial Decision Mix (Practical Problems)
3 Strategic Cost Management performance assessment (Only theory )

● Cost Audit & Management Audit under companies Act, with reference to
strategic assessment of cost & managerial performance- Strategic Cost-Benefit
Analysis of different business restructuring propositions-Entrepreneurial
approach to cost Management, with reference to core competencies, strategic
advantages & long-term perspective of cost Management. Six Sigma, Learning
Curve, Praise Analysis and Simulation
4 Variance Analysis & Responsibility Accounting (Practical Problems)

● Standard Costing (Material, Labour, Overhead, Sales & Profit)
● Responsibility Accounting –Introduction, Types & Evaluation of Profit Centre
and Investment Centre

4. Corporate Restructuring
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
Corporate Restructuring – Introduction and Concepts ( Only
1 15
Theory)
2 Accounting of Internal Reconstruction ( Practical and theory) 15
Accounting of External Reconstruction (Amalgamation/
3 15
Mergers/ Takeovers and Absorption)( Practical and theory)
Impact of Reorganization on the Company - An Introduction
4 15
(Only Theory)
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 To impart knowledge relating to legal, accounting and practical
implementation of corporate restructuring.
2 The subject covers the complex facets of corporate restructuring process
1 Corporate Restructuring – Introduction and Concepts ( Only Theory)
● Corporate Restructuring - Historical Background, Meaning of Corporate
Restructuring, Corporate Restructuring as a Business Strategy, Need and Scope
of Corporate Restructuring.
● Planning, Formulation and Execution of Various Restructuring Strategies,
Important Aspects to be considered while Planning or Implementing Corporate
Restructuring Strategies.
● Forms of Restructuring - Merger, Demerger, Reverse merger , Disinvestment ,
Takeover/acquisition, Joint Venture (JV), Strategic Alliance, Franchising and
Slump sale
2 Accounting of Internal Reconstruction ( Practical and theory)
● Need for reconstruction and Company Law provisions, Distinction between
internal and external reconstructions
● Methods including alteration of share capital, variation of share-holder rights,
sub division, consolidation, surrender and reissue/cancellation, reduction of
share capital, with relevant legal provisions and accounting treatments for
same.
Accounting of External Reconstruction (Amalgamation/ Mergers/ Takeovers

3
and Absorption)( Practical and theory)
● In the nature of merger and purchase with corresponding accounting
treatments of pooling of interests and purchase methods respectively
● Computation and meaning of purchase consideration and Problems based on
purchase method of accounting only.
4 Impact of Reorganization on the Company - An Introduction ( Only Theory)
● Change in the Internal Aspects on Reorganization – Change of Name and
Logo, Revised Organization Chart, Communication, Employee Compensation,
Benefits and Welfare Activities,Aligning Company Policies, Aligning
Accounting and Internal Database Management Systems, Re-Visiting Internal
Processes and Re-Allocation of People
● Change in External Aspects on Reorganization - Engagement with Statutory
Authorities,Revised ISO Certification and Similar Other Certifications,
Revisiting past Government approvals, decisions and other contracts.
● Impact of Reorganization - Gain or Loss to Stakeholders, Implementation of
Objectives,Integration of Businesses and Operations, Post Merger Success and
Valuation and Impact on Human and Cultural Aspects.

1. Integrated Marketing Communication
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Integrated Marketing Communication 15
2 Elements of IMC – I 15
3 Elements of IMC – II 15
4 Evaluation & Ethics in Marketing Communication 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 To equip the students with knowledge about the nature, purpose and
complex construction in the planning and execution of an effective Integrated
Marketing Communication (IMC) program.
2 To understand the various tools of IMC and the importance of co-ordinating
them for an effective marketing communication program.
1 Introduction to Integrated Marketing Communication
● Meaning, Features of IMC, Evolution of IMC, Reasons for Growth of IMC.
● Promotional Tools for IMC, IMC planning process, Role of IMC in Marketing
● Communication process, Traditional and alternative Response Hierarchy
Models
● Establishing objectives and Budgeting: Determining Promotional Objectives,
Sales vs Communication Objectives, DAGMAR, Problems in setting objectives,
setting objectives for the IMC Program.
2 Elements of IMC – I
● Advertising – Features, Role of Advertising in IMC, Advantages and
Disadvantages, Types of Advertising, Types of Media used for advertising.
● Sales promotion – Scope, role of Sales Promotion as IMC tool, Reasons for the
growth, Advantages and Disadvantages, Types of Sales Promotion, objectives
of consumer and trade promotion, strategies of consumer promotion and
trade promotion, sales promotion campaign, evaluation of Sales Promotion
campaign.
3 Elements of IMC – II
● Direct Marketing - Role of direct marketing in IMC, Objectives of Direct
Marketing, Components for Direct Marketing, Tools of Direct Marketing –
direct mail, catalogues, direct response media, internet, telemarketing,
alternative media evaluation of effectiveness of direct marketing
● Public Relations and Publicity – Introduction, Role of PR in IMC, Advantages
and Disadvantages, Types of PR, Tools of PR ,Managing PR – Planning,
implementation, evaluation and Research, Publicity, Sponsorship – definition,
Essentials of good sponsorship, event sponsorship, cause sponsorship
● Personal Selling – Features, Role of Personal Selling in IMC, advantages and
disadvantages of PersonalSelling, Selling process, Importance of Personal
Selling
4 Evaluation & Ethics in Marketing Communication

● Evaluating an Integrated Marketing program – Evaluation process of IMC –
Message Evaluations, Advertising tracking research – copy testing – emotional
reaction test, cognitive Neuro science – online evaluation, Behavioural
Evaluation – sales and response rate, POPAI, Toll free numbers, QR codes and
facebook likes, response cards, Internet responses, redemption rate
Test Markets – competitive responses, scanner data, Purchase simulationtests

● Ethics and Marketing communication – stereotyping, targeting vulnerable
customers, offensive brand messages – legal issues – Commercial free speech,
misleading claims, puffery, fraud, questionable B2B practices
● Current Trends in IMC – Internet & IMC, Advertising on internet, PR through
Internet Banner, Sales promotion on Internet, direct marketing on internet.


2. Rural Marketing
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Introduction 15
2 Rural Market 15
3 Rural Marketing Mix 15
4 Rural Marketing Strategies 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 The objective of this course is to explore the students to the Agriculture and
Rural Marketing environment so that they can understand consumer's and
marketing characteristics of the same for understanding and contributing to
the emerging challenges in the upcoming global economic scenario.
1 Introduction
● Introduction to Rural Market, Definition &ScopeofRural Marketing.
● Rural Market inIndia-Size&Scope, Rural development as a core area,Efforts
putfor Rural development bygovernment (A brief Overview).
● EmergingProfile of Rural Markets inIndia,
● Problems of rural market.
● Constraints in Rural Marketingand Strategies to overcome constraints
2 Rural Market
● Rural ConsumerVs UrbanConsumers– a comparison.
● Characteristics of RuralConsumers.
● Rural Market Environment:
a)Demographics– Population,Occupation Pattern,Literacy Level;
b)EconomicFactors-Income Generation, ExpenditurePattern, Rural Demand
and Consumption Pattern, Rural MarketIndex;Land UsePattern,
c)RuralInfrastructure -Rural Housing, Electrification, Roads
● Rural ConsumerBehaviour:meaning,Factors affectingRural Consumer
Behaviour-Social factors, Cultural factors, Technological factors,Lifestyle,
Personality.
3 Rural Marketing Mix

● Relevanceof Marketing mixforRural market/Consumers.
● Product Strategies, RuralProduct Categories-FMCGs, Consumer Durables,
AgricultureGoods &Services;ImportanceofBranding,
PackagingandLabelling.
● Natureof Competition in Rural Markets, theproblem of Fake Brands
● PricingStrategies&objectives
● Promotional Strategies. Segmentation, Targeting &Positioningfor rural
market.
4 Rural Marketing Strategies

● Distribution Strategies forRural consumers.
Channels of Distribution- HAATS, Mandis, Public Distribution System, Co-
operative society, Distribution Models of FMCG,
CompaniesHUL,ITCetc.Distributionnetworks,Idealdistribution model for rural
markets (Case study based)
● Communication Strategy.
Challenges in Rural Communication, Developing Effective
Communication,Determining CommunicationObjectives,Designing
theMessage,Selecting theCommunicationChannels.Creating Advertisements
forRural Audiences.
RuralMedia-Massmedia,Non-ConventionalMedia, Personalized
media;

3. Event Marketing
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Events 15
Segmenting, Targeting and Positioning of Events and Concept of
2 15
Product in Events
3 Concept of Pricing and Promotion in Events 15
4 Trends and Challenges in Event Marketing 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 To understand basic concepts of Event Marketing.
2 To impart knowledge to learners about categories of Events.
3 To understand segmenting, targeting and positioning in the context of Event

Marketing.
4 To familiarize learners with trends and challenges in Event Marketing.
1 Introduction to Events
● Definition and Meaning of Event Marketing ; The Evolution of Event Marketing,
Advantages of Event Marketing, 5 C’s of Events- Conceptualization, costing,
canvassing, customization, carrying-out; Event Designing; Reach; Interaction-
Interaction Points, Direct Interaction, Indirect Interaction, Interaction Catalysts
or Enablers.
● Importance of Events as a Marketing Communication Tool; Events as a
Marketing Tool: The Varied Marketing Needs Addressed by Events: Brand
Building, Focus on Target Market, Implementation of Marketing Plan,
Marketing Research, Relationship Building, Creating opportunities for better
deals with different media, Events and their Economic implications.
● Concept of Event Creativity, Key Elements of Events: Event Infrastructure;
Customer Groups; Clients; Event Organizers; Venue; Media
Segmenting, Targeting and Positioning of Events and Concept of Product in

2
Events
● Concept of Market in Events; Segmentation and targeting of the Market for
events; Positioning of events-Event Property.
● Concept of Product in Events: Benefit Levels-Core, generic, expected,
augmented; Categories of Events: Competitive Events, Artistic Expression,
Cultural Celebrations, Exhibition Events, Charitable Events ,Special Business
Events, Retail Events.
● Event Variations- Time Frame Based, Concept Based, Artist Based, Client
Industry Based
3 Concept of Pricing and Promotion in Events

● Risk Rating, Setting Pricing Objectives, Understanding local legislations and tax
laws, Feedback about events from the market, skills required for negotiating
the best price, validation against pricing objectives, pricing decisions, Event
Charges: Percentage of the total Event Cost, Flat Fee, Package Price, Hourly
Rate.
● Networking Components: Print Media, Radio, Television, Internet, Outdoor
Media, Direct Marketing, Sales Promotion, Public Relations, Merchandising, In-
venue Publicity.
● Event Sponsorship: Concept of Sponsorship, Sponsorship in a communication
context, Synergy between sponsor and Event, Identifying Potential sponsors,
Impact Measurement, Practical Sponsor Incentivization, In-Kind Sponsorship.
4 Trends and Challenges in Event Marketing

● e-event marketing, Virtual Events, Societal Event Marketing, Green Event,
Cause-Related Event Marketing, Sports Event Marketing.
● Safety and Security of Event
● Event Crisis Management
● Growth of Event Industry in India
● Career in Event Marketing


4. Tourism Marketing
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Tourism Marketing 15
Tourism Market Segmentation & Product Mix of Tourism
2 15
Marketing
Concept of Pricing, Place, Promotion and Expanded marketing
3 15
mix for tourism marketing
Global tourism, tourism organizations and Challenges for Indian
4 15
Tourism Industry
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 To understand basic concepts and strategies of Tourism Marketing.
2 To impart knowledge to learners about types of tourism.
3 To understand segmentation and Marketing mix in the context of Tourism

Marketing.
4 To familiarize learners with trends and challenges in Tourism Marketing.
1 Introduction to Tourism Marketing
● Meaning of Tourism & Tourist, Features of Tourism, Purpose of Tourism, Adverse
Effects of Tourism, Factors Influencing growth of Tourism, Classification of Tourism;
Types of Tourism: Health, adventure, rural, cultural, religious, eco-Tourism, wedding
Tourism, cruise Tourism.
● Tourism Marketing Meaning, Objectives of Tourism Marketing, Importance of
Tourism Marketing, Problems of Tourism Marketing.
● Phases of Tourism: Economic Approach, Environmental Approach, Cost Benefit
Approach.
● Tourism Planning: Process, Study of market, Levels of tourism planning, Organization
of a tour. Tour Operators and Travel Agents: functions, types, distribution network,
Travel agency operations, Travel Organization-Individual and group, travel itinerary.
Travel Formalities and Documentation.
2 Tourism Market Segmentation & Product Mix of Tourism Marketing

● Tourism Market Segmentation:
Meaning, Need for Market Segmentation in Tourism
Importance of Market Segmentation in Tourism
Bases for Segmentation in Tourism
Tourist Typology: Cohens Typology, Plog’s Typology
● 4 ‘A’s of Tourism
Attraction: Meaning, Typology of Attraction, Natural, Artificial, Cultural, Social,
Managed Attraction for Tourist, Peter’s Inventory of Tourist
Accommodation: Meaning, Typology of Accommodation
Accessibility: Meaning, Transportation System for Tourism, Surface Transport,
Railways and its contribution to tourism, Sea & Waterways, Airways
Amenities: Meaning, Amenities & Facilities at the destination.
● Marketing Strategy: Hard v/s Soft Tourism Strategy.
● Product Mix of Tourism Marketing: Meaning, Tourism Destination Life Cycle,
Factors for tourism destination selection, launching a new tourism product, Tourism
Product and Package Tour, Itinerary meaning, Types of Itinerary, Drawing a Itinerary
for Tourist, Reservation meaning, Sources of reservation, Modes of Reservation,
Ticketing Procedure
Concept of Pricing, Place, Promotion and Expanded marketing mix for tourism
3
marketing
● Price: Meaning, Factors Influencing Tourism Pricing, Tourism Pricing Objectives,
Tourism Pricing Policies
● Place: Meaning, Factors Influencing Tourism Distribution, Tourism Distribution
System, Middlemen in Tourism Industry, Functions of Middlemen, Travel Guide
Meaning, Essential of an ideal travel guide.
● Promotion: Tourism Advertising, Tourism Publicity, Tourism Public Relation, Tourism
Sales promotion Technique, Personal Selling in Tourism, Skills required for Selling
Tourism Product, Electronics Channel of Tourism
● People: Moment of Truth in Tourism, Employee as an element of people mix, Internal
Marketing, Objectives of Internal Marketing, Internal marketing Process.
● Process: Meaning, Factors to be considered while designing the service process,
Tourism Service Blueprinting: Meaning, Steps, Benefits of Blueprinting
● Physical Evidence for Tourism
4 Global Tourism, Tourism Organizations and Challenges for Indian Tourism Industry
● Global Tourism Market: Overview of Tourism Market of America, Mauritius, Asia
Pacific, Thailand, Vietnam, China, Singapore, Middle East and Gulf, UK and other
European Countries.
● Status of tourism in developing countries.
● India as a Tourist Destination: A conceptual framework, Destination Image, Building
Brand India; Incredible India Campaign
● Challenges for Indian Tourism Industry
● Tourism Organizations: World Trade Organization (WTO), International Civil Aviation
Organization (ICAO), International Air Transport Association (IATA), Pacific Asia Travel
Association (PATA), Universal Federation of Travel Agents Association (UFTAA), Travel
Agents Association of India (TAAI), Indian Association of Tour Operators (IATO),
Ministry of Tourism, Government of India, India Tourism Development Corporation.

1. Human Resource Planning and Information System
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Overview of Human Resource Planning (HRP) 15
2 Job Analysis, Recruitment and Selection 15
3 HRP Practitioner, Aspects of HRP and Evaluation 15
4 Human Resource Information Systems 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 To Understand the Concept and Process of HRP
2 To Understand Ways of matching Job Requirements and Human Resource

Availability
3 To Explore the concept of Strategic HRP
4 To Understand the applications of HRIS

1 Overview of Human Resource Planning (HRP)
a) Overview of Human Resource Planning (HRP):

Human Resource Planning–Meaning, Features, Scope, Approaches, Levels
of HRP, Types, Tools, Activities for HRP, Requirements for Effective HR
Planning.
Process of HRP- Steps in HRP, HR Demand Forecasting–Factors,
Techniques – (Concepts Only) Managerial Judgement, Ratio Trend
Analysis, Regression Analysis, Work Study Technique, Delphi Technique.
HR Supply Forecasting– Factors, Techniques – (Concepts Only) Skills
Inventories, Succession Plans, Replacement Charts, Staffing Tables.
• Barriers in Effective Implementation of HRP and Ways to Overcome Them.
• Strategic Human Resource Planning –Meaning and Objectives.
• Link between Strategic Planning and HRP through Technology.
• HR Policy –Meaning, Importance.
• HR Programme-Meaning and Contents.
2 Job Analysis, Recruitment and Selection
a) Job Analysis, Recruitment and Selection:

• Job Analysis-Meaning, Features, Advantages.
• Job Design:Concept, Issues.
• Job Redesign –Meaning, Process, Benefits.
Matching Human Resource Requirement and Availability through:
Retention- Meaning, Strategies, Resourcing- Meaning, Types. Flexibility –
Flexible work practices, Downsizing- Meaning, Reasons, Layoff – Meaning,
Reasons.
• Recruitment - Meaning and Factors affecting Recruitment, Ethical Issues in
Recruitment and Selection.
• Employee Selection Tests:Meaning, Advantages and Limitations.
• Human Resource Audit:Meaning, Need, Objectives, Process, Areas.
3 HRP Practitioner, Aspects of HRP and Evaluation

a) HRP Practitioner, Aspects of HRP and Evaluation:
● HRP Practitioner: Meaning, Role.
● HRP Management Process:
 Establish HRP Department Goals and Objectives

 Creating HRP Department Structure
 Staffing the HRP Department
 Issuing Orders
 Resolving Conflicts
 Communicating
 Planning for Needed Resources
 Dealing with Power and Politics -Meaning and Types of Power
● HRP as Tool to Enhance Organisational Productivity
● Impact of Globalisation on HRP.
● Aspects of HRP : Performance Management, Career

Management,Management Training and Development, Multi Skill
Development
● Return on Investment in HRP- Meaning and Importance.
● HRP Evaluation- Meaning, Need, Process, Issues to be considered

during HRP Evaluation.
● Selected Strategic Options and HRP Implications: Restructuring and

its Impacton HRP, Mergers and Acquisitions and its Impact on HRP,
Outsourcing and its Impact on HRP.
4 Human Resource Information Systems

• Human Resource Information Systems:
• Data Information Needs for HR Manager – Contents and Usage of
Data.
• HRIS-Meaning, Features, Evolution, Objectives, Essentials,
Components,Functions, Steps in designing of HRIS, HRIS Subsystems,
Mechanisms of HRIS, Benefits, Limitations, Barriers in Effective
Implementation of HRIS.
• Security Issues in Human Resource Information Systems.
• HRIS for HRP
• Trends in HRIS

2. Training & Development in HRM
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Overview of Training 15
2 Overview of development 15
3 Concept of Management development 15

Performance measurement, Talent management & Knowledge
4 15
management
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 This paper is not pure academic oriented but practice based. It has been
designed, keeping in view the needs of the organizations. Successful
managerial performance depends on the individual’s ability to observe,
interpret the issues and modify his approach and behaviour. All organizations
need to pay adequate attention to equip their employees. Rapid
progress in technology has changed not only in the physical facilities but also
in the abstract qualities required of the men who are using them. This paper
will attempt to orient the students to tailor themselves to meet the specific
needs of the organizations in training and development activities.
1 Overview of Training
● Overview of training– concept, scope, importance, objectives,features,
needand assessment oftraining.
● Process of Training–Steps in Training, identification ofJob
Competencies,criteriafor identifyingTrainingNeeds(Person Analysis, Task
Analysis, Organisation Analysis),Types–On the Job &Off theJob Method.
● Assessment of Training Needs, Methods&Process of Needs Assessment.
● Criteria &designing-Implementation– an effectivetraining program.
2 Overview of Development
● Overview of development– concept, scope, importance&need and features,
Human PerformanceImprovement
● Counsellingtechniques with referenceto development employees, societyand
organization.
● Career development– Career development cycle,model for planned
selfdevelopment,succession planning.
3 Concept of Management Development

● Concept of ManagementDevelopment.
● Process of MDP.
● Programs &methods, importance,evaluatingaMDP.
4 Performance measurement, Talent management & Knowledge management

● Performancemeasurements– Appraisals, pitfalls &ethicsof appraisal.
● Talent management –Introduction ,MeasuringTalent Management,
Integration&futureof TM, Global TM &knowledge management—
OVERVIEW -Introduction: History,Concepts,
● KnowledgeManagement:Definitions and the Antecedents of KM
InformationManagement to KnowledgeManagement ,
KnowledgeManagement: WhatIs andWhatIs Not?, Threestages ofKM,
KMLifeCycle

3. Change Management
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Introduction 15
2 Impact of Change 15
3 Resistance to Change 15
4 Effective Implementation of Change 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 The objective of this paper is to prepare students as organizational change
facilitators using theknowledge and techniques of behavioural science.
1 Introduction
● Introduction &levels ofchange.Importance, imperatives ofchange,
Forcesof change. Causes-social, economic, technologicaland
organizational.
● Organizational culture& change.
● Types&Models of change –KurtLewin’schangemodel, Action
research, Expanded Process Model., A.J.Leavittsmodel.
2 Impact of Change
● Change&its implementation.– individual change: concept, need,
importance&risk of nothavingindividual perspective.
Team Change –concept,need, importance&limitation
● Change&its impact– Resistanceto change&sources-sources of individual
resistance, sources of organizational resistance
3 Resistance to Change
● OvercomingResistanceto change – Manifestations of resistance, Six boxmodel
● MinimizingRTC.
● ODInterventions to overcome change-meaning and importance, Team
intervention, RoleanalysisTechnique, Coaching &mentoring, T-group, Job
expectations technique, Behaviour modification, Managingrole stress.
4 Effective implementation of change

● Effectiveimplementation of change–changeagents and effective
changeprograms.
● Systematic approach tochange, client&consultant relationship
● Classic skills forleaders
● Casestudyon smart changeleaders, caselets on Action research.

4. Conflict & Negotiation
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Overview of Conflict 15
2 Conflict Management 15
3 Overview of Negotiation 15
Managing Negotiations, Ethics in Negotiation and 3D
4 15
Negotiation
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 To understand the nature of conflicts, their causes and outcomes
2 To study the aspects of conflict management and how to handle them

effectively
3 To get insight into negotiations and negotiation process
4 To understand the role of third party negotiation and skills for effective
negotiation
1 Overview of Conflict
● Meaning of Conflict, Nature, Transitions in Conflict Thought – Traditional
View, Human Relations View, Interactionist View. Functional and
Dysfunctional Conflict, Levels of Conflicts, Process of Conflicts.
● Meaning of Industrial/ Organizational Conflict, Causes, Benefits and
Limitations of Conflicts to the Organization.
● Conflict Outcomes - win-lose, lose-lose, compromise, win-win.
● Five belief domains of Conflicts – Superiority, Injustice, Vulnerability, Distrust,
Helplessness
2 Conflict Management
● Meaning of Conflict management, Need and Importance of Conflict
management, Conflict Resolution Strategies - Competing, Accommodating,
Avoiding, Compromising, Collaborative.
Strategies for resolving conflicts at – Intra-personal, Inter-personal, Intra-
group and Inter group levels.
● Prevention of Industrial Conflicts – Labour welfare officer, Tripartite and
Bipartite Bodies, Standing Orders, Grievance Procedure, Collective Bargaining.
● Settlement of Conflicts – Investigation, Mediator, Conciliation, Voluntary
arbitration, compulsory arbitration, labour courts, industrial tribunals,
national tribunals
3 Overview of Negotiation
● Negotiation - Meaning, Importance of Negotiation, Process, Factors/ Elements
affecting negotiation, Challenges for an Effective Negotiation
● Role of Communication, Personality and Emotions in Negotiation.
● Distributive and Integrative Negotiation (concepts)
● Cross-Cultural Negotiation – Meaning, Factors influencing cross-cultural
negotiations, Ways to resolve Cross Cultural negotiation.
● Types of Negotiations in Corporates/ Work Place – Day to Day, Employer –
Employee, Negotiation between Colleagues, Commercial Negotiation, Legal
Negotiations
● International Negotiations - Meaning, Factors affecting negotiation
4 Managing Negotiations, Ethics in Negotiation and 3D Negotiation

● Third Party Negotiation
1. Mediation - Meaning, Role of Mediator
2. Arbitration – Meaning, Role of Arbitrator
3. Conciliation – Meaning, Role of Conciliator
4. Consultation – Meaning, Role of Consultant
● Skills for Effective Negotiation
● Negotiation as an Approach to Manage Conflicts.
● Ethics in Negotiation – Meaning, Need, Ethically Ambiguous Negotiation
Tactics.
● Culture and Negotiation – Meaning, Influence of culture on negotiations
● 3D Negotiation – Meaning, The 3 Dimensions for successful negotiations
(BMS)Programme at Semester IV

2A.Ability Enhancement Compulsory Course
3. Information Technology in Business Management-II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of
No. Lectures
1 Management Information system 15
2 ERP/E-SCM/E-CRM 15
3 Introduction to databases and data warehouse 15
4 Outsourcing 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 To understand managerial decision-making and to develop perceptive of
major functional area of MIS
2 To provide conceptual study of Enterprise Resource Planning, Supply Chain
Management, Customer Relationship Management, Key issues in
implementation. This module provides understanding about emerging MIS
technologies like ERP, CRM, SCM and trends in enterprise applications.
3 To learn and understand relationship between database management and
data warehouse approaches , the requirements and applications of data
warehouse
4 To learn outsourcing concepts. BPO/KPO industries, their structures , Cloud
computing
1 Management Information System
● Overview of MIS
Definition, Characteristics
● Subsystems of MIS (Activity and Functional subsystems)
● Structure of MIS
● Reasons for failure of MIS.
● Understanding Major Functional Systems
Marketing & Sales Systems

Finance & Accounting Systems
Manufacturing & Production Systems
Human Resource Systems
Inventory Systems
● Sub systems, description and organizational levels
● Decision support system
Definition
Relationship with MIS
● Evolution of DSS, Characteristics, classification, objectives, components,
applications of DSS
2 ERP/E-SCM/E-CRM
● Concepts of ERP
● Architecture of ERP
Generic modules of ERP
● Applications of ERP
● ERP Implementation concepts
ERP lifecycle
● Concept of XRP (extended ERP)
● Features of commercial ERP software
Study of SAP, Oracle Apps, MS Dynamics NAV, Peoplesoft
● Concept of e-CRM
E-CRM Solutions and its advantages, How technology helps?
● CRM Capabilities and customer Life cycle
Privacy Issues and CRM
● Data Mining and CRM
CRM and workflow Automation
● Concept of E-SCM
Strategic advantages, benefits
E-SCM Components and Chain Architecture
● Major Trends in e-SCM
● Case studies ERP/SCM/CRM
3 Introduction to Data base and Data warehouse
● Introduction to DBMS
Meaning of DBMS, Need for using DBMS. Concepts of tables, records,

attributes, keys, integrity constraints, schema architecture, data
independence.
● Data Warehousing and Data Mining
Concepts of Data warehousing,

Importance of data warehouse for an organization
Characteristics of Data warehouse
Functions of Data warehouse
Data warehouse architecture
Business use of data warehouse
Standard Reports and queries
● Data Mining
The scope and the techniques used

● Business Applications of Data warehousing and Data mining
4 Outsourcing
● Introduction to Outsourcing
Meaning of Outsourcing, Need for outsourcing

Scope of Outsourcing.
Outsourcing : IT and Business Processes
● Business Process Outsourcing (BPO)
Introduction
● BPO Vendors
How does BPO Work?

BPO Service scope
Benefits of BPO
BPO and IT Services
Project Management approach in BPO
BPO and IT-enabled services
● BPO Business Model
Strategy for Business Process Outsourcing

Process of BPO
ITO Vs BPO
● BPO to KPO
Meaning of KPO
KPO vs BPO
KPO : Opportunity and Scope
KPO challenges
KPO Indian Scenario
● Outsourcing in Cloud Environment
Cloud computing offerings

● Traditional Outsourcing Vs. Cloud Computing

4. Foundation Course –IV

Ethics & Governance
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Ethics and Business Ethics 12
2 Ethics in Marketing, Finance and HRM 11
3 Corporate Governance 11
4 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) 11
Total 45
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 To understand significance of ethics and ethical practices in businesses which
are indispensible for progress of a country
2 To learn the applicability of ethics in functional areas like marketing, finance
and human resource management
3 To understand the emerging need and growing importance of good
governance and CSR by organisations
4 To study the ethical business practices, CSR and Corporate Governance
practiced by various organisations
1 Introduction to Ethics and Business Ethics
● Ethics:
Concept of Ethics, Evolution of Ethics, Nature of Ethics- Personal, Professional,
Managerial
Importance of Ethics, Objectives, Scope, Types – Transactional, Participatory
and Recognition
● Business Ethics: Meaning, Objectives, Purpose and Scope of Business Ethics
Towards Society and Stakeholders, Role of Government in Ensuring Business
Ethics
Principles of Business Ethics, 3 Cs of Business Ethics – Compliance,
Contribution and Consequences
Myths about Business Ethics
Ethical Performance in Businesses in India
2 Ethics in Marketing, Finance and HRM

● Ethics in Marketing: Ethical issues in Marketing Mix, Unethical Marketing
Practices in India, Ethical Dilemmas in Marketing, Ethics in Advertising and
Types of Unethical Advertisements
● Ethics In Finance: Scope of Ethics in Financial Services, Ethics of a Financial
Manager – Legal Issues, Balancing Act and Whistle Blower, Ethics in Taxation,
Corporate Crime - White Collar Crime and Organised Crime, Major Corporate
Scams in India, Role of SEBI in Ensuring Corporate Governance, Cadbury
Committee Report, 1992
● Ethics in Human Resource Management: Importance of Workplace Ethics,
Guidelines to Promote Workplace Ethics, Importance of Employee Code of
Conduct, Ethical Leadership
3 Corporate Governance
● Concept, History of Corporate Governance in India, Need for Corporate
Governance
● Significance of Ethics in Corporate Governance, Principles of Corporate
Governance, Benefits of Good Governance, Issues in Corporate Governance
● Theories- Agency Theory, Shareholder Theory, Stakeholder Theory and
Stewardship Theory
● Corporate Governance in India, Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance,
Models of Corporate Governance, Insider Trading
4 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)

● Meaning of CSR, Evolution of CSR, Types of Social Responsibility
● Aspects of CSR- Responsibility, Accountability, Sustainability and Social Contract
● Need for CSR
● CSR Principles and Strategies
● Issues in CSR
● Social Accounting
● Tata Group’s CSR Rating Framework
● Sachar Committee Report on CSR
● Ethical Issues in International Business Practices
● Recent Guidelines in CSR
● Society’s Changing Expectations of Business With Respect to Globalisation
● Future of CSR


Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
Total 45


Part A:SomeSignificantModern Technologies, Features and Applications(7 Lectures)

technologies like satellite, computer and digital in the information revolution
of today’s society.

and human life.


Part A. Basic information on Competitive Examinations- the pattern, eligibility
criteria and local centres:
GMAT), Common Admission Test (CAT) and Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT).

human endowment
References
1. Asthana, D. K., and Asthana, Meera, Environmental Problems and Solutions, S. Chand, New
Delhi, 2012.
3. BhatnagarMamta and BhatnagarNitin, Effective Communication and Soft Skills, Pearson
India,New Delhi, 2011.
4. G Subba Rao, Writing Skills for Civil Services Examination, Access Publishing, New Delhi,
2014
5. Kaushal, Rachana, Women and Human Rights in India, Kaveri Books, New Delhi, 2000.
7. Motilal, Shashi, and Nanda, Bijoy Lakshmi, Human Rights: Gender and Environment, Allied
Publishers, New Delhi, 2007.
8. Murthy, D. B. N., Disaster Management: Text and Case Studies, Deep and Deep Publications,
New Delhi, 2013.
9. Parsuraman, S., and Unnikrishnan, ed., India Disasters Report II, Oxford, New Delhi, 2013
11. Sathe, Satyaranjan P., Judicial Activism in India, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2003.
12. Singh, Ashok Kumar, Science and Technology for Civil Service Examination, Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, 2012.
i. Projects/Assignments should be drawn for the component on Internal Assessment from the
topics in Module 1 to Module 4.
v. Students must submit a hard / soft copy of the Project / Assignment before appearing for the
semester end examination.
QUESTION PAPER PATTERN(Semester III)
QUESTION
NUMBER
for each sub-
without any
iii. In all 8 Questions will be asked out of which 5
break-up.

on Module 1

on Module 2

on Module 3

on Module 4

4. Foundation Course in NSS - IV
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
Total 45
UNIT - II - Government Organisations(GOs ) and Non-Government Organisations
(NGOs)
etc.

4. Foundation Course in NCC - IV
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 10
Development
Total 45
● Fire Services & Fire fighting
● Assistance during Natural / Other Calamities: Flood / Cyclone/ Earth Quake/
Accident etc.
such evils.
● NGOs: Role & Contribution
● Drug Abuse & Trafficking
● Corruption
● Social Evil viz. Dowry/ Female Foeticide/Child Abuse & trafficking etc.
● Traffic Control Org. &Anti drunken Driving

● Hygiene and Sanitation (Personal and Food Hygiene)
● Basics of Home Nursing & First-Aid in common medical emergencies
● Wound & Fractures
3 Drill with Arms

bearing, smartness, and turnout, and develop the quality of immediate and
implicit obedience of orders, with good reflexes.
● Getting on Parade with Rifle and Dressing at the Order
● Dismissing and Falling Out
● General Salute, Salami Shastra
● Squad Drill
● Short/Long tail from the order and vice-versa
● Examine Arms
4 Weapon Training
use and handling.
● The lying position, Holding and Aiming- I
● Trigger control and firing a shot
● Range procedure and safety precautions
● Theory of Group and Snap Shooting
● Short range firing, Aiming- II -Alteration of sight
Army
air-force subjects
A. Map reading
● Setting a Map, finding North and own position
● Map to ground, Ground to Map
● Point to Point March
● Observation, Camouflage and Concealment
● Field Signals
● Types of Knots and Lashing
OR
Navy
● Semaphore
▪ Phonetic Alphabets
▪ Radio Telephony Procedure
▪ Wearing of National Flag, Ensign and Admiral’s Flag.
B. Seamanship
● Anchor work
▪ Types of Anchor, Purpose and Holding ground
● Boat work
▪ Demonstrate Rigging a whaler and enterprise boat- Parts of Sail and
Sailing Terms
▪ Instructions in Enterprise Class Board including theory of Sailing,
▪ Types of Power Boats Used in the Navy and their uses, Knowledge of
OR
Air
A. Air frames
● Fuselage
● Main and Tail Plain
B. Instruments
● Introduction to RADAR
C. Aero modelling
● Flying/ Building of Aero models
D. Introduction to advanced weapons and role of technology (To be covered by

4. Foundation Course in Physical Education - IV
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
3 Yoga Education 10
Total 45
1 Stress Management
● Meaning & concept of Stress
● Causes of Stress
● Managing Stress
● Coping Strategies
● State & National level Sports Awards
● State Sports Policy & Scholarship Schemes
● National Sports Policy & Scholarship Schemes
● Prominent Sports Personalities
3 Yoga Education
● Differences between Yogic Exercises & non- Yogic exercises
● Contribution of Yoga to Sports
● Principles of Asanas&Bandha
● Misconceptions about Yoga
● Daily Routine Prescription.
● Understanding Activity level & Calorie requirement.
● Adherence & Motivation for exercise.
● Impact of Lifestyle on Health
5.Business Economics- II
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Macroeconomic Data and Theory 15
2 Money, Inflation and Monetary Policy 15
3 Constituents of Fiscal Policy 15

Open Economy : Theory and Issues of International
4 15
Trade
Total 60
1 Introduction to Macroeconomic Data and Theory

● Macroeconomics: Meaning, Scope and Importance.
● Circular flow of aggregate income and expenditure: closed and open economy
models
● The Measurement of national product: Meaning and Importance - conventional and
Green GNP and NNP concepts - Relationship between National Income and Economic
Welfare.
● Short run economic fluctuations : Features and Phases of Trade Cycles
● The Keynesian Principle of Effective Demand: Aggregate Demand and Aggregate
Supply - Consumption Function - Investment function - effects of Investment
Multiplier on Changes in Income and Output
2 Money, Inflation and Monetary Policy

● Money Supply: Determinants of Money Supply - Factors influencing Velocity of
Circulation of Money
● Demand for Money : Classical and Keynesian approaches and Keynes’ liquidity
preference theory of interest
● Money and prices : Quantity theory of money - Fisher’s equation of exchange -
Cambridge cash balance approach
● Inflation: Demand Pull Inflation and Cost Push Inflation - Effects of Inflation- Nature
of inflation in a developing economy.
● Monetary policy :Meaning, objectives and instruments, inflation targeting
3 Constituents of Fiscal Policy

● Role of a Government to provide Public goods- Principles of Sound and Functional
Finance
● Fiscal Policy: Meaning, Objectives - Contra cyclical Fiscal Policy and Discretionary
Fiscal Policy
● Instruments of Fiscal policy : Canons of taxation - Factors influencing incidence of
taxation - Effects of taxation Significance of Public Expenditure - Social security
contributions- Low Income Support and Social Insurance Programmes - Public Debt -
Types, Public Debt and Fiscal Solvency, Burden of debt finance
● Union budget -Structure- Deficit concepts-Fiscal Responsibility and Budget
Management Act.
4 Open Economy : Theory and Issues of International Trade

● The basis of international trade :Ricardo’s Theory of comparative cost advantage - The
Heckscher – Ohlin theory of factor endowments- terms of trade - meaning and types
Factors determining terms of trade - Gains from trade - Free trade versus protection
● Foreign Investment : Foreign Portfolio investment- Benefits of Portfolio capital flows-
Foreign Direct Investment - Merits of Foreign Direct Investment - Role of Multinational
corporations
● Balance of Payments: Structure -Types of Disequilibrium - Measures to correct
disequilibrium in BOP.
● Foreign Exchange and foreign exchange market : Spot and Forward rate of Exchange -
Hedging, Speculation and Arbitrage -Fixed and Flexible exchange rates- Managed
flexibility

6. Business Research Methods
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Introduction to business research methods 18
2 Data collection and Processing 14
3 Data analysis and Interpretation 16
4 Advanced techniques in Report Writing 12
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 The course is designed to inculcate the analytical abilities and research skills
among the students.
2 The course intends to give hands on experience and learning in Business
Research.
1 Introduction to business researchmethods
● Meaning and objectivesof research
● Types of research– a)Pure, Basic andFundamental b) Applied,
c)Empirical d) Scientific&Sociale)Historical f) Exploratoryg) Descriptive h)Causal
● Concepts in Research: Variables, Qualitative andQuantitative Research
● Stages in research process.
● Characteristics of GoodResearch
● Hypothesis-Meaning, Nature, Significance, Types of Hypothesis, Sources.
● Research design– Meaning, Definition, Need andImportance, Steps in
research design,Essentials of agood research design, Areas / Scopeof
researchdesign andTypes-Descriptive, Exploratoryand causal.
● Sampling–
a) meaningof sample and sampling,
b) methods of sampling-i)Non ProbabilitySampling–
Convenient,Judgment, Quota, Snow ball
ii) Probability– SimpleRandom, Stratified, Cluster, MultiStage.
2 Data collection andProcessing

● Types of dataand sources-Primaryand Secondary datasources
● Methods of collection ofprimarydata
a) Observation- i)structured and unstructured, ii) disguisedand undisguised,
iii)mechanical observations (use ofgadgets)
b) Experimental i)Field ii) Laboratory
c) Interview – i) PersonalInterviewii)focusedgroup, iii) in- depth interviews -
Method,
d) Survey– Telephonic survey, Mail, E-mail,Internet survey, Social media, and
Medialistening.
e) Surveyinstrument– i) Questionnairedesigning.
f) Typesof questions– i)structured/ close ended and ii)unstructured/
openended, iii) Dicotomous, iv) Multiple ChoiceQuestions.
f) Scalingtechniques-i)Likert scale, ii) Semantic Differential scale
3 Data analysis andInterpretation

● Processingof data– i) Editing- field and officeediting, ii)coding–
meaningand essentials, iii) tabulation – note
● Analysisof data-Meaning, Purpose,types.
● Interpretation ofdata-Essentials, importance andSignificance of
processingdata
● Multivariate analysis– concept only
● Testingof hypothesis– concept and problems– i)chi square test, ii) Zandt-test (for
large and smallsample)
4 Advancedtechniques inReport Writing

● Report writing – i) Meaning , importance, functions of reports, essential of a
good report, content of report , steps in writing a report, types of reports,
Footnotes and Bibliography
● Ethics and research
● Objectivity, Confidentiality and anonymity in Research
● Plagiarism


7. Production & Total Quality Management
Modules at a Glance
Sr. Modules No. of

No. Lectures
1 Production Management 14
2 Materials Management 16
3 Basics Of Productivity & TQM 16
4 Quality Improvement Strategies & Certifications 14
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 To acquaint learners with the basic management decisions with respect to
production and quality management
2 To make the learners understand the designing aspect of production systems
3 To enable thelearners applywhat theyhavelearnttheoretically.

1 Production Management
Production Management
● Objectives, Components–Manufacturingsystems:Intermittent and
Continuous Production Systems.
● Product Development, Classification and ProductDesign.
● Plant location &Plant layout– Objectives, Principles of good product
layout, types of layout.
● Importanceof purchasemanagement.
2 Materials Management
● Materials Management:
Concept, Objectives andimportanceof materialsmanagement

Various types of Material HandlingSystems.
● Inventory Management:
Importance–InventoryControl Techniques ABC, VED, FSN, GOLF,

XYZ, SOS, HML.
EOQ: Assumptions limitations &advantages ofEconomicOrder Quantity,
Simplenumericalon EOQ ,Lead Time,ReorderLevel, Safety Stock.
3 Basics OfProductivity &TQM

● Basics OfProductivity &TQM:
Concepts of Productivity, modes of calculatingproductivity.Importance
OfQualityManagement, factors affectingquality;TQM– conceptand
importance, Cost of Quality, Philosophies andApproaches ToQuality:
Edward Deming, J. Juran , Kaizen , P. Crosby’s philosophy.
● Product&ServiceQuality Dimensions, SERVQUAL
Characteristics of Quality,QualityAssurance, QualityCircle : Objectives
OfQualityCircles,Ishikawa FishBone, Applications in Organizations. Simple
numericalon productivity
4 Quality Improvement Strategies &Certifications

● Quality Improvement Strategies &Certifications:
Lean Thinking, KepnerTregorMethodologyof problem solving,Sigma features,
Enablers, Goals, DMAIC/DMADV.
TAGUCHI’S QUALITYENGINEERING,ISO9000,ISO 1400, QS9000.

MalcolmBaldrigeNational QualityAward(MBNQA), Deming’s Application Prize.
Reference Books
Reference Books
Basics of Financial Services
1. Khan M.Y., Indian Financial System, Tata McGrew Hill Publishing Company
2. Varshney P.N. & Mittal MN, Financial System, Sultan Chand & Co
3. A. Avadhani , Marketing of Financial Services-
4. Bhole L. M: Financial Markets and Institutions; Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi.
5. Chandra Prasanna: Financial Management: Theory and Practice; Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi.
6. Gupta Suraj B: Monetary Economics; S. Chand and Co., New Delhi.
Introduction to Cost Accounting
1. Cost Accounting-Principles and Practice; Arora M.N: Vikas, New Delhi.

2. Cost Accounting; Jain S.P. and Narang K.L: Kalyani New Delhi.
3. Principles of Management Accounting; Anthony Robert, Reece, et at: Richard D. Irwin Inc.
Illinois.
4. Cost Accounting - A Managerial Emphasis; Prentice-Hall of India, Horngren, Charles, Foster
andDatar: New Delhi
Equity and Debt Market
1. Allen,Larry(1750-2000).TheGlobal Financial System.

2. Ian H. Giddy(1994). Global Financial Markets.Houghton Mifflin.
3. Saunders, Anthony&Cornett, MaricaMillon. Financial markets &institutions: A modern
perspective: TMIT
4. LMBhole.Financial institutions &markets: Structure, growth&innovations. TMH (5th ed.)
5. Chandra, P. (2011).Corporate Valuation and ValueCreation, (1st ed).TMH
Corporate Finance
1. Foster, GeorgeFinancial Statement Analysis,2nded., Pearson Education PvtLtd

2. Damodaran,A. (2008).Damodaranon Valuation, SecurityAnalysisforInvestment and
CorporateFinance(2nded.). Wiley India Pvt.Ltd.
3. Chandra, P. (2011).Corporate Valuation and ValueCreation, (1st ed).TMH
4. Weston, Chung, Hoag,Mergers, Restructuringand Corporate Control, PrenticeHallOf
India.
5. M.Y. Khan and P.K. Jain- Financial Management-Tata -McGraw HillPublishingco.
Ltd., New Delhi.
6. PrasannaChandra -Financial Management- Tata-McGraw Hill
Consumer Behaviour
1. Schiffman,L.G., Kanuk,L.L.,&Kumar, S.R. (2011).Consumer Behaviour. (10th ed.).

Pearson.
2. Solomon, M.R. (2009). Consumer Behaviour– Buying, Having,and Being.(8th ed.) New Delhi:Pearson .
3. Blackwell, R.D., Miniard, P.W., &Engel, J. F. (2009).Consumer Behaviour.New Delhi: CengageLearning.
4. Hawkins, D.I.,Best, R. J., Coney, K.A., &Mookerjee, A. (2007).Consumer Behaviour–
BuildingMarketingStrategy.(9th ed.). Tata McGraw Hill.
5. Loudan,DavidLandBitta, A.J. Della Consumer Behaviour
6. Kotler, P. &Keller, K.L.(2012).MarketingManagement (Global Edition)(14th ed.).
Pearson
7. Nair, Suja R- ConsumerBehaviour inIndian Perspective
Product Innovations Management
1. Dr. C.S.G. Krishnamacharyulu and Dr. R. Lalitha, Innovation Management, Himalaya Publishing
House, First Edition 2007
2. Karl Ulrich, Product design and Development, McGraw hill, 4 Edition.
3. Michael Baker and Susan Hart, Product strategy and Management, Pearson Education, 2nd Edition
4. Jacob Goldenberg and David Mazursky, Creativity in product innovation, Cambridge University
Press, 2002
5. Robert G. Cooper and Scott J. Edgett, Product innovation and technology strategy, Product
Development Institute Inc., 2009
6. Allan Afuah, Innovation Management: Strategies Implementation & Profits, Oxford University Press,
2009
Advertising
1. Belch, Michael, “Advertising and Promotion: An integrated marketing communications perspective”

Tata Mcgraw Hill 2010
2. Mohan,Manendra“Advertising Management Concept and Cases”,TataMcgraw Hill 2008
3. Kleppner,RassellJ;Thomac,Lane W , “Advertising Procedure”,Prentice Hall 1999
4. Shimp,Terence, “Advertising and promotion :An IMC Approach”,Cengage Learning 2007
5. Sharma, Sangeeta and Singh, Raghuvir “Advertising planning and Implementation”,Prentice Hall of
India 2006
6. Clow ,Kenneth E and Baack, Donald E “Inetegrated Advertising Promotion and Marketing
Communication”,Pearson Edu 2014
7. Duncan,Tom,“Principles of Advertising and IMC”,TataMcgraw Hill Pub 2006
Social Marketing
1. Andreasen A & Kotler P (2008), Strategic Marketing for Nonprofit Organisations 7th International Ed
ition, Upper Saddle River NJ: Prentice Hall.
2. Andreasen, A.R. (2006). Social Marketing in the 21st century. London, UK: Sage.
3. Social Marketing in India, Nancy Lee and Sameer Deshpande, SAGE Publications, 2013
4. Social Marketing, S M Jha, Himalaya Publishing Hous
House, 2012, (2nd Edition)
5. Social Marketing: Influencing Behaviors for Good, Nancy R. Lee, Philip Kotler,, SAGE Publications,
2011 (4th Edition)
6. French, J., Blairs-Stevens,
Stevens, C., McVey, D., and Merritt, R., (2010), Social Marketing and Public Health,
Theory and Practice, Oxford Press, UK.
7. French, J., Blairs-Stevens,
Stevens, C., McVey, D., and Merritt, R., (2010), Social Marketing and Public Health,
Theory and Practice, Oxford Press, UK.
8. Weinrich, HK 2011, Hands-on on social marketing: a step
step-by-step
step guide to designing change for good,
goo
Second Edition, Sage Thousand Oaks, CA
Recruitment & Selection
1. Dipak KumarBhattacharya-Human
Human ResourceManagement
2. ArunMonappa-ManagingHumanResource
ManagingHumanResource .
3. C.B. Memoria-Personnel
Personnel Management
Management-
4. Armstrong, Michael&Baron Angela.(2005).
Angela.(2005).Handbookof Strategic HRM(1st ed.).
New Delhi: Jaico PublishingHouse.
5. Mello, JeffreyA. (2007).Strategic
Strategic Human ResourceManagement (2nded.).India: Thomson South
ResourceManagement(2nded.).India:
Western.
Motivation & Leadership

th
1. Stephen P. Robbins,, TimothyA. Judge(
Judge(Author)-Organizational behaviour(15 Edition),
PrenticeHallPublication.
2. Niraj Kumar-OrganisationalBehaviour:
OrganisationalBehaviour: A NewLooks (Concept, Theory&
Theory&Cases),
Cases), Himalaya
PublishingHouse
3. StrategicLeadership–Sahu&Bharati
Sahu&Bharati– Excel Books
4. PeterI. Dowling &DeniceE. (2006).International HRM(1st ed.). New Delhi. Excel Books.
5. French Wendell, Bell Ceciland VohraVeena. (2004).Organization Development, Behavioral
Be
ScienceInterventions forOrganizationImprovement.(6th ed.)
Employees Relations & Welfare
1. Personnel Management and Industrial relations – P. C. Shejwalkar and S. B. Malegaonkar

2. Labour Management relations in India – K.M. Subramanian
3. Trade Unionism Myth and Reality, New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1982
4. Dynamic Personnel Administrat
tration – Prof. M.N. Rudrabasavraj.
OrganizationBehaviour& HRM
1. Griffin, RickyW: Organizational Behaviour, Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston.

2. PrasadLM, OrganizationalBehaviour, Sultan Chand
3. KhankaS. S., OrganizationalBehaviour, S. Chand
4. P.L. Rao-International Human Resource
5. Ivancevich; John and Micheol T. Matheson:Organizational BehaviourandManagement, Business
PublicationInc., Texas.
6. Koontz, Harold, Cyril O'Donnell, and HeinzWeihrich:Essentials of management, Tata
McGraw-Hill, New Delhi.
7. Luthans,Fred: Organizational Behaviour, McGraw-Hill, New York.
Information Technology in Business Management-I
1. Information Technology for Management, 6TH ED (With CD )

By Efraim Turban, Dorothy Leidner, Ephraim Mclean, James Wetherbe (Ch1, Ch2)
2. Microsoft Office Professional 2013 Step by Step
By Beth Melton, Mark Dodge, Echo Swinford, Andrew Couch
3. Tata McGraw Hill Joseph, P.T. : E-commerce An Indian Perspective (Ch-13,Ch-14)
4. Computer Viruses and Related Threats: A Management Guide (Ch-2, Ch-3) By John P. Wack, Lisa J.
Carnahan
(E-Book :
https://play.google.com/books/reader?id=tsP15h9gr8MC&printsec=frontcover&output=reader&
hl=en&pg=GBS.PR7.w.2.1.0)
5. Electronic Commerce - Technologies & Applications.
Bharat, Bhaskar
https://play.google.com/books/reader?id=F1zbUaBtk7IC&printsec=frontcover&output=reader&h
l=en&pg=GBS.PP1
Foundation Course –III- Environmental Management
1. Environment Management , N.K. Uberoi , Excel Books, Delhi

2. Environmental Management - Text & Cases, BalaKrishnamoorthy, Prentice Hall of India
3. Environmental Management- National and global Perspectives, Swapan C. Deb , JAICO
4. Environmental Management , Dr.Anand S. Bal , Himalaya Publishing House
5. Environmental Priorities in India , Khoshoo , Environmental Society (N.Delhi)
Business Planning & Entrepreneurial Management
1. Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development Management-Vasant Desai,Himalaya

PublishingHouse.
2. Entrepreneurial Development-S.S. Khanna
3. Entrepreneurship &Small Business Management-CLBansal, HaranandPublication
4. Entrepreneurial Development inIndia-SamiUddin, Mittal Publication
5. EntrepreneurVs Entrepreneurship-Human Diagno
Accounting for Managerial Decisions
1. SrivastavaR M,Essentials ofBusiness Finance, Himalaya Publications

2. AnthonyR N and ReeceJS. AccountingPrinciples , HoomwoodIllinos , Richard D.Irvin
3. Bhattacharya SK andDearden J. -AccountingforManagement. Text and Cases , New
Delhi.
4. HingoraniNLandramanthanAR-Management Accounting,New Delhi
5. Ravi M. Kishore, Advanced management Accounting, Taxmann , NewDelhi
6. Maheshwari SN-Management and Cost Accounting,Sultan Chand , NewDelhi
7. Gupta,SP-Management Accounting, SahityaBhawan , Agra.
1. KazmiAzhar, Business Policy&Strategic Management, Tata McGrawHill.

2. P.K. Ghosh :Business Policy, Strategy, Planningand Management
3. Christensen, Andrews Dower: Business Policy-Text and Cases
4. William F. Gkycj :Business Policy– StrategyFormation and ManagementAction
5. Bongeeand Colonan :Concept of Corporate Strategy.
Reference Books
Reference Books
Financial Institutions & Markets
1. M. Bhole, Financial Institutions and Markets, TATA McGraw Hill

2. V. A. Avadhani, Marketing of Financial Services, Himalaya Publishers, Mumbai
3. Vasant Desai, Indian Financial Systems, Himalaya Publishers
4. Gordon and Natarajan, Financial Services, Himalaya Publishers
5. Meir Khan, Financial Institutions and Markets, Oxford Press
6. Financial Markets and Institutions-Dr. S. Gurusamy,Tata McGraw Hill.
7. The Indian Financial System-Dr. Bharti Pathak, Pearson.
8. Indian Financial System-M.Y.Khan, Mc.Graw Hill
9. Machiraju, H.R., Indian Financial System, Vikas Publications
Auditing
1. CA Surbhi Bansal – Audit and Assurance

2. Taxmann – Auditing
3. Dr.SMeenakumari – Fundamentals of Auditing
4. BaldevSachdeva&Jagwant Singh Pardeep Kumar – Auditing theory & Practice.
Strategic Cost Management
1. Dr. GirishJakhotiya-Strategic Financial Management

2. Lall, B.M. and Jain, I.C. – Cost Accounting: Principles and Practice, Prentice Hall, Delhi
3. Welsch, Glenn A., Ronald W. Hilton and Paul N. Gordan – Budgeting, Profit and Control, Prentice
Hall, Del
4. John K Shank & Vijay Govindaraja, Strategic Cost Management - The new tool for Competitive
Advantage, Free Press
Corporate Restructuring
1. Ramanujam : Mergers et al, LexisNexis ButterworthsWadhwa Nagpur

2. Ray : Mergers and Acquisitions Strategy, Valuation and Integration, PH
3. Advanced Accounts Shukla and Grewal S. Chand and Co. (P) Ltd., New Delhi
4. Advanced accountancy R.L. Gupta and M. Radhaswamy S. Chand and Co. (P) Ltd., New Delhi
Integrated Marketing Communication

1. Belch, Michael, Belch,George “Advertising and Promotion: An integrated marketing
communications perspective” Tata Mcgraw Hill 2010
2. Clow ,Kenneth E ;Baack, Donald E “Integrated Advertising Promotion and Marketing
Communication”,Pearson Edu 2014
3. Duncan,Tom,“Principles of Advertising and IMC”,TataMcgraw Hill Pub 2006
4. Shah, Kruti ;D’Souza, Allan, “Advertising and IMC”,TataMcgraw Hill 2014
5. Shimp,Terence, “Advertising and promotion :An IMC Approach”,CengageLeaarning 2007
6. Dutta,Kirti, “Integrated Marketing Communication” Oxford University Press ,2016
7. Gopalakrishnan, P S , “Integrated Marketing Communication: Concepts and Cases”,ICFAI
University Press,2008
Rural Marketing
1. Badi&Badi :Rural Marketing

2. Mamoria, C.B.&BadriVishal :Agricultureproblems inIndia
3. Arora, R.C. :Integrated Rural Development
4. Rajgopal :Managing Rural Business
5. Gopalaswamy, T.P. :Rural Marketing
Event Marketing
1. Preston C.A., “Event Marketing: How to successfully promote Events, Festivals, Conventions, and
Expositions’, Wiley, Second Edition, 2015
2. Gaur Sanjaya Singh and Sanjay V Saggere, “Event Marketing and Management’, Vikas Publishing
House Pvt. Ltd. , 2003
3. Sharma Diwakar, “Event Planning & Management’, Deep and Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd., 2005
4. Hoyle Leonard H., Ëvent Marketing-How to successfully Promote Events, Festivals, Conventions
and Expositions”, Wiley, 2009
5. Genadinik Alex, “Event Planning-Management and Marketing for Successful Events’, CreateSpace
Independent Publishing Platform, 2015
6. Harichandan C.P., “Event Management”, Global Vision Publishing House, 2010
7. Goyal K. Swarup, “Event Management”, Adhyayan Publishers, 2013
Tourism Marketing
1. S.M.Jha, Tourism Marketing, Himalaya Publishing House, Second Edition, 2011

2. Prasanna Kumar, Marketing of Hospitality and Tourism Services, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010
3. Kshitiz Sharma, Introduction to Tourism Management, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd,
2014
4. Sunil Kabia, , Tourism and the developing countries, Mohit Publications, First edition, 2005
5. M.V.Kulkarni, Tourism marketing, Everest Publishing House, First edition, 2005
6. Alan A. Lew, A companion to tourism, Blackwell Publishing
7. Krishnan K Kamra, Tourism: An Overview
Human Resource Planning and Information System

1. Bhattacharya D.K, Human Resource Planning, Excel Books.
2. John Bramham, Human Resource Planning, University Press.
3. Michael Armstrong, A Handbook Of Human Resource Management Practice, Kogan Page.
4. William J.Rothwell& H.C. Kazanaas, Planning & Managing Human Resources, Jaico Publishing
House .
5. ArunSekhri, Human Resource Planning And Audit, Himalaya Publishing House.
6. Michael J. Kavanag, Human Resource Information Systems Basics, Applications and Future
Directions, Sage Publication.
Training & Development in HRM

1. Brinkerhoff, Robert,.AchievingResultsfrom TrainingHowto evaluateHRDto Strengthen
programsand Increaseimpact.1987,Josseybass,San Francisco.
2. Craig, RobertL. Trainingand Development Handbook., 3rd ed. 1987. McGraw Hill, New York
3. EmployeeTrainingAndDevelopment-RaymondNoe
4. EveryTrainers Handbook-DevendraAgochia
5. 360 DegreeFeedback, CompetencyMappingAndAssessment Centre-RadhaSharma
6. Training AndDevelopment-S.K. Bhatia.
Change Management
1. Organisational Development byFrench andBell
2. An experiential approachto O.D. byHarveyandBrown
3. Consultants and ConsultingStyles byDharaniSinha P.
4. KavitaSingh-Organization change
5. S.K. Bhatia-OrganisationalChange-
6. K.Ashwathapa-Management &OB, HRM.
7. RadhaSharma-Training &Development.
Conflict & Negotiation

1. Lewicki, Saunders & Barry - Negotiation (Tata Mc Graw Hill, 5th Ed.)
2. B. D. Singh - Negotiation Made Simple (Excel Books, 1st Ed.)
Information Technology in Business Management-II

1. Information Technology for Management, 6TH ED (With CD )
By Efraim Turban, Dorothy Leidner, Ephraim Mclean, James Wetherbe (Ch1, Ch2)
2. Microsoft Office Professional 2013 Step by Step
By Beth Melton, Mark Dodge, Echo Swinford, Andrew Couch
3. Tata McGraw Hill Joseph, P.T. : E-commerce An Indian Perspective (Ch-13,Ch-14)
4. Computer Viruses and Related Threats: A Management Guide (Ch-2, Ch-3) By John P. Wack, Lisa J.
Carnahan
5. (E-Book :
https://play.google.com/books/reader?id=tsP15h9gr8MC&printsec=frontcover&output=reader&
hl=en&pg=GBS.PR7.w.2.1.0)
6. Electronic Commerce - Technologies & Applications.
Bharat, Bhaskar
7. https://play.google.com/books/reader?id=F1zbUaBtk7IC&printsec=frontcover&output=reader&h
l=en&pg=GBS.PP1
Foundation Course –IV- Ethics & Governance
1. Laura P. Hartman, Joe DesJardins, Business Ethics, Mcgraw Hill, 2nd Edition
2. C. Fernando, Business Ethics – An Indian Perspective, Pearson, 2010
3. Joseph DesJardins, An Introduction to Business Ethics, Tata McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition
4. Richard T DeGeorge, Business Ethics, Pearson, 7th Edition
5. Dr.A.K. Gavai, Business Ethics, Himalaya Publishing House, 2008
6. S.K. Mandal, Ethics is Business and Corporate Governance, McGraw Hill, 2010
7. Laura Pincus Hartman, Perspectives in Business Ethics, McGraw Hill International Editions, 1998
Business Research Methods
1.ResearchforMarketing Decisions Paul E. Green,Donald S. Tull

2.MarketingResearch-Text and Cases Harper W. Boyd Jr. , Ralph Westfall.
3.Research methodologyinSocial sciences, O.R.Krishnaswamy, HimalayaPublication
4.Business Research Methods, Donald RCooper, Pamela Schindler, Tata McGraw Hill
5.Marketingresearch and applied orientation, Naresh K Malhotra, Pearson
6.Statistics formanagement,Levin and Reuben, PrenticeHall.
7.Research Methods forManagement: SShajahan, Jaico Publishing
Production & Total Quality Management
1. Production and Operations Management: R. Paneerselvam

2. Production (Operations) Management:L.C. Jhamb
3. K. Ashwathappa and K .ShridharBhatt;Production and Operations management
4. ProductivityManagement:Concepts and Techniques, SawhneyS.C., TataMcGrawHill
5. SrinivasGondhalekarand UdaySalunkhe, “ProductivityTechniques”, Himalaya
PublishingHouse
6. GerardLeoneand Richard D. Rahn, “ProductivityTechniques”, JaicoBook House
7. John S. Oakland, “TQM: Text with Cases”, Butterworth-Heinemann
8. David J. Sumanth, “TotalProductivityManagement (TPmgt): A systematicand quantitative
approach to compete in quality, priceand time”, St.LuciePress
with effect from the Academic Year 2017
2017-2018
2018
The performance of the learners will be evaluated in two Components. One component will be
the Internal Assessment component carrying 25% marks and the second component will be the
Semester-wise
wise End Examination component carrying 75% marks. The allocation of marks for
the Internal Assessment and Semester End Examinations will be as shown below:-
below:

(Internal Assessment
Assessment- Courses without Practical Courses)
(½ Mark each)
(01 Mark each)
(05 Marks each)

(Internal Assessment
ssment- Courses with Practical Courses)
Journal 05 Marks
Viva 05 Marks

Board of Studies
Studies-in-Business Mumbai | Page
Business Management, University of Mumbai1
● There shall be five questions each of 15 marks.
● All questions shall be compulsory with internal choice within the questions.
● Question may be subdivided into sub-questions a, b, c… and the allocation of marks
depends on the weightage of the topic.
Passing Standard
each course where the course consists of Internal Assessment and Semester End Examination.
The learners shall obtain minimum of 40% marks (i.e. 10 out of 25) in the Internal Assessment
and 40% marks in Semester End Examination (i.e. 30 Out of 75) separately, to pass the course
and minimum of Grade E to pass a particular semester A learner will be said to have passed the
course if the learner passes the Internal Assessment and Semester End Examination together.
Board of Studies-in-Business Management, University of Mumbai2 | Page

(Practical Courses)
Maximum Marks: 75
Duration: 2 ½ Hrs.

No

blanks)

OR

OR

OR

OR
To be asked 05
To be answered 03
Note:
Practical question of 15 marks may be divided into two sub questions of 7/8 and 10/5 Marks. If
the topic demands, instead of practical questions, appropriate theory question may be asked.

Maximum Marks: 75
Duration: 2 ½ Hrs.

No

blanks)

OR

OR

OR

OR
To be asked 05
To be answered 03
Note:

Revised Syllabus
and
of Courses
of
(BMS) Programme at
Third Year
Semester V and VI
Semester System
Board of Studies-in-Business Management, University of Mumbai 1|Page

TYBMS
No. of No. of
Courses Courses
2 Core Course (CC) 2 Core Course (CC)
5 Logistics & Supply Chain 04 5 Operation Research 04
Management
3 Ability Enhancement Course 3 Ability Enhancement Course
(AEC) (AEC)
6 Corporate Communication & 04 6 Project Work 04
Public Relations
solving/analysing/exploring a real life situation/ difficult problem. Project work would be of 04
credits. A project work may be undertaken in any area of Elective Courses/ study area selected
*List of group of Elective Courses(EC) ** List of group of Elective Courses(EC)
Group A: Finance Electives
1 Investment Analysis & Portfolio Management 1 International Finance
2 Commodity & Derivatives Market 2 Innovative Financial Services
3 Wealth Management 3 Project Management
4 Financial Accounting 4 Strategic Financial Management
5 Risk Management 5 Financing Rural Development
6 Direct Taxes 6 Indirect Taxes
Group B:Marketing Electives
1 Services Marketing 1 Brand Management
2 E-Commerce & Digital Marketing 2 Retail Management
3 Sales & Distribution Management 3 International Marketing
4 Customer Relationship Management 4 Media Planning & Management
5 Industrial Marketing 5 Sports Marketing
6 Strategic Marketing Management 6 Marketing of Non Profit Organisation
Group C: Human Resource Electives
1 Finance for HR Professionals & Compensation 1 HRM in Global Perspective
Management
2 Strategic Human Resource Management & 2 Organisational Development
HR Policies
3 Performance Management & Career Planning 3 HRM in Service Sector Management
4 Industrial Relations 4 Workforce Diversity
5 Talent & Competency Management 5 Human Resource Accounting & Audit
6 Stress Management 6 Indian Ethos in Management
Note: Group selected in Semester III will continue in Semester V &Semester VI
Programme
Course Structure
Semester V
No. of
Semester V Credits
Courses
1,2,3 & 4 *Any four courses from the following list of the 12
courses
2 Core Course (CC)
5 Logistics & Supply Chain Management 04
3 Ability Enhancement Course (AEC)
6 Corporate Communication & Public Relations 04
Total Credits 20
*List of group of Elective Courses(EC)for Semester V (Any Four)

1 Investment Analysis & Portfolio Management
2 Commodity & Derivatives Market
3 Wealth Management
4 Financial Accounting
5 Risk Management
6 Direct Taxes
Group B:Marketing Electives
1 Services Marketing
2 E-Commerce & Digital Marketing
3 Sales & Distribution Management
4 Customer Relationship Management
5 Industrial Marketing
6 Strategic Marketing Management
1 Finance for HR Professionals & Compensation Management
2 Strategic Human Resource Management & HR Policies
3 Performance Management & Career Planning
4 Industrial Relations
5 Talent & Competency Management
6 Stress Management

(BMS) Programme at Semester V

1. Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to Investment Environment 15
2 Risk - Return Relationship 15
3 Portfolio Management and Security Analysis 15

Theories, Capital Asset Pricing Model and Portfolio Performance
4 15
Measurement
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 To acquaint the learners with various concepts of finance

To understand the terms which are often confronted while reading
2
newspaper, magazines etc for better correlation with the practical world
To understand various models and techniques of security and portfolio
3
analysis

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to Investment Environment
a) Introduction to Investment Environment
 Introduction, Investment Process, Criteria for Investment, Types of Investors,
Investment V/s Speculation V/s Gambling, Investment Avenues, Factors
Influencing Selection of Investment Alternatives
b) Capital Market in India
 Introduction, Concepts of Investment Banks its Role and Functions, Stock
Market Index, The NASDAQ, SDL, NSDL, Benefits of Depository Settlement,
Online Share Trading and its Advantages, Concepts of Small cap, Large cap,
Midcap and Penny stocks
2 Risk - Return Relationship
a) Meaning, Types of Risk- Systematic and Unsystematic risk, Measurement of Beta,
Standard Deviation, Variance, Reduction of Risk through Diversification. Practical
Problems on Calculation of Standard Deviation, Variance and Beta.
3 Portfolio Management and Security Analysis
a) Portfolio Management:
 Meaning and Concept, Portfolio Management Process, Objectives, Basic
Principles, Factors affecting Investment Decisions in Portfolio Management,
Portfolio Strategy Mix.
b) Security Analysis:
 Fundamental Analysis, Economic Analysis, Industry Analysis, Company
Analysis, Technical Analysis - Basic Principles of Technical Analysis., Uses of
Charts: Line Chart, Bar Chart, Candlestick Chart, Mathematical Indicators:
Moving Averages, Oscillators.
4 Theories, Capital Asset Pricing Model and Portfolio Performance Measurement
a) Theories:
 Dow Jones Theory, Elloit Wave Theory, Efficient Market Theory
b) Capital Asset Pricing Model:
 Assumptions of CAPM, CAPM Equation, Capital Market Line, Security Market
Line
c) Portfolio Performance Measurement:
 Meaning of Portfolio Evaluation, Sharpe’s Ratio (Basic Problems), Treynor’s
Ratio (Basic Problems), Jensen’s Differential Returns (Basic Problems)


2. Commodity and Derivatives Market
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to Commodities Market and Derivatives Market 15
2 Futures and Hedging 15
3 Options and Option Pricing Models 15

Trading, Clearing & Settlement In Derivatives Market and Types
4 15
of Risk
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 To understand the concepts related to Commodities and Derivatives market
2 To study the various aspects related to options and futures

To acquaint learners with the trading, clearing and settlement mechanism in
3
derivates market.

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to Commodities Market and Derivatives Market
a) Introduction to Commodities Market :
 Meaning, History & Origin, Types of Commodities Traded, Structure of
Commodities Market in India, Participants in Commodities Market, Trading in
Commodities in India(Cash & Derivative Segment), Commodity Exchanges in
India & Abroad, Reasons for Investing in Commodities
b) Introduction to Derivatives Market:
 Meaning, History & Origin, Elements of a Derivative Contract, Factors Driving
Growth of Derivatives Market, Types of Derivatives, Types of Underlying
Assets, Participants in Derivatives Market, Advantages & Disadvantages of
Trading in Derivatives Market, Current Volumes of Derivative Trade in India,
Difference between Forwards & Futures.
2 Futures and Hedging
a) Futures:
 Futures Contract Specification, Terminologies, Concept of Convergence,
Relationship between Futures Price & Expected Spot Price, Basis & Basis Risk,
Pricing of Futures Contract, Cost of Carry Model
b) Hedging:
 Speculation & Arbitrage using Futures, Long Hedge – Short Hedge, Cash &
Carry Arbitrage, Reverse Cash & Carry Arbitrage, Payoff Charts & Diagrams for
Futures Contract, Perfect & Imperfect Hedge
3 Options and Option Pricing Models
a) Options:
 Options Contract Specifications, Terminologies, Call Option, Put Option,
Difference between Futures & Options, Trading of Options, Valuation of
Options Contract, Factors affecting Option Premium, Payoff Charts & Diagrams
for Options Contract, Basic Understanding of Option Strategies
b) Options Pricing Models:
 Binomial Option Pricing Model, Black - Scholes Option Pricing Model
4 Trading, Clearing & Settlement In Derivatives Market and Types of Risk
a) Trading, Clearing & Settlement In Derivatives Market:
 Meaning and Concept, SEBI Guidelines, Trading Mechanism – Types of Orders,
Clearing Mechanism – NSCCL – its Objectives & Functions, Settlement
Mechanism – Types of Settlement
b) Types of Risk:
 Value at Risk, Methods of calculating VaR, Risk Management Measures , Types
of Margins, SPAN Margin


3. Wealth Management
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Introduction 15
2 Insurance Planning and Investment Planning 15
3 Financial Mathematics/ Tax and Estate Planning 15
4 Retirement Planning/ Income Streams & Tax Savings Schemes 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 To provide an overview of various aspects related to wealth management
2 To study the relevance and importance of Insurance in wealth management

To acquaint the learners with issues related to taxation in wealth
3
management
4 To understand various components of retirement planning

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction
a) Introduction To Wealth Management:
 Meaning of WM, Scope of WM, Components of WM, Process of WM, WM
Needs & Expectation of Clients,Code of Ethics for Wealth Manager
b) Personal Financial Statement Analysis:
 Financial Literacy, Financial Goals and Planning, Cash Flow Analysis, Building
Financial Plans, Life Cycle Management.
c) Economic Environment Analysis:
 Interest Rate, Yield Curves, Real Return, Key Indicators-Leading, Lagging,
Concurrent
2 Insurance Planning and Investment Planning
a) Insurance Planning:
 Meaning, Basic Principles of Insurance, Functions and Characteristics of
Insurance, Rights and Responsibilities of Insurer and Insured, Types of life
Insurance Policies, Types of General Insurance Policies, Health Insurance –
Mediclaim – Calculation of Human Life Value - Belth Method/CPT
b) Investment Planning:
 Types of Investment Risk, Risk Profiling of Investors & Asset Allocation (Life
Cycle Model), Asset Allocation Strategies(Strategic, Tactical, Life-Cycle based),
Goal-based Financial Planning, Active & Passive Investment Strategies
3 Financial Mathematics/ Tax and Estate Planning
a) Financial Mathematics:
 Calculation of Returns (CAGR ,Post-tax Returns etc.), Total Assets, Net Worth
Calculations, Financial Ratios
b) Tax and Estate Planning:
 Tax Planning Concepts, Assessment Year, Financial Year, Income Tax Slabs,
TDS, Advance Tax, LTCG, STCG, Carry Forward & Set-off, Estate Planning
Concepts –Types of Will – Requirements of a Valid Will– Trust – Deductions -
Exemptions
4 Retirement Planning/ Income Streams & Tax Savings Schemes
a) Retirement Planning:
 Understanding of different Salary Components, Introduction to Retirement
Planning, Purpose & Need, Life Cycle Planning, Financial Objectives in
Retirement Planning, Wealth Creation (Factors and Principles), Retirement
(Evaluation & Planning), Pre & Post-Retirement Strategies - Tax Treatment
b) Income Streams & Tax Savings Schemes:
 Pension Schemes, Annuities- Types of Annuities, Various Income Tax Savings
Schemes


4. Financial Accounting
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
2 Underwriting of Shares & Debentures 12
4 Investment Accounting (w.r.t. Accounting Standard- 13) 10
5 Ethical Behaviour and Implications for Accountants 08
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
To acquaint the learners in preparation of final accounts of companies
01
02 To study provisions relating to underwriting of shares and debentures
03 To study accounting of foreign currency and investment
04 To understand the need of ethical behaviour in accountancy
Board of Studies-in-Business Management, University of Mumbai 10 | P a g e

Sr.
Modules / Units
No.
Relevant provisions of Companies Act related to preparation of Final Accounts
Preparation of financial statements as per Companies Act (excluding cash flow
statement)
AS 1 in relation to final accounts of companies (disclosure of accounting
policies)
2 Underwriting of Shares & Debentures
Underwriters, Sub-Underwriters, Brokers and Manager to Issues
Marked, Unmarked and Firm-underwriting applications, Liability of the underwriters
in respect of underwriting contract- Practical problems
In relation to purchase and sale of goods, services, assets, loan and credit
transactions.
Computation and treatment of exchange rate differences.
For Debentures/Preference shares (fixed income bearing securities)
Accounting for transactions of purchase and sale of investments with ex and cum
interest prices and finding cost of investment sold and carrying cost as per weighted
average method (Excl. brokerage).
5 Ethical Behaviour and Implications for Accountants
Financial Reports – link between law, corporate governance, corporate social
responsibility and ethics.
Need of ethical behavior in accounting profession .
Contents of Research Report in Ethical Practices
The increasing role of Whistle – Blowing


5. Risk Management
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction, Risk Measurement and Control 15
2 Risk Avoidance and ERM 15
3 Risk Governance and Assurance 15
4 Risk Management in Insurance 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
To familiarize the student with the fundamental aspects of risk management
1
and control
To give a comprehensive overview of risk governance and assurance with
2
special reference to insurance sector
To introduce the basic concepts, functions, process, techniques of risk
3
management

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction, Risk Measurement and Control
a) Introduction, Risk Measurement and Control
 Definition, Risk Process, Risk Organization, Key Risks –Interest, Market, Credit,
Currency, Liquidity, Legal, Operational
 Risk Management V/s Risk Measurement – Managing Risk, Diversification,
Investment Strategies and Introduction to Quantitative Risk Measurement and
its Limitations
 Principals of Risk - Alpha, Beta, R squared, Standard Deviation, Risk Exposure
Analysis, Risk Immunization, Risk and Summary Measures –Simulation Method,
Duration Analysis, Linear and other Statistical Techniques for Internal Control
2 Risk Avoidance and ERM
a) Risk Hedging Instruments and Mechanism:
 Forwards, Futures, Options, Swaps and Arbitrage Techniques, Risk Return
Trade off, Markowitz Risk Return Model, Arbitrage Theory, System Audit
Significance in Risk Mitigation
b) Enterprise Risk Management:
 Risk Management V/s Enterprise Risk Management, Integrated Enterprise Risk
Management, ERM Framework, ERM Process, ERM Matrix, SWOT Analysis,
Sample Risk Register
3 Risk Governance and Assurance
a) Risk Governance:
 Importance and Scope of Risk Governance, Risk and Three Lines of Defense,
Risk Management and Corporate Governance
b) Risk Assurance:
 Purpose and Sources of Risk Assurance, Nature of Risk Assurance, Reports and
Challenges of Risk
c) Risk and Stakeholders Expectations:
 Identifying the Range of Stakeholders and Responding to Stakeholders
Expectations
4 Risk Management in Insurance
a) Insurance Industry:
 Global Perspective, Regulatory Framework in India, IRDA - Reforms, Powers,
Functions and Duties. Role and Importance of Actuary
b) Players of Insurance Business:
 Life and Non- Life Insurance, Reinsurance, Bancassurance, Alternative Risk
Trance, Insurance Securitization, Pricing of Insurance products, Expected Claim
Costs, Risk Classification
c) Claim Management:
 General Guidelines, Life Insurance, Maturity, Death, Fire, Marine, Motor
Insurance and Calculation of Discounted Expected Claim Cost and Fair Premium


6. Direct Taxes
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Definitions and Residential Status 10
2 Heads of Income – I 15
3 Heads of Income - II 15
4 Deductions under Chapter VI A 10
5 Computation of Taxable Income of Individuals 10
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
01 To understand the provisions of determining residential status of individual
02 To study various heads of income
03 To study deductions from total income
04 To compute taxable income of Individuals

1 Definitions and Residential Status
Basic Terms ( S. 2,3,4)
Assessee, Assessment, Assessment Year, Annual Value, Business, Capital Assets, Income,
Previous Year, Person, Transfer.
Determination of Residential Status of Individual, Scope of Total Income (S.5)
2 Heads of Income – I
Salary ( S.15-17)
Income from House Property (S. 22-27)
Profit & Gain from Business and Profession(S. 28, 30,31,32, 35, 35D,36,37, 40, 40A and 43B)
3 Heads of Income – II
Capital Gain (S. 45, 48, 49, 50 and 54)
Income from other sources (S.56- 59)
Exclusions from Total Income (S.10)
(Exclusions related to specified heads to be covered with relevant heads of income)
4 Deductions under Chapter VI A
Deductions from Total Income
S. 80C, 80CCC, 80D, 80DD, 80E, 80U, 80TTA
5 Computation of Taxable Income of Individuals.
Computation of Total Income and Taxable Income of Individuals
Note: The Syllabus is restricted to study of particular sections, specifically mentioned rules
1. All modules / units include Computational problems / Case Study.
2. The Law In force on 1st April immediately preceding the commencement of Academic
year will be applicable for ensuing Examinations.


Group B: Marketing Electives
1. Service Marketing
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction of Services Marketing 15
2 Key Elements of Services Marketing Mix 15
3 Managing Quality Aspects of Services Marketing 15
4 Marketing of Services 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
To understand distinctive features of services and key elements in services
1
marketing
2 To provide insight into ways to improve service quality and productivity
3 To understand marketing of different services in Indian context

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction of Services Marketing
• Services Marketing Concept, Distinctive Characteristics of Services, Services
Marketing Triangle, Purchase Process for Services, Marketing Challenges of
Services
• Role of Services in Modern Economy, Services Marketing Environment
• Goods vs Services Marketing, Goods Services Continuum
• Consumer Behaviour, Positioning a Service in the Market Place
• Variations in Customer Involvement, Impact of Service Recovery Efforts on
Consumer Loyalty
• Type of Contact: High Contact Services and Low Contact Services
• Sensitivity to Customers’ Reluctance to Change
2 Key Elements of Services Marketing Mix
• The Service Product, Pricing Mix, Promotion & Communication Mix,
Place/Distribution of Service, People, Physical Evidence, Process-Service Mapping-
Flowcharting
• Branding of Services – Problems and Solutions
• Options for Service Delivery
3 Managing Quality Aspects of Services Marketing
• Improving Service Quality and Productivity
• Service Quality – GAP Model, Benchmarking, Measuring Service Quality -Zone of
Tolerance and Improving Service Quality
• The SERVQUAL Model
• Defining Productivity – Improving Productivity
• Demand and Capacity Alignment
4 Marketing of Services
• International and Global Strategies in Services Marketing: Services in the Global
Economy- Moving from Domestic to Transnational Marketing
• Factors Favouring Transnational Strategy
• Elements of Transnational Strategy
• Recent Trends in Marketing Of Services in: Tourism, Hospitality, Healthcare,
Banking, Insurance, Education, IT and Entertainment Industry
• Ethics in Services Marketing: Meaning, Importance, Unethical Practices in Service
Sector


2. E-Commerce and Digital Marketing
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to E-commerce 15
2 E-Business & Applications 15
3 Payment, Security, Privacy &Legal Issues in E-Commerce 15
4 Digital Marketing 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
To understand increasing significance of E-Commerce and its applications in
1
Business and Various Sectors
To provide an insight on Digital Marketing activities on various Social Media
2
platforms and its emerging significance in Business
To understand Latest Trends and Practices in E-Commerce and Digital
3
Marketing, along with its Challenges and Opportunities for an Organisation

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to E-commerce
• Ecommerce- Meaning, Features of E-commerce, Categories of E-commerce,
Advantages &Limitations of E-Commerce, Traditional Commerce &E-Commerce
• Ecommerce Environmental Factors: Economic, Technological, Legal , Cultural &
Social
• Factors Responsible for Growth of E-Commerce, Issues in Implementing E-
Commerce, Myths of E-Commerce
• Impact of E-Commerce on Business, Ecommerce in India
• Trends in E-Commerce in Various Sectors: Retail, Banking, Tourism, Government,
Education
• Meaning of M-Commerce, Benefits of M-Commerce, Trends in M-Commerce
2 E-Business & Applications
• E-Business: Meaning, Launching an E-Business, Different phases of Launching an E-
Business
• Important Concepts in E-Business: Data Warehouse, Customer Relationship
Management , Supply Chain Management, Enterprise Resource Planning
• Bricks and Clicks business models in E-Business: Brick and Mortar, Pure Online,
Bricks and Clicks, Advantages of Bricks & Clicks Business Model, Superiority of
Bricks and Clicks E-Business Applications: E-Procurement, E-Communication, E-
Delivery, E-Auction, E-Trading.
• Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) in E-Business: Meaning of EDI, Benefits of EDI,
Drawbacks of EDI, Applications of EDI.
• Website : Design and Development of Website, Advantages of Website, Principles
of Web Design, Life Cycle Approach for Building a Website, Different Ways of
Building a Website
3 Payment, Security, Privacy &Legal Issues in E-Commerce
• Issues Relating to Privacy and Security in E-Business
• Electronic Payment Systems: Features, Different Payment Systems :Debit Card,
Credit Card ,Smart Card, E-cash, E-Cheque, E-wallet, Electronic Fund Transfer.
• Payment Gateway: Introduction, Payment Gateway Process, Payment Gateway
Types, Advantages and Disadvantages of Payment Gateway.
• Types of Transaction Security
• E-Commerce Laws: Need for E-Commerce laws, E-Commerce laws in India, Legal
Issues in E-commerce in India, IT Act 2000

SN Modules/ Units
4 Digital Marketing
• Introduction to Digital Marketing, Advantages and Limitations of Digital Marketing.
• Various Activities of Digital Marketing: Search Engine Optimization, Search Engine
Marketing, Content Marketing & Content Influencer Marketing, Campaign
Marketing, Email Marketing, Display Advertising, Blog Marketing, Viral Marketing,
Podcasts & Vodcasts.
• Digital Marketing on various Social Media platforms.
• Online Advertisement, Online Marketing Research, Online PR
• Web Analytics
• Promoting Web Traffic
• Latest developments and Strategies in Digital Marketing.


3. Sales and Distribution Management
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction 15
2 Market Analysis and Selling 15
3 Distribution Channel Management 15
4 Performance Evaluation, Ethics and Trends 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
To develop understanding of the sales & distribution processes in
1
organizations
To get familiarized with concepts, approaches and the practical aspects of the
2 key decision making variables in sales management and distribution channel
management

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction
a) Sales Management:
 Meaning, Role of Sales Department, Evolution of Sales Management
 Interface of Sales with Other Management Functions
 Qualities of a Sales Manager
 Sales Management: Meaning, Developments in Sales Management-
Effectiveness to Efficiency, Multidisciplinary Approach, Internal Marketing,
Increased Use of Internet, CRM, Professionalism in Selling.
 Structure of Sales Organization – Functional, Product Based, Market Based,
Territory Based, Combination or Hybrid Structure
b) Distribution Management:
 Meaning, Importance, Role of Distribution, Role of Intermediaries, Evolution
of Distribution Channels.
c) Integration of Marketing, Sales and Distribution
2 Market Analysis and Selling
a) Market Analysis:
 Market Analysis and Sales Forecasting, Methods of Sales Forecasting
 Types of Sales Quotas – Value Quota, Volume Quota, Activity Quota,
Combination Quota
 Factors Determining Fixation of Sales Quota
 Assigning Territories to Salespeople
b) Selling:
 Process of Selling, Methods of Closing a Sale, Reasons for Unsuccessful Closing
 Theories of Selling – Stimulus Response Theory, Product Orientation Theory,
Need Satisfaction Theory
 Selling Skills – Communication Skill, Listening Skill, Trust Building Skill,
Negotiation Skill, Problem Solving Skill, Conflict Management Skill
 Selling Strategies – Softsell Vs. Hardsell Strategy, Client Centered Strategy,
Product-Price Strategy, Win-Win Strategy, Negotiation Strategy
 Difference Between Consumer Selling and Organizational Selling
 Difference Between National Selling and International Selling

SN Modules/ Units
3 Distribution Channel Management
• Management of Distribution Channel – Meaning & Need
• Channel Partners- Wholesalers, Distributors and Retailers & their Functions in
Distribution Channel, Difference Between a Distributor and a Wholesaler
• Choice of Distribution System – Intensive, Selective, Exclusive
• Factors Affecting Distribution Strategy – Locational Demand, Product
Characteristics, Pricing Policy, Speed or Efficiency, Distribution Cost
• Factors Affecting Effective Management Of Distribution Channels
 Channel Design
 Channel Policy
 Channel Conflicts: Meaning, Types – Vertical, Horizontal, Multichannel, Reasons
for Channel Conflict
 Resolution of Conflicts: Methods – Kenneth Thomas’s Five Styles of Conflict
Resolution
 Motivating Channel Members
 Selecting Channel Partners
 Evaluating Channels
 Channel Control
4 Performance Evaluation, Ethics and Trends
a) Evaluation & Control of Sales Performance:
 Sales Performance – Meaning
 Methods of Supervision and Control of Sales Force
 Sales Performance Evaluation Criteria- Key Result Areas (KRAs)
 Sales Performance Review
 Sales Management Audit
b) Measuring Distribution Channel Performance:
 Evaluating Channels- Effectiveness, Efficiency and Equity
 Control of Channel – Instruments of Control – Contract or Agreement, Budgets
and Reports, Distribution Audit
c) Ethics in Sales Management
d) New Trends in Sales and Distribution Management


4. Customer Relationship Management
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to Customer Relationship Management 15
CRM Marketing Initiatives, Customer Service and Data
2 15
Management
3 CRM Strategy, Planning, Implementation and Evaluation 15
4 CRM New Horizons 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
To understand concept of Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and
1
implementation of Customer Relationship Management
To provide insight into CRM marketing initiatives, customer service and
2
designing CRM strategy
To understand new trends in CRM, challenges and opportunities for
3
organizations

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to Customer Relationship Management
 Concept, Evolution of Customer Relationships: Customers as strangers,
acquaintances, friends and partners
 Objectives, Benefits of CRM to Customers and Organisations, Customer Profitability
Segments, Components of CRM: Information, Process, Technology and People,
Barriers to CRM
 Relationship Marketing and CRM: Relationship Development Strategies:
Organizational Pervasive Approach, Managing Customer Emotions, Brand Building
through Relationship Marketing, Service Level Agreements, Relationship
Challenges
2 CRM Marketing Initiatives, Customer Service and Data Management
 CRM Marketing Initiatives: Cross-Selling and Up-Selling, Customer Retention,
Behaviour Prediction, Customer Profitability and Value Modeling, Channel
Optimization, Personalization and Event-Based Marketing
 CRM and Customer Service: Call Center and Customer Care: Call Routing, Contact
Center Sales-Support, Web Based Self Service, Customer Satisfaction
Measurement, Call-Scripting, Cyber Agents and Workforce Management
 CRM and Data Management: Types of Data: Reference Data, Transactional Data,
Warehouse Data and Business View Data, Identifying Data Quality Issues, Planning
and Getting Information Quality, Using Tools to Manage Data, Types of Data
Analysis: Online Analytical Processing (OLAP), Clickstream Analysis, Personalisation
and Collaborative Filtering, Data Reporting
3 CRM Strategy, Planning, Implementation and Evaluation
 Understanding Customers: Customer Value, Customer Care, Company Profit Chain:
Satisfaction, Loyalty, Retention and Profits
 Objectives of CRM Strategy, The CRM Strategy Cycle: Acquisition, Retention and
Win Back, Complexities of CRM Strategy
 Planning and Implementation of CRM: Business to Business CRM, Sales and CRM,
Sales Force Automation, Sales Process/ Activity Management, Sales Territory
Management, Contact Management, Lead Management, Configuration Support,
Knowledge Management
CRM Implementation: Steps- Business Planning, Architecture and Design,
Technology Selection, Development, Delivery and Measurement
 CRM Evaluation: Basic Measures: Service Quality, Customer Satisfaction and
Loyalty, Company 3E Measures: Efficiency, Effectiveness and Employee Change

4 CRM New Horizons
 e-CRM: Concept, Different Levels of E- CRM, Privacy in E-CRM:
 Software App for Customer Service:
 Activity Management, Agent Management, Case Assignment, Contract
Management, Customer Self Service, Email Response Management, Escalation,
Inbound Communication Management, Invoicing, Outbound Communication
Management, Queuing and Routing, Scheduling
 Social Networking and CRM
 Mobile-CRM
 CRM Trends, Challenges and Opportunities
 Ethical Issues in CRM


5. Industrial Marketing
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
Industrial Marketing -An Introduction, Marketing Environment
1 15
and Buying Behaviour
Industrial Marketing Research and Segmentation, Targeting and
2 15
Positioning in Industrial Market
3 Industrial Marketing Mix 15
4 Emerging Trends in Industrial Marketing 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
To understand basics of industrial marketing, Marketing Environment,
01 Segmenting Targeting Positioning, channel strategy, marketing
communication and pricing
02 To provide knowledge of industrial market structure and how they function
To provide understanding of the various attributes and models applicable in
03
Industrial Marketing
04 To acquaint the students with trends in Industrial Marketing

1 Industrial Marketing -An Introduction, Marketing Environment and Buying Behaviour
 Introduction to Industrial Marketing: Introduction, Definition, Features, Industrial versus
Consumer marketing, Classification of Industrial products and Services
 Industrial Marketing Environment: Technological; Customer; Competitive, Legal and
Economic Environment; Responsibility of industrial Marketing Manager in planning,
Coordination, Execution and control
 Industrial Buying and Buying Behaviour: Procurement function; Purchase policy;
Organization buying processes, Profile of Business buyers: Buying Centres; Buying Centres
Roles; Buying Centre Members, Vender Analysis: Criteria for evaluating potential vendor;
Vendor Rating, Models of industrial buying Behaviour
Industrial Marketing Research and Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning in Industrial
2
Market
 Industrial Marketing Research: Introduction, Classification of Industrial Marketing
Research, Industrial Marketing Research Process, Role and Scope of Industrial Marketing
Research, Advantages and limitations of Industrial Marketing Research, Role of Industrial
Marketing Research in Marketing Information System and Decision Support System.
 Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning in Industrial Market: Introduction to
segmentation; Criteria for market segmentation; Basis of Market segmentation, choosing
the market segmentation, Target Market: Concept, Approaches to Target Market,
Positioning: Concept, Objectives of positioning, Positioning of Products and services;
Effective Positioning; positioning process.
3 Industrial Marketing Mix
 Industrial Products and New Product Development: Introduction to Industrial Products;
Product Policy; Product Classification;
Introduction to new product development; New industrial products; stages in New product
development.
 Industrial Pricing: Introduction to industrial Pricing; Factors influencing industrial pricing
decision; Types of pricing; Leasing; Bidding; Negotiation
 Industrial Marketing Communication: Advertising, Personal selling and Sales promotion:
Role of advertising in B2B Market; various media options; Advertising on the internet;
Using Advertising Agencies for industrial Marketers; Personal Selling in industrial
Marketing; Different steps in Personal Selling; Sales promotion in industrial marketing.
 Marketing Channels and Physical Distribution of Industrial Products: Industrial marketing
channels; Indirect and direct marketing channels; Importance of marketing channels;
Factors affecting selection of Marketing Channels; Process of designing the channel
structure: Analyzing the channel objectives, constraints, channel tasks, channel
alternatives and selecting the channel
4 Emerging Trends in Industrial Marketing
 Business Networks : Business Networks in Industrial marketing, Relationship in Business
networks , Technology and Business networks
 E-Procurement in Industrial Market: Meaning , Importance of E-procurement ,
Implementation of E-procurement
 E-Commerce: Definition of E-Commerce, Advantages and disadvantages of B2B E-
Commerce, Role of E-Commerce in the context B2B marketer, Forms of B2B E-Commerce,
Electronic Data Interchange; E-payments; E-security


6. Strategic Marketing Management
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Strategic Marketing Management 15
Segmenting, Targeting, Positioning and Creation of Value in the

2 15
context of Strategic Marketing
3 Strategic Decisions in Product, Services and Branding 15
Strategic Decisions in Pricing, Promotion and Distribution and

4 15
strategic growth management
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
01 To understand marketing strategies and their impact on business models

To learn strategic marketing tactics related to product, price, service, brand,
02
positioning, incentives and communication for business growth.
To learn the various marketing strategies adopted by Companies to create a
03
competitive advantage

1 Introduction to Strategic Marketing Management
 Marketing: Nature of Marketing, marketing as an art, science and business discipline,
marketing as a value creation process
 Strategic decisions: Nature of strategy, the marketing strategy interface, difference
between marketing planning and strategic planning
 Identifying the market: The five C framework-customer, company, collaborator,
competitor, context
 The 7 tactics of Marketing mix: Product, service, brand, price ,incentives, communication
and distribution
 Business Model and Strategic Marketing Planning: Meaning, Role of Business models in
marketing management, Strategies for developing a business models: top-down business
model generation, bottom up business model generation, The G-STIC frame work for
marketing planning: Goal-Strategy-Tactics-Implementation-control
Segmenting, Targeting, Positioning and Creation of Value in the context of Strategic
2
Marketing:
 Segmentation: Essence of segmentation, Factors to be considered while segmenting, key
segmenting principles- relevance, similarity, exclusivity
 Identifying Target Customers: Factors to be considered while targeting, targeting
strategies-One for all strategy, one for each strategy, Strategic Targeting criteria: target
attractiveness, target compatibility
Essential strategic assets for target compatibility: business infrastructure, collaborator
networks, human capital, intellectual property, strong brands, established customer base,
synergistic offerings, access to scarce resources and capital.
 Creating Customer Value through Positioning: Role of strategic positioning, strategic
positioning options: The quality option, value option, the pioneer, a narrow product focus,
target segment focus; strategies for creating superior customer value.
Creating Company Value: Understanding Company Value: Monetary, functional and
psychological value; strategically managing profits--increasing sales revenue-through
volume, optimizing price, lowering costs
Creating Collaborator Value: Meaning of collaborators, collaboration as business process,
advantages and drawbacks of collaboration, levels of strategic collaboration: explicit,
implicit; alternatives to collaboration: horizontal and vertical integration, managing
collaborator relations; gaining collaborator power: offering differentiation; collaborator
size, strategic importance, switching costs

3 Strategic Decisions in Product, Services and Branding
 Managing Product and Services: factors affecting product and service decisions-
performance, consistency, reliability, durability, compatibility, ease of use, technological
design, degree of customization, physical aspects, style, packaging.
Managing New Products: Forecasting new product demand using Primary Data and
secondary data: offering specific forecasting, forecasting by analogy, category based
forecasting.
New product adoption: Understanding new product adoption, factors influencing
diffusion of new offering, new product development process, managing risk in new
products- market risk and technological risk, Moore’s Model of adoption of new
technologies, managing product life cycle at various stages, extending Product lifecycle.
 Managing Product Lines: Managing vertical, upscale, downscale, horizontal product-Line
Extensions, Managing Product Line Cannibalization, Managing Product lines to gain and
defend market position-The Fighting Brand Strategy, The sandwich strategy, The Good-
better-best strategy
 Brand Tactics: Brand: Meaning, brand identity, brand as value creation process brand
hierarchy-Individual and umbrella branding, brand extension: vertical and horizontal,
brand equity and brand power, measuring brand equity-cost based approach, market
based approach and financial based approach.
4 Strategic Decisions in Pricing, Promotion and Distribution and strategic growth management
A) Managing Price: Major approaches to strategic pricing-cost based pricing, competitive
pricing, demand pricing; Price sensitivity: meaning, psychological pricing, Five
psychological pricing effects: reference price effects, price quantity effects, price tier
effects, price ending effects, product line effects; Understanding competitive pricing and
price wars: factors affecting price wars, Approach for developing a strategic response to
competitors price cut, Other pricing strategies-captive pricing, cross price elasticity,
deceptive pricing, everyday low pricing, experience curve pricing, loss leader pricing,
horizontal price fixing, price signalling.
B) Managing Promotions and incentives: Promotion mix strategy, Factors affecting
strategic decisions in promotion mix, Promotion expenditure strategy, Methods to
determine promotion expenditure-Breakdown Method, Buildup Method, Push and Pull
promotions.
Managing incentives as a value creation process, Goals of using customer incentives,
Monetary incentives for customers, Non monetary incentives for customers.
Collaborator incentives meaning, monetary incentives-slotting allowance, stocking
allowance, cooperative advertising allowance, market development allowance, display
allowance, spiffs
C) Managing distribution: Distribution as value creation process, distribution channel
design process- Channel structure: Direct, indirect and hybrid channel; channel
coordination- common ownership, contractual relationship, implicit channel
coordination; channel type, channel coverage, channel exclusivity
D) Strategic Growth Management: Gaining market position: strategies to gain market
position: steal share strategy, market growth strategy, market innovation strategy;
Pioneering new markets: Meaning, Types of Pioneers: technology, product, business
model, markets; benefits and drawbacks of being a Pioneer.
Defending market position: Strategies to defend market position- ignoring competitors’
action, repositioning the existing offer- repositioning to increase value for current
customers, repositioning to attract new customers.


1. Finance for HR Professionals and

Compensation Management
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Compensation Plans and HR Professionals 15
2 Incentives and Wages 15
3 Compensation to Special Groups and Recent Trends 15
4 Legal and Ethical issues in Compensation 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
To orient HR professionals with financial concepts to enable them to make
1
prudent HR decisions
2 To understand the various compensation plans
To study the issues related to compensation management and understand the
3
legal framework of compensation management

SN Modules/ Units
1 Compensation Plans and HR Professionals
 Meaning, Objectives of Compensation Plans, Role of HR Professionals in
Compensation Plans, Types of Compensation: Financial and non-financial, Factors
Influencing Compensation
 Compensation Tools: Job based and Skill based, Models: Distributive Justice
Model and Labour Market Model, Dimensions of Compensation
 3 Ps Compensation Concept, Benefits of Compensation: Personal, Health and
Safety, Welfare, Social Security
 Pay Structure: Meaning, Features, Factors, Designing the Compensation System,
Compensation Scenario in India.
2 Incentives and Wages
 Incentive Plans – Meaning and Types: Piecework, Team, Incentives for Managers
and Executives, Salespeople, Merit pay, Scanlon Pay, Profit Sharing Plan, ESOP,
Gain Sharing, Earning at Risk plan, Technology and Incentives. Prerequisites of an
Effective Incentive System
 Wage Differentials: Concepts, Factors contributing to Wage Differentials, Types of
Wage Differentials, Importance of Wage Differentials, Elements of a Good Wage
Plan.
 Theories of Wages: Subsistence Theory, Wage Fund Theory, Marginal Productivity
Theory, Residual Claimant Theory, Bargaining Theory.
3 Compensation to Special Groups and Recent Trends
 Compensation for Special Groups: Team Based pay, Remunerating Professionals,
Contract Employees, Corporate Directors, CEOs, Expatriates and Executives.
 Human Resource Accounting – Meaning, Features, Objectives and Methods
 Recent Trends: Golden Parachutes, e-Compensation, Salary Progression Curve,
Competency and Skill based, Broad banding and New Pay, Cafeteria approach –
Features, Advantages and Disadvantages.
4 Legal and Ethical issues in Compensation
 Legal Framework of Compensation in India: Wage Policy in India, Payment of
Bonus Act 1965, Equal Remuneration Act 1976, Payment of Wages Act 1936,
Payment of Gratuity Act 1972, Employee Compensation Act 1923, Employees
Provident Funds and Miscellaneous Provision Act 1952.
 Pay Commissions, Wage Boards, Adjudication, Legal considerations, COBRA
requirement, Pay Restructuring in Mergers and Acquisitions, Current Issues and
Challenges in Compensation Management, Ethics in Compensation Management.


2. Strategic Human Resource Management and

HR Policies
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 SHRM - An Overview 15
2 HR Strategies 15
3 HR Policies 15
4 Recent Trends in SHRM 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 To understand human resource management from a strategic perspective

To link the HRM functions to corporate strategies in order to understand HR
2
as a strategic resource
To understand the relationship between strategic human resource
3
management and organizational performance
To apply the theories and concepts relevant to strategic human resource
4
management in contemporary organizations
To understand the purpose and process of developing Human Resource
5
Policies

SN Modules/ Units
1 SHRM - An Overview
 Strategic Human Resource Management (SHRM) – Meaning, Features, Evolution,
Objectives, Advantages, Barriers to SHRM, SHRM v/s Traditional HRM, Steps in
SHRM, Roles in SHRM - Top Management, Front-line Management, HR, Changing
Role of HR Professionals, Models of SHRM – High Performance Working Model,
High Commitment Management Model, High Involvement Management Model
 HR Environment –Environmental trends and HR Challenges
 Linking SHRM and Business Performance
2 HR Strategies
 Developing HR Strategies to Support Organisational Strategies, Resourcing
Strategy – Meaning and Objectives, Strategic HR Planning – Meaning, Advantages,
Interaction between Strategic Planning and HRP, Managing HR Surplus and
Shortages, Strategic Recruitment and Selection – Meaning and Need, Strategic
Human Resource Development – Meaning, Advantages and Process, Strategic
Compensation as a Competitive Advantage, Rewards Strategies – Meaning,
Importance, Employee Relations Strategy, Retention Strategies, Strategies for
Enhancing Employee Work Performance
3 HR Policies
 Human Resource Policies – Meaning, Features, Purpose of HR Policies, Process of
Developing HR Policies, Factors affecting HR Policies, Areas of HR Policies in
Organisation, Requisites of a Sound HR Policies – Recruitment, Selection, Training
and Development, Performance Appraisal, Compensation, Promotion,
Outsourcing, Retrenchment, Barriers to Effective Implementation of HR Policies
and Ways to Overcome These Barriers, Need for Reviewing and Updating HR
Policies, Importance of Strategic HR Policies to Maintain Workplace Harmony
4 Recent Trends in SHRM
 i.e. Mentoring
 Employee Engagement – Meaning, Factors Influencing Employee Engagement,
Strategies for Enhancing Employee Engagement
 Contemporary Approaches to HR Evaluation – Balance Score Card, HR Score Card,
Benchmarking and Business Excellence Model
 Competency based HRM – Meaning, Types of Competencies, Benefits of
Competencies for Effective Execution of HRM Functions.
 Human Capital Management –Meaning and Role
 New Approaches to Recruitment – Employer Branding, Special Event Recruiting,
Contest Recruitment, e - Recruitment
 Strategic International Human Resource Management – Meaning and Features,
International SHRM Strategic Issues, Approaches to Strategic International HRM.


3. Performance Management and Career Planning
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Performance Management – An Overview 15
2 Performance Management Process 15

Ethics, Under Performance and Key Issues in Performance
3 15
Management
4 Career Planning and Development 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 To understand the concept of performance management in organizations
2 To review performance appraisal systems
3 To understand the significance of career planning and practices

SN Modules/ Units
1 Performance Management – An Overview
 Performance Management– Meaning, Features, Components of Performance
Management, Evolution, Objectives, Need and Importance, Scope, Performance
Management Process, Pre-Requisites of Performance Management, Linkage of
Performance Management with other HR functions, Performance Management
and Performance Appraisal, Performance Management Cycle
 Best Practices in Performance Management, Future of Performance Management.
 Role of Technology in Performance Management
2 Performance Management Process
 Performance Planning – Meaning, Objectives, Steps for Setting Performance
Criteria, Performance Benchmarking
 Performance Managing – Meaning, Objectives, Process
 Performance Appraisal – Meaning, Approaches of Performance Appraisal – Trait
Approach, Behaviour Approach, Result Approach
 Performance Monitoring–Meaning, Objectives and Process
 Performance Management Implementation – Strategies for Effective
Implementation of Performance Management
 Linking Performance Management to Compensation
 Concept of High Performance Teams
3 Ethics, Under Performance and Key Issues in Performance Management
 Ethical Performance Management - Meaning, Principles, Significance of Ethics in
Performance Management, Ethical Issues in Performance Management, Code of
Ethics in Performance Management, Building Ethical Performance Culture, Future
Implications of Ethics in Performance Management
 Under Performers and Approaches to Manage Under Performers, Retraining
 Key Issues and Challenges in Performance Management
 Potential Appraisal: Steps, Advantages and Limitations.
 Pay Criteria -Performance related pay, Competence related pay, Team based pay,
Contribution related pay.
4 Career Planning and Development
 Career Planning - Meaning, Objectives, Benefits and Limitations, Steps in Career
Planning, Factors affecting Individual Career Planning, Role of Mentor in Career
Planning, Requisites of Effective Career Planning
 Career Development – Meaning, Role of employer and employee in Career
Development, Career Development Initiatives
 Role of Technology in Career Planning and Development
 Career Models – Pyramidal Model, Obsolescence Model, Japanese Career Model
 New Organizational Structures and Changing Career Patterns


4. Industrial Relations
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Industrial Relations- An overview 15
2 Industrial Disputes 15
3 Trade Unions and Collective Bargaining 15
4 Industrial Relations Related Laws in India 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 To understand the concept of performance management in organizations
2 To review performance appraisal systems
3 To understand the significance of career planning and practices

SN Modules/ Units
1 Industrial Relations- An overview
 Meaning, Objectives, Characteristics of a good Industrial Relations
System/Principles of a good IR/Essentials of good IR, Scope, Significance/Need
and Importance of IR, Major Stakeholders of IR, Evolution of IR in India, Factors
affecting IR, Role of State, Employers and Unions in IR, Changing Dimensions of IR
in India, Impact of Liberalisation, Privatisation and Globalisation on Industrial
Relations, Issues and Challenges of industrial relations in India
2 Industrial Disputes
a) Industrial Disputes:
 Meaning of Industrial Dispute, Causes, Forms/Types, Consequences/Effects,
Methods of Settling Industrial Disputes (Arbitration, Joint Consultations,
Works Committee, Conciliation, Adjudication etc)
 Concepts Related to Industrial Disputes (Relevant Examples): Strike, Layoff,
Lockout, Retrenchment
b) Employee Discipline:
 Meaning, Determinants, Causes of Indiscipline, Code of Discipline and its
Enforcement.
c) Grievance Handling:
 Meaning of Grievances, Causes of Grievances, Guidelines for Grievance
Handling, Grievance Redressal Procedure in India.
d) Workers' Participation in Management:
 Meaning and Types with Respect to India
3 Trade Unions and Collective Bargaining
a) Trade Unions:
 Meaning, Features, Objectives, Role of Trade Unions, Functions/Activities,
Types, Evolution of Trade Unions across Globe, Evolution of Trade Unions in
India, Structure of Trade Unions in India, Recognition of Trade Unions, Rights
and Privileges of Registered Trade Unions, Impact of Globalisation on Trade
Unions in India, Central Organisations of Indian Trade Unions : INTUC, AITUC,
HMS,UTUC, Problems of Trade Unions in India.
b) Collective Bargaining:
 Meaning, Features, Importance, Scope, Collective Bargaining Process,
Prerequisites of Collective Bargaining, Types of Collective Bargaining
Contracts, Levels of Collective Bargaining, Growth of Collective Bargaining in
India, Obstacles to Collective Bargaining in India.

SN Modules/ Units
4 Industrial Relations Related Laws in India
• Role of Judiciary in Industrial Relations: Labour Court, Industrial Tribunal, National
Tribunal
• The Trade Unions Act, 1926;
• The Industrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act, 1946;
• The Industrial Disputes Act, 1947;
• The Factories' Act, 1948
• The Minimum Wages Act, 1948


Group C:Human Resource Electives
5. Talent & Competency Management
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Talent Management 15
2 Talent Management System 15
3 Contemporary Issues and Current Trends in Talent Management 15
4 Competency Management and Competency Mapping 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
01 To understand key talent management & competency management concepts
02 To understand the concept and importance of competency mapping

To understand the role of talent management and competency management
03
in building sustainable competitive advantage to an organization
04 To know the ethical and legal obligations associated with talent management

1 Introduction to Talent Management
 Talent Management – Meaning, History, Scope of Talent Management, Need
of Talent Management
 Benefits and Limitations of Talent Management
 Principles of Talent Management
 Source of Talent Management
 Talent Gap – Meaning, Strategies to Fill Gaps
 The Talent Value Chain
 Role of HR in Talent Management
 Role of Talent Management in building Sustainable Competitive Advantage to
an Organization
2 Talent Management System
 Talent Management System – Meaning, Key Elements of Talent Management
System
 Critical Success Factors to Create Talent Management System
 Building Blocks for Talent Management - Introduction, Effective Talent
Management System, Building Blocks of Effective Talent Management System
 Life Cycle of Talent Management - Meaning, Steps in Talent Management
Process, Importance of Talent Management Process, Essentials of Talent
Management Process
 Approaches to Talent Management
 Talent Management Strategy – Meaning, Developing a Talent Management
Strategy, Mapping Business Strategies and Talent Management Strategies
 Talent Management and Succession Planning
3 Contemporary Issues and Current Trends in Talent Management
 Role of Information Technology in Effective Talent Management Systems,
Talent Management Information System, Creating Business Value through
Information Technology, Five Steps to a Talent Management Information
Strategy
 Contemporary Talent Management Issues, Talent Management Challenges
 Current Trends in Talent Management
 Best Practices of Talent Management
 Ethical and Legal Obligations Associated with Talent Management
 Talent Management in India
4 Competency Management and Competency Mapping
 Concept of Competency and Competence, Competence v/s Competency
 Types of Competencies, Benefits and Limitations of implementing
competencies
 Iceberg Model of Competency
 Competency Management – Meaning, Features and Objectives
 Benefits and Challenges of Competency Management
 Competency Development – Meaning, Process
 Competency Mapping - Meaning, Features, Need and importance of
competency mapping
 Methods of Competency Mapping, Steps in Competency Mapping


6. Stress Management
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Understanding Stress 15
2 Managing Stress – I 15
3 Managing Stress – II 15
4 Stress Management Leading to Success 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
01 To understand the nature and causes of stress in organizations
02 To familiarize the learners with the stress prevention mechanism
03 To understand the strategies that help cope with stress

To be able to apply stress management principles in order to achieve high
04
levels of performance
To enable to learners to adopt effective strategies, plans and techniques to
05
deal with stress

1 Understanding Stress
 Stress – concept, features, types of stress
 Relation between Stressors and Stress
 Potential Sources of Stress – Environmental, Organizational and Individual
 Consequences of Stress – Physiological, Psychological and Behavioural Symptoms
 Stress at work place – Meaning, Reasons
 Impact of Stress on Performance
 Work Stress Model
 Burnout – Concept
 Stress v/s Burnout
2 Managing Stress – I
 Pre-requisites of Stress-free Life
 Anxiety - Meaning, Mechanisms to cope up with anxiety
 Relaxation - Concept and Techniques
 Time Management - Meaning, Importance of Time Management
 Approaches to Time Management
 Stress Management - Concept, Benefits
 Managing Stress at Individual level
 Role of Organization in Managing Stress/ Stress Management Techniques
 Approaches to Manage Stress - Action oriented, Emotion oriented, Acceptance oriented.
3 Managing Stress – II
 Models of Stress Management - Transactional Model, Health Realization/ Innate Health
Model
 General Adaption Syndrome (GAS) - Concept, Stages
 Measurement of Stress Reaction - The Physiological Response, The Cognitive Response,
The Behavioural Response.
 Stress prevention mechanism - Stress management through mind control and purification
theory and practice of yoga education.
 Stress management interventions: primary, secondary, tertiary.
 Meditation – Meaning, Importance
 Role of Pranayama, Mantras, Nutrition, Music, Non-violence in stress control
4 Stress Management Leading to Success
 Eustress – Concept, Factors affecting Eustress
 Stress Management Therapy - Concept, Benefits
 Stress Counselling - Concept
 Value education for stress management
 Stress and New Technology
 Stress Audit Process
 Assessment of Stress - Tools and Methods
 Future of Stress Management

Core Course (CC)

5. Logistics and Supply Chain Management
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Overview of Logistics and Supply Chain Management 15
2 Elements of Logistics Mix 15

Inventory Management, Logistics Costing, Performance
3 15
Management and Logistical Network Analysis
4 Recent Trends in Logistics and Supply Chain Management 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
To provide students with basic understanding of concepts of logistics and
1
supply chain management
2 To introduce students to the key activities performed by the logistics function
To provide an insight in to the nature of supply chain, its functions and supply
3
chain systems
4 To understand global trends in logistics and supply chain management

SN Modules/ Units
1 Overview of Logistics and Supply Chain Management
a) Introduction to Logistics Management
• Meaning, Basic Concepts of Logistics- Logistical Performance Cycle, Inbound
Logistics, Inprocess Logistics, Outbound Logistics, Logistical Competency,
Integrated Logistics , Reverse Logistics and Green Logistics
• Objectives of Logistics, Importance of Logistics, Scope of Logistics, Logistical
Functions/Logistic Mix, Changing Logistics Environment
b) Introduction to Supply Chain Management
 Meaning, Objectives, Functions, Participants of Supply Chain, Role of Logistics
in Supply Chain, Comparison between Logistics and Supply Chain
Management, Channel Management and Channel Integration
c) Customer Service: Key Element of Logistics
 Meaning of Customer Service, Objectives, Elements, Levels of customer
service, Rights of Customers
d) Demand Forecasting
 Meaning, Objectives ,Approaches to Forecasting, Forecasting Methods,
Forecasting Techniques, (Numerical on Simple Moving Average, Weighted
Moving Average)
2 Elements of Logistics Mix
a) Transportation
 Introduction, Principles and Participants in Transportation, Transport
Functionality, Factors Influencing Transportation Decisions, Modes of
Transportation- Railways, Roadways, Airways, Waterways, Ropeways,
Pipeline, Transportation Infrastructure, Intermodal Transportation
b) Warehousing
 Introduction, Warehouse Functionality, Benefits of Warehousing, Warehouse
Operating Principles, Types of Warehouses, Warehousing Strategies, Factors
affecting Warehousing
c) Materials Handling
 Meaning, Objectives, Principles of Materials Handling, Systems of Materials
Handling, Equipments used for Materials Handling, Factors affecting Materials
Handling Equipments
d) Packaging
 Introduction, Objectives of Packaging, Functions/Benefits of Packaging, Design
Considerations in Packaging, Types of Packaging Material, Packaging Costs

SN Modules/ Units
Inventory Management, Logistics Costing, Performance Management and Logistical
3
Network Analysis
a) Inventory Management
 Meaning, Objectives, Functions, Importance, Techniques of Inventory
Management (Numericals - EOQ and Reorder levels)
b) Logistics Costing
 Meaning, Total Cost Approach, Activity Based Costing, Mission Based Costing
c) Performance Measurement in Supply Chain
 Meaning, Objectives of Performance Measurement, Types of Performance
Measurement, Dimensions of Performance Measurement, Characteristics of
Ideal Measurement System
d) Logistical Network Analysis
 Meaning, Objectives, Importance, Scope, RORO/LASH
4 Recent Trends in Logistics and Supply Chain Management
a) Information Technology in Logistics
 Introduction, Objectives, Role of Information Technology in Logistics and
Supply Chain Management, Logistical Information System, Principles of
Logistical Information System, Types of Logistical Information System,
Logistical Information Functionality, Information Technology Infrastructure
b) Modern Logistics Infrastructure
 Golden Quadrilateral, Logistics Parks, Deep Water Ports, Dedicated Freight
Corridor, Inland Container Depots/Container Freight Stations, Maritime
Logistics, Double Stack Containers/Unit Trains
c) Logistics Outsourcing
 Meaning, Objectives, Benefits/Advantages of Outsourcing, Third Party
Logistics Provider, Fourth Party Logistics Provider, Drawbacks of Outsourcing,
Selection of Logistics Service Provider, Outsourcing-Value Proposition
d) Logistics in the Global Environment
 Managing the Global Supply Chain, Impact of Globalization on Logistics and
Supply Chain Management, Global Logistics Trends, Global Issues and
Challenges in Logistics and Supply Chain Management


6. Corporate Communication & Public Relations
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Foundation of Corporate Communication 15
2 Understanding Public Relations 15
3 Functions of Corporate Communication and Public Relations 15

Emerging Technology in Corporate Communication and Public
4 15
Relations
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
To provide the students with basic understanding of the concepts of corporate
1
communication and public relations
To introduce the various elements of corporate communication and consider
2
their roles in managing organizations
To examine how various elements of corporate communication must be
3
coordinated to communicate effectively
To develop critical understanding of the different practices associated with
4
corporate communication

SN Modules/ Units
1 Foundation of Corporate Communication
a) Corporate Communication: Scope and Relevance
 Introduction, Meaning, Scope, Corporate Communication in India, Need/
Relevance of Corporate Communication in Contemporary Scenario
b) Keys concept in Corporate Communication
 Corporate Identity: Meaning and Features, Corporate Image: Meaning, Factors
Influencing Corporate Image, Corporate Reputation: Meaning, Advantages of
Good Corporate Reputation
c) Ethics and Law in Corporate Communication
 Importance of Ethics in Corporate Communication, Corporate Communication
and Professional Code of Ethics, Mass Media Laws: Defamation, Invasion of
Privacy, Copyright Act, Digital Piracy, RTI
2 Understanding Public Relations
a) Fundamental of Public Relations:
 Introduction, Meaning, Essentials of Public Relations, Objectives of Public
Relations, Scope of Public Relations, Significance of Public Relations in Business
b) Emergence of Public Relations:
 Tracing Growth of Public Relations, Public Relations in India, Reasons for
Emerging International Public Relations
c) Public Relations Environment:
 Introduction, Social and Cultural Issues, Economic Issues, Political Issues, Legal
Issues
d) Theories used in Public Relations:
 Systems Theory, Situational Theory, Social Exchange Theory, Diffusion Theory
3 Functions of Corporate Communication and Public Relations
a) Media Relations:
 Introduction, Importance of Media Relations, Sources of Media Information,
Building Effective Media Relations, Principles of Good Media Relations
b) Employee Communication:
 Introduction, Sources of Employee Communications, Organizing Employee
Communications, Benefits of Good Employee Communications, Steps in
Implementing An Effective Employee Communications Programme, Role of
Management in Employee Communications
c) Crisis Communication:
 Introduction, Impact of Crisis, Role of Communication in Crisis, Guidelines for
Handling Crisis, Trust Building
d) Financial Communication:
 Introduction, Tracing the Growth of Financial Communication in India,
Audiences for Financial Communication, Financial Advertising

SN Modules/ Units
4 Emerging Technology in Corporate Communication and Public Relations
a) Contribution of Technology to Corporate Communication
 Introduction, Today’s Communication Technology, Importance of Technology
to Corporate Communication, Functions of Communication Technology in
Corporate Communication, Types of Communication Technology, New Media:
Web Conferencing, Really Simple Syndication (RSS)
b) Information Technology in Corporate Communication
 Introduction, E-media Relations, E-internal Communication, E-brand Identity
and Company Reputation
c) Corporate Blogging
 Introduction, Defining Corporate Blogging, Characteristics of a Blog, Types of
Corporate Blogs, Role of Corporate Blogs, Making a Business Blog

(BMS)Programme at Semester V
Reference Books
Reference Books
Investment Analysis & Portfolio Management
 Kevin. S, Security Analysis and Portfolio Management
 Donald Fischer & Ronald Jordon, Security Analysis & Portfolio Management
 Prasanna Chandra, Security Analysis & Portfolio Management
 Sudhindhra Bhatt, Security Analysis and Portfolio Management.
Commodity & Derivatives Market
 John C. Hull & Basu -Futures, options & other derivatives
 Robert McDonald, Derivatives market, Pearson education
 John Hull, Fundamentals of futures & options
 Ankit Gala & Jitendra Gala, Guide to Indian Commodity market, Buzzingstock publishing house
 K.Sasidharan & Alex K. Mathews, Option trading – bull market strategies, McGraw Hill publication
 Niti Chatnani, Commodity markets, McGraw Hill Publication
 S.Kevin, Commodities & financial derivatives, PHI learning Pvt ltd
 Suni K Parmeswaran, Futures & options, McGraw Hill
Wealth Management
 Harold Evensky, Wealth Management, McGraw Hill Publication
 NCFM, CFP, IIBF, etc, Wealth Management modules
 Harold Evensky, The new wealth Management, CFA Institute Investment Series Publication
 Ashish K. Bhattacharyya – “Financial Accounting for Business Managers”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt.
Ltd.
 Financial Accounting Reporting – Barry Elliot and Jamie Elliot – Prentice Hall ( 14th Edition)
Risk Management
 Thomas S. Coleman, Quantitative Risk Management : A Practical Guide to Financial Risk
 Steve Peterson, Investment Theory and Risk Management
 Risk Management , M/s Macmillan India Limited
 Sim Segal, Corporate Value of ERM
 Dr. G Kotreshwar, Risk Management : Insurance and Derivatives, Himalaya Publishing House
Direct Taxes
 Income Tax Act- Bare act
 Dr V K Singhania-Direct Tax Law & Practice

Reference Books
Reference Books
Services Marketing
 Valarie A. Zeuhaml &Mary Jo Bitner, Service Marketing, Tata McgrawHill, 6th Edition
 Christoper Lovelock, JochenWirtz, Jayanta Chatterjee, Service Marketing People, Technology, Strategy
– A South Asian Perspective , Pearson Education, 7th Edition
 Ramneek Kapoor, Justin Paul &Biplab Halder, Services Marketing-Concepts And Practices, McgrawHill,
2011
 Harsh V.Verma, Services Marketing Text &Cases, Pearson Education, 2nd Edition
 K. Ram Mohan Rao, Services Marketing, Pearson Education, 2nd Edition, 2011
 C. Bhattacharjee, Service Sector Management, Jaico Publishing House, Mumbai, 2008
 Govind Apte, Services Marketing, Oxford Press, 2004
E-Commerce & Digital Marketing
 D Nidhi ,E-Commerce Concepts and Applications, ,Edn 2011, International Book house P.ltd
 Bajaj Kamlesh K,E-Commerce- The cutting edge of Business
 Whiteley David, E-Commerce Technologies and Apllications-2013
 E-Business & E-Commerce Management 3rd Ed, Pearson Education
 Kalokota & Robinson,E-Business 2.0 Road map for Success, Pearson Education
 Elias M. Awad ,Electronic Commerce, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education
 Erfan Turban et.al ,Electronic Commerce - A Managerial Perspective, Pearson Education
 R. Kalokota, Andrew V. Winston, Electronic Commerce - A Manger's Guide, Pearson Education
 Tripathi, E-Commerce, Jaico Publishing House, Mumbai, Edn. 2010.
Sales & Distribution Management
 A. Nag, Sales And Distribution Management, Mcgraw Hill, 2013 Edition
 Richard R. Still, Edward W. Cundiff, Norman A.P. Govoni, Sales Management, Pearson Education, 5th
Edition
 Krishna K. Havaldar, Vasant M. Cavale, Sales And Distribution Management – Text & Cases, Mcgraw
Hill Education, 2nd Edition, 2011
 Dr.Matin Khan, Sakes And Distribution Management, Excel Books, 1st Edition
 Kotler & Armstrong, Principles Of Marketing – South Asian Perspective, Pearson Education, 13th
Edition
 Baran Roger J. & Robert J. Galka (2014), Customer Relationship Management: The Foundation of
Contemporary Marketing Strategy, Routledge Taylor & Francis Group.
 Anderrson Kristin and Carol Kerr (2002), Customer Relationship Management, Tata McGraw-Hill.
 Ed Peelen, Customer Relationship Management, Pearson Education
 Bhasin Jaspreet Kaur (2012), Customer Relationship Management, Dreamtech Press.
 Judith W. Kincaid (2006), Customer Relationship Management Getting it Right, Pearson Education.
 Jill Dyche’ (2007), The CTM Handbook: A Business Guide to Customer Relationship Management,
Pearson Education.
 Valarie A Zeithmal, Mary Jo Bitner, Dwayne D Gremler and Ajay Pandit (2010), Services Marketing
Integrating Customer Focus Across the Firm, Tata McGraw Hill.
 Urvashi Makkar and Harinder Kumar Makkar (2013), CRM Customer Relationship Management,
McGraw Hill Education.

Reference Books
Reference Books
Industrial Marketing
 Industrial Marketing: A practices in India by S.L. Gupta, Sanjeev Bahadur, and Hitesh Gupta: Excel
Books (First Edition)
 Industrial Marketing by Hory, Sankar and Mukerjee by Excel Books (First Edition)
 Industrial Marketing: A Process of Creating and Maintaining Exchange by Krishnamacharyulu , Lalitha
R, Publisher: Jaico Book House
 Industrial Marketing by Ghosh, Publisher: Oxford University Press
 Industrial Marketing by K. K. Havaldar, Publisher: Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company limited
 Industrial Marketing Management by Govindarajan, Publisher: Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
 Industrial Marketing by Phadtare M. T, Publisher: Prentice Hall of India Private Limited
Strategic Marketing Management
 Alexander Chernav, Strategic management, Eight Edition ,June 2014,Cerebellum press
 Richardn m.s Wilson, Collin Gilligan, Strategic marketing management,3rd edition, Elsevier
 Subhash .C.Jain, Marketing Strategy, India edition, cengage learning
 Sharan Jagpal, Marketng strategy, oxford university press
 David A. Aker, Startegic Market Management, John Wiley & Sons, 2001
 Philip Kotler, Kevin Keller, Abraham Koshy, Mithileshwar Jha, Marketing Management, Pearson, 13th
edition
Finance for HR Professionals & Compensation Management
 Gary Dessler, Biju Varkkey, Human Resource Management, Pearson, 12th edition
 Mick Marchington and Adrian Wilkinson, Human Resource Management at Work – People
Management and Development- IIIrd Edition,
 Shashi K. Gupta, Rosy Joshi, Human Resource Management, Kalyani Publishers
 Gary Dessler, Framework for HRM, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education
 Ashwathappa, Human Resource Management
 Luis.R.Gomez, David.B.Balkin, Robert. L. Cardy, Managing Human Resources – IVth Edition, (Eastern
Economy Edition)
 Milkovich, George T, Newman J.M, Compensation, Tata Mc Graw Hill.
 Henderson, R.O, Compensation Management, Pearson Edition .
 BD Singh, Compensation and Reward Management, Excel Books.
 Karen Permant, Joe Knight, Financial Intelligence for HR Professionals
 Sharma A.M, Understanding Wage system, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai.
Strategic Human Resource Management & HR Policies
 Michael Armstrong, Angela Baron, Handbook of Strategic HRM, Jaico publishing House
 Armstrong M.-Strategic Human Resource Management_ A Guide to Action (2006)
 Strategic Human Resource Management, Tanuja Agarwal
 Strategic Human Resource Management, Jeffrey A. Mello
 Gary Dessler, Human Resource Management, PHI, New Delhi, 2003
 Charles R. Greer, Strategic Human Resource Management, Pearson Education, 2003
 Rajib Lochan Dhar, Strategic Human Resource Management, Excel Books, NewDelhi, 2008

Reference Books
Reference Books
Performance Management & Career Planning
 Shashi K. Gupta, Rosy Joshi, Human Resource Management, Kalyani Publishers
 Armstrong, Michael, Baron, Performance Management, Jaico Publishers
 Robert Bacal, Performance Management, McGraw-Hill Education, 2007
 T.V. Rao, Performance Management and Appraisal Systems: HR Tools for Global Competitiveness,
Response Books, New Delhi, 2007.
 Davinder Sharma, Performance Appraisal and Management, Himalaya Publishing House.
 A.S. Kohli, T.Deb, Performance Management, Oxford University Press.
 Herman Agnuinis, Performance Management, Second edition, Pearson Education.
Industrial Relations
 Davar R S: Personnel Management and Industrial Relations in India
 Mamoria C B: Industrial Relations
 Charles Myeres: Industrial Relations in India
 Arun Monappa: Industrial Relations
 Sharma A M : Industrial Relations
 Ahuja K K : Industrial Relations Theory and Practice
 C.S. Vekata Ratnam : Globalisation and Labour-Management Relations
 Srivastava K D: Laws relating to Trade Unions and Unfair Labour Practice
 A.M.Sarma: A conceptual and legal frame work
 Farnham, David and John Pimlot, Understanding Industrial Relations, London: Cassell
 Ratna Sen, Industrial Relations in India, Shifting Paradigms, Macmillan India Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.
 C.S.Venkata Ratnam, Globalisation and Labour Management Relations, Response Books, 2010.
 Srivastava, Industrial Relations and Labour Laws, Vikas, 6 th edition, 2012.
 P.R.N Sinha, Indu Bala Sinha, Seema Priyardarshini Shekhar. Industrial Relations, Trade Unions and
Labour Legislation.
 Srivastava, S. C. :Industrial Relations and Labour Laws, Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd, New Delhi.
 Sinha, P.R.N., Sinha, Indu Bala and Shekhar, Seema Priyadarshini Industrial Relations, Trade Unions
and Labour Legislation, Pearson Education, New Delhi.
Talent & Competency Management
 Dessler Gary, A Framework for Human Resource Management, Pearson Publication, 7th Edition.
 Dessler Gary, Varkkey Biju, Fundamentals of Human Resource Management, Pearson Publication,14th
Edition Rao VSP, Human Resource Management, Vikas Publishing, New Delhi
 K. Aswathappa – Human Resources and Personnel Management, Tata McGraw Hill
 Robbins SP, Timothy A, Judge & Sanghi Seema, Organizational Behaviour, Pearson Education, New
Delhi,13th edition.
 Lance A Berger, Dorothy R Berger, Talent Management Hand Book, McGraw Hill
 Hasan, M., Singh, A. K., Dhamija, S. (eds.), Talent management in India: Challenges and opportunities,
Atlantic Publication
 Seema Sanghi: The Handbook of Competency Mapping: Understanding, Designing and Implementing
Competency Models in Organizations, Sage Publishing

Reference Books
Reference Books
Stress Management
 Stress management by Susan R. Gregson
 Stress management: Leading to Success By B Hiriyappa
 Strategic Stress Management: An Organizational Approach by V. Sutherland, C. Cooper
 Stress Management: An Integrated Approach to Therapy by Dorothy H.G. Cotton
 Stress Management by A. K. Rai
 Organizational Stress Management: A Strategic Approach By A. Weinberg, V. Sutherland, C. Cooper
 Stress Management by Dr. Nivedita
Logistics and Supply Chain Management
 David Simchi Levi, Philip Kaminshy, Edith Simchi Levi, Designing & Managing the Supply Chain -
Concepts, Strategies and Case Studies Logistics
 Donald Waters, An Introduction to Supply Chain
 Martin Christopher, Logistics & Supply Chain Management - Strategies for Reducing Cost & Improving
Services
 Vinod Sople, Logistic Management - The Supply Chain Imperative
 Donald J Bowersox & David J Closs, Logistic Management - The Integrated Supply Chain Process
 Alan Rushton, Phil Croucher, Peter Baker, The Handbook of Logistics and Distribution Management-
Understanding the Supply Chain
 Donald J. Bowersox & David J Closs, Logistical Management-The Integrated Supply Chain Process,
McGraw Hill Education
 Ronald H Ballou & Samir K Srivastava, Business Logistics/ Supply Chain Management- Pearson
 Donald J Bowersox, David J Closs & M Bixby Cooper, Supply Chain Logistics Management- The McGraw
Hill Companies
Corporate Communication & Public Relations
 Richard R. Dolphin, The Fundamentals of Corporate Communication
 Joep Cornelissen, Corporate Communications: Theory and Practice
 James L.Horton,Integrating Corporate Communication:The Cost Effective Use of Message & Medium
 Sandra Oliver, Handbook of Corporate Communication & Public Relations A Cross-Cultural Approach
 Rosella Gambetti, Stephen Quigley, Managing Corporate Communication
 Joseph Fernandez, Corporate Communications: A 21st Century Primer
 C.B.M. van Riel, Chris Blackburn, Principles of Corporate Communication
 Jaishri Jethwaney, Corporate Communication: Principles and Practice

Programme
Course Structure
Semester VI
No. of
Semester VI Credits
Courses
1,2,3 & 4 **Any four courses from the following list of 12
the courses
2 Core Course (CC)
5 Operation Research 04
3 Ability Enhancement Course (AEC)
6 Project Work 04
Total Credits 20
** List of group of Elective Courses(EC)for Semester VI (Any Four)

Group A: Finance Electives (Any four Courses)
1 International Finance
2 Innovative Financial Services
3 Project Management
4 Strategic Financial Management
5 Financing Rural Development
6 Indirect Taxes
Group B:Marketing Electives (Any four Courses)
1 Brand Management
2 Retail Management
3 International Marketing
4 Media Planning & Management
5 Sports Marketing
6 Marketing of Non Profit Organisation
Group C: Human Resource Electives (Any four Courses)
1 HRM in Global Perspective
2 Organisational Development
3 HRM in Service Sector Management
4 Workforce Diversity
5 Human Resource Accounting & Audit
6 Indian Ethos in Management

(BMS) Programme at Semester VI

1. International Finance
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Fundamentals of International Finance 15
Foreign Exchange Markets, Exchange Rate Determination &
2 15
Currency Derivatives
3 World Financial Markets & Institutions & Risks 15
4 Foreign Exchange Risk, Appraisal & Tax Management 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
The objective of this course is to familiarize the student with the fundamental
1
aspects of various issues associated with International Finance
The course aims to give a comprehensive overview of International Finance as
2
a separate area in International Business
To introduce the basic concepts, functions, process, techniques and create an
3 awareness of the role, functions and functioning of International Finance in
this Globalised Market

SN Modules/ Units
1 Fundamentals of International Finance
a) Introduction to International Finance:
 Meaning/ Importance of International Finance, Scope of International Finance,
Globalization of the World Economy, Goals of International Finance, The
Emerging Challenges in International Finance
b) Balance of Payment:
 Introduction to Balance of Payment, Accounting Principles in Balance of
Payment, Components of Balance of Payments, Balance of Payment Identity
Indian Heritage in Business, Management, Production and Consumption.
c) International Monetary Systems:
 Evolution of International Monetary System , Gold Standard System , Bretton
Woods System, Flexible Exchange Rate Regimes – 1973 to Present, Current
Exchange Rate Arrangements, European Monetary System, Fixed & Flexible
Exchange Rate System
d) An introduction to Exchange Rates:
 Foreign Bank Note Market, Spot Foreign Exchange Market
 Exchange Rate Quotations
 Direct & Indirect Rates
 Cross Currency Rates
 Spread & Spread %
 Factors Affecting Exchange Rates
2 Foreign Exchange Markets, Exchange Rate Determination & Currency Derivatives
a) Foreign Exchange Markets:
 Introduction to Foreign Exchange Markets, Structure of Foreign Exchange
Markets, Types of Transactions & Settlement Date, Exchange Rate Quotations
& Arbitrage, Forward Quotations (Annualized Forward Margin)
b) International Parity Relationships & Foreign Exchange Rate:
 Interest Rate Parity, Purchasing Power Parity & Fishers Parity, Forecasting
Exchange Rates (Efficient Market Approach, Fundamental Approach, Technical
Approach, Performance of the Forecasters), Global Financial Markets & Interest
Rates (Domestic & Offshore Markets, Money Market Instruments)
c) Currency & Interest Rate Futures:
 Introduction to Currency Options (Option on Spot, Futures & Futures Style
Options), Futures Contracts, Markets & the Trading Process, Hedging &
Speculation with Interest Rate Futures, Currency Options in India

SN Modules/ Units
3 World Financial Markets & Institutions & Risks
a) Euro Currency Bond Markets:
 Introduction to Euro Currency Market, Origin of Euro Currency Market, Euro
Bond Market (Deposit, Loan, Notes Market), Types of Euro Bonds, Innovation in
the Euro Bond Markets, Competitive Advantages of Euro Banks, Control &
Regulation of Euro Bond Market
b) International Equity Markets & Investments:
 Introduction to International Equity Market, International Equity Market
Benchmarks, Risk & Return from Foreign Equity Investments, Equity Financing
in the International Markets, Depository Receipts – ADR,GDR,IDR
c) International Foreign Exchange Markets:
 Meaning of International Foreign Exchange Market, FERA v/s FEMA, Scope &
Significance of Foreign Exchange Markets, Role of Forex Manager, FDI v/s FPI,
Role of FEDAI in Foreign Exchange Market
d) International Capital Budgeting:
 Meaning of Capital Budgeting, Capital Budgeting Decisions, Incremental Cash
Flows, Cash Flows at Subsidiary and Parent Company, Repatriation of Profits,
Capital Budgeting Techniques – NPV
4 Foreign Exchange Risk, Appraisal & Tax Management
a) Foreign Exchange Risk Management:
 Introduction to Foreign Exchange Risk Management, Types of Risk, Trade &
Exchange Risk, Portfolio Management in Foreign Assets, Arbitrage &
Speculation
b) International Tax Environment:
 Meaning of International Tax Environment, Objectives of Taxation, Types of
Taxation, Benefits towards Parties doing Business Internationally, Tax Havens,
Tax Liabilities
c) International Project Appraisal:
 Meaning of Project Appraisal, Review of Net Present Value Approach (NPV),
Option Approach to Project Appraisal, Project Appraisal in the International
Context, Practice of Investment Appraisal


2. Innovative Financial Services
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to Traditional Financial Services 15
2 Issue Management and Securitization 15
3 Financial Services and its Mechanism 15
4 Consumer Finance and Credit Rating 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
To familiarize the learners with the fundamental aspects of various issues
1
associated with various Financial Services
To give a comprehensive overview of emerging financial services in the light of
2
globalization
3
awareness of the role, functions and functioning of financial services

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to Traditional Financial Services
a) Financial Services:
 Concept, Objectives/Functions, Characteristics, Financial Service Market,
Financial Service Market Constituents, Growth of Financial Services in India,
Problems in Financial Services Sector, Banking and Non-Banking Companies,
Regulatory Framework
b) Factoring and Forfaiting:
 Introduction, Types of Factoring, Theoretical Framework, Factoring Cost,
Advantages and Disadvantages of Factoring, Factoring in India, Factoring v/s
Forfaiting, Working of Forfaiting, Benefits and Drawbacks of Forfaiting,
Practical Problems.
c) Bill Discounting:
 Introduction, Framework, Bill Market Schemes, Factoring V/s Bill Discounting in
Receivable Management.
2 Issue Management and Securitization
a) Issue Management and Intermediaries:
 Introduction, Merchant Bankers/ Lead Managers, Underwriters, Bankers to an
Issue, Brokers to an Issue
b) Stock Broking:
 Introduction, Stock Brokers, SubBrokers, Foreign Brokers, Trading and
Clearing/Self Clearing Members, Stock Trading ( Cash and Normal) Derivative
Trading
c) Securitization:
 Definition, Securitization v/s Factoring, Features of Securitization, Pass Through
Certificates, Securitization Mechanism, Special Purpose Vehicle, Securitisable
Assets, Benefits of Securitization, New Guidelines on Securitization
3 Financial Services and its Mechanism
a) Lease and Hire-Purchase:
 Meaning, Types of Lease - Finance Lease, Operating Lease, Advantages and
Disadvantages of Leasing, Leasing in India, Legal Aspects of Leasing.
 Definition of Hire Purchase, Hire Purchase and Installment Sale Characteristics,
Hire Purchase and Leasing, Advantages of Hire Purchase, Problems of Hire
Purchase.
b) Housing Finance:
 Introduction, Housing Finance Industry, Housing Finance Policy Aspect, Sources
of Funds, Market of Housing Finance, Housing Finance in India- Major Issues,
Housing Finance in India – Growth Factors, Housing Finance Institutions in
India, National Housing Bank (NHB), Guidelines for Asset Liability Management
System in HFC, Fair Trade Practice Code for HFC’s, Housing Finance Agencies

SN Modules/ Units
c) Venture Capital:
Introduction, Features of Venture Capital, Types of Venture Capital Financing Stages,
Disinvestment mechanisms, Venture Capital Investment process, Indian Scenario
4 Consumer Finance and Credit Rating
a) Consumer Finance:
 Introduction, Sources, Types of Products, Consumer Finance Practice in India,
Mechanics of Consumer Finance, Terms, Pricing, Marketing and Insurance of
Consumer Finance, Consumer Credit Scoring, Case for and against Consumer
Finance
b) Plastic Money:
 Growth of Plastic Money Services in India, Types of Plastic Cards- Credit card-
Debit Card- Smart card- Add-on Cards, Performance of Credit Cards and Debit
Cards, Benefits of Credit Cards, Dangers of Debit Cards, Prevention of Frauds
and Misuse, Consumer Protection. Indian Scenario.
 Smart Cards- Features, Types, Security Features and Financial Applications
c) Credit Rating:
 Meaning, Origin, Features, Advantages of Rating, Regulatory Framework, Credit
Rating Agencies, Credit Rating Process, Credit Rating Symbols. Credit Rating
Agencies in India, Limitations of Rating


3. Project Management
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to Project Management & Project Initiation 15
2 Analyzing Project Feasibility 15
3 Budgeting, Cost & Risk Estimation in Project Management 15
4 New Dimensions in Project Management 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
The objective of this course is to familiarize the learners with the fundamental
1
aspects of various issues associated with Project Management
To give a comprehensive overview of Project Management as a separate area
2
of Management
3
awareness of the role, functions and functioning of Project Management

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to Project Management & Project Initiation
a) Introduction to Project Management:
 Meaning/Definition of Project & Project Management, Classification of
Projects, Why Project Management, Characteristics/Importance of Project
Management, Need for Project Management (Objectives), History of Project
Management
b) Organizational Structure (Project Organization):
 Meaning/Definition of Organizational Structure, Organizational Work Flow,
Developing Work Integration Positions, Types of Organizational Structure,
Forms of Organization, Strategic Business Units (SBU) in Project Management.
c) Project Initiation:
 Project Selection-Meaning of Project Selection, Importance of Project
Selection, Criteria for Project Selection ( Models), Types of Project Selection,
Understanding Risk & Uncertainty in Project Selection
 Project Manager-Meaning of Project Manager, Role of Project Manager,
Importance of Project Manager, Role of Consultants in Project Management,
Selecting Criteria for Project Manager
 Project Planning-Importance of Project Planning, Functions of Project Planning,
System Integration, Project Management Life Cycle, Conflicts & Negotiation
Handling in Project Management, Planning Cycle & Master Production
Scheduling
2 Analyzing Project Feasibility
a) Project Feasibility Analysis:
 Meaning/Definition of Project Feasibility, Importance of Project Feasibility,
Scope of Project Feasibility
 Types of Project Feasibility- Market Feasibility, Technical Feasibility, Financial
Feasibility, Economic Viability, Operational Feasibility
 SWOT Analysis ( Environment Impact Assessment, Social Cost Benefit Analysis)
b) Market Analysis:
 Meaning of Market Analysis, Demand Forecasting, Product Mix Analysis,
Customer Requirement Analysis
c) Technical Analysis:
 Meaning of Technical Analysis, Use of Various Informational Tools for
Analyzing, Advancement in the Era of E- Commerce in Project Management
d) Operational Analysis:
 Meaning of Operation Management, Importance of Operation Management,
Operation Strategy - Levels of Decisions, Production Planning & Control,
Material Management - Work Study & Method Study, Lean Operations

SN Modules/ Units
3 Budgeting, Cost & Risk Estimation in Project Management
a) Funds Estimation in Project:
 Means of Financing, Types of Financing, Sources of Finance, Government
Assistance towards Project Management for Start ups, Cost Control (Operating
Cycle, Budgets & Allocations), Determining Financial Needs for Projects, Impact
of Leveraging on Cost of Finance
b) Risk Management in Projects:
 What is Risk, Types of Risk in Projects, Risk Management Process, Risk Analysis
& Identification, Impact of Risk Handling Measures, Work break Down
Structure, New Venture Valuation (Asset Based, Earnings Based, Discounted
Cash flow Models)
c) Cost Benefit Analysis in Projects
 Introduction to Cost Benefit Analysis, Efficient Investment Analysis, Cash - Flow
Projections, Financial Criteria for Capital Allocation, Strategic Investment
Decisions
4 New Dimensions in Project Management
a) Modern Development in Project Management:
 Introduction to Modern Development in Project Management, Project
Management Maturity Model (PMMM), Continuous Improvement, Developing
Effective Procedural Documentation, Capacity Planning
b) Project Monitoring & Controlling:
 Introduction to Project Monitoring & Controlling, The Planning – Monitoring-
Controlling Cycle, Computerized Project Management Information System
(PMIS), Balance in Control System in Project Management, Project Auditing –
Life Cycle
c) Project Termination & Solving Project Management Problems:
 Meaning of Project Termination, Reasons for Termination of Projects, Process
for Terminating Projects, Strategy/ Ways to Solve Project Management
Problems, Project Review & Administrative Aspects, Execution Tools for Closing
of Projects


4. Strategic Financial Management
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Dividend Decision and XBRL 15
2 Capital Budgeting and Capital Rationing 15

Shareholder Value and Corporate Governance/ Corporate
3 15
Restructuring
Financial Management in Banking Sector and Working Capital
4 15
Financing
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
To match the needs of current market scenario and upgrade the learner’s
1
skills and knowledge for long term sustainability
Changing scenario in Banking Sector and the inclination of learners towards
2 choosing banking as a career option has made study of financial management
in banking sector inevitable
To acquaint learners with contemporary issues related to financial
3
management

SN Modules/ Units
1 Dividend Decision and XBRL
a) Dividend Decision:
 Meaning and Forms of Dividend, Dividend-Modigliani and Miller’s Approach,
Walter Model, Gordon Model, Factors determining Dividend Policy, Types of
Dividend Policy
b) XBRL:
 Introduction, Advantages and Disadvantages, Features and Users
2 Capital Budgeting and Capital Rationing
a) Capital Budgeting:
 Risk and Uncertainty in Capital Budgeting, Risk Adjusted Cut off Rate, Certainty
Equivalent Method, Sensitivity Technique, Probability Technique, Standard
Deviation Method, Co-efficient of Variation Method, Decision Tree Analysis,
Construction of Decision Tree.
b) Capital Rationing:
 Meaning, Advantages, Disadvantages, Practical Problems
3 Shareholder Value and Corporate Governance/Corporate Restructuring
a) Shareholder Value and Corporate Governance:
 Financial Goals and Strategy, Shareholder Value Creation: EVA and MVA
Approach, Theories of Corporate Governance, Practices of Corporate
Governance in India
b) Corporate Restructuring:
 Meaning, Types, Limitations of Merger, Amalgamation, Acquisition, Takeover,
Determination of Firm’s Value, Effect of Merger on EPS and MPS, Pre Merger
and Post Merger Impact.
4 Financial Management in Banking Sector and Working Capital Financing
a) Financial Management in Banking Sector:
 An Introduction, Classification of Investments, NPA & their Provisioning,
Classes of Advances, Capital Adequacy Norms, Rebate on Bill Discounting,
Treatment of Interest on Advances
b) Working Capital Financing:
 Maximum Permissible Bank Finance (Tandon Committee), Cost of issuing
Commercial Paper and Trade Credit, Matching Approach, Aggressive
Approach, Conservative Approach


5. Financing Rural Development
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Rural Banking 10
2 Micro Finance 15
3 MSME Finance 10
4 Final Accounts of the Banking Companies 15
5 Risk Management in Rural Finance 10
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
01 To acquaint the learners with the concept of rural banking
02 To give an overview of micro finance and MSME finance
03 To study the provisions of final accounts of the Banking Companies
04 To understand risk management in rural finance

1 Rural Banking
Rural India – Demographic Features, Characteristics of Rural Society, Economic Features,
Infrastructure in Rural Areas, Agriculture Economy, Rural Issues and Rural Development
Policies, Sources and Pattern of agriculture in India, Trends in Agricultural Finance.
Institutional Framework – Regulation of Rural Financial Services, Rural Credit Institutions,
Financing Agriculture/ Allied Activities, Financing Rural Non Farm Sector, Priority Sector
Lending, Rural Housing and Education Loans.
Rural Banking – Financial Needs of the Poor, Role of Rural Banking, Transaction Costs, Risk
Costs, Financing Poor as Bankable Opportunities Micro Credit and Self Help Groups.
2 Micro Finance
Introduction – Emergence of Microfinance, Definition, Meaning and Scope, Importance and
Assumptions. Lessons from International Experience.
Models – Models of Microfinance across the world, Portfolio Securitization, SHG-2, National
Rural Livelihood Mission, Impact of Microfinance, Impact Assessment and Monitoring,
Microfinance and Poverty Assessment Tools.
Financial Products and Services – Objectives, Introduction, The role of MFI – Minimalist V/s
Integrated, Financial services/ products, Non – Financial Services, Designing Microfinance
Models, Liquidity Management, The Revenue Model of an MFI, Cost, Volume and Profit
Analysis, Measuring Operating Efficiency and Productivity in MFI’s, Factors affecting Operating
Expenses, Operating Efficiency.
3 MSME Finance
Institutional Framework – Central Government, NIMSME, Indian Institute of Entrepreneurship
Guwahati, NIESBUD, NSIC, Organizations under the control of State Government, SIDBI,
CGTMSE, SMERA, SSI Association in India, Changing Role of MSME Associations , Policy
Orientation & Resource Allocation.
Financing Options & Modes – Financing MSME, Why lend to MSME Sector, Debt Finance,
Equity Finance, Options for Financing MSME’s, Financial Products and their Access, Existing
MSME Loan Products and their Nature, Common Guidelines for lending to MSME Sector,
Factoring, Credit Process, Credit Assessment, Costs and Risks specific to MSME Lending, Risk
Rating, Monitoring and Review of Lending.
4 Final Accounts of the Banking Companies
Legal Provision in Banking Regulation Act, 1949 relating to Accounts. Statutory reserves
including Cash Reserve and Statutory Liquidity Ratio. Bill purchase and discounted, Rebate of
Bill Discounted.
Non – performing assets and Income from non – performing assets, Classification of Advances,
standard, sub – standard, doubtful and provisioning requirement.
5 Risk Management in Rural Finance
An Introduction –Objectives, Introduction , Types of risks for MFI’s, Risk Management
Framework for MFI’s Indicators of Credit Risk, Portfolio at Risk (PAR), Causes of high Credit
Risk , Impact of Delinquencies, Managing Credit Risk, Transaction Risk, Process, System &
Technology, Relationship and Portfolio Risk. Cash Planning and Co-ordination between
Operation Manager and Finance Manager. Compliance to State Acts, Revised Guidelines on
Priority Sector, Compliance to RBI Guidelines on NBFC – MFI’s, Self Regulation.


6.Indirect Taxes
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Indirect Taxation and GST 10
3 Registration and Computation of GST 20
4 Filing of Returns 10
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
01 To understand the basics of GST
02 To study the registration and computation of GST
03 To acquaint the students with filing of returns in GST

A. Basics for Taxation - Direct Taxes and Indirect Taxes – Difference, Advantages and
Disadvantages, Sources and Authority of Taxes in India (Art 246 of the Indian Constitution)
B. Introduction to GST – Genesis of GST in India, Power to tax GST (Constitutional
Provisions), Extent and Commencement, Meaning and Definition of GST, Benefits of GST,
Conceptual Framework – CGST, IGST,SGST,UTGST, Imports of goods or services or both,
Export of goods or services or both, Taxes subsumed and not subsumed under GST.
C. Definitions – Goods ( 2(52) of CGST Act ), Services ( 2(102) of CGST Act ), Money ( 2(75) of
CGST Act ), Securities ( 2(101) of SCRA Act,1956), India( 2(56) of CGST Act ), Persons ( 2(84)
of CGST Act ),Taxable Person ( 2(107) of CGST Act ), Business ( 2(17) of CGST Act),
Consideration( 2(31) of CGST Act ), E- Commerce Operator ( 2(45) of CGST Act ),
Supplier(2(105) of CGST Act ),Recipient( 2(93) of CGST Act )
D. Levy and Collection of GST – Levy and Collection of CGST, IGST, SGST,UTGST (Sec 9 of
CGST Act), Composition Scheme under GST (Sec 10 of CGST Act), Power to Grant
Exemption (Sec 11 of CGST Act)GST Rate Schedule for Goods and Services.
2 Concept of Supply
A. Taxable Event Supply– Meaning and Scope of Supply (Section 7 Subsection 1, 2 and 3 of
Act) Schedule I, Schedule II, Schedule III, Composite and Mixed Supplies (Sec 8 of CGST
Act)
B. Place of Supply – Location of Supplier of Goods and Services, Place of Supply of Goods
(Sec 10, 11,12 and 13 of IGST Act), Special Provision for Payment of Tax by a Supplier of
Online Information Database Access Retrieval.
C. Time of Supply- Time of Supply (Sec 31 of CGST Act), Issue of Invoice by the Supplier (Sec
31 (1) and Sec 31(2)of CGST Act), Continuous Supply of Goods and Services, Goods Sent on
Approval (Sec 31(7) of CGST Act )
D. Value of Supply – Determination of Value of Supply (Sec 15 of CGST Act and CGST Rules
2017), Input Tax Credit (Sec 2(62) of CGST Act) Capital Goods (Sec 2(19) of CGST Act), Input
Sec 2(59) of CGST Act), Input Service (Sec 2(60) of CGST Act). Eligibility and Conditions for
taking Input Tax Credit (Sec 16 of CGST Act)
3 Registration and Computation of GST
A. Registration – Persons liable for Registration (Sec 22 of the Act), Persons not liable for
Registration, Procedure for Registration (Sec 25 of the Act), Deemed Registration(Sec 26 of
the Act), Special Provisions (Sec 27 of the Act), Amendment, Cancellation and Revocation
of Registration(Sec 28,Sec29and Sec 31 of the Act)
B. Computation of GST – Computation of GST under Inter State and Intra State Supplies.
C. Payment of Tax- Payment of Tax, Interest and other Amounts(Sec 49 of the Act), Interest
on delayed Payment (Sec 50 of the Act), TDS (Sec 51 of the Act), TCS (Sec 52 of the Act)
4 Filing of Returns
A. Documentation- Tax Invoices (Sec 31 and 32 of the Act), Credit and Debit notes(Sec 34 of
the Act), Electronic Way Bill
B. Returns –Types of Returns and Provisions relating to filing of Returns (Sec 37 to Sec 48 of
the Act)


1. Brand Management
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to Brand Management 15
2 Planning and Implementing Brand Marketing Programs 15
3 Measuring and Interpreting Brand Performance 15
4 Growing and Sustaining Brand Equity 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 To understand the meaning and significance of Brand Management
2 To Know how to build, sustain and grow brands
3 To know the various sources of brand equity

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to Brand Management
a) Introduction to Brand Management:
 Meaning of Brand, Branding, Brand Management, Importance of Branding to
Consumers, Firms, Brands v/s Products, Scope of Branding, Branding
Challenges and Opportunities, Strategic Brand Management Process, Customer
Based Brand Equity model (CBBE), Sources of Brand Equity, Steps of Brand
Building including Brand Building Blocks, Brand Positioning: Meaning,
Importance, Basis
2 Planning and Implementing Brand Marketing Programs
a) Planning and Implementing Brand Marketing Programs:
 Brand Elements: Meaning, Criteria for choosing Brand Elements, Types of
Brand Elements
 Integrating Marketing Programs and Activities
 Personalising Marketing: Experiential Marketing, One to One Marketing,
Permission Marketing
 Product Strategy: Perceived Quality and Relationship Marketing
 Pricing Strategy: Setting Prices to Build Brand Equity
 Channel Strategy: Direct, Indirect Channels
 Promotion Strategy: Developing Integrated Marketing Communication
Programs
 Leveraging Secondary Brand Associations to Build Brand Equity: Companies,
Countries, Channel of Distribution, Co-branding, Characters, Events.
3 Measuring and Interpreting Brand Performance
a) The Brand Value Chain
b) Measuring Sources of Brand Equity:
 Qualitative Research Techniques: Projective Techniques: Completion,
Comparison, Brand Personality and Values: The Big Five, Free Association
 Quantitative Research Techniques: Brand Awareness: Recognition, Recall,
Brand Image, Brand Responses
c) Young and Rubicam’s Brand Asset Valuator
d) Measuring Outcomes of Brand Equity
 Comparative Methods: Brand based Comparative Approaches, Marketing
Based Comparative Approaches, Conjoint Analysis
 Holistic Methods: Residual Approaches, Valuation Approaches: Historical
Perspectives and Interbrand’s Brand Valuation Methodology

4 Growing and Sustaining Brand Equity
a) Designing & Implementing Branding Strategies:
 Brand Architecture: Meaning of Brand Architecture, The Brand-Product Matri,
Breadth of a Branding Strategy, Depth of a Branding Strategy
 Brand Hierarchy: Meaning of Brand Hierarchy, Building Equity at Different
Hierarchy Levels
 Cause Marketing to Build Brand Equity: Meaning of Cause Marketing,
Advantages, Green Marketing
b) Brand Extensions:
 Meaning, Advantages, Disadvantages, Brand Extension and Brand Equity
c) Managing Brands over Time:
 Reinforcing Brands, Revatilising Brands
d) Building Global Customer Based Brand Equity


2. Retail Management
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Retail Management- An overview 15
2 Retail Consumer and Retail Strategy 15
3 Merchandise Management and Pricing 15
4 Managing and Sustaining Retail 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 To familiarize the students with retail management concepts and operations
2 To provide understanding of retail management and types of retailers

To develop an understanding of retail management terminology including
3
merchandize management, store management and retail strategy.
4 To acquaint the students with legal and ethical aspects of retail management
5 To create awareness about emerging trends in retail management

SN Modules/ Units
1 Retail Management- An overview
a) Retail Management:
 Introduction and Meaning, Significance, Factors Influencing Retail
Management, Scope of Retail Management
b) Retail Formats:
 Concept of Organized Retailing: Factors Responsible for the Growth of
Organized Retail in India, Multichannel Retailing: Meaning and Types, E-tailing:
Meaning, Advantages and Limitations
c) Emerging Trends in Retailing
 Impact of Globalization on Retailing
 I.T in Retail: Importance, Advantages and Limitations, Applications of I.T. in
Retail: EDI, Bar Coding, RFID Tags, Electronic Surveillance, Electronic Shelf
Labels
 FDI in Retailing: Meaning, Need for FDI in Indian Retail Scenario
 Franchising: Meaning, Types, Advantages and Limitations, Franchising in India
 Green Retailing
 Airport Retailing
2 Retail Consumer and Retail Strategy
a) Retail Consumer/Shopper:
 Meaning of Retail Shopper, Factors Influencing Retail Shoppers, Changing
Profile of Retail Shoppers, Market Research as a Tool for Understanding Retail
Markets and Shoppers
b) CRM in Retail:
 Meaning, Objectives
 Customer Retention Approaches: Frequent Shopper Programme, Special
Customer Services, Personalization, Community
c) Retail Strategy:
 Meaning, Steps in Developing Retail Strategy, Retail Value Chain
d) Store Location Selection:
• Meaning, Types of Retail Locations, Factors Influencing Store Location
e) HRM in Retail:
 Meaning, Significance, Functions
 Organization Structure in Retail: Meaning, Factors Influencing Designing
Organization Structure, Organization Structure for Small Stores/Single
Stores/Independent Retailers and Retail Store Chain/Department Store

SN Modules/ Units
3 Merchandise Management and Pricing
a) Merchandise Management
 Concept, Types of Merchandise, Principles of Merchandising, Merchandise
Planning- Meaning and Process, Merchandise Category – Meaning, Importance,
Components, Role of Category Captain, Merchandise Procurement/Sourcing-
Meaning, Process, Sources for Merchandise
b) Buying Function:
 Meaning, Buying Cycle, Factors Affecting Buying Functions, Functions of Buying
for Different Types of Organizations Young and Rubicam’s Brand Asset
Valuator- Independent Store, Retail Chain, Non-store Retailer
c) Concept of Lifestyle Merchandising
d) Private Label
 Meaning, Need and Importance, Private Labels in India
e) Retail Pricing
 Meaning, Considerations in Setting Retail Pricing
 Pricing Strategies:
High/ Low Pricing: Meaning, Benefits, Everyday Low Pricing: Meaning, Benefits,
Market Skimming, Market Penetration, Leader Pricing, Odd Pricing, Single
Pricing, Multiple Pricing, Anchor Pricing
 Variable Pricing and Price Discrimination- Meaning
Types:
 Individualized Variable Pricing/First Degree Price
 Self-Selected Variable Pricing/ Second Degree Price Discrimination-
Clearance and Promotional Markdowns, Coupons, Price Bundling, Multiple –
Unit Pricing
 Variable Pricing by Market Segment/ Third Degree Price Discrimination
4 Managing and Sustaining Retail
a) Retail Store Operations:
 Meaning, Responsibilities of Store Manager, The 5 S’s of Retail Operations
(Systems, Standards, Stock, Space, Staff)
b) Store Design and Layout:
 Store Design- Meaning, Objectives, Principles, Elements of Exterior and Interior
Store Design, Store Atmospherics and Aesthetics
 Store Layout- Meaning, Types: Grid, Racetrack, Free Form
 Signage and Graphics: Meaning, Significance, Concept of Digital Signage
 Feature Areas: Meaning, Types: Windows, Entrances, Freestanding Displays,
End Caps, Promotional Aisles, Walls, Dressing Rooms, Cash Wraps

SN Modules/ Units
c) Visual Merchandising and Display:
 Visual Merchandising- Meaning, Significance, Tools Used for Visual
Merchandising
 The Concept of Planogram
 Display- Meaning, Methods of Display, Errors in Creating Display
d) Mall Management
 Meaning and Components: Positioning, Zoning, Promotion and Marketing,
Facility Management, Finance Management
e) Legal and Ethical Aspects of Retailing
 Licenses/Permissions Required to Start Retail Store in India
 Ethical Issues in Retailing
Career Options in Retailing


3. International Marketing
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to International Marketing & Trade 15
2 International Marketing Environment and Marketing Research 15
3 International Marketing Mix 15
4 Developments in International Marketing 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 To understand International Marketing, its Advantages and Challenges.

To provide an insight on the dynamics of International Marketing
2
Environment.
To understand the relevance of International Marketing Mix decisions and
3
recent developments in Global Market

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to International Marketing & Trade
a) Introduction of International Marketing:
 Meaning, Features of International Marketing, Need and Drivers of
International Marketing, Process of International Marketing, Phases of
International Marketing, Benefits of International Marketing, Challenges of
International Marketing, Difference between Domestic and International
Marketing, Different Orientations of International Marketing : EPRG
Framework, Entering International Markets :Exporting, Licensing, Franchising,
Mergers and Acquisition, Joint Ventures, Strategic Alliance, Wholly Owned
Subsidiaries, Contract Manufacturing and Turnkey Projects, Concept of
Globalization
b) Introduction to International Trade:
 Concept of International Trade, Barriers to Trade: Tariff and Non Tariff, Trading
Blocs : SAARC, ASEAN, NAFTA, EU, OPEC
2 International Marketing Environment and Marketing Research
a) International Marketing Environment:
 Economic Environment : International Economic Institution (World Bank, IMF,
IFC) ,International Economic Integration (Free Trade Agreement, Customs
Union, Common Market, Economic Union)
 Political and Legal Environment: Political System (Democracy, Authoritarianism,
Communism), Political Risk, Political Instability, Political Intervention. Legal
Systems (Common Law, Civil Law, Theocratic Law), Legal Differences, Anti
Dumping Law and Import License.
 Cultural Environment : Concept , Elements of Culture (Language, Religion,
Values and Attitude , Manners and Customs, Aesthetics and Education) ,
HOFSTEDE’s Six Dimension of Culture , Cultural Values ( Individualism v/s
Collectivism)
b) Marketing Research:
 Introduction, Need for Conducting International Marketing Research,
International Marketing Research Process, Scope of International Marketing
Research, IT in Marketing Research
3 International Marketing Mix
a) International Product Decision
 International Product Line Decisions, Product Standardization v/s Adaptation
Argument, International Product Life Cycle, Role of Packaging and Labelling in
International Markets, Branding Decisions in International Markets,
International Market Segmentation and Targeting, International Product
Positioning

SN Modules/ Units
b) International Pricing Decision:
 Concept of International Pricing, Objectives of International Pricing, Factors
Affecting International Pricing
 International Pricing Methods: Cost Based, Demand Based, Competition Based ,
Value Pricing, Target Return Pricing and Going Rate Pricing
 International Pricing Strategies : Skimming Pricing, Penetration Pricing ,
Predatory Pricing
 International Pricing Issues : Gray Market , Counter Trade, Dumping, Transfer
Pricing
c) International Distribution Decisions
 Concept of International Distribution Channels, Types of International
Distribution Channels, Factors Influencing Selection of International
Distribution Channel
d) International Promotion Decisions
 Concept of International Promotion Decision
 Planning International Promotional Campaigns: Steps - Determine the Target
Audience, Determine Specific Campaigns, Determine Budget, Determine
Message, Determine Campaign Approach and Determine Campaign
Effectiveness
 Standardization V/S Adaptation of International Promotional Strategies
 International Promotional Tools/Elements
4 Developments in International Marketing
a) Introduction -Developing International Marketing Plan:
 Preparing International Marketing Plan, Examining International Organisational
Design, Controlling International Marketing Operations, Devising International
Marketing Plan
b) International strategies:
 Need for International Strategies, Types of International Strategies
c) International Marketing of Services
 Concept of International Service Marketing, Features of International Service
Marketing, Need of International Service Marketing, Drivers of Global Service
Marketing, Advantages and Disadvantages of Global Service Marketing, Service
Culture


4. Media Planning and Management
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Overview of Media and Media Planning 15
2 Media Mix & Media Strategy 15
3 Media Budgeting, Buying & Scheduling 15
4 Media Measurement, Evaluation 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
To understand Media Planning, Strategy and Management with reference to
1
current business scenario.
To know the basic characteristics of all media to ensure most effective use of
2
advertising budget.
To provide an insight on Media Planning, Budgeting, Scheduling and
3
Evaluating the Different Media Buys.

SN Modules/ Units
1 Overview of Media and Media Planning
a) Overview of Media and Media Planning:
 Meaning of Media & Features of Media, Meaning of Media Planning , Scope of
Media planning , Media Planning Elements, Role of Media in Business, Media
Planning Process, Impact of Marketing Objectives on Media Planning, Factors
Influencing Media Planning Decisions, Role and Importance of Media in
Consumer Buying Decision, Role of Media Planner, Challenges of Media
Planning, Organization Structure of Media Company, Regulatory Framework
and Legal Aspects in Media Planning
b) Media Research:
 Meaning, Role and Importance
 Sources of Media Research : Audit Bureau of Circulation, Press Audits, National
Readership Survey/IRS, Businessmen’s Readership Survey, TRP, National
Television Study, ADMAR Satellite Cable Network Study, Reach and Coverage
Study, ClB Listenership Survey
2 Media Mix and Media Strategy
a) Media Mix:
 Meaning, Need for Media Mix, Identifying Audience for Mass Media , Factors
Affecting Media Mix Decision, Types of Media Mix Decisions: Broad Media
Classes, Media Vehicles, Media Units, Deciding Ideal Media Mix
b) Media Choices:
 Print Meaning- Factors Affecting Selection of Print Media Decisions , Types of
Print Media, Advantages and Limitations
 Television- Meaning, Factors Affecting Selection of Television Media Decisions,
Advantages and Limitations
 Radio- Meaning, Factors Affecting Selection of Radio Media Decision,
Advantages and Limitations
 Out of Home (OOH)- Meaning, Types of OOH, Factors Affecting OOH Planning
Decision, Advantages and Limitations
c) Emerging Media:
 Online, Mobile, Gaming, In flight, In Store, Interactive Media
d) Media Strategy:
 Meaning, Need for Media Strategy, Situation Analysis for Media Strategy and
its Components
 Steps in Formulating Media Strategies: Defining the Target Group, Market
Prioritization, Media Weights, Media Mix, Media Scheduling.

SN Modules/ Units
3 Media Budgeting, Buying & Scheduling
a) Media Budget
 Meaning
 Factors to be considered while Framing a Budget: Advertising Task, Competitive
Framework, Market Dominance, Market Coverage, Media Cost, Market Task,
Pricing ,Frequency of Purchase
 Importance of Media Budget.
 Methods of Setting Media Budget - Status Quo, Inflation Adjusted, Advertising
Sales, Case Rate & Advertising Margin Method, Share of Market, Yardstick
Method, Effective Frequency & Reach Method & Margin Analysis ROI Based
Approach, Experimental Approach, Break Even Planning.
b) Media Buying:
 Meaning, Role of Media Buyer, Objectives of Media Buying,
 Buying Process: Buying Brief, Environmental Analysis, Science and Art of
Buying, Benchmarking Buying Plan Presentation Deal Management and Post
Buy
 Buying brief: Concept & Elements of Buying Brief, Art of Media Buying –
Negotiation in Media Buying, Plan Presentation and Client Feedback
 Criteria in Media Buying
c) Media Scheduling
 Meaning, Importance
 Factors Affecting Scheduling: Sales Pattern, Purchase Cycle, Product
Availability, Competitive Activity, Marketing Task, Budget Constraints, Target
Group.
 Scheduling Patterns – Continuity, Flighting, Pulsing
 Scheduling Strategies for Creating Impact: Road Block , Day or Day part
 Emphasis, Multiple Spotting, Teasers

SN Modules/ Units
4 Developments in International Marketing
a) Media Measurement:
 Basic Metrics: Reach, Cumulative/Frequency Reach, Discrete & Cumulative
distribution, Average Opportunity to See (AOTS), Effective frequency/Reach
 Television Metrics: Dairy v/s Peoplemeter,TRP,/TVR, Program Reach & Time
Spent, Stickiness Index, Ad Viewership
 Radio Metrics: Arbitron Radio Rating
 Print Metrics: Circulation, Average Issue Readership (AIR), Total or Claimed
Reader, Sole or Solus reader.
 OOH Metrics: Traffic Audit Bureau (TAB)
b) Benchmarking Metrics:
 Share, Profile, and Selectivity Index
c) Plan Metrics:
 Gross Rating Points (GRP), Gross Impressions (GI), Share of Voice (SOV).
d) Evaluating Media Buys
 Evaluating Television Media Buying: Dysfunctional Card Rate, Secondary and
Effective Rate, Deal Composition, Cost Per Rating Point(CPRP), Reach Delivered
by the Buy, Visibility Spots, Bonus Percentage, Upgrades and Spot Fixing,
Sponsorships
 Evaluating Print Media Buying: Discount on Rate Card, Negotiated Rate, Cost
Per Thousand (CPT), Market Share Incentives, Readership v/s Circulation Track,
Growth Incentives, Combination Rate Incentives, Full Page Discounts and Size
Upgrades, Discount for Colour Ads, Date Flexibility Incentives, Positioning,
Innovations.
 Evaluating Other Media Buys: Radio Buys, Outdoor Buys, Cinema Buys,
Internet Buys, and Mobile Buys


5. Sports Marketing
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Sports Marketing: Introduction, Environment & Research 15
2 The Sports Product, Pricing Strategies & Sponsorship 15
3 Promotion & Distribution Strategies in Sports Marketing 15
4 Legal aspects & Marketing of Major Sport Events 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
To equip the learner with an understanding of the business of sports
01
marketing
To help the learner understand environmental factors influencing sports
02
marketing
To help the learner understand components of marketing mix in the context
03
of sports marketing
04 To understand legal aspects in sports marketing & franchising agreements

1 Sports Marketing: Introduction, Environment & Research
Introduction to sports marketing: Sports marketing definition & characteristics,
marketing myopia in sports, distinctive features of sports marketing, Model of
sports Industry, Implementation of sports marketing programme
Environment & Research in Sports Marketing: Environmental factors, individual
factors, decision making for sports involvement, role of research in sports
marketing: types of primary market research, common problems in sports
marketing research
2 The sports Product, Pricing Strategies & Sponsorship
The sports products: Core & extensions, key issues in sports products strategy,
managing sports brands, brand equity: benefits & development, Sales: Definition,
sales approaches used in sports, selling sports to the community
Pricing strategies: The basics of pricing, core issues, factors affecting pricing
Sponsorship: Definition, growth of sponsorship, evaluating and ensuring
sponsorship effectiveness, selling the sponsorship, ethical issues in selling the
sponsorships
3 Promotion & Distribution Strategies in Sports Marketing
Promotional strategies: Promotional concepts & practice, components of
promotion mix for sports marketing: Sales promotion, sponsorship, public
relation, digital marketing & advertising.
Media options in sports marketing,
Distribution strategies: Placing core products & their extensions, the facility:
marketing channels, the product-place matrix
4 Legal Aspects & Marketing of major Sport Events
Cross impact among the 5Ps of sports marketing mix
Legal aspects of sports marketing: Endorsement agreement, Player agreement,
Franchise agreement & Sponsorship agreement
Marketing of major sport events: Olympic Games, Commonwealth Games, ICC
Cricket World Cup, Indian Premier League, FIFA Football World Cup, Wimbledon
tennis tournament


6. Marketing of Non-Profit Organisation
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to Non-profit Organization 15
Segmenting Targeting Positioning, Product mix & Pricing mix in

2 15
Non-profit organizations
Promotion mix, Place mix of non-profit organizations &
3 15
advocacy of non-profit organizations
Corporate Social Responsibility, innovations & Ethics in non-
4 15
profit organizations
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
This course introduces students to the challenges of marketing in the non-
01
profit sector.
To understand the role and application of marketing to promote social change
02 and to achieve social goals for non-profits organizations including social and
cause related marketing, fundraising
To apply marketing in a diverse range of non-profit environments including
03 charities, social programs and ideas, health, education, arts, as well as goods
and services
To understand the advocacy v/s lobbying and the concept of CSR and the
04
policy framework of CSR under the Companies Act of 2013

1 Introduction to Non-profit Organization
a) Non-profit organization: Meaning of Non-Profit Organization, Features of non-profit
organization, Characteristics of Non Profit marketing, Stakeholders in non-profit
organization, Types of non-profit organization: Charities, newly emerging social
enterprise sector, public sector, political parties and campaign organizations,
classification of non-profit organizations, Social need: concept, social need as a basis for
developing sustainable business model for a non-profit organization.
b) Fundraising: meaning, common techniques to solicit funds, fund raising loyalty
ladder, marketing and communication for fundraising
Segmenting Targeting Positioning, Product mix & Pricing mix in Non-profit
2
organizations
a) Segmentation, Targeting & Positioning of non-profit organizations: Strategic
Marketing for Non-Profit Organization, Steps in Strategic Marketing of non-profit
organization, Market Segmentation, Targeting & Positioning in non-profit organization
b) Product mix & Pricing mix in non-profit organization: Budgeting, cost effective
marketing mix, Cost Management, Product or offer in non-profit organization, level of
offer in non-profit organization, Pricing Objectives in non-profit organizations, Pricing
Strategies in non-profit organizations
Promotion mix, Place mix of non-profit organizations & advocacy of non-profit
3
organizations
a) Promotion Mix: Promotion of non-profit Organizations: Marketing Communication
Strategies, Integrated Marketing Communication in nonprofit organizations, Image &
reputation, Marketing Communication process, Marketing communication process,
Role of Audience, message and vehicle in non-profit organization communication.
Significance of place in non-profit organizations, Challenges for non-profit
organizations in rural areas.
b) Advocacy & Fund Raising in non-profit organization: Meaning, steps in building
support for advocacy, advocacy tactics: lobbying, Coalition Building, outreach to
media, educating policy makers on issues, educating public on policy issue, building
relationship with policy maker. Distinctive characteristics of advocacy groups, Steps
in crafting an advocacy plan, steps in engaging policy makers for lobbying, advocacy
v/s lobbying, Evaluating advocacy.
Fund Raising: meaning, Principles of fundraising, Fund raising cycle, The fund raising
pyramid and donor life cycle.
4 Corporate Social Responsibility, innovations & Ethics in non-profit organizations
a) Corporate social responsibility: CSR, Importance of CSR, history and evolution of CSR,
Policy framework for CSR in India, Section 135 of Companies Act 2013, Role of CSR
committee on Boards
Code of Ethics in non-profit organization, hierarchy of ethical values in non-profit
organization, careers in CSR.
b) Trends and Innovations: Current trends, innovations and opportunities in CSR,
Influence of non-profit organizations and their impact on corporate CSR, Challenges
faced by non-profit organizations in India.
c) Non-Governmental Organization (NGO): Meaning of Non-Government Organization
(NGO), Difference between Voluntary Organization & NGO, Steps of Voluntarism, Types
of NGO: advocacy of chosen cause, Small or Grassroot NGO, Mother NGO, National
NGO, corporate NGO, Global NGO’s


1. HRM in Global Perspective
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 International HRM – An Overview 15
2 Global HRM Functions 15
3 Managing Expatriation and Repatriation 15
4 International HRM Trends and Challenges 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 To introduce the students to the study and practice of IHRM

To understand the concepts, theoretical framework and issues of HRM in
2
Global Perspective
3 To get insights of the concepts of Expatriates and Repatriates
4 To find out the impact of cross culture on Human Resource Management
5 To provide information about Global Workforce Management
6 To study International HRM Trends and Challenges

SN Modules/ Units
1 International HRM – An Overview
a) International HRM – An Overview:
 International HRM- Meaning and Features, Objectives, Evolution of IHRM,
Reasons for Emergency of IHRM, Significance of IHRM in International Business,
Scope/Functions
 Difference between International HRM and Domestic HRM
 Approaches to IHRM- Ethnocentric, Polycentric, Geocentric and Regiocentric
 Limitations to IHRM
 Qualities of Global Managers
 Organizational Dynamics and IHRM
 Components of IHRM- Cross Cultural Management and Comparative HRM
 Cross Cultural Management- Meaning, Features, Convergence of Cultures, Role
of IHRM in Cross Culture Management, Problems of Cross Cultural Issues in
Organizations, Importance of Cultural Sensitivity to International Managers
 Comparative HRM- Meaning, Importance, Difference between IHRM and
Comparative HRM
 Managing Diversity in Workforce
 Dealing with Cultural Shock
2 Global HRM Functions
a) Global HRM Functions:
 International Recruitment and Selection- Meaning- Sources of International
Labour Market, Global Staffing, Selection Criteria, Managing Global Diverse
Workforce
 International Compensation – Meaning, Objectives, Components of
International Compensation Program, Approaches to International
Compensation
 HRM Perspectives in Training and Development - Meaning, Advantages, Cross
Cultural Training, Issues in Cross Cultural Training
 International Performance Management – Meaning, Factors Influencing
Performance, Criterion used for Performance Appraisal of International
Employees, Problems Faced in International Performance Management
 Motivation and Reward System- Meaning, Benchmarking Global Practices
 International Industrial Relations – Meaning, Key Issues in International
Industrial Relations, Trade Union and International IR

SN Modules/ Units
3 Managing Expatriation and Repatriation
a) Managing Expatriation and Repatriation
 Concepts of PCNs (Parent-Country Nationals), TCNs(Third-Country Nationals)
and HCNs(Host-Country Nationals)
 Expatriation- Meaning, Reasons for Expatriation, Factors in Selection of
Expatriates, Advantages of Using Expatriates, Limitations of using Expatriates,
Role of Family, the Role of Non-expatriates, Reasons for Expatriate Failure,
Women and Expatriation, Requirements/Characteristics of Effective Expatriate
Managers
 Repatriation- Meaning, Repatriation Process, Factors affecting Repatriation
Process, Role of Repatriate, Challenges faced by Repatriates
4 International HRM Trends and Challenges
a) International HRM Trends and Challenges:
 Emerging Trends in IHRM
 Off Shoring – Meaning, Importance, Off Shoring and HRM in India
 International Business Ethics and IHRM – Meaning of Business Ethics, Global
Values, International Corporate Code of Conduct, Criminalization of Bribery,
Operationalizing Corporate Ethics of HR in Overall Corporate Ethics Programme
 Managing International Projects and Teams- Meaning, How Projects are
Managed across the World and Challenges in Managing International Projects
across the World
 HR in MNCs – Industrial Relations in MNCs
 Role of Technology on IHRM
 IHRM and Virtual Organization- Meaning and Features of Virtual Organization,
Difference between Virtual Organization and Traditional Organization,
Managing HR in Virtual Organization
 Growth in Strategic Alliances and Cross Border Mergers and Acquisitions-
Impact on IHRM
 Knowledge Management and IHRM


2. Organisational Development
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 International HRM – An Overview 15
2 Global HRM Functions 15
3 Managing Expatriation and Repatriation 15
4 International HRM Trends and Challenges 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
To understand the concept of Organisational Development and its Relevance
1
in the organisation
2 To Study the Issues and Challenges of OD while undergoing Changes
3 To get an Understanding of Phases of OD Programme
4 To Study the OD Intervention to meet the Challenges faced in the Organisation
5 To get an Insight into Ethical Issues in OD

SN Modules/ Units
1 Organisational Development – An Overview
a) Organisational Development – An Overview:
 Organisational Development – Meaning, Features, Evolution, Components,
Objectives, Principles, Process, Importance
 Relevance of Organisational Development for Managers, OD- HRD Interface,
Participation of Top Management in OD
 OD Practitioner – Meaning, Role of OD Practitioner, Competencies of an OD
Practitioner
 Emerging Trends in OD
 OD in Global Setting
2 Organisational Diagnosis, Renewal and Change
a) Organisational Diagnosis, Renewal and Change:
 Organisational Diagnosis - Meaning, Need, Phases, Levels of Organisational
Diagnosis, Techniques of Organisational Diagnosis, Tools used in Organisational
Diagnosis
 Organizational Renewal, Re-energising, OD and Business Process Re-
Engineering (BPR), OD and Leadership Development
 Organisational Change- Meaning, Organisational Life Cycle, Planned Change,
Organizational Growth and its Implication for Change
 Change Agents- Meaning, Features, Types, Role, Skills required
3 OD Interventions
a) Managing Expatriation and Repatriation
 OD Interventions- Meaning, Features, Factors Affecting Success of
Interventions, Steps in OD Interventions
 Types of Interventions- Human Resource Intervention, Structural Intervention,
Strategic Interventions, Third Party Peace Making Intervention
 Techniques of OD Intervention :
 Traditional: Sensitive Training, Grid Training, Survey Feedback.
 Modern : Process Consultation, Third Party, Team Building, Transactional
Analysis
 Evaluation of OD Interventions : Process, Types, Methods, Importance

SN Modules/ Units
4 OD Effectiveness
a) OD Effectiveness:
 Issues Faced in OD- Issues Related to Client Relationship, Power-Individual skills
and Attributes as a Source of Power, Power and Influence Tactics, Politics and
OD
 Values in OD – Meaning, Professional Values, Value Conflict and Dilemma
 Ethics in OD – Meaning, Factors Influencing Ethical Judgement, Ethical
Guidelines for OD Professionals
 Organisational Effectiveness- Meaning , Effectiveness v/s Efficiency,
Approaches of Organisational Effectiveness : Goal Approach, System Resource
Approach, Strategic Constituency Approach, Internal Process Approach;
Parameters for Judging Organisational Effectiveness, Ways to Enhance
Organisational Effectiveness


3. HRM in Service Sector Management

Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Service Sector Management- An Overview 15
2 Managing Human Element in Service Sector 15
3 Issues and Challenges of HR in Service Sector 15
4 HRP Evaluation, Attrition, Retention & Globalization 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 To understand the concept and growing importance of HRM in service sector
2 To understand how to manage human resources in service sector

To understand the significance of human element in creating customer
3
satisfaction through service quality
4 To understand the Issues and Challenges of HR in various service sectors

SN Modules/ Units
1 Service Sector Management- An Overview
a) Service Sector Management- An Overview:
 Services - Meaning, Features, Classification of Services: End User, Degree of
Tangibility, People Based Services, Expertise Required, Orientation Towards
Profit, By Location
 Service Sector Management – Meaning, Significance of Service Sector, Reasons
for Growth in Service Sector
 Service Organization - Importance of Layout and Design of Service
Organization, Servicescape
 Service Culture in Organization – Meaning, Developing Service Culture in
Organization
 Relationship Marketing – Meaning, Need and Importance in Service Sector
Organizations, Six Market Model
 Role of Service Employee
 Role of Customers in Service Process– Customers as Productive Resources,
Customers as Contributors to Service Quality, Customers as Competitors
 Service Encounter and Moment of Truth –Meaning, Nature, Elements of
Service Encounter
2 Managing Human Element in Service Sector
a) Managing Human Element in Service Sector:
 Human Element in Service Sector – Introduction, Role and Significance
 The Services Triangle
 Front Line Employees /Boundary Spanners– Meaning, Issues Faced by Front
Line Employees: Person/ Role Conflicts, Organization/ Client Conflict,
Interclient Conflict
 Emotional Labour – Meaning, Strategies for Managing Emotional Labour
 Recruitment in Service Sector– Recruiting Right People, Recruitment
Procedures and Criteria, Challenges in Recruitment in Service Sector
 Selection of Employees in Service Sector – Interviewing Techniques: Abstract
Questioning, Situational Vignette, Role Playing
 Develop People to Deliver Service Quality
 Compensating Employees in Service Sector
 Motivating Employees for Services
 Empowerment of Service Workers – Meaning, Advantages and Limitations

SN Modules/ Units
3 Issues and Challenges of HR in Service Sector
a) Issues and Challenges of HR in Service Sector:
 Quality Issues in Services: Meaning and Dimensions of Service Quality, The
Service – Gap Model, Reasons and Strategies to fill the Gaps
 Delivering Services through Agents and Brokers - Meaning, Advantages,
Challenges, Strategies for Effective Service Delivery through Agents and Brokers
 HRM in Public Sector Organizations and Non – Profit Sector in India
 Issues and Challenges of HR in Specific Services:
 Business and Professional Services: Banking and Insurance, Legal,
Accountancy
 Infrastructure: Roads, Railways, Power
 Public Services: Police, Defense, Disaster Management
 Trade Services: Wholesale and Retail, Advertising, Maintenance and Repairs
 Personnel Services: Education, Health Care, Hotels
 Social and Charitable Services
4 HRP Evaluation, Attrition, Retention & Globalization
a) HRP Evaluation, Attrition, Retention & Globalization:
 Human Resource Planning Evaluation in Service Sector – Meaning, HRP
Evaluation Process, Purpose of HRP Evaluation in Service Sector, Issues
Influencing HRP Evaluation in Service Sector
 Service Leadership – Meaning, Integrating Marketing Operation and Human
Resources, Creating a Leading Service Organization, The Service – Profit Chain
Model
 Attrition in Service Sector –Meaning, Reasons for Attrition in Service Sector,
Cycle of Failure, Cycle of Mediocrity and Cycle of Success
 Retaining the Best People in Service Sector – Including Employees in
Company’s Vision, Treat Employees as Customers, Measure and Reward String
Service Performers
 Globalization of Services- Meaning, Reasons for Globalization of Services,
Impact of Globalization on Indian Service Sector. Organisational Effectiveness,
Ways to Enhance Organisational Effectiveness


4. Workforce Diversity
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Workforce Diversity - An Overview 15
2 Workforce Diversity and HRM Functions 15
3 Strategies to Manage Diversity 15
4 Issues in Managing Diversity and Recent Trends 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
01 To understand the nature of workforce diversity
02 To familiarize the learners with the strategies to deal with work force diversity
03 To understand the impact of technology in managing workforce diversity
04 To be able to interlink between workforce diversity and HRM functions

1 Workforce Diversity - An Overview
 Meaning of Workforce
 Workforce Diversity - Meaning, Features and Significance
 Dimensions of Workforce Diversity
 Advantages and Limitations of having a diverse workforce
 Positive and Negative effects of workforce diversity in workplace
2 Workforce Diversity and HRM Functions
 Steps to Recruiting and Retaining a Diverse Workforce
 Workforce Diversity and HRM Functions – Diversity and Recruitment, Diversity and
Supervision, Diversity and Training, Diversity and Compensation, Diversity and
Performance Management, Diversity and Work life Balance
 Role of Recruiter in Hiring Diversified Workforce
 Workforce Diversity – Key to Organizational Performance
 Workforce Diversity as a Determinant of Sustainable Competitive Advantage
3 Strategies to Manage Diversity
 Organizational Strategies for Managing Workforce Diversity –Workplace Inclusion
Strategies through Corporate Leadership, Diversity Training and Mentoring
 Diversity Management Programmes - Concept
 Corporate Culture and Diversity at workplace
 Techniques of Managing Work Force Diversity
 Approaches to Diversity Management System
4 Issues in Managing Diversity and Recent Trends
 Best Practices in Achieving Workforce Diversity
 Diversity and Multi-culturism
 Global workforce diversity management
 Recent Trends of Diversity
 Role of Technology in Handling Workforce Diversity
 Workforce Diversity Management for Creativity and Innovation
 Ethical and Legal Issues in Managing Diversity


5. Human Resource Accounting & Auditing
Modules at a Glance
Sr. No. of
Modules
No. Lectures
1 Human Resource Accounting: An Overview 15
2 Methods and Human Resource Accounting Practices in India 15
3 Human Resource Audit: An Overview 15
4 HR Audit for Legal Compliance and Safe Business Practices 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
01 To understand the value of human resource in organizations

To understand the importance of Human Resource Accounting at National and
02
International level
03 To familiarize with the Human Resource Accounting Practices in India
To familiarize the learners with the process and approaches of Human
04
Resources Accounting and Audit
To understand the significance of Human Resource Auditing as a Tool of
05
Human Resource Valuation

1 Human Resource Accounting: An Overview
 Human Resource Accounting – Meaning, Need and Objectives of HR Accounting
 Historical Development of Human Resource Accounting,
 Cost of Human Resource - Acquisition Cost, Training and Development Cost and additional
Cost
 Benefits and Limitations of Human Resource Accounting
 Reporting of Human Resource Accounting at National Levels
 Disclosures at International Level
2 Methods and Human Resource Accounting Practices in India
 Methods of Human Resource Accounting:
1. Cost of Production Approach - Concept
i. Historical Cost Model – Meaning, Advantages and Limitations
ii. Replacement Cost Model – Meaning, Advantages and Limitations
iii. Opportunity Cost - – Meaning, Advantages and Limitations
2. Capitalized Earnings Approach - Concept
i. Economic Value Model - Meaning, Advantages and Limitations
ii. Capitalization of Salary - Meaning, Advantages and Limitations
 Statutory Provisions governing HR accounts
 Human Resource Accounting Practices in India
3 Human Resource Audit: An Overview
 Human Resource Audit - Meaning, Features, Objectives of HR Audit
 Benefits and limitations of HR Audit
 Need and Significance of HR Audit
 Process of HR Audit
 Approaches of HR Audit
 Principles of Effective HR Auditing
 Role of HR Auditor
 Methods of conducting HR Audit – Interview, Workshop, Observation, Questionnaire.
 Components of HR Audit
 HR Audit and Workforce Issues : Workforce Communication and Employee Relations,
Performance Management, Compensation System, Teambuilding System
4 HR Audit for Legal Compliance and Safe Business Practices
 Areas covered by HR Audit - Pre-employment Requirements, Hiring Process, New-hire
Orientation Process, Workplace Policies and Practices
 HR Audit as Intervention - Introduction, Effectiveness of Human Resource Development
Audit as an Intervention
 Human Resource Audit and Business Linkages
 Human Resource Auditing as a Tool of Human Resource Valuation: Introduction, Rationale
of Human Resource Valuation and Auditing, Valuation of Human Resources, Issues in
Human Capital Measurement and Reporting.


6. Indian Ethos in Management
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Indian Ethos – An Overview 15
2 Work Ethos and Values 15
4 Indian Systems of Learning 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 To understand the concept of Indian Ethos in Management
2 To link the Traditional Management System to Modern Management System
3 To understand the Techniques of Stress Management
4 To understand the Evolution of Learning Systems in India

SN Modules/ Units
1 Indian Ethos – An Overview
a) Indian Ethos
 Meaning, Features, Need, History, Relevance, Principles Practised by Indian
Companies, Requisites, Elements, Role of Indian Ethos in Managerial Practices
b) Management Lessons from Scriptures:
 Management Lessons from Vedas, Management Lessons from Mahabharata,
Management Lessons from Bible, Management Lessons from Quran,
Management Lessons from Kautilya’s Arthashastra
Indian Heritage in Business, Management, Production and Consumption.
Ethics v/s Ethos
Indian Management v/s Western Management
2 Work Ethos and Values
a) Work Ethos:
 Meaning, Levels, Dimensions, Steps, Factors Responsible for Poor Work Ethos
b) Values:
 Meaning, Features, Values for Indian Managers, Relevance of Value Based
Management in Global Change, Impact of Values on Stakeholders: Employees,
Customers, Government, Competitors and Society.
 Values for Managers, Trans-Cultural Human Values in Management and
Management Education, Secular v/s Spiritual Values in Management,
Importance of Value System in Work Culture
3 Stress Management
a) Stress Management:
 Meaning, Types of Stress at Work, Causes of Stress, Consequences of Stress
b) Stress Management Techniques:
 Meditation : Meaning, Techniques, Advantages, Mental Health and its
Importance in Management, Brain Storming, Brain Stilling, Yoga: Meaning,
Significance
c) Leadership:
 Meaning, Contemporary Approaches to Leadership, Joint Hindu Family
Business – Leadership Qualities of Karta
d) Motivation:
 Meaning, Indian Approach to Motivation, Techniques

SN Modules/ Units
4 Indian Systems of Learning
a) Learning: Meaning, Mechanisms
 Gurukul System of Learning : Meaning, Features, Advantages, Disadvantages
 Modern System of Learning: Meanings, Features, Advantages, Disadvantages
 Karma: Meaning, Importance of Karma to Managers, Nishkama Karma
 Laws of Karma: The Great Law, Law of Creation, Law of Humility, Law of
Growth, Law of Responsibility, Law of Connection
 Corporate Karma: Meaning, Methodology, Guidelines for good Corporate
Karma
 Self-Management: Personal growth and Lessons from Ancient Indian Education
System
 Personality Development: Meaning, Determinants, Indian Ethos and
Personality Development

Core Course (CC)

5. Operations Research
Modules at a Glance
No. of
SN Modules
Lectures
1 Introduction to Operations Research and Linear Programming 15
2 Assignment and Transportation Models 15
3 Network Analysis 15
4 Job Sequencing and Theory of Games 15
Total 60
Objectives
SN Objectives
1 To help students to understand operations research methodologies
2 To help students to solve various problems practically
3 To make students proficient in case analysis and interpretation

SN Modules/ Units
1 Introduction to Operations Research and Linear Programming
a) Introduction To Operations Research
 Operations Research - Definition, Characteristics of OR, OR Techniques, Areas
of Application, Limitations of OR.
b) Linear Programming Problems: Introduction and Formulation
 Introduction to Linear Programming
 Applications of LP
 Components of LP
 Requirements for Formulation of LP Problem
 Assumptions Underlying Linear Programming
 Steps in Solving LP Problems
 LPP Formulation (Decision Variables, Objective Function, Constraints, Non
Negativity Constraints)
c) Linear Programming Problems: Graphical Method
 Maximization & Minimization Type Problems. (Max. Z & Min. Z)
 Two Decision Variables and Maximum Three Constraints Problem
 Constraints can be “less than or equal to”, “greater than or equal to” or a
combination of both the types i.e. mixed constraints.
 Concepts: Feasible Region of Solution, Unbounded Solution, Redundant
Constraint, Infeasible Solution, Alternative Optima.
d) Linear Programming Problems: Simplex Method
 Only Maximization Type Problems. (Only Max. Z). No Minimization problems.
(No Min. Z) Numericals on Degeneracy in Maximization Simplex Problems.
 Two or Three Decision Variables and Maximum Three Constraints Problem. (Up
to Maximum Two Iterations)
 All Constraints to be “less than or equal to” Constraints. (“Greater than or
Equal to” Constraints not included.)
 Concepts : Slack Variables, Surplus Variables, Artificial Variables, Duality,
Product Mix and Profit, Feasible and Infeasible Solution, Unique or Alternate
Optimal Solution, Degeneracy, Non Degenerate, Shadow Prices of Resources,
Scarce and Abundant Resources, Utilized and Unutilized Capacity of Resources,
Percentage Utilization of Resources, Decision for Introduction of a New
Product.
Note:
1. Surplus Variable, Artificial Variable and Duality to be covered only at Conceptual
level for Theory Questions only and not included in Numerical.
2. Sensitivity Analysis including Profit Range and Capacity Range is not included.

SN Modules/ Units
2 Assignment and Transportation Models
a) Assignment Problem – Hungarian Method
 Maximization & Minimization Type Problems.
 Balanced and Unbalanced Problems.
 Prohibited Assignment Problems, Unique or Multiple Optimal Solutions.
 Simple Formulation of Assignment Problems.
 Maximum 5 x 5 Matrix. Up to Maximum Two Iterations after Row and Column
Minimization.
Note:
1. Travelling Salesman Assignment Problem is not included.
b) Transportation Problems
 Maximization & Minimization Type Problems.
 Balanced and Unbalanced problems.
 Prohibited Transportation Problems, Unique or Multiple Optimal Solutions.
 Simple Formulation of Transportation Problems.
 Initial Feasible Solution (IFS) by:
a. North West Corner Rule (NWCR)
b. Least Cost Method (LCM)
c. Vogel’s Approximation Method (VAM)
 Maximum 5 x 5 Transportation Matrix.
 Finding Optimal Solution by Modified Distribution (MODI) Method. (u, v and ∆)
 Maximum Two Iterations (i.e. Maximum Two Loops) after IFS.
Note:
1. Production Scheduling Problem is not included.
2. Time Minimization Problem is not included.
3. Degeneracy Concept to be covered only at Conceptual Level. Not to be included in
Numerical.

SN Modules/ Units
3 Network Analysis
a) Critical Path Method (CPM)
 Concepts: Activity, Event, Network Diagram, Merge Event, Burst Event,
Concurrent and Burst Activity,
 Construction of a Network Diagram. Node Relationship and Precedence
Relationship.
 Principles of Constructing Network Diagram.
 Use of Dummy Activity
 Numerical Consisting of Maximum Ten ( 10) Activities.
 Critical Path, Sub-critical Path, Critical and Non-critical Activities, Project
Completion Time.
 Forward Pass and Backward Pass Methods.
 Calculation of EST, EFT, LST, LFT, Head Event Slack, Tail Event Slack, Total Float,
Free Float, Independent Float and Interfering Float
b) Project Crashing
 Meaning of Project Crashing.
 Concepts: Normal Time, Normal Cost, Crash Time, Crash Cost of Activities.
Cost Slope of an Activity.
 Costs involved in Project Crashing: Numericals with Direct, Indirect, Penalty,
crash cost and Total Costs.
 Time – Cost Trade off in Project Crashing.
 Optimal (Minimum) Project Cost and Optimal Project Completion Time.
 Process of Project Crashing.
 Numerical Consisting of Maximum Ten (10) Activities.
 Numerical based on Maximum Four (04) Iterations of Crashing
c) Program Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT)
 Three Time Estimates of PERT: Optimistic Time (a), Most Likely Time (m) and
Pessimistic Time (b).
 Expected Time (te) of an Activity Using Three Time Estimates.
 Difference between CPM and PERT.
 Numerical Consisting of Maximum Ten (10) Activities.
 Construction of PERT Network using tevalues of all Activities.
 Mean (Expected) Project Completion Time.
 Standard Deviation and Variance of Activities.
 Project Variance and Project Standard Deviation.
 ‘Prob. Z’ Formula.
 Standard Normal Probability Table. Calculation of Probability from the
Probability Table using ‘Z’ Value and Simple Questions related to PERT
Technique.
 Meaning, Objectives, Importance, Scope, RORO/LASH

SN Modules/ Units
4 Job Sequencing and Theory of Games
a) Job Sequencing Problem
 Processing Maximum 9 Jobs through Two Machines only.
 Processing Maximum 6 Jobs through Three Machines only.
 Calculations of Idle Time, Elapsed Time etc.
b) Theory of Games
 Introduction
 Terminology of Game Theory: Players, Strategies, Play, Payoff, Payoff matrix,
Maximin, Maximax, Saddle Point.
 Types of Games.
 Numericals based on:
 Two Person Zero Sum Games including strictly determinable and Fair Game
- Pure Strategy Games (Saddle Point available). Principles of Dominance
method.

Reference Books
Reference Books
 P G Apte, International Financial Management, 5th Edition, The McGraw Hill
 Cheol . S. Eun & Bruce G. Resnick, International Finance Management
 Maurice D. Levi, International Finance – Special Indian Edition
 Prakash G. Apte, International Finance – A Business Perspective
 V A. Aadhani, International Finance
Innovative Financial Services
 IM Pandey, Financial Management, Vikas Publishing House Ltd.
 Khan M.Y., Financial Services, Mc Graw Hill Education.
 Dr.S.Gurusamy, Financial Services, Vijay Nicole Imprints.
 Financial Market and Services, E, Gordon and K. Natrajan, Himalaya Publishing House
Project Management
 Harold Kerzer, Project Management – A System Approach to Planning, Scheduling & Controlling
 Jack.R.Meredith & Samuel.J.Mantel, Jr.,Project Management – A Managerial Approach
 Bhavesh.M.Patel, Project Management – Strategic Financial Planning , Evaluation & Control
Strategic Financial Management
 C. Paramasivan& T. Subramanian, Financial Management
 IM Pandey, Financial Management
 Ravi Kishor, Financial Management
 Khan & Jain, Financial Management
 Van Horne &Wachowiz, Fundamentals of Financial Management
 Prasanna Chandra, Strategic Financial Management
Financing Rural Development
 Rural Banking – IIB Macmillan
 MicroFinance Perspective and Finance - IIB Macmillan
 MSME in India – Taxman
Indirect Taxes
 GST Bare Act 2017
 GST Law & Practice - V.S Datey (6th Edition)
 GST Laws – National Academy of Customs, Indirect Tax
Brand Management
 Keller Kevin Lane, Strategic Brand Management: Building, Measuring and Managing Brand Equity
 Keller Kevin Lane, Strategic Brand Management-2008
 Elliot, Richard, Strategic Brand Management-2008
 Kapferer, Jean-Noel, Strategic Brand Management-2000
 Kishen, Ram, Strategic Brand Management- 2013
 Keller Kevin Lane, Strategic Brand Management 4e-2015

Reference Books
Reference Books
Retail Management
 Michael Levy & Barton A Weitz, “Retailing Management”, Tata Mc Graw Hill
 Gibson G. Vedamani, “Retail Management- Functional Principles and Practices”, Jaico Publishing
House, Mumbai.
 Jim, “Retail Strategies-understanding why we shop”, Jaico Publishing House, Mumbai.
 Dunne Lusch, “Retail Management”, South Western Cengage Learning
 K.S. Menon, “Store Management”, Macmillan India Ltd.,
 Keith Lincoln, Lars Thomessen & Anthony Aconis, “Retailization -Brand Survival in the Age of Retailer
Power”, Kogan Page Ltd.,
 Swapna Pradhan, “Retailing Management–Text and Cases”, 4th Edn, Tata Mc Graw Hill.
 Bajaj, Tulli & Shrivastava, “Retail Management”, Oxford University Press
 Kishore Biyani, “It Happens in India”,& “ The Wall Mart Story”
 Store Manager, Organiser / Planner- DMS Retail
 Dr. RamKishen Y. “International Retail Marketing Strategies”, Jaico Publishing House, Mumbai.
International Marketing
 Dr. Shakeel Ahmad Siddiqui, International Marketing, Dreamtech press , Edition 2011
 Philip R.Cateora, John L. Graham, Prashanth Salwan, International Marketing , Tata Mcgraw hill
Education Private limited, New Delhi, Thirteenth Edition .
 RajGopal, International Marketing, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Edition 2007.
 Sak Onkvisit, John J.Shaw, International Marketing Analysis and Strategy, Pearson Publication, Third
Edition
 Francis Cherunilam, International Business, PHI Leaning Private Limited New Delhi, Fifth Edition .
 Justin Paul and Ramneek Kapoor, International Marketing Text and Cases, Tata Mcgraw Hill Education
Private Limited New Delhi, Second Edition.
 Rakesh Mohan Joshi, International Marketing, Oxford University Press, Second Edition
 Philip R. Cateora, John L. Graham, International Marketing, Tata Mcgraw Hill, Twelfth Edition
 Rakesh Mohan Joshi, International Marketing Oxford University Press, First Edition
 Michael R. Czinkota, Iikka A Ronkainen, International Marketing, Cengage Learning Edition 2007
 Gerald Albaum, Edwin Duerr, Jesper Strandskov, International Marketing and Export Management,
Pearson Publication , Fifth Edition
Media Planning & Management
 Arpita Menon , Media Planning and Buying, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited , Second
Edition 2010
 Jack Z Sissors and Roger B. Baron, Advertising Media Planning, McGraw Hill Education India Pvt.
Limited, Seventh Edition.
 Larry Percy and Richard Elliott, Strategic Advertising Management , Oxford University Press, Second
Edition
 Larry d. Kelly and Donald W.Jugeneimer, Advertising Media Planning , PHI learning Private Limited,
 Dennis .F.Herrick, Media Management in Age of Giants, Surjeet Publications
 Charles Warner and Joseph Buchman, Media selling ,Surjeet Publication,3rd edition

Reference Books
Reference Books
Sports Marketing
 Phil Schaaf -Sports Marketing ‐ It’s not just a game anymore .
 Bernard J. Mullin (Author), Stephen Hardy (Author), William A. and Sutton (Author) - Sport Marketing
 Larry DeGaris- Sports Marketing: A Practical Approach February 2015
 Matthew D.Shank and Mark R. Lyberger, Sports Marketing: A Strategic Perspective, 5th edition3
October 2014
 David Shilbury; Hans Westerbeek; Shayne Quick; Daniel Funk Allen & Unwin, 2009 (3rd edition),
Strategic Sport Marketing
Marketing of Non-Profit Organisation

 Philip Kotler & Alan R Andersan, Strategic Marketing for nonprofit organization, 07th Edition, 2008,
Prentice Hall.
 Banies, Fill & Rosengren (2016), Marketing, Oxford University Press.
 TCC Group & The California Endowment Fund, what makes an effective advocacy organization – A
framework for determining advocacy capacity, June 2009, TCC Group.
 Global CSR Summit, A study by Ernst & Young and PHD Chamber, 2013.
 PWC & CII, Handbook on Corporate Social responsibility, 2013, CII Development Initiative Council.
 Sahu Pani, Non- Governmental Organisations Development Actors, 2010, Himalaya Publishing, New
Delhi
 O.P.Goel, Strategic Management & Policy issues of NGO’s, 2004, Isha Books, Delhi
 B.R., Nanda, NGO Management, 2010, Surendra Publications, New Delhi
 Snehlata Chnadra,,Guidelines for NGOs Management in India, 2003, Kanishka Publishers, Distributors,
New Delhi
 Shilaja Nagendra, Voluntary Organisations & Social Work,2007, Oxford Book Company, Jaipur
HRM in Global Perspective
 Peter J. Dowling, Marion Festing, Allen d. Engle Sr: International Human Resource Management, 5th
Edition, Cengage Learning
 P. L. Rao: International Human Resource Management, Text and Cases, Excel Books
 Peer J. Dowling, Denice E. Welch and Randall S. Schuler (1999): International Human Resource
Management, Managing People in a Multinational Context’, South Western College Publishing.
 Chris Brewster, Paul Sparrow and Guy Vernon, International Human Resource Management, The
Universities Press
 A.V.Phatak: International Dimensions of Management, Cincinnati, South Western College
 Peter J. Dowling, Marion Festing, Allen D. Engle, International Human Resource Management,
Thomson Learning.
 Dennis R. Briscoe, Randall S. Schuler, International Human Resource Management: Policy and Practice
for the Global Enterprise, Psychology Press
 S C. Gupta: International Human Resource Management- Text and Cases, MacMillan Publishers

Reference Books
Reference Books
Organisational Development
 Dr. Mrs. Anjali Ghanekar, Essentials of Organisation Development, Everest Publishing House
 French,W.L. and Bell, C.H., Organisation Development, Prentice-Hall, New Delhi,1995.
 Harvey, D.F. and Brown, D.R., An Experimental Approach to Organization Development, Prentice-Hall,
Englewood Cliffs,N.J.,1990
 Cummings, T. G. & Worley, C. G. (2009).Organization Development and Change (9th edition). Canada:
South-Western Cengage Learning
 Thomas G. Cummings and Christopher G. Worley, Organization Development and Change, Thomson
South-Western, 8th Edition 2004.
 Cummings, T. G., Theory of Organization Development and Change, South Western.
 Ramanarayan, S. and Rao, T.V., Organization Development: Accelerating Learning and Transformation,
2nd Edition, Sage India, 2011.
 Richard L, Organisation, Theory, Change and Design , India Edition(Cenage Learning)
 Garath R Jones, Mary Mathew , Organisation Theory, Design and Change: Sixth Edition, Pearson
 Wendell L French, Cecil H Bell, Jr, Veena Vohra ,Organisation Development , Sixth Edition, Pearson
Education
HRM in Service Sector Management
 C. Bhattacharjee: Service Sector Management, An Indian Perspective, Jaico Publishing House
 Christopher Lovelock, Jochen Wirtz, Jayanta Chatterjee: Services Marketing, Pearson
 Christopher Lovelock: Services Marketing, People, Technology, Strategy, Pearson Education Asia
 James A. Fitzsimmons, Mona J, Fitzsimmons: Service Management , Operations, Strategy, Information
Technology, Tata McGraw – Hill
 Zeithmal, Bitner, Gremler, Pandit: Services Marketing, Tata McGraw – Hill
 Lovelock, Wirtz: Services Marketing, Pearson Education, 5th Edition
 K. Rao: Services Marketing, Pearson Education
 Ramneek Kapoor, Justin Paul, Biplab Halder: Services Marketing
Workforce Diversity
 Dessler Gary, A Framework for Human Resource Management, Pearson Publication, 7th Edition.
 Handbook of Research on Workforce Diversity in a Global Society, edited by Scott, Chaunda L.
 Diversity in the Workforce: Current Issues and Emerging Trendsedited by Marilyn Y. Byrd, Chaunda L.
Scott
 Managing Diversity: Human Resource Strategies for Transforming the Workplace Ellen Ernst Kossek,
Sharon A. Lobel
 Workforce Diversity Management: Challenges, Competencies and Strategies - Bahaudin Mujtaba
 Handbook of Research on Organizational Culture and Diversity in the Modern, edited by Christiansen,
Bryan, Chandan, Harish C

Reference Books
Reference Books
Human Resource Accounting & Auditing
 HR Audit : Evaluating the human resource functions for business improvement by T.V. Rao, Response
Books
 Eric G. Flamholtz, Human Resource Accounting, Springer
 Jac Fitzenz, How To Measure Human Resource Management, McGraw Hill
 Rakesh Chandra Katiyar, Accounting For Human Resources , UK Publishing
 M. Saeed, D.K. Kulsheshtha , Human Resource Accounting, Anmol Publications.
 D. Prabakara Rao, Human Resource Accounting, Inter India Publications
 Human Resource Management by Gary Dessler, Pearson Publications.
 Rao, T.V. 2008. HRD Scorecard 2500, 1/e; New Delhi: Response Books
 Udai Pareek and Rao T V (2003). Designing and Managing Human Resource
Indian Ethos in Management
 R Nandagopal, Ajith Sankar RN: Indian Ethics and Values in Management, Tata Mc Graw Hill
 Bhatta, S.K., Business Ethics & Managerial Values.
 Dave, Nalini V: Vedanta and Mana
 Chakraborty, S.K.: Foundation of Managerial Work-Contributions from Indian Thought, Himalaya
Publication House, Delhi 1998
 Chakraborty, S.K.: Managerial Effectiveness and Quality of Work life – Indian Insights, Tata McGraw
Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi – 1987
 Chakraborty, S.K.: Management by Values, Oxford University Press 1991.
 Nandagopal, Ajith Shankar, Indian Ethos and Values in Management, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2010
 Khandelwal Indian Ethos and Values for Managers, Himalaya Publishing House, 2009
 Biswanath Ghosh, Ethics In Management and Indian Ethos, Vikas Publishing House, 2009
 Joseph Des Jardins, An Introduction to Business Ethics , Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2009
 S K Chakraborty, Management by Values, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2008
Operation Research
 Taha H.A., Operations Research - An Introduction, 6th Edition , Hall of India
 Kapoor V.K., Operations Research Techniques for Management, 7th Edition, Sultan Chand & Sons
 Kantiswarup, Gupta P.K. & Manmohan, Operations Research 9th Edition, Sultan Chand & Sons
 Sharma S.D.,Operations Research, 8th Edition, Kedarnath, Ramnath& Company
 Bronson R, Operations Research, 2nd Edition, Shaum's Outline Series
 Vora N.D, Quantitative Techniques in Management, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill co.
 Shreenath L.S, Principles & Application 3rd Ed,., PERT & CPM, Affiliated East-West Press Pvt. Ltd.
 Wagener H.M.,Principles of Operations Research 2nd Edition, Prentice - Hall of India
 Sasieni M, Yaspan A & John Wiley & Sons Friedman L, Operations Research - Methods & Problems 1st
Edition
 NatrajanBalasubramani, Tamilarasi, Operations Research, Pearson Education
 G. Hadley, Linear Programming, Narosa Book Distributors Private Ltd
 L.C. Jhamb, Quantitative Techniques (For Managerial Decisions VOL I), Everest Publishing House, Pune.
 Paul Loomba, Linear Programming, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.
 Aditham B. Rao , Operations Research Edition 2008, Jaico Publishing House, Mumbai


Programme
at
Third Year
Semester VI
Semester System
Board of Studies-in-Business Management

Introduction
Inclusion of project work in the course curriculum of the Bachelor of Management Studies

teacher-guide.
his specialization.
 Paper Size: A4

Format
By
Name of the Learner
Month and Year
2nd Page

On separate page
Index

Abbreviations used:







 Bibliography
 Appendix

On separate page
Certificate
and duly completed her/his Project Work for the degree of Bachelor of Management
Studies under the Faculty of Commerce in the subject of
“______________________________________________________________”
my supervision.
University.
investigations.
Seal of the
Date of submission:

On separate page
Name of the learner

____________________________________________________________________”,
Certified by

On separate page
Acknowledgment
is so enormous.
do this project.





category.
strategies.
 Challenges:
world.
 Conclusion:
and practice.
below:
 Paper Size: A4

30 Marks
10 Marks
responses)
20 Marks
Note:
evaluation pattern
Passing Standard
examination.

Revised Syllabus of Courses of Bachelor of Management Studies Programme
at Semester V and VI

(½ Mark each)
(01 Mark each)
(05 Marks each)

(Practical Courses)
Maximum Marks: 75

No

blanks)

OR

OR

OR

OR
To be asked 05
To be answered 03
Note:

Maximum Marks: 75

No

blanks)

OR

OR

OR

OR
To be asked 05
To be answered 03
Note:

AC 4/3/2014
Item No.4.5
Revised Syllabus for the F.Y.BMM
Program: BMM
(As Per Credit Based Semester and Grading System with effect from the
academic year 2014–2015)
Syllabus
Effective Communication Skills – I
 OBJECTIVES
 To make the students aware of functional and operational use of language in media.
 To equip or enhance students with structural and analytical reading, writing and thinking
skills.
 To introduce key concepts of communications
1 - The concept of communication – process and barriers
2 – Reading (English, Marathi or Hindi)
i. Types of reading (skimming and scanning)

ii. Types of reading (same with examples Newspaper /
Magazine article, TV, feature and documentary, radio bulletins, advertising copy, press release in
English, Hindi and Marathi)
iii. Recognizing aspects of language particularly in media
 Vocabulary 100 media words
 Grammatical structure – spelling, structure of sentences, Active / Passive voice, tenses.
3 – Writing (English, Marathi or Hindi)
 Letter Writing – Application Letter, Resume, Personnel Correspondence, Informal, Paragraph

writing.
 Introduction to feature and script writing
4 - Oral Communication – presentation, anchoring, viva voce, interview, public speaking, skits/ plays,
panel discussions, voice over, elocution, debates and group discussion
5 - Thinking and Listening Skills –
 Types of thinking (rational and logical)

 Errors in thinking
 Partialism
 Time scale
 Egocentricity
 Prejudices
 Adversary Thinking
 Extremes
 Types of listening, Barriers to listening
6 – Introduction of Translation & Views of Translation: Concept and importance of translation, External
view of translation – Textual reliability, The Translator’s reliability, Timeliness, Cost, Trade-offs.
Internal view of translation –

 Translator as a learner,
 Translator’s memory – Representational and Procedural memory, Intellectual and Emotional
Memory, Context, Relevance, Multiple Encoding.
 The translator’s Learning Styles: Context, Field – Dependent/ Independent, Flexible/ Structural
Environment, Independence/Dependence/Interdependence, Relationship/ Content Driven.
7 - Processing in Translation:
 Input and Processing: Input – Visual, Auditory and Kinetic ; Processing – Contextual,
Sequential, Conceptual (Abstract), Concrete (Objects and Feelings).
 The process of translation: The shuttle Experience, Charles Sanders Pierce on Instinct,
Experience and Habit, Abduction, Induction and Deduction, Karl Weick on Enactment, Selection
and Retention.
Internal Assessments – Group Projects / Individual projects/ Book Review/ Class Test/ Case Study/
Presentation and Reading & Oral components be included.
Reference Books:
Business Communication - Rhoda A.Doctor and Aspi H.Doctor
Communication Skills in English – Aspi Doctor
Teaching Thinking - Edward De Bono
De Bono’s Thinking Course – Edward De Bono
Serious Creativity – Edward De Bono
The Mind Map Book – Buzan Tony
Becoming a Translator: An Introduction to the Theory and Practice of Translation - by Douglas Robinson
A Textbook of Translation - by Peter Newmark, Newmark

Question Paper Pattern: Semester I
Internal assessment: Components - Reading, Oral communication should be for 40 Marks
External assessment:
Section 1: English:
Q.1 a) The concept of Communication/ Thinking and Listening Skills: 7 Marks
b) Script writing: 8 Marks
Or
Q.1 a) The concept of Communication/ Thinking and Listening Skills: 7 Marks
b) Script writing: 8 Marks
Q.2 a) Translation theory: 7 Marks
b) Letter writing: 8 Marks
Or
Q.2 a) Translation theory: 7 Marks
Section 2: Hindi Or Marathi:
Q.1 a) Comprehension Passage: 7 Marks
Q.2 a) Essay: 7 M arks
b) Translation words, sentences, passages: 8 Marks

FUNDAMENTALS OF MASS COMMUNICATION
Semester-I
Objectives:
 To introduce students to the history, evolution and the development of Mass Communication
in the world with special reference to India.
 To study the evolution of Mass Media as an important social institution.
 To understand the development of Mass Communication models.
 To develop a critical understanding of Mass Media.
 To understand the concept of New Media and Media Convergence and its
implications.
Unit – IMass Communication (12)
 Meaning and need for Mass Communication

 Forms of Communication: Intra Personal Communication, Interpersonal Communication,
Group Communication, Public Communication, Mass Communication: Electronic, Satellite,
Interactive, Digital Communication etc.
 Elements and process of communication
 Models of Mass Communication: Gerber’s Model, Sociological Model, Gatekeeping
Model, Defleur’s Model of the Taste-differentiated Audience Model, Hub Model
 Functions of MassCommunication
 Barriers of Mass Communication
Unit – II Impact of Mass Media (12)
 Introduction to Mass Media.

 Content and Nature of Mass Media, Impact & Influence of Mass Media - The Indian
Context: reach, access and nature of audience.
 Differentiate between Mass Communication & Mass Media.
 Means &Tools of Mass Communication:
1. Traditional & Folk Media: Types, importance of traditional media
2. Print: Books, Newspapers, Magazines
3. Broadcast: Television, Radio
4. Films
5. Internet
6. Advertising, Public Relations
7. Other outdoor media
Unit – III Mass Communicators (06)

Political, Social& Religious Reformers (Mass communicators can be dealt in the form of
case study from the above areas)
Unit – IV The New Mass Media (10)
 Media Convergence: conceptual framework, technological dimension, economic

dimension, socio-cultural dimension and its implications to 'Mass Communication'.
 Developments in the Economy, Society, and Culture and its impact on current
communication media.
 Introduce key terms such as "information economy" and "information society",
"Digital," "multimedia convergence", "information superhighway", "channel abundance" and
"interactivity."
 Impact of social media on Mass Communication
Unit-V Impact of Mass Media on Society (08)

1. Education
2. Children
3. Women
4. Culture
5. Youth
6. Development
References:
1. Mass Communication Theory: Denis Mcquail

2. Mass Communication: Rowland Lorimer
3. The Media in Your Life: An Introduction to Mass Communication : Jean Folkerts and
Stephen Lacy (Pearson Education)
4. Mass Communication Effects: Joseph Klapper
5. Mass Communication & Development: Dr. Baldev Raj Gupta
6. Mass Communication in India: Keval J Kumar
7. Mass Communication Journalism in India: D S Mehta
8. The Story of Mass Communication: Gurmeet Singh
9. Towards a Sociology of Mass Communication: Denis Mcquail
10. Perspective Human Communication: Aubrey B Fisher.
11. Communication Technology & Development: I P Tiwari
12. The Process of Communication: David K Berlo
13. Cinema &Television: Jacques Hermabon& Kumar Shahan
14. Mass Media Today: Subir Ghosh
15. You & Media: Mass Communication &Society: David Clark
16. Mass Culture, Language & arts in India: Mahadev L Apte
17. The Communication Revolution: Narayana Menon
18. Communication Facts & Ideas in Business: L. Brown (Prentice Hall)
19. Introduction to Communication Studies: John Fiske
20. India’s Communication Revolution: ArvindSinghal and Everett Rogers
21. Many Voices One World: Report of the McBride Commission
22. Here’s the News: Paul de Maesener
23. The Myth of Mass Culture: Alan Swing wood
24. Communication: C.S. Rayadu,(Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai)
25. Communication-concepts &Process: Joseph A Devito
26. Lectures on Mass Communication: S Ganesh.
INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTERS
Syllabus
Objectives:
 To equip the students with a general understanding of computer basics for everyday use.
 To train them to use this understanding to supplement their presentation skills.
 To equip the student with basic knowledge of use of technology in Media Industry.
I. Computer Basics (7 Lectures)

Basic structure of a PC, Type of Computers, Input/ output devices
(definition), Use of Printer, Scanner, microphone speaker.
Memory, storage, storage devices, RAM, ROM, Processor,
Processing speed and RAM, Hard Disk and RAM. What does
one mean by the speed of a computer?
Operating Systems, Windows Operating System, Windows
basics, windows commands and keyboard shortcuts
File Management, importance of organizing work in folders, Disk
partitions, physical and logical drives, etc.
Scratch programming; Introduction to Scratch Project, Sprite and
movements, types of statements and sequencing.
II. Networking Basics (2 Lectures)
Introduction to networks, Types of networks (peer to peer, client
server, LAN, WAN, VPN, etc.), Intranet and Internet, Client
Server Architecture.
Importance of networks in a media organization, Networking in
editing studios, television networks, knowledge management,
access to archives, Networking through satellites, transfer of
footage through OB Vans.
III. Introduction to Internet (4 Lectures)
Domain names, webservers, URL and parts of a URL. Types of
websites - Static and Dynamic websites, Portals (Horizontal and
vertical portals).
Services (email, search engines, ftp, etc.) Searching on the web,
keywords etc., Internet Security, threats, legal challenges –
copyright issues, technology issues, political issues, social issues;
economic issues – ethical issues
Importance of internet in media, effect of internet on journalism,
Newsrooms and the internet, internet and research, journalists and
the internet. Media and Internet : advantages, limitations.
IV. Text and Documents Editing and Presentation Microsoft
Word (5 Lectures)
Creating, Saving documents
Editing documents (formatting characters, lines and paragraphs,
section & Page Breaks, Headers & Footers, Tool, index)
Language Tools (spelling, grammar thesaurus
Inserting images, cut, copy, paste
Creating Tables
Mail merge, Use of keyboard shortcuts
V. Microsoft Excel (4 Lectures)
Introduction to spreadsheet, rows, columns, cell address,
Workbook, worksheet
Entering data, Formulae, functions, Editing sheets, Formatting.
Finding, replacing and filling data, Database Management,
sorting, Preparing Charts, Use of Keyboard shortcuts.
VI. Power Point (4 Lectures)
Introduction to presentations, create, save
Types of presentation layouts, slides, outlines, slide sorter,
presentation, Formatting, Tables, Cliparts, pictures, organization
charts, charts, etc.
Animation (preset, custom) Setting up slide show, timings on
clicks, hyperlinks, etc. Inserting images, videos and sounds,
Power Point presentation, Power Point show, Presentation Skill,
Keyboard shortcuts.
VII. Introduction to Designing (4 Lectures)
Types of communication, What is design, Types of design
Colour theory, Hierarchy in a design, Typography (fonts &
typefaces, type of fonts), Observation & visualization,
perspective
Unicode, installing and using Unicode.
VIII. Page Layout (Page Maker In Design and Quarkxpress (8
Lectures)
Introduction to different pagemaking software, Tools, menus,
Tools, Making pages in Quark Express / Pagemaker
Inserting a photograph / graphics for print, Creating blurbs, Using
drop caps, etc, Differences between Quark Express and
Pagemaker.
Creative page layouts in different media (flyers, brochures,
books, newspapers, etc.), Basics of newspaper layout, folds,
importance of placement of news above and below the fold,
Preparing a dummy newspaper.
IX. Photoshop (7 Lectures)
Introduction to graphics, difference between vector and bitmap
images, CMYK and RGB
Image size, canvas size, Resolution and DPI. Learning tools (all
tools of the toolbox), colour separation.
Different graphic formats (PSD, JPG, GIF, etc.) Scanning and
colour correction, Touching up photographs, importance of
highlights, mids and shadows, Cloning, duplicating and
adjustment.
Working with Image, giving effects to image, Cropping and
resizing images, Masking, Working with layers, Preparing images
for the web, print medium and films.
X. Adobe Illustrator (5 Lectures)
Introduction to illustrator, tools and panels
Creating a new document, drawing and painting, working with
points - paths-layers-colours.
Working with graphics, manupulation and effects.
Exporting the file, proof reading and optimization for printing.
Creating for artwork design for web and devices
XI. Introduction to Corel Draw (5 Lectures)
CorelDraw Terminology and Concepts
Drawing Ellipses, Circles, Arcs, and Pie Shapes
Drawing Lines in CorelDraw
Drawing Rectangles, Squares, Polygons and Stars
Cloning objects, applying colour and tone effects
Internal Assessment: Group Project/Individual Project/Book Review/Class Test/Case

Study/Presentation {Power Point/Audio-Visual Presentation/Oral Presentation}
Reference Books:
Learn Microsoft Office in 24 hrs. Photoshop
CS2 in simple step: By Dream Tech CS2 Bible: By Dream Tech
Photoshop Savvy: By Dream Tech
Classroom in a book: Tech Media CS2 Bible: Tech Media
5 for windows and mac: Tech Media Visual Quickstart Guide: Tech Media
Adobe Illustrator CS6 on Demand

By . Perspection Inc., Steve Johnson
Adobe Illustrator CS6 Classroom in a Book by Adobe Creative Team
The Adobe Illustrator CS6 WOW! Book by Sharon Steuer
A free user manual can be downloaded from the following link
http://www.google.co.in/url?sa=t&source=web&cd=1&ved=0CC0QFjAA&url=http%3A%2F%
2Fmanual.finaldraft.com%2Ffd8manual.pdf&ei=8yYCU-
muOoOQrQfC44HYAg&usg=AFQjCNF_sFY6BWRnmDTX2cby5zILEEPr6A
SCRATCH PROGRAMMING
1. Michal Armoni and Moti Ben-Ari, Computer Science Concepts in Scratch (Scratch 1.4) Version
1.0 (http://stwww.weizmann.ac.il/g-cs/scratch/scratch-14-textbook-1-0-two-side.pdf)
2. Michal Armoni and Moti Ben-Ari, Computer Science Concepts in Scratch (Supplement for Scratch
2.0) Version 1.0 (Free download from: http://stwww.weizmann.ac.il/g-cs/scratch/scratch-20-
supplement-1-0-two-side.pdf)
FYBMM, SEM 1
INTRODUCTION TO ECONMICS
No. of Lectures – 50
The aim of this paper is to introduce the basic concepts of Micro & Macro Economics to First
Year BMM students. Coupled with this, a basic understanding of the Indian economy is crucial
for media students. This will sensitise them on economic issues relevant to India, Considering
the augmenting importance of the media in highlighting and debating such concerns, a brief
overview is essential.
SECTION 1 BASIC CONCEPTS IN MICROECONOMICS Lectures (22)

1 Nature and Scope of Micro Economics: (2)
Meaning-nature-scope-significance & limitations,
positive and normative economics. Basic Concepts,
wealth-welfare and scarcity.
2 Consumer Behaviour and Demand (6)
Analysis:MarshallianApproach –Equimarginal
utility- Law of demand –Determinants of demand-
Elasticity of drmand and its measurement-Price,
Income, Cross and Promotional Elasticity of
Demand
3. Production Function:Short run and long run (6)
production function – Economies and
Diseconomies of scale, scope – international
economies
4. Costs of Production: Concepts of cost – measures (6)
of costs – Total, Fixed, Variable, Marginal,
Average Costs, opportunity costs, social and
private costs, implicit, explicit costs. Total
Revenue – Breakeven Analysis
5. Market Structure: Features of Perfect (2)
Competition, Monopoly, Monopolistic
Competition and Oligopoly
SECTION II MACROECONOMICS (28)
1. Introduction: Meaning and scope of (4)
macroeconomics- Concepts of National Income –
GNP,GDP,NNP,NDP, Per Capita Income –
Circular flow of income – Trade Cycles – Features
and Phases
2. Money and Inflation: Meaning and function of (10)
money-Constituents and Determinants of money
supply – Velocity of circulation of money – RBIs
approach to money supply – Demand for money –
Inflation – meaning- causes – effects – measures to
control inflation – Monetary policy - Functions of
Commercial Banks and Central Bank
3. Brief Understanding of Government: Fiscal (4)
Policy-Sources of Public Revenue- Areas of Public
Expenditure – Union Budget -Social Expenditure –
Millennium Development Goals
4. Overview of Indian Economy: Structure and (6)
macroeconomic scenario – salient features-
challenges and economic issues – poverty-
unemployment – infrastructure – population –
India’s position in world economy – share in world
GDP , Trade and Capital flows.
5. Introduction to External Sector: Balance of (4)
Payments –Exchange Rate -Trade Policy – Free
Trade and Protectionism – FDI - FII. World
Institutions – IMF, World Bank and WTO – India
in a globalized world
References:
1. Paul Samuelson – Economics

2. David Begg, Stanley Fischer, RudigerDornbusch– Economics
3. Stonier & Hague – A Textbook of Economic Theory
4. Lipsey& Steiner – Economics
5. D.M. Mithani – Business Economics
6. R.R. Sahuraja – Economic Theory
7. A. Koutsoyiannis – Modern Microeconomics
8. Misra&Puri– Indian Economy
9. Economic Survey - GOI
Subject: Introduction to Sociology
FYBMM Semester-I
Objectives:
 To acquaint the students with the basic foundations of Sociology

 To establish the relationship between Sociology and Mass Media
 To discuss Mass Media from a sociological perspective
 To highlight the need and relevance of Sociology in Mass Media.
Introduction to sociology: (4)
 Definition and features

 Sociological imagination
 Sociological perspectives- Functionalist, Conflict, Symbolic Interaction and Feminist
perspective.
Society and Social Interaction (6)
Definition of society, features, Types of Society- Rural and Urban,civil society
Social Interaction: Definition, Need for social interaction, Forms of social interaction: Co-
operation, Competition, Conflict, Assimilation, Accommodation, integration
Social Institution (4)
 Definition
 Need for social institutions
 Types: Family, Marriage, education, religion, economy, polity, and media
Media with reference to sociology of news (4)
 Definition of news
 Types of news
 News values
 Sociological significance of news
Culture and Media (6)
 Culture: meaning, elements, types, features

 Concepts related to culture (popular culture, sub-culture, ethnocentrism, acculturation,
cultural relativism, culture shock, cultural lag)
 Discussion of Core Indian values
 Establish the link between culture and media
Social stratification (4)
 Definition
 Segments: caste, class, gender, and age.
Socialization (4)
 Meaning
 Need
 Agencies of socialization with particular reference to Media
Social group(4)
 Meaning, need and importance

 Types (primary, secondary, formal, informal, in-group and out-group, Reference group)
Social control (4)
 Meaning,
 Functions
 Formal and informal means of control over media.
Social change and social movements: (8)
 Social Change - meaning, factors of social change, impact of social change with special
reference to media and communication.
 Social movements - Definition, features, types of social movement, elements, stages of
social movement, someexamples.
References:
Title Author Publisher
Media Promoters & Publishers
Principles of Sociology R.N.Sharma Pvt.Ltd
Sociology Anthony Giddens Wiley India Edition
Culture Change in India:Identity and
Globalisation Yogesh Sharma Rawat Publications
Family,Kinship and marriage in India Edited by Patricia Oberoi Oxford India Papers
Media Promoters & Publishers
Caste in Modern India and other Essays M.N.Srinivas Pvt.Ltd
Modernisation of Indian Tradition Yogendra Singh Rawat Publications
Rawat Publications
Indian Social System Ram Ahuja
Sociology John.J. Macionis Pearson Education
Contemporary Sociological theory Ruth. A. Wallace Pearson Education
Society In India Ram Ahuja Rawat publications
Sociology Shankar Rao S. Chand
Syllabus
Effective Communication Skills – II
 OBJECTIVES
 To advance the communication and translation skills acquired in the first semester
Editing: (English, Hindi and Marathi) Principles of editing (Punctuation, Substitution of words, Re-
structuring of sentences, Re-organizing sentence sequence in a paragraph, Use of link words, Principles of
Coherence and Cohesion), writing synopsis, abstracts, précis writing, news paper editing and magazine
editing.
Summarization: (English, Hindi and Marathi) To create awareness in students regarding organization of
the material- the points and sub-points and the logical connection between these points, Summarizing
news content,
Interpretation of technical data: Students should be taught to read graphs, maps charts. They should be
able to write a paragraph based on the data provided to them.
Letter writing: (English, Hindi and Marathi) Business Correspondence, Trade letters, Letters of
complaint, claim and adjustment, Consumer grievance letters, Letters under the Right to Information Act
and Sales letter, Press Release, Letter to the Editor.
Copywriting: (English, Hindi and Marathi) Basics and Format (Making the headline, sub-headline, body
copy, Slogans and Graphic Box)
Report writing: (English, Hindi and Marathi) General report and News report writing - Basics and
Format (Headline, Sub-headline, various type of report – hard news and soft news)
Types of translation and Practical Exercises: Actual translation of newspaper clips – Feature articles,
Opinion, Hard news articles, News comment and print advertisements, Jingles, Slogans published in
Hindi, Marathi and English.
Reference Books:
Business Communication - Rhoda A.Doctor and Aspi H.Doctor
Communication Skills in English – Aspi Doctor
Teaching Thinking - Edward De Bono
De Bono’s Thinking Course – Edward De Bono
Serious Creativity – Edward De Bono
The Mind Map Book – Buzan Tony
Becoming a Translator: An Introduction to the Theory and Practice of Translation - by Douglas Robinson
A Textbook of Translation - by Peter Newmark, Newmark

Question Paper Pattern: Semester II
Editing and Summarisation, General Knowledge and current affairs should be for internal assessment.
Guidelines to be followed for the question paper format:
1.a) Letter Writing: 10 Marks
b) Technical Writing: 5 Marks
Or
1.a) Letter Writing: 10 Marks
b) Technical Writing: 5 Marks
2.a) Report writing: 10 Marks
b) Copywriting: 5 Marks
Or
2.a) Report writing: 10 Marks
b) Copywriting: 5 Marks
INTRODUCTION TO MEDIA PSYCHOLOGY
Objectives:-
1. To impart knowledge of the basic concepts and modern trends in psychology.

2. To provide an interdisciplinary study of concepts in the field of media, communication and
psychology.
3. To expose students to a multicultural understanding, use, influence and impact of media.
4. To prepare students for a future filled with opportunities in the field of media and
communication.
TOPIC 1 - EVOLUTION OF PSYCHOLOGY. 8 Lectures.
(A) Definition of psychology.

 Branches of psychology- Overview of the fields.
 Media psychology- Definition, scope &objectives.
 Psychology and media- An uneasy relationship.
(B) Research methods in media psychology.
TOPIC 2- ROLE OF PSYCHOLOGY IN MEDIA. 10 lectures.
(A) Memory- Definition- Information processing model, LOP.

Thinking - Definition - Lateral thinking and creative thinking.
Perception – Visual and depth perception.
(B) Cognitive and behavioural effects of media. (focus on print, interactive medium and web
advertising) .
TOPIC 3-PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECTS AND INFLUENCE OF MEDIA. 12 Lectures.
(A) Personality theories (Trait theory, Cognitive theory, Psychoanalytical theory and behavior
theory.) and their relevance in mass media.
Social influence. (Definition, Conformity, Compliance, Obedience& Indoctrination)
(B) Effects of media violence.

Effects of pro-social media.
TOPIC 4- DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGICAL ISSUES WITH RESPECT TO
MEDIA. 12Lectures.
(A) Learning- Theories- Classical conditioning and Operant conditioning.

 Cognitive Learning.
 Observation learning.
 Social cognition- Script and schema.
 Motivation- Definition- Types- Need hierarchy theory.
(B) Young children and media- socialization through media.

Media use and influence during adolescence.
TOPIC 5- SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY OF THE MEDIA. 6 Lectures.
(A) Attitude formation - Theories, cognitive dissonance, role of media in attitude formation.
 Persuasion.
 Prejudice.
(B) Gender representation in media. (internal assessment)
 Representation of minority groups.
 Media representation of disability.
 Media representation of mental health.
 Audience participation and reality T.V.
Books for study:
1. Ciccarelli, S.K. & Meyer, G.E.(2006). Psychology. Pearson Education inc. and Dorling Kindersley
Publishing Inc. New Delhi; first Indian reprint 2008.
2. David, G. (2003). Media Psychology . Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Inc. New Jersey.
Books for Reference:
1. Baron, R. A., Branscombe, N.R., & Byrne, d. Bhardwaj, G. (2008). Social Psychology. (12th ed).
New Delhi: Pearson Education, Indian subcontinent adaption 2009.
2. Feldman, R.S. (2008). Understanding Psychology. (8thed.).McGraw- Hill Publication, New York.
3. Lahey , B.B. (2007). Psychology: An Introduction. (9th ed.). McGraw- Hill Publications, New York.
4. Karen, E.D. ( 2012 ). Oxford Handbook of media Psychology. ( 1st ed.). Oxford Library of
Psychology.
TOPICS FOR INTERNAL ASSIGNMENTS.
1. Media violence.
2. Love and relationships.
3. Body image and eating behavior.
4. Reality T.V.
5. News and current affairs.
6. Computer and video games.
7. Advertising and it effects.
8. Portray of crime in media.
9. Celebrity and Para social relationships.
10. Gender stereotyping on TV and media.
11. Racial and ethnic stereotyping.
12. Health communication.
13. Daily soaps.
14. Media and politics.
15. Internet and interaction.
The above topics for assignments or any others could be given to students individually or as a group
project. Assignments could be written / typed report of any of the following types of work or others.
1. Review of a Film with a psychosocial perspective.

2. Small survey using questionnaire regarding issues in mass media.
EX- Reality shows real/ reel.
Use of sexual appeal in advertising.

3. Photo essay on any psychosocial topic.
4. Comic strip / Cartoon drawing from a socio- psychological perspective.
5. Review of a news report/ article and presentation with the help of posters, photos & charts.
6. One minute video/ advertisement on any psychosocial theme.
7. Debate / Group discussion in class on issues related to mass media.
8. Audio- visual presentation on any specific topic from the syllabus.
SEMESTER II
Subject :Political Concepts and the Indian Political System
Paper : II
Objectives
 To acquaint the students with fundamental political concepts essential for understanding
political systems and theories.
 To orient the students to the Indian Constitution and the functioning of the Indian political
system.
 To provide the students with a strong base in the ‘Indian Political System’ and to expose them to
its dynamics and complexities.
 To establish a link between Politics and Media
Concepts: (6)
 Interaction between State and Society

 Definition and Elements of State and factors building a Nation
 Democracy: Principles, Institutions and Challenges
 Non-Democratic forms of government: Characteristics
Indian Constitution: (10)
 Features of the Constitution

 Preamble and Philosophy of the Constitution
 Fundamental Rights
 Fundamental Duties
 Directive Principles of State Policy
 Federal structure
Political Dynamics (India): (14)
 Indian Party System: Evolution

 Major National and Regional Parties
 Caste and Reservation
 Role of Religion in Indian Politics
 Local Self Government
 Electoral System and Reforms
 Coalition governments
Political Dynamics (Maharashtra): (12)
 Party system in Maharashtra: Evolution

 Regional Imbalance
 Dominant Caste
 The Dalit movement in Maharashtra and its present status.
 The Naxal movement in Maharashtra
 Mumbai’s political history
Politics and Media (6)
 Role of Media in democracy

 Media and formation of Public opinion
 Political Campaigning and advertising in new media
Internal Assessment: Group Project/Individual Project/Book Review/Class Test/Case Study/Presentation

{Power point/Audio – Visual presentation/Oral Presentation}
LIST OF REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Oxford Concise Dictionary of Politics, Iain Mclean / Alistair McMillan, Oxford University Press
2. Politics, 2nd Edition, Andrew Heywood, Ane Books.
3. Dictionary of Politics, D. Robertson, Penguin Books India.
4. An Introduction to Political Theory, Gauba, O. P., Macmillan
5. Political ideas and concepts : An introduction, Heywood Andrew, Macmillan, Houndmills
6. Political ideologies : An introduction, Heywood Andrew, Macmillan, Houndmills
7. Oxford Companion to Politics of the World, Krieger Joel Joseph William A Kahler Miles Nzongola
– Ntalaja Georges Stallings Barbara B. Weir Margaret, OxfordUniversity Press New York.
8. Political Theory, Das Hari Hara and Chaudhari B. C., National Publishing House.
9. Introduction to the Indian Constitution, BasuD.D., Wadhwa Publications.
10. An Introduction to the Constitution of India, Pylee M V,Vikas Publishing House.
11. Introduction to the Constitution of India, Sharma, Brij Kishore, Prentice-Hall of India.
12. Our Constitution KashyapSubhash, National Book Trust.
13. Indian Policy for Preliminary Examination, Lakshmikant, Tata McGraw Hill.
14. Indian Government and Politics, Narang A.S., Gitanjali Publishing House, New Delhi.
15. Introduction to Media and Politics, Sarah Oates, Sage publishers.
16. Principles of Modern Political Science, J.C. Johari, Sterling publishers.
17. Democracy in India, JayalNiraja Gopal, Oxford University Press
Draft Syllabus
Principles of Management: FYBMM, Semester II
Topic No of Lectures
Management -Concept, nature, process and Significance. An overview 4
of functional areas of management, managerial roles (Mintzberg)
Contribution of F.W.Taylor, Henri Fayol, Elton Mayo, Chester 6
Barnard & Peter Drucker to the management thought. Behavioral
Science approach and Contingency approach to management.
Management Functions: Planning, Organizing, Staffing, Directing, 12
Coordinating, Reporting and Budgeting.
Decision Making- concept, importance and steps in decision making 6
Leadership qualities. The need for different types of leaders for 4
different work force. Different types of Leaders
Group Dynamics and Team Management: Theories of Group 6
Formation – Formal and Informal Groups and their interaction,
Importance of teams - Formation of teams – Team Work, Leading the
team, Conflict Management - Traditional vis-à-vis Modern view of
conflict, Stress management.
Recent Trends in Management: Social Responsibility of Management 6
– environment friendly management, Management of Change,
Management of Crisis, Total Quality Management,International
Management
Reference Books
1 Essentials of Management Koontz H & W McGraw Hill, New York
2 Principles of Management Ramaswamy Himayala, Mubai
3 Management Concept and Practice Hannagain T. McMillan, Delhi
4 Basic Managerial Skills for All McGrath, E.H. Prentice Hall of India
5 Management - Text & Cases VSP Rao Excel Books, Delhi
6 Essentials of Management Massie Joseph Prentice Hall of India

7 Management: Principles & Guidelines Thomas N. Duening & John Ivancevich Biztantra
8 Management Concepts and OB P.S. Rao & N.V. Shah Ajab Pustakalaya
9 Management Concepts and Strategies J S Chandran Vikas Publishing House
10 Principles of Management Tripathi P.C. Tata McGraw Hill
11 Principles of Management: Theory and Practice Sarangi S K V M P Publishers & Distributors

12 Principles of Management Terry G R AITBS
Draft Syllabus
Principles of Marketing: FYBMM, Semester II
Topic No of Lectures
Marketing – scope, nature, definition, core marketing concepts, 6
Marketing environment, and recent trends in marketing in India.
Developing the concept of marketing mix, managing the product – types of 6

consumer and industrial products. Product related decisions, product line,
product mix, product life cycle (PLC), and new product development,
branding and packaging decisions.
New product strategies – Innovation, Market entry, Product line extension 6

Pricing of products: Pricing considerations and approaches, strategies and 4
methods.
Managing marketing channels, channel design decisions, channel dynamics, 6

managing retailing, wholesaling and market logistics.
Integrated Marketing Communications: Factors contributing to the growth 10

of IMC, Marketing Communications and Promotions, The Marketing
communication Process, The Promotion Mix. The IMC planning Process
Market Segmentation – Bases for market segmentation of consumer goods, 6

industrial goods and services – Market Targeting and positioning strategies
Types of Marketing: Tele Marketing, E-Marketing, Service Marketing, 4
Marketing through Social Networking, Rural Marketing- feature &
importance suggestion for improvement of Rural
Marketing.
Concept & components of a Marketing Information System, 2
Suggested Readings:
1. Marketing Management – Kotler, Philip; Prentice Hall of India Publications, New Delhi.
2. Marketing Management Ramaswamy, V.S. and Namakumari, S; McMillan India Ltd., New
Delhi.
3. Marketing Management Strategy and Cases – Dalyrample, J.D. and Parson, J.L.; John Wiley
and Sons.
4. Contemporary concepts and Practices – Schoell, W.F.; Allwyn and Baycon Inc., New York.
Syllabus designed by the following:
1. Dr M Hanif Lakdawala
2. Dr Shikha Dutta
3. Prof Mrs Anita Mandrekar
4. Prof Mona Bhatia
5. Prof Vaneeta Raney
6. Prof Sadaf A Shaikh

Syllabus
Introduction to Literature
Objectives-
 To give exposure to media students to various forms of Literature

 To make them understand how literature reflects contemporary period
 To identify relation between Literature and Media
Unit I
1 Introduction to Literature
(A) Concept of Literature
(B) Forms of literature-
1. Poetry & it’s types
2. Prose- Fiction-Types of Fiction
3. Drama- Elements of drama
(A) Plot
(B)Characters- Types of characters
(C)Setting
(D)Script
Unit 2
Short Stories- Kiran Desai/Ruskin Bond/Shashi Deshpande/Anton Chekhov (any collection of short
stories)
Unit 3
Novel- R.K.Narayan, Raja Rao, Amitav Ghosh, Jhumpa Lahiri, Shashi Tharoor, Upamanu Chattrejee,
Ernest Hemmingway, Mark Twain
Unit 4
Poetry
William Wordsworth, John Keats, Emily Dickenson, Lord Alfred Tennyson , William Shakespeare
Unit 5
Drama
The Merchant of Venice – William Shakespeare
Joseph Andrews – Henry Feilding
The Rising of the moon – Lady Gregory
Reference Books:
The Law and Literature: Shakuntala Bharvani
Introduction to literature: Gilbert Muller, John Williams
Question Paper Pattern:
Q.1) Compulsory question (Fiction)
Q.2) Critical Appreciation of any poem A or B
Q.3) Question on Short Stories – (Characterisation, Theme, Style, Narration) A or B
Q.4) Short Notes – (Unit 1)
Sem I :BMM: History Marks 60. Internal 40
The aim of the following revised history paper for sem 1 is to acquaint the student with
global happenings which have made historical milestones, changing power equations.
The idea is to
Help the student understand the role of media in these events. The syllabus spans
from global events, history of Africa in modern times, refugee problems, humanitarian
work, human rights violation, Asian perspective and of course, India. Care has been
taken not to overlap some topics which are scheduled in other papers like Politics and
Introduction to Journalism.
I. World Wars, Aftermath, changing boundaries: rise of dictatorships
Negative propaganda by war perpetrators,
Positive media by president Wilson
Case studies: Holocaust; War crimes
II. Cold War:
Idealogical clash: Media espionage
Theatres of Cold War: Korea Vietnam, Brinkmanship in Cuba, Economic Alliances
III. UNO Formation:
Issues under UN: Human Rights, Humanitarian Aid (African famine, refugee problem),
Formation of Israel, Middle East conflict
IV. Red star over China-reign of Mao-tse-tung

Pol Pot- Cambodia Killing fields-human rights violation. UDHR document, role of UN in
peace keeping in Sudan, Liberia
Case studies: Iran Iraq war; End of Saddam Hussein regime
V. Nelson Mandela’s contribution to removal of Apartheid.
Peace time media intervention:
 Star Radio
 Talking Drum Studio-Liberia
 Voice of Hope in Sudan
VI. Collapse of Communism:
USSR, East European nations, Glasnost & Perestroika
American hegemony-its role in Afghan War
People’s Movement in China-Tianaman Square
Case studies: Collapse of Berlin War, Formation of CIS
VII. Role of Social Media:
Arab Spring, Tahrir Square, Egypt & Jasmine Revolution
VIII. India
Partition of India: Refugee problem; Sino Indian War 1962, Indo-Pak Wars 1965, 1971-
formation of Bangladesh
India & SAARC, India’s Role in Non-Aligned Movement
Cross Border terrorism, Kargil.
IX. Maharashtra” Formation of State 1960.

Game changers in the State:: Vinoba Bhave- Bhudan Movement, Maharshi D. K. Karve-
Wome’s Univ, Baba Amte, Anna Hazare’s fight for good governance.
AC 26/2/2015
Item no. 4.11
Revised Syllabus
Program- B.M.M.
Course: Mass Media
Sem III & IV
( As per Credit Based Semester and Grading System

w.e.f. the academic year 2015–2016)
MEDIA STUDIES
Ch.1 a. Relevance of Media Studies in Contemporary Times.

b. Historical perspectives to media studies
Ch.2. The Mid 20th Century Media Evolution Theory
a. Agenda Setting
b. Uses and Gratification
c. Two Step How
d. Mc. Luhan – Medhini is the message
e. Foucault – Power & Authority
f. Propaganda Model
Ch.3 Media and Globalisation
a. Division and contradiction in the Global Information Infrastructure
b. Racist Ideologies and the Media (Stuart Ha)
c. Media and Diaspora
d. New Media Theory
e. Cognitive Theory
Ch.4 Media and its commercial Impact.
a. Advertising Magazine Culture and the new man
b. Trends in Media
c. Feminist Strategies of Detection
d. Media Power and Political Culture
Ch.5 Constituents of Media
a. Language
b. Religion
c. Discourse
d. Technology
Ch.6 Challenges to contemporary Media
a. Media and Consumerism
b. Intellectual Property and New Media
c. Young people as consumers of Advertising Art.
Bibliography
1. Media Studies – Eoin Devereux
- Media & Diaspora Pg. 363 and 369.
- Media Power and Political Culture – Four factors of change pg. 216
2. Paul F. Lazarfild, ‘Remarks on Administrative and Critical Communications Research’
Studies in Philosophy and Social Change P 2-16
3. Marshall McLuhan – Understanding Media: the extension of man p8 11 & 15-21, 31-3,
68-9.
4. Norman Faciclough – Media Discourse pg.53-74
5. M.E. Brown (ed) Television and Women’s Culture P.117 – 33.
6. R.C. Aven (ed.) Channels of Discourse Reanimbled P.327-51.
7. Joke – Cultural Studies (1993) P.493-506.
8. S. Nixon, Hard books – Masculinities, Spectatorship and Contemporary consumption
P.103, 116-22, 131-37, 143-44.
9. Television and Post Modernism, Jim Collins, media studies – A Reader (ed) Paul
Marris& Sui Thomham (Edinnurgh University Press).
10. New Technologies and Domestic Consumption – Eric Hersch (same as no.9)
11. M. Nava, changing cultures : Feminism, Youth and Consumerism P. 171-82.
Bachelors in Mass Media
INTRODUCTION TO ADVANCE COMPUTERS
SEMESTER III
Syllabus
Objectives:
To equip the students with a understanding of industry knowledge required to make a career
in the field of print and Advertising, Digital Marketing, Television media, Film etc.
To train them with the software knowledge required in the above mentioned Industries.
I Basics of Online Marketing (5 Classroom Lectures)
 Building an online marketing foundation.

 Planning and Building the Website.
 Content Marketing.
 Blogging.
 Social Media Marketing.
 Web Analytics. (Google Analytics).
 Search Engine optimization / How Google Works.
 Online Advertising / Search Engine Marketing. (Google Adwords).
 Email Marketing / Webinar.
 Online Public Relation.
 Managing Multitasking Web Marketing.
II Basics Of Animation (2 Class room Sessions + 5 Lab sessions)
 Understanding Animation (Adobe Flash may be used).

 Working with Fills and Outline, Layers and Pen tool.
 Understanding Layers and Symbols.
 Working with Text and Mask Layers.
 Creating Frame by Frame Animation.
 Motion Tweeningand Motion Editor.
 Classic tweening and Shape tweening.
 Working with Sound and Video and Publishing a Movie.
III HTML 5 with CSS (3 Class room sessions + 6 Lab sessions)

 Introduction to the Web.
 Introduction to HTML5.
 Formatting Text Using Tags.
 Creating Hyperlinks and Anchors.
 Introduction to CSS3.
 Formatting Using Style Sheets.
 Displaying Graphics and CSS3 Animation.
 Creating Navigational Aids and Division Based Layout.
 Creating Tables.
 HTML Forms.
 HTMLS Audio and Video.
IVWeb Designing(2Class room Sessions + 4 Lab sessions)
 Getting Started with Web Designing (Dreamweaver CS 6 may be used).

 Working with Lists, Tables, Links and Frames.
 Forms, CSS, Behaviors and Snippets.
 Working with Multimedia Objects.
 Testing a Website.
 Working with Dynamic Websites.
V Basics Of Audio / Video Editing (4 Class room Sessions +10 Lab Sessions)
 Introduction to Adobe Audition.

 Working with Audio Editing.
 Working with Multi-track Editor and Recording Audio.
 Working with Audio Effect.
 Introduction to Digital Video Editing.
 Starting with Adobe Premiere Pro CS6.
 Capturing Clips and Using Tools.
 Video Editing.
 Animating, Effects, Transitions and Exporting Video.
 Working with Audio.
 Creating Titles and Superimposing.
 Previewing & Rendering Output.
VI Basics Of 3D Animation (6 Class room Sessions + 6 Lab Sessions)
 Overview.
 Working with Objects.
 Transforming and Grouping.
 Shapes and Modifiers.
 Compound Objects.
 Low Poly Modeling.
 High Poly Modeling.
 Creating Models with Nurbs.
 Patch Modeling and Surface Tool.
 Modifying Objects.
 Integration of Various Modeling Techniques.
 Creation of Morph Targets.
Reference Books:
 Basics Of Online Marketing :
 The 36-Hour Course – Online Marketing byLorrieThomas From Mcgraw Hill

 Web Marketing that Works – Adam Franklin and TobyJenkins by Wiley.
 13 Pillars of Internet Marketing E book ByDavid Bain.
 Understanding Digital Marketing ByDamian Rayan& Calvin Jones.
 Social Media Marketing – All in one for Dummies.
 Advanced Web Metrics with Google Analytics.
 Advanced Google Adwords – by Brad Geddes.
 Brad Callens - Google Adwords Secrets
 Basics Of Flash CS6 With Animation :

 TheMissingManualby Chris Grover.
 Adobe Flash Professional CS6 Classroom in a Book - Adobe Creative Team
 Basics Of Audio / Video Editing :

 Adobe Premier CS 6:Classroom In A Book
 Adobe After Effects Digital Classroom
 Adobe Audition CS6 Classroom In A Book
 Dreamweaver :Adobe Dreamweaver CS6 Bible.
 HTML 5 with CSS 3:

 HTML 5 For Web Designers by Jeffrey Zeldman
 HTML 5 Animation byBilly Lamberta& Keith Peters
 Basics Of 3D Animation :
 Autodesk 3Ds Max Essentials byRandi L. Derakhshani&DariushDerakhshani
Sybex
 Autodesk 3Ds Max 2014 by Randi L. Derakhshani&DariushDerakhshani
Sybex
Internal Assessment: Group Project/Individual Project/Book Review/Class Test/Case

Study/Presentation Power Point/Audio-Visual Presentation/Oral Presentation}
UNDERSTANDING CINEMA (SEM III)
100 MARKS PAPER
TO BE ADMINISTERED AT SEMESTER III OF BACHELOR OF MASS MEDIA
Please Note: This one paper cannot guarantee any creation of Film-makers.
However, the paper takes a holistic approach giving sufficient insight to the
students seeking diverse careers and certain specific knowhow of films in the short
span of Three (3) months. Thus it is also necessary to retain the title of this paper as
Understanding Cinema (to mean in the process of learning) and by its name it has
given credits and jobs to a large number of students already working in the
industry.
SUGGESTED GUIDELINES AND OBJECTIVES OF THE PAPER:

1. This paper shouldaim to sensitize the students towards Cinema as a
medium of Mass Communication and help them to become critical
viewers of movies today.
a. From A Personal Point Of View
b. From A Social Point Of View
c. From A Business Point Of View (in context of Box Office Success)
2. The students should get to study the similarities and differences between
various movie cultures. (Have a contextual understanding)
3. The students should get to study Indian cinema through its similarities
and differences with both Indian & Western traditions of art and
culture.
4. Movies cannot be studied apart from the technology used to produce
them. Hence, the students should necessarily be given some practical
exercises in the paper for internal marks.
5. The students should study cinema by watching through an open-ended
list of movies.
(Screening of films should depend to a great extent on the FORTE of the
teacher and the type of students in the class)
6. The teacher must briefly address diverse films in the course of their
lecture (Although thereare some specific subjects that can deal with films of
different types a special session must touch upon Cinema in all its possible
forms - to encompass from the ordinary Factual Documentary format to the
most effective Bumper Breaks/ Advertisements. From the special effects
total Sci-fi and Fiction films to the harsh Reality bite films. Even from
Promotional Corporate films and travelogues to the most stereotype telecast
of Newsreels)
COURSE MODULES:
MODULE 1: (12 lectures)

Introduction to Cinema as a Medium, Language of Cinema, Cinema Narratives,
Evolution of Cinema covering Hollywood as well as Indian Cinema from the
early beginnings to its status today.
Introduction to Genres, Understanding Diverse Film Genres, with a special
mention to Italian Neorealism, French New Wave and Indian Parallel Cinema.
In the Indian Context: Contribution and Impact of Regional Cinema.
In the Indian Context: Contribution and Impact of Regional Cinema.
 Basic Introduction to the TECHNOLOGY used in Cinema.
 Introduction to few important TECHNIQUES employed by different film
makers.
 Introduction to the BUSINESS with prevailing practices in the production
and marketing of films.
NOTE: A special mention to be made to the contribution and role of Digital
technologies in Modern Film making process.
Introduction and basic discussion to cover a broad range of films:
Documentaries, Commercial Ads, Corporate Films, Short Films, Newreels,
Public Service Ads and others.
SYSTEM OF MARKING:
A. This syllabus is suggested keeping in mind the credit based system of

Mumbai University.
B. The examination pattern should be strictly as per the guidelines of Mumbai
University
under the new credit based system sparing sufficient weightage for Internal
Marks examination through assignment of practical exercises.
C. As per the view of this Sub Committee, It would be only appropriate to
administer this paper by 60:40 ratio where 60 marks should be for theory and
40 marks for practical session.
PLEASE NOTE: The Sub Committee strongly suggests that the 40 marks for
internals (or 25 marks as in the present system) should be entirely retained for
practicals. This is quintessential for this paper and therefore the faculty for this
paper (Visiting faculty from Industry as well as Academicians) should be very
judicious in assigning the projects for the same.
D. Atleast one question from each module should be included for the term end
Question paper giving equal weightage to all modules.
Suggested Bibliography
1. Classical Hollywood Cinema, Film Style and Mode of Production to 1960
- D. Bordwell, J. Staiger and K. Thompson
2. Hollywood Cinema: An Introduction – R. Maltby and I. Craven
3. The Hollywood Studio System – D. Gomery
4. Narration in Fiction Film – D. Bordwell
5. Narrative Comprehension in Film – E. Brannigan
6. Bollywood – Ashok Banker
7. Our Films Their Films – S. Ray
8. Fingerprinting Popular Culture: The Mythic and the Iconic in Indian Cinema
- VinayLal and AshisNandy (Ed.)
PLEASE NOTE:The faculty for this paper can use all other possible sources to resource
material for the students.
Cultural studies SYBMM Semester - III
Objectives:
 To create awareness on cultural theories and its relevance in media

 To discuss the importance of cultural studies and its role in mass media.
 To understand the cultural concepts and its impact on the media
No. of Lectures: 48
Chapter No.1
Introduction to cultural studies:
(12)
(a) Evolution, Need and significance of cultural studies.
 Key concepts in cultural studies- Representation, materialism, Non-reductionism,

Articulation, Power, Popular culture, Texts and readers , subjectivity and Identity
(b) Theories and its relevance in media
 Diffusionism- Kroeber
 Cultural materialism- Raymond Willams
 Functionalism- Malinowski, and R. Brown
 Social interaction- G.H.Mead and Cooley
 Popular and mass culture, circuit of culture, encoding and decoding - Stuart Hall
 Culture and industry – John Fiske
Chapter- II (12)
(a) Construction of culture
 Social
 Economic
 Political
 Religion
 Technology
(b) Re- representation and media culture
 Language
 Gender
 Race
 Class
 Ethnicity
 Kinship and terminology
Chapter- 3 (12)
Globalisation and cultural studies
(a) Popular culture- trends, transformation and its impact on society
(b) Commodification of culture and its impact on lifestyle
(c) Changing values, ideologies and its relevance in the contemporary society
(d) Global economic flow, global cultural flows, homogenization and fragmentation,
glocalization, creolization, globalization and power
(e) Digital media culture
Chapter -4
Cultural expressions and media (12)
 Oral traditions- folklore

 Fashions and fad
 Cuisine
 Festivals
 Sports
 Art and Architecture.
References:
 Meenakshi Gigi Durham and Douglas M.Kellner , Media and cultural studies,
Blackwell publishing house,2012
 Chris Baker, “The sage Dictionary of Cultural Studies”, Sage Publication.
 Chris Baker, “Theory and Cultural Studies”, Sage Publication,2003
 Pramod Nair, ”Introduction to Cultural Studies”, Viva Books, 2011.
 Keesing Roger and Strathern Andrew: Cultural Anthropology-A Contemporary
Perspective, Harcourt Brace,1998
 Ed.During, Simon: The Cultural Studies Reader
 Scupin Raymond: Cultural Anthropology,Wadsworth,2002
 Nanda and Warms: Cultural Anthropology, Wadsworth, 2002.
 S.L. Joshi and P.C.Jain: Social Anthropology, Rawat Publications,2001
 Richard Schaefer: Sociology-A Brief Introduction, Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publishing
Company Ltd., 2006.
 Johan Hartley and Terence Hawkes: Popular Culture and High Culture-History &
Theory.
Semester III
Subject :INTRODUCTION TO CREATIVE WRITING

Paper : I
Objectives:
(i) To encourage students to read stories, poems, plays
(ii) To develop further and build upon the writing and analytical skills acquired in
Semesters I & II
(iii) To acquaint students with basic concepts in literary writing.
(iv) To prepare students to write for media.
Syllabus :
SECTION – I
A Brief Introduction to Creative Writing
Aspects of Creativity in Literature, Media, Public Speeches, Presentations, Interviews
(05 sessions).
1. Formal structure of the short story: (06 sessions)
a. Theme
b. Plot
c. Character
d. Point of view
e. Setting
Analyse some short stories preferably contemporary on the basis of each of
these formal aspects.
2. Formal aspects of Poetry: (06 sessions)
a. Theme
b. Diction
c. Tone
d. Imagery
e. Symbolism
f. Figures of speech: metaphor, simile, personification, alliteration,
onomatopoeia analyse some poems, on the basis of each of these formal
aspects.
3. Formal aspects of Drama (06 sessions)
a. Theme
b. Plot
c. Character
d. Dialogue
Analyse on play preferably contemporary on the basis of each of these formal
aspects.
4. Publication Aspects (06 sessions)
a. Understanding the intended readership
b. Revising editing and proof-reading.
c. Exploring the market for a suitable publisher
d. Preparing the manuscript as hard and soft copy
e. Intellectual property rights.
f. The financial aspects of publication
SECTION II
5. Scripting, Screenplay, and dialogue writing focusing on (15 sessions)
a. Radio
b. Television
c. Short film / documentary / ad film
These are to be discussed with special reference to
a. The storyboard
b. The two-column script
c. Interactive scripts
d. Narration scripts in the screenplay format
6. Writing for the internet, with special reference to (06 sessions)

a. Alerts
b. Blogs
c. News on the net
Evaluation
Sections I & II to be tested in the semester end examination (75 marks)
Assignments / Projects (25 marks)
Suggested Projects : Film Review
Book Review
Adapting a short story to a screenplay
Writing an original screenplay / script for radio or television
Reference:
1. Arco, Peterson, S. How to write short stories. Peterson’s, 2002.
2. Axelrod, R.B. et al. The St. Martin’s Guide to Writing: Instructor’s Resource Manual. New
York: St. Martin’s Press, 1994.
3. Bell, Julia. Editor. The Creative Writing Coursebook: 40 Authors share Advice and
Exercises for Fiction and Poetry. Pan, Macmillan, 2001.
4. Brooks, Cleanth& Robert Penn Warren. edsUnderstanding Poetry, Fourth Edition, Holt, Rinehart
and Winston. 1976.
5. Ciardi, J. and M. Williams. How does a peom mean? Boston: Houghton Miffin Co., 1959, 1975.
6. DevAnjana, AnuradhaMarwah and Swati Paul (eds), Creative Writing: A Manual for Beginners.
Delhi: Pearson, 2008
7. Gardner, John. The Art of Fiction: Notes on Craft for Young Writers. Vintage Books, 1991.
8. Grenville, Kate. The writing book: A workbook for Fiction Writers. Allen and Unwin, 1999.
9. Kanar, Carol. The confident Writer: Instructor’s Edition. Boston: Houghton Miffin Co., 1998.
10. Kness, Nancy. Beginnings, Middles and Ends (The Elements of Fiction Writing).
11. McCrimmon, James M. Writing with a Purpose. Boston: Houghton Miffin Co., 1980.
12. Muller, Gilbert H. & John A Williams. The McGraw-Hill Introduction to Literature. Second
Edition, McGraw-Hill, Inc. 1995.
13. Ritter, Robert, M.Editor. The Oxford Dictionary for Writers and Editors. OUP, 2000.
14. Roberts, Edgar, V. Writing Themes about Literature. New Jersey: Prentice Hall Inc. 1982.
15. Singleton, John and M. Luckhurst. Eds. The Creative Writing Handbook.Plagrave, Macmillan,
1999.
16. Sova, Dawn, B. How to write articles for Newspapers and Magazines. Peterson’s, 2002.
Books on Script Writing

(retrieved from http://www.librarything.com/search_works.php?q=Scriptwriting)
Publication details available on website
 The Complete Book of Scriptwriting by J. Michael Straczynski
 Successful Scriptwriting by Jurgen Wolff
 Successful Scriptwriting by Kerry Cox
 Writers on Comics Scriptwriting, Vol.2 by Andrew Kardon
 Film Scriptwriting, Second Edition: A Practical Manual by Dwight V Swain
 Alternative Scriptwriting, Fourth Edition: Successfully Breaking the Rules by Ken Dancyger
 Trip to Quiapo: Scriptwriting Manual Ni Ricky Lee by Ricky Lee
 Alternative Scriptwriting: Writing Beyond the Rules by Ken Dancyger
 Scriptwriting for High-Impact Videos: Imaginative Approaches to Delivering Factual Information,
First Edition by John Morley
 Global Scriptwriting by Ken Dancyger
 Alternative Scriptwriting by John Greyson
 Radio Scriptwriting by Sam Boardman-Jacobs
 Basics Animation: Scriptwriting (Basics Animation) by Paul Wells
 The Scriptwriting Pack by Ross Smith
 How to Make Money Scriptwriting by Julian Friedmann
 Scriptwriting for Effective Telemarketing by Judy Mckee
 Alternative Scriptwriting 2nd Edition by Ken Dancyger
 Scriptwriting for Animation (Media Manuals) by Stan Hayward
 Scriptwriting for the Screen by Charlie Moritz
 Scriptwriting Updated by Linda Aronson
 Screen Adaptation : A Scriptwriting Handbook, 2nd Edition by Kenneth Portnoy
 Scriptwriting for the Screen (Media Skills) by Charlie Moritz
 Alternative Scriptwriting, 3rd Edition – Successfully Breaking the Rules by Ken Dancyger
 The Complete Book of Scriptwriting by J. Michael Straczynski
 Complete Book of Scriptwriting Rev Edition by J. Michael Straczynski
 Humbridge: an Everyday Story of Scriptwriting Folk by Anthony Parkin
 Writers on Comics Scriptwriting Volume 2 by Tom Root
 Writing Comedy : A Guide to Scriptwriting for TV , Radios, Film and Stage by Ronald Wolfe
 Gardner’s Guide to Animation Scriptwriting : The Writer’s Road Map (Gardner’s Guide series) by
Marilyn Webber
 Video Scriptwriting : How to Write for the $4 Billion Commercial Video Market by Barry Hampe
 Scriptwriting for High-Impact Videos: Imaginative Approaches to Delivering,Factual Information,
First Edition by John Morley.
 Aristotle in Hollywood: Visual Stories That Work (Studies in Scriptwriting) by Ari Hiltunen
 An introduction to Writing for Electronic Media: Scriptwriting Essentials Across the Genres by
Robert B. Musburger, PhD
 The Corporate Scriptwriting Book: A Step-by-Step Guide to Writing Business Films, Videotapes, &
Slide Shows by Donna Matrazzo.
 Teaching Scriptwriting, Screenplays and Storyboards for Film and TV Production (Bfi Teaching
Film and Media Studies) by Mark Readman
Books on Screenplay Writing

(retrieved from http://www.librarything.com/search_works.php?q=Scriptwriting)
Publication details available on website
 Screenplay : The Foundations of Screenwriting by Syd Field

 Writing the Character-Centered Screenplay by Andrew Horton
 Writing Your Screenplay by Lisa Dethridge
 500 Ways to Beat the Hollywood Script Reader : Writing the Screenplay the Reader Will
Recommend by Jennifer Lerch
 How to write a selling screenplay : a step-by-step approach to developing your story and writing
your screenplay by Christopher Keane
 Screenplay Workbook: The Writing Before the Writing by Jeremy Robinson
 Screenplay: Writing the Picture by Robin U. Russin
 The Writer’s Guide to Writing Your Screenplay: How to write Great Screenplays for movies and
Television by Cynthia Whitcomb
 Writing the romantic comedy : how to craft a screenplay that will sell by Billy Mernit
 Laughing Out Loud: Writing the Comedy-Centered Screenplay by Andrew Horton
 Writing the Character-Centered Screenplay, Updated and Expanded edition by Andrew Horton
 The Perfect Screenplay: Writing It and Selling It by Katherine Herbert
 Writing the Screenplay: TV and Film, 2/E by Alan A. Armer
 The Everything Creative Writing Book : All You Need to Know to Write a Novel Play, Short Story,
Screenplay, Poem, or Art by Carol Whiteley
 The 3rd Act : Writing a Great Ending to Your Screenplay by Drew Yanno
 Writing a Screenplay by John Costello
 The Technique of Screenplay Writing by Eugene Vale
 Writing bestselling true crime and suspense stories : break into the exciting and profitable field of
book, screenplay, and tele by Tom Byrnes
Useful Websites: (Retrieved fromhttp:// education-

portal.com/articles/25 Helpful Websites for Creative Writers.html)
General Writing
Writer’s Digest
NoviceWriters.net
Writing Fix
Writer’s FM
Writing Prompts
The Story Starter
CreativeWritingPromts.com
Fifteen Minutes of Fiction
Imagination Prompt Generator
Bonnie’s Online Story Spinner
Writing Mechanics
Grammar Girl
SparkNotes Searchable Database
The Owl
Web English Teacher
AutoCrit Editing, Wizard
Getting Published
First Writer
Agent Query
Literary Marketplace
Duotrope’s Digest
Funds for Writers
Additional:
40 of the Best Websites for Young Writers
The Ultimate Writers Guide to improving Your Blogging Skills
www.museindia.com
www.languageinindia.com
Suggested Syllabus Revision for SYBMM Sem III
Introduction to Public Relations
Objectives:
1. To prepare students for effective & ethical public communication on behalf of
organisations.
2. To help students acquire basic skills in the practical aspectsof Media Relations & Crisis
Management.
3. To equip students with basic skills to write & develop Press Release& other PR
communication.
4. To design a PR campaign.
Topic Outline
No. of
Sr. No Topic
Lectures
a.Definition of Public Relations (PR)
1. A. Nature
B. Scope
C. Stakeholders 06
b. Evolution of PR. With special focus on India.
2. PR,Propaganda, Public Opinion & Publicity. 02
3. PR and Marketing PR & Advertising, PR and Branding 06
Objectives, Functions of PR, Skills needed to be a PR
4. 04
Professional.
a. In-house PR and PR Consultancy: Advantages &
Disadvantages
5. 04
b.Internal and External PR : With focus on Corporate
Communications
6. Corporate Image Management 02
PR Tools:
I. Media tools
a. Press release
b. Press conference
c. Others
II. Non Media
a. Seminars
7. b. Exhibitions / trade fairs
c. Sponsorship
d. Others
III. Content Development in PR 08
a. Development of profile: Company / Individual
b. Drafting a Pitch note/ Proposal
c. Writing for Social Media
8. New age PR:Digital PR (To be taught with contemporary cases) 04
PR process with emphasis on developing a PR campaign
9. 04
Crisis communication (With case studies)
10. a. Preparing a crisis plan 04
b. Handling crisis
11. Social responsibility & PR (With case studies) 02
12. Ethics in PR: Code of conduct(With case studies) 02
References
 Excellence in Public Relations and Communication Management

- James E. Grunig, David M. Dozier, William P. Ehling, Larissa A. Grunig, Fred
C. Repper, Jon White; Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
 Crisis Communications: A Casebook Approach

- Kathleen Fearn-Banks; Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
 Strategic Planning for Public Relations

- Ronald D. Apr Smith; Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
 Corporate Public Relations: A New Historical Perspective

- Marvin N. Olasky; Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
 Public Relations Writing: Principles in Practice

- Donald Treadwell, Jill B. Treadwell; Sage Publications.
 Media Writing: Print, Broadcast, and Public Relations

- W. Richard Whitaker, Janet E. Ramsey, Ronald D. Smith; Lawrence Erlbaum
Associates.
 New media and public relations

- Sandra C. Duhé; Peter Lang.
 Online Public Relations

- David Phillips, Philip Young; Kogan Page.
 Effective Public Relations

- Scott Cutlip, Allen Center and Glen Broom; Pearson Education.
 PR and Media Relations

- Dr. G.C. Banik; Jaico Publishing House.
 Public Relations techniques that work

- Jim Dunn; Crest Publishing House.
 Principles of Public Relations

- C.S. Rayudu and K.R. Balan; Himalaya Publishers.
 Public Relations for your business

- Frank Jefkins; Jaico Publishing House.
 The fall of advertising and the rise of PR

- Al Ries, Laura Ries; Harper Collins.
 Public Relations : The profession and the practice

- Dan Latimore, Otis Baskin, Suzette Heiman, Elizabeth Toth; McGraw Hill
Education.
 A Handbook of Public Relations and Communication
- Lesly Philip; McGraw Hill Education.
 This is PR – The realities of Public Relations

- Newsom, Turk, Kruckeberg; Thomas Asia.
Mass Media Research

Objectives:
 To introduce students to debates in Research approaches and equip them with tools
to carry on research
 To understand the scope and techniques of media research, their utility and
limitations
SL.No Particulars Sessions

1. Relevance, Scope of Mass Media Research and 3
Role of research in the media
2. Steps involved in the Research Process 3
3. Qualitative and Quantitative Research 3
4. Discovery of research problem, identifying dependent and 6
independent variables, developing hypothesis.
5. Concept, types and uses of Research Designs: 3
a. Exploratory
b. Descriptive and
c. Causal.
6. Data – Collection Methodology : 6
a. Primary Data – Collection Methods
i. Depth interviews
ii. Focus group
iii. Surveys
iv. Observations
v. Experimentations
b. Secondary Data Collection Methods
c. Literature review
7. Designing Questionnaire and measurement techniques: 6
a. Types and basics of questionnaire
b. Projective techniques
c. Attitude measurement scales
8. Sampling process 6
9. Data Tabulation and Research report format 3
10. Application of research in mass media 3
11. Introduction to Semiology 6
a. The semiotic approach to the construction of meaning
b. Barthes Primary level and secondary level signification.
c. Semiotic analysis
12. Content Analysis: 6
a. Definition and uses
b. Quantitative and Qualitative approach
c. Steps in content analysis
d. Devising means of a quantification system
e. Limitations of content analysis
Reference Books:
1. Kothari; Research Methodology; Wiley Eastern Ltd.
2. Dixon, Bouma, Atkinson; A Handbook of Social Science Research; OUP
3. Reffe, Daniel; Lacy, Stephen and Fico, Frederick; Analyzing Media Message;
(1998); Lawrence Erlbaum Associates
4. Gunter, Brrie; Media Research Methods; (2000); Sage
5. Wimmer and Dominick; Mass Media Research
6. De Fleur; Milestones in Mass Communication Research
Syllabus revision Committee:
1. Dr M HanifLakdawala ( Convenor )
2. Prof Anita Mandrekar
3. Prof Shikha Dutta
BMM (SEMESTER - IV)
INTRODUCTION TO JOURNALISM
Objectives:
To help media students to acquaint themselves with an influential medium of journalism
which holds the key to opinion formation & create awareness
1. Changing face of journalism from Guttenberg to new media …………………….4

2. Journalism in India:
 Earliest publications
 The rise of nationalist press
 Post 1947
 The emergency 1975
 Post Emergency
 Post liberalization of the economy boom in magazines niche journalism
…………6
How technology advancement has helped media?
3. New media with special reference to rise the Citizen Journalism ……………….. 4
4. Definition of News; Hard News / Soft News and blend of the two..……………….4
5. The news process from the event to the reader.…………………………………….2
6. Criteria for news worthiness …………………………………………………………..2
7. News Reports; Features; Editorials …………………………………………………..2
8. Components of a news story
 Finding a new angle
 Writing a lead
 Types of Lead
 Inverted pyramid format ………………………………………………………….8
9. Role of Journalism with special emphasis on its role to educate

 Interpretation
 Transmission of values
 Development
 Entertainment ……………………………………………………………………….2
10. Principles of Journalism
 Objectivity
 Accuracy
 Without fear or favour
 Balance ……………………………………………………………………………..2
11. Basic difference in writing for the print, television and online journalism ……..2+2
12. Jobs in journalism…………………………………………………………………………2

13. Latest trends and issues in journalism………………………………………………….2
14. Short notes on
Press council of media students …………………….…………………………………2
Audit bureau of circulation……………………………………………………………….2
Suggested readings
1. Writing and Reporting News by Carole Rich; Thomson Wadsworth
2. Journalism: Principles and Practice by Tony Harcup, Sage Publication, 2011 edition
3. Recommended reading Nalin Mehta on Indian TV
4. M V Kamath: ‘Behind the by-line’ journalist’s Handbook, Professional Journalism.
5. Introduction to Journalism : Essential Technique Richard Rudin
6. Introduction to Journalism: Carole Fleming
7. Introduction to Journalism : James glen stowall
SEMESTER IV
Subject :Print Production And Photography
Paper: III
Objectives: To help students understand the principles and practice of photography. To enable students to
enjoy photography as an art.
Photography
Basic Photography:
1. History of Photography
2. Loading the film and shooting
3. Operation of a film camera
4. Care and maintenance of camera equipment
Basic Principles:
1. Properties of light, reflection, transmission, refraction, Different type of light sources and their sources
and properties, controlling light, Types of light, forms of light.
2. Types of Cameras, virtual image formation, Lens (various types of lenses) – Wide Angle, Tele,
Normal, Zoom)
3. Photosensitive material, Celluloid, Film & ISO, Types of film, Colour film – C41 process.
Exposure:
1. Mechanism of aperture, shutter, ISO.
2. Correct exposure.
Concepts of composition
Digital Capture
Various types of Digital Capture and Image.
Total sessions: 35 of 50 minutes each.
Print Production
Major landmarks in history and development of ‘print technology’
Basic print: processes, contact, projection, composition, inprinter, special effect printer.
Print machines and image carriers
+ Letterpress, offset, silkscreen, digital print
DTP
Future trends in print technology
Awareness of Photo-editing softwares (Possibilities and Limitations)
Softwares:
Adobe Photoshop, Adobe Lightroom, Colour Correction, Processing, High Dynamic Range, Illustrator.
Internal Assessment :Group Project / Individual project / Book review, Class test, Casetsudy,
Presentation, Powerpoint, Audio-Visual presentation, Oral presentation
Total sessions: 13 of 50 minutes each.
References:
1. Mitchell Beazley – The Art of Colour Photography – Octopus Publishing Group Ltd.
2. John Hedgecoe – John Hedgecoe’s Creative Photography – Collins and Brown
3. M. Beazley- John Hedgecoe’s Workbook of Darkroom Techniques – Red International Books Ltd.
4. Steve Bavister – Digital Photography – Collin’s & Brown Ltd 2000
5. John Hedgecoe – John Hedgecoe’s Basic Photography – Collins and Brown
ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR.
OBJECTIVES.
 To impart knowledge of the basic concepts and facets of organisational behaviour.

 To highlight the role of psychological factors & process at work.
 To foster management skills among students.
1. Nature of Organisational behaviour. (4)

 Definition of Organisation & Types.
 Concept of OB & its scope.
 Models of Organisational Behaviour.
2. Organisational structure & its Environment. (6)
 Organisation and its environment.
 Formal Organisation: Design & Structure.
 Divisions of work and task interdependence.
3. Organisation Culture. (6)

 Sources of Organisational Culture.
 Types of Organisational Culture.
 Manifestation & Managing Organisational Culture.
 Work force diversity - Gender , Ethnic & Community issues & personality factors.
4. Motivation. (8)
 Theories of Motivation – Need & Process Theory.
 Application of Motivation Theories.
5. Group Dynamics in Organisation. (6)

 Concepts of group & types of group.
 Group norms & Group cohesion.
 Concept of team work.
6. Decision making. (6)

 Decision making – definition & process.
 Group Think, risky shift & Polarisation.
 Techniques for improving decision making- MIS (Management Information System).
7. Leadership. (6)
 Importance & Characteristics of control.
 Qualities of an effective Leader.
 Leadership Style & effective Communication.
8. Dynamics of stress. (6)

 Concept.
 Causes & effect.
 Coping Strategies.
REFERENCE BOOKS.
1. Newstorm, J.W & Davis, K.(2002) Organisational Behaviour, Human Behaviour at Work (11th
Edition)., Tata McGraw Hills.
2. Khanka, S.S.(2006)Organisational Behaviour-Text & Cases (5th Edition) S.Chand& Co Ltd.
3. Robbins, S.P.(2012) Organisational Behaviour (15th Edition) Prentice Hall International, Inc.
4. Luthans& Fred (2010) Organisational Behaviour (12th edition) McGraw Hills.
TV Radio-SYBMM Syllabus
Semester IV
Objectives
To acquaint students with the working of two powerful media ie radio and television. The
content is useful for both advertising and journalism students in order to further their careers in
their respective fields.
I. Introduction No. of lectures
- A Short History of Radio & TV in India 6
- All India Radio
- Doordarshan
- Prasar Bharti main points
- Convergence trends
II. Introduction to Sound for both TV & Radio
- Types of Sound: Natural, Ambient, Recorded 10
- The Studio Setup
- The Sound Equipment: Mixer, Control Panel
- Tape Recording
- Digital Recording
- Outdoor Recording
- Types of Microphones
- The Editing suite
..
III. Introduction to Visuals
- The Power & Influence of Visuals 6
- The Video-camera: types of shots, camera positions, shot sequences, shot

length
- Lighting: The importance of lighting
- Television setup: The TV studio, difference between Studio & on-location

shoots
IV. Introduction to Radio Formats 4
Broad guidelines -classifications
- News
- Documentary
- Feature
- Talk Show
- Music shows
- Radio Drama
- Sports broadcasting
V. Introduction to Television Programming 4
Broad guidelines and classification
- News
- Documentary
- Feature
- Talk Shows
- TV serials & soaps

- Sports
- Reality
- Animation
VI. Different Roles 6
-Community Radio-role and importance
- Contribution of All India Radio
- The Satellite and Direct to Home challenge
VII. Other Requirements 6
-Story board
-On-line editing
- Educational TV with reference to Jamia-milia, etc. virtual classrooms
VIII. Broadcast Production 6
- Pre- Production
- Production
- Post- Production
Suggested case studies: BBC Radio
Suggested assignments: Short documentary films

S.Y.B.M.M.
SEM- IV
Teaching Learning Objectives
1. To introduce Students to the basic steps in advertising
2. To help students understand the creations of an ad campaign
3. To understand the structure of an Ad Agency
Introduction to Advertising Proposed Changes NO. of Lectures

1. A brief history of Advertising and the current status of Advertising (8)
The basic characteristics of Advertising
The limitations of advertising
Effects of Advertising on the Economy, on Society
The Ethical Issues in Advertising
The criticism of advertising
2. The Advertising Agency (10)

Structure of an Ad Agency
The role of an Ad Agency
The various departments of an Ad Agency, Account Planning, Research,
Art Dept. (Elements of copy writing and Visualisation-layout) Media Dept.
and Production Dept.
The functions of each department (in brief)
3. The role of Advertising in the Marketing Mix

(10)
The communication Process
The steps involved in creating an Advertising Strategy
(The Marketing Brief, Pre-Campaign Research, Copy Brief and Media Brief)
Post Campaign Research
4. Concepts IMC – Dagmar – USP – AIDA

(6)
5. The need for Research
(10)
Copy research, pretesting, post testing, concept testing
Product research, Media research
6. The Advertising Budget
(4)
How the Agency earns its income
The relationship between the Client – Agency-Media-Consumers
Profect Individual Projects. Students should be given a product or service and asked to
Develop the advertising strategy for the same
 Introduction to Advertising – Amita Shankar
 Contemporary Advertising – Loudon & Britta
 Advertising – Pearson Education
AC 26/6/2015
Item No. 4.19 (A)
Sem.-V
MEDIA PLANNING AND BUYING
Max. Marks: 100 (Theory:75, Internals: 25)

Objectives:
 To develop knowledge of various characteristics of media.
 To understand procedures, requirements, and techniques of media planning and buying.
 To learn the various media mix and its implementation
 To understand budget allocation for a Media plan
MODULE Topic Details Number

of
Lectures
MODULE I Introduction to 1. An Overview of Media Planning 4
Media Planning 2. Basic Terms and Concepts
and Selection 3. The function of Media planning in
advertising
4. Role of Media planner
5. Challenges in Media planning
6. Media Brief
7. Media Audit
8. NCCS Grid
MODULE Sources of 1. Nielson Clear Decision (NCD for Print) 4
II media research 2. Broadcast Audience Research Council
3. Audit Bureau of Circulation
4. RAM
5. Comscore - Digital
MODULE Media planning 1. Situation analysis and Marketing strategy 8
III process plan
2. Setting Media objectives
3. Determining Media strategy
4. Selecting broad Media classes
5. Selecting Media within classes
6. Budget and Media Buying
7. Evaluation
MODULE Criterion for • Reach • Frequency • GRPS/GVT Ratings 4
IV selecting media TVT Ratings • Cost efficiency • Cost per thousand •
vehicles Cost per rating • Waste • Circulation • Pass-along
rate (print)
MODULE V Selecting 1. Newspaper 4
suitable Media 2. Magazine
options and 3. Television ( National, Regional and Local)
Media Buying 4. Radio
5. Outdoor and out of home
6. Cinema Advertising
AC 26/6/2015
Item No. 4.19 (A)
7. Digital Advertising
MODULE Communication • Events • sponsorship • Merchandising • Point of

VI Mix purchase • In film advertising • Mobile advertising 4
• word of mouth • Ambient advertising
MODULE Negotiation 1. Negotiation Strategies 6

VII skills in Media 2. Laws of Persuasion
Buying
MODULE Digital Media 1. Various Digital channels 8
VIII Planning a. Search Engine Optimisation
b. Search Engine Marketing
c. Email marketing – (Cost per email open
(CPO), Cost per email sent (CPS), Cost per
Visit, Cost per click, cost per transaction,
cost per form fill or cost per lead (CPL)
d. Targeting/Remarketing
e. Mobile advertising (WAP & APP)
2. Various types of digital
a. Display Advertising ads and its various
Ad formats
b. Video Advertising and its various Ad
formats
c. Types of social media (Text + Visual,
FB,Twitter,Instagram,Snap Chat etc)
MODULE Digital Media 1. Buying Digital Advertising: An Overview 6
IX Buying Paid media, Owned media and Earned
media).
2. Direct buys from the websites
3. Programmetic Buying: [DSP (Demand side
platform) or RTB (Real time bidding)]
4. a. Cost per action (CPA), or pay per action (
PPA)
b. cost per conversion or Revenue sharing
or cost per sale,
5. Advertising via Premium Publishers
6. Advertising via Networks and Exchanges
7. Affiliate Network ( Clickbank, Commission
junction, adfuncky, 7search.com)
8. The Local Publishing Market
Guidelines for Internals:

a. Every student must submit a media plan for local television along with the rates, and
AC 26/6/2015
Item No. 4.19 (A)
detailed media scheduling. product, budget and city to be given by the faculty.
Mandatories :
a. Six hours workshop on Media scheduling software conducted by industry practitioner
b. Two case studies on actual Media plans
Reference Books and material
1. Advertising Media Planning, by Roger Baron, Jack Sissors, McGraw Hill, Seventh
Edition
2. Advertising Media Planning-. Jack Z Sissors, McGraw Hill 6th Edition
Sem.-V
BRAND BUILDING
Objectives:
 To study the concept of Brands
 To study the process of building brands
 To study its importance to the consumer and advertisers

of
Lectures
MODULE- Brand 1. Definition 04
I 2. Importance of branding
3. Difference between Brand and Product
4. Process of branding
MODULE- Brand Identity 1. Core Identity 04

II 2. Extended Identity
3. Brand Identity Traps

III Positioning 2. Importance of Brand Positioning
3. Perceptual Mapping

IV Personality 2. The importance of creating Brand
Personality
3. Attributes that affect Brand Personality
4. Factors that affect Brand Personality
5. Brand Personality Models
- Relationship Model
- Self Expressive Model
AC 26/6/2015
Item No. 4.19 (A)
- Functional Benefit Model
6. The Big Five
7. User Imagery
MODULE- Brand Leverage 1. Line Extension 04

V 2. Brand Extension
3. Moving Brand up / down
4. Co-branding
MODULE- Branding 1. The three perspective of Brand Strategic 08

VI Strategies customer analysis
2. Completion self analyss
3. Multi Product Branding
4. Multi Branding
5. Mix Branding
6. Brand Licensing
7. Brand Product Matrix
8. Brand Hierchy
9. Brand Building Blocks
MODULE- Brand 1. Meaning 06
VII Repositioning 2. Occasion of use
3. Falling sales
4. Making the brand contemporary
5. New customers
6. Changed market conditioning
7. Differentiating brands from competitors
1. Case studies such as Vicks Vapour,
Milkmaid etc
MODULE- Brand Equity 2. Definition 06
VIII 3. Step in creating Brand Equity
4. Awareness
5. Perceived Quality
6. Brand Association
7. Brand Loyalty
8. Other Brand Asset
MODULE- Brand Equity 1. Brand Equity Ten 02

IX Management 2. Y & R (BAV)
Models 3. Equi Trend
4. Interbrand
MODULE- Brand Building 1. Co-ordination across organisation 02

X Imperative 2. Co-ordination across media
3. Co-ordinating strategy & tactics across
markets.
AC 26/6/2015
Item No. 4.19 (A)
a. Every student must submit a brand augmentation for a well known brand with detailed
such as core identity, extended identity, brand positioning, personality, user imagery
to be given by the faculty.
b. Every student must make brand guidelines for the same brand such as stationary
guidelines, web guidelines, style guidelines , color etc and submit to the faculty

1. David, A Aker, Building strong brands, the free press, 1996
2. Al Ries and Laura Ries, the 11 Immutable Laws of internet branding, Harper Collins,
2001
3. Brand management – the Indian context – Y L R Moorthi
4. Brand positioning – Strategies for competitive advantage – Subroto Sengupta
5. Understanding Digital Marketing: Marketing Strategies for Engaging the Digital
Generation (Paperback) - Damian Ryan - Gives an overview
6. .Socialnomics: How Social Media Transforms the Way We Live and Do Business
(Hardcover) - Eric Qualman - (this is purely on social media)
Sem.-V
ADVERTISING IN CONTEMPORARY SOCIETY

Objectives:
 To understand the environment in Contemporary Society
 To understand Liberalisation and its impact on the economy
 To study contemporary advertising and society

of
Lectures
MODULE I Change in Policy post independence 4
Environment Policy 1990 onwards
MODULE Study of Effects of Liberalisation on 8
II Environment Economy
post Business
independence Employment
and post 1991 Advertising
Liberation Life Style
Policy
MODULE International & The environmental analysis of all foreign 8
III Global countries
Advertising & The use of this analysis in marketing and
Marketing Advertising.
MODULE Social Definition 8
AC 26/6/2015
Item No. 4.19 (A)
IV Marketing Need for Social Marketing
The difficulties of Social Marketing
The various subjects for Social Marketing
Effects of social marketing
MODULE Advertising The effect of Advertising on Society 10
V Criticism of Advertising
Advertising and Women
Advertising and Children
Advertising and old people
Controversial Advertising
Gender Bias
Advertising and popular culture
Social implication of advertising
The role of advertising on the economy
MODULE Types of Political advertising 6
VI Advertising B to B
Consumer advertising
Retail advertising
Industrial advertising
Financial advertising
MODULE Internet Digital Marketing 4
VII
1. Advertising Amita Shankar

2. Advertising London & Britta
3. Advertising Ramaswamy & Namakeeman
OBJECTIVES.
 To understand role of marketing in influencing consumer behaviour.
 To analyze the role of marketer& the consumer in advertising.
 To sensitize the students to the changing trends in consumer behaviour.
Module – I 12
(a) Introduction to Consumer Behaviour.
AC 26/6/2015
Item No. 4.19 (A)
 Concepts
 Need to study Consumer Behaviour.
 Factors influencing Consumer Behaviour.
 Changing Trends in Consumer Behaviour.
(b) Consumer Behaviour & Marketing.
 Marketing Segmentation. – VALS.
 Components, Process of Marketing Communication.
 Message.
 Persuasion. -Need & Importance.
- ELM.
- Appeal.
Module – II Relevance of Perception & Learning in Consumer Behaviour. 10

(a) Concepts, Elements in Perception, Subliminal Perception.
(b) Learning.
 Elements of Consumer Learning.
 Cognitive Theory. – Social Learning.
 Behavioural Learning. – Classical, Instrumental Theory.
Module – III Psychological Determinants & Consumer Behaviour. 10

(a) Motivation. – Needs, Types, Theories – Role of Motivation in Consumer Behaviour.
(b) Personality & Attitude. – Theories of Personalities & its application.
- Freudian, Trait, Jungian, Self-concept.
(c) Formation of Attitude. – Theories & its relevance in Consumer Behaviour.
- Cognitive Dissonance.
- Tricomponent.
- Changing attitude in Consumer Behaviour.
Module – IV Social& Cultural aspects of Marketing & its impact on Consumer Behaviour. 08
 Family.
 Social Stratification. – Class, Age, Gender.
 Group. – Reference Group.
 Culture. – Sub-Culture.
 Changing Indian Core Values.
AC 26/6/2015
Item No. 4.19 (A)
Module - V. 08
(a) Consumer Decision Making.
 Process.
 Models.
 Levels.
 Opinion Leaders & Consumer Decision Making.
(b) Adoption & Diffusion Process.
Reference Books :-
 Leon.G.Schiffmon, Leslie Lazar &Kanok II edition – Consumer Behaviour , Prentice Hall

2014.
 David L.Louden , Albert J.DelloBitta, Consumer Behaviour – Mcgraw – Hill 1993.
 Max Sutherland & Alice K Sylvester, Advertising & the mind of the consumer, Kroger,
Page 2000.
 S.Ramesh Kumar, Consumer Behaviour & Branding .Pearson Education India. 2009.
 Satish.K.Batra, Consumer Behaviour. Test &Cares , Excel Books India. Jan 2009.
SEM. V
COPYWRITING
Objectives:
 To familiarize the students with the concept of copywriting as selling through writing
 To learn the process of creating original, strategic, compelling copy for various media
 To train students to generate, develop and express ideas effectively
AC 26/6/2015
Item No. 4.19 (A)
 To learn the rudimentary techniques of advertising - headline and body copywriting.

of
Lectures
MODULE I Introduction to  Basics of copy writing 2

Copywriting  Responsibility of Copy writer
MODULE II Creative  How to inculcate a 'creative thinking 3

Thinking attitude'.
 Left brain thinking; Right Brain thinking
 Conscious mind; unconscious mind
 Role of Heuristics and assumptions in
creative thinking
 Five steps of Creative process
MODULE III Idea Generation  Theories of ideation 3
Techniques  Idea generation techniques: eg.
a. Brainstorming,
b. Triggered brainwalking,
c. Questioning assumptions,
d. Picture prompts,
e. Scamper,
f. Observation,
g. Referencing,
h. Interaction,
i. Imagination,
j. Dreams, and
k. Creative Aerobics.
MODULE IV Transcreativity  Introduction 1

 Purpose
MODULE V Briefs  Marketing Brief 4
 Creative Brief
MODULE VI Writing  The CAN Elements (connectedness, 4
persuasive copy appropriateness, and novelty)
 Getting Messages to “Stick”: Simplicity,
Unexpectedness, Concreteness, Credibility,
Emotionality, Storytelling,
AC 26/6/2015
Item No. 4.19 (A)
MODULEVII Writing copy for a. Print: Headlines, sub headlines, 10
various Media captions, body copy, and slogans
b. Television: Storyboard, Storyboarding
Techniques, Balance between words and
visuals | Power of silence, formats of TVS’s
c. Outdoor posters
d. Radio
e. Digital: email, web pages
MODULE Writing copy for a. Children, 6
VIII various audiences b. Youth,
c. Women,
d. Senior citizen and
e. Executives
MODULE IX How to write a. Direct mailer, 6
copy for: b. Classified,
c. Press release,
d. B2B,
e. Advertorial,
f. Informercial.
MODULE X Various types of a. Rational appeals 6
Advertising b. Emotional appeals: Humour, Fear, Sex
appeals and appeal,
c. Various advertising execution techniques
execution styles
MODULE X1 The techniques a. Evaluate the ad in terms of its efficacy, that 3

Evaluation of an is, to what extent the campaign has achieved
Ad Campaign its set objectives;
b. Learn to appreciate the aesthetic aspects of
the ad – how the ad looks, its layout, colour
scheme, typography, balance etc.
Producing the following:
c. 30secs to two mins TVC: Marks shall be assigned for quality of screenplay, content of
the film, narrative, preproduction and post-production quality.
d. A poster on any one social issue.
e. Every student should be instructed to maintain a scrap book where they write copy for
one brand every week.
Suggested reading: Copywriting by J.JonathanGabay FRSA
Sem. V
Ad Design:
AC 26/6/2015
Item No. 4.19 (A)
Objective:
 To make students understand the process of planning & production of advertisement
 To highlight the importance of visual communication
 To provide practical training in the field of advertising
1. Introduction to Agency Departments & Role of each department. (2 Lectures)

a. Basic depts.:
i. Account Dept: Client handling/ Servicing/ Strategy planning/ Creative brief.
ii. Media Dept: Media research/ Media planning/ Media booking, buying.
iii. Creative Dept: Idea generation/ Brainstorming/ Mind-mapping/ Ad-CW duo/ Illustrator/ Graphic
designer/ Storyboarding/ Web tree
iv. Production Dept: In house or outsource. Production
1. Print: Hoardings/ Brochures/ Packaging etc
2. Video: Storyboard/ Casting/ Location/ Costume/ Editing/ Dubbing
3. Photography: In-house or location/ Model/ Costume/ Shoot/ Editing
2. Understanding Design: Design as a language of emotions/ Communication. (6 Lectures)

a. Introducing to students to: Elements of design (as vocabulary).
i. Point/ Line/ Shape/ Tone/ Colour/ Texture
b. Introducing to students to: Principles of Design: (grammar of design Language)
i. Proportion/ Contrast/ Harmony/ Balance/ Rhythm/ Unity
c. Introducing students to the Rules: Gestalt principles
i. Proximity/ Closure/ Similarity/ Continuation/ Figure & ground
3. Introduction to Negative space & its use: Creative use/ Finding shape within/ Adding a meaning.
(2 Lectures)
4. Introduction to Optical illusions: (2 Lectures)

a. Influence of surrounding shapes on shape & size
b. Influence of surrounding colour/tone on object colour & tone
c. Appearance of space & depth/ form
5. Introduction to Word expression: (Expressive words) (2 Lectures)

a. How word meaning is expressed through the appearance of word/ visual impact.
b. Calligraphy & graceful typography.
6. Logo unit: Understanding Logo as a company face/ Brand identity/ Character/ Class (4 Lectures)
a. Elements of Logo: Shape/ Typeface/ Treatment/ Colours/ Symbol or symbolism used to fulfill the
impression.
b. Tagline: typeface/ alignment/ placement etc.
7. Introduction to Layout: (2 Lectures) Choosing right format/ right canvas/ Optical center/ Equilibrium
Ad Design SEM 5 TYBMM Ad Rough draft Ad Design Syllabus Prof: Arvind Parulekar 95610 95105 | 98215 95105
AC 26/6/2015
Item No. 4.19 (A)
a. Types of Layout: All text/ Text dominant/ Picture dominant/ Picture window
b. Stages of Layout: Thumbnail sketches/ Rough layout/ Finished rough/ Comprehensive
8. Use of picture (visual) as means to select Target audience (4 Lectures)

a. Choosing a picture
i. Expression of Problem (Hair-fall, toothache etc)
ii. Expression of benefit (Glowing face, fitness etc)
iii. Irresistible presentation of product (Watch/Car etc) class
iv. Dramatization (Cold drinks/ Mentos etc)
v. Association of ideas
b. Headline size/ break/ highlight/ two tone head
c. Subhead size/ style
d. Body copy type: Descriptive/ pointer/ bulleted
9. Introduction to Typography & Text treatment: (2 Lectures)

a. Classification of typefaces & combinations.
b. Size/Weight/posture etc.
10. Layout: Putting all together: What goes together must be placed together. Grouping the relevant
elements to have 2 to 3 groups for easier to understand (2 Lectures)
11. Introduction to Art direction for diff media: (4 Lectures) Role of an Art Director
a. Diff in design for Magazine Ad & N Paper Ad (Considering Factors: paper Q/ Printing Q/ Life/ reading
habits etc
b. Outdoor & indoor ad: Time available for reading/ spotting frequency etc
c. Transit ad: Psychology & mindset of the TA/ State of mind at the spot etc
d. TVC/ Radio: Advantage of Music/ Voice modulation etc, Demonstration on TV
e. Web ad: Advantage of pop up/ Key word SEO etc
f. Direct mailers: Advantage of prior knowledge/ prior relation etc
12. Campaign planning: Rest of the lectures in guiding the students through developing the campaign
Introduction to the process of Idea generation (Brainstorming/ Mind-mapping)

a. Understanding Brand (Brand building)
b. Understanding TA’s favorite place, shows, reading (Media research/ planning)
c. Understanding buying motives/ habits/ influences (Consumer behaviour)
d. Understanding product/ Market (demo-psycho)/ Client/ deriving message/ Creative brief
e. Arriving to a Big idea/Copy platform (Copy writing) considering all the factors above.
f. Layout stages & final design
13. Corporate stationary & Brand manual (Logo design philosophy
14. Ad Campaign (system work) Prints & presentation
Internals:
AC 26/6/2015
Item No. 4.19 (A)
a. Scrap book: Ads collected from newspaper & magazines & analysis based in design context.
(guidelines on separate paper)
b. Sketch book: Explanation with examples & practical assignment based on the topic in sketch book.
a. Class-work on graphic principles. (Balance, Contrast, rhythm, harmony, word expression, negative
space, colour behavior etc.
b. Rough design of Final Logo (development stages) & Stages of Layout of final Ad.
Ad Design SEM 5 TYBMM Ad Rough draft Ad Design Syllabus Prof: Arvind Parulekar 95610 95105 | 98215 95105
AC 26/6/2015
Item No. 4.19 (A)
Elements of External Campaign:
1. Logo Design with design philosophy (manual)
2. Stationary: Letterhead, Envelope, Visiting card with common theme
3. Newspaper ads: Set of 3 ads with layout similarity (common theme)
4. Magazine ads: Set of 3 ads with layout similarity (considering size, print Q, Paper Q, life & frequency
of reading
5. Outdoor Ad: Poster/ Hoarding
6. Innovative/ Ambient/ Transit (Any one)
7. Point of Sale ad: Danglers/ Standees/ Show-cards etc
8. Merchandise: Branding/ recall instrument (cap/ keychain etc
9. TVC: Story board of 12 to 16 frames with character detail, OSD, VO, VFX, SFX, Product flash
10. Website: Pop up/ Banner/ scroll ad & home page (Note: Home page is not the ad)
Reference books:
1. Advertising Art & Ideas G. M. Rege
2. Art & Production N. N. Sarkar
3. Brand Positioning Subroto Sengupta
4. Ogilvy on Advertising David Ogilvy
5. The Advertising Handbook Dell Denison
6. Advertising by Design Robin Landa
AC 26/06/2015
Item No. 4.19 (B)
Sem. V
Editing
Objectives
 As an important segment of newspaper production, editing is a vital function. The syllabus

lays stress on language skill improvement .
 It aims at orienting students to gain more practical knowledge in the print media scenario.
 The syllabus encompasses the current trends of digital media as well as writing for e editions
of papers.
 The syllabus tackles editing from various beats points of view.
 Editing of editorials, columns, etc is included to acquaint the students about responsible
journalism.
 With global media and changing advertising concepts lay-outs in modern times can be
imparted.
Module No of Lectures
I. Covering different writing styles, writing for broadsheet and tabloids, e papers and
improving language skills. Commonly made mistakes. 6
II. Rewriting news. Holistic composition with general rules regarding editing.
Familiarising national, international abbreviations, local usages, etc. 6
III. Justification of news placements. Beat speciality in writing news. 4
IV. Art of writing headlines. Types of head lines, strap lines, sub-headlines and slugs.
Difference between Headline writing for broadsheets and tabloids. 4
V. Layout- and design. Different types of layouts. 4
VI. Requirements of copy (sub) editor. Using search engines and maintaining data and
other duties of the sub editor. Additional responsibilities due to changes in printing
technology etc. 6
VII. Copy editing techniques for digital media and e editions, multi-editional papers
4
VIII. Judging newsworthiness and knowing wire services 2
IX. Organisation and hierarchy chart for editorial department and functions at each
level. 4
X. Vocabulary, changing usages of mixed coding and guidelines for writing

according to stylebooks. 4
XI. Photo and visual selection, writing captions, ethics for
visuals. 4
XII. Case Studies:
a. Tabloid- Mumbai Mirror, Sandhyakal (Marathi)/ Mumbai Chapher
b. Broadsheet- Times of India, Asian Age
c. Broadsheet: Regional Lokmat
d. International tabloid- The Sun
e. International Broadsheet: The Washington Post
Recommended references:
1. Modern Newspaper Editing, Gene Gilmore
2. Modern News Editing, Mark Ludwig
3. Newspaper Writing and Editing, Willard Grosvenor
4. Newspaper Layout and Editing, Ole Munk and Major Ribergard
SEM. V
REPORTING
Objectives
-To enable students to become Reporters, which is supposed to be a prerequisite while entering into
the field of Journalism. To make
them understand basic ethos of the news and news-gathering.

-To prepare them to write or present the copy in the format of news.
-To develop nose for news.
-To train them to acquire the skills of news-gathering with traditional as well as modern tools.
-To inculcate the skills for investigative journalism.
-To make them understand the basic structure/ essential knowledge for various beats.
-To make them responsible reporters and the face of media.
Syllabus
1. What is News? Definition of News.

News values. Elements of news/news sense. What makes news as news.
2. Basic Principles of Reporting

ABC of Reporting Accuracy, Balance/Brevity and Clarity.
Objectivity as the basic principle. Is it possible to adhere to the principle? Other basic principles such
Verification, Attribution of Sources,
Speed. Do these principles clash with each other?

3. News Gathering
A) How do reporters gather news.
Press Conference, Public Meetings, Press Release, Interviews, Rallies, Official Programmes.
Incident/On the spot coverage.
B) Sources
Primary & Secondary
Official & Unofficial or Hidden or Confidential.
Off the record sources/ Self Developed sources.
Role of anonymous sources.
New-age technological sources.
How to develop sources.
Reliability and confidentiality of sources.
4) News-writing
How to write a news story
Construct the news. - Intro, Dateline, Credit-line, Bod-ytext.
Inverted Pyramid style as the basic requirement.
Use of news parlance. Use of verbs, adjectives, comment.
5) Follow-up Story
6) Beats System in Reporting - What is beat system, why it is necessary, how does it help, What are
requirements of various beats.
The basic beats such as.
Crime, Civic Affairs/Local Administration, Law & Courts, Politics, State Administration, Transport
(Road, Rail, Waterways and Aviation),
Infrastructure, Education, Health, Entertainment, Defence.

New upcoming beats :
Community, Women & Child welfare, Technology, Science & Environment, Youth & Career,
Consumer.
7) Citizen Journalism
Participation of citizens in breaking news-stories. A new branch.
8) Importance of New Tools in the hands of Reporters.

RTI, Recorders, Camera, Spy Camera and Spy tools, Social Media, Being undercover.
The use/misuse of these tools, Authenticity and credibility of these tools.
Significance of pictorial/graphic element and support to your news story or any such extra audio-
visual material supporting your story. Can it add value, efforts to get hold of it, Can it have negative
impact.
9) Coverage of Disasters
Do's and Don'ts. Role of Reporters. Mitigation, nuisance value, constructive role, Risks involved,
Special training, if any, Precautions and responsibilities.
Study these with special in-depth reference to the 26/7 deluge in Mumbai and 26/11 Mumbai Terrorist
Attack.
The references of Tsunami, Nepal Earthquake and Uttarakhand floods may also be studied.
10) Investigative Journalism

History of Investigative Journalism in the world and India.
How to cover an investigative story, Do's and don'ts.
The Role of Investigative Reporters in bringing about change in the respective establishments/society
or the system.
Limitations/Obstacles in covering an investigative story.
Role of Whistle Blowers and also news tools.
Sting Operations.
11) Ethical Issues in reporting/ Credibility of Reporters.

Yellow Journalism and its comparison with other forms.
Privileges/Extra powers to Reporters. Myth or Reality?
Imminent Dangers or threats in Reporting.
12) Case Studies

A) Watergate Scandal
B) Tehelka - West End Deal Sting
C) Bofors Gun scandal
D) Nira Radia Case
E) 2 G Scam
F) Anna Hazare Movements Coverage
G) Maharashtra Irrigation Scam
The Case studies are to be studied in the light of coverage done by reporters. The tools and techniques
learnt in earlier sections from 1 to 11 should be applied in studying these..
For internal assessment : Suggestions : There should be uniformity in the yardsticks for internal
assessment of Reporting and emphasis should be on the field work/assignments rather than just
objective questions. The coverage of the original news-stories, even in mock environment, be given
priority. The knowledge of basic beats can be tested through the application.
BMM SEMESTER V
Features and Opinion

Objectives:
 Understanding the differences between reporting and feature writing
 Understanding the other types of soft stories
 Learning the skills for writing features/ opinion/soft stories and of interviewing
..............................................................................................................................................................
1.Difference between ‘hard’ news, ‘soft’ news and how the demarcation is blurring (4 )
2.
 what is a feature (2)

 difference between news reports and features
 difference between features for newspapers and magazines
3. Writing a feature (4)
 formulating a story idea and writing a pitch

4. Other aspects of feature writing (2)
 collecting facts and opinions/anecdotes/quotes

 types of leads
 adding colour and imagery
5. Outline of (4)
 seasonal stories
 nostalgic stories
 human interest stories
 trend stories
6. Art of interviewing(4)
 preparing for face-to - face interview

 structuring the questions
 attitude during interview
 transcribing: notes or recording
 writing the interview : question-answer format and descriptive format
7. Outline and special techniques needed for the following interviews(2)
 phone
 email
 television
8. Writing reviews : Format ,ethics involved and qualities/ skilled required (4)
 books
 films
 eatries
9. Obituary(2)
 what is an obituary
 how to write an obituary
 can obituaries be critical
10. Columns ( 4)
 what is a column
 types: analytical, advisory, interactive and agony aunt columns
 ethics involved
11. Editorial page (4)

 what is an editorial
 importance of editorial page
 layout of editorial page
 transformation of the page: fading of op-ed, middle,
 erosion of editorial independence with growing commercialization
12. Travel writing (4)

 how to write a travel story
 tips and tools
 understanding cultural, political and social nuances
13 . Profile (4)
 what is a profile
 how to write a profile
 profile of : S Sadanand, Kumar Ketkar , ShyamLal , Vinod Mehta, P Sainath
14.Snippets(4)
 what are snippets

 writing snippets with catchy headlines
References:
 The Art of Feature Writing by HunadContractor , Icon Publications
 Writing Opinion: Editorials by William L.Rivers, Bryce McIntyre, Alison Work, Iowa State University
Press
 Writing Features for Newspapers by Daniel R. Williamson , Hastings House Publishers New York
 The Art of Interview: A Guide to Insightful Interviewing by Martin Perlich , Silman James Press
Semester-V
Journalism and Public Opinion Paper IV
Objectives:
 To assess the importance of the media vis a vis the public
 To project a fair idea of the role of the media in creating and influencing Public
Opinion
 To analyze the impact of the media an public opinion on socio political issues
1. Defining Public Opinion. Its functions in society. Means of gauging Public Opinion –
opinion polls, exit polls, surveys, social media, Role of Media in influencing Public
Opinion, diversities and biases within the media. [4]
2. Media theories and their understanding of Public Opinion

Walter Lippman - Modern Media and Technocracy
Paul Lazarsfeld – Research, Two Step Flow of Information
Noam Chomsky – Manufacturing Consent, Selective Perception, Propaganda Model
Agenda Setting Vs Uses and Gratifications [6]
3. Media and Political Opinion:

Coverage of Political Parties, Personalities and General Elections by national and
international media; media biases
Use of Media for election campaigns; Democrats in U.S.A.; BJP in India [4]
4. Media shaping opinion with respect to government’s policies (reference to India):

Nuclear policy; Economic policy; Current Foreign Policy
[4]
5. Role of Media in shaping public opinion during conflicts

Vietnam War; Bangladesh Crisis 1971; Kargil conflict; Gaza Crisis 2008-09; 2014
[6]
6. How Public Opinion can translate into Public participation: Arab Spring - Tunisia;
Libya;
Egypt; Syria- role of social media [4]
7. War on international terrorism – media coverage

Islamic State (IS); Al-Qaeda; Taliban [4]
8. Internal Conflicts and Media coverage:

Post Kargil insurgency
National media vis-à-vis regional media in India’s North East – Manipur, Nagaland
Bodo conflict [6]
9. Portrayal of Women’s issues in media – gender violence, rape, sexual assault,

domestic violence; - Nirbhaya case, Shakti Mills, Mathura rape case & other
contemporary cases. [6]
10. Media Coverage of Marginalised sections of Society : Perspective from Above’

[ignoring the marginalised]
Dalits; Tribals; reservation; displacement, Forest Rights Act [4]
********
Bibliography
 www.opendemocracy.net/openindia/paranjoy-bordoloi/mass-media-in-north-east-
india-trends-of-conflict-reporting
 Using New Media effectively: An Analysis of Barack Obama's Election Campaign
Aimed at Young Americans by Ekaterina Alexandrova. (This is a thesis submitted by
the student).
 Karvin Andy: Distant Witness: Social Media, the Arab Spring and a Journalism
Revolution
 Ahmed Rashid: The Taliban
 Chambers Deborah, Fleming Carole (2004), ‘Women and Journalism’, Psychology
Press.
 Rush Ramona, Oukrop Carole, Creedon Pamola (2013), ‘Seeking equity for women in
Journalism and Mass Communication education: A 30 year Update’, Taylor and
Francis
 Sardesai Rajdeep: “2014: The Election that Changed India”
 Walter Lippmann : “Public Opinion” by
 Herman Edward S. & Chomsky Noam “Manufacturing Consent: The Political
Economy of the Mass Media” by
 Lalles John: Nature and Opinion of Public Opinion.
 Tiwari Arpit Rakesh: Study of the Print News Coverage of Narendra Modi @014 Lok
Sabha Elctiond. – acadademia . edu
 Coverage of 2014 Lok Sabha Polls by News Channels – Analysis by Centre for Media
Studies
 Coleman Benjamin: Conflict, Terrorism an Media in Asia
 Ranganathan Maya; Rodrigues Usha: (2010) Infdian media in a Globalised World,
Sag Publications
 en.qantara.de/content/the-arab-spring-and-the-media-distorted-images
 Alexanrova Ekaterina – Using Media Effectively; Barack Obama’s Election Campaign
Academia.edu
 Ehab Galal and Riem Spielhans – Covering the Arab Spring: Middle East in the
Media. Academia . edu
 Babla Maya – Arab Spring Media Monitor Report : One year of Cverage. UDC Centr
of Public Diplomacy
 Rutledge Dr. Pamela – How Barack Obama Won the Social Media Battle in 2012
Presidential Election : mprcenter.org/blog
 Jamali Reza, Online Arab Spring: Social Media and Fundamental Change, Chandos
Publishing House.
 Sharma Ram Nath, Sharma Yogendra, Sharma Rajendra; (2000), Kargil war: A Saga
of Patriotism, Shubhi publications.
 Swami Praveen(1999): The Kargil War New Delhi: LeftWord Books
 Humphries Drew (Ed), (2009), Women, Violence and Media: readings from feminist
Criminology, UPNE.
 Berns Nancy, Framing the Victim: Domestic Violence, Media, and Social Problems,
transaction Publishers.
 Bareh Hamlet, (2001), Encyclopaedia of North-East India: Assam, Mitthal
Publications.
 Freedman Des, Thussu Daya; (2011), Media and Terrorism: Global Perspectives,
Sage Publications
 Schneider Nadja-Christina , Titzmann Fritzi-Marie (2014), Studying Youth,
 Media and Gender in Post-Liberalisation India, Frank and Timmy Gmbh Publication
(Pg 19- 45)
 Talwar Rajesh, (2013), Courting Injustice: The Nirbhaya Case and Its Aftermath, Hay
House Inc.
 Deepa Viswam, (2010), Role of Media in Kashmir Crisis, Gyan Publishing house
 Tekwani Shyam, (2008), Media and Conflict Reporting in Asia, AMIC
 Praveen Swami (2007) An Informal War: India, Pakistan and the Secret Jihad in
Jammu and Kashmir London: Routledge.
 Kak Manju, Tripathy Prajnashree, Lal Manjula; (2007), Whose Media? a Woman's
Space: The Role of the Press in Projecting the development needs of Women,
Concept Publishing House.
********
SEMESTER V
Indian Regional Journalism

Objective:
 Study of the history and role of Indian press other than in English.
 Understand the contribution and role of certain publications and stalwarts
 Study of the regional press and television of today
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
1. Regional press during the British Raj: an overview (2)
2. Hindi Press (4)
 Birth and earliest publications

 Role during the freedom movement
 Role in social reforms
 Evolution post-1947
 Hindi media today (overview)
3. Marathi Press (8)

 Role in social reforms and shaping cultural identity
 Contribution of Kesari
 Evolution post 1947
 Role in the Samyukta Maharashtra Movement
 Marathi media today (overview)
 Sakal. Samna and Lokmat
4. Bengali Press (4)

 Earliest publications
 Role in social reforms and renaissance
 Amrit Bazar Patrika, Anand Bazar Patrika
 Bengali Media today (overview)
5. Urdu(4)
 Birth and growth pre 1947
 Contribution of Al Hilal
 Role in freedom movement Press
 Role in social reforms and establishing cultural identity
 Urdu press today
6. Malayalam Press(4)
 Birth and earliest publications
 Role during freedom struggle and social awakening
 Malayalam Manorama and Mathrubhumi
 Malayam media today(overview)
7. Telugu (2)
 Evolution & Development

 Eenadu
8. Tamil (2)
 Evolution & Development
 Tamil media today (overview)
9. Profile of the following legends (8)

 Raja Rammohan Roy
 Bal GangadharTilak
 KP Kesava Menon
 K.C MammemMapallai
 Maulana Abdul Kalam Azad
 Govind Talwalkar
 S. Sadanand
10. Comparison of English and regionalism journalism. Difference in (4)

 Impact
 Reporting
 Editorial policy
 Reach
11. Regional television channels (4)

 Growth
 Content
 Ownership
 Political patronage
12. Increasing ownership and dominance of families with political connections over regional newspapers. (2)
Reference
1. Jeffery Robin: India’s Newspaper Revolution, Oxford union publication, 2000

2. RangaswamiParthasarathy: Journalism in India, Sterling Publication
3. P.K Ravindrnath : Indian Regional Journalism, Authorpress
Sem. V
Newspaper & Magazine Making
Objective:
 To study the design, elements of the newspaper and magazine
 To study space distribution
 To get exposure to design software such as Quark Express
 To study the process of planning and production of newspaper and magazine
Module :
1. Why & How we read. The need of updates & favorite topics 2
2. Analyzing the newspaper from layout point of view 4

a. Understanding parts of newspaper; Style Book
b. Total Page Concept (TPC)
c. Terminology, Regulars, Weekly columns, Supplements,
d. Headline, Deck, Kicker –Over line, Quote, Pull quote, sidebar etc. Introduce about logic behind
each part
e. Errors: Orphan, Widow, Dog legging etc
3. Grid structure: Introduction about space distribution in the news paper by way of column & grid
pattern. These are latitude & longitude of the paper 2
4. Comparison between various newspaper layouts/ distinguishing factors 2
5. Types of Newspapers: Introducing to prime differences between Tabloid & Broadsheet in terms of
stories, presentation, structural difference 2
6. Introduction to Typography: 2
a. Typefaces, Fonts; Measures, leading, kerning, tracking, units etc.
b. Classification of typefaces: Serif/Sans Serif/ Decorative etc
c. Combination of Typefaces/ To achieve contrast & harmony/ Alignment
7. Introduction to Quark Express: 16

a. Runaround, Inset, Box colour & Tone, Frame, Linking
b. Shortcuts & keys,
c. Style Sheets, Colour palate, Measurement bar
8. Introduction to Graphic Principles: 2

a. Introducing how Contrast, Balance, Harmony work in overall organized look of a paper.
b. Visual path in a picture & Visual syntax
Newspaper Magazine Making Syllabus: TYBMM sem-V Prof Arvind Parulekar
9. Introduction to the Types of Layout: 2
a. Modular/ Brace/ Contrast & Balance
b. Adaption of one layout over other for a purpose
10. Final project: (Rest of the lectures in guidance on the project to completion) 4
a. Discussing ideas to improve visual appeal as well as organized layout
b. Introduction to Content plan (Magazine)
c. Introduction to Flat plan (Magazine)
d. Working of Rough Layout on paper (Sketch)
11. Introduction to print production: Taking the project towards finishing 4

a. Pagination & page set up, Guiding on print ready copy/ cut marks etc
b. Types of paper/ Surface nature/ Weight/ Std sizes
c. Collating/Gathering/ staple binding & Saddle stitch
12. Preparation for Viva Voce 2

a. Mock Viva/ Rectifying mistaken ideas
The above paper is based on extensive practical & project to be done on Quark Express as prime
software & Photoshop as supportive only.
1. Introduction to In Design 4
a. Industry is fast shifting towards Adobe In Design. The students passing out ought to know both the
soft-wares. Since next year onwards we will have to focus more on In Design.
b. Suggestion:
>Broadsheet & Tabloid on Quark Express

>Magazine on In Design
Internal: (25 marks)
1. Content Plan (Magazine): Working of page distribution
2. Flat Plan (Magazine): Working on page-wise space distribution
3. Rough Layout (Magazine): Dummy magazine on paper(pencil work on layout)
External Project: (75 marks)

1. Broadsheet (35cmX55cm) Number of pages 6
2. Tabloid (28cmX35cm) Number of pages 6
3. Magazine (A-4) Number of pages 32 (or more in multiple of 4)
Reference Books:
Newspaper Layout & Design: Darylr & Moen Surjeet publication
Visual Journalism: Rajesh Pandey Adhyayan publication
Editorial Art & Design Randy Stano Miyami Herald
The Magazine Handbook: NcKay J. Routledge
AC 26/06/2015
Item No. 4.19 (C)
TY BMM VI semester
Contemporary Issues
Objectives:
 To understand and analyse some of the present day environmental, political, economic
and social concerns and issues .
 To highlight the importance of human rights and its implementation in India.
 To understand the present day problems and challenges and its implications on
development.
Module –I
Ecology and its related concerns: (10)
 Climate change and Global warming- causes , consequences and remedial measures
 Deforestation- causes, consequences and remedial measures
 Costal regulatory Zone- need and importance, CRZ Act
 Sustainable development- concept, need and significance
 Movements related to environmental protection
Module- 2
(a) Human Rights(12)

 UDHR and its significance
 CRC and CEDAW
 DRD
(b) Legislative measures with reference to India.
 Women: Constitutional Rights and legal safeguards, Domestic and Family
Violence Act of 2012, Sexual Harassment Act at the Work Place 2013, The
Criminal Law (Amendment) Act of 2013
 Child: Protection of Children from sexual offence Act -2012 (POCSO),
ChildLabour Act with new amendments, Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection of
Children Act) 2000.
 Education : Right to Education Act 2009
 Health : National Health Policy of 2015, Transplantation of Human organs Act
of 2002, Prenatal Diagnostic Technique Regulation and prevention of Misuse
amendment rules of 2003, Prohibition of sale of cigarettes and other tobacco
products around educational institutions 2004.
Module-3
Political concerns and challenges (10)
 Crime and Politics

 Corruption: Causes and remedial measures. RTI Act, Lok Pal Bill .
 Whistle Blowers- Whistle Blowers protection act 2011.
 Anti- State violence- Naxalism and its Impact.
 Insurgency with reference to North East – Issues involved, ULFA, Nagas, Manipur
issue,AFSPA and its impact.
 Terrorism- causes, consequences and remedial measures
Module 4
Economic development and challenges: (08)
 The Role of MIDC in the economic development of Maharashtra

 Special Economic Zone : Its role and significance in Maharashtra
 Food Security Act 2013
 Agrarian issues: rural indebtedness, farmers’ suicides and its implications.
Module 5
Social development and challenges: (08)
 Tribal Issues :Marginalisation of the Tribals, Forest Rights Act , Land Acquisition Act .
 Police reforms: Problems faced by Police and the Need for Reforms
 Illegal immigration from Bangladesh : Challenges and impact
 Developmental Issues: Displacement and rehabilitation
Bibliography
 Rush Ramona, Oukrop Carole, CreedonPamola (2013), ‘Seeking equity for women in
Journalism and Mass Communication education: A 30 year Update’, Taylor and Francis
 Coleman Benjamin: Conflict, Terrorism and Media in Asia
 Ranganathan Maya; Rodrigues Usha: (2010) Indian media in a Globalised World, Sag
Publications
Criminology, UPNE.
Transaction Publishers.
 Bareh Hamlet, (2001), Encyclopedia of North-East India: Assam, Mitthal Publications.
 Freedman Des, ThussuDaya; (2011), Media and Terrorism: Global Perspectives, Sage
Publications
 Media and Gender in Post-Liberalisation India, Frank and Timmy Gmbh Publication (Pg
19- 45)
House Inc.
 Praveen Swami (2007) An Informal War: India, Pakistan and the Secret Jihad in Jammu
and Kashmir London: Routledge.
 KakManju, TripathyPrajnashree, Lal Manjula; (2007), Whose Media? a Woman's
Space: The Role of the Press in Projecting the development needs of Women, Concept
Publishing House.
 Uma Kapila( ed) ( 2013)Indian Economy: performance and policies ,14th edition
Academic Foundation.
 V. K Puri and S.K Misra (ed) ( 2013)Indian Economy,31stedition.Himalaya Pub House.
 Asha Bajpai , ( 2011) Child Rights in India: Law, policy, and practice .
 Dr. B Ramaswamy and Nitin Shrirang Mane, ( 2013) Human Rights: Principles and
practices,Alfa Publication.
 R P Kataria and Salah Uddin (2013) Commentary on Human Rights Orient Publishing
Company.
 J.Shivanand, Human Rights:Concepts and Issues,
 Ram Ahuja , ( 2012),Indian social Problems, Rawat Publications.
 Ghanashyam Shah, ( 2011) Social Movements in India, Sage Publications.
 A. R Desai, Rural Sociology.
 Marilyn A .Brown and Benjamin K.Sovacool,Climate Change and Global Energy
Security:Technology and Policy Options, Oxford Publications.
 Bill McKibben, The End of Nature.
 David Spratt and Philip Sutton,Climate Code Red:The Case for Emergency Action.
 Jeffrey D.Sachs, The Age of Sustainable Development.
Magazines and journals
1. Down to Earth: Science and Environment Fortnightly

2. Economic and Political Weekly
3. Yogana
TY.B.M.M. ( Advertising) VI Semester
- Financial Management for Marketing and Advertising
Objectives
To provide a brief over view of the basic concepts, goals functions and types
of finance available for new and existing business and marketing units.
To enable the understanding of the need for financial planning through

Budgets and their benefits.
To enable students to evaluate the financial implications of marketing

decisions through simple analytical tools.
Unit-I
Introduction of financial management:-
Meaning of financial management– Definition –Goals- Functions -Role of

Finance in Marketing & Advertising- Types of Finance -Owned and
borrowed – Long term and short term finance – Sources of Long term &
short term finance.
(10 lectures)
Unit-II
Financial Planning & Budgets:-
Financial Planning for a Marketing Unit –Through Budgets- Proforma

financial Statements and Spread sheets.
Budgeting- Types of Budgets - Functional Budgets- Master Budget- Zero

based Budget – Sales Budget- Cash budget (Application from Sales Budget
and Cash Budget only)
Elements of Marketing budgets advertising Agency Budget – Budgeting for

films- Broadcast Print and Electronic media.
(10 lectures)
Unit-III
Working Capital Estimation:
Working capital- Concept of Operating cycle- Types of working capital-

Factors influencing working capital- Methods of calculating working
capital(theory and basic application).
(8 lectures)
Unit-IV
Financial statements & Ratio analysis:-
Vertical Financial Statements – Financial Decision Making using financial

statements analysis.
Ratio analysis- Debt Equity Ratio, Current Ratio, Proprietary ratio, Stock to
working capital ratio, Gross profit ratio, Net profit ratio, Operating ratio,
Debtors Turnover Ratio, Creditors turnover ratio, selling expenditure ratio.
(12 lectures)
Unit-V
Introduction of costing:-
Costing -Types of cost- their relevance in marketing decision making.

Classification of costs- Traceability, Functionality and level of activity.
Estimation of Profit/Loss using cost Volume Profit analysis- Break Even

Analysis, Calculation of Profit volume ratio, Break even point, Margin of
safety, Sales required in units and rupees (Theory and application)
(10 lectures)
Reference books
Reference books.
1. Fundamentals of Financial management - Dr. S.N. Maheswari , Sultan

Chand Publications
2. finance Sense- An easy guide for finance Executive – Prasanna Chandra,

Tata Mcgrawhill publication
3.Accounting and financial Analysis – J.C. Varshney, wisdom publications
4. Financial management, Recent Trends & Practical applications- Chandra

Hariharan Iyer International Book house
5. Fundamentals of corporate Accounting Volume I & II – Bhushan Kumar

Goyal - International Book House
6. Financial Accounting for Managers –Dr.t.P.Ghosh , Taxman publication
7. Adverttising and Promotion an Integrated Marketing Communication

perspective-George E. belch & Michael A. Bela, Tata Mcgrawhill publication
8. Marketing payback- Is your Marketing Profitable? Robert Shaw & David

Merrick Pearson publication
9. fundamentals of Cost Accounting- Principles Practice- H.V. Jhamb , Ane

Books Pvt.Ltd.
10.Financial management using Excel spreadsheet- Ruzbeh J.Bodhanwala

11. Fundamentals of financial Mangement- James C. Van Home& John M.
Wachowiz Jr.
12. fundamentals of Financial managementEugene F. Brigham & Joel F.

Houston
Meenakshi Venkatesh
Ranjeet Kaur Patel
Girish Kavyachandani
Paper-IV
AGENCY MANAGEMENT
Objectives:
 To acquaint the students with concepts, techniques for developing an effective
advertising campaign.
 To familiarize students with the different aspects of running an ad agency
 To inculcate competencies to undertake professional work in the field of advertising.
MODULE Topic Details Number of

lectures
MODULE Advertising  their role, Functions, Organization and 08
I Agencies: Importance
 different types of ad agencies
MODULE Client Servicing  The Client - Agency Relationship 02
II  3P’s of Service: Physical evidence,
Process and People
 The Gaps Model of servıce qualıty
 Stages in the client-agency relationship
 How Agencies Gain Clients
 Why Agencies Lose Clients
 Evaluation Criteria in Choosing an Ad
Agency
 The roles of advertising Account
executives
MODULE Account Planning  Role of account planning in advertising 04
III  Role of Account Planner
 Account Planning Process
MODULE Advertising  Means-End chaining and the Method of 04
IV campaign Laddering as guides to Creative
management Advertising Formulation
 Digital Advertising Strategy /
Campaigns
MODULE Ad Film making  Converting story board to TVC 04

V  Editing and post production
MODULE Marketing plan of  The marketing brief, Marketing Audit, 06
VI the client Marketing Objectives, Marketing
Problems and OpportMODULEies
Review, STP, Executing the plan,
Evaluating the plan
MODULE The Response  Traditional Response Hierarchy 04
VII Process Models: AIDA
 Sales-Oriented Objectives
 Communications Objectives
 DAGMAR: An Approach to Setting
Objectives
MODULE Setting up an Business plan introduction, Various Stages in 02
VIII Agency setting up a new Agency
MODULE Agency Various methods of Agency Remunerations 02
IX Compensation
MODULE Growing the Agency  The Pitch: request for proposal, 04
X speculative pitches, Pitch Process
 References, Image and reputation, PR,
MODULE Sales Promotion  The Scope and Role of Sales 08
XI Management Promotion
 Reasons for the Increase in Sales
Promotion
 The psychological theories behind
sales promotion
 Consumer Franchise-Building versus
Nonfranchise-Building Promotions
 Designing Loyalty, continuous and
frequency programs
 Objectives of Trade-Oriented Sales
Promotion
 Techniques of Trade-Oriented Sales
Promotion
 Objectives of Consumer-Oriented
Sales Promotion
 Techniques of Consumer-Oriented
Sales Promotion
Guidelines for Internals
1. Starting and maintaining a blog –the learner shall make the blog after consultation with
the teacher concerned during the period of learning of the course and run the blog for the
period of the course. The subject of the blog should be any one social issue. The blog
shall be supervised by the concerned teacher and marks shall be assigned for quality of
language, design and layout, frequency of updating, the quality of comment by the
blogger, interactivity on the blog. The blog must be updated a minimum of twice a week.
2. Designing the loyalty / frequency / continuity program for any one of the real life client
Suggested Reading:
1. Advertising and Promotion by G. Belch and M. Belch
2. Advertising Promotion and Other Aspects of Integrated Marketing Communications by
Terence A. Shimp
Sem.-VI
ADVERTISING AND MARKETING RESEARCH

Objectives:
 To inculcate the analytical abilities and research skills among the students.
 To understand research methodologies – Qualitative vs Quantitative
 To discuss the foundations of Research and audience analysis that is imperative to successful
advertising.
 To understand the scope and techniques of Advertising and Marketing research, and their utility.
of
Lectures
MODULE I Fundamentals of 1. Meaning and objectives of Research 1
Research 2. Concepts in Research: Variables, Qualitative
and Quantitative
3. Literature review
4. Stages in Research process.
MODULE II Hypothesis Meaning, Nature, Significance, Types of 3
Hypothesis,
MODULE Research design 1. Meaning, Definition, Need and Importance, 3
III Scope of Research Design
2. Types- Descriptive, Exploratory and Causal.
MODULE Sampling 1. Meaning of Sample and Sampling, 3

IV 2. Process of Sampling
3. Methods of Sampling:
i) Non Probability Sampling –
Convenient, Judgment, Quota, Snow
ball.
ii) Probability Sampling – Simple
Random, systematic, Stratified,
Cluster, Multi Stage.
MODULE V Data collection 1. Types of data and sources- Primary and 6

Secondary data sources
2. Methods of collection of primary data:
a. Observation
b. Experimental
c. Interview Method:
i) Personal Interview
ii) focused group,
iii) indepth interviews -
d. Survey
e. Survey instrument – i) Questionnaire
designing.
f. Scaling techniques- i) Likert scale, ii)
Semantic Differential scale, iii) Staple
scale, iv) Constant sum scale
Projective a. Association, b. Completion, c. Construction d.
Techniques Expressive 3
MODULE Report Writing 1. Essential of a good report, 3

VI 2. Content of report ,
3. Steps in writing a report,
4. Footnotes and Bibliography
MODULE Advertising 1. Introduction to Advertising Research 10
VII Research 2. Copy Research: a. Concept testing, b. Name
testing, c. Slogan testing
3. Copy testing measures and methods: a. Free
association, b. Direct questioning, c. Direct
mail tests, d. Statement comparison tests, e.
Qualitative interviews, f. Focus groups
4. Pretesting:
A. Print Pretesting: a. Consumer Jury Test, b.
Portfolio test, c. Paired comparison test, d. Order-
of-merit test, e. Mock magazine test, f. Direct mail
test.
B. Broad casting Pretesting:
a. Trailer tests, b. Theatre tests, c. Live telecast
tests, d. Clutter tests
C. Challenges to pre-testing. Example: The Halo
effect
4. Post testing: a. Recall tests, b. Recognition test,
c. Triple association test, d. Sales effect tests ,
e. Sales results tests, f. Enquires test
Neuroscience in 1. Neuroscience: A New Perspective 3
Advertising 2. When to Use Neuroscience
Research
Physiological 1. Pupil metric devices, 1
rating scales 2. Eye-movement camera,
3. Galvanometer,
4. Voice pitch analysis,
5. Brain pattern analysis
MODULE Marketing 1. Introduction to Advertising Research 12
VIII Research 2. New product research,
3. Branding Research,
4. Pricing research,
5. Packaging research,
6. Product testing
a. Internals should focus on conducting field survey on either Marketing or Advertising research
with sample size not less then 125
Producing the following:

a. Complete Research report of the survey conducted

1. Research for Marketing Decisions Paul E. Green, Donald S. Tull
2. Business Research Methods – Donald Cooper & Pamela Schindler, TMGH, 9th edition
3. http://www.millwardbrown.com/docs/default-source/insight-documents/points-of-
view/MillwardBrown_POV_NeurosciencePerspective.pdf
Semester VI - Advertising
Legal Environment & Advertising Ethics
Objectives:
(i) To acquaint students to the Legal Environment in contemporary India highlighting the
relevance of the same with reference to Advertising media.
(ii) To emphasise & reiterate the need to have ethical practices in the field of advertising
media both in India & internationally.
(iii) To appreciate the role of advertising in contemporary consumerism, the need for
consumer awareness & consumer protection.
(iv) Advertising as a profession today & how to protect it the future of advertising
a. The socio – economic criticisms
b. Why Advertising needs to be socially responsible?
c. The need for Critiques in Advertising
(v) The syllabus has been redesigned to include advertising in both traditional & New
Media.
Module I: Legal Environment: (6)
(i) The importance & the relationship between Self –Regulation, Ethics & the Law
(ii) The laws of the land:
- Constitutional Laws – Fundamental Rights
- Personal laws- Criminal & Civil laws
- Corporate laws
- Consumer laws
- Laws pertaining to Media
(iii) Laws of Defamation & Contempt of Court with respect to cases specific to Media
Module II: Government Policies & Cyber Laws (4)

(i) Government Policies governing advertisements
(ii) The role of Prasar Bharati for advertisements in Public Broadcast Services
(iii) Cyber laws including Section 66; Laws pertaining to advertising in cyber space.
(iv) The Question of Net Neutrality & its relevance in Media
(v) Right to Information Act
Module III: Laws pertaining to Media: (8)

(i) Standard Contract between Advertiser & Agency
(ii) Laws :
- Drugs & Cosmetics Act
- Drugs & Magic Remedies ( Objectionable Advertisements) Act
- Drugs Price Control Act
- Emblems & Names ( Prevention of Improper Use) Act
- Indecent Representation of Women’s Act
- Intellectual Property Rights-
-Copyright Act
- Trademarks Act
- Patents Act
Module IV: A. Ethics in Advertising (8)
(i) What is Ethics? Why do we need Ethics?

(ii) The philosophy of Ethics- Absolutist & Situational
(iii) Ethics in Advertising &Stereotyping:
- Religious minorities
- Racial minorities
- Ethnic groups
- Cultural Minorities
- Senior Citizens
- Children
- Women
- LGBT
(iv) Advertising of Controversial products
(v) Surrogate & Subliminal Advertising
(vi) Political Advertising
(vii) Manipulation of Advertising Research
Module IV: B. Bodies helping to maintain a Code of Ethical conduct in Media:

- ASCI
- AAAI
- BCCC
- IBF
- CENSOR BOARD FOR FILMS
- Press Council
Module V: Unfair Trade Practices & the Competition Act 2002 (5)
(i) Unfair Trade Practices & Restrictive Trade Practices to Consumers:

- False Promises
- Incomplete Description
- False & Misleading Comparisons
- Bait & Switch offers
- Visual Distortions
- False Testimonials
- Partial Disclosures
- Small print Clarifications
(ii) Unfair Trade Practices & Restrictive Trade Practices to other organizations in the Industry
(iii)The role of the Commission of the Competition Act 2002 in resolving cases of Unfair &
Restrictive Trade Practices.
Module VI: Consumer Protection: Government initiatives including Standardization, Consumer Laws &
Non- Government initiatives (7)
(i) Consumerism – The rising need for consumer guidance& awareness

(ii)Government Initiatives:
-Standardization- Meaning, Relevance in today’s Globalized World in Total Quality
Management
- Standardization Bodies in India- AGMARK, BIS, FSSAI & FPO
- International Bodies- ISO, FDA, CMMI, Six Sigma & CE
- Standardization marks- ISI, AGMARK, BIS- Hallmark (Gold), Silkmark, Woolmark,
Cotton, Forever mark (Diamonds)
Laws:
(i)Essential Commodities Act 1955
(ii) Consumer protection Act 1986
(iii)Standards of Weights & Measures Act
(iv)Standards of Weights & Measures (Packaged Commodities) Act
(v)Prevention of Food Adulteration Act
Other Initiatives:
- PDS- Ministry of Civil Supplies (Public Distribution System or Ration Shops)
- Consumer Co-operatives
Non- Government initiatives:

- CGSI
- CFBP
- CERC
- Grahak Panchayat
- Customer care centres
Module VII: Advertising & Society (2)
A. Socio- Economic Criticisms of advertising

- Increasing prevalence of Materialism
- Creating Artificial Needs
- Idealizing the “Good Life”
- Stressing Conformity with Others
- Encouraging instant gratification & a throwaway society
- Promoting the good of the individual over the good of society
- Creating Unrealistic Ideal characterizations
- Using appeals that prey on feelings of inadequacy
- Manipulation by advertising
B. Advertising & social responsibility - Advertising as a moulder of thought,
opinion & values (2)
Module VIII: Critique of Advertising (8)
- A study of Vance Packard- The Hidden Persuaders (1957)

- A study of Jean Kilbourne – Can’t buy My love
- A study of Naomi Klein – No Logo
- A study of Naomi Woolf- The Beauty Myth
- A study of Noam Chomsky- Understanding Power
Bibliography:
(1)P. B. Sawant & P.K. Bandhopadhyaya- Advertising Laws & Ethics – Universal Law
Publishing Co.
(2)Vidisha Barua, Press & Media: Law Manual- Universal law Publishing Co.
(3) Cyber Law Simplified – Vivek Sood Tata McGraw Hill
SEM. VI
DIGITAL MEDIA

Objectives:
 Understand digital marketing platform
 Understand the key goals and stages of digital campaigns
 Understand the of use key digital marketing tools
 Learn to develop digital marketing plans

of
Lectures
MODULE I Introduction to 1. Understanding Digital Media 4
Digital Media 2. Principles
3. Key Concepts
4. Evolution of the Internet
5. Traditional v Digital
MODULE Search Engine 1. What are Search Engines: 10
II Optimization  Types of Search Engines,
(SEO):  How Search Engines work and how they
rank websites based upon a search term?
2. Introduction to SEO and what it involves:
 What is the importance of search for
websites?
 What are the areas of operation for Search
Engine Optimization Professionals?
 How do you search for the right keywords
that will help bring in the most traffic?
3. What is On-Page Optimization?
 Keyword Research with Google Keyword
Planner, Page Naming {URL Structuring}
and Folder Naming, What are Meta Tags,
Redirection Tags,
4. What is OFF-Page Optimization?
 What are Backlinks?, How to Get
Backlinks?
 What is Google Page Rank? How to Increase
Page Rank?
5. Search Engine Algorithms:
What is Search Engine's Algorithms? How
Algorithms Works? Page Rank Technology,
Why a Search Engine penalizes a Website,
Google Panda Update,
MODULE Social Media 1. Introduction: Definition of social media, 10
III Types of social media, How Social Media is
affecting Google Search, Integrating social
media into website and blogs
2. Using Facebook: What Can You Do With
Facebook, Facebook Features, Facebook Fan
Pages, Facebook Pages. How to promote
your Facebook page, Creating Facebook
Application / Widget, Linking with
YouTube, Creating Events, Building content
calendar
3. Using Twitter: Following and Listening,
Tools for managing your Tweets, Finding
People and Companies on Twitter, Twitter
Tools, Reputation Management | Keyword
Research | Hashtags & Trends Tools
Influence on Twitter: TweetDeck, Klout,
PeerIndex
4. Using LinkedIn: Lead Generation through
Individual Profiles, Lead Generation as
Enterprise: Company Page, Ads, Developer
API, Groups
5. Using Blogs: How Blogging can be used as
a tool.
MODULE Tools & Trends 1. key terms and concepts 3
IV 2. Web analytics
3. Tracking Tools to enhance lead nurturing
Tracking and Collecting Data: Log file analysis,
Page tagging,
MODULE V Features of a 1. Homepage 4

Website 2. Links
3. Navigation
4. Multimedia
MODULE Content Writing 1. Blog

VI 2. Twitter
3. Mobile
MODULE New Challenges Cyber Crime and Challenges of the new
VII media
MODULE Cyber Laws 1. Information Technology Act
VIII 2. Copyright
3. Ethics
4. Digital Security
References:
1. Understanding Digital Marketing: Marketing Strategies for Engaging the Digital

Generation (Paperback) - Damian Ryan - Gives an overview
2. .Socialnomics: How Social Media Transforms the Way We Live and Do Business
(Hardcover) - Eric Qualman
3. Alan Tapp,Principles of Direct and Database Marketing - Financial Times - Prentice Hall
2000
4. Drayton Bird,Commonsense Direct Marketing - Kogan Page 1996
5. Jim Sterne and Anthony Prior - E-mail Marketing - John Wiley and Sons 2000
6. Robin Fairlie,Database Marketing and Direct Mail - Exley Publications 1990
AC 26/06/2016
Item No. 4.19 (D)
TY BMM VI semester
Contemporary Issues
Objectives:
 To understand and analyse some of the present day environmental, political, economic
and social concerns and issues .
 To highlight the importance of human rights and its implementation in India.
 To understand the present day problems and challenges and its implications on
development.
Module –I
Ecology and its related concerns: (10)
 Climate change and Global warming- causes , consequences and remedial measures
 Deforestation- causes, consequences and remedial measures
 Costal regulatory Zone- need and importance, CRZ Act
 Sustainable development- concept, need and significance
 Movements related to environmental protection
Module- 2
(a) Human Rights(12)

 UDHR and its significance
 CRC and CEDAW
 DRD
(b) Legislative measures with reference to India.
 Women: Constitutional Rights and legal safeguards, Domestic and Family
Violence Act of 2012, Sexual Harassment Act at the Work Place 2013, The
Criminal Law (Amendment) Act of 2013
 Child: Protection of Children from sexual offence Act -2012 (POCSO),
ChildLabour Act with new amendments, Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection of
Children Act) 2000.
 Education : Right to Education Act 2009
 Health : National Health Policy of 2015, Transplantation of Human organs Act
of 2002, Prenatal Diagnostic Technique Regulation and prevention of Misuse
amendment rules of 2003, Prohibition of sale of cigarettes and other tobacco
products around educational institutions 2004.
Module-3
Political concerns and challenges (10)
 Crime and Politics

 Corruption: Causes and remedial measures. RTI Act, Lok Pal Bill .
 Whistle Blowers- Whistle Blowers protection act 2011.
 Anti- State violence- Naxalism and its Impact.
 Insurgency with reference to North East – Issues involved, ULFA, Nagas, Manipur
issue,AFSPA and its impact.
 Terrorism- causes, consequences and remedial measures
Module 4
Economic development and challenges: (08)
 The Role of MIDC in the economic development of Maharashtra

 Special Economic Zone : Its role and significance in Maharashtra
 Food Security Act 2013
 Agrarian issues: rural indebtedness, farmers’ suicides and its implications.
Module 5
Social development and challenges: (08)
 Tribal Issues :Marginalisation of the Tribals, Forest Rights Act , Land Acquisition Act .
 Police reforms: Problems faced by Police and the Need for Reforms
 Illegal immigration from Bangladesh : Challenges and impact
 Developmental Issues: Displacement and rehabilitation
Bibliography
 Rush Ramona, Oukrop Carole, CreedonPamola (2013), ‘Seeking equity for women in
Journalism and Mass Communication education: A 30 year Update’, Taylor and Francis
 Coleman Benjamin: Conflict, Terrorism and Media in Asia
 Ranganathan Maya; Rodrigues Usha: (2010) Indian media in a Globalised World, Sag
Publications
Criminology, UPNE.
Transaction Publishers.
 Bareh Hamlet, (2001), Encyclopedia of North-East India: Assam, Mitthal Publications.
 Freedman Des, ThussuDaya; (2011), Media and Terrorism: Global Perspectives, Sage
Publications
 Media and Gender in Post-Liberalisation India, Frank and Timmy Gmbh Publication (Pg
19- 45)
House Inc.
 Praveen Swami (2007) An Informal War: India, Pakistan and the Secret Jihad in Jammu
and Kashmir London: Routledge.
 KakManju, TripathyPrajnashree, Lal Manjula; (2007), Whose Media? a Woman's
Space: The Role of the Press in Projecting the development needs of Women, Concept
Publishing House.
 Uma Kapila( ed) ( 2013)Indian Economy: performance and policies ,14th edition
Academic Foundation.
 V. K Puri and S.K Misra (ed) ( 2013)Indian Economy,31stedition.Himalaya Pub House.
 Asha Bajpai , ( 2011) Child Rights in India: Law, policy, and practice .
 Dr. B Ramaswamy and Nitin Shrirang Mane, ( 2013) Human Rights: Principles and
practices,Alfa Publication.
 R P Kataria and Salah Uddin (2013) Commentary on Human Rights Orient Publishing
Company.
 J.Shivanand, Human Rights:Concepts and Issues,
 Ram Ahuja , ( 2012),Indian social Problems, Rawat Publications.
 Ghanashyam Shah, ( 2011) Social Movements in India, Sage Publications.
 A. R Desai, Rural Sociology.
 Marilyn A .Brown and Benjamin K.Sovacool,Climate Change and Global Energy
Security:Technology and Policy Options, Oxford Publications.
 Bill McKibben, The End of Nature.
 David Spratt and Philip Sutton,Climate Code Red:The Case for Emergency Action.
 Jeffrey D.Sachs, The Age of Sustainable Development.
Magazines and journals

1. Down to Earth: Science and Environment Fortnightly
2. Economic and Political Weekly
3. Yogana
Press Laws and Ethics

Semester -6 (Syllabus)
Objectives
 To study media laws

 To understand media
1) Introduction to law-
a) A brief introduction to Indian Constitution-
(Salient features, Fundamental Rights)
b) India’s legal system – Structure and hierarchy of Indian judiciary- the various levels of
courts for civil and criminal action.
c) Brief Overview of IPC (Indian Penal Code) and Cr.PC (The Criminal Procedure code)
08 lectures
2) Press Council of India –

a) Its organisational structure, functions, history and rationale behind its establishment.
b) Powers – the debate over punitive powers
c) PCI’s intervention in cases of communal rioting and protection of Press freedom.
d) Code of conduct for journalists
e) Comparison with the News Broadcasting Standards Authority (NBSA)
04 lectures
3) Laws regulating the media

a) Laws related to freedom of the Press — Article 19 clause (1)subclause (a) of Indian
Constitution and how it guarantees freedom of the press.
b) Clause 2 of article 19 and reasonable restrictions.
c) Defamation –sections 499,500
d) Contempt of Courts Act 1971
e) Public Order – sections 153 A&B,295A,505
f) Sedition (124A)
g) Obscenity (292,293) 08 lectures
4) Introduction to laws connected with internet
a)Information Technology Act 2000 and the amendment Act of 2008 Study of Section
66 and 67 of the Act that govern publishing of material on the internet.
04 lectures
5) Article 21 of the constitution and Right to Privacy
a) Right to Privacy versus Right to Know

b) Right to Information Act 2005
c) Official Secrets Act and conflict with RTI
d) Whistle Blowers Protection Act 2011-Implications and challenges.
04 lectures
6) Indian Evidence Act –

a)Primary,Secondary, Direct and Indirect evidence
b) Confession and its evidentiary value 02 lectures
7) Copyright Act 1957-

A Discussion on Intellectual Property Rights in the context of changing Global
environment. 04 lectures
8) Contempt of Parliament – a) Breach of Privilege rules.

b) Clash between Judiciary and Legislature
c) Is it a threat to media freedom? 04 lectures
9) Working Journalists Act-Its effectiveness in current scenario.02

10) Press and Registration of Books Act 02
11) Introduction to Ethics

a) Discussion of importance of ethics in the era of TRP fuelled Tabloid
Journalism.
b) Conflict of Interest
c) Paid News
d) Trial by Media
e) Ethical Issues related to Television debates
f) Confidentiality of sources
g) Ethics of Sting Operations
h) Fakery and Fabrication of news
i) Using Shock value in language and visuals. 06
Recommended Books and websites:
1) Introduction to the Constitution of India by Durga Das Basu

2) Law of the Press by Durga Das Basu
3) Press Laws and Ethics of Journalism by P.K. Ravindranath
4) Journalism in India by RangaswamiParthasarthy.
5) Textbook on the Indian Penal Code Krishna Deo Gaur
6) The law of Intellectual Property Rights edited by Shiv Sahai Singh
7) The Journalist’s Handbook by M V Kamath
8) Media and Ethics by S.K.Aggarwal
9) Introduction to Media Laws and Ethics by Juhi P Pathak
List of Websites:
1) www.indiankanoon.org
2) www.prasarbharathi.gov.in.
3) www.lawzonline.com
4) www.presscouncil.nic.in
5) www.thehoot.org
msilanruoJ
reJeomel: IV
rnpel: VV
riejeum: mlsnaunom msilanruoJ
[PN :75 :MarksTheory (5 eeesomoes oee oe eash ioseue; eeesomoe1 soiseusory(

55 : seoereaus(tuass Teso;Proeesos; sssmmeieeos& Prasomsaus([
Objectives
1. aeierspJeam sa mlsnaunom msilanruoJ es iaaelomnaa moe.

2. es Vamlsaiuemoe uJpslmnaue sa peiusanr msilanruoJ.
3. es renla mswrite in Broadcast Style conforming to the ethical and practical
principles that guide it.
4. es renla moe o urro naa meuoausieo ms uaieomuinme,uiel aeio omslueo asl plsaiue naa aer
inlusio Jeaun simremo.
5. es renla moe ioe sa unJeln& osiaa ua elsnaunom aslJnmo.
6. es develop reading habits that keep them aware of current affairs, local, national,
and world;
7. es uamlsaiue rsuunr neaun;esaielieaue;nirmuJeaun;msilanruoJ earuae.
V–nsaire [06-oeoousao]
 History &DeierspJeam of Broadcast Journalism.
 Traditionalmoereaumsi
 muolau moereaumsi
 frmeB History of the development of Radio mournalism.
 frmeB History of the development of TV mournalism
 frmeBHistory of the development of eeumee/ Webmoereaumsi.
 rP: .enoe rmiaC
 mme& -:ePPOrganizational structure, functions of different divisions and

Departments/units; News Service Division;Objectives of broadcast—Information,
Education & Entertainment.
 RVp& Mn:All India Radio—Organizational structure, functions of different divisions and
Departments/units; News Service Division of AIR;Objectives of broadcast—Information,
Education &Entertainment; Commercial Broadcasting Service, External Service Broadcast,
National Service, Vividh Bharati and FM service of AIR; three tiers of Radio Broadcast—
Local, Regional and National & Public Service Broadcast; AIR Code, Commercial
Broadcast Code and Guidelines of Election Broadcast;Autonomy of Expansion of FM
Radio channels - Development of Educational & Community Radio.
 Dsslanloona& :rnmmerume eonaaeroOrganizational structure, functions of different
divisions and Departments / units & Doordarshan News; Commercialization of
TV;Satellite television broadcast— Breaking of monopoly of DD-Television channels for
niche audiences — entertainment, news, sports, science, health & life style. Proliferation of
DTH services; Growth of Private International, National & Regional TV Networks &
fierce competition for ratings.
VV–nsaire [06 oeoousao[
 :peiusanr msilanruoJ
[Vamlsaiumusa&VJpslmnaue sapeiusanr eonaaero ua Vaaun].
 rP: usaaium usJpnlnmuie unoe omiaC sa naC mis Peio uonaaero.

 News Channels * :Star Majha *IBN Lokmat *Zee 52 Taas *Sahara Samay Mumbai *
Big News Marathi - Upcoming Channel from BIG TV *Big News Mumbai - Upcoming
Channel from BIG TV *TML Voice of India Aamchi Mumbai - Upcoming channel from
Triveni Media Group - wmoh remars oo ieuomsmsumsmoy oB uaemeame &seuoere
 * :samelmnuaJeam eonaaeroZee Marathi *Star Pravah * ETV Marathi *Mi Marathi *
Doordarshan Sahayadri *Saam Marathi *BIG Gaurav - Upcoming channel from R-
ADAG *Sahara Marathi - Upcoming channel from Sahara *9x Marathi - Upcoming
channel from 9x]
 Radio Channels *:Akashvani Marathi (SW/AM) *Akashvani Mumbai GOLD (111.7
FM) *Akashvani Mumbai Rainbow (117.1 FM) *Worldspace Surabhi (Satellite Radio(
 Movie Channels * :Zee Talkies *BIG Cinema (Marathi) *BIG Chitrapat Upcoming
channel from R-ADAG
 Music Channels *:Sangeet Marathi - Upcoming Channel from Media worldwide
VVV –nsaire ] 06oeoousao]
 :mlsnaunom MslJnmo
[es ee auuiooea naa plnumuuea iumo leaeleaue ms Peio eonaaero pleaelnerC]
 (Radio /eI)
 Newsfeuueomes/ssseaus/Reeus.
 News Mama mees/Tauk hows/Reemews.
 Main characteristics of News as against news in other media
 Simple announcements
 Talks/commentaries/comments
 snterviews
 Discussions
 Features
 Documentaries
 Dosesraias
 Play
 Running commentaries
 sds/tommercials
 Phone ins and fridges
 Music
VI –nsaire [10 oeoousao[
 Writing In Broadcast Style

[snuo mspuu eersi una ee uamlsaiuea &auouiooea iumo oiumnere exnJpreo]
 Broadcast News Vocabulary (the ethics)

 meeres: soros;terreeo sBBamrs;cmBesoyue eos.
 Scripting for Fiction/Non Fiction
 Writing for the Rasmo& TT.
 News script forma o Bor Rasmo& TT.
 News Stories types (breaking news through kickers)
 Preparation ofsesmo aes Tmseo brief
 Idea generation – fiction and non fiction
 Developing an idea into story
 Script and story board
 Shooting scripts
 Interview srmsos -simulated and actuality
 Research and scripting of radio/TT documentary/feature/drama
 Phooo Feaoere Wrmomem.
 Wrmomem Bor Wel
nsaire- I ] 10oeoousao]
 rleoeamnmusa rlsaiumusa& saumuai:

[snuo mspuu eersi una ee uamlsaiuea &auouiooea iumo oiumnere exnJpreo]
 Field-Reporting
 shooting usable video footage
 conducting the on-camera interview
 shooting telling B-roll
 composing interesting shots
 telling stories in unconventional ways
 Capturing Sound
 Microphones
 Capturing Natural Sound
 Capturing Primary Audio Track Sound
 Analog vs. Digital
 Radio
 Elements of radio productions
 Acoustics
 Perspective
 Sound effects
 Music
 Distort/Filter
 Recording
 Editing
 eereiuousa
 Stages of production- pre-production, production and post-production
 The production personnel – Single camera and Multi camera production
 Use of graphics and special effects
 Developing a video brief
 Nonlinear editing, Cut to cut, assemble & insert, on line, offline editingof stories
 Telling a cohesive story (connecting SOTs)
 Using desktop publishing aspects to tell a visual story
 Mixing and Editing to tell a story
 rlsaiumusa
 Production schedule
 Budget
 Floor plan
 Lighting plan
 Production of a programme
 Post production
 Production of radio /TTdiscussions
 Production of social messages (max 01 seconds)
 Production of radio/TT documentary/feature
IV –nsaire [08 oeoousao[
(rP :espuuo ruomea eersi oosira ee auouiooea iumo moe oerp sa unoe omiaueo)
 – sweN Bo ’ewos memsieD‘52/7 &mos srawlasks.

 nohmss me remeuaomoe.
 teesorshms.
 Protecting copyright
 Power aes osmeoy.
 Convergence: Need, nature and future of convergence
 Convergence and Multi-media: Print, radio, TV, internet and mobile.
 Emerging Trends: Mobile Technology, Social Media & Web 5.1
 Digital storytelling: Tools of multimedia journalists.
 Feature writing for online media: Story idea, development and news updates.
 Podcast and Webcast
 Open source journalism: Citizen Journalists.
 New Mesma oe moereaumsi:Use of blogs, tweets, etc.
IVV –nsaire ] 00oeoousao]
(rP :eouo Jsaire IVV oosira asm ee uauriaea aslsxmelanr RooeooJeam 75 Jnl o(
 Career opportunities infroassaso moereaumsi/nuesoroems Mesma.

 Career options in public broadcasting agencies like Doordarshan and All India Radio or
in private broadcasters.
 Researchers;Broadcast Reporters;Presenters;web journalist;field reporter;writer;editor
correspondent;in-studio anchor;news analysts;direction ;production ;;graphics
editing;sound;programme research;Script writing;photojournalism;social media;copy
editors, inputeditors, output editors, news producers, cameramen, video editors;
Backroom researchers, reference library or archives people, graphic artists
eos;Moreover one can open his own TV/RM Radio channel.
 Student Productions:ernoo eeomrlsjeumo //RoouiaJeamo:]Vamelanr RooeoJeam- 05

nnl o no pel UauieloumC iiuaeruaeo]
 For em:Presare a News package which includes elements such as narration, b-roll, stand-
ups, interviews/SOTs, writing in broadcast style, natural sound, graphics, and other
aspects that help aesmo/video tell the story of the newsBor Rasmo -/TT/ horo
Fmui/ Doseieeoary eos eR wrmomem niersmses Broi Moseue sss; Ts& T.
 riiieomea penauaio
1. MacGregor, Brent; Live, Direct and Biased: Making TV news in the Satellite Age
2. Parthasarthy, Ramaswamy; Here is the news; (1994) Sterling
3. Herbert, John; Journalism in the Digital Age; 2000, Focal Press
4. Hillard; Writing for TV, Radio and New Media; 7th Edition; Wadsworth
5. Television Production by Phillip Harris
6. CNN Student Bureau
7. Broadcast Journalism by David Keith Cohler (Prentice Hall)
8. Introduction to Mass Communication by Stanley Baran (McGraw Hill)
9. Journalism Matters by Schaffer, McCutcheon, and Stofer (National Textbook Company)
10. Journalism Today by Ferguson, Patten, and Wilson (National Textbook Company)
11. Scholastic Journalism by English, Hach, and Rolnicki
12. Lighting For Action: Professional Techniques for Shooting Video and Film by John Hart (Amphoto)
13. Bias: A CBS Insider Exposes How the Media Distort the News by Bernard Goldberg (Perennial)
14. If It Bleeds, It Leads:An Anatomy of Television News by Matthew Kerbelwestview)
15. Writing to Deadline: The Journalist at Work by Donald M. Murray (Heinemann)
16. Ronal Dewolk Introduction to Online Journalism Allyn&Bacon, ISBN 1515505095
17. John Vernon Pavlik New Media Technology Allyn& BaconISBN 151557190X
18. Michael M. Mirabito, New Communication Technologies :Application,Barbara . Mogrenstorn, Policy
& Impact Focal Press, 2th editionISBN 1521012595.
19. De Maeseneer, Paul. Here's The News: A Radio News Manual. Asian Books.
20. Ciignel, Hugh. Key Concepts in Radio studies. Sage.
21. Hyde, Stuart. Television and Radio Announcing. Kanishka.
22. Masani, Mehra. Broadcasting and the People. National Book Trust.
23. Awasthi, G. C. Broadcasting in India. Allied Publications.
24. Listening to various news bulletins and other news based programmes of All India Radio and
otherradio channels.
25. Nath, Shyam. Assessing the State of Web Journalism. Authors Press, New Delhi, 2002
26. Chakravarthy, Jagdish. Net, Media and the Mass Communication. Authors press, New Delhi, 2004
27. Bhargava, Gopal. Mass Media and Information Revolution. Isha Books, New Delhi, 2004
28. Menon, Narayana. The Communication Revolution. National Book Trust.
29. Pavlik J.V. Media in the Digital Age. Columbia University Press.
30. Newspaper and magazine articles about New Medma
31. Paul Chantler& Peter Stewart Basic Radio Journalism, Focal Press
32. Uma Joshi Text Book of Mass Communication & Media Anmol Publication, Delhi
33. R.Parthsarathy Journalism in India , Sterling Publishers
34. H.R.Luthra Indian Broadcasting
35. J Natrajan History of Indian Journalism, Publications Divisions, Ministry of Information of
Broadcasting Government of India
36. S C Bhatt Indian Press since 1955, Publication Division, Ministry of Information of Broadcasting
Government of India, New Delhi
37. P.K Ravindran . Indian Regional Journalism, Author Press, New Delhi
38. ParthasarthyRangaswami Journalism in India, Sterling Publishers Private Limited, New Delhi
39. Robert McLiesh Radio Production, Focal Press
40. James R. Alburger The Art of Voice Acting, Focal Press Jan R. Hakemulder, Broadcast Journalism,
Anmol Publications,
41. Ray AC de Jonge, PP Singh New Delhi
42. Janet Trewin Presenting on TV and Radio, Focal Press, New Delhi
43. Stuart W. Hyde TV & Radio Announcing, Kanishka Publishers
44. Andrew Boyd Techniques of Radio and Television News Publisher: Focal Press, India.
45. Ralph Donald and Thomas Spann Fundamentals of Television Production SurjeetPublications,New
Delhi.
46. Herbert Zettl Handbook of Television Production, Publisher: Wadsworth
47. Lynn S Gross, Larry W. Ward Electronic Movie making Wadsworth Publishing
48. Neill Hicks Screen Writing, Michael Wiese Productions
49. Thomas D Burrows, Lynne S Gross Video Production, McGraw Hill Ronal Dewolk Introduction to
Online Journalism Allyn& Bacon, ISBN 0205286895
50. John Vernon Pavlik New Media Technology Allyn& Bacon ISBN 020527093X
51. Michael M. Mirabito, New Communication Technologies : Application, Barbara . Mogrenstorn,
Policy & Impact Focal Press, 4th edition ISBN 0240804295.
52. Media Culture: An Introduction to Mass Communication, Fifth ed.
53. By Richard Campbell, Christopher Martin, Bettina Fabos
54. Video Basics by Herbert Zettl (Wadsworth Publishing Company)
55. Media Ethics: Issues and Causes by Philip Patterson and Lee Wilkins (McGraw Hill)
56. Video Field Production and Editing by Campesi and Sherriffs
57. Mass Communication in India, Keval, J. Kumar, Jaico Publishing House, Mumbai.
58. Mass Communication theory, Denis Mcquail., Sage Publication, New Delhi.
59. Understanding of Media: The Extension of Man, Marshall McLuhan.
60. Journals and Web Sources
 Broadcast and CableSat
 IMPACT
 PITCH
 www.allindiaradio.org
 www.aiir.com
 www.exchange4media.com
 www.mib.gov.in
 www.airwaves.net
[froassaso moereaumsi yuuales :Prososes Dmsesses ,& Reemses ly: fe Meiler io. Treesa Momhe&
Meiler yuuales Reemsmoe toiimooee froassaso moereaumsi ProB Nairaoaa rmeasoae; Daoes11/15/5115 ;
Weseessay ao Uemeersmoy eB Meilam ,Foro;Rooi No -55 ;Tmie :5.11 –si 2.11si.[
TYBMM Semester VI
Business & Magazine Journalism
Objectives:
 To understand the tools of business journalism and an overview of the

economy
 To study the magazine sector and its specialisation
Section I Business Journalism
Module
I) Introduction to Business Journalism 01
II) A general overview of the financial systems in India
A) Planning Commission & NITI Aayog, Reserve Bank of India

– Role, Functions. A general understanding about, RBI’s involvement in
formulation of Monetary Policy, Interest Rate Mechanism and RBI.
B) Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) – Role,
function and objectives.
C) The Banking Sector in India – a brief analytical study.
a. Functions of commercial banks
b. Use of modern technology in banking sector and its
use. Core Banking its advantage, social benefits and
use of banking in financial inclusion. Government
05
2
schemes related to banking- JanaDhan Yojana,
Pension Plans, Insurance Schemes, Cash Subsidy
Transfer via Bank Account.
III) Union Budget (The Finance Bill) – Salient features of the latest Union
Budget.
02
IV) The Concept of “Subsidies” in the context of the Indian Economy; an

introductory study.
02
V) “Foreign Exchange Reserves” in India and a basic study of Fiscal

Deficit problem with reference to Indian Economy.
02
VI) Scams in Indian financial system

The Satyam saga
The Sahara Scam
Saradha chit fund embezzlement
03
VII) Bombay Stock Exchange, National Stock Exchange,

Concept of SENSEX and NIFTY and impact of their volatility.
Retail Market – the Indian Scenario
The World Bank, The Asian Development Bank,
BRICS Development Bank – functions
03
VIII) Business journalism - a brief study of leading business magazines,

leading financial dailies in India.
02
Section II Magazine Journalism (Niche Journalism)
I) Introduction to Magazine Journalism. Fundamental point of

differences between “Newspaper” and “Magazine”. Special skills
required for a person working in magazines.
03
II) Scope for modern age magazines in various segments of journalism

in India. Competition of magazines with electronic media.
A general analytical study of magazines of different genre:
Women’s magazines
Travel Magazines
General Interest Magazines
Health Magazines
Technology Magazines
Automobile Magazines
09
3
III) A detailed study of women’s magazines covering specific female

related issues and other routine issues.
02
IV) Sports Journalism. A comparative study of coverage of sports

events by magazines and audio visuals and press.
02
V) Environmental Journalism and its importance.

A very brief study of global warming, ozone depletion, issues
related to deforestation.
Issue of Western Ghats and its environmental importance. (Students
are advised to refer to the various documentaries and special
reports on environmental issues by print and electronic media.)
02
VI) Civic issues and their coverage in various modern day alternative
media, social networking avenues. (Critical evaluation). Civic issues
of the latest year to be considered.
02
References

1. Indian Economy, Dutt and Sundaram. S Chand Publication.
2. The Economic Survey – A Government of India Publication (Ministry of
Finance)
3. www.indiabudget.nic.in for updates related to budget.
4. Western Ghats ecology expert panel report (available on Web).
5. Websites of magazines, newspapers.
TYBMM Journalism Sem VI
Issues of Global Media
Objectives:
Study the role of media in the 21st Century and the challenges facing traditional media
Familiarise students about regional versus global media
Highlight social media’s relevance in information dissemination
Syllabus:
1. Relevance of McBride report in contemporary times [5]
2. Presence of conglomerates; NWICO in a multi polar world and biases in global media coverage [7]
3. Global Monopolies’ regional presence.[redefining local news][2]
4.Al Jazeera’s arrival as an alternate voice[ from Gulf War II to Arab Spring and beyond][4]
5.Advocacy and Journalism [4]
6. Independent Media’s space[1]
7. Traditional media’s foray into social media & Micro blogging [2]
8. Parachute Journalism [1]
9. Challenges in Reporting in Hostile Environments [Presence of Social Media and redefined roles of war
correspondents][2]
10. coverage of natural disaster by global media and regional media [1]
11. Cultural Bias in global media coverage [2]
12. BRICS interpretation of regional news vis-a-vis first world nations’ interpretations [reference to
BRICS initiatives] [3]
13.Global media Perception of terrorism versus regional media perceptions [freedom

fighters/separatists /terrorists, [3]
14.Global audiences’ changing needs[1]
15.Opening of Indian markets from the 1990s to contemporary times and the regional versus global
media perceptions. [6]
16. Overview of media in China, Japan, U.S., India.[2]
17. Profiles of BBC, CNN, Reuters, AFP & AP [1]
Bibliography:
Why NWICO never had a chance by Joseph Mehan,Columbia University

Global Media Journal Spring 2013
New War Journalism, Trends and Challenges,Stig.A.Nohrstedt
Dynamics of Socail Media, David C.Coulson
Al Jazeera Advocacy and Media Values.., Mamoud M.Galander
Media Imperialism, Oliver Boyd –Barrett
Sem. VI
News Media Management
Objectives
 To make students aware about the responsibilities, structure and functioning of

responsibilities of an organisation
 Students will be able to analyze individual media businesses and understand the
economic drivers of the media economy. .
 Students will have developed hands-on experience as content marketers using
journalistic and digital techniques.
 Students will have gained a perspective on the evolution of media in the last 25 years
and on key current trends.
1) Making News: Truth,Ideology and News work (2)

2) News, Audiences and Everyday Life (4)
a) Ideal Management Structure
b) Role of Management in ensuring editorial freedom
3) Legacy Media- Broadcast Media Overview and Print Publishing Overview (4)
4) Contemporary Elements, Dimensions and Image of Print Media: A Comparative
Analysis with Electronic Media (2)
5) Specialised training for skilled workers, HRD (4)
6) Integrated Marketing Communications (8)

Overview of Marketing Theory
Applying marketing strategy to consumer media
a) direct to consumer:
for readers/consumers
circulation/distribution/channels
b) business to business (B2B):
for advertisers/partners
7) Disruptive Technology and Media Business Models: (8)

a) The role of advertising
b) From Web 1.0 to 2.0
c) Yahoo, Craigslist, Google, Facebook, Twitter, Whatsapp, Pinterest
8) Becoming a digital Media Brand (4)
9) Financial Management (8)
a) Break up of expenditure for the year
b) Raw Material Costs
c) Fixed and Variable Costs
d)Unforeseen Factors
10) Challenges of Globalisation and Liberalisation (8)
a) Foreign Direct Investment
b) Cross Media Ownership
c) Commercialization of Media
11)Understanding Company Law (2)
12) Case studies (4)
Case studies – Eenadu and Network 18
Expansion of Sky Network [Star Network in India]
Relevance of TAM Ratings in News Channels along with IRS Studies
Handbooks/ References
1) Ben Badgikian: Media Monopoly
2) India’s Communication Revolution from Bullock Carts to Cyber Carts, (Arvind Singhal,
Everett M Rogers)
3) Advertising and Integrated Marketing Communications, (Kruti Shah)
4) Digital Branding: A Complete Step-by-Step Guide to Strategy, Tactics and Measurement
(Daniel Rowles)
5) Disruptive Innovation: Strategies for Enterprise Growth (Jayanta Bhattacharya)
6) Understanding Company Law, (Alstair Hudson)
7) Newspaper organization and Management (Rucket and Williams)
8) The paper tigers by Nicholas Coleridge
9) News Media Management: Mr P.K Ravindranath
10) Print Media Communication and Management by Aruna Zachariah
11) News Culture by Stuart Allan
Academic Council 14/07/2016
Item No: 4.76
Syllabus for F.Y.B.Sc.

Programme: B.Sc.
Course: Information Technology
with effect from the academic year

2016 – 2017
1|Page
(This page is intentionally left blank)
2|Page
Semester – 1
Course Code Course Type Course Title Credits
USIT101 Core Subject Imperative Programming 2
USIT102 Core Subject Digital Electronics 2
USIT103 Core Subject Operating Systems 2
USIT104 Core Subject Discrete Mathematics 2
USIT105 Ability Enhancement Skill Communication Skills 2
Course
USIT1P1 Core Subject Practical Imperative Programming 2
Practical
USIT1P2 Core Subject Practical Digital Electronics Practical 2
USIT1P3 Core Subject Practical Operating Systems Practical 2
USIT1P4 Core Subject Practical Discrete Mathematics Practical 2
USIT1P5 Ability Enhancement Skill Communication Skills Practical 2
Course Practical
Total Credits 20
Semester – 2
USIT201 Core Subject Object oriented Programming 2
USIT202 Core Subject Microprocessor Architecture 2
USIT203 Core Subject Web Programming 2
USIT204 Core Subject Numerical and Statistical 2
Methods
USIT205 Ability Enhancement Skill Green Computing 2
Course
USIT2P1 Core Subject Practical Object Oriented Programming 2
Practical
USIT2P2 Core Subject Practical Microprocessor Architecture 2
Practical
USIT2P3 Core Subject Practical Web Programming Practical 2
USIT2P4 Core Subject Practical Numerical and Statistical 2
Methods Practical
USIT2P5 Ability Enhancement Skill Green Computing Practical 2
Course Practical
Total Credits 20
3|Page
4|Page
Preamble
The B.Sc. Information Technology programme was started in 2001 with an aim to make the
students employable and impart industry oriented training. The main objectives of the course
are:
 to think analytically, creatively and critically in developing robust, extensible and

highly maintainable technological solutions to simple and complex problems.
 to apply their knowledge and skills to be employed and excel in IT professional careers
and/or to continue their education in IT and/or related post graduate programmes.
 to be capable of managing complex IT projects with consideration of the human,
financial and environmental factors.
 to work effectively as a part of a team to achieve a common stated goal.
 to adhere to the highest standards of ethics, including relevant industry and
organizational codes of conduct.
 to communicate effectively with a range of audiences both technical and non-technical.
 to develop an aptitude to engage in continuing professional development.
The new syllabus is aimed to achieve the objectives. The syllabus spanning three years covers
the industry relevant courses. The students will be ready for the jobs available in different fields
like:
 Software Development (Programming)

 Website Development
 Mobile app development
 Embedded Systems Programming
 Embedded Systems Development
 Software Testing
 Networking
 Database Administration
 System Administration
 Cyber Law Consultant
 GIS (Geographic Information Systems)
 IT Service Desk
 Security
And many others
The students will also be trained in communication skills and green computing.
5|Page
6|Page
SEMESTER I
7|Page
8|Page
B. Sc (Information Technology) Semester – I
Course Name: Imperative Programming Course Code: USIT101
Periods per week (1 Period is 50 minutes) 5
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Evaluation System Theory Examination 2½ 75
Internal -- 25
Unit Details Lectures

I Introduction: Types of Programming languages, History, features and
application. Simple program logic, program development cycle,
pseudocode statements and flowchart symbols, sentinel value to end a
program, programming and user environments, evolution of
programming models., desirable program characteristics.
12
Fundamentals:
Structure of a program. Compilation and Execution of a Program,
Character Set, identifiers and keywords, data types, constants, variables
and arrays, declarations, expressions, statements, Variable definition,
symbolic constants.
II Operators and Expressions:
Arithmetic operators, unary operators, relational and logical operators,
assignment operators, assignment operators, the conditional operator,
library functions. 12
Data Input and output:
Single character input and output, entering input data, scanf function,
printf function, gets and puts functions, interactive programming.
III Conditional Statements and Loops: Decision Making Within A
Program, Conditions, Relational Operators, Logical Connectives, If
Statement, If-Else Statement, Loops: While Loop, Do While, For Loop.
Nested Loops, Infinite Loops, Switch Statement
Functions:
Overview, defining a function, accessing a function, passing arguments 12
to a function, specifying argument data types, function prototypes,
recursion, modular programming and functions, standard library of c
functions, prototype of a function: foo1lal parameter list, return type,
function call, block structure, passing arguments to a function: call by
reference, call by value.
IV Program structure:
Storage classes, automatic variables, external variables, static variables,
multifile programs, more library functions,
Preprocessor: Features, #define and #include, Directives and Macros 12
Arrays:
Definition, processing, passing arrays to functions, multidimensional
arrays, arrays and strings.
V Pointers:
Fundamentals, declarations, Pointers Address Operators, Pointer Type
Declaration, Pointer Assignment, Pointer Initialization, Pointer 12
Arithmetic, Functions and Pointers, Arrays And Pointers, Pointer
Arrays, passing functions to other functions
9|Page
Structures and Unions:
Structure Variables, Initialization, Structure Assignment, Nested
Structure, Structures and Functions, Structures and Arrays: Arrays of
Structures, Structures Containing Arrays, Unions, Structures and
pointers.
Books and References:

Sr. No. Title Author/s Publisher Edition Year
1. Programming with C Byron Gottfried Tata 2nd 1996
McGRAW-
Hill
2. Programming Logic and Joyce Farell Cengage 8th 2014
Design Learning
3. “C” Programming” Brian W. PHI 2nd
Kernighan and
Denis M.
Ritchie.
4. Let us C Yashwant P. BPB
Kanetkar, publication
5. C for beginners Madhusudan X-Team 1st 2008
Mothe Series
6. 21st Century C Ben Klemens OReilly 1st 2012
10 | P a g e
Course Name: Imperative Programming Practical Course Code: USIT1P2
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Evaluation System Practical Examination 2½ 50
Internal -- --
List of Practical: (Can be done in any imperative language)

1. Basic Programs:
a. Write a program to display the message HELLO WORLD.
b. Write a program to declare some variables of type int, float and double. Assign
some values to these variables and display these values.
c. Write a program to find the addition, subtraction, multiplication and division of
two numbers.
2. Programs on variables:
a. Write a program to swap two numbers without using third variable.
b. Write a program to find the area of rectangle, square and circle.
c. Write a program to find the volume of a cube, sphere, and cylinder.
3. Conditional statements and loops(basic)

a. Write a program to enter a number from the user and display the month name. If
number >13 then display invalid input using switch case.
b. Write a program to check whether the number is even or odd.
c. Write a program to check whether the number is positive, negative or zero.
d. Write a program to find the factorial of a number.
e. Write a program to check whether the entered number is prime or not.
f. Write a program to find the largest of three numbers.
4. Conditional statements and loops(advanced)

a. Write a program to find the sum of squares of digits of a number.
b. Write a program to reverse the digits of an integer.
c. Write a program to find the sum of numbers from 1 to 100.
d. Write a programs to print the Fibonacci series.
e. Write a program to find the reverse of a number.
f. Write a program to find whether a given number is palindrome or not.
g. Write a program that solve the quadratic equation
h. Write a program to check whether the entered number is Armstrong or not.

i. Write a program to count the digit in a number
5. Programs on patterns:
a. Programs on different patterns.
11 | P a g e
6. Functions:
a. Programs on Functions.
7. Recursive functions
a. Write a program to find the factorial of a number using recursive function.
b. Write a program to find the sum of natural number using recursive function.
8. Arrays
a. Write a program to find the largest value that is stored in the array.
b. Write a program using pointers to compute the sum of all elements stored in an
array.
c. Write a program to arrange the ‘n’ numbers stored in the array in ascending and
descending order.
d. Write a program that performs addition and subtraction of matrices.
e. Write a program that performs multiplication of matrices.
9. Pointers
a. Write a program to demonstrate the use of pointers.
b. Write a program to perform addition and subtraction of two pointer variables.
10. Structures and Unions

a. Programs on structures.
b. Programs on unions.
12 | P a g e
Course Name: Digital Electronics Course Code: USIT102
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I Number System:
Analog System, digital system, numbering system, binary number
system, octal number system, hexadecimal number system, conversion
from one number system to another, floating point numbers, weighted
codes binary coded decimal, non-weighted codes Excess – 3 code, Gray
code, Alphanumeric codes – ASCII Code, EBCDIC, ISCII Code,
Hollerith Code, Morse Code, Teletypewriter (TTY), Error detection
12
and correction, Universal Product Code, Code conversion.
Binary Arithmetic:
Binary addition, Binary subtraction, Negative number representation,
Subtraction using 1’s complement and 2’s complement, Binary
multiplication and division, Arithmetic in octal number system,
Arithmetic in hexadecimal number system, BCD and Excess – 3
arithmetic.
II Boolean Algebra and Logic Gates:
Introduction, Logic (AND OR NOT), Boolean theorems, Boolean
Laws, De Morgan’s Theorem, Perfect Induction, Reduction of Logic
expression using Boolean Algebra, Deriving Boolean expression from
given circuit, exclusive OR and Exclusive NOR gates, Universal Logic
gates, Implementation of other gates using universal gates, Input
bubbled logic, Assertion level.
12
Minterm, Maxterm and Karnaugh Maps:
Introduction, minterms and sum of minterm form, maxterm and Product
of maxterm form, Reduction technique using Karnaugh maps –
2/3/4/5/6 variable K-maps, Grouping of variables in K-maps, K-maps
for product of sum form, minimize Boolean expression using K-map
and obtain K-map from Boolean expression, Quine Mc Cluskey
Method.
III Combinational Logic Circuits:
Introduction, Multi-input, multi-output Combinational circuits, Code
converters design and implementations
12
Arithmetic Circuits:
Introduction, Adder, BCD Adder, Excess – 3 Adder, Binary
Subtractors, BCD Subtractor, Multiplier, Comparator.
IV Multiplexer, Demultiplexer, ALU, Encoder and Decoder:
Introduction, Multiplexer, Demultiplexer, Decoder, ALU, Encoders.
Sequential Circuits: Flip-Flop: 12
Introduction, Terminologies used, S-R flip-flop, D flip-fop, JK flip-
flop, Race-around condition, Master – slave JK flip-flop, T flip-flop,
13 | P a g e
conversion from one type of flip-flop to another, Application of flip-
flops.
V Counters:
Introduction, Asynchronous counter, Terms related to counters, IC
7493 (4-bit binary counter), Synchronous counter, Bushing, Type T
Design, Type JK Design, Presettable counter, IC 7490, IC 7492,
Synchronous counter ICs, Analysis of counter circuits.
Shift Register: 12
Introduction, parallel and shift registers, serial shifting, serial–in serial–
out, serial–in parallel–out , parallel–in parallel–out, Ring counter,
Johnson counter, Applications of shift registers, Pseudo-random binary
sequence generator, IC7495, Seven Segment displays, analysis of shift
counters.

1. Digital Electronics and N. G. Palan Technova
Logic Design
2. Make Electronics Charles Platt O’Reilly 1st 2010
3. Modern Digital Electronics R. P. Jain Tata 3rd
McGraw
Hill
4. Digital Principles and Malvino and Tata
Applications Leach McGraw
Hill
5. Digital Electronics: Anil K. Maini Wiley 2007
Principles, Devices and
Applications,
14 | P a g e
Course Name: Digital Electronics Practical Course Code: USIT1P2
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- --
List of Practical
1. Study of Logic gates and their ICs and universal gates:
a. Study of AND, OR, NOT, XOR, XNOR, NAND and NOR gates
b. IC 7400, 7402, 7404, 7408, 7432, 7486, 74266
c. Implement AND, OR, NOT, XOR, XNOR using NAND gates.
d. Implement AND, OR, NOT, XOR, XNOR using NOR gates.
2. Implement the given Boolean expressions using minimum number of gates.

a. Verifying De Morgan’s laws.
b. Implement other given expressions using minimum number of gates.
c. Implement other given expressions using minimum number of ICs.
3. Implement combinational circuits.

a. Design and implement combinational circuit based on the problem given and
minimizing using K-maps.
4. Implement code converters.

a. Design and implement Binary – to – Gray code converter.
b. Design and implement Gray – to – Binary code converter.
c. Design and implement Binary – to – BCD code converter
d. Design and implement Binary – to – XS-3 code converter
5. Implement Adder and Subtractor Arithmetic circuits.

a. Design and implement Half adder and Full adder.
b. Design and implement BCD adder.
c. Design and implement XS – 3 adder.
d. Design and implement binary subtractor.
e. Design and implement BCD subtractor.
f. Design and implement XS – 3 subtractor.
6. Implement Arithmetic circuits.

a. Design and implement a 2-bit by 2-bit multiplier.
b. Design and implement a 2-bit comparator.
7. Implement Encode and Decoder and Multiplexer and Demultiplexers.

a. Design and implement 8:3 encoder.
b. Design and implement 3:8 decoder.
c. Design and implement 4:1 multiplexer. Study of IC 74153, 74157
d. Design and implement 1:4 demultiplexer. Study of IC 74139
e. Implement the given expression using IC 74151 8:1 multiplexer.
f. Implement the given expression using IC 74138 3:8 decoder.
15 | P a g e
8. Study of flip-flops and counters.
a. Study of IC 7473.
b. Study of IC 7474.
c. Study of IC 7476.
d. Conversion of Flip-flops.
e. Design of 3-bit synchronous counter using 7473 and required gates.
f. Design of 3-bit ripple counter using IC 7473.
9. Study of counter ICs and designing Mod-N counters.

a. Study of IC 7490, 7492, 7493 and designing mod-n counters using these.
b. Designing mod-n counters using IC 7473 and 7400 (NAND gates)
10. Design of shift registers and shift register counters.

a. Design serial – in serial – out, serial – in parallel – out, parallel – in serial – out,
parallel – in parallel – out and bidirectional shift registers using IC 7474.
b. Study of ID 7495.
c. Implementation of digits using seven segment displays.

1. Digital Electronics and N. G. Palan Technova
Logic Design
2. Digital Principles and Malvino and Tata
Applications Leach McGraw
Hill
16 | P a g e
Course Name: Operating Systems Course Code: USIT103
Periods per week 1 Period is 50 minutes 5
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I Introduction:
What is an operating system? History of operating system, computer
hardware, different operating systems, operating system concepts,
system calls, operating system structure. 12
Processes and Threads:
Processes, threads, interprocess communication, scheduling, IPC
problems.
II Memory Management:
No memory abstraction, memory abstraction: address spaces, virtual
memory, page replacement algorithms, design issues for paging
systems, implementation issues, segmentation.
12
File Systems:
Files, directories, file system implementation, file-system management
and optimization, MS-DOS file system, UNIX V7 file system, CD
ROM file system.
III Input-Output:
Principles of I/O hardware, Principles of I/O software, I/O software
layers, disks, clocks, user interfaces: keyboard, mouse, monitor, thin
clients, power management,
12
Deadlocks:
Resources, introduction to deadlocks, the ostrich algorithm, deadlock
detection and recovery, deadlock avoidance, deadlock prevention,
issues.
IV Virtualization and Cloud:
History, requirements for virtualization, type 1 and 2 hypervisors,
techniques for efficient virtualization, hypervisor microkernels,
memory virtualization, I/O virtualization, Virtual appliances, virtual 12
machines on multicore CPUs, Clouds.
Multiple Processor Systems
Multiprocessors, multicomputers, distributed systems.
V Case Study on LINUX and ANDROID:
History of Unix and Linux, Linux Overview, Processes in Linux,
Memory management in Linux, I/O in Linux, Linux file system,
security in Linux. Android
Case Study on Windows: 12
History of windows through Windows 10, programming windows,
system structure, processes and threads in windows, memory
management, caching in windows, I/O in windows, Windows NT file
system, Windows power management, Security in windows.
17 | P a g e
1. Modern Operating Systems Andrew S. Pearson 4th 2014
Tanenbaum,
Herbert Bos
2. Operating Systems – Willaim Pearson 8th 2009
Internals and Design Stallings
Principles
3. Operating System Concepts Abraham Wiley 8th
Silberschatz,
Peter B.
Galvineg Gagne
4. Operating Systems Godbole and McGraw 3rd
Kahate Hill
18 | P a g e
B. Sc (Information Technology) Semester – II
Course Name: Operating Systems Practical Course Code: USIT1P3
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- --
List of Practical
1. Installation of virtual machine software.
2. Installation of Linux operating system (RedHat / Ubuntu) on virtual machine.
3. Installation of Windows operating system on virtial machine.
4. Linux commands: Working with Directories:

a. pwd, cd, absolute and relative paths, ls, mkdir, rmdir,
b. file, touch, rm, cp. mv, rename, head, tail, cat, tac, more, less, strings, chmod
5. Linux commands: Working with files:

a. ps, top, kill, pkill, bg, fg,
b. grep, locate, find, locate.
c. date, cal, uptime, w, whoami, finger, uname, man, df, du, free, whereis, which.
d. Compression: tar, gzip.
6. Windows (DOS) Commands – 1

a. Date, time, prompt, md, cd, rd, path.
b. Chkdsk, copy, xcopy, format, fidsk, cls, defrag, del, move.
7. Windows (DOS) Commands – 2

a. Diskcomp, diskcopy, diskpart, doskey, echo
b. Edit, fc, find, rename, set, type, ver
8. Working with Windows Desktop and utilities

a. Notepad
b. Wordpad
c. Paint
d. Taskbar
e. Adjusting display resolution
f. Using the browsers
g. Configuring simple networking
h. Creating users and shares
9. Working with Linux Desktop and utilities

a. The vi editor.
b. Graphics
c. Terminal
19 | P a g e
d. Adjusting display resolution
e. Using the browsers
f. Configuring simple networking
g. Creating users and shares
10. Installing utility software on Linux and Windows
20 | P a g e
B. Sc. (Information Technology) Semester – I
Course Name: Discrete Mathematics Course Code: USIT104
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I Introduction: Variables, The Language of Sets, The Language of
Relations and Function
Set Theory: Definitions and the Element Method of Proof, Properties
of Sets, Disproofs, Algebraic Proofs, Boolean Algebras, Russell’s 12
Paradox and the Halting Problem.
The Logic of Compound Statements: Logical Form and Logical
Equivalence, Conditional Statements, Valid and Invalid Arguments
II Quantified Statements: Predicates and Quantified Statements,
Statements with Multiple Quantifiers, Arguments with Quantified
Statements
Elementary Number Theory and Methods of Proof: Introduction to
12
Direct Proofs, Rational Numbers, Divisibility, Division into Cases and
the Quotient-Remainder Theorem, Floor and Ceiling, Indirect
Argument: Contradiction and Contraposition, Two Classical Theorems,
Applications in algorithms.
III Sequences, Mathematical Induction, and Recursion: Sequences,
Mathematical Induction, Strong Mathematical Induction and the Well-
Ordering Principle for the Integers, Correctness of algorithms, defining
sequences recursively, solving recurrence relations by iteration, Second
order linear homogenous recurrence relations with constant 12
coefficients. general recursive definitions and structural induction.
Functions: Functions Defined on General Sets, One-to-One and Onto,
Inverse Functions, Composition of Functions, Cardinality with
Applications to Computability
IV Relations: Relations on Sets, Reflexivity, Symmetry, and Transitivity,
Equivalence Relations, Partial Order Relations
Graphs and Trees: Definitions and Basic Properties, Trails, Paths, and
12
Circuits, Matrix Representations of Graphs, Isomorphism’s of Graphs,
Trees, Rooted Trees, Isomorphism’s of Graphs, Spanning trees and
shortest paths.
V Counting and Probability: Introduction, Possibility Trees and the
Multiplication Rule, Possibility Trees and the Multiplication Rule,
Counting Elements of Disjoint Sets: The Addition Rule, The
Pigeonhole Principle, Counting Subsets of a Set: Combinations, r- 12
Combinations with Repetition Allowed, Probability Axioms and
Expected Value, Conditional Probability, Bayes’ Formula, and
Independent Events.
21 | P a g e
1. Discrete Mathematics with Sussana S. Epp Cengage 4th 2010
Applications Learning
2. Discrete Mathematics, Seymour Tata 2007
Schaum’s Outlines Series Lipschutz, Marc MCGraw
Lipson Hill
3. Discrete Mathematics and Kenneth H. Rosen Tata
its Applications MCGraw
Hill
4. Discrete mathematical B Kolman RC PHI
structures Busby, S Ross
5. Discrete structures Liu Tata
MCGraw
Hill
22 | P a g e
B. Sc. (Information Technology) Semester – I
Course Name: Discrete Mathematics Practical Course Code: USIT1P4
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- --
List of Practical: Write the programs for the following using SCILAB
1. Set Theory
a. Inclusion Exclusion principle.
b. Power Sets
c. Mathematical Induction
2. Functions and Algorithms

a. Recursively defined functions
b. Cardinality
c. Polynomial evaluation
d. Greatest Common Divisor
3. Counting
a. Sum rule principle
b. Product rule principle
c. Factorial
d. Binomial coefficients
e. Permutations
f. Permutations with repetitions
g. Combinations
h. Combinations with repetitions
i. Ordered partitions
j. Unordered partitions
4. Probability Theory
a. Sample space and events
b. Finite probability spaces
c. Equiprobable spaces
d. Addition Principle
e. Conditional Probability
f. Multiplication theorem for conditional probability
g. Independent events
h. Repeated trials with two outcomes
5. Graph Theory
a. Paths and connectivity
b. Minimum spanning tree
c. Isomorphism
23 | P a g e
6. Directed Graphs
a. Adjacency matrix
b. Path matrix
7. Properties of integers
a. Division algorithm
b. Primes
c. Euclidean algorithm
d. Fundamental theorem of arithmetic
e. Congruence relation
f. Linear congruence equation
8. Algebraic Systems
a. Properties of operations
b. Roots of polynomials
9. Boolean Algebra
a. Basic definitions in Boolean Algebra
b. Boolean algebra as lattices
10. Recurrence relations

a. Linear homogeneous recurrence relations with constant coefficients
b. Solving linear homogeneous recurrence relations with constant coefficients
c. Solving general homogeneous linear recurrence relations
24 | P a g e
Course Name: Communication Skills Course Code: USIT105
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I The Seven Cs of Effective Communication:
Completeness, Conciseness, Consideration, Concreteness, Clarity,
Courtesy, Correctness
Understanding Business Communication: 12
Nature and Scope of Communication, Non-verbal Communication,
Cross-cultural communication, Technology-enabled Business
Communication
II Writing Business Messages and Documents:
Business writing, Business Correspondence, Instructions
Business Reports and Proposals, Career building and Resume writing.
12
Developing Oral Communication Skills for Business:
Effective Listening, Business Presentations and Public Speaking,
Conversations, Interviews
III Developing Oral Communication Skills for Business:
Meetings and Conferences, Group Discussions and Team
Presentations, Team Briefing, 12
Understanding Specific Communication Needs:
Communication across Functional Areas
IV Understanding Specific Communication Needs:
Corporate Communication, Persuasive Strategies in Business
12
Communication, Ethics in Business Communication, Business
Communication Aids
V Presentation Process: Planning the presentations, executing the
presentations, Impressing the audience by performing, Planning stage:
Brainstorming, mind maps / concept maps, executing stage: chunking
12
theory, creating outlines, Use of templates. Adding graphics to your
presentation: Visual communication, Impress stage: use of font, colour,
layout, Importance of practice and performance.

1. Business Communication Edited by Oxford Second
Meenakshi University
Raman and Press
Prakash Singh
2. Professional Aruna Koneru Tata
Communication McGraw
Hill
25 | P a g e
3. Strategies for improving Prof. M. S. Rao Shroff 2016
your business publishers
communication and
distributors
4. Business Communication Dr. Rishipal and SPD 2014
Dr. Jyoti
Sheoran
5. Graphics for Learning: Ruth C. Clark, Pfeiffer, 2011
Proven Guidelines for Chopeta Lyons, Wiley
Planning, Designing, and
Evaluating Visuals in
Training Materials
6. Basic Business Lesikar Tata 10th 2005
Communication: Skills for Raymond V and McGraw-
Empowering the Internet Marie E. Flatley. Hill
Generation
7. Nonverbal Ruesh, Jurgen University 1966
Communication: Notes on and Weldon of
the Visual Perception of Kees California
Human Relations Press
8. Business Communication Bovee, Pearson 2015
Today Courtland Education
L.; Thill, John V. Ltd.
9. Communication Skills Dr. Nageshwar Himalaya
Rao Dr. Publishing
Rajendra P. Das House
26 | P a g e
Course Name: Communication Skills Practical Course Code: USIT1P5
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- --
List of Practical Questions:

1. Communication Origami, Guessing Game, Guessing the emotion
2. Body Language, Follow All Instructions, Effective Feedback Skills
3. The Name Game, Square Talk (Effective Communication), Room 101

(Influential and persuasive skills)
4. Back to Back Communication, Paper Shapes (Importance of two-way

communication), Memory Test(Presentation Skills)
5. Exercises on Communication Principles
6. Exercises on communication icebreakers
7. Communication exercises
For the following practicals, Microsoft Office, Open Office, Libre Office or
any other software suite can be used.
8. Use of word processing tools for communication
9. Use of spreadsheet tools for communication
10. Use of presentation tools for communication
27 | P a g e
28 | P a g e
SEMESTER II
29 | P a g e
30 | P a g e
B. Sc. (Information Technology) Semester – II
Course Name: Object Oriented Programming Course Code: USIT201
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I Object Oriented Methodology:
Introduction, Advantages and Disadvantages of Procedure Oriented
Languages, what is Object Oriented? What is Object Oriented
Development? Object Oriented Themes, Benefits and Application of
12
OOPS.
Principles of OOPS: OOPS Paradigm, Basic Concepts of OOPS:
Objects, Classes, Data Abstraction and Data Encapsulation,
Inheritance, Polymorphism, Dynamic Binding, Message Passing
II Classes and Objects: Simple classes (Class specification, class
members accessing), Defining member functions, passing object as an
argument, Returning object from functions, friend classes, Pointer to
12
object, Array of pointer to object.
Constructors and Destructors: Introduction, Default Constructor,
Parameterized Constructor and examples, Destructors
III Polymorphism: Concept of function overloading, overloaded
operators, overloading unary and binary operators, overloading
comparison operator, overloading arithmetic assignment operator, Data
12
Conversion between objects and basic types,
Virtual Functions: Introduction and need, Pure Virtual Functions,
Static Functions, this Pointer, abstract classes, virtual destructors.
IV Program development using Inheritance: Introduction,
understanding inheritance, Advantages provided by inheritance,
choosing the access specifier, Derived class declaration, derived class
constructors, class hierarchies, multiple inheritance, multilevel 12
inheritance, containership, hybrid inheritance.
Exception Handling: Introduction, Exception Handling Mechanism,
Concept of throw & catch with example
V Templates: Introduction, Function Template and examples, Class
Template and examples.
12
Working with Files: Introduction, File Operations, Various File
Modes, File Pointer and their Manipulation

1. Object Oriented Analysis Timothy Budd TMH 3rd 2012
and Design
2. Mastering C++ K R Venugopal, Tata 2nd 2011
Rajkumar Buyya, McGraw Edition
T Ravishankar Hill
31 | P a g e
3. C++ for beginners B. M. Hirwani SPD 2013
4. Effective Modern C++ Scott Meyers SPD
5. Object Oriented E. Balagurusamy Tata 4th
Programming with C++ McGraw
Hill
6. Learning Python Mark Lutz O’ Reilly 5th 2013
7. Mastering Object Oriented Steven F. Lott Pact 2014
Python Publishing
32 | P a g e
Course Name: Object Oriented Programming Practical Course Code: USIT2P1
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- --
List of Practical: To be implemented using object oriented language

1. Classes and methods
a. Design an employee class for reading and displaying the employee information, the
getInfo() and displayInfo() methods will be used repectively. Where getInfo() will
be private method
b. Design the class student containing getData() and displayData() as two of its
methods which will be used for reading and displaying the student information
respectively.Where getData() will be private method.
c. Design the class Demo which will contain the following methods: readNo(),
factorial() for calculating the factorial of a number, reverseNo() will reverse the
given number, isPalindrome() will check the given number is palindrome,
isArmstrong() which will calculate the given number is armStrong or not.Where
readNo() will be private method.
d. Write a program to demonstrate function definition outside class and accessing
class members in function definition.
2. Using friend functions.

a. Write a friend function for adding the two complex numbers, using a single class
b. Write a friend function for adding the two different distances and display its sum,
using two classes.
c. Write a friend function for adding the two matrix from two different classes and
display its sum.
3. Constructors and method overloading.

a. Design a class Complex for adding the two complex numbers and also show the
use of constructor.
b. Design a class Geometry containing the methods area() and volume() and also
overload the area() function .
c. Design a class StaticDemo to show the implementation of static variable and static
function.
4. Operator Overloading
a. Overload the operator unary(-) for demonstrating operator overloading.
b. Overload the operator + for adding the timings of two clocks, And also pass objects
as an argument.
c. Overload the + for concatenating the two strings. For e.g “Py” + “thon” = Python
5. Inheritance
a. Design a class for single level inheritance using public and private type derivation.
b. Design a class for multiple inheritance.
c. Implement the hierarchical inheritance.
33 | P a g e
6. Virtual functions and abstract classes
a. Implement the concept of method overriding.
b. Show the use of virtual function
c. Show the implementation of abstract class.
7. String handling
a. String operations for string length , string concatenation
b. String operations for string reverse, string comparison,
c. Console formatting functions.
8. Exception handling
a. Show the implementation of exception handling
b. Show the implementation for exception handling for strings
c. Show the implementation of exception handling for using the pointers.
9. File handling
a. Design a class FileDemo open a file in read mode and display the total number of
words and lines in the file.
b. Design a class to handle multiple files and file operations
c. Design a editor for appending and editing the files
10. Templates
a. Show the implementation for the following
b. Show the implementation of template class library for swap function.
c. Design the template class library for sorting ascending to descending and vice-
versa
34 | P a g e
Course Name: Microprocessor Architecture Course Code: USIT202
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I Microprocessor, microcomputers, and Assembly Language:
Microprocessor, Microprocessor Instruction Set and Computer
Languages, From Large Computers to Single-Chip Microcontrollers,
Applications.
Microprocessor Architecture and Microcomputer System:
Microprocessor Architecture and its operation’s, Memory, I/O Devices,
Microcomputer System, Logic Devices and Interfacing,
12
Microprocessor-Based System Application.
8085 Microprocessor Architecture and Memory Interface:
Introduction, 8085 Microprocessor unit, 8085-Based Microcomputer,
Memory Interfacing, Interfacing the 8155 Memory Segment,
Illustrative Example: Designing Memory for the MCTS Project,
Testing and Troubleshooting Memory Interfacing Circuit, 8085-Based
Single-Board microcomputer.
II Interfacing of I/O Devices
Basic Interfacing concepts, Interfacing Output Displays, Interfacing
Input Devices, Memory Mapped I/O, Testing and Troubleshooting I/O
Interfacing Circuits.
Introduction to 8085 Assembly Language Programming:
The 8085 Programming Model, Instruction Classification, Instruction,
Data and Storage, Writing assembling and Execution of a simple 12
program, Overview of 8085 Instruction Set, Writing and Assembling
Program.
Introduction to 8085 Instructions:
Data Transfer Operations, Arithmetic Operations, Logic Operation,
Branch Operation, Writing Assembly Languages Programs, Debugging
a Program.
III Programming Techniques With Additional Instructions:
Programming Techniques: Looping, Counting and Indexing,
Additional Data Transfer and 16-Bit Arithmetic Instructions,
Arithmetic Instruction Related to Memory, Logic Operations: Rotate,
Logics Operations: Compare, Dynamic Debugging.
Counters and Time Delays:
Counters and Time Delays, Illustrative Program: Hexadecimal Counter, 12
Illustrative Program: zero-to-nine (Modulo Ten) Counter, Generating
Pulse Waveforms, Debugging Counter and Time-Delay Programs.
Stacks and Sub-Routines:
Stack, Subroutine, Restart, Conditional Call, Return Instructions,
Advanced Subroutine concepts.
35 | P a g e
IV Code Conversion, BCD Arithmetic, and 16-Bit Data Operations:
BCD-to-Binary Conversion, Binary-to-BCD Conversion, BCD-to-
Seven-Segment-LED Code Conversion, Binary-to-ASCII and ASCII-
to-Binary Code Conversion, BCD Addition, BCD Subtraction,
Introduction To Advanced Instructions and Applications,
Multiplication, Subtraction With Carry.
Software Development System and Assemblers: 12
Microprocessors-Based Software Development system, Operating
System and Programming Tools, Assemblers and Cross-Assemblers,
Writing Program Using Cross Assemblers.
Interrupts:
The 8085 Interrupt, 8085 Vectored Interrupts, Restart as S/W
Instructions, Additional I/O Concepts and processes.
V The Pentium and Pentium Pro microprocessors: Introduction,
Special Pentium registers, Memory management, Pentium instructions,
Pentium Pro microprocessor, Special Pentium Pro features.
Core 2 and later Microprocessors: Introduction, Pentium II software 12
changes, Pentium IV and Core 2, i3, i5 and i7.
SUN SPARC Microprocessor: Architecture, Register file, data types
and instruction format

1. Microprocessors Ramesh Gaonkar PENRAM Fifth 2012
Architecture, Programming
and Applications with the
8085.
2. Computer System M. Morris Mano PHI 1998
Architecture
3. Structured Computer Andrew C. PHI
Organization Tanenbaum
36 | P a g e
Course Name: Microprocessor Architecture Practical Course Code: USIT2P2
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- --
List of Practical
1. Perform the following Operations related to memory locations.
a. Store the data byte 32H into memory location 4000H.
b. Exchange the contents of memory locations 2000H and 4000H
2. Simple assembly language programs.

a. Subtract the contents of memory location 4001H from the memory location 2000H
and place the result in memory location 4002H.
b. Subtract two 8-bit numbers.
c. Add the 16-bit number in memory locations 4000H and 4001H to the 16-bit number
in memory locations 4002H and 4003H. The most significant eight bits of the two
numbers to be added are in memory locations 4001H and 4003H. Store the result in
memory locations 4004H and 4005H with the most significant byte in memory
location 4005H.
d. Add the contents of memory locations 40001H and 4001H and place the result in
the memory locations 4002Hand 4003H.
e. Subtract the 16-bit number in memory locations 4002H and 4003H from the 16-bit
number in memory locations 4000H and 4001H. The most significant eight bits of
the two numbers are in memory locations 4001H and 4003H. Store the result in
memory locations 4004H and 4005H with the most significant byte in memory
location 4005H.
f. Find the l's complement of the number stored at memory location 4400H and store
the complemented number at memory location 4300H.
g. Find the 2's complement of the number stored at memory location 4200H and store
the complemented number at memory location 4300H.
3. Packing and unpacking operations.

a. Pack the two unpacked BCD numbers stored in memory locations 4200H and 4201H
and store result in memory location 4300H. Assume the least significant digit is
stored at 4200H.
b. Two digit BCD number is stored in memory location 4200H. Unpack the BCD
number and store the two digits in memory locations 4300H and 4301H such that
memory location 4300H will have lower BCD digit.
4. Register Operations.
a. Write a program to shift an eight bit data four bits right. Assume that data is in
register C.
b. Program to shift a 16-bit data 1 bit left. Assume data is in the HL register pair
c. Write a set of instructions to alter the contents of flag register in 8085.
d. Write a program to count number of l's in the contents of D register and store the
count in the B register.
37 | P a g e
5. Multiple memory locations.
a. Calculate the sum of series of numbers. The length of the series is in memory
location 4200H and the series begins from memory location 4201H. a. Consider the
sum to be 8 bit number. So, ignore carries. Store the sum at memory location 4300H.
b. Consider the sum to be 16 bit number. Store the sum at memory locations 4300H
and 4301H
b. Multiply two 8-bit numbers stored in memory locations 2200H and 2201H by
repetitive addition and store the result in memory locations 2300H and 2301H.
c. Divide 16 bit number stored in memory locations 2200H and 2201H by the 8 bit
number stored at memory location 2202H. Store the quotient in memory locations
2300H and 2301H and remainder in memory locations 2302H and 2303H.
d. Find the number of negative elements (most significant bit 1) in a block of data. The
length of the block is in memory location 2200H and the block itself begins in
memory location 2201H. Store the number of negative elements in memory location
2300H
e. Find the largest number in a block of data. The length of the block is in memory
location 2200H and the block itself starts from memory location 2201H. Store the
maximum number in memory location 2300H. Assume that the numbers in the block
are all 8 bit unsigned binary numbers.
6. Calculations with respect to memory locations.

a. Write a program to sort given 10 numbers from memory location 2200H in the
ascending order.
b. Calculate the sum of series of even numbers from the list of numbers. The length of
the list is in memory location 2200H and the series itself begins from memory
location 2201H. Assume the sum to be 8 bit number so you can ignore carries and
store the sum at memory location 2Sample problem:
c. Calculate the sum of series of odd numbers from the list of numbers. The length of
the list is in memory location 2200H and the series itself begins from memory
location 2201H. Assume the sum to be 16-bit. Store the sum at memory locations
2300H and 2301H.
d. Find the square of the given numbers from memory location 6100H and store the
result from memory location 7000H
e. Search the given byte in the list of 50 numbers stored in the consecutive memory
locations and store the address of memory location in the memory locations 2200H
and 2201H. Assume byte is in the C register and starting address of the list is 2000H.
If byte is not found store 00 at 2200H and 2201H
f. Two decimal numbers six digits each, are stored in BCD package form. Each
number occupies a sequence of byte in the memory. The starting address of first
number is 6000H Write an assembly language program that adds these two numbers
and stores the sum in the same format starting from memory location 6200H
g. Add 2 arrays having ten 8-bit numbers each and generate a third array of result. It is
necessary to add the first element of array 1 with the first element of array-2 and so
on. The starting addresses of array l, array2 and array3 are 2200H, 2300H and
2400H, respectively
38 | P a g e
7. Assembly programs on memory locations.
a. Write an assembly language program to separate even numbers from the given list
of 50 numbers and store them in the another list starting from 2300H. Assume
starting address of 50 number list is 2200H
b. Write assembly language program with proper comments for the following:
A block of data consisting of 256 bytes is stored in memory starting at 3000H.
This block is to be shifted (relocated) in memory from 3050H onwards. Do not shift
the block or part of the block anywhere else in the memory.
c. Add even parity to a string of 7-bit ASCII characters. The length of the string is in
memory location 2040H and the string itself begins in memory location 2041H.
Place even parity in the most significant bit of each character.
d. A list of 50 numbers is stored in memory, starting at 6000H. Find number of
negative, zero and positive numbers from this list and store these results in memory
locations 7000H, 7001H, and 7002H respectively
e. Write an assembly language program to generate fibonacci number.
f. Program to calculate the factorial of a number between 0 to 8.
8. String operations in assembly programs.

a. Write an 8085 assembly language program to insert a string of four characters from
the tenth location in the given array of 50 characters
b. Write an 8085 assembly language program to delete a string of 4 characters from
the tenth location in the given array of 50 characters.
c. Multiply the 8-bit unsigned number in memory location 2200H by the 8-bit unsigned
number in memory location 2201H. Store the 8 least significant bits of the result in
memory location 2300H and the 8 most significant bits in memory location 2301H.
d. Divide the 16-bit unsigned number in memory locations 2200H and 2201H (most
significant bits in 2201H) by the B-bit unsigned number in memory location 2300H
store the quotient in memory location 2400H and remainder in 2401H
e. DAA instruction is not present. Write a sub routine which will perform the same
task as DAA.
9. Calculations on memory locations.

a. To test RAM by writing '1' and reading it back and later writing '0' (zero) and reading
it back. RAM addresses to be checked are 40FFH to 40FFH. In case of any error, it
is indicated by writing 01H at port 10
b. Arrange an array of 8 bit unsigned no in descending order
c. Transfer ten bytes of data from one memory to another memory block. Source
memory block starts from memory location 2200H where as destination memory
block starts from memory location 2300H
d. Write a program to find the Square Root of an 8 bit binary number. The binary
number is stored in memory location 4200H and store the square root in 4201H.
e. Write a simple program to Split a HEX data into two nibbles and store it in memory
10. Operations on BCD numbers.

a. Add two 4 digit BCD numbers in HL and DE register pairs and store result in
memory locations, 2300H and 2301H. Ignore carry after 16 bit.
b. Subtract the BCD number stored in E register from the number stored in the D
register
c. Write an assembly language program to multiply 2 BCD numbers
39 | P a g e
1. Microprocessors Ramesh Gaonkar PENRAM Fifth 2012
Architecture, Programming
and Applications with the
8085.
2. 8080A/8085 Assembly Lance A. Osborne 1978
Language Programming Leventhel
40 | P a g e
B. Sc (Information Technology) Semester – II
Course Name: Web Programming Course Code: USIT203
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I Internet and the World Wide Web:
What is Internet? Introduction to internet and its applications, E-mail,
telnet, FTP, e-commerce, video conferencing, e-business. Internet
service providers, domain name server, internet address, World Wide
Web (WWW): World Wide Web and its evolution, uniform resource
locator (URL), browsers – internet explorer, Netscape navigator, opera,
Firefox, chrome, Mozilla. search engine, web saver – apache, IIS, proxy 12
server, HTTP protocol
HTML5:
Introduction, Why HTML5? Formatting text by using tags, using lists
and backgrounds, Creating hyperlinks and anchors. Style sheets, CSS
formatting text using style sheets, formatting paragraphs using style
sheets.
II HTML5 Page layout and navigation:
Creating navigational aids: planning site organization, creating text
based navigation bar, creating graphics based navigation bar, creating
graphical navigation bar, creating image map, redirecting to another
URL, creating division based layouts: HTML5 semantic tags, creating
divisions, creating HTML5 semantic layout, positioning and formatting
divisions.
HTML5 Tables, Forms and Media:
Creating tables: creating simple table, specifying the size of the table, 12
specifying the width of the column, merging table cells, using tables for
page layout, formatting tables: applying table borders, applying
background and foreground fills, changing cell padding, spacing and
alignment, creating user forms: creating basic form, using check boxes
and option buttons, creating lists, additional input types in HTML5,
Incorporating sound and video: audio and video in HTML5, HTML
multimedia basics, embedding video clips, incorporating audio on web
page.
III Java Script: Introduction, Client-Side JavaScript, Server-Side
JavaScript, JavaScript Objects, JavaScript Security,
Operators: Assignment Operators, Comparison Operators, Arithmetic
Operators, % (Modulus), ++(Increment), --(Decrement), -(Unary
Negation), Logical Operators, Short-Circuit Evaluation, String
12
Operators, Special Operators, ?: (Conditional operator), , (Comma
operator), delete, new, this, void
Statements: Break, comment, continue, delete, do...while, export, for,
for...in, function, if...else, import, labelled, return, switch, var, while,
with,
41 | P a g e
Core JavaScript (Properties and Methods of Each) : Array,
Boolean, Date, Function, Math, Number, Object, String, regExp
Document and its associated objects: document, Link, Area, Anchor,
Image, Applet, Layer
Events and Event Handlers : General Information about Events,
Defining Event Handlers, event, onAbort, onBlur, onChange, onClick,
onDblClick, onDragDrop, onError, onFocus, onKeyDown,
onKeyPress, onKeyUp, onLoad, onMouseDown, onMouseMove,
onMouseOut, onMouseOver, onMouseUp, onMove, onReset,
onResize, onSelect, onSubmit, onUnload
IV PHP:
Why PHP and MySQL? Server-side scripting, PHP syntax and
variables, comments, types, control structures, branching, looping,
termination, functions, passing information with PHP, GET, POST, 12
formatting form variables, superglobal arrays, strings and string
functions, regular expressions, arrays, number handling, basic PHP
errors/problems
V Advanced PHP and MySQL : PHP/MySQL Functions, Integrating
web forms and databases, Displaying queries in tables, Building Forms
12
from queries, String and Regular Expressions, Sessions, Cookies and
HTTP, E-Mail

1. Web Design The Complete Thomas Powell Tata -
Reference McGraw
Hill
2. HTML5 Step by Step Faithe Wempen Microsoft 2011
Press
3. PHP 5.1 for Beginners Ivan Bayross SPD 2013
Sharanam Shah,
4. PHP Project for Beginners SharanamShah, SPD 2015
Vaishali Shah
5.
6. PHP 6 and MySQL Bible Steve Suehring, Wiley 2009
Tim Converse,
Joyce Park
7. Head First HTML 5 Eric Freeman O’Reilly 2013
programming
8. JavaScript 2.0: The Thomas Tata 2nd
Complete Reference Powell and Fritz McGraw
Schneider Hill
42 | P a g e
Course Name: Web Programming Practical Course Code: USIT2P3
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- --
List of Practical
1. Use of Basic Tags
a. Design a web page using different text formatting tags.
b. Design a web page with links to different pages and allow navigation between
web pages.
c. Design a web page demonstrating all Style sheet types
2. Image maps, Tables, Forms and Media

a. Design a web page with Imagemaps.
b. Design a web page demonstrating different semantics
c. Design a web page with different tables. Design a webpages using table so that
the content appears well placed.
d. Design a web page with a form that uses all types of controls.
e. Design a web page embedding with multimedia features.
3. Java Script
a. Using JavaScript design, a web page that prints factorial/Fibonacci series/any
given series.
b. Design a form and validate all the controls placed on the form using Java Script.
c. Write a JavaScript program to display all the prime numbers between 1 and 100.
a. Write a JavaScript program to accept a number from the user and display the sum
of its digits.
d. Write a program in JavaScript to accept a sentence from the user and display the
number of words in it. (Do not use split () function).
e. Write a java script program to design simple calculator.
4. Control and looping statements and Java Script references

a. Design a web page demonstrating different conditional statements.
b. Design a web page demonstrating different looping statements.
c. Design a web page demonstrating different Core JavaScript references (Array,
Boolean, Date, Function, Math, Number, Object, String, regExp).
5. Basic PHP I
a. Write a PHP Program to accept a number from the user and print it factorial.
b. Write a PHP program to accept a number from the user and print whether it is prime
or not.
6. Basic PHP II
a. Write a PHP code to find the greater of 2 numbers. Accept the no. from the user.
43 | P a g e
b. Write a PHP program to display the following Binary Pyramid:
1
0 1
1 0 1
0 1 0 1
7. String Functions and arrays

a. Write a PHP program to demonstrate different string functions.
b. Write a PHP program to create one dimensional array.
8. PHP and Database

a. Write a PHP code to create:
 Create a database College
 Create a table Department (Dname, Dno, Number_Of_faculty)
b. Write a PHP program to create a database named “College”. Create a table named
“Student” with following fields (sno, sname, percentage). Insert 3 records of your
choice. Display the names of the students whose percentage is between 35 to 75
in a tabular format.
c. Design a PHP page for authenticating a user.
9. Email
a. Write a program to send email with attachment.
10. Sessions and Cookies

a. Write a program to demonstrate use of sessions and cookies.

1. HTML5 Step by Step Faithe Wempen Microsoft 2011
Press
2. JavaScript 2.0: The Thomas Tata 2nd
Complete Reference Powell and Fritz McGraw
Schneider Hill
3. PHP 6 and MySQL Bible Steve Suehring, Wiley 2009
Tim Converse,
Joyce Park
4. PHP 5.1 for Beginners Ivan Bayross SPD 2013
Sharanam Shah,
5. PHP Project for Beginners SharanamShah, SPD 2015
Vaishali Shah
6. Murach’s PHP and MySQL Joel Murach SPD 2011
Ray Harris
44 | P a g e
Course Name: Numerical and Statistical Methods Course Code: USIT204
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I Mathematical Modeling and Engineering Problem Solving: A
Simple Mathematical Model, Conservation Laws and Engineering
Problems
Approximations and Round-Off Errors: Significant Figures,
12
Accuracy and Precision, Error Definitions, Round-Off Errors
Truncation Errors and the Taylor Series:
The Taylor Series, Error Propagation, Total Numerical Errors,
Formulation Errors and Data Uncertainty
II Solutions of Algebraic and Transcendental Equations: The
Bisection Method, The Newton-Raphson Method, The Regula-falsi
method, The Secant Method.
12
Interpolation: Forward Difference, Backward Difference, Newton’s
Forward Difference Interpolation, Newton’s Backward Difference
Interpolation, Lagrange’s Interpolation.
III Solution of simultaneous algebraic equations (linear) using
iterative methods: Gauss-Jordan Method, Gauss-Seidel Method.
Numerical differentiation and Integration: Numberical
differentiation, Numerical integration using Trapezoidal Rule,
12
Simpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rules.
Numerical solution of 1st and 2nd order differential equations:
Taylor series, Euler’s Method, Modified Euler’s Method, Runge-Kutta
Method for 1st and 2nd Order Differential Equations.
IV Least-Squares Regression:
Linear Regression, Polynomial Regression, Multiple Linear
Regression, General Linear Least Squares, Nonlinear Regression 12
Linear Programming: Linear optimization problem, Formulation and
Graphical solution, Basic solution and Feasible solution.
V Random variables: Discrete and Continuous random variables,
Probability density function, Probability distribution of random
variables, Expected value, Variance.
Distributions: Discrete distributions: Uniform, Binomial, Poisson,
12
Bernoulli, Continuous distributions: uniform distributions, exponential,
(derivation of mean and variance only and state other properties and
discuss their applications) Normal distribution state all the properties
and its applications.
45 | P a g e
1. Introductory Methods of S. S. Shastri PHI Vol – 2
Numerical Methods
2. Numerical Methods for Steven C. Chapra, Tata Mc 6th 2010
Engineers Raymond P. Graw Hill
Canale
3. Numerical Analysis Richard L. Cengage 9th 2011
Burden, J. Learning
Douglas Faires
4. Fundamentals of S. C. Gupta, V. K.
Mathematical Statistics Kapoor
5. Elements of Applied P.N.Wartikar and A. V. Volume
Mathematics J.N.Wartikar Griha, 1 and 2
Pune
46 | P a g e
Course Name: Numerical and Statistical Methods Course Code: USIT2P4
Practical
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- --
List of Practical
1. Iterative Calculation
a. Program for iterative calculation.
b. Program to calculate the roots of a quadratic equation using the formula.
c. Program to evaluate 𝑒 𝑥 using infinite series.
2. Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations:

a. Program to solve algebraic and transcendental equation by bisection method.
b. Program to solve algebraic and transcendental equation by false position method.
c. Program to solve algebraic and transcendental equation by Secant method.
d. Program to solve algebraic and transcendental equation by Newton Raphson
method.
3. Interpolation
a. Program for Newton’s forward interpolation.
b. Program for Newton’s backward interpolation.
c. Program for Lagrange’s interpolation.
4. Solving linear system of equations by iterative methods

a. Program for solving linear system of equations using Gauss Jordan method.
b. Program for solving linear system of equations using Gauss Seidel method.
5. Numerical Differentiation
a. Programing to obtain derivatives numerically.
6. Numerical Integration
a. Program for numerical integration using Trapezoidal rule.
b. Program for numerical integration using Simpson’s 1/3rd rule.
c. Program for numerical integration using Simpson’s 3/8th rule.
7. Solution of differential equations

a. Program to solve differential equation using Euler’s method
b. Program to solve differential equation using modified Euler’s method.
c. Program to solve differential equation using Runge-kutta 2nd order and 4th order
methods.
8. Regression
a. Program for Linear regression.
b. Program for Polynomial Regression.
47 | P a g e
c. Program for multiple linear regression.
d. Program for non-linear regression.
9. Random variables and distributions

a. Program to generate random variables.
b. Program to fit binomial distribution.
c. Program to fit Poisson distribution.
10. Distributions
a. Program for Uniform distribution.
b. Program for Bernoulli distribution
c. Program for Negative binomial distribution.
48 | P a g e
Course Name: Green Computing Course Code: USIT205
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I Overview and Issues:
Problems: Toxins, Power Consumption, Equipment Disposal,
Company’s Carbon Footprint: Measuring, Details, reasons to bother,
Plan for the Future, Cost Savings: Hardware, Power.
Initiatives and Standards: 12
Global Initiatives: United Nations, Basel Action Network, Basel
Convention, North America: The United States, Canada, Australia,
Europe, WEEE Directive, RoHS, National Adoption, Asia: Japan,
China, Korea.
II Minimizing Power Usage:
Power Problems, Monitoring Power Usage, Servers, Low-Cost
Options, Reducing Power Use, Data De-Duplication, Virtualization,
Management, Bigger Drives, Involving the Utility Company, Low-
Power Computers, PCs, Linux, Components, Servers, Computer
Settings, Storage, Monitors, Power Supplies, Wireless Devices,
Software.
Cooling:
12
Cooling Costs, Power Cost, Causes of Cost, Calculating Cooling
Needs, Reducing Cooling Costs, Economizers, On-Demand Cooling,
HP’s Solution, Optimizing Airflow, Hot Aisle/Cold Aisle, Raised
Floors, Cable Management, Vapour Seal, Prevent Recirculation of
Equipment Exhaust, Supply Air Directly to Heat Sources, Fans,
Humidity, Adding Cooling, Fluid Considerations, System Design,
Datacentre Design, Centralized Control, Design for Your Needs, Put
Everything Together.
III Changing the Way of Work:
Old Behaviours, starting at the Top, Process Reengineering with Green
in Mind, Analysing the Global Impact of Local Actions, Steps: Water,
Recycling, Energy, Pollutants, Teleworkers and Outsourcing,
Telecommuting, Outsourcing, how to Outsource.
Going Paperless:
Paper Problems, The Environment, Costs: Paper and Office,
Practicality, Storage, Destruction, Going Paperless, Organizational 12
Realities, Changing Over, Paperless Billing, Handheld Computers vs.
the Clipboard, Unified Communications, Intranets, What to Include,
Building an Intranet, Microsoft Office SharePoint Server 2007,
Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), Nuts and Bolts, Value Added
Networks, Advantages, Obstacles.
49 | P a g e
IV Recycling:
Problems, China, Africa, Materials, Means of Disposal, Recycling,
Refurbishing, Make the Decision, Life Cycle, from beginning to end,
Life, Cost, Green Design, Recycling Companies, Finding the Best One,
Checklist, Certifications, Hard Drive Recycling, Consequences,
cleaning a Hard Drive, Pros and cons of each method, CDs and DVDs,
good and bad about CD and DVDs disposal, Change the mind-set,
12
David vs. America Online
Hardware Considerations:
Certification Programs, EPEAT, RoHS, Energy Star, Computers,
Monitors, Printers, Scanners, All-in-Ones, Thin Clients, Servers, Blade
Servers, Consolidation, Products, Hardware Considerations, Planned
Obsolescence, Packaging, Toxins, Other Factors, Remote Desktop,
Using Remote Desktop, Establishing a Connection, In Practice
V Greening Your Information Systems:
Initial Improvement Calculations, Selecting Metrics, Tracking
Progress, Change Business Processes, Customer Interaction, Paper
Reduction, Green Supply Chain, Improve Technology Infrastructure,
Reduce PCs and Servers, Shared Services, Hardware Costs, Cooling.
12
Staying Green:
Organizational Check-ups, Chief Green Officer, Evolution, Sell the
CEO, SMART Goals, Equipment Check-ups, Gather Data, Tracking
the data, Baseline Data, Benchmarking, Analyse Data, Conduct Audits,
Certifications, Benefits, Realities, Helpful Organizations.

1. Green IT Toby Velte, McGraw 2008
Anthony Velte, Hill
Robert Elsenpeter
2. Green Data Center: Steps Alvin Galea, Shroff 2011
for the Journey Michael Schaefer, Publishers
Mike Ebbers and
Distributers
3. Green Computing and Jason Harris Emereo
Green IT Best Practice
4. Green Computing Bud E. Smith CRC Press 2014
Tools and Techniques for
Saving Energy, Money
and Resources
50 | P a g e
Course Name: Green Computing Practical Course Code: USIT2P5
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- --
Project and Viva Voce

1. A project should be done based on the objectives of Green Computing. A report
of minimum 50 pages should be prepared. The report should have a font size
of 12, Times new roman and 1.5 line spacing. The headings should have font
size 14. The report should be hard bound.
2. The project can be done individually or a group of two students.
3. The students will have to present the project during the examination.
4. A certified copy of the project report is essential to appear for the examination.
51 | P a g e
Evaluation Scheme:
1. Internal Evaluation (25 Marks).
i. Test: 1 Class test of 20 marks. (Can be taken online)
Q Attempt any four of the following: 20
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
ii. 5 marks: Active participation in the class, overall conduct, attendance.
2. External Examination: (75 marks)

Q1 (Based on Unit 1) Attempt any three of the following: 15
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.

3. Practical Exam: 50 marks
A Certified copy journal is essential to appear for the practical examination.
1. Practical Question 1 20
3. Journal 5
4. Viva Voce 5
OR
1. Practical Question 40
2. Journal 5
3. Viva Voce 5
52 | P a g e
Item No: 4.233
Syllabus for S.Y.B.Sc.

Programme: B.Sc.
Course: Information Technology

2017 – 2018
1
Semester – 3
USIT301 Skill Enhancement Course Python Programming 2
USIT302 Core Subject Data Structures 2
USIT303 Core Subject Computer Networks 2
USIT304 Core Subject Database Management Systems 2
USIT305 Core Subject Applied Mathematics 2
USIT3P1 Skill Enhancement Course Python Programming Practical 2
Practical
USIT3P2 Core Subject Practical Data Structures Practical 2
USIT3P3 Core Subject Practical Computer Networks Practical 2
USIT3P4 Core Subject Practical Database Management Systems 2
Practical
USIT3P5 Core Subject Practical Mobile Programming Practical 2
Total Credits 20
Semester – 4
USIT401 Skill Enhancement Course Core Java 2
USIT402 Core Subject Introduction to Embedded 2
Systems
USIT403 Core Subject Computer Oriented Statistical 2
Techniques
USIT404 Core Subject Software Engineering 2
USIT405 Core Subject Computer Graphics and 2
Animation
USIT4P1 Skill Enhancement Course Core Java Practical 2
Practical
USIT4P2 Core Subject Practical Introduction to Embedded 2
Systems Practical
USIT4P3 Core Subject Practical Computer Oriented Statistical 2
Techniques Practical
USIT4P4 Core Subject Practical Software Engineering Practical 2
USIT4P5 Core Subject Practical Computer Graphics and 2
Animation Practical
Total Credits 20
2
SEMESTER III
3
B. Sc. (Information Technology) Semester – III
Course Name: Python Programming Course Code: USIT301
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I Introduction: The Python Programming Language,History, features,
Installing Python, Running Python program, Debugging : Syntax
Errors, Runtime Errors, Semantic Errors,Experimental Debugging,
Formal and Natural Languages, The Difference Between Brackets,
Braces, and Parentheses,
Variables and ExpressionsValues and Types, Variables, Variable 12
Names and Keywords, Type conversion,Operators and Operands,
Expressions, Interactive Mode and Script Mode, Order of Operations.
Conditional Statements: if, if-else, nested if –else
Looping: for, while, nested loops
Control statements: Terminating loops, skipping specific conditions
II Functions: Function Calls, Type Conversion Functions, Math
Functions, Composition, Adding New Functions, Definitions and
Uses, Flow of Execution, Parameters and Arguments, Variables and
Parameters Are Local, Stack Diagrams, Fruitful Functions and Void
Functions, Why Functions?Importing with from, Return Values,
Incremental Development, Composition, Boolean Functions, More 12
Recursion, Leap of Faith, Checking Types
Strings: A String Is a Sequence, Traversal with a for Loop, String
Slices, Strings Are Immutable, Searching, Looping and Counting,
String Methods, The in Operator, String Comparison, String
Operations.
III Lists: Values and Accessing Elements, Lists are mutable, traversing a
List, Deleting elements from List, Built-in List Operators,
Concatenation, Repetition, In Operator, Built-in List functions and
methods
Tuples and Dictionaries: Tuples, Accessing values in Tuples, Tuple
Assignment, Tuples as return values, Variable-length argument tuples,
Basic tuples operations, Concatenation, Repetition, in Operator,
12
Iteration, Built-in Tuple Functions
Creating a Dictionary, Accessing Values in a dictionary, Updating
Dictionary, Deleting Elements from Dictionary, Properties of
Dictionary keys, Operations in Dictionary, Built-In Dictionary
Functions, Built-in Dictionary Methods
Files: Text Files, The File Object Attributes, Directories
Exceptions: Built-in Exceptions, Handling Exceptions, Exception
4
with Arguments, User-defined Exceptions
IV Regular Expressions – Concept of regular expression, various types
of regular expressions, using match function.
Classes and Objects: Overview of OOP (Object Oriented
Programming), Class Definition, Creating Objects, Instances as
Arguments, Instances as return values, Built-in Class Attributes,
12
Inheritance, Method Overriding, Data Encapsulation, Data Hiding
Multithreaded Programming: Thread Module, creating a thread,
synchronizing threads, multithreaded priority queue
Modules: Importing module, Creating and exploring modules, Math
module, Random module, Time module
V Creating the GUI Form and Adding Widgets:
Widgets: Button, Canvas,Checkbutton, Entry, Frame, Label, Listbox,
Menubutton, Menu, Message, Radiobutton, Scale, Scrollbar, text,
Toplevel, Spinbox, PanedWindow, LabelFrame, tkMessagebox.
Handling Standard attributes and Properties of Widgets.
Layout Management: Designing GUI applications with proper
Layout Management features.
12
Look and Feel Customization:Enhancing Look and Feel of GUI
using different appearances of widgets.
Storing Data in Our MySQL Database via Our GUI :Connecting
to a MySQL database from Python, Configuring the MySQL
connection, Designing the Python GUI database, Using the INSERT
command, Using the UPDATE command, Using the DELETE
command, Storing and retrieving data from MySQL database.

1. Think Python Allen Downey O’Reilly 1st 2012
2. An Introduction to JasonMontojo, Jennifer SPD 1st 2014
Computer Science using Campbell, Paul Gries
Python 3
3. Python GUI Burkhard A. Meier Packt 2015
Programming Cookbook
4. Introduction to Problem E. Balagurusamy TMH 1st 2016
Solving with Python
5. Murach’s Python Joel Murach, Michael SPD 1st 2017
programming Urban
6. Object-oriented Michael H. Pearson 1st 2008
Programming in Python Goldwasser, David Prentice
Letscher Hall
7. Exploring Python Budd TMH 1st 2016

5
Course Name: Data Structures Course Code: USIT302
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I Introduction: Data and Information, Data Structure, Classification of
Data Structures, Primitive Data Types, Abstract Data Types, Data
structure vs. File Organization, Operations on Data Structure,
Algorithm, Importance of Algorithm Analysis, Complexity of an
Algorithm, Asymptotic Analysis and Notations, Big O Notation, Big
Omega Notation, Big Theta Notation, Rate of Growth and Big O
Notation.
12
Array:Introduction, One Dimensional Array, Memory Representation
of One Dimensional Array, Traversing, Insertion, Deletion, Searching,
Sorting, Merging of Arrays, Multidimensional Arrays, Memory
Representation of Two Dimensional Arrays, General Multi-
Dimensional Arrays, Sparse Arrays, SparseMatrix, Memory
Representation of Special kind of Matrices, Advantages and
Limitations of Arrays.
II Linked List: Linked List, One-way Linked List, Traversal of Linked
List, Searching, Memory Allocation and De-allocation, Insertion in
Linked List, Deletion from Linked List, Copying a List into Other
List, Merging Two Linked Lists, Splitting a List into Two Lists,
Reversing One way linked List, Circular Linked List, Applications of
Circular Linked List, Two way Linked List, Traversing a Two way 12
Linked List, Searching in a Two way linked List, Insertion of an
element in Two way Linked List, Deleting a node from Two way
Linked List, Header Linked List, Applications of the Linked list,
Representation of Polynomials, Storage of Sparse Arrays,
Implementing other Data Structures.
III Stack: Introduction, Operations on the Stack Memory Representation
of Stack, Array Representation of Stack, Applications of Stack,
Evaluation of Arithmetic Expression, Matching Parenthesis, infix and
postfix operations, Recursion.
Queue: Introduction, Queue, Operations on the Queue, Memory
12
Representation of Queue, Array representation of queue, Linked List
Representation of Queue, Circular Queue,Some special kinds of
queues, Deque,Priority Queue, Application of Priority Queue,
Applications of Queues.
IV Sorting and Searching Techniques

12
Bubble, Selection, Insertion, Merge Sort. Searching: Sequential,
6
Binary, Indexed Sequential Searches, Binary Search.
Tree:Tree,Binary Tree, Properties of Binary Tree, Memory
Representation of Binary Tree, Operations Performed on Binary
Tree,Reconstruction of Binary Tree from its Traversals, Huffman
Algorithm, Binary Search Tree, Operations on Binary Search Tree,
Heap, Memory Representation of Heap, Operation on Heap, Heap
Sort.
Advanced Tree Structures:Red Black Tree, Operations Performed
on Red Black Tree, AVL Tree, Operations performed on AVL Tree,
2-3 Tree, B-Tree.
V Hashing Techniques
Hash function, Address calculation techniques, Common hashing
functions Collision resolution, Linear probing, Quadratic,Double
hashing, Buckethashing, Deletion and rehashing
Graph: Introduction, Graph, Graph Terminology, Memory 12
Representation of Graph, Adjacency Matrix Representation of Graph,
Adjacency List or Linked Representation of Graph, Operations
Performed on Graph, GraphTraversal, Applications of the Graph,
Reachability, Shortest Path Problems, Spanning Trees.

1. A Simplified Approach to Lalit SPD 1st 2014
Data Structures Goyal, Vishal
Goyal, Pawan
Kumar
2. An Introduction to Data Jean – Paul Tata 2nd 2007
Structure with Applications Tremblay and MacGraw
Paul Sorenson Hill
3. Data Structure and Maria Rukadikar SPD 1st 2017
Algorithm
4. Schaum’s Outlines Data Seymour Tata 2nd 2005
structure Lipschutz McGraw
Hill
5. Data structure – A AM Tanenbaum, Prentice 2nd 2006
Pseudocode Approach with Y Langsamand Hall India
C MJ Augustein
6. Data structure Weiss, Mark Addison 1st 2006
andAlgorithm Analysis in C Allen Wesley
7
Course Name: Computer Networks Course Code: USIT303
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I Introduction: Data communications, networks, network types,
Internet history,standards and administration.
Network Models:Protocol layering, TCP/IP protocol suite, The OSI
model.
Introduction to Physical layer:Data and signals, periodic analog
12
signals, digital signals, transmission impairment, data rate limits,
performance.
Digital and Analog transmission: Digital-to-digital conversion,
analog-to-digital conversion, transmission modes, digital-to-analog
conversion, analog-to-analog conversion.
II Bandwidth Utilization: Multiplexing and SpectrumSpreading:
Multiplexing, Spread Spectrum
Transmission media:Guided Media, Unguided Media
Switching: Introduction, circuit switched networks, packet switching,
structure of a switch. 12
Introduction to the Data Link Layer:Link layer addressing, Data
Link Layer Design Issues, Error detection and correction, block
coding, cyclic codes, checksum, forward error correction, error
correcting codes, error detecting codes.
III Data Link Control: DLC services, data link layer protocols, HDLC,
Point-to-point protocol.
Media Access Control: Random access, controlled access,
channelization, Wired LANs – Ethernet Protocol, standard ethernet,
12
fast ethernet, gigabit ethernet, 10 gigabit ethernet,
Wireless LANs: Introduction, IEEE 802.11 project, Bluetooth,
WiMAX, Cellular telephony, Satellite networks.
Connecting devices and Virtual LANs.
IV Introduction to the Network Layer: Network layer services, packet
switching, network layer performance, IPv4 addressing, forwarding of
IP packets, Internet Protocol, ICMPv4, Mobile IP
Unicast Routing:Introduction, routing algorithms, unicast routing 12
protocols.
Next generation IP: IPv6 addressing, IPv6 protocol, ICMPv6
protocol, transition from IPv4 to IPv6.
V Introduction to the Transport Layer: Introduction, Transport layer
protocols (Simple protocol, Stop-and-wait protocol, Go-Back-n 12
protocol, Selective repeat protocol, Bidirectional protocols), Transport
8
layer services, User datagram protocol, Transmission control protocol,
Standard Client0Server Protocols:World wide-web and HTTP,
FTP, Electronic mail, Telnet, Secured Shell, Domain name system.

1. Data Communication Behrouz A. Tata McGraw Fifth 2013
and Networking Forouzan Hill Edition
2. TCP/IP Behrouz A. Tata McGraw Fourth 2010
Protocol Suite Forouzan Hill Edition
3. Computer Networks Andrew Pearson Fifth 2013
Tanenbaum

9
Course Name: Database Management Systems Course Code: USIT304
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I Introduction to Databases and Transactions
What is database system, purpose of database system, view of data,
relationaldatabases, database architecture, transaction management
Data Models
The importance of data models, Basic building blocks, Business rules,
12
The evolutionof data models, Degrees of data abstraction.
Database Design,ER Diagram and Unified Modeling Language
Database design and ER Model:overview, ERModel, Constraints,
ERDiagrams, ERDIssues, weak entity sets, Codd’s rules, Relational
Schemas, Introduction to UML
II Relational database model:
Logical view of data, keys, integrity rules, Relational Database
design: features of good relational database design, atomic domain
and Normalization (1NF, 2NF, 3NF, BCNF).
Relational Algebra and Calculus
12
Relational algebra: introduction, Selection and projection, set
operations, renaming,Joins, Division, syntax, semantics. Operators,
grouping and ungrouping,relationalcomparison.
Calculus: Tuple relational calculus, Domain relational Calculus,
calculus vsalgebra,computational capabilities
III Constraints, Views and SQL
Constraints, types of constrains, Integrity constraints, Views:
Introduction to views, data independence, security, updates on
12
views,comparison between tables and views SQL: data definition,
aggregate function, Null Values, nested sub queries, Joined relations.
Triggers.
IV Transaction management and Concurrency
Control Transaction management: ACID properties, serializability and
concurrency control, Lock based concurrency control (2PL, 12
Deadlocks),Time stamping methods, optimistic methods, database
recovery management.
V PL-SQL: Beginning with PL / SQL,Identifiers and Keywords,
Operators, Expressions, Sequences,Control Structures, Cursors and
Transaction,Collections and composite data types, Procedures and 12
Functions, Exceptions Handling,Packages,With Clause and
Hierarchical Retrieval,Triggers.
10
1. Database System and A Silberschatz, McGraw- Fifth
Concepts H Korth, S Hill Edition
Sudarshan
2. Database Systems RobCoronel Cengage Twelfth
Learning Edition
3. Programming with PL/SQL H.Dand, R.Patil X –Team First 2011

for Beginners and T. Sambare
4. Introduction to Database C.J.Date Pearson First 2003
System
11
Course Name: Applied Mathematics Course Code: USIT305
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I Matrices: Inverse of a matrix, Properties of matrices, Elementary
Transformation, Rank of Matrix, Echelon or Normal Matrix, Inverse
of matrix, Linear equations, Linear dependence and linear
independence of vectors, Linear transformation, Characteristics roots
and characteristics vectors, Properties of characteristic vectors, Caley-
Hamilton Theorem, Similarity of matrices, Reduction of matrix to a
diagonal matrix which has elements as characteristics values.
Complex Numbers: Complex number, Equality of complex numbers,
Graphical representation of complex number(Argand’s Diagram), 12
Polar form of complex numbers, Polar form of x+iy for different signs
of x,y, Exponential form of complex numbers, Mathematical
operation with complex numbers and their representation on Argand’s
Diagram, Circular functions of complex angles, Definition of
hyperbolic function, Relations between circular and hyperbolic
functions, Inverse hyperbolic functions, Differentiation and
Integration, Graphs of the hyperbolic functions, Logarithms of
complex quality, j(=i)as an operator(Electrical circuits)
II Equation of the first order and of the first degree: Separation of
variables, Equations homogeneous in x and y, Non-homogeneous
linear equations, Exact differential Equation, Integrating Factor,
Linear Equation and equation reducible to this form, Method of
substitution.
Differential equation of the first order of a degree higher than the
first: Introduction, Solvable for p (or the method of factors), Solve for
y, Solve for x, Clairaut’s form of the equation, Methods of
Substitution, Method of Substitution.
12
Linear Differential Equations with Constant
Coefficients:Introduction, The Differential Operator, Linear
Differential Equation f(D) y = 0, Different cases depending on the
nature of the root of the equation f(D) = 0, Linear differential equation
f(D) y = X, The complimentary Function, The inverse operator 1/f(D)
and the symbolic expiration for the particular integral 1/f(D) X; the
general methods, Particular integral : Short methods, Particular
integral : Other methods, Differential equations reducible to the linear
differential equations with constant coefficients.
III The Laplace Transform: Introduction, Definition of the Laplace
12
Transform, Table of Elementary Laplace Transforms, Theorems on
12
Important Properties of Laplace Transformation, First Shifting
Theorem, Second Shifting Theorem, The Convolution Theorem,
Laplace Transform of an Integral, Laplace Transform of Derivatives,
Inverse Laplace Transform: Shifting Theorem, Partial fraction
Methods, Use of Convolution Theorem, Solution of Ordinary Linear
Differential Equations with Constant Coefficients, Solution of
Simultaneous Ordinary Differential Equations, Laplace
Transformation of Special Function, Periodic Functions, Heaviside
Unit Step Function, Dirac-delta Function(Unit Impulse Function),
IV Multiple Integrals: Double Integral, Change of the order of the
integration, Double integral in polar co-ordinates, Triple integrals. 12
Applications of integration: Areas, Volumes of solids.
V Beta and Gamma Functions – Definitions,Properties and Problems.
Duplication formula.
12
Differentiation Under the Integral Sign
Error Functions

1. A text book of Applied P. N. Wartikar Pune
Mathematics Vol I and J. N. VidyathiGraha
Wartikar
2. Applied Mathematics II P. N. Wartikar Pune
and J. N. VidyathiGraha
Wartikar
3. Higher Engineering Dr. B. S. Khanna
Mathematics Grewal Publications
13
Course Name: Python Programming Practical Course Code: USIT3P1
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- --
List of Practical
1. Write the program for the following:
a. Create a program that asks the user to enter their name and their age. Print out a
message addressed to them that tells them the year that they will turn 100 years
old.
b. Enter the number from the user and depending on whether the number is even or
odd, print out an appropriate message to the user.
c. Write a program to generate the Fibonacci series.
d. Write a function that reverses the user defined value.
e. Write a function to check the input value is Armstrong and also write the
function for Palindrome.
f. Write a recursive function to print the factorial for a given number.

a. Write a function that takes a character (i.e. a string of length 1) and returns True
if it is a vowel, False otherwise.
b. Define a function that computes the length of a given list or string.
c. Define a procedurehistogram() that takes a list of integers and prints a
histogram to the screen. For example, histogram([4, 9, 7]) should print the
following:
****
*********
*******

a. A pangram is a sentence that contains all the letters of the English alphabet at
least once, for example: The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. Your task
here is to write a function to check a sentence to see if it is a pangram or not.
b. Take a list, say for example this one:
a=[1,1,2,3,5,8,13,21,34,55,89]
and write a program that prints out all the elements of the list that are less than 5.
14
a. Write a program that takes two lists and returns True if they have at least one
common member.
b. Write a Python program to print a specified list after removing the 0th, 2nd, 4th
and 5th elements.
c. Write a Python program to clone or copy a list

a. Write a Python script to sort (ascending and descending) a dictionary by value.
b. Write a Python script to concatenate following dictionaries to create a new one.
Sample Dictionary :
dic1={1:10, 2:20}
dic2={3:30, 4:40}
dic3={5:50,6:60}
Expected Result : {1: 10, 2: 20, 3: 30, 4: 40, 5: 50, 6: 60}
c. Write a Python program to sum all the items in a dictionary.

a. Write a Python program to read an entire text file.
b. Write a Python program to append text to a file and display the text.
c. Write a Python program to read last n lines of a file.

a. Design a class that store the information of student and display the same
b. Implement the concept of inheritance using python
c. Create a class called Numbers, which has a single class attribute called
MULTIPLIER, and a constructor which takes the parameters x and y (these should
all be numbers).
i. Write a method called add which returns the sum of the attributes x and y.
ii. Write a class method called multiply, which takes a single number
parameter a and returns the product of a and MULTIPLIER.
iii. Write a static method called subtract, which takes two number parameters, b
and c, and returns b - c.
iv. Write a method called value which returns a tuple containing the values of x
and y. Make this method into a property, and write a setter and a deleter for
manipulating the values of x and y.

a. Open a new file in IDLE (“New Window” in the “File” menu) and save it as
geometry.py in the directory where you keep the files you create for this course.
Then copy the functions you wrote for calculating volumes and areas in the
“Control Flow and Functions” exercise into this file and save it.
Now open a new file and save it in the same directory. You should now be able
15
to importyour own module like this:
importgeometry
Try and add print dir(geometry) to the file and run it.
Now write a function pointyShapeVolume(x, y, squareBase) that calculates the

volume of a square pyramid if squareBase is True and of a right circular cone if
squareBase is False. x is the length of an edge on a square if squareBase is True
and the radius of a circle when squareBase is False. y is the height of the object.
First use squareBase to distinguish the cases. Use the circleArea and squareArea
from the geometry module to calculate the base areas.
b. Write a program to implement exception handling.

a. Try to configure the widget with various options like: bg=”red”, family=”times”,
size=18
b. Try to change the widget type and configuration options to experiment with
other widget types like Message, Button, Entry, Checkbutton, Radiobutton, Scale
etc.
10. Design the database applications for the following:

a. Design a simple database application that stores the records and retrieve the
same.
b. Design a database application to search the specified record from the database.
c. Design a database application to that allows the user to add, delete and modify
the records.

Sr. Title Author/s Publisher Edition Year
No.
1. Think Python Allen Downey O’Reilly 1st 2012
2. An Introduction to JasonMontojo, Jennifer SPD 1st 2014
Computer Science Campbell, Paul Gries
using Python 3
16
Course Name: Data Structures Practical Course Code: USIT3P2
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- --
List of Practical
1. Implement the following:
a. Write a program to store the elements in 1-D array and perform the operations
like searching, sorting and reversing the elements. [Menu Driven]
b. Read the two arrays from the user and merge them and display the elements in
sorted order.[Menu Driven]
c. Write a program to perform the Matrix addition, Multiplication and Transpose
Operation. [Menu Driven]
2. Implement the following for Linked List:

a. Write a program to create a single linked list and display the node elements in
reverse order.
b. Write a program to search the elements in the linked list and display the same
c. Write a program to create double linked list and sort the elements in the linked
list.
3. Implement the following for Stack:

a. Write a program to implement the concept of Stack with Push, Pop, Display and
Exit operations.
b. Write a program to convert an infix expression to postfix and prefix conversion.
c. Write a program to implement Tower of Hanoi problem.
4. Implement the following for Queue:

a. Write a program to implement the concept of Queue with Insert, Delete, Display
and Exit operations.
b. Write a program to implement the concept of Circular Queue
c. Write a program to implement the concept of Deque.
5. Implement the following sorting techniques:

a. Write a program to implement bubble sort.
b. Write a program to implement selection sort.
c. Write a program to implement insertion sort.
6. Implement the following data structure techniques:

a. Write a program to implement merge sort.
b. Write a program to search the element using sequential search.
17
c. Write a program to search the element using binary search.

a. Write a program to create the tree and display the elements.
b. Write a program to construct the binary tree.
c. Write a program for inorder, postorder and preorder traversal of tree

a. Write a program to insert the element into maximum heap.
b. Write a program to insert the element into minimum heap.

a. Write a program to implement the collision technique.
b. Write a program to implement the concept of linear probing.

a. Write a program to generate the adjacency matrix.
b. Write a program for shortest path diagram.

1. Data Structures and RanceNecaise Wiley First 2016
Algorithms Using
Python
2. Data Structures Using C Langsam,Augenstein, Pearson First 2015

and C++ Tanenbaum
18
Course Name:Computer Networks Course Code: USIT3P3
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- --
List of Practical
1. IPv4 Addressing and Subnetting
a) Given an IP address and network mask, determine other information about the
IP addresssuch as:
 Network address
 Network broadcast address
 Total number of host bits
 Number of hosts
b) Given an IP address and network mask, determine other information about the
IP addresssuch as:
 The subnet address of this subnet
 The broadcast address of this subnet
 The range of host addresses for this subnet
 The maximum number of subnets for this subnet mask
 The number of hosts for each subnet
 The number of subnet bits
 The number of this subnet
2. Use of ping and tracert / traceroute, ipconfig / ifconfig, route and arp utilities.
3. Configure IP static routing.
4. Configure IP routing using RIP.
5. Configuring Simple OSPF.

6. Configuring DHCP server and client.
7. Create virtual PC based network using virtualization software and virtual NIC.
8. Configuring DNS Server and client.
9. Configuring OSPF with multiple areas.
10. Use of Wireshark to scan and check the packet information of following protocols
 HTTP
 ICMP
 TCP
 SMTP
 POP3
19
Course Name: Database Management System Course Code: USIT3P4
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- --
List of Practical
1. SQL Statements – 1
a. Writing Basic SQL SELECT Statements
b. Restricting and Sorting Data
c. Single-Row Functions
2. SQL Statements – 2
a. Displaying Data from Multiple Tables
b. Aggregating Data Using Group Functions
c. Subqueries
3. Manipulating Data
a. Using INSERT statement
b. Using DELETE statement
c. Using UPDATE statement
4. Creating and Managing Tables

a. Creating and Managing Tables
b. Including Constraints
5. Creating and Managing other database objects

a. Creating Views
b. Other Database Objects
c. Controlling User Access
6. Using SET operators, Date/Time Functions, GROUP BY clause (advanced

features) and advanced subqueries
a. Using SET Operators
b. Datetime Functions
c. Enhancements to the GROUP BY Clause
d. Advanced Subqueries
7. PL/SQL Basics
a. Declaring Variables
b. Writing Executable Statements
c. Interacting with the Oracle Server
20
d. Writing Control Structures
8. Composite data types, cursors and exceptions.

a. Working with Composite Data Types
b. Writing Explicit Cursors
c. Handling Exceptions
9. Procedures and Functions

a. Creating Procedures
b. Creating Functions
c. Managing Subprograms
d. Creating Packages
10. Creating Database Triggers

1. Database System and A Silberschatz, McGraw- Fifth
Concepts H Korth, S Hill Edition
Sudarshan
2. Programming with PL/SQL H.Dand , R.Patil X –Team First 2011
for Beginners and T. Sambare
3. PL/SQL Programming Ivan Bayross BPB First 2010
21
Course Name: Mobile Programming Course Code: USIT3P5
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- --
The practical’s will be based on HTML5, CSS, CORDOVA and PhoneGAP API. (Android will be
introduced later after they learn Java)
List of Practical
Setting up CORDOVA, PhoneGAP Project and environment.
1.  Creating and building simple “Hello World” App using Cordova
 Adding and Using Buttons
 Adding and Using Event Listeners
2.  Creating and Using Functions

 Using Events
 Handlingand Using Back Button
3.  Installingand Using Plugins

 Installingand Using Battery Plugin
 Installingand Using Camera Plugin
4.  Installingand Using Contacts Plugin

 Installingand Using Device Plugin
 Installingand Using Accelerometer Plugin
5.  Install and Using Device Orientation plugin

 Install and Using Device Orientation plugin
 Create and Using Prompt Function
6.  Installingand Using File Plugin

 Installingand Using File Transfer Plugin
 Using Download and Upload functions
7.  Installingand Using Globalization Plugin

 Installingand Using Media Plugin
 Installingand Using Media Capture Plugin
8.  Installingand Using Network Information Plugin
22
 Installingand Using Splash Screen Plugin
 Installingand Using Vibration Plugin
9.  Developing Single Page Apps

 Developing Multipage Apps
 Storing Data Locally in a Cordova App
10.  Use of sqlite plugin with PhoneGap / apache Cordova

 Using Sqlite read/write and search
 Populating Cordova SQLite storage with the JQuery API

1. Apache Cordova 4 John M. Wargo Addison- 1st 2015
Programming Wesley
Professional
2. Apache Cordova in Action Raymond Manning 1st 2015
Camden Publications
3. PhoneGap By Example Andrey PACKT 1st 2015
Kovalenko Publishing
23
SEMESTER IV
24
B. Sc. (Information Technology) Semester – IV
Course Name: Core Java Course Code: USIT401
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I Introduction:History, architecture and its components,Java Class
File, Java Runtime Environment, The Java Virtual Machine, JVM
Components, The Java API, java platform, java development kit,
Lambda Expressions, Methods References, Type Annotations,
Method Parameter Reflection, setting the path environment variable,
Java Compiler And Interpreter, java programs, java applications,
main(), public, static, void, string[] args, statements, white space, case
12
sensitivity, identifiers, keywords, comments, braces and code blocks,
variables, variable name
Data types: primitive data types, Object Reference Types, Strings,
Auto boxing, operators and properties of operators, Arithmetic
operators, assignment operators, increment and decrement operator,
relational operator, logical operator, bitwise operator, conditional
operator.
II Control Flow Statements: The If…Else If…Else Statement, The
Switch…Case Statement
Iterations: The While Loop, The Do … While Loop, The For Loop,
The Foreach Loop, Labeled Statements, The Break And Continue
Statements, The Return Statement
Classes: Types of Classes, Scope Rules, Access Modifier,
Instantiating Objects From A Class, Initializing The Class Object And 12
Its Attributes, Class Methods, Accessing A Method, Method
Returning A Value, Method's Arguments, Method Overloading,
Variable Arguments [Varargs], Constructors, this Instance, super
Instance, Characteristics Of Members Of A Class, constants, this
instance, static fields of a class, static methods of a class, garbage
collection.
III Inheritance: Derived Class Objects, Inheritance and Access Control,
Default Base Class Constructors, this and super keywords.
Abstract Classes And Interfaces, Abstract Classes, Abstract Methods,
12
Interfaces, What Is An Interface? How Is An Interface Different From
An Abstract Class?, Multiple Inheritance, Default Implementation,
Adding New Functionality, Method Implementation, Classes V/s
25
Interfaces, Defining An Interface, Implementing Interfaces.
Packages: Creating Packages, Default Package, Importing Packages,
Using A Package.
IV Enumerations,Arrays: Two Dimensional Arrays, Multi-Dimensional
Arrays, Vectors, Adding Elements To A Vector, Accessing Vector
Elements, Searching For Elements In A Vector, Working With The
Size of The Vector.
Multithreading: the thread control methods, thread life cycle, the
main thread, creating a thread, extending the thread class.
12
Exceptions: Catching Java Exceptions, Catching Run-Time
Exceptions, Handling Multiple Exceptions, The finally Clause, The
throws Clause
Byte streams: reading console input, writing console output, reading
file, writing file, writing binary data, reading binary data, getting
started with character streams, writing file, reading file
V Event Handling: Delegation Event Model, Events, Event classes,
Event listener interfaces, Using delegation event model, adapter
classes and inner classes.
Abstract Window Toolkit: Window Fundamentals, Component,
12
Container, Panel, Window, Frame, Canvas.Components – Labels,
Buttons, Check Boxes, Radio Buttons, Choice Menus, Text Fields,
Text, Scrolling List, Scrollbars, Panels, Frames
Layouts: Flow Layout, Grid Layout, Border Layout, Card Layout.

1. Core Java 8 for Vaishali Shah, Sharnam SPD 1st 2015
Beginners Shah
2. Java: The Complete Herbert Schildt McGraw 9th 2014
Reference Hill
3. Murach’s beginning Joel Murach , Michael SPD 1st 2016
Java with Net Beans Urban
4. Core Java, Volume I: Hortsman Pearson 9th 2013
Fundamentals
5. Core Java, Volume II: Gary Cornell and Pearson 8th 2008
Advanced Features Hortsman
6. Core Java: An R. Nageswara Rao DreamTech 1st 2008
Integrated Approach
26
Course Name: Introduction to Embedded Systems Course Code: USIT402
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I Introduction: Embedded Systems and general purpose
computersystems, history, classifications, applications and purpose
ofembedded systems
Core of embedded systems: microprocessors and
microcontrollers,RISC and CISC controllers, Big endian and Little
12
endian processors,Application specific ICs, Programmable logic
devices, COTS, sensors and actuators, communication interface,
embedded firmware, other system components.
Characteristics and quality attributes of embedded systems:
Characteristics, operational and non-operational quality attributes.
II Embedded Systems – Application and Domain
Specific:Application specific – washing machine, domain specific -
automotive.
Embedded Hardware: Memory map, i/o map, interrupt map,
12
processor family, external peripherals, memory – RAM , ROM, types
of RAM and ROM, memory testing, CRC ,Flash memory.
Peripherals: Control and Status Registers, Device Driver, Timer
Driver - Watchdog Timers.
III The 8051 Microcontrollers:Microcontrollers and Embedded
processors, Overview of 8051 family.8051 Microcontroller hardware,
Input/output pins, Ports, and Circuits, External Memory.
12
8051 Programming in C:
Data Types and time delay in 8051 C, I/O Programming, Logic
operations, Data conversion Programs.
IV Designing Embedded System with 8051 Microcontroller:Factors to
be considered in selecting a controller, why 8051 Microcontroller,
Designing with 8051. 12
Programming embedded systems: structure of embedded program,
infinite loop, compiling, linking and debugging.
V Real Time Operating System (RTOS):Operating system basics,
types of operating systems, Real-Time Characteristics, Selection
Process of an RTOS. 12
Design and Development: Embedded system
developmentEnvironment – IDE, types of file generated on cross
27
compilation, disassembler/ de-compiler, simulator, emulator and
debugging, embedded product development life-cycle, trends in
embedded industry.

No.
1. Programming Michael O'Reilly First 1999
Embedded Systems in Barr
C and C++
2. Introduction to Shibu K V Tata Mcgraw-Hill First 2012
embedded systems
3. The 8051 Muhammad Pearson Second 2011
Microcontroller and Ali Mazidi
Embedded Systems
4. Embedded Systems Rajkamal Tata Mcgraw-Hill
28
Course Name: Computer Oriented Statistical Techniques Course Code: USIT403
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I The Mean, Median, Mode, and Other Measures of Central
Tendency: Index, or Subscript, Notation, Summation Notation,
Averages, or Measures of Central Tendency ,The Arithmetic Mean ,
The Weighted Arithmetic Mean ,Properties of the Arithmetic Mean
,The Arithmetic Mean Computed from Grouped Data ,The Median
,The Mode, The Empirical Relation Between the Mean, Median, and
Mode, The Geometric Mean G, The Harmonic Mean H ,The Relation
Between the Arithmetic, Geometric, and Harmonic Means, The Root
Mean Square, Quartiles, Deciles, and Percentiles,Software and
Measures of Central Tendency.
The Standard Deviation and Other Measures of Dispersion: 12
Dispersion, or Variation,The Range, The Mean Deviation, The Semi-
Interquartile Range,The 10–90 Percentile Range, The Standard
Deviation, The Variance, Short Methods for Computing the Standard
Deviation,Properties of the Standard Deviation,Charlie’s Check,
Sheppard’s Correction for Variance, Empirical Relations Between
Measures of Dispersion, Absolute and Relative Dispersion;
Coefficient of Variation,Standardized Variable; Standard Scores,
Software and Measures of Dispersion.
Introduction to R: Basic syntax, data types, variables, operators,
control statements, R-functions, R –Vectors, R – lists, R Arrays.
II Moments, Skewness, and Kurtosis :Moments , Moments for
Grouped Data ,Relations Between Moments , Computation of
Moments for Grouped Data, Charlie’s Check and Sheppard’s
Corrections, Moments in Dimensionless Form, Skewness, Kurtosis,
Population Moments, Skewness, and Kurtosis, Software Computation
12
of Skewness and Kurtosis.
Elementary Probability Theory: Definitions of Probability,
Conditional Probability; Independent and Dependent Events, Mutually
Exclusive Events, Probability Distributions, Mathematical
Expectation,Relation Between Population, Sample Mean, and
29
Variance, Combinatorial Analysis, Combinations, Stirling’s
Approximation to n!,Relation of Probability to Point Set Theory,
Euler or Venn Diagrams and Probability.
Elementary Sampling Theory : Sampling Theory, Random Samples
and Random Numbers, Sampling With and Without Replacement,
Sampling Distributions, Sampling Distribution of Means, Sampling
Distribution of Proportions, Sampling Distributions of Diff erences
and Sums, Standard Errors, Software Demonstration of Elementary
Sampling Theory.
III Statistical Estimation Theory: Estimation of Parameters, Unbiased
Estimates, Efficient Estimates, Point Estimates and Interval Estimates;
Their Reliability, Confidence-Interval Estimates of Population
Parameters, Probable Error.
Statistical Decision Theory: Statistical Decisions, Statistical
Hypotheses, Tests of Hypotheses and Significance, or Decision
Rules,Type I and Type II Errors, Level of Significance, Tests 12
Involving Normal Distributions, Two-Tailed and One-Tailed Tests,
Special Tests,Operating-Characteristic Curves; the Power of a Test, p-
Values for Hypotheses Tests, Control Charts, Tests Involving Sample
Diff erences, Tests Involving Binomial Distributions.
Statistics in R: mean, median, mode, Normal Distribution , Binomial
Distribution, Frequency Distribution in R.
IV Small Sampling Theory: Small Samples, Student’s t Distribution,
Confidence Intervals, Tests of Hypotheses and Significance, The Chi-
Square Distribution, Confidence Intervals for Sigma , Degrees of
Freedom, The F Distribution.
The Chi-Square Test: Observed and Theoretical Frequencies,
12
Definition of chi-square, Significance Tests, The Chi-Square Test for
Goodness of Fit, Contingency Tables, Yates’ Correction for
Continuity, Simple Formulas for Computing chi-square, Coefficient of
Contingency, Correlation of Attributes, Additive Property of chi-
square.
V Curve Fitting and the Method of Least Squares: Relationship
Between Variables, Curve Fitting, Equations of Approximating
Curves,Freehand Method of Curve Fitting, The Straight Line, The
Method of Least Squares,The Least-Squares Line, Nonlinear
Relationships, The Least-Squares Parabola, Regression, Applications
to Time Series, Problems Involving More Than Two Variables.
Correlation Theory: Correlation and Regression, Linear
12
Correlation,Measures of Correlation, The Least-Squares Regression
Lines, Standard Error of Estimate, Explained and Unexplained
Variation, Coefficient of Correlation, Remarks Concerning the
Correlation Coefficient, Product-Moment Formula for the Linear
Correlation Coefficient, Short Computational Formulas, Regression
Lines and the Linear Correlation Coefficient, Correlation of Time
Series, Correlation of Attributes, Sampling Theory of Correlation,
30
Sampling Theory of Regression.

No.
1. STATISTICS Murray R. McGRAW – FOURTH
Spiegel, Larry HILL
J. Stephens. ITERNATIONAL
2. A Practical Approach R.B. Patil, SPD 1st 2017
using R H.J. Dand and
R. Bhavsar
3. FUNDAMENTAL S.C. GUPTA SULTAN ELEVENTH 2011
OF and V.K. CHAND and REVISED
MATHEMATICAL KAPOOR SONS
STATISTICS
4. MATHEMATICAL J.N. KAPUR S. CHAND TWENTIETH 2005
STATISTICS and H.C. REVISED
SAXENA
31
Course Name: Software Engineering Course Code: USIT404
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I Introduction: What is software engineering? Software Development
Life Cycle, Requirements Analysis, Software Design, Coding,
Testing, Maintenance etc.
Software Requirements: Functional and Non-functional
requirements, User Requirements, System Requirements, Interface
Specification, Documentation of the software requirements.
Software Processes:
Process and Project, Component Software Processes.
Software Development Process Models.
 Waterfall Model. 12
 Prototyping.
 Iterative Development.
 Rational Unified Process.
 The RAD Model
 Time boxing Model.
Agile software development: Agile methods, Plan-driven and agile
development, Extreme programming, Agile project management,
Scaling agile methods.
II Socio-technical system:Essential characteristics of socio technical

systems, Emergent System Properties, Systems Engineering,
Components of system such as organization, people and computers,
Dealing Legacy Systems.
Critical system: Types of critical system, A simple safety critical
12
system, Dependability of a system, Availability and Reliability, Safety
and Security of Software systems.
Requirements Engineering Processes: Feasibility study,
Requirementselicitation and analysis, Requirements Validations,
Requirements Management.
32
System Models: Models and its types, Context Models, Behavioural
Models, Data Models, Object Models, Structured Methods.
III Architectural Design: Architectural Design Decisions, System
Organisation, Modular Decomposition Styles, Control Styles,
Reference Architectures.
User Interface Design: Need of UI design, Design issues, The UI
design Process, User analysis, User Interface Prototyping, Interface
Evaluation.
12
Project Management
Software Project Management, Management activities, Project
Planning, Project Scheduling, Risk Management.
Quality Management: Process and Product Quality, Quality
assurance and Standards, Quality Planning, Quality Control, Software
Measurement and Metrics.
IV Verification and Validation: Planning Verification and Validation,
Software Inspections, Automated Static Analysis, Verification and
Formal Methods. Software Testing: System Testing, Component
Testing, Test Case Design, Test Automation.
Software Measurement: Size-Oriented Metrics, Function-Oriented 12
Metrics, Extended Function Point Metrics
Software Cost Estimation:Software Productivity, Estimation
Techniques, Algorithmic Cost Modelling, Project Duration and
Staffing
V Process Improvement: Process and product quality, Process
Classification, Process Measurement, Process Analysis and Modeling,
Process Change, The CMMI Process Improvement Framework.
Service Oriented Software Engineering: Services as reusable
components,
Service Engineering, Software Development with Services. 12
Software reuse: The reuse landscape, Application frameworks,
Software product lines, COTS product reuse.
Distributed software engineering: Distributed systems issues,
Client–server computing, Architectural patterns for distributed
systems, Software as a service

No.
1. Software Engineering, Ian Pearson Ninth
edition, Somerville Education.
2. Software Engineering Pankaj Jalote Narosa
Publication
3. Software engineering, Roger Tata Mcgraw-hill Seventh
a practitioner’s Pressman
approach
33
4. Software Engineering WS Tata Mcgraw-hill
principles and practice Jawadekar
5. Software Engineering- S.A Kelkar PHI India.
A Concise Study
6. Software Engineering SubhajitDatta Oxford Higher
Concept and Education
Applications
7. Software Design D.Budgen Pearson 2nd
education
8. Software Engineering KL James PHI EEE 2009
34
Course Name: Computer Graphics and Animation Course Code: USIT405
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I Introduction to Computer Graphics:
Overview of Computer Graphics, Computer Graphics Application and
Software, Description of some graphics devices, Input Devices for
Operator Interaction, Active and Passive Graphics Devices, Display
Technologies, Storage Tube Graphics Displays, Calligraphic Refresh
Graphics Displays, Raster Refresh (Raster-Scan) Graphics Displays,
Cathode Ray Tube Basics, Color CRT Raster Scan Basics, Video
Basics, The Video Controller, Random-Scan Display Processor, LCD
12
displays.
Scan conversion – Digital Differential Analyzer (DDA) algorithm,
Bresenhams’ Line drawing algorithm.Bresenhams’ method of Circle
drawing, Midpoint Circle Algorithm, Midpoint Ellipse Algorithm,
Mid-point criteria, Problems of Aliasing, end-point ordering and
clipping lines, Scan Converting Circles, Clipping Lines algorithms–
Cyrus-Beck, Cohen-Sutherland and Liang-Barsky, Clipping Polygons,
problem with multiple components.
II Two-Dimensional Transformations:
Transformations and Matrices, Transformation Conventions, 2D
Transformations, Homogeneous Coordinates and Matrix
Representation of 2D Transformations, Translations and
Homogeneous Coordinates, Rotation, Reflection, Scaling, Combined
Transformation, Transformation of Points, Transformation of The
Unit Square, Solid Body Transformations, Rotation About an
Arbitrary Point, Reflection through an Arbitrary Line, A Geometric
12
Interpretation of Homogeneous Coordinates, The Window-to-
Viewport Transformations.
Three-Dimensional Transformations:
Three-Dimensional Scaling, Three-Dimensional Shearing, Three-
Dimensional Rotation, Three-Dimensional Reflection, Three-
Dimensional Translation, Multiple Transformation, Rotation about an
Arbitrary Axis in Space, Reflection through an Arbitrary Plane,
Matrix Representation of 3D Transformations, Composition of 3D
35
Transformations, Affine and Perspective Geometry, Perspective
Transformations, Techniques for Generating Perspective Views,
Vanishing Points, the Perspective Geometry and camera models,
Orthographic Projections, Axonometric Projections, Oblique
Projections, View volumes for projections.
III Viewing in 3D
Stages in 3D viewing, Canonical View Volume (CVV), Specifying an
Arbitrary 3D View, Examples of 3D Viewing, The Mathematics of
Planar Geometric Projections, Combined transformation matrices for
projections and viewing, Coordinate Systems and matrices, camera 12
model and viewing pyramid.
Light:Radiometry,Transport,Equation,Photometry
Color:Colorimetry,ColorSpaces,ChromaticAdaptation, Color
Appearance
IV Visible-Surface Determination:
Techniques for efficient Visible-Surface Algorithms, Categories of
algorithms, Back face removal, The z-Buffer Algorithm, Scan-line
method, Painter’s algorithms (depth sorting), Area sub-division
method, BSP trees, Visible-Surface Ray Tracing, comparison of the
methods.
Plane Curves and Surfaces:
12
Curve Representation, Nonparametric Curves, Parametric Curves,
Parametric Representation of a Circle, Parametric Representation of
an Ellipse, Parametric Representation of a Parabola, Parametric
Representation of a Hyperbola, Representation of Space Curves,
Cubic Splines, , Bezier Curves, B-spline Curves, B-spline Curve Fit,
B-spline Curve Subdivision, Parametric Cubic Curves, Quadric
Surfaces. Bezier Surfaces.
V Computer Animation:
Principles of Animation, Key framing, Deformations, Character
Animation, Physics-Based Animation, Procedural Techniques, Groups
of Objects.
Image Manipulation and Storage: 12
What is an Image? Digital image file formats, Image compression
standard – JPEG, Image Processing - Digital image enhancement,
contrast stretching, Histogram Equalization, smoothing and median
Filtering.

1. Computer Graphics - J. D. Foley, A. Van Pearson
Principles and Dam, S. K. Feiner 2nd
Practice and J. F. Hughes
2. Steve Marschner, Fundamentals of CRC press 2016
4th
Peter Shirley Computer Graphics
3. Computer Graphics Hearn, Baker Pearson 2nd
36
4. Principles of William M. TMH
2nd
Interactive Computer Newman and Robert
Graphics F. Sproull
5. Mathematical D. F. Rogers, J. A. TMH
2nd
Elements for CG Adams
B. Sc. (Information Technology) Semester –IV
Course Name: Core Java Practical Course Code: USIT4P1
Periods per week Lectures per week 3
1 Period is 50 minutes
Hours Marks
List of Practical
1. Java Basics
a. Write a Java program that takes a number as input and prints its multiplication
table upto 10.
b. Write a Java program to display the following pattern.
*****
****
***
**
*
c. Write a Java program to print the area and perimeter of a circle.
2. Use of Operators
a. Write a Java program to add two binary numbers.
b. Write a Java program to convert a decimal number to binary number and vice
versa.
c. Write a Java program to reverse a string.
3. Java Data Types

a. Write a Java program to count the letters, spaces, numbers and other characters of
an input string.
b. Implement a Java function that calculates the sum of digits for a given char array
consisting of the digits '0' to '9'. The function should return the digit sum as a long
value.
c. Find the smallest and largest element from the array
4. Methods and Constructors

a. Designed a class SortData that contains the method asec() and desc().
b. Designed a class that demonstrates the use of constructor and destructor.
c. Write a java program to demonstrate the implementation of abstract class.
37
5. Inheritance
a. Write a java program to implement single level inheritance.
b. Write a java program to implement method overriding
c. Write a java program to implement multiple inheritance.
6. Packages and Arrays

a. Create a package, Add the necessary classes and import the package in java class.
b. Write a java program to add two matrices and print the resultant matrix.
c. Write a java program for multiplying two matrices and print the product for the
same.
7. Vectors and Multithreading

a. Write a java program to implement the vectors.
b. Write a java program to implement thread life cycle.
c. Write a java program to implement multithreading.
8. File Handling
a. Write a java program to open a file and display the contents in the console
window.
b. Write a java program to copy the contents from one file to other file.
c. Write a java program to read the student data from user and store it in the file.
9. GUI and Exception Handling

a. Design a AWT program to print the factorial for an input value.
b. Design an AWT programto perform various string operations like reverse string,
string concatenation etc.
c. Write a java program to implement exception handling.
10. GUI Programming.

a. Design an AWT application that contains the interface to add student information
and display the same.
b. Design a calculator based on AWT application.
c. Design an AWT application to generate result marks sheet.

1. Core Java 8 for Vaishali Shah, SPD 1st 2015
Beginners Sharnam Shah
2. Java: The Complete Herbert Schildt McGraw 9th 2014
Reference Hill
3. Murach’s beginning Java Joel Murach , Michael SPD 1st 2016
with Net Beans Urban
38
4. Core Java, Volume I: Hortsman Pearson 9th 2013
Fundamentals
5. Core Java, Volume II: Gary Cornell and Pearson 8th 2008
Advanced Features Hortsman
6. Core Java: An Integrated R. Nageswara Rao DreamTech 1st 2008
Approach

Course Name: Introduction to Embedded Systems Practical Course Code: USIT4P2
Hours Marks
List of Practical
1. Design and develop a reprogrammable embedded computer using 8051
microcontrollers and to show the following aspects.
a. Programming
b. Execution
c. Debugging
2. A Configure timer control registers of 8051 and develop a program to generate

given time delay.
B To demonstrate use of general purpose port i.e. Input/ output port of two
controllers for data transfer between them.
3. A Port I / O: Use one of the four ports of 8051 for O/P interfaced to eight LED’s.
Simulate binary counter (8 bit) on LED’s
B To interface 8 LEDs at Input-output port and create different patterns.
C To demonstrate timer working in timer mode and blink LED without using any
loop delay routine.
4. A Serial I / O: Configure 8051 serial port for asynchronous serial communication

with serial port of PC exchange text messages to PC and display on PC screen.
Signify end of message by carriage return.
B To demonstrate interfacing of seven-segment LED display and generate

counting from 0 to 99 with fixed time delay.
C Interface 8051 with D/A converter and generate square wave of given frequency
on oscilloscope.
5. A Interface 8051 with D/A converter and generate triangular wave of given
frequency on oscilloscope.
39
B Using D/A converter generate sine wave on oscilloscope with the help of
lookup table stored in data area of 8051.
6. Interface stepper motor with 8051 and write a program to move the motor
through a given angle in clock wise or counter clock wise direction.
7. Generate traffic signal.
8. Implement Temperature controller.
9. Implement Elevator control.
10. Using FlashMagic

A To demonstrate the procedure for flash programming for reprogrammable
embedded system board using FlashMagic
B To demonstrate the procedure and connections for multiple controllers
programming of same type of controller with same source code in one go, using
flash magic.
40
Course Name: Computer Oriented Statistical Course Code: USIT4P3
Techniques Practical
Hours Marks
List of Practical
1. Using R execute the basic commands, array, list and frames.
2. Create a Matrix using R and Perform the operations addition, inverse, transpose
and multiplication operations.
3. Using R Execute the statistical functions:mean, median, mode, quartiles, range,

inter quartile range histogram
4. Using R import the data from Excel / .CSV file and Perform the above functions.
5. Using R import the data from Excel / .CSV file and Calculate the standard
deviation, variance, co-variance.
6. Using R import the data from Excel / .CSV file and draw the skewness.
7. Import the data from Excel / .CSV and perform the hypothetical testing.
8. Import the data from Excel / .CSV and perform the Chi-squared Test.
9. Using R perform the binomial and normal distribution on the data.
10. Perform the Linear Regression using R.
11. Compute the Least squares means using R.
12. Compute the Linear Least Square Regression
41
No.
1. A Practical Approach R.B. Patil, SPD First 2011
to R Tool H.J. Dand and
R. Dahake
2. STATISTICS Murray R. McGRAW –HILL FOURTH 2006
Spiegel, Larry J. INTERNATIONAL
Stephens.
Course Name: Software Engineering Course Code: USIT4P4
Hours Marks
List of Practical (To be executed using Star UML or any similar software)
1. Study and implementation of class diagrams.
2. Study and implementation of Use Case Diagrams.
3. Study and implementation of Entity Relationship Diagrams.
4. Study and implementation of Sequence Diagrams.
5. Study and implementation of State Transition Diagrams.
6. Study and implementation of Data Flow Diagrams.
7. Study and implementation of Collaboration Diagrams.
8. Study and implementation of Activity Diagrams.
9. Study and implementation of Component Diagrams.
10. Study and implementation of Deployment Diagrams.

No.
3. Object - Oriented Michael Blaha, Pearson 2011
Modeling and Design James Rumbaugh
42
4. Learning UML 2. 0 Kim Hamilton, Russ O'Reilly 2006
Miles Media
5. The unified modeling Grady Booch, James Addison- 2005
language user guide Rumbaugh, Ivar Wesley
Jacobson
6. UML A Beginners Jason T. Roff McGraw Hill 2003
Guide Professional

Course Name: Computer Graphics and Animation Course Code: USIT4P5
Hours Marks
List of Practical
1. Solve the following:
a. Study and enlist the basic functions used for graphics in C / C++ / Python
language. Give anexample for each of them.
b. Draw a co-ordinate axis at the center of the screen.

a. Divide your screen into four region, draw circle, rectangle, ellipse and half ellipse
in each region with appropriate message.
b. Draw a simple hut on the screen.
3. Draw the following basic shapes in the center of the screen :

i. Circle ii. Rectangle iii. Square iv. Concentric Circles v. Ellipse vi. Line

a. Develop the program for DDA Line drawing algorithm.
b. Develop the program forBresenham’s Line drawing algorithm.

a. Develop the program for the mid-point circle drawing algorithm.
b. Develop the program for the mid-point ellipse drawing algorithm.

a. Write a program to implement 2D scaling.
b. Write a program to perform 2D translation
43
a. Perform 2D Rotation on a given object.
b. Program to create a house like figure and perform the following operations.
i.Scaling about the origin followed by translation.
ii. Scaling with reference to an arbitrary point.
iii. Reflect about the line y = mx + c.

a. Write a program to implement Cohen-Sutherland clipping.
b. Write a program to implement Liang - Barsky Line Clipping Algorithm

a. Write a program to fill a circle using Flood Fill Algorithm.
b. Write a program to fill a circle using Boundary Fill Algorithm.

a. Develop a simple text screen saver using graphics functions.
b. Perform smiling face animation using graphic functions.
c. Draw the moving car on the screen.

1. Computer Graphics - J. D. Foley, A. Pearson Second
Principles and Practice Van Dam, S. K. Education Edition
Feiner and J. F.
Hughes
2. Steve Marschner, Peter Fundamentals of CRC press Fourth 2016
Shirley Computer Edition
Graphics
3. Computer Graphics Hearn, Baker Pearson Second
Education
4. Principles of Interactive William M. Tata Second
Computer Graphics Newman and McGraw
Robert F. Hill
Sproull
44
Item No:4.49
Syllabus for T.Y.B.Sc.

Programme: B.Sc.
Subject: Information Technology
(Choice Based Credit System)
(with effect from the academic year 2018 – 2019)

Semester – 5
USIT501 Skill Enhancement Course Software Project Management 2
USIT502 Skill Enhancement Course Internet of Things 2
USIT503 Skill Enhancement Course Advanced Web Programming 2
USIT504 Discipline Specific Elective Artificial Intelligence
2
USIT505 (Any One) Linux System Administration
USIT506 Discipline Specific Elective Enterprise Java
2
USIT507 (Any One) Next Generation Technologies
USIT5P1 Skill Enhancement Course Project Dissertation 2
Practical
USIT5P2 Skill Enhancement Course Internet of Things Practical 2
Practical
USIT5P3 Skill Enhancement Course Advanced Web Programming Practical 2
Practical
USIT5P4 Discipline Specific Elective Artificial Intelligence Practical
2
USIT5P5 Practical (Any One)* Linux Administration Practical
USIT5P6 Discipline Specific Elective Enterprise Java Practical
2
USIT5P7 Practical (Any One)* Next Generation Technologies Practical
Total Credits 20
(All the practical mentioned in the syllabi are compulsory as per the courses chosen)
Semester – 6
USIT601 Skill Enhancement Course Software Quality Assurance 2
USIT602 Skill Enhancement Course Security in Computing 2
USIT603 Skill Enhancement Course Business Intelligence 2
USIT604 Principles of Geographic Information
Discipline Specific Elective
Systems 2
(Any One)
USIT605 Enterprise Networking
USIT606 Discipline Specific Elective IT Service Management
2
USIT607 (Any One) Cyber Laws
USIT6P1 Skill Enhancement Course Project Implementation 2
Practical
USIT6P2 Skill Enhancement Course Security in Computing Practical
2
Practical
USIT6P3 Skill Enhancement Course Business Intelligence Practical 2
Practical
USIT6P4 Principles of Geographic Information
Discipline Specific Elective
Systems Practical 2
Practical (Any One)*
USIT6P5 Enterprise Networking Practical
USIT6P6 Skill Enhancement Course Advanced Mobile Programming 2
Practical
Total Credits 20
*The choice of Practical course is based on the theory Course. For Semester V, USIT504, USIT505,
USIT506 and USIT507, the practical courses are USIT5P4, USIT5P5 USIT5P6, USIT5P7. For
Semester VI, USIT604, USIT605 the practical courses are USIT6P4, USIT6P5 respectively.
Practical Course USIT6P6 is compulsory.
2
SEMESTER V
3
B. Sc. (Information Technology) Semester – V
Course Name: Software Project Management Course Code: USIT501
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I Introduction to Software Project Management:Introduction, Why
is Software Project Management Important? What is a Project?
Software Projects versus Other Types of Project, Contract
Management and Technical Project Management, Activities Covered
by Software Project Management, Plans, Methods and Methodologies,
Some Ways of Categorizing Software Projects, Project Charter,
Stakeholders, Setting Objectives, The Business Case, Project Success
and Failure, What is Management? Management Control, Project
Management Life Cycle, Traditional versus Modern Project
Management Practices.
Project Evaluation and Programme Management: Introduction,
Business Case, Project Portfolio Management, Evaluation of
12
Individual Projects, Cost–benefit Evaluation Techniques, Risk
Evaluation, Programme Management, Managing the Allocation of
Resources within Programmes, Strategic Programme Management,
Creating a Programme, Aids to Programme Management, Some
Reservations about Programme Management, Benefits Management.
An Overview of Project Planning:Introduction to Step Wise Project
Planning, Step 0: Select Project, Step 1: Identify Project Scope and
Objectives, Step 2: Identify Project Infrastructure, Step 3: Analyse
Project Characteristics, Step 4: Identify Project Products and
Activities, Step 5: Estimate Effort for Each Activity, Step 6: Identify
Activity Risks, Step 7: Allocate Resources, Step 8: Review/Publicize
Plan, Steps 9 and 10: Execute Plan/Lower Levels of Planning
II Selection of an Appropriate Project Approach:Introduction, Build
or Buy? Choosing Methodologies and Technologies, Software
Processes and Process Models, Choice of Process Models, Structure
versus Speed of Delivery, The Waterfall Model, The Spiral Model,
Software Prototyping, Other Ways of Categorizing Prototypes,
Incremental Delivery, Atern/Dynamic Systems Development Method,
Rapid Application Development, Agile Methods, Extreme
12
Programming (XP), Scrum, Lean Software Development, Managing
Iterative Processes, Selecting the Most Appropriate Process Model.
Software Effort Estimation:Introduction, Where are the Estimates
Done? Problems with Over- and Under-Estimates, The Basis for
Software Estimating, Software Effort Estimation Techniques, Bottom-
up Estimating, The Top-down Approach and Parametric Models,
Expert Judgement, Estimating by Analogy, Albrecht Function Point
4
Analysis, Function Points Mark II, COSMIC Full Function Points,
COCOMO II: A Parametric Productivity Model, Cost Estimation,
Staffing Pattern, Effect of Schedule Compression, Capers Jones
Estimating Rules of Thumb.
III Activity Planning: Introduction, Objectives of Activity Planning,
When to Plan, Project Schedules, Projects and Activities, Sequencing
and Scheduling Activities, Network Planning Models, Formulating a
Network Model, Adding the Time Dimension, The Forward Pass,
Backward Pass, Identifying the Critical Path, Activity Float,
Shortening the Project Duration, Identifying Critical Activities,
Activity-on-Arrow Networks.
Risk Management: Introduction, Risk, Categories of Risk, Risk
Management Approaches, A Framework for Dealing with Risk, Risk 12
Identification, Risk Assessment, Risk Planning, Risk Management,
Evaluating Risks to the Schedule, Boehm‟s Top 10 Risks and Counter
Measures, Applying the PERT Technique, Monte Carlo Simulation,
Critical Chain Concepts.
Resource Allocation: Introduction, Nature of Resources, Identifying
Resource Requirements, Scheduling Resources, Creating Critical
Paths, Counting the Cost, Being Specific, Publishing the Resource
Schedule, Cost Schedules, Scheduling Sequence.
IV Monitoring and Control: Introduction, Creating the Framework,
Collecting the Data, Review, Visualizing Progress, Cost Monitoring,
Earned Value Analysis, Prioritizing Monitoring, Getting the Project
Back to Target, Change Control, Software Configuration Management
(SCM).
Managing Contracts: Introduction, Types of Contract, Stages in
Contract Placement, Typical Terms of a Contract, Contract
12
Management, Acceptance.
Managing People in Software Environments: Introduction,
Understanding Behaviour, Organizational Behaviour: A Background,
Selecting the Right Person for the Job, Instruction in the Best
Methods, Motivation, The Oldham–Hackman Job Characteristics
Model, Stress, Stress Management, Health and Safety, Some Ethical
and Professional Concerns.
V Working in Teams: Introduction, becoming a Team, Decision
Making, Organization and Team Structures, Coordination
Dependencies, Dispersed and Virtual Teams, Communication Genres,
Communication Plans, Leadership.
Software Quality: Introduction, The Place of Software Quality in
Project Planning, Importance of Software Quality, Defining Software
12
Quality, Software Quality Models, ISO 9126, Product and Process
Metrics, Product versus Process Quality Management, Quality
Management Systems, Process Capability Models, Techniques to
Help Enhance Software Quality, Testing, Software Reliability,
Quality Plans.
Project Closeout: Introduction, Reasons for Project Closure, Project
5
Closure Process, Performing a Financial Closure, Project Closeout
Report.

1. Software Project Bob Hughes, Mike TMH 6th 2018
Management Cotterell, Rajib Mall
2. Project Management and Shailesh Mehta SPD 1st 2017
Tools & Technologies –
An overview
3. Software Project Walker Royce Pearson 2005
Management

6
Course Name: Internet of Things Course Code: USIT502
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I The Internet of Things: An Overview: The Flavour of the Internet of
Things, The “Internet” of “Things”, The Technology of the Internet of
Things, Enchanted Objects,
Who is Making the Internet of Things?
Design Principles for Connected Devices: Calm and Ambient
Technology, Magic as Metaphor, Privacy, Keeping Secrets, Whose
Data Is It Anyway? Web Thinking for Connected Devices, Small
Pieces, Loosely Joined, First-Class Citizens on The Internet, Graceful
12
Degradation, Affordances.
Internet Principles: Internet Communications: An Overview, IP,
TCP, The IP Protocol Suite (TCP/IP), UDP, IP Addresses, DNS,
Static IP Address Assignment,
Dynamic IP Address Assignment, IPv6, MAC Addresses, TCP and
UDP Ports, An Example: HTTP Ports, Other Common Ports,
Application Layer Protocols, HTTP,
HTTPS: Encrypted HTTP, Other Application Layer Protocols.
II Thinking About Prototyping: Sketching, Familiarity, Costs versus
Ease of Prototyping, Prototypes and Production, Changing Embedded
Platform, Physical Prototypes and Mass Personalisation, climbing into
the Cloud, Open Source versus Closed Source, Why Closed? Why
Open? Mixing Open and Closed Source, Closed Source for Mass
Market Projects, Tapping into the Community.
12
Prototyping Embedded Devices: Electronics, Sensors, Actuators,
Scaling Up the Electronics, Embedded Computing Basics,
Microcontrollers, System-on-Chips, Choosing Your Platform,
Arduino, developing on the Arduino, Some Notes on the Hardware,
Openness, Raspberry Pi, Cases and Extension Boards, Developing on
the Raspberry Pi, Some Notes on the Hardware, Openness.
III Prototyping the Physical Design: Preparation, Sketch, Iterate, and
Explore, Nondigital Methods, Laser Cutting, Choosing a Laser Cutter,
Software, Hinges and Joints, 3D Printing, Types of 3D Printing,
Software, CNC Milling, Repurposing/Recycling.
Prototyping Online Components: Getting Started with an API,
12
Mashing Up APIs, Scraping, Legalities, writing a New API,
Clockodillo, Security, implementing the API, Using Curl to Test,
Going Further, Real-Time Reactions, Polling, Comet, Other Protocols,
MQ Telemetry Transport, Extensible Messaging and Presence
Protocol, Constrained Application Protocol.
IV Techniques for Writing Embedded Code: Memory Management, 12
7
Types of Memory, Making the Most of Your RAM, Performance and
Battery Life, Libraries,Debugging.
Business Models: A Short History of Business Models, Space and
Time, From Craft to Mass Production, The Long Tail of the Internet,
Learning from History, The Business Model Canvas, Who Is the
Business Model For? Models, Make Thing, Sell Thing, Subscriptions,
Customisation, be a Key Resource, Provide Infrastructure: Sensor
Networks, take a Percentage, Funding an Internet of Things Startup,
Hobby Projects and Open Source, Venture Capital, Government
Funding, Crowdfunding, Lean Startups.
V Moving to Manufacture: What Are You Producing? Designing Kits,
Designing Printed circuit boards, Software Choices, The Design
Process, Manufacturing Printed Circuit Boards, Etching Boards,
Milling Boards. Assembly, Testing, Mass-Producing the Case and
Other Fixtures, Certification, Costs, Scaling Up Software,
Deployment, Correctness and Maintainability, Security, Performance,
12
User Community.
Ethics: Characterizing the Internet of Things, Privacy, Control,
Disrupting Control,Crowdsourcing, Environment, Physical Thing,
Electronics, Internet Service, Solutions, The Internet of Things as Part
of the Solution, Cautious Optimism, The Open Internet of Things
Definition.

1. DesigningtheInternetof Adrian McEwen, WILEY First 2014
Things Hakim Cassimally
2. Internet of Things – Raj Kamal McGraw First 2017
Architecture and Design Hill
3. Getting Started with the CunoPfister O‟Reilly Sixth 2018
Internet of Things
4. Getting Started with Matt Richardson and SPD Third 2016
Raspberry Pi Shawn Wallace
8
Course Name: Advanced Web Programming Course Code: USIT503
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I Introducing .NET: The .NET Framework, C#, VB, and the .NET
Languages, The Common Language Runtime, The .NET Class
Library.
The C# Language: C# Language Basics, Variables and Data Types,
Variable Operations, Object-Based Manipulation, Conditional Logic,
12
Loops, Methods.
Types, Objects, and Namespaces: The Basics About Classes,
Building a Basic Class, Value Types and Reference Types,
Understanding Namespaces and Assemblies, Advanced Class
Programming.
II Web Form Fundamentals: Writing Code, Using the Code-Behind
Class, Adding Event Handlers, Understanding the Anatomy of an
ASP.NET Application, Introducing Server Controls, Using the Page
Class, Using Application Events, Configuring an ASP.NET
Application.
Form Controls: Stepping Up to Web Controls, Web Control Classes,
List Controls, Table Controls, Web Control Events and 12
AutoPostBack, Validation, Understanding Validation, Using the
Validation Controls, Rich Controls, The Calendar, The AdRotator,
Pages with Multiple Views, User Controls and Graphics, User
Controls, Dynamic Graphics, The Chart Control, Website Navigation:
Site Maps, URL Mapping and Routing, The SiteMapPath Control,
The TreeView Control, The Menu Control.
III Error Handling, Logging, and Tracing: Avoiding Common Errors,
Understanding Exception Handling, Handling Exceptions, Throwing
Your Own Exceptions, Using Page Tracing
State Management: Understanding the Problem of State, Using View
State, Transferring Information Between Pages, Using Cookies, 12
Managing Session State, Configuring Session State, Using
Application State, Comparing State Management Options
Styles, Themes, and Master Pages: Styles, Themes, Master Page
Basics, Advanced Master Pages,
IV ADO.NET Fundamentals: Understanding Databases, Configuring
Your Database, Understanding SQL Basics, Understanding the Data
Provider Model, Using Direct Data Access, Using Disconnected Data
12
Access.
Data Binding: Introducing Data Binding, Using Single-Value Data
Binding, Using Repeated-Value Data Binding, Working with Data
9
Source Controls,
The Data Controls: The GridView, Formatting the GridView,
selecting a GridView Row, Editing with the GridView, Sorting and
Paging the GridView, Using GridView Templates, The DetailsView
and FormView
V XML: XML Explained, The XML Classes, XML Validation, XML
Display and Transforms.
Security Fundamentals: Understanding Security Requirements,
Authentication and Authorization, Forms Authentication, Windows
12
Authentication.
ASP.NET AJAX: Understanding Ajax, Using Partial Refreshes,
Using Progress Notification, Implementing Timed Refreshes,
Working with the ASP.NET AJAX Control Toolkit.

1. Beginning ASP.NET Matthew MacDonald Apress 2012
4.5 in C#
2. C# 2015 Anne Bohem and Murach Third 2016
Joel Murach
3. Murach‟s ASP.NET 4.6 Mary Delamater and SPD Sixth 2016
Web Programming in Anne Bohem
C#2015
4. ASP.NET 4.0 J. Kanjilal Tata 2011
programming McGraw-
Hill
5. Programming ASP.NET D.Esposito Microsoft 2011
Press
(Dreamtech)
6. Beginning Visual C# K. Watson, C. Nagel, Wrox 2010
2010 J.H Padderson, J.D. (Wiley)
Reid, M.Skinner
10
Course Name: Artificial Intelligence Course Code: USIT504
(Elective I)
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I Introduction: What is Artificial Intelligence? Foundations of AI,
history, the state of art AI today.
12
Intelligent Agents: agents and environment, good behavior, nature of
environment, the structure of agents.
II Solving Problems by Searching: Problem solving agents, examples
problems, searching for solutions, uninformed search, informed search
strategies, heuristic functions. 12
Beyond Classical Search: local search algorithms, searching with
non-deterministic action, searching with partial observations, online
search agents and unknown environments.
III Adversarial Search: Games, optimal decisions in games, alpha-beta
pruning, stochastic games, partially observable games, state-of-the-are
game programs. 12
Logical Agents: Knowledge base agents, The Wumpus world, logic,
propositional logic, propositional theorem proving, effective
propositional model checking, agents based on propositional logic.
IV First Order Logic: Syntax and semantics, using First Order Logic,
Knowledge engineering in First Order Logic.
12
Inference in First Order Logic: propositional vs. First Order,
unification and lifting, forward and backward chaining, resolution.
V Planning: Definition of Classical Planning,Algorithms for planning
as state space search, planning graphs, other classical planning
approaches, analysis of planning approaches, Time, Schedules and
resources, hierarchical planning, Planning and Acting in Nondeterministic 12
Domains, multiagent planning,
Knowledge Representation: Categories and Objects, events, mental
events and objects, reasoning systems for categories, reasoning with
default information, Internet shopping world

No.
1. Artificial Intelligence: Stuart Russel and Pearson 3rd 2015
A Modern Approach Peter Norvig
11
2. A First Course in Deepak Khemani TMH First 2017
Artificial Intelligence
3. Artificial Intelligence: Rahul Deva Shroff 1st 2018
A Rational Approach publishers
4. Artificial Intelligence Elaine Rich, Kevin TMH 3rd 2009
Knight and
Shivashankar Nair
5. Artificial Intelligence & Anandita Das SPD 1st 2013
Soft Computing for Bhattacharjee
Beginners
12
Course Name: Linux System Administration Course Code: USIT505
(Elective I)
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I Introduction to Red Hat Enterprise Linux: Linux, Open Source
and Red Hat, Origins of Linux, Distributions, Duties of Linux System
Administrator.
Command Line: Working with the Bash Shell, Getting the Best of
Bash, Useful Bash Key Sequences, Working with Bash History,
Performing Basic File System Management Tasks, Working with
Directories, Piping and Redirection, Finding Files
System Administration Tasks: Performing Job Management Tasks,
System and Process Monitoring and Management, Managing
Processes with ps, Sending Signals to Processes with the kill 12
Command, using top to Show Current System Activity, Managing
Process Niceness, Scheduling Jobs, Mounting Devices, Working with
Links, Creating Backups, Managing Printers, Setting Up System
Logging, Setting Up Rsyslog, Common Log Files, Setting Up
Logrotate
Managing Software: Understanding RPM, Understanding Meta
Package Handlers, Creating Your Own Repositories, Managing
Repositories,Installing Software with Yum, Querying Software,
Extracting Files from RPM Packages
II Configuring and Managing Storage: Understanding Partitions and
Logical Volumes, Creating Partitions, Creating File Systems, File
Systems Overview, Creating File Systems, Changing File System
Properties, Checking the File System Integrity, Mounting File
Systems Automatically Through fstab, Working with Logical
Volumes, Creating Logical Volumes, Resizing Logical Volumes,
Working with Snapshots, Replacing Failing Storage Devices, Creating
Swap Space, Working with Encrypted Volumes
12
Connecting to the Network: Understanding NetworkManager,
Working with Services and Runlevels, Configuring the Network with
NetworkManager, Working with system-config-network,
NetworkManager Configuration Files, Network Service Scripts,
Networking from the Command Line, Troubleshooting Networking,
Setting Up IPv6, Configuring SSH, Enabling the SSH Server, Using
the SSH Client, Using PuTTY on Windows Machines, Configuring
Key-Based SSH Authentication, Using Graphical Applications with
SSH, Using SSH Port Forwarding, Configuring VNC Server Access
13
Working with Users, Groups, and Permissions: Managing Users
and Groups, Commands for User Management, Managing Passwords,
Modifying and Deleting User Accounts, Configuration Files, Creating
Groups, Using Graphical Tools for User, and Group Management,
Using External Authentication Sources, the Authentication Process,
sssd, nsswitch, Pluggable Authentication Modules, Managing
Permissions, the Role of Ownership, Basic Permissions: Read, Write,
and Execute, Advanced Permissions, Working with Access Control
Lists, Setting Default Permissions with umask, Working with
Attributes
III Securing Server with iptables: Understanding Firewalls, Setting Up
a Firewall with system-config-firewall, Allowing Services, Trusted
Interfaces, Masquerading, Configuration Files, Setting Up a Firewall
with iptables, Tables, Chains, and Rules, Composition of Rule,
Configuration Example, Advanced iptables Configuration,
Configuring Logging, The Limit Module, Configuring NAT
Setting Up Cryptographic Services: Introducing SSL, Proof of
Authenticity: The Certificate Authority, Managing Certificates with
openssl, Creating a Signing Request, Working with GNU Privacy
12
Guard, Creating GPG Keys, Key Transfer, Managing GPG Keys,
Encrypting Files with GPG, GPG Signing, Signing RPM Files
Configuring Server for File Sharing: What is NFS? Advantages and
Disadvantages of NFS, Configuring NFS4, Setting Up NFSv4,
Mounting an NFS Share, Making NFS Mounts Persistent, Configuring
Automount, Configuring Samba, Setting Up a Samba File Server,
Samba Advanced Authentication Options, Accessing Samba Shares,
Offering FTP Services.
IV Configuring DNS and DHCP:Introduction to DNS, The DNS

Hierarchy, DNS Server Types, The DNS Lookup Process, DNS Zone
Types, Setting Up a DNS Server, Setting Up a Cache-Only Name
Server, Setting Up a Primary Name Server, Setting Up a Secondary
Name Server, Understanding DHCP, Setting Up a DHCP Server
Setting Up a Mail Server: Using the Message Transfer Agent, the

Mail Delivery Agent, the Mail User Agent, Setting Up Postfix as an
SMTP Server, Working with Mutt, Basic Configuration, Internet
12
Configuration, Configuring Dovecot for POP and IMAP
Configuring Apache on Red Hat Enterprise Linux: Configuring

the Apache Web Server, creating a Basic Website, Understanding the
Apache Configuration Files, Apache Log Files, Working with Virtual
Hosts, Securing the Web Server with TLS Certificates, Configuring
Authentication, Setting Up Authentication with .htpasswd,
Configuring LDAP Authentication, Setting Up MySQL
14
V Introducing Bash Shell Scripting: Introduction, Elements of a Good
Shell Script, Executing the Script, Working with Variables and Input,
Understanding Variables, Variables, Subshells, and Sourcing,
Working with Script Arguments, Asking for Input, Using Command
Substitution, Substitution Operators, Changing Variable Content with
Pattern Matching, Performing Calculations, Using Control Structures,
Using if...then...else, Using case, Using while, Using until, Using for,
Configuring booting with GRUB.
High-Availability Clustering: High-Availability Clustering, The
Workings of High Availability, High-Availability Requirements, Red
Hat High-Availability Add-on Software, Components, Configuring
Cluster-Based Services, Setting Up Bonding, Setting Up Shared
12
Storage, Installing the Red Hat High Availability Add-On, Building
the Initial State of the Cluster, Configuring Additional Cluster
Properties, Configuring a Quorum Disk, Setting Up Fencing, Creating
Resources and Services, Troubleshooting a Nonoperational Cluster,
Configuring GFS2 File Systems
Setting Up an Installation Server: Configuring a Network Server as
an Installation Server, Setting Up a TFTP and DHCP Server for PXE
Boot, Installing the TFTP Server, Configuring DHCP for PXE Boot,
Creating the TFTP PXE Server Content, creating a Kickstart File,
Using a Kickstart File to Perform an Automated, Installation,
Modifying the Kickstart File with, system-config-kickstart, Making
Manual Modifications to the Kickstart File

1. Red Hat Enterprise Sander van Vugt John 2013
Linux6 Administration Wiley
and Sons
2. Red hat Linux Terry Collings and Wiley 3rd
Networking and System Kurt Wall
Administration
3. Linux Administration: A Wale Soyinka TMH Fifth
Beginner's Guide Edition
15
Course Name: Enterprise Java Course Code: USIT506
(Elective II)
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I Understanding Java EE: WhatisanEnterpriseApplication?
Whatisjavaenterpriseedition? JavaEETechnologies, JavaEEevolution,
Glassfishserver
JavaEE Architecture,Serverand Containers:
TypesofSystemArchitecture, JavaEEServer, JavaEEContainers.
Introduction to Java Servlets: TheNeedforDynamicContent,
JavaServletTechnology, WhyServlets? WhatcanServletsdo? 12
Servlet API and Lifecycle: JavaServletAPI, TheServletSkeleton,
TheServletLifeCycle, ASimpleWelcomeServlet
WorkingwithServlets: GettingStarted,
UsingAnnotationsInsteadofDeploymentDescriptor.
Working with Databases: WhatIsJDBC? JDBCArchitecture,
AccessingDatabase, TheServletGUI and DatabaseExample.
II Request Dispatcher: Resquestdispatcher Interface, Methods of
Requestdispatcher, Requestdispatcher Application.
COOKIES: KindsofCookies, WhereCookiesAreUsed?
CreatingCookiesUsingServlet,
DynamicallyChangingtheColorsofAPage
SESSION: WhatAreSessions? LifecycleofHttpSession,
SessionTrackingWithServletAPI, AServlet Session Example
12
Workingwith Files: UploadingFiles,
CreatinganUploadFileApplication, DownloadingFiles,
CreatingaDownloadFileApplication.
Workingwith Non-Blocking I/O: CreatingaNon-
BlockingReadApplication, CreatingTheWeb Application,
CreatingJavaClass, Creating Servlets, Retrieving The File, Creating
index.jsp
III Introduction To Java ServerPages: WhyuseJava ServerPages?
DisadvantagesOfJSP, JSPv\sServlets, LifeCycleofaJSPPage,
HowdoesaJSPfunction? HowdoesJSPexecute? AboutJava ServerPages
Getting Started With Java ServerPages: Comments, JSPDocument,
JSPElements, JSPGUIExample.
12
Action Elements: IncludingotherFiles,
ForwardingJSPPagetoAnotherPage,
PassingParametersforotherActions, LoadingaJavabean.
Implicit Objects, Scopeand ElExpressions: ImplicitObjects,
CharacterQuotingConventions,
16
UnifiedExpressionLanguage[UnifiedEl], ExpressionLanguage.
Java Server Pages Standard Tag Libraries:
WhatiswronginusingJSPScriptletTags?
HowJSTLFixesJSPScriptlet'sShortcomings? DisadvantagesOfJSTL,
TagLibraries.
IV Introduction To EnterpriseJavabeans: EnterpriseBeanArchitecture,
BenefitsofEnterpriseBean, TypesofEnterpriseBean,
AccessingEnterpriseBeans, EnterpriseBeanApplication,
PackagingEnterpriseBeans
Workingwith Session Beans: WhentouseSessionBeans?
TypesofSessionBeans, RemoteandLocalInterfaces,
AccessingInterfaces, LifecycleofEnterpriseBeans,
PackagingEnterpriseBeans, Exampleof StatefulSessionBean, Example
ofStatelessSessionBean, Example of SingletonSessionBeans.
Working with Message DrivenBeans: 12
LifecycleofaMessageDrivenBean, UsesofMessageDrivenBeans,
TheMessage DrivenBeansExample.
Interceptors: Request andInterceptor, Defining An Interceptor,
AroundInvokeMethod, ApplyingInterceptor, Adding An Interceptor
To An Enterprise Bean, Build and Run the Web Application.
Java Naming and Directory Interface: What is Naming Service?
What is Directory Service? What is Java Naming and Directory
interface? Basic Lookup, JNDI Namespace in Java EE, Resources and
JNDI, Datasource Resource Definition in Java EE.
V Persistence, Object/Relational Mapping And JPA:
WhatisPersistence? PersistenceinJava,
CurrentPersistenceStandardsinJava, WhyanotherPersistenceStandards?
Object/RelationalMapping,
Introduction to JavaPersistence API: TheJavaPersistenceAPI,
JPA,ORM,DatabaseandtheApplication, ArchitectureofJPA,
HowJPAWorks? JPA Specifications.
Writing JPA Application: ApplicationRequirementSpecifications,
SoftwareRequirements, TheApplicationDevelopmentApproach,
CreatingDatabaseandTablesinMysql, creatingaWebApplication,
AddingtheRequiredLibraryFiles, creatingaJavabeanClass,
CreatingPersistenceUnit[Persistence.Xml], CreatingJSPS, 12
TheJPAApplicationStructure, RunningtheJPAApplication.
Introduction to Hibernate: WhatisHibernate? WhyHibernate?
Hibernate,DatabaseandTheApplication, ComponentsofHibernate,
ArchitectureofHibernate, HowHibernateWorks?
WritingHibernateApplication:
ApplicationRequirementSpecifications, SoftwareRequirements,
TheApplicationDevelopmentApproach,
CreatingDatabaseandTablesinMysql, creatingaWebApplication,
AddingtheRequiredLibraryFiles, creatingaJavabeanClass,
CreatingHibernateConfigurationFile, AddingaMappingClass,
CreatingJSPS, RunningTheHibernateApplication.
17
1. Java EE 7 For Beginners Sharanam Shah, SPD First 2017
Vaishali Shah
2. Elder Moraes Packt First 2018
Java EE 8 Cookbook:
Build reliable
applications with the
most robust and mature
technology for enterprise
development
3. Advanced Java Uttam Kumar Roy Oxford 2015

Programming Press
18
Course Name: Next Generation Technologies Course Code: USIT507
(Elective II)
Periods per week (1 Period is 50 minutes), 5
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I Big Data: Getting Started, Big Data, Facts About Big Data, Big Data
Sources, Three Vs of Big Data, Volume, Variety, Velocity, Usage of
Big Data, Visibility, Discover and Analyze Information, Segmentation
and Customizations, Aiding Decision Making, Innovation, Big Data
Challenges, Policies and Procedures, Access to Data, Technology and
Techniques, Legacy Systems and Big Data, Structure of Big Data,
Data Storage, Data Processing, Big Data Technologies
NoSQL: SQL, NoSQL, Definition, A Brief History of NoSQL, ACID

vs. BASE, CAP Theorem (Brewer‟s Theorem), The BASE, NoSQL 12
Advantages and Disadvantages, Advantages of NoSQL,
Disadvantages of NoSQL, SQL vs. NoSQL Databases, Categories of
NoSQL Databases
Introducing MongoDB: History, MongoDB Design Philosophy,

Speed, Scalability,
and Agility, Non-Relational Approach, JSON-Based Document Store,
Performance vs. Features, Running the Database Anywhere, SQL
Comparison
II The MongoDB Data Model:The Data Model,JSON and BSON,The
Identifier (_id),Capped Collection,Polymorphic Schemas,Object-
Oriented Programming,Schema Evolution
Using MongoDB Shell:Basic Querying,Create and Insert,Explicitly

Creating Collections,Inserting Documents Using Loop,Inserting by
Explicitly Specifying _id,Update,Delete,Read,Using Indexes,Stepping 12
Beyond the Basics,Using Conditional Operators,Regular
Expressions,MapReduce,aggregate(),Designing an Application‟s Data
Model,Relational Data Modeling and Normalization,MongoDB
Document Data Model Approach
MongoDB Architecture:Core
19
Processes,mongod,mongo,mongos,MongoDB Tools,Standalone
Deployment,Replication,Master/Slave Replication,Replica
Set,Implementing Advanced Clustering with Replica
Sets,Sharding,Sharding Components,Data Distribution Process,Data
Balancing Process,Operations,Implementing Sharding,Controlling
Collection Distribution (Tag-Based Sharding),Points to Remember
When Importing Data in a ShardedEnvironment,Monitoring for
Sharding,Monitoring the Config Servers,Production Cluster
Architecture,Scenario 1,Scenario 2,Scenario 3,Scenario 4
III MongoDB Storage Engine: Data Storage Engine, Data File
(Relevant for MMAPv1), Namespace (.ns File), Data File (Relevant
for WiredTiger), Reads and Writes, How Data Is Written Using
Journaling, GridFS – The MongoDB File System, The Rationale of
GridFS, GridFSunder the Hood, Using GridFS, Indexing, Types of
Indexes, Behaviors and Limitations
MongoDB Use Cases: Use Case 1 -Performance Monitoring, Schema

Design, Operations, Sharding, Managing the Data, Use Case 2 –
Social Networking, Schema Design, Operations, Sharding
MongoDB Limitations: MongoDB Space Is Too Large (Applicable

for MMAPv1), Memory Issues (Applicable for Storage Engine
MMAPv1), 32-bit vs. 64-bit, BSON Documents, Namespaces Limits, 12
Indexes Limit, Capped Collections Limit - Maximum Number of
Documents in a Capped Collection, Sharding Limitations, Shard Early
to Avoid Any Issues, Shard Key Can‟t Be Updated, Shard Collection
Limit, Select the Correct Shard Key, Security Limitations, No
Authentication by Default, Traffi c to and from MongoDB Isn‟t
Encrypted, Write and Read Limitations, Case-Sensitive Queries,
Type-Sensitive Fields, No JOIN, Transactions, MongoDB Not
Applicable Range
MongoDB Best Practices: Deployment, Hardware Suggestions from

the MongoDB Site, Few Points to be Noted, Coding, Application
Response Time Optimization, Data Safety, Administration,
Replication Lag, Sharding, Monitoring
IV The End of Disk? SSD and In-Memory Databases: The End of
Disk?, Solid State Disk, The Economics of Disk, SSD-Enabled
Databases, In-Memory Databases, TimesTen, Redis, SAP HANA,
VoltDB, Oracle 12c “in-Memory Database, Berkeley Analytics Data
Stack and Spark, Spark Architecture 12
jQuery: Introduction, Traversing the DOM, DOM Manipulation with

jQuery, Events, Ajax with jQuery, jQuery Plug-ins, jQuery Image
Slider
V JSON: Introduction, JSON Grammar, JSON Values, JSON Tokens,
12
Syntax, JSON vs XML,Data Types,Objects,Arrays,Creating JSON,
20
JSON Object, Parsing JSON, Persisting JSON, Data Interchange,
JSON PHP,JSON HTML,JSONP

1. Practical MongoDB Shakuntala Gupta Apress
Edward
NavinSabharwal
2. Beginning jQuery Jack Franklin Apress Second
Russ Ferguson
3. Next Generation Guy Harrison Apress
Databases
4. Beginning JSON Ben Smith Apress
21
Course Name: Project Dissertation Course Code: USIT5P1
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- --
The details are given in Appendix – I
22
Course Name: Internet of Things Practical Course Code: USIT5P2
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- --
Practical Details
No
0 Starting Raspbian OS, Familiarising with Raspberry Pi Components and
interface, Connecting to ethernet, Monitor, USB.
1 Displaying different LED patterns with Raspberry Pi.
2 Displaying Time over 4-Digit 7-Segment Display using Raspberry Pi
3 Raspberry Pi Based Oscilloscope
4 Controlling Raspberry Pi with WhatsApp.
5 Setting up Wireless Access Point using Raspberry Pi
6 Fingerprint Sensor interfacing with Raspberry Pi
7 Raspberry Pi GPS Module Interfacing
8 IoT based Web Controlled Home Automation using Raspberry Pi
9 Visitor Monitoring with Raspberry Pi and Pi Camera
10 Interfacing Raspberry Pi with RFID.
11 Building Google Assistant with Raspberry Pi.
12 Installing Windows 10 IoT Core on Raspberry Pi
Raspberry Pi Kits and components should be made available in the ratio of 1 kit : 3 students
minimum.
23
Course Name: Advanced Web Programming Practical Course Code: USIT5P3
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- --
List of Practical
1. Working with basic C# and ASP .NET
a. Create an application that obtains four int values from the user and displays the product.
b. Create an application to demonstrate string operations.
c. Create an application that receives the (Student Id, Student Name, Course Name, Date of
Birth) information from a set of students. The application should also display the
information of all the students once the data entered.
d. Create an application to demonstrate following operations
i. Generate Fibonacci series. ii. Test for prime numbers.
iii. Test for vowels. iv. Use of foreach loop with arrays
v. Reverse a number and find sum of digits of a number.
2. Working with Object Oriented C# and ASP .NET
a. Create simple application to perform following operations
i. Finding factorial Value ii. Money Conversion
iii. Quadratic Equation iv. Temperature Conversion
b. Create simple application to demonstrate use of following concepts
i. Function Overloading ii. Inheritance (all types)
iii. Constructor overloading iv. Interfaces
c. Create simple application to demonstrate use of following concepts
i. Using Delegates and events ii. Exception handling
3. Working with Web Forms and Controls

a. Create a simple web page with various sever controls to demonstrate setting and use of
their properties. (Example : AutoPostBack)
b. Demonstrate the use of Calendar control to perform following operations.
a) Display messages in a calendar control b) Display vacation in a calendar
control
c) Selected day in a calendar control using style d) Difference between two calendar
dates
c. Demonstrate the use of Treeview control perform following operations.
24
a) Treeview control and datalist b) Treeview operations
4. Working with Form Controls

a. Create a Registration form to demonstrate use of various Validation controls.
b. Create Web Form to demonstrate use of Adrotator Control.
c. Create Web Form to demonstrate use User Controls.
5. Working with Navigation, Beautification and Master page.

a. Create Web Form to demonstrate use of Website Navigation controls and Site Map.
b. Create a web application to demonstrate use of Master Page with applying Styles and
Themes for page beautification.
c. Create a web application to demonstrate various states of ASP.NET Pages.
6. Working with Database

a. Create a web application bind data in a multiline textbox by querying in another textbox.
b. Create a web application to display records by using database.
c. Demonstrate the use of Datalist link control.
7. Working with Database

a. Create a web application to display Databinding using dropdownlist control.
b. Create a web application for to display the phone no of an author using database.
c. Create a web application for inserting and deleting record from a database. (Using
Execute-Non Query).
8. Working with data controls

a. Create a web application to demonstrate various uses and properties of SqlDataSource.
b. Create a web application to demonstrate data binding using DetailsView and FormView
Control.
c. Create a web application to display Using Disconnected Data Access and Databinding
using GridView.
9. Working with GridView control

a. Create a web application to demonstrate use of GridView control template and GridView
hyperlink.
b. Create a web application to demonstrate use of GridView button column and GridView
events.
c. Create a web application to demonstrate GridView paging and Creating own table format
using GridView.
10. Working with AJAX and XML

a. Create a web application to demonstrate reading and writing operation with XML.
b. Create a web application to demonstrate Form Security and Windows Security with
proper Authentication and Authorization properties.
c. Create a web application to demonstrate use of various Ajax controls.
11. Programs to create and use DLL

25
Course Name: Artificial Intelligence Practical Course Code: USIT5P4
(Elective I)
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- --
Practical Details
No
1 a Write a program to implement depth first search algorithm.
b Write a program to implement breadth first search algorithm.
2 a Write a program to simulate 4-Queen / N-Queen problem.
b Write a program to solve tower of Hanoi problem.
3 a Write a program to implement alpha beta search.
b Write a program for Hill climbing problem.
4 a Write a program to implement A* algorithm.
b Write a program to implement AO* algorithm.
5 a Write a program to solve water jug problem.
b Design the simulation of tic – tac – toe game using min-max algorithm.
6 a Write a program to solve Missionaries and Cannibals problem.
b Design an application to simulate number puzzle problem.
7 a Write a program to shuffle Deck of cards.
b Solve traveling salesman problem using artificial intelligence technique.
8 a Solve the block of World problem.
b Solve constraint satisfaction problem
9 a Derive the expressions based on Associative law
b Derive the expressions based on Distributive law
10 a Write a program to derive the predicate.
(for e.g.: Sachin is batsman , batsman is cricketer) - >Sachin is Cricketer.
b Write a program which contains three predicates: male, female, parent. Make
rules for following family relations: father, mother, grandfather,grandmother,
brother, sister, uncle, aunt, nephew and niece, cousin.
Question:
i. Draw Family Tree.
ii. Define: Clauses, Facts, Predicates and Rules with conjunction and
disjunction
The practicals can be implemented in C / C++ / Java/ Python / R /Prolog / LISP or any other language.
26
Course Name: Linux System Administration Course Code: USIT5P5
(Elective I)
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- --
Practical Details
No
0 Installation of RHEL 6.X
1 Graphical User Interface and Command Line Interface and Processes
a Exploring the Graphical Desktop
b The Command Line Interface
c Managing Processes
2 Storage Devices and Links, Backup and Repository

b Working with Storage Devices and Links
a Making a Backup
b Creating a Repository
3 Working with RPMsm Storage and Networking

a Using Query Options
b Extracting Files From RPMs
c Configuring and Managing Storage
d Connecting to the Network
4 Working with Users, Groups, and Permissions
5 Firewall and Cryptographic services

a Securing Server with iptables
b Setting Up Cryptographic Services
6 Configuring Server for File Sharing

a Configuring NFS Server and Client
b Configuring Samba
c Configuring FTP
7 DNS, DHCP and Mail Server

a Configuring DNS
27
b Configuring DHCP
c Setting Up a Mail Server
8 Web Server
a Configuring Apache on Red Hat Enterprise Linux
b Writing a Script to Monitor Activity on the Apache Web Server
c Using the select Command
9 Shell Scripts and High-Availability Clustering

a Writing Shell Scripts
b Configuring Booting with GRUB
c Configuring High Availability Clustering
10 Setting Up an Installation Server

a Configuring Network Server as an Installation Server
b Setting Up a TFTP and DHCP Server for PXE Boot
28
Course Name: Enterprise Java Course Code: USIT5P6
(Elective II)
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- --
List of Practical
1. Implement the following Simple Servlet applications.
a. Create a simple calculator application using servlet.
b. Create a servlet for a login page. If the username and password are correct then it
says message “Hello <username>” else a message “login failed”
c. Create a registration servlet in Java using JDBC. Accept the details such as
Username, Password, Email, and Country from the user using HTML Form and store
the registration details in the database.
2. Implement the following Servlet applications with Cookies and Sessions.

a. Using Request Dispatcher Interface create a Servlet which will validate the password
entered by the user, if the user has entered "Servlet" as password, then he will be
forwarded to Welcome Servlet else the user will stay on the index.html page and an
error message will be displayed.
b. Create a servlet that uses Cookies to store the number of times a user has visited
servlet.
c. Create a servlet demonstrating the use of session creation and destruction. Also check
whether the user has visited this page first time or has visited earlier also using
sessions.
3. Implement the Servlet IO and File applications.

a. Create a Servlet application to upload and download a file.
b. Develop Simple Servlet Question Answer Application using Database.
c. Create simple Servlet application to demonstrate Non-Blocking Read Operation.
4. Implement the following JSP applications.

a. Develop a simple JSP application to display values obtained from the use of intrinsic
objects of various types.
b. Develop a simple JSP application to pass values from one page to another with
validations. (Name-txt, age-txt, hobbies-checkbox, email-txt, gender-radio button).
c. Create a registration and login JSP application to register and authenticate the user
based on username and password using JDBC.
29
5. Implement the following JSP JSTL and EL Applications.
a. Create an html page with fields, eno, name, age, desg, salary. Now on submit this
data to a JSP page which will update the employee table of database with matching
eno.
b. Create a JSP page to demonstrate the use of Expression language.
c. Create a JSP application to demonstrate the use of JSTL.
6. Implement the following EJB Applications.

a. Create a Currency Converter application using EJB.
b. Develop a Simple Room Reservation System Application Using EJB.
c. Develop simple shopping cart application using EJB [Stateful Session Bean].
7. Implement the following EJB applications with different types of Beans.

a. Develop simple EJB application to demonstrate Servlet Hit count using Singleton
Session Beans.
b. Develop simple visitor Statistics application using Message Driven Bean [Stateless
Session Bean].
c. Develop simple Marks Entry Application to demonstrate accessing Database using
EJB.
8. Implement the following JPA applications.

a. Develop a simple Inventory Application Using JPA.
b. Develop a Guestbook Application Using JPA.
c. Create simple JPA application to store and retrieve Book details.
9. Implement the following JPA applications with ORM and Hibernate.

a. Develop a JPA Application to demonstrate use of ORM associations.
b. Develop a Hibernate application to store Feedback of Website Visitor in MySQL
Database.
c. Develop a Hibernate application to store and retrieve employee details in MySQL
Database.
10. Implement the following Hibernate applications.

a. Develop an application to demonstrate Hibernate One- To -One Mapping Using
Annotation.
b. Develop Hibernate application to enter and retrieve course details with ORM
Mapping.
c. Develop a five page web application site using any two or three Java EE
Technologies.
30
Course Name: Next Generation Technologies Practical Course Code: USIT5P7
(Elective II)
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- --
Practical Details
No
1 MongoDB Basics
a Write a MongoDB query to create and drop database.
b Write a MongoDB query to create, display and drop collection
c Write a MongoDB query to insert, query, update and delete a document.
2 Simple Queries with MongoDB
3 Implementing Aggregation
a Write a MongoDB query to use sum, avg, min and max expression.
b Write a MongoDB query to use push and addToSet expression.
c Write a MongoDB query to use first and last expression.
4 Replication, Backup and Restore

a Write a MongoDB query to create Replica of existing database.
b Write a MongoDB query to create a backup of existing database.
c Write a MongoDB query to restore database from the backup.
5 Java and MongoDB

a Connecting Java with MongoDB and inserting, retrieving, updating and
deleting.
6 PHP and MongoDB

a Connecting PHP with MongoDB and inserting, retrieving, updating and
deleting.
7 Python and MongoDB
31
a Connecting Python with MongoDB and inserting, retrieving, updating and
deleting.
8 Programs on Basic jQuery

a jQuery Basic, jQuery Events
b jQuery Selectors, jQuery Hide and Show effects
c jQuery fading effects, jQuery Sliding effects
9 jQuery Advanced
a jQuery Animation effects, jQuery Chaining
b jQuery Callback, jQuery Get and Set Contents
c jQuery Insert Content, jQuery Remove Elements and Attribute
10 JSON
a Creating JSON
b Parsing JSON
c Persisting JSON
11 Create a JSON file and import it to MongoDB

a Export MongoDB to JSON.
b Write a MongoDB query to delete JSON object from MongoDB
32
SEMESTER VI
33
B. Sc. (Information Technology) Semester – VI
Course Name: Software Quality Assurance Course Code: USIT601
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I Introduction to Quality: Historical Perspective of Quality, What is
Quality? (Is it a fact or perception?), Definitions of Quality, Core
Components of Quality, Quality View, Financial Aspect of Quality,
Customers, Suppliers and Processes, Total Quality Management
(TQM), Quality Principles of Total Quality Management, Quality
Management Through Statistical Process Control, Quality
Management Through Cultural Changes, Continual (Continuous)
Improvement Cycle, Quality in Different Areas, Benchmarking and
Metrics, Problem Solving Techniques, Problem Solving Software
Tools.
12
Software Quality: Introduction, Constraints of Software Product
Quality Assessment, Customer is a King, Quality and Productivity
Relationship, Requirements of a Product, Organisation Culture,
Characteristics of Software, Software Development Process, Types of
Products, Schemes of Criticality Definitions, Problematic Areas of
Software Development Life Cycle, Software Quality Management,
Why Software Has Defects?Processes Related to Software Quality,
Quality Management System Structure, Pillars of Quality
Management System, Important Aspects of Quality Management.
II Fundamentals of testing: Introduction, Necessity of testing, What is

testing? Fundamental test process, The psychology of testing,
Historical Perspective of Testing, Definitions of Testing, Approaches
12
to Testing, Testing During Development Life Cycle, Requirement
Traceability Matrix, Essentials of Software Testing, Workbench,
Important Features of Testing Process, Misconceptions About Testing,
34
Principles of Software Testing, Salient Features of Good Testing, Test
Policy, Test Strategy or Test Approach, Test Planning, Testing
Process and Number of Defects Found in Testing, Test Team
Efficiency, Mutation Testing, Challenges in Testing, Test Team
Approach, Process Problems Faced by Testing, Cost Aspect of
Testing, Establishing Testing Policy, Methods, Structured Approach
to Testing, Categories of Defect, Defect, Error, or Mistake in
Software, Developing Test Strategy, Developing Testing
Methodologies (Test Plan), Testing Process, Attitude Towards Testing
(Common People Issues), Test Methodologies/Approaches, People
Challenges in Software Testing, Raising Management Awareness for
Testing, Skills Required by Tester,
Testing throughout the software life cycle, Software development
models, Test levels, Test types, the targets of testing, Maintenance
testing
III Unit Testing: Boundary Value Testing: Normal Boundary Value
Testing, Robust Boundary Value Testing, Worst-Case Boundary
ValueTesting, Special Value Testing, Examples, Random Testing,
Guidelines for Boundary Value Testing, Equivalence Class Testing:
Equivalence Classes, Traditional Equivalence Class Testing,
Improved Equivalence Class Testing, Edge Testing, Guidelines and
12
Observations. Decision Table–Based Testing: Decision Tables,
Decision Table Techniques, Cause-and-Effect Graphing, Guidelines
and Observations, Path Testing: Program Graphs, DD-Paths, Test
Coverage Metrics, Basis Path Testing, Guidelines and Observations,
Data Flow Testing: Define/Use Testing, Slice-Based Testing,
Program Slicing Tools.
IV Software Verification and Validation:Introduction, Verification,
Verification Workbench, Methods of Verification, Types of reviews
on the basis od Stage Phase, Entities involved in verification, Reviews
in testing lifecycle, Coverage in Verification, Concerns of
Verification, Validation, Validation Workbench, Levels of Validation,
Coverage in Validation, Acceptance Testing, Management of
12
Verification and Validation, Software development verification and
validation activities.
V-test Model:Introduction, V-model for software, testing during
Proposal stage, Testing during requirement stage, Testing during test
planning phase, Testing during design phase, Testing during coding,
VV Model, Critical Roles and Responsibilities.
V Levels of Testing: Introduction, Proposal Testing, Requirement
Testing, Design Testing, Code Review, Unit Testing, Module Testing,
Integration Testing, Big-Bang Testing, Sandwich Testing, Critical
Path First, Sub System Testing, System Testing, Testing Stages.
12
Special Tests:Introduction, GUI testing, Compatibility Testing,
Security Testing, Performance Testing, Volume Testing, Stress
Testing, Recovery Testing, Installation Testing, Requirement Testing,
Regression Testing, Error Handling Testing, Manual Support Testing,
35
Intersystem Testing, Control Testing, Smoke Testing, Adhoc Testing,
Parallel Testing, Execution Testing, Operations Testing, Compliance
Testing, Usability Testing, Decision Table Testing, Documentation
Testing, Training testing, Rapid Testing, Control flow graph,
Generating tests on the basis of Combinatorial Designs, State Graph,
Risk Associated with New Technologies, Process maturity level of
Technology, Testing Adequacy of Control in New technology usage,
Object Oriented Application Testing, Testing of Internal Controls,
COTS Testing, Client Server Testing, Web Application Testing,
Mobile Application Testing, eBusiness eCommerce Testing, Agile
Development Testing, Data Warehousing Testing.

1. Software Testing and William E. Lewis CRC Third 2016
Continuous Quality Press
Improvement
2 Software Testing: M. G. Limaye TMH 2017
Principles, Techniques
and Tools
3. Foundations of Software Dorothy Graham, Erik Cengage 3rd
Testing van Veenendaal, Learning
Isabel Evans, Rex
Black
4. Software Testing: A Paul C. Jorgenson CRC 4th 2017
Craftsman‟s Approach Press
36
Course Name: Security in Computing Course Code: USIT602
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I Information Security Overview: The Importance of Information
Protection, The Evolution of Information Security, Justifying Security
Investment, Security Methodology, How to Build a Security Program,
The Impossible Job, The Weakest Link, Strategy and Tactics,
12
Business Processes vs. Technical Controls.
Risk Analysis: Threat Definition, Types of Attacks, Risk Analysis.
Secure Design Principles: The CIA Triad and Other Models, Defense
Models, Zones of Trust, Best Practices for Network Defense.
II Authentication and Authorization: Authentication, Authorization
Encryption: A Brief History of Encryption, Symmetric-Key
Cryptography, Public Key Cryptography, Public Key Infrastructure.
Storage Security: Storage Security Evolution, Modern Storage
Security, Risk Remediation, Best Practices.
12
Database Security: General Database Security Concepts,
Understanding Database Security Layers, Understanding Database-
Level Security, Using Application Security, Database Backup and
Recovery, Keeping Your Servers Up to Date, Database Auditing and
Monitoring.
III Secure Network Design: Introduction to Secure Network Design,
Performance, Availability, Security.
Network Device Security: Switch and Router Basics, Network 12
Hardening.
Firewalls: Overview, The Evolution of Firewalls, Core Firewall
37
Functions, Additional Firewall Capabilities, Firewall Design.
Wireless Network Security: Radio Frequency Security Basics, Data-
Link Layer Wireless Security Features, Flaws, and Threats, Wireless
Vulnerabilities and Mitigations, Wireless Network Hardening
Practices and Recommendations, Wireless Intrusion Detection and
Prevention, Wireless Network Positioning and Secure Gateways.
IV Intrusion Detection and Prevention Systems: IDS Concepts, IDS
Types and Detection Models, IDS Features, IDS Deployment
Considerations, Security Information and Event Management (SIEM).
Voice over IP (VoIP) and PBX Security: Background, VoIP
Components,VoIP Vulnerabilities and Countermeasures, PBX, TEM: 12
Telecom Expense Management.
Operating System Security Models: Operating System Models,
Classic Security Models, Reference Monitor, Trustworthy Computing,
International Standards for Operating System Security.
V Virtual Machines and Cloud Computing: Virtual Machines, Cloud
Computing.
Secure Application Design: Secure Development Lifecycle,
Application Security Practices, Web Application Security, Client
12
Application Security, Remote Administration Security.
Physical Security: Classification of Assets, Physical Vulnerability
Assessment, Choosing Site Location for Security, Securing Assets:
Locks and Entry Controls, Physical Intrusion Detection.

1. TheCompleteReference: Mark Rhodes- McGraw- 2nd 2013
Information Security Ousley Hill
2. Essential Cybersecurity Josiah Dykstra O‟Reilly Fifth 2017
Science
3. Principles of Computer Wm.Arthur McGraw Second 2010
Security: CompTIA Conklin, Greg Hill
Security+ and Beyond White
38
Course Name: Business Intelligence Course Code: USIT603
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I Business intelligence: Effective and timely decisions, Data, information
and knowledge, The role of mathematical models, Business intelligence
architectures, Ethics and business intelligence
Decision support systems: Definition of system, Representation of the 12
decision-making process, Evolution of information systems, Definition
of decision support system, Development of a decision support system
II Mathematical models for decision making: Structure of mathematical

models, Development of a model, Classes of models
Data mining: Definition of data mining, Representation of input data ,
12
Data mining process, Analysis methodologies
Data preparation: Data validation, Data transformation, Data reduction
III Classification: Classification problems, Evaluation of classification

models, Bayesian methods, Logistic regression, Neural networks,
Support vector machines 12
Clustering: Clustering methods, Partition methods, Hierarchical
methods, Evaluation of clustering models
IV Business intelligence applications:
Marketing models: Relational marketing, Sales force management,
Logistic and production models: Supply chain optimization, 12
Optimization models for logistics planning, Revenue management
systems.
39
Data envelopment analysis: Efficiency measures, Efficient frontier,
The CCR model, Identification of good operating practices
V Knowledge Management: Introduction to Knowledge Management,
Organizational Learning and Transformation, Knowledge Management
Activities, Approaches to Knowledge Management, Information
Technology (IT) In Knowledge Management, Knowledge Management
Systems Implementation, Roles of People in Knowledge Management
12
Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems:
Concepts and Definitions of Artificial Intelligence, Artificial
Intelligence Versus Natural Intelligence, Basic Concepts of Expert
Systems, Applications of Expert Systems, Structure of Expert Systems,
Knowledge Engineering, Development of Expert Systems

1. Business Intelligence: Data Carlo Vercellis Wiley First 2009
Mining and Optimization for
Decision Making
2. Decision support and Efraim Turban, Pearson Ninth 2011
Business Intelligence Ramesh Sharda,
Systems DursunDelen
3. Fundamental of Business Grossmann W, Springer First 2015
Intelligence Rinderle-Ma
40
Course Name: Principles of Geographic Information Course Code: USIT604
Systems (Elective I)
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I A Gentle Introduction to GIS
The nature of GIS: Some fundamental observations, Defining GIS,
GISystems, GIScience and GIApplications, Spatial data and
Geoinformation.
The real world and representations of it: Models and modelling,
Maps, Databases, Spatial databases and spatial analysis
Geographic Information and Spatial Database

Models and Representations of the real world
Geographic Phenomena: Defining geographic phenomena, types of 12
geographic phenomena, Geographic fields, Geographic objects,
Boundaries
Computer Representations of Geographic Information: Regular
tessellations, irregular tessellations, Vector representations, Topology
and Spatial relationships, Scale and Resolution, Representation of
Geographic fields, Representation of Geographic objects
Organizing and Managing Spatial Data
The Temporal Dimension
II Data Management and Processing Systems

Hardware and Software Trends 12
Geographic Information Systems: GIS Software, GIS Architecture
41
and functionality, Spatial Data Infrastructure (SDI)
Stages of Spatial Data handling: Spatial data handling and
preparation, Spatial Data Storage and maintenance, Spatial Query and
Analysis, Spatial Data Presentation.
Database management Systems: Reasons for using a DBMS,
Alternatives for data management, The relational data model,
Querying the relational database.
GIS and Spatial Databases: Linking GIS and DBMS, Spatial
database functionality.
III Spatial Referencing and Positioning

Spatial Referencing: Reference surfaces for mapping, Coordinate
Systems, Map Projections, Coordinate Transformations
Satellite-based Positioning: Absolute positioning, Errors in absolute
positioning, Relative positioning, Network positioning, code versus
phase measurements, Positioning technology
Data Entry and Preparation

Spatial Data Input: Direct spatial data capture, Indirect spatial data
12
capture, Obtaining spatial data elsewhere
Data Quality: Accuracy and Positioning, Positional accuracy,
Attribute accuracy, temporal accuracy, Lineage, Completeness,
Logical consistency
Data Preparation: Data checks and repairs, Combining data from
multiple sources
Point Data Transformation: Interpolating discrete data,
Interpolating continuous data
IV Spatial Data Analysis

Classification of analytical GIS Capabilities
Retrieval, classification and measurement: Measurement, Spatial
selection queries, Classification
Overlay functions: Vector overlay operators,Raster overlay operators
Neighbourhood functions: Proximity computations, Computation of
12
diffusion, Flow computation, Raster based surface analysis
Analysis: Network analysis, interpolation, terrain modeling
GIS and Application models:GPS, Open GIS Standards, GIS
Applications and Advances
Error Propagation in spatial data processing: How Errors
propagate, Quantifying error propagation
V Data Visualization
GIS and Maps, The Visualization Process
Visualization Strategies: Present or explore?
The cartographic toolbox: What kind of data do I have? How can I 12
map my data?
How to map? How to map qualitative data, How to map quantitative
data, How to map the terrain elevation, How to map time series
42
Map Cosmetics, Map Dissemination

No.
1. Principles of Editors: Otto The Fourth 2009
Geographic Huisman and Rolf International
Information Systems- A. Institute of
An Introductory Text Geoinformation
Book Science and
Earth
Observation
2. Principles of P.A Burrough and Oxford Third 1999
Geographic R.A.McDonnell University
Information Systems Press
3. Fundamentals of R.Laurini and D. Academic 1994
Spatial Information Thompson, Press
Systems,
4. Fundamentals of Michael N.Demers Wiley Fourth 2009
Geographic Publications
Information Systems
5. Introduction to Chang Kang-tsung McGrawHill Any 2013
Geographic (Karl), above 7th
Information Systems 3rd Edition
Edition
6. GIS Fundamentals: A Paul Bolsatd XanEdu 5th
First Text on Publishing Inc Edition
Geographic
Information Systems
43
Course Name: Enterprise Networking Course Code: USIT605
(Elective II)
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I General Network Design: Network Design Methodology,
Architectures for the Enterprise, Borderless Networks Architecture,
Collaboration and Video Architecture, Data Center and Virtualization
Architecture, Design Lifecycle: Plan, Build, Manage Plan Phase Build
Phase Manage Phase Prepare, Plan, Design, Implement, Operate, and
Optimize Phases Prepare Phase Plan Phase Design Phase Implement
Phase Operate Phase Optimize Phase Summary of PPDIOO Phases
Project Deliverables Design Methodology Identifying Customer
Design Requirements Characterizing the Existing Network Steps in
Gathering Information Network Audit Tools Network Checklist
Designing the Network Topology and Solutions Top-Down Approach
Pilot and Prototype Tests Design Document
12
Network Design Models: Hierarchical Network Models Benefits of
the Hierarchical Model, Hierarchical Network Design, Core Layer,
Distribution Layer, Access Layer, Hierarchical Model Examples,
Hub-and-Spoke, Design Collapsed Core, Design Enterprise
Architecture Model, Enterprise Campus Module, Enterprise Edge
Area, E-Commerce Module, Internet Connectivity Module,
VPN/Remote Access, Enterprise WAN, Service Provider Edge
Module, Remote Modules, Enterprise Branch Module, Enterprise
Data Center Module, Enterprise Teleworker Module, High
Availability Network Services, Workstation-to-Router Redundancy
and LAN, High Availability Protocols, ARP Explicit Configuration,
RDP, RIP, HSRP, VRRP, GLBP, Server Redundancy, Route
44
Redundancy, Load Balancing, Increasing Availability, Link Media
Redundancy
II Enterprise LAN Design: LAN Media, Ethernet Design Rules,
100Mbps Fast Ethernet Design Rules, Gigabit Ethernet Design Rules,
1000BASE-LX Long-Wavelength Gigabit Ethernet, 1000BASE-SX
Short-Wavelength Gigabit Ethernet, 1000BASE-CX Gigabit Ethernet
over Coaxial Cable, 1000BASE-T Gigabit Ethernet over UTP 86, 10
Gigabit Ethernet Design Rules, 10GE Media Types, EtherChannel,
Comparison of Campus Media LAN Hardware, Repeaters, Hubs,
Bridges, Switches, Routers, Layer 3 Switches, Campus LAN Design
and Best Practices Best Practices for Hierarchical Layers, Access
Layer Best Practices, Distribution Layer Best Practices, Core Layer
Best Practices, STP Design Considerations, STP Toolkit, PortFast,
UplinkFast, BackboneFast, Loop Guard, Root Guard, BPDU Guard,
BPDU Filter, VLAN and Trunk Considerations, Unidirectional Link
Detection (UDLD) Protocol, Large-Building LANs, Enterprise
Campus LANs, Edge Distribution, Medium-Size LANs, Small and
Remote Site LANs, Server Farm Module, Server Connectivity
Options, Enterprise Data Center Infrastructure, Campus LAN QoS
Considerations, Multicast Traffic Considerations, CGMP, IGMP
Snooping. 12
Data Center Design: Enterprise DC Architecture, Data Center

Foundation Components, Data Center Topology Components, Data
Center Network Programmability, SDN, Controllers, APIs, ACI,
Challenges in the DC, Data Center Facility Aspects, Data Center
Space, Data Center Power, Data Center Cooling, Data Center Heat,
Data Center Cabling, Enterprise DC Infrastructure, Data Center
Storage, Data Center Reference Architecture, Defining the DC Access
Layer, Defining the DC Aggregation Layer, Defining the DC Core
Layer, Security in the DC, Fabric Extenders, Virtualization Overview,
Challenges, Defining Virtualization and Benefits, Virtualization
Risks, Types of Virtualization, Virtualization Technologies, VSS,
VRF, vPC, Device Contexts, Server Virtualization, Server Scaling,
Virtual Switching, Network Virtualization Design Considerations,
Access Control, Path Isolation, Services Edge, Data Center
Interconnect, DCI Use Cases, DCI Transport Options, DCI L2
Considerations, Load Balancing in the DC, Application Load
Balancing, Network Load Balancing.
III Wireless LAN Design: Wireless LAN Technologies, WLAN
Standards, ISM and UNII Frequencies, Summary of WLAN
Standards, Service Set Identifier, WLAN Layer 2 Access Method,
WLAN Security, Unauthorized Access, WLAN Security Design
12
Approach, IEEE 802.1X-2001 Port-Based Authentication, Dynamic
WEP Keys and LEAP, Controlling WLAN Access to Servers, WLAN
Authentication, Authentication Options, WLAN Controller
Components, WLC Interface Types, AP Controller Equipment
45
Scaling, Roaming and Mobility Groups, Intracontroller Roaming,
Layer 2 Intercontroller Roaming, Layer 3 Intercontroller Roaming,
Mobility Groups, WLAN Design, Controller Redundancy Design:
Deterministic vs. Dynamic, N+1 WLC Redundancy, N+N WLC
Redundancy, N+N+1 WLC Redundancy, Radio Management and
Radio Groups, RF Groups, RF Site Survey, Using EoIP Tunnels for
Guest Services, Wireless Mesh for Outdoor Wireless, Mesh Design
Recommendations, Campus Design Considerations, Power over
Ethernet (PoE), Wireless and Quality of Service (QoS), Branch
Design Considerations, Local MAC, REAP, Hybrid REAP, Branch
Office Controller Options.
WAN Technologies and the Enterprise Edge: WAN and Enterprise

Edge Overview, Definition of WAN, WAN Edge Module, Enterprise
Edge Modules, WAN Transport Technologies, ISDN, ISDN BRI
Service, ISDN PRI Service, Digital Subscriber Line, Cable, Wireless,
Frame Relay, Time-Division Multiplexing, Metro Ethernet,
SONET/SDH, Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS), Dark Fiber,
Dense Wavelength-Division Multiplexing, Ordering WAN
Technology and Contracts, WAN and Edge Design Methodologies,
Response Time, Throughput, Reliability, Bandwidth Considerations,
WAN Link Categories, Optimizing Bandwidth Using QoS, Queuing,
Traffic Shaping and Policing, Classification, Congestion
Management, Priority Queuing, Custom Queuing, Weighted Fair
Queuing, Class-Based Weighted Fair Queuing, Low-Latency
Queuing, Traffic Shaping and Policing, Link Efficiency, Window
Size, DMZ Connectivity, Segmenting DMZs, DMZ Services, Internet
Connectivity, Centralized Internet (Branch) vs. Direct Internet
(Branch), High Availability for the Internet Edge, VPN Network
Design.
WAN Design
Traditional WAN Technologies Hub-and-Spoke Topology
Full-Mesh Topology Partial-Mesh Topology Point-to-Point Topology
Remote Site Connectivity
Enterprise VPN vs. Service Provider VPN Enterprise Managed VPN:
IPsec IPsec Direct Encapsulation Generic Routing Encapsulation
IPsec DMVPN IPsec Virtual Tunnel Interface Design GETVPN
Service Provider–Managed Offerings ,Metro Ethernet Service
Provider VPNs: L2 vs. L3 ,Virtual Private Wire Services VPWS L2
VPN Considerations ,Virtual Private LAN Services VPLS L2 VPN
Considerations ,MPLS, MPLS Layer 3 Design Overview MPLS L3
VPN Considerations ,VPN Benefits WAN Backup Design WAN
Backup over the Internet Enterprise WAN Architecture Cisco
Enterprise MAN/WAN Enterprise WAN/MAN Architecture
Comparison ,Enterprise WAN Components Comparing Hardware and
Software Enterprise Branch Architecture Branch Design Branch
46
Connectivity Redundancy for Branches Single WAN Carrier vs. Dual
WAN Carriers Single MPLS Carrier Site ,Dual MPLS Carriers Hybrid
WAN: L3 VPN with IPsec VPN ,Internet for Branches Flat Layer 2
vs. Collapsed Core ,Enterprise Branch Profiles Small Branch Design
Medium Branch Design Large Branch Design Enterprise Teleworker
Design ,ISRs for Teleworkers
IV Internet Protocol Version 4 Design,IPv4 Header ToS IPv4
Fragmentation IPv4 Addressing ,IPv4 Address Classes Class A
Addresses Class B Addresses ,Class C Addresses Class D Addresses
Class E Addresses ,IPv4 Address Types IPv4 Private Addresses NAT
,IPv4 Address Subnets Mask Nomenclature IP Address Subnet Design
Example Determining the Network Portion of an IP Address Variable-
Length Subnet Masks, Loopback Addresses IP Telephony Networks
,IPv4 Addressing Design Goal of IPv4 Address Design , Plan for
Future Use of IPv4 Addresses , Performing Route Summarization ,
Plan for a Hierarchical IP Address Network , Private and Public IP
Address and NAT Guidelines , Steps for Creating an IPv4 Address
Plan
Case Study: IP Address Subnet Allocation , Address Assignment and
Name Resolution , Recommended Practices of IP Address
Assignment , BOOTP DHCP DNS , Internet Protocol Version 6
Design, IPv6 Header IPv6 Address Representation IPv4-Compatible
IPv6 Addresses IPv6 Prefix Representation IPv6 Address Scope
Types and Address Allocations IPv6 Address Allocations IPv6
Unicast Address Global Unicast Addresses Link-Local Addresses ,
Unique Local IPv6 Address Global Aggregatable IPv6 Address ,
IPv4-Compatible IPv6 Address IPv6 Anycast Addresses , IPv6 12
Multicast Addresses IPv6 Mechanisms ICMPv6 , IPv6 Neighbor
Discovery Protocol IPv6 Name Resolution , Path MTU Discovery
IPv6 Address-Assignment Strategies , Manual Configuration SLAAC
of Link-Local Address , SLAAC of Globally Unique IPv6 Address
DHCPv6 , DHCPv6 Lite IPv6 Security IPv6 Routing Protocols
RIPng OSPFv3 , BGP4 Multiprotocol Extensions (MP-BGP) for IPv6
, IPv6 Addressing Design , Planning for Addressing with IPv6 , Route
Summarization with IPv6 IPv6 Private Addressing
IPv6 for the Enterprise IPv6 Address Allocation , Partly Linked IPv4
Address into IPv6, Whole IPv4 Address Linked into IPv6
IPv6 Addresses Allocated Per Location and/or Type , IPv4-to-IPv6
Transition Mechanisms and Deployment Models , Dual-Stack
Mechanism IPv6 over IPv4 Tunnels , Protocol Translation
Mechanisms IPv6 Deployment Models , Dual-Stack Model Hybrid
Model Service Block Model ,IPv6 Deployment Model Comparison
IPv6 Comparison with IPv4 ,OSPF, BGP, Route Manipulation, and IP
Multicast,OSPFv2 OSPFv2 Metric OSPFv2 Adjacencies and Hello
Timers , OSPFv2 Areas OSPF Area Design Considerations OSPF
Router Types OSPF DRs LSA Types Autonomous System External
Path Types OSPF Stub Area Types Stub Areas Totally Stubby Areas ,
47
NSSAs Virtual Links OSPFv2 Router Authentication , OSPFv2
Summary OSPFv3 OSPFv3 Changes from OSPFv2, OSPFv3 Areas
and Router Types OSPFv3 LSAs OSPFv3 Summary
BGP BGP Neighbors eBGPiBGP Route Reflectors Confederations
BGP Administrative Distance, BGP Attributes, Weight, and the BGP
Decision Process
BGP Path Attributes Next-Hop Attribute Local Preference Attribute
Origin Attribute Autonomous System Path Attribute
MED Attribute Community Attribute Atomic Aggregate and
Aggregator Attributes Weight BGP Decision Process, BGP Summary,
Route Manipulation PBR Route Summarization
Route Redistribution Default Metric OSPF Redistribution Route
Filtering Transit Traffic Routing Protocols on the Hierarchical
Network Infrastructure IP Multicast Review, Multicast Addresses
Layer 3 to Layer 2 Mapping IGMP, IGMPv1 IGMPv2 IGMPv3
CGMP IGMP Snooping, Sparse Versus Dense Multicast Multicast
Source and Shared Trees PIM PIM-SM PIM DR Auto-RP PIMv2
Bootstrap Router, DVMRP IPv6 Multicast Addresses
V Managing Security
Network Security Overview Security Legislation Security Threats
Reconnaissance and Port Scanning Vulnerability Scanners
Unauthorized Access Security Risks Targets Loss of Availability
Integrity Violations and Confidentiality Breaches , Security Policy
and Process Security Policy Defined , Basic Approach of a Security
Policy Purpose of Security Policies, Security Policy Components Risk
Assessment , Risk Index Continuous Security Integrating Security
Mechanisms into Network Design Trust and Identity Management ,
Trust Domains of Trust Identity Passwords Tokens Certificates ,
Network Access Control Secure Services Encryption Fundamentals
Encryption Keys VPN Protocols , Transmission Confidentiality Data
Integrity Threat Defense , Physical Security Infrastructure Protection
Security Management Solutions Security Solution Network Security
Platforms , Trust and Identity Technologies Firewall Fundamentals , 12
Types of Firewalls Next-Gen Firewalls NAT Placement , Firewall
Guidelines Firewall ACLs , Identity and Access Control Deployments
Detecting and Mitigating Threats IPS/IDS Fundamentals IPS/IDS
Guidelines , Threat Detection and Mitigation Technologies , Threat-
Detection and Threat-Mitigation Solutions , FirePOWER IPS Security
Management Applications , Security Platform Solutions Security
Management Network
Integrating Security into Network Devices IOS Security, ISR G2
Security Hardware Options Securing the Enterprise, Implementing
Security in the Campus Implementing Security in the Data Center
Implementing Security in the Enterprise Edge
Network Management Protocols, Simple Network Management

Protocol SNMP Components, MIB SNMP Message Versions
48
SNMPv1 SNMPv2 SNMPv3, Other Network Management
Technologies RMON, RMON2 NetFlow Compared to RMON and
SNMP, CDP LLDP Syslog

1. CCDA200-310Official ANTHONY BRUNO, Cisco
Cert Guide CCIE No. 2738 Press
STEVE JORDAN,
CCIE No. 11293
2. Network Warrior Gary A Donabue O Reilly 2nd 2011

Course Name: IT Services Management Course Code: USIT606
(Elective I)
Periods per week (1 Period is 50 minutes), 5
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I IT Service Management: Introduction, What is service management?
What are services? Business Process, Principles of Service
management: Specialisation and Coordination, The agency principle,
Encapsulation, Principles of systems, The service Life Cycle,
Functions and processes across the life cycle.
Service Strategy Principles: Value creation, Service Assets, Service
12
Provider Service Structures, Service Strategy Principles.
Service Strategy:Define the market, Develop the offerings, Develop
Strategic Assets, Prepare for execution.
Challenges, Critical Success factors and risks:Complexity,
Coordination and Control, Preserving value, Effectiveness in
measurement, Risks.
II Service Design: Fundamentals, Service Design Principles: Goals,
Balanced Design, Identifying Service requirements, identifying and
documenting business requirements and drivers, Design activities,
Design aspects, Subsequent design activities, Design constraints,
Service oriented architecture, Business Service Management, Service 12
Design Models
Service Design Processes:Service Catalogue Management, Service
Level Management, Capacity Management, Availability Management,
IT Service Continuity Management, Information Security
49
Management, Supplier Management
Challenges, Critical Success factors and risks:Challenges, Risks
III Service Transition: Fundamentals, Service Transition Principles:
Principles Supporting Service Transition, Policies for Service
Transition
Service Transition Processes: Transition planning and support,
Change Management, Service Asses Configuration Management, 12
Service and Deployment Management, Service Validation and
Testing, Evaluation, Knowledge Management.
Challenges, Critical Success factors and risks:Challenges, Critical
Success factors, Risks, Service Transition under difficult Conditions.
IV Service Operation: Fundamentals, Service Operation Principles:
Functions, groups, teams, departments and divisions, a chieving
balance in service operations, Providing service, Operation staff
involvement in service design and service transition, Operational
Health, Communication, Documentation
Service Operation Processes:Event Management, Incident 12
Management, Request fulfilment, Problem Management, Access
Management, Operational activities of processes covered in other
lifecycle phases.
Challenges, Critical Success factors and risks:Challenges, Critical
Success factors, Risks
V Continual Service Improvement(CSI) Principles: CSI Approach,
CSI and organizational change, Ownership, CSI register, External and
Internal drivers, Service level management, Knowledge management,
The Deming cycle, Service Measurement, IT governance,
Frameworks, models, standards and quality Systems, CSI inputs and
outputs.
CSI Process: The seven-step improvement process. CSI Methods
nad Techniques: Methods and techniques, Assessments,
benchmarking, Service Measurement, Metrics, Return on Investment,
12
Service reporting, CSI and other service management processes,
Organising for CSI:Organisational development, Functions, roles,
Customer Engagement, Responsibility model - RACI, Competence
and training.
Technology considerations: Tools to support CSI activities.
Implementing CSI:Critical Considerations for implementing
CSI,The start, Governance, CSI and organisational change,
Communication Strategy and Plan

1. ITIL v3 Foundation 2009
Complete Certification
Kit
2. ITIL v3 Service Strategy OGC/TSO
50
3. ITIL v3 Service OGC/TSO
Transition
4. ITIL v3 Service OGC/TSO
Operation
5. ITIL Continual Service TSO 2011 2011
Improvement

Course Name: Cyber Laws Course Code: USIT607
(Elective I)
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- 25

I Power of Arrest Without Warrant Under the IT Act, 2000: A
Critique, Crimes of this Millennium, Section 80 of the IT Act, 2000 –
A Weapon or a Farce? Forgetting the Line Between Cognizable and
Non-Cognizable Offences, Necessity of Arrest without Warrant from
Any Place, Public or Otherwise, Check and Balances Against Arbitrary
Arrests,Arrest for “About to Commit” an Offence Under the IT Act: A
Tribute to Draco, Arrest, But NO Punishment!
Cyber Crime and Criminal Justice: Penalties, Adjudication and
12
Appeals Under the IT Act,2000: Concept of “Cyber Crime “ and the
IT Act , 2000, Hacking, Teenage Web Vandals, Cyber Fraud and
Cyber Cheating, Virus on the Internet, Defamation, Harassment and E-
mail Abuse, Cyber Pornography, Other IT Act Offences, Monetary
Penalties, Adjudication and Appeals Under IT Act , 2000, Network
Service Providers, Jurisdiction and Cyber Crime, Nature of Cyber
Criminality, Strategies to Tackle Cyber Crime and Trends, Criminal
Justice in India and Implications on Cyber Crime.
II Contracts in the Infotech World: Contracts in the Infotech World,
12
Click-Wrap and Shrink-Wrap Contract: Status under the Indian
51
Contract Act, 1872, Contract Formation Under the Indian Contract
Act, 1872, Contract Formation on the Internet, Terms and Conditions
of Contracts.
Jurisdiction in the Cyber World: Questioning the Jurisdiction and
Validity of the Present Law of Jurisdiction, Civil Law of Jurisdiction
in India, Cause of Action, Jurisdiction and the Information
Technology Act,2000, Foreign Judgements in India, Place of Cause of
Action in Contractual and IPR Disputes, Exclusion Clauses in
Contracts, Abuse of Exclusion Clauses, Objection of Lack of
Jurisdiction, Misuse of the Law of Jurisdiction, Legal Principles on
Jurisdiction in the United State of America, Jurisdiction Disputes
w.r.t. the Internet in the United State of America.
III Battling Cyber Squatters and Copyright Protection in the Cyber
World: Concept of Domain Name and Reply to Cyber Squatters,
Meta-Tagging, Legislative and Other Innovative Moves Against
Cyber Squatting, The Battle Between Freedom and Control on the
Internet, Works in Which Copyright Subsists and meaning of
Copyright, Copyright Ownership and Assignment, License of
Copyright, Copyright Terms and Respect for Foreign Works,
12
Copyright Infringement, Remedies and Offences, Copyright
Protection of Content on the Internet; Copyright Notice, Disclaimer
and Acknowledgement, Downloading for Viewing Content on the
Internet, Hyper-Linking and Framing, Liability of ISPs for Copyright
Violation in the Cyber World: Legal Developments in the US, Napster
and its Cousins: A Revolution on the Internet but a Crisis for
Copyright Owners, Computer Software Piracy.
IV E-Commerce Taxation: Real Problems in the Virtual World: A
Tug of War on the Concept of „Permanent Establishment‟, Finding the
PE in Cross Border E-Commerce, The United Nations Model Tax
Treaty, The Law of Double Taxation Avoidance Agreements and
Taxable Jurisdiction Over Non-Residents, Under the Income Tax Act,
1961, Tax Agents of Non-Residents under the Income Tax Act,1961
and the Relevance to E-Commerce, Source versus Residence and
12
Classification between Business Income and Royalty, The Impact of
the Internet on Customer Duties, Taxation Policies in India: At a
Glance.
Digital Signature, Certifying Authorities and E-Governance:
Digital Signatures, Digital Signature Certificate, Certifying
Authorities and Liability in the Event of Digital Signature
Compromise, E-Governance in India: A Warning to Babudom!
V The Indian Evidence Act of 1872 v. Information Technology Act,
2000: Status of Electronic Records as Evidence, Proof and
Management of Electronic Records; Relevancy, Admissibility and
Probative Value of E-Evidence, Proving Digital Signatures, Proof of 12
Electronic Agreements, Proving Electronic Messages, Other
Amendments in the Indian Evidence Act by the IT Act, Amendments
to the Bankers Books Evidence Act, 1891 and Reserve Bank of India
52
Act, 1934.
Protection of Cyber Consumers in India: Are Cyber Consumers
Covered Under the Consumer Protection Act? Goods and Services,
Consumer Complaint, Defect in Goods and Deficiency in Services,
Restrictive and Unfair Trade Practices, Instances of Unfair Trade
Practices, Reliefs Under CPA, Beware Consumers, Consumer Foras,
Jurisdiction and Implications on cyber Consumers in India,
Applicability of CPA to Manufacturers, Distributors, Retailers and
Service Providers Based in Foreign Lands Whose Goods are Sold or
Services Provided to a Consumer in India.
Amendments in Indian IT Act 2000

1. Cyber Law Simplified VivekSood TMH 2001
Education
2. Cybersecurity Law Jeff Kosseff Wiley 2017

Course Name: Project Implementation Course Code: USIT6P1
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- -
The details are given in Appendix – I
53
Course Name: Security in Computing Practical Course Code: USIT6P2
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- -
Practical Details
No
1 Configure Routers
a OSPF MD5 authentication.
b NTP.
c to log messages to the syslog server.
d to support SSH connections.
2 Configure AAA Authentication

a Configure a local user account on Router and configure authenticate on the console
and vty lines using local AAA
b Verify local AAA authentication from the Router console and the PC-A client
3 Configuring Extended ACLs

a Configure, Apply and Verify an Extended Numbered ACL
4 Configure IP ACLs to Mitigate Attacks and IPV6 ACLs

54
a Verify connectivity among devices before firewall configuration.
b Use ACLs to ensure remote access to the routers is available only from
management station PC-C.
c Configure ACLs on to mitigate attacks.
d Configuring IPv6 ACLs
5 Configuring a Zone-Based Policy Firewall
6 Configure IOS Intrusion Prevention System (IPS) Using the CLI

a Enable IOS IPS.
b Modify an IPS signature.
7 Layer 2 Security
a Assign the Central switch as the root bridge.
b Secure spanning-tree parameters to prevent STP manipulation attacks.
c Enable port security to prevent CAM table overflow attacks.
8 Layer 2 VLAN Security
9 Configure and Verify a Site-to-Site IPsec VPN Using CLI
10 Configuring ASA Basic Settings and Firewall Using CLI

a Configure basic ASA settings and interface security levels using CLI
b Configure routing, address translation, and inspection policy using CLI
c Configure DHCP, AAA, and SSH
d Configure a DMZ, Static NAT, and ACLs
55
Course Name: Business Intelligence Practical Course Code: USIT6P3
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- -
Practical Details
No
1 Import the legacy data from different sources such as ( Excel , SqlServer, Oracle etc.)
and load in the target system. ( You can download sample database such as
Adventureworks, Northwind, foodmart etc.)
2 Perform the Extraction Transformation and Loading (ETL) process to construct the
database in the Sqlserver.
3 a. Create the Data staging area for the selected database.

b. Create the cube with suitable dimension and fact tables based on ROLAP, MOLAP
and HOLAP model.
4 a.Create the ETL map and setup the schedule for execution.
b. Execute the MDX queries to extract the data from the datawarehouse.
5 a. Import the datawarehouse data in Microsoft Excel and create the Pivot table and
Pivot Chart.
56
b. Import the cube in Microsoft Excel and create the Pivot table and Pivot Chart to
perform data analysis.
6 Apply the what – if Analysis for data visualization. Design and generate necessary
reports based on the datawarehouse data.
7 Perform the data classification using classification algorithm.
8 Perform the data clustering using clustering algorithm.
9 Perform the Linear regression on the given datawarehouse data.
10 Perform the logistic regression on the given datawarehouse data.
The BI tools such as Tableau / Power BI / BIRT / R / Excel or any other can be used.

Course Name: Principles of Geographical Information Course Code: USIT6P4
System Practical (Elective II)
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- -
Practical Details
No
0 Familiarizing Quantum GIS: Installation of QGIS, datasets for both Vector
and Raster data, Maps.
1 Creating and Managing Vector Data: Adding vector layers, setting properties,
formatting, calculating line lengths and statistics
2 Exploring and Managing Raster data: Adding raster layers, raster styling and
analysis, raster mosaicking and clipping
3 Making a Map, Working with Attributes, Importing Spreadsheets or CSV files

Using Plugins, Searching and Downloading OpenStreetMap Data
57
4 Working with attributes, terrain Data
5 Working with Projections and WMS Data
6 Georeferencing Topo Sheets and Scanned Maps

Georeferencing Aerial Imagery
Digitizing Map Data
7 Managing Data Tables and Saptial data Sets: Table joins, spatial joins, points
in polygon analysis, performing spatial queries
8 Advanced GIS Operations 1:Nearest Neighbor Analysis, Sampling Raster

Data using Points or Polygons, Interpolating Point Data
9 Advance GIS Operations 2: Batch Processing using Processing Framework

Automating Complex Workflows using Processing Modeler
Automating Map Creation withPrint Composer Atlas
10 Validating Map data

Course Name: Advanced Networking Practical Course Code: USIT6P5
(Elective II)
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- -
Practical Details
No
1 Configuring OSPF – I
a Single-Area OSPF Link Costs and Interface Priorities
b Multi-Area OSPF with Stub Areas and Authentication
2 Configuring OSPF – II
a OSPF Virtual Links and Area Summarization
b OSPF over Frame Relay
3 Redistribution and Administrative Distances

a Redistribution Between RIP and OSPF
b Manipulating Administrative Distances
58
4 BGP
a Configuring BGP with Default Routing
b Using the AS_PATH Attribute
c BGP Route Reflectors and Route Filters
5 IPv6
a Configuring OSPF for IPv6
b Configuring 6to4 Tunnels
6 VLANs and EtherChannel

a Static VLANS, VLAN Trunking, and VTP Domains and Modes
b Configuring EtherChannel
7 Spanning Tree Protocol

a Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) Default Behavior
b Modifying Default Spanning Tree Behavior
8 VLAN and Spanning Tree

a Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Behavior
b Multiple Spanning Tree
9 Internal VLAN Routing

a Inter-VLAN Routing with an External Router
b Inter-VLAN Routing with an Internal Route Processor
10 Configure NAT Services
59
Course Name: Advanced Mobile Programming Practical Course Code: USIT6P6
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- --
Practical Details
No
1 Introduction to Android, Introduction to Android Studio IDE, Application
Fundamentals: Creating a Project, Android Components, Activities, Services,
Content Providers, Broadcast Receivers, Interface overview, Creating Android
Virtual device, USB debugging mode, Android Application Overview. Simple
“Hello World” program.
2 Programming Resources
Android Resources: (Color, Theme, String, Drawable, Dimension, Image),
3 Programming Activities and fragments

Activity Life Cycle, Activity methods, Multiple Activities, Life Cycle of
fragments and multiple fragments.
4 Programs related to different Layouts
60
Coordinate, Linear, Relative, Table, Absolute, Frame, List View, Grid View.
5 Programming UI elements
AppBar, Fragments, UI Components
6 Programming menus, dialog, dialog fragments
7 Programs on Intents, Events, Listeners and Adapters

The Android Intent Class, Using Events and Event Listeners
8 Programs on Services, notification and broadcast receivers
9 Database Programming with SQLite
10 Programming threads, handles and asynchronized programs
11 Programming Media API and Telephone API
12 Programming Security and permissions
13 Programming Network Communications and Services (JSON)
APPENDIX – 1
61
Project Dissertation Semester V and
Project Implementation Semester VI
Chapter 1 to 4 should be submitted in Semester V in spiral binding. These chapter have also to
be included in Semester VI report. Semester VI report has to be hard bound with golden
embossing. Students will be evaluated based on the dissertation in semester V and dissertation
and viva voce in Semester VI.
I. OBJECTIVES
 Describe the Systems Development Life Cycle (SDLC).

 Evaluate systems requirements.
 Complete a problem definition.
 Evaluate a problem definition.
 Determine how to collect information to determine requirements.
62
 Perform and evaluate feasibility studies like cost-benefit analysis, technical feasibility, time
feasibility and Operational feasibility for the project.
 Work on data collection methods for fact finding.
 Construct and evaluate data flow diagrams.
 Construct and evaluate data dictionaries.
 Evaluate methods of process description to include structured English, decision tables and
decision trees.
 Evaluate alternative tools for the analysis process.
 Create and evaluate such alternative graphical tools as systems flow charts and state
transition diagrams.
 Decide the S/W requirement specifications and H/W requirement specifications.
 Plan the systems design phase of the SDLC.
 Distinguish between logical and physical design requirements.
 Design and evaluate system outputs.
 Design and evaluate systems inputs.
 Design and evaluate validity checks for input data.
 Design and evaluate user interfaces for input.
 Design and evaluate file structures to include the use of indexes.
 Estimate storage requirements.
 Explain the various file update processes based on the standard file organizations.
 Decide various data structures.
 Construct and evaluate entity-relationship (ER) diagrams for RDBMS related projects.
 Perform normalization for the unnormalized tables for RDBMS related projects
 Decide the various processing systems to include distributed, client/server, online and
others.
 Perform project cost estimates using various techniques.
 Schedule projects using both GANTT and PERT charts.
 Perform coding for the project.
 Documentation requirements and prepare and evaluate systems documentation.
 Perform various systems testing techniques/strategies to include the phases of testing.
 Systems implementation and its key problems.
63
 Generate various reports.
 Be able to prepare and evaluate a final report.
 Brief the maintenance procedures and the role of configuration management in operations.
 To decide the future scope and further enhancement of the system.
 Plan for several appendices to be placed in support with the project report documentation.
 Decide the various processing systems to include distributed, client/server, online and
others.
 Perform project cost estimates using various techniques.
 Schedule projects using both GANTT and PERT charts.
 Perform coding for the project.
 Documentation requirements and prepare and evaluate systems documentation.
 Perform various systems testing techniques/strategies to include the phases of testing.
 Systems implementation and its key problems.
 Generate various reports.
 Be able to prepare and evaluate a final report.
 Brief the maintenance procedures and the role of configuration management in operations.
 To decide the future scope and further enhancement of the system.
 Plan for several appendices to be placed in support with the project report documentation.
 Work effectively as an individual or as a team member to produce correct, efficient, well-
organized and documented programs in a reasonable time.
 Recognize problems that are amenable to computer solutions, and knowledge of the tool
necessary for solving such problems.
 Develop of the ability to assess the implications of work performed.
 Get good exposure and command in one or more application areas and on the software
 Develop quality software using the software engineering principles
 Develop of the ability to communicate effectively.
II. Type of the Project

The majority of the students are expected to work on a real-life project preferably in some
industry/ Research and Development Laboratories/Educational Institution/Software Company.
Students are encouraged to work in the areas listedwelew . However, it is not mandatory for a
64
student to work on a real-life project. The student can formulate a project problem with the help
of her/his Guide and submit the project proposal of the same. Approval of the project proposal
is mandatory. If approved, the student can commence working on it, and complete it. Use the
latest versions of the software packages for the development of the project.
III. SOFTWARE AND BROAD AREAS OF APPLICATION
FRONT END / GUI Tools .Net Technelegies,Java

DBMS/BACK END Oracle, SQL Plus, MY SQL, SQL Server,
LANGUAGES C, C++, Java, VC++, C#, R,Pythen
SCRIPTING LANGUAGES PHP,JSP, SHELL Scripts (Unix), TcL/TK,
.NET Platform F#,C#. Net, Visual C#. Net, ASP.Net
MIDDLE WARE (COMPONENT) COM/DCOM, Active-X, EJB

TECHNOLOGIES
UNIX INTERNALS Device Drivers, RPC, Threads, Socket programming
NETWORK/WIRELESS -
TECHNOLOGIES
REALTIME OPERATING SYSTEM/ LINUX, Raspwerry Pi, Arduine, 8051

EMBEDDED SKILLS
APPLICATION AREAS Financial / Insurance / Manufacturing / Multimedia /

Computer Graphics / Instructional Design/ Database
Management System/ Internet / Intranet / Computer
Networking-Communication Software development/ E-
Commerce/ ERP/ MRP/ TCP-IP programming /
Routing protocols programming/ Socket programming.
IV.Introduction
The project report should be documented with scientific approach to the solution of the problem
that the students have sought to address. The project report should be prepared in order to solve
the problem in a methodical and professional manner, making due references to appropriate
techniques, technologies and professional standards. The student should start the documentation
process from the first phase of software development so that one can easily identify the issues to
be focused upon in the ultimate project report. The student should also include the details from
65
the project diary, in which they will record the progress of their project throughout the course.
The project report should contain enough details to enable examiners to evaluate the work. The
important points should be highlighted in the body of the report, with details often referred to
appendices.
1.1 PROJECT REPORT:

Title Page
Original Copy of the Approved Proforma of the Project Proposal
Certificate of Authenticated work
Role and Responsibility Form
Abstract
Acknowledgement
Table of Contents
Table of Figures
CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION
1.1 Background
1.2 Objectives
1.3 Purpose, Scope, and Applicability
1.3.1 Purpose
1.3.2 Scope
1.3.3 Applicability
1.4 Achievements
1.5 Organisation of Report
CHAPTER 2: SURVEY OF TECHNOLOGIES
CHAPTER 3: REQUIREMENTS AND ANALYSIS
3.1 Problem Definition
3.2 Requirements Specification
3.3 Planning and Scheduling
3.4 Software and Hardware Requirements
3.5 Preliminary Product Description
3.6 Conceptual Models
CHAPTER 4: SYSTEM DESIGN
66
4.1 Basic Modules
4.2 Data Design
4.2.1 Schema Design
4.2.2 Data Integrity and Constraints
4.3 Procedural Design
4.3.1 Logic Diagrams
4.3.2 Data Structures
4.3.3 Algorithms Design
4.4 User interface design
4.5 Security Issues
4.6 Test Cases Design
The documentation should use tools like star UML, Visuo for windows, Rational Rose for design
as part of Software Project Management Practical Course. The documentation should be spiral
bound for semester V and the entire documentation should be hard bound during semester VI.
CHAPTER 5: IMPLEMENTATION AND TESTING
5.1 Implementation Approaches

5.2 Coding Details and Code Efficiency
5.2.1 Code Efficiency
5.3 Testing Approach
5.3.1 Unit Testing
5.3.2 Integrated Testing
5.3.3 Beta Testing
5.4 Modifications and Improvements
5.5 Test Cases
CHAPTER 6: RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

6.1 Test Reports
6.2 User Documentation
CHAPTER 7: CONCLUSIONS
7.1 Conclusion
7.1.1 Significance of the System
67
7.2 Limitations of the System
7.3 Future Scope of the Project
REFERENCES
GLOSSARY
APPENDIX A
APPENDIX B
V. EXPLANATION OF CONTENTS
Title Page
Sample format of Title page is given in Appendix 1 of this block. Students should follow the
given format.
Original Copy of the Approved Proforma of the Project Proposal
Sample Proforma of Project Proposal is given in Appendix 2 of this block. Students should
follow the given format.
Certificate of Authenticated work

Sample format of Certificate of Authenticated work is given in Appendix 3 of this block.
Students should follow the given format.
Role and Responsibility Form

Sample format for Role and Responsibility Form is given in Appendix 4 of this block.
Students should follow the given format.
Abstract
This should be one/two short paragraphs (100-150 words total), summarising the project work. It
is important that this is not just a re-statement of the original project outline. A suggested flow is
background, project aims and main achievements. From the abstract, a reader should be able to
ascertain if the project is of interest to them and, it should present results of which they may wish
to know more details.
68
Acknowledgements
This should express student‟s gratitude to those who have helped in the preparation of project.
Table of Contents: The table of contents gives the readers a view of the detailed structure of the
report. The students would need to provide section and subsection headings with associated
pages. The formatting details of these sections and subsections are given below.
Table of Figures: List of all Figures, Tables, Graphs, Charts etc. along with their page numbers
in a table of figures.
Chapter 1: Introduction
The introduction has several parts as given below:

Background: A description of the background and context of the project and its relation to work
already done in the area. Summarise existing work in the area concerned with the project work.
Objectives: Concise statement of the aims and objectives of the project. Define exactly what is
going to be done in the project; the objectives should be about 30 /40 words.
Purpose, Scope and Applicability: The description of Purpose, Scope, and Applicability are
given below:
• Purpose: Description of the topic of the project that answers questions on why this project is
being done. How the project could improve the system its significance and theoretical
framework.
• Scope: A brief overview of the methodology, assumptions and limitations. The students should
answer the question: What are the main issues being covered in the project? What are the main
functions of the project?
• Applicability: The student should explain the direct and indirect applications of their work.
Briefly discuss how this project will serve the computer world and people.
Achievements: Explain what knowledge the student achieved after the completion of the work.
What contributions has the project made to the chosen area? Goals achieved - describes the
69
degree to which the findings support the original objectives laid out by the project. The goals
may be partially or fully achieved, or exceeded.
Organisation of Report: Summarising the remaining chapters of the project report, in effect,
giving the reader an overview of what is to come in the project report.
Chapter 2: Survey of Technologies
In this chapter Survey of Technologies should demonstrate the students awareness and
understanding of Available Technologies related to the topic of the project. The student should
give the detail of all the related technologies that are necessary to complete the project. The
should describe the technologies available in the chosen area and present a comparative study of
all those Available Technologies. Explain why the student selected the one technology for the
completion of the objectives of the project.
Chapter 3: Requirements and Analysis
Problem Definition: Define the problem on which the students are working in the project.
Provide details of the overall problem and then divide the problem in to sub-problems. Define
each sub-problem clearly.
Requirements Specification: In this phase the student should define the requirements of the
system, independent of how these requirements will be accomplished. The Requirements
Specification describes the things in the system and the actions that can be done on these things.
Identify the operation and problems of the existing system.
Planning and Scheduling: Planning and scheduling is a complicated part of software
development. Planning, for our purposes, can be thought of as determining all the small tasks
that must be carried out in order to accomplish the goal. Planning also takes into account, rules,
known as constraints, which, control when certain tasks can or cannot happen. Scheduling can be
thought of as determining whether adequate resources are available to carry out the plan. The
student should show the Gantt chart and Program Evaluation Review Technique (PERT).
70
Software and Hardware Requirements: Define the details of all the software and hardware
needed for the development and implementation of the project.
• Hardware Requirement: In this section, the equipment, graphics card, numeric co-processor,
mouse, disk capacity, RAM capacity etc. necessary to run the software must be noted.
• Software Requirements: In this section, the operating system, the compiler, testing tools, linker,
and the libraries etc. necessary to compile, link and install the software must be listed.
Preliminary Product Description: Identify the requirements and objectives of the new system.
Define the functions and operation of the application/system the students are developing as
project.
Conceptual Models: The student should understand the problem domain and produce a model of
the system, which describes operations that can be performed on the system, and the allowable
sequences of those operations. Conceptual Models could consist of complete Data Flow
Diagrams, ER diagrams, Object-oriented diagrams, System Flowcharts etc.
Chapter 4: System Design
Describes desired features and operations in detail, including screen layouts, business rules,
process diagrams, pseudocode and other documentation.
Basic Modules: The students should follow the divide and conquer theory, so divide the overall
problem into more manageable parts and develop each part or module separately. When all
modules are ready, the student should integrate all the modules into one system. In this phase,
the student should briefly describe all the modules and the functionality of these modules.
Data Design: Data design will consist of how data is organised, managed and manipulated.
• Schema Design: Define the structure and explanation of schemas used in the project.
• Data Integrity and Constraints: Define and explain all the validity checks and constraints
provided to maintain data integrity.
Procedural Design: Procedural design is a systematic way for developing algorithms or
procedurals.
71
• Logic Diagrams: Define the systematical flow of procedure that improves its comprehension
and helps the programmer during implementation. e.g., Control Flow Chart, Process Diagrams
etc.
• Data Structures: Create and define the data structure used in procedures.
• Algorithms Design: With proper explanations of input data, output data, logic of processes,
design and explain the working of algorithms.
User Interface Design: Define user, task, environment analysis and how to map those
requirements in order to develop a “User Interface”. Describe the external and internal
components and the architecture of user interface. Show some rough pictorial views of the user
interface and its components.
Security Issues: Discuss Real-time considerations and Security issues related to the project and
explain how the student intends avoiding those security problems. What are the security policy
plans and architecture?
Test Cases Design: Define test cases, which will provide easy detection of errors and mistakes
with in a minimum period of time and with the least effort. Explain the different conditions in
which the students wish to ensure the correct working of theproject.
Chapter 5: Implementation and Testing

Implementation Approaches: Define the plan of implementation, and the standards the students
have used in the implementation.
Coding Details and Code Efficiency: Students not need include full source code, instead, include
only the important codes (algorithms, applets code, forms code etc). The program code should
contain comments needed for explaining the work a piece of code does. Comments may be
needed to explain why it does it, or, why it does a particular way.
The student can explain the function of the code with a shot of the output screen of that program
code.
72
• Code Efficiency: The student should explain how the code is efficient and how the students
have handled code optimisation.
Testing Approach: Testing should be according to the scheme presented in the system design
chapter and should follow some suitable model – e.g., category partition, state machine-based.
Both functional testing and user-acceptance testing are appropriate. Explain the approach of
testing.
• Unit Testing: Unit testing deals with testing a unit or module as a whole. This would test the
interaction of many functions but, do confine the test within one module.
• Integrated Testing: Brings all the modules together into a special testing environment, then
checks for errors, bugs and interoperability. It deals with tests for the entire application.
Application limits and features are tested here.
Modifications and Improvements: Once the students finish the testing they are bound to be faced
with bugs, errors and they will need to modify your source code to improve the system. Define
what modification are implemented in the system and how it improved the system.
Chapter 6: Results and Discussion

Test Reports: Explain the test results and reports based on the test cases, which should show that
theproject is capable of facing any problematic situation and that it works fine in different
conditions. Take the different sample inputs and show the outputs.
User Documentation: Define the working of the software; explain its different functions,
components with screen shots. The user document should provide all the details of the product in
such a way that any user reading the manual, is able to understand the working and functionality
of the document.
Chapter 7: Conclusions
Conclusion: The conclusions can be summarised in a fairly short chapter (2 or 3 pages). This
chapter brings together many of the points that would have made in the other chapters.
Limitations of the System: Explain the limitations encountered during the testing of the project
that the students were not able to modify. List the criticisms accepted during the demonstrations
of the project.
73
Future Scope of the Project describes two things: firstly, new areas of investigation prompted by
developments in this project, and secondly, parts of the current work that was not completed due
to time constraints and/or problems encountered.
REFERENCES
It is very important that the students acknowledge the work of others that they have used or
adapted in their own work, or that provides the essential background or context to the project.
The use of references is the standard way to do this. Please follow the given standard for the
references for books, journals, and online material. The citation is mandatory in both the reports.
E.g:
Linhares, A., & Brum, P. (2007). Understanding our understanding of strategic scenarios: What
role do chunks play? Cognitive Science, 31(6), 989-1007.
https://doi.org/doi:10.1080/03640210701703725
Lipson, Charles (2011). Cite right : A quick guide to citation styles; MLA, APA, Chicago, the
sciences, professions, and more (2nd ed.). Chicago [u.a.]: University of Chicago Press. p. 187.
ISBN 9780226484648.
Elaine Ritchie, J Knite. (2001). Artificial Intelligence, Chapter 2 ,p.p 23 - 44. Tata McGrawHill.
GLOSSARY
If you the students any acronyms, abbreviations, symbols, or uncommon terms in the project
report then their meaning should be explained where they first occur. If they go on to use any of
them extensively then it is helpful to list them in this section and define the meaning.
APPENDICES
These may be provided to include further details of results, mathematical derivations, certain
illustrative parts of the program code (e.g., class interfaces), user documentation etc.
In particular, if there are technical details of the work done that might be useful to others who
wish to build on this work, but that are not sufficiently important to the project as a whole to
74
justify being discussed in the main body of the project, then they should be included as
appendices.
VI. SUMMARY
Project development usually involves an engineering approach to the design and development of
a software system that fulfils a practical need. Projects also often form an important focus for
discussion at interviews with future employers as they provide a detailed example of what the
students are capable of achieving. In this course the students can choose your project topic from
the lists given in Unit 4: Category-wise Problem Definition.
VII. FURTHER READINGS

1. Modern Systems Analysis and Design; Jeffrey A. Hoffer, Joey F. George, Joseph,S. Valacich;
Pearson Education; Third Edition; 2002.
2. ISO/IEC 12207: Software Life Cycle Process
(http://www.software.org/quagmire/descriptions/iso-iec12207.asp).
3. IEEE 1063: Software User Documentation (http://ieeexplore.ieee.org).
4. ISO/IEC: 18019: Guidelines for the Design and Preparation of User Documentation for
Application Software.
5. http://www.sce.carleton.ca/squall.
6. http://en.tldp.org/HOWTO/Software-Release-Practice-HOWTO/documentation.html.
7. http://www.sei.cmu.edu/cmm/
PROFORMA FOR THE APPROVAL PROJECT PROPOSAL
(Note:All entries of the proforma of approval should be filled up with appropriate and
complete information. Incomplete proforma of approval in any respect will be
summarily rejected.)
PNR No.: …………………… Rellne: ___________
1. Name of the Student
75
__________________________________________________________________
2. Title of the Project

__________________________________________________________________
3. Name of the Guide
__________________________________________________________________
4. Teaching experience of the Guide ____________________________________
5. Is this your first submission? Yes No
Signature of the Student Signature of the Guide
Date: ………………… Date: …………………….
Signature of the reerdinater

Date: …………………
(All the text in the report should be in times new roman)
TITLE OF THE PROJECT

(NOT EXCEEDING 2 LINES, 24 BOLD,
ALL CAPS)
A Project Report (12 Bold)

Submitted in partial fulfillment of the
Requirements for the award of the Degree of (size-12)
76
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY)(14 BOLD,
CAPS)
By(12 Bold)
Name of The Student (size-15, title case)

Seat Number (size-15)
Under the esteemed guidance of (13 bold)

Mr./Mrs. Name of The Guide (15 bold, title case)
Designation (14 Bold, title case)
COLLEGE LOGO
DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY(12 BOLD, CAPS)

COLLEGE NAME (14 BOLD, CAPS)
(Affiliated to University of Mumbai) (12, Title case, bold, italic)
CITY, PIN CODE(12 bold, CAPS)
MAHARASHTRA (12 bold, CAPS)
YEAR (12 bold)
77
COLLEGE NAME (14 BOLD, CAPS)
(Affiliated to University of Mumbai) (13, bold, italic)
CITY-MAHARASHTRA-PINCODE(13 bold, CAPS)
DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (14 BOLD, CAPS)
College Logo
CERTIFICATE (14 BOLD, CAPS, underlined, centered)
This is to certify that the project entitled, "Title of The Project ", is bonafied work of NAME
OF THE STUDENT bearing Seat.No: (NUMBER) submitted in partial fulfillment of the
requirements for the award of degree of BACHELOR OF SCIENCE in INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY from University of Mumbai. (12, times new roman, justified)
Internal Guide (12 bold) Coordinator

(Don‟t write names of lecturers or HOD)
External Examiner
Date: College Seal
78
COMPANY CERTIFICATE (if applicable)
79
(Project Abstract page format)
Abstract (20bold, caps, centered)
Content (12, justified)
Note: Entire document should be with 1.5

line spacing and all paragraphs should start with 1 tab space.
80
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
(20, BOLD, ALL CAPS, CENTERED)
The acknowledgement should be in times new roman, 12 font with 1.5 line spacing,
justified.
81
(Declaration page format)
DECLARATION (20 bold, centered, allcaps)

Content (12, justified)
I here by declare that the project entitled, “Title of the Project” done at place where the
project is done, has not been in any case duplicated to submit to any other university for the
award of any degree. To the best of my knowledge other than me, no one has submitted to any
other university.
The project is done in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the award of degree of
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY) tobe submitted
as final semester project as part of our curriculum.
Name and Signature of the Student
82
TABLE OF CONTENTS (20bold, caps, centered)
Should be generated automatically using word processing

software.
Chapter 1: Introduction 01(no bold)
1.1 Background 02(no bold)
1.2 Objectives ….
1.3 Purpose and Scope ….
1.2.1Purpose ….
1.2.2Scope
………………………………
…………………………………
Chapter 2: System Analysis

2.1 Existing System
2.2 Proposed System
2.3 Requirement Analysis
2.4 Hardware Requirements
2.5 Software Requirements
2.6 Justification of selection of Technology
Chapter 3: System Design

3.1 Module Division
3.2 Data Dictionary
3.3 ER Diagrams
3.4 DFD/UML Diagrams
Chapter 4: Implementation and Testing
4.1 Code (Place Core segments)

4.2.1Unit Testing (Test cases and Test Results)
4.2.2 Integration System (Test cases and Test Results)
Chapter 5: Results and Discussions (Output Screens)

Chapter 6: Conclusion and Future Work
Chapter 7: References
83
List of Tables (20 bold, centered, Title Case)

software.
84
List of Figures (20 bold, centered, Title Case)

software.
85
(Project Introduction page format)
Chapter 1
Introduction (20 Bold, centered)

Content or text (12, justified)
Note: Introduction has to cover brief description of the project with minimum 4 pages.
86
Chapter 2
System Analysis (20 bold, Centered)

Subheadings are as shown below with following format (16 bold, CAPS)
2.1 Existing System (16 Bold)
2.1.1 ----------- (14 bold, title case)
2.1.1.1 ------------ (12 bold, title case)
2.2 Proposed System

2.3 Requirement Analysis
2.4 Hardware Requirements
2.5 Software Requirements
2.6 Justification of Platform – (how h/w & s/w satisfying the project)
Table 2.1: Caption
87
Chapter 3
System Design (20 bold, centered)

Specify figures as Fig 11.1 – caption
3.1 Module Division
3.2 Data Dictionary
3.3 E-R Diagrams
3.4 Data Flow Diagrams / UML
Note: write brief description at the bottom of all diagrams
Sample Figure
Fig. 3.1: Caption
88
Chapter 4
Implementation and Testing (20 bold, centered)

4.1 Code (Place Core segments)
Content includes description about coding phase in your project (Font-12)
(* don‟t include complete code-----just description)
4.2.1 Unit Testing
4.2.2 Integration Testing
Note:
 Explain about above testing methods

 Explain how the above techniques are applied in your project
Provide Test plans, test cases, etc relevant to your project
89
Chapter 5
Results and Discussions(20 bold, centered)

Note: Place Screen Shots and write the functionality of each screen at the bottom
90
Chapter 6
Conclusion and Future Work (20 bold, centered)

The conclusions can be summarized in a fairly short chapter around 300 words. Also include
limitations of your system and future scope (12, justified)
91
Chapter 7
References (20 bold, centered)

Content (12, LEFT)
[1] Title of the book, Author
[2] Full URL of online references
[3] ------------
* NOTE ABOUT PROJECT VIVA VOCE:

Student may be asked to write code for problem during VIVA to demonstrate his coding
capabilities and he/she may be asked to write any segment of coding used in the in the project.
The project can be done in group of at most four students. However, the length and depth of the
project should be justified for the projects done in group. A big project can be modularised and
different modules can be assigned as separate project to different students.
Marks Distribution:
Semester V: 50 Marks
Documentation: 50 marks
Semester VI: 150 Marks
Documentation: 50 Marks:
Implementation and Viva Voce: 100 Marks
The plagiarism should be maintained as per the UGC guidelines.
92
Academic Council: 26/07/2019
Item No: 4.76
Syllabus for M.Sc. Part I

(Semester I and II)
Programme: M.Sc.
(Choice Based Credit System with effect from

the academic year 2019 – 2020)
Semester – I
Course Code Course Title Credits
PSIT101 Research in Computing 4
PSIT102 Data Science 4
PSIT103 Cloud Computing 4
PSIT104 Soft Computing Techniques 4
PSIT1P1 Research in Computing Practical 2
PSIT1P2 Data Science Practical 2
PSIT1P3 Cloud Computing Practical 2
PSIT1P4 Soft Computing Techniques Practical 2
Total Credits 24
Semester – II
Course Code Course Title Credits
PSIT201 Big Data Analytics 4
PSIT202 Modern Networking 4
PSIT203 Microservices Architecture 4
PSIT204 Image Processing 4
PSIT2P1 Big Data Analytics Practical 2
PSIT2P2 Modern Networking Practical 2
PSIT2P3 Microservices Architecture Practical 2
PSIT2P4 Image Processing Practical 2
Total Credits 24
2
Program Specific Outcomes
PSO1: Ability to apply the knowledge of Information Technology with recent trends aligned with
research and industry.
PSO2: Ability to apply IT in the field of Computational Research, Soft Computing, Big Data
Analytics, Data Science, Image Processing, Artificial Intelligence, Networking and Cloud
Computing.
PSO3: Ability to provide socially acceptable technical solutions in the domains of Information
Security, Machine Learning, Internet of Things and Embedded System, Infrastructure Services as
specializations.
PSO4: Ability to apply the knowledge of Intellectual Property Rights, Cyber Laws and Cyber
Forensics and various standards in interest of National Security and Integrity along with IT
Industry.
PSO5: Ability to write effective project reports, research publications and content development
and to work in multidisciplinary environment in the context of changing technologies.
3
SEMESTER I
4
M. Sc (Information Technology) Semester – I
Course Name: Research in Computing Course Code: PSIT101
Periods per week Lectures 4
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Theory Internal -- 40
Objectives  To be able to conduct business research with an understanding of all

the latest theories.
 To develop the ability to explore research techniques used for solving
any real world or innovate problem.
Pre requisites Basic knowledge of statistical methods. Analytical and logical thinking.

I Introduction: Role of Business Research, Information Systems and
Knowledge Management, Theory Building, Organization ethics and 12
Issues
II Beginning Stages of Research Process: Problem definition,
12
Qualitative research tools, Secondary data research
III Research Methods and Data Collection: Survey research,
communicating with respondents, Observation methods, Experimental 12
research
IV Measurement Concepts, Sampling and Field work: Levels of Scale
measurement, attitude measurement, questionnaire design, sampling 12
designs and procedures, determination of sample size
V Data Analysis and Presentation: Editing and Coding, Basic Data
Analysis, Univariate Statistical Analysis and Bivariate Statistical
12
analysis and differences between two variables. Multivariate Statistical
Analysis.

1. Business Research Methods William Cengage 8e 2016
G.Zikmund, B.J
Babin, J.C. Carr,
5
Atanu Adhikari,
M.Griffin
2. Business Albright Cengage 5e 2015
Analytics Winston
3. Research Methods for Mark Saunders 2011
Business Students Fifth
Edition
4. Multivariate Data Analysis Hair Pearson 7e 2014

Course Name: Research in Computing Practical Course Code: PSIT1P1
Credits 2
Hou Marks
rs
Evaluation System Practical Examination 2 40
Practical No Details
1 - 10 10 Practical based on above syllabus, covering entire syllabus
Course Outcome A learner will be able to:

solve real world problems with scientific approach.
develop analytical skills by applying scientific methods.
recognize, understand and apply the language, theory and models of
the field of business analytics
foster an ability to critically analyze, synthesize and solve complex
unstructured business problems
understand and critically apply the concepts and methods of
business analytics
identify, model and solve decision problems in different settings
interpret results/solutions and identify appropriate courses of
action for a given managerial situation whether a problem or an
opportunity
create viable solutions to decision making problems
6
Course Name: Data Science Course Code: PSIT102
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Objectives Develop in depth understanding of the key technologies in data science

and business analytics: data mining, machine learning, visualization
techniques, predictive modeling, and statistics.
Practice problem analysis and decision-making.
Gain practical, hands-on experience with statistics programming
languages and big data tools through coursework and applied research
experiences.
Pre requisites Basic understanding of statistics

I Data Science Technology Stack: Rapid Information Factory
Ecosystem, Data Science Storage Tools, Data Lake, Data Vault, Data
Warehouse Bus Matrix, Data Science Processing Tools ,Spark, Mesos,
Akka , Cassandra, Kafka, Elastic Search, R ,Scala, Python, MQTT, The
Future
Layered Framework: Definition of Data Science Framework, Cross-
Industry Standard Process for Data Mining (CRISP-DM),
12
Homogeneous Ontology for Recursive Uniform Schema, The Top
Layers of a Layered Framework, Layered Framework for High-Level
Data Science and Engineering
Business Layer: Business Layer, Engineering a Practical Business
Layer
Utility Layer: Basic Utility Design, Engineering a Practical Utility
Layer
II Three Management Layers: Operational Management Layer,
Processing-Stream Definition and Management, Audit, Balance, and
Control Layer, Balance, Control, Yoke Solution, Cause-and-Effect,
Analysis System, Functional Layer, Data Science Process
12
Retrieve Superstep : Data Lakes, Data Swamps, Training the Trainer
Model, Understanding the Business Dynamics of the Data Lake,
Actionable Business Knowledge from Data Lakes, Engineering a
Practical Retrieve Superstep, Connecting to Other Data Sources,
III Assess Superstep: Assess Superstep, Errors, Analysis of Data,
12
Practical Actions, Engineering a Practical Assess Superstep,
7
IV Process Superstep : Data Vault, Time-Person-Object-Location-Event
Data Vault, Data Science Process, Data Science,
Transform Superstep : Transform Superstep, Building a Data 12
Warehouse, Transforming with Data Science, Hypothesis Testing,
Overfitting and Underfitting, Precision-Recall, Cross-Validation Test.
V Transform Superstep: Univariate Analysis, Bivariate Analysis,
Multivariate Analysis, Linear Regression, Logistic Regression,
Clustering Techniques, ANOVA, Principal Component Analysis
(PCA), Decision Trees, Support Vector Machines, Networks, Clusters,
and Grids, Data Mining, Pattern Recognition, Machine Learning, 12
Bagging Data,Random Forests, Computer Vision (CV) , Natural
Language Processing (NLP), Neural Networks, TensorFlow.
Organize and Report Supersteps : Organize Superstep, Report
Superstep, Graphics, Pictures, Showing the Difference

1. Practical Data Science Andreas François APress 2018
Vermeulen
2. Principles of Data Science Sinan Ozdemir PACKT 2016
3. Data Science from Scratch Joel Grus O’Reilly 2015
4. Data Science from Scratch Joel Grus Shroff 2017
first Principle in python Publishers
5. Experimental Design in N C Das Shroff 2018
Data science with Least Publishers
Resources

Course Name: Data Science Practical Course Code: PSIT1P2
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Course Outcome  Apply quantitative modeling and data analysis techniques to the
solution of real world business problems, communicate findings, and
effectively present results using data visualization techniques.
 Recognize and analyze ethical issues in business related to intellectual
property, data security, integrity, and privacy.
8
 Apply ethical practices in everyday business activities and make well-
reasoned ethical business and data management decisions.
 Demonstrate knowledge of statistical data analysis techniques utilized
in business decision making.
 Apply principles of Data Science to the analysis of business problems.
 Use data mining software to solve real-world problems.
 Employ cutting edge tools and technologies to analyze Big Data.
 Apply algorithms to build machine intelligence.
 Demonstrate use of team work, leadership skills, decision making and
organization theory.
9
Course Name: Cloud Computing Course Code: PSIT103
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Objectives To learn how to use Cloud Services.

To implement Virtualization.
To implement Task Scheduling algorithms.
Apply Map-Reduce concept to applications.
To build Private Cloud.
Broadly educate to know the impact of engineering on legal and
societal issues involved.

I Introduction to Cloud Computing: Introduction, Historical
developments, Building Cloud Computing Environments, Principles of
Parallel and Distributed Computing: Eras of Computing, Parallel v/s
distributed computing, Elements of Parallel Computing, Elements of
distributed computing, Technologies for distributed computing.
Virtualization: Introduction, Characteristics of virtualized 12
environments, Taxonomy of virtualization techniques, Virtualization
and cloud computing, Pros and cons of virtualization, Technology
examples. Logical Network Perimeter, Virtual Server, Cloud Storage
Device, Cloud usage monitor, Resource replication, Ready-made
environment.
II Cloud Computing Architecture: Introduction, Fundamental concepts
and models, Roles and boundaries, Cloud Characteristics, Cloud
Delivery models, Cloud Deployment models, Economics of the cloud,
Open challenges. Fundamental Cloud Security: Basics, Threat 12
agents, Cloud security threats, additional considerations. Industrial
Platforms and New Developments: Amazon Web Services, Google
App Engine, Microsoft Azure.
III Specialized Cloud Mechanisms: Automated Scaling listener, Load
Balancer, SLA monitor, Pay-per-use monitor, Audit monitor, fail over
system, Hypervisor, Resource Centre, Multidevice broker, State
Management Database. Cloud Management Mechanisms: Remote
12
administration system, Resource Management System, SLA
Management System, Billing Management System, Cloud Security
Mechanisms: Encryption, Hashing, Digital Signature, Public Key
Infrastructure (PKI), Identity and Access Management (IAM), Single
10
Sign-On (SSO), Cloud-Based Security Groups, Hardened Virtual
Server Images
IV Fundamental Cloud Architectures: Workload Distribution
Architecture, Resource Pooling Architecture, Dynamic Scalability
Architecture, Elastic Resource Capacity Architecture, Service Load
Balancing Architecture, Cloud Bursting Architecture, Elastic Disk
Provisioning Architecture, Redundant Storage Architecture. Advanced
Cloud Architectures: Hypervisor Clustering Architecture, Load
12
Balanced Virtual Server Instances Architecture, Non-Disruptive
Service Relocation Architecture, Zero Downtime Architecture, Cloud
Balancing Architecture, Resource Reservation Architecture, Dynamic
Failure Detection and Recovery Architecture, Bare-Metal Provisioning
Architecture, Rapid Provisioning Architecture, Storage Workload
Management Architecture
V Cloud Delivery Model Considerations: Cloud Delivery Models: The
Cloud Provider Perspective, Cloud Delivery Models: The Cloud
Consumer Perspective, Cost Metrics and Pricing Models: Business
12
Cost Metrics, Cloud Usage Cost Metrics, Cost Management
Considerations, Service Quality Metrics and SLAs: Service Quality
Metrics, SLA Guidelines

1. Mastering Cloud Rajkumar Buyya, Elsevier - 2013
Computing Foundations and Christian
Applications Programming Vecchiola, S.
Thamarai Selvi
2. Cloud Computing Thomas Erl, Prentice - 2013
Concepts, Technology & Zaigham Hall
Architecture Mahmood,
and Ricardo
Puttini
3. Distributed and Cloud Kai Hwang, Jack MK -- 2012
Computing, From Parallel Dongarra, Geoffrey Publishers
Processing to the Internet of Fox
Things
11
Course Name: Cloud Computing Practical Course Code: PSIT1P3
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Course Outcome  Analyze the Cloud computing setup with its vulnerabilities and
applications using different architectures.
 Design different workflows according to requirements and apply
map reduce programming model.
 Apply and design suitable Virtualization concept, Cloud Resource
Management and design scheduling algorithms.
 Create combinatorial auctions for cloud resources and design
scheduling algorithms for computing clouds
 Assess cloud Storage systems and Cloud security, the risks
involved, its impact and develop cloud application
 Broadly educate to know the impact of engineering on legal and
societal issues involved in addressing the security issues of cloud
computing.
12
Course Name: Soft Computing Techniques Course Code: PSIT104
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Objectives • Soft computing concepts like fuzzy logic, neural networks and genetic
algorithm, where Artificial Intelligence is mother branch of all.
• All these techniques will be more effective to solve the problem
efficiently
Pre requisites Basic concepts of Artificial Intelligence. Knowledge of Algorithms

I Introduction of soft computing, soft computing vs. hard computing,
various types of soft computing techniques, Fuzzy Computing, Neural
Computing, Genetic Algorithms, Associative Memory, Adaptive 12
Resonance Theory, Classification, Clustering, Bayesian Networks,
Probabilistic reasoning, applications of soft computing.
II Artificial Neural Network: Fundamental concept, Evolution of Neural

Networks, Basic Models, McCulloh-Pitts Neuron, Linear Separability,
Hebb Network.
Supervised Learning Network: Perceptron Networks, Adaptive Linear
Neuron, Multiple Adaptive Linear Neurons, Backpropagation Network,
Radial Basis Function, Time Delay Network, Functional Link Networks,
12
Tree Neural Network.
Associative Memory Networks: Training algorithm for pattern
Association, Autoassociative memory network, hetroassociative
memory network, bi-directional associative memory, Hopfield
networks, iterative autoassociative memory networks, temporal
associative memory networks.
III UnSupervised Learning Networks: Fixed weight competitive nets,
Kohonen self-organizing feature maps, learning vectors quantization,
counter propogation networks, adaptive resonance theory networks.
Special Networks: Simulated annealing, Boltzman machine, Gaussian
Machine, Cauchy Machine, Probabilistic neural net, cascade correlation
network, cognition network, neo-cognition network, cellular neural 12
network, optical neural network
Third Generation Neural Networks:
Spiking Neural networks, convolutional neural networks, deep learning
neural networks, extreme learning machine model.
13
IV Introduction to Fuzzy Logic, Classical Sets and Fuzzy sets:
Classical sets, Fuzzy sets.
Classical Relations and Fuzzy Relations:
Cartesian Product of relation, classical relation, fuzzy relations,
tolerance and equivalence relations, non-iterative fuzzy sets.
Membership Function: features of the membership functions, 12
fuzzification, methods of membership value assignments.
Defuzzification: Lambda-cuts for fuzzy sets, Lambda-cuts for fuzzy
relations, Defuzzification methods.
Fuzzy Arithmetic and Fuzzy measures: fuzzy arithmetic, fuzzy
measures, measures of fuzziness, fuzzy integrals.
V Fuzzy Rule base and Approximate reasoning:
Fuzzy proportion, formation of rules, decomposition of rules,
aggregation of fuzzy rules, fuzzy reasoning, fuzzy inference systems,
Fuzzy logic control systems, control system design, architecture and
operation of FLC system, FLC system models and applications of FLC
System.
Genetic Algorithm: Biological Background, Traditional optimization
and search techniques, genetic algorithm and search space, genetic
algorithm vs. traditional algorithms, basic terminologies, simple genetic
12
algorithm, general genetic algorithm, operators in genetic algorithm,
stopping condition for genetic algorithm flow, constraints in genetic
algorithm, problem solving using genetic algorithm, the schema
theorem, classification of genetic algorithm, Holland classifier systems,
genetic programming, advantages and limitations and applications of
genetic algorithm.
Differential Evolution Algorithm, Hybrid soft computing techniques –
neuro – fuzzy hybrid, genetic neuro-hybrid systems, genetic fuzzy
hybrid and fuzzy genetic hybrid systems.

1. Artificial Intelligence and Anandita Das SPD 3rd 2018
Soft Computing Battacharya
2. Principles of Soft computing S.N.Sivanandam Wiley 3rd 2019
S.N.Deepa
3. Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft J.S.R.Jang, Prentice 2004
Computing C.T.Sun and Hall of
E.Mizutani India
4. Neural Networks, Fuzzy S.Rajasekaran, Prentice 2004
Logic and Genetic G. A. Hall of
Algorithms: Synthesis & Vijayalakshami India
Applications
5. Fuzzy Logic with Timothy J.Ross McGraw- 1997
Engineering Applications Hill
14
6. Genetic Algorithms: Search, Davis Addison 1989
Optimization and Machine E.Goldberg Wesley
Learning
7. Introduction to AI and Dan W. Prentice 2009
Expert System Patterson Hall of
India

Course Name: Soft Computing Techniques Course Code: PSIT1P4
Practical
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Course Outcome • Identify and describe soft computing techniques and their roles in
building intelligent machines
• Recognize the feasibility of applying a soft computing methodology
for a particular problem
• Apply fuzzy logic and reasoning to handle uncertainty and solve
engineering problems
• Apply genetic algorithms to combinatorial optimization problems
• Apply neural networks for classification and regression problems
• Effectively use existing software tools to solve real problems using
a soft computing approach
• Evaluate and compare solutions by various soft computing
approaches for a given problem.
15
SEMESTER II
16
M. Sc (Information Technology) Semester – II
Course Name: BigData Analytics Course Code: PSIT201
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Objectives  To provide an overview of an exciting growing field of big data analytics.

 To introduce the tools required to manage and analyze big data like
Hadoop, NoSql MapReduce.
 To teach the fundamental techniques and principles in achieving big data
analytics with scalability and streaming capability.
 To enable students to have skills that will help them to solve complex real-
world problems in for decision support.

I Introduction to Big Data, Characteristics of Data, and Big Data
Evolution of Big Data, Definition of Big Data, Challenges with big
data, Why Big data? Data Warehouse environment, Traditional
Business Intelligence versus Big Data. State of Practice in Analytics,
Key roles for New Big Data Ecosystems, Examples of big Data
12
Analytics.
Big Data Analytics, Introduction to big data analytics, Classification of
Analytics, Challenges of Big Data, Importance of Big Data, Big Data
Technologies, Data Science, Responsibilities, Soft state eventual
consistency. Data Analytics Life Cycle
II Analytical Theory and Methods: Clustering and Associated
Algorithms, Association Rules, Apriori Algorithm, Candidate Rules,
Applications of Association Rules, Validation and Testing, 12
Diagnostics, Regression, Linear Regression, Logistic Regression,
Additional Regression Models.
III Analytical Theory and Methods: Classification, Decision Trees, Naïve
Bayes, Diagnostics of Classifiers, Additional Classification Methods,
Time Series Analysis, Box Jenkins methodology, ARIMA Model,
Additional methods. Text Analysis, Steps, Text Analysis Example, 12
Collecting Raw Text, Representing Text, Term Frequency-Inverse
Document Frequency (TFIDF), Categorizing Documents by Topics,
Determining Sentiments
IV Data Product, Building Data Products at Scale with Hadoop, Data
Science Pipeline and Hadoop Ecosystem, Operating System for Big
Data, Concepts, Hadoop Architecture, Working with Distributed file 12
system, Working with Distributed Computation, Framework for Python
and Hadoop Streaming, Hadoop Streaming, MapReduce with Python,
17
Advanced MapReduce. In-Memory Computing with Spark, Spark
Basics, Interactive Spark with PySpark, Writing Spark Applications,
V Distributed Analysis and Patterns, Computing with Keys, Design
Patterns, Last-Mile Analytics, Data Mining and Warehousing,
Structured Data Queries with Hive, HBase, Data Ingestion, Importing 12
Relational data with Sqoop, Injesting stream data with flume. Analytics
with higher level APIs, Pig, Spark’s higher level APIs.
,
1. Big Data and Analytics Subhashini Wiley First
Chellappan
Seema Acharya
2. Data Analytics with Hadoop Benjamin O’Reilly 2016
An Introduction for Data Bengfort and
Scientists Jenny Kim
3. Big Data and Hadoop V.K Jain Khanna First 2018
Publishing

Course Name: BigData Analytics Practical Course Code: PSIT2P1
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Course Outcome • Understand the key issues in big data management and its
associated applications in intelligent business and scientific
computing.
• Acquire fundamental enabling techniques and scalable
algorithms like Hadoop, Map Reduce and NO SQL in big data
analytics.
• Interpret business models and scientific computing paradigms,
and apply software tools for big data analytics.
• Achieve adequate perspectives of big data analytics in various
applications like recommender systems, social media
applications etc.
18
Course Name: Modern Networking Course Code: PSIT202
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Objectives  To understand the state-of-the-art in network protocols, architectures and

applications.
 Analyze existing network protocols and networks.
 Develop new protocols in networking
 To understand how networking research is done
 To investigate novel ideas in the area of Networking via term-long research
projects.
Pre requisites Fundamentals of Networking

I Modern Networking
Elements of Modern Networking
The Networking Ecosystem ,Example Network Architectures,Global
Network Architecture,A Typical Network Hierarchy Ethernet
Applications of Ethernet Standards Ethernet Data Rates Wi-Fi
Applications of Wi-Fi,Standards Wi-Fi Data Rates 4G/5G Cellular First
Generation Second Generation, Third Generation Fourth Generation
Fifth Generation, Cloud Computing Cloud Computing Concepts The
Benefits of Cloud Computing Cloud Networking Cloud Storage,
Internet of Things Things on the Internet of Things, Evolution Layers
12
of the Internet of Things, Network Convergence Unified
Communications, Requirements and Technology Types of Network
and Internet Traffic,Elastic Traffic,Inelastic Traffic, Real-Time Traffic
Characteristics Demand: Big Data, Cloud Computing, and Mobile
TrafficBig Data Cloud Computing,,Mobile Traffic, Requirements:
QoS and QoE,,Quality of Service,Quality of Experience, Routing
Characteristics, Packet Forwarding, Congestion Control ,Effects of
Congestion,Congestion Control Techniques, SDN and NFV Software-
Defined Networking,Network Functions Virtualization Modern
Networking Elements
II Software-Defined Networks
SDN: Background and Motivation, Evolving Network Requirements
Demand Is Increasing,Supply Is IncreasingTraffic Patterns Are More 12
ComplexTraditional Network Architectures are Inadequate, The SDN
Approach Requirements SDN Architecture Characteristics of Software-
19
Defined Networking, SDN- and NFV-Related Standards Standards-
Developing Organizations Industry Consortia Open Development
Initiatives, SDN Data Plane and OpenFlow SDN Data Plane, Data
Plane Functions Data Plane Protocols OpenFlow Logical Network
Device Flow Table Structure Flow Table Pipeline, The Use of Multiple
Tables Group Table OpenFlow Protocol, SDN Control Plane
SDN Control Plane Architecture Control Plane Functions, Southbound
Interface Northbound InterfaceRouting, ITU-T Model, OpenDaylight
OpenDaylight Architecture OpenDaylight Helium, REST REST
Constraints Example REST API, Cooperation and Coordination
Among Controllers, Centralized Versus Distributed Controllers, High-
Availability Clusters Federated SDN Networks, Border Gateway
Protocol Routing and QoS Between Domains, Using BGP for QoS
Management IETF SDNi OpenDaylight SNDi SDN Application Plane
SDN Application Plane Architecture Northbound Interface Network
Services Abstraction Layer Network Applications, User Interface,
Network Services Abstraction Layer Abstractions in SDN, Frenetic
Traffic Engineering PolicyCop Measurement and Monitoring Security
OpenDaylight DDoS Application Data Center Networking, Big Data
over SDN Cloud Networking over SDN Mobility and Wireless
Information-Centric Networking CCNx, Use of an Abstraction Layer
III Virtualization, Network Functions Virtualization: Concepts and
Architecture, Background and Motivation for NFV, Virtual Machines
The Virtual Machine Monitor, Architectural Approaches Container
Virtualization, NFV Concepts Simple Example of the Use of NFV,
NFV Principles High-Level NFV Framework, NFV Benefits and
Requirements NFV Benefits, NFV Requirements, NFV Reference
Architecture NFV Management and Orchestration, Reference Points
Implementation, NFV Functionality, NFV Infrastructure,Container
Interface,Deployment of NFVI Containers,Logical Structure of NFVI
Domains,Compute Domain, Hypervisor Domain,Infrastructure
Network Domain, Virtualized Network Functions, VNF
Interfaces,VNFC to VNFC Communication,VNF Scaling, NFV
12
Management and Orchestration, Virtualized Infrastructure
Manager,Virtual Network Function Manager,NFV Orchestrator,
Repositories, Element Management, OSS/BSS, NFV Use Cases
Architectural Use Cases, Service-Oriented Use Cases, SDN and NFV
Network Virtualization, Virtual LANs ,The Use of Virtual
LANs,Defining VLANs, Communicating VLAN Membership,IEEE
802.1Q VLAN Standard, Nested VLANs, OpenFlow VLAN Support,
Virtual Private Networks, IPsec VPNs,MPLS VPNs, Network
Virtualization, Simplified Example, Network Virtualization
Architecture, Benefits of Network Virtualization, OpenDaylight’s
Virtual Tenant Network, Software-Defined Infrastructure,Software-
Defined Storage, SDI Architecture
20
IV Defining and Supporting User Needs, Quality of Service, Background,
QoS Architectural Framework, Data Plane, Control Plane, Management
Plane, Integrated Services Architecture, ISA Approach
ISA Components, ISA Services, Queuing Discipline, Differentiated
Services, Services, DiffServ Field, DiffServ Configuration and
Operation, Per-Hop Behavior, Default Forwarding PHB, Service Level
Agreements, IP Performance Metrics, OpenFlow QoS Support, Queue
Structures, Meters, QoE: User Quality of Experience, Why
QoE?,Online Video Content Delivery, Service Failures Due to
Inadequate QoE Considerations QoE-Related Standardization Projects,
Definition of Quality of Experience, Definition of Quality, Definition
of Experience Quality Formation Process, Definition of Quality of
Experience, QoE Strategies in Practice, The QoE/QoS Layered Model
Summarizing and Merging the ,QoE/QoS Layers, Factors Influencing
QoE, Measurements of QoE, Subjective Assessment, Objective
12
Assessment, End-User Device Analytics, Summarizing the QoE
Measurement Methods, Applications of QoE Network Design
Implications of QoS and QoE Classification of QoE/ QoS Mapping
Models, Black-Box Media-Based QoS/QoE Mapping Models, Glass-
Box Parameter-Based QoS/QoE Mapping Models,Gray-Box QoS/QoE
Mapping Models, Tips for QoS/QoE Mapping Model Selection,IP-
Oriented Parameter-Based QoS/QoE Mapping Models,Network Layer
QoE/QoS Mapping Models for Video Services, Application Layer
QoE/QoS Mapping Models for Video Services Actionable QoE over
IP-Based Networks, The System-Oriented Actionable QoE Solution,
The Service-Oriented Actionable QoE Solution, QoE Versus QoS
Service Monitoring, QoS Monitoring Solutions, QoE Monitoring
Solutions, QoE-Based Network and Service Management, QoE-Based
Management of VoIP Calls, QoE-Based Host-Centric Vertical
Handover, QoE-Based Network-Centric Vertical Handover
V Modern Network Architecture: Clouds and Fog, Cloud Computing,
Basic Concepts, Cloud Services, Software as a Service, Platform as a
Service, Infrastructure as a Service, Other Cloud Services, XaaS, Cloud
Deployment Models, Public Cloud Private Cloud Community Cloud,
Hybrid Cloud, Cloud Architecture, NIST Cloud Computing Reference
Architecture,ITU-T Cloud Computing Reference Architecture, SDN and
NFV, Service Provider Perspective Private Cloud Perspective, ITU-T
Cloud Computing Functional Reference Architecture, The Internet of
Things: Components The IoT Era Begins, The Scope of the Internet of
Things Components of IoT-Enabled Things, Sensors, Actuators, 12
Microcontrollers, Transceivers, RFID, The Internet of Things:
Architecture and Implementation, IoT Architecture,ITU-T IoT
Reference Model, IoT World Forum Reference Model, IoT
Implementation, IoTivity, Cisco IoT System, ioBridge, Security
Security Requirements, SDN Security Threats to SDN, Software-
Defined Security, NFV Security, Attack Surfaces, ETSI Security
Perspective, Security Techniques, Cloud Security, Security Issues and
Concerns, Cloud Security Risks and Countermeasures, Data Protection
21
in the Cloud, Cloud Security as a Service, Addressing Cloud Computer
Security Concerns, IoT Security, The Patching Vulnerability, IoT
Security and Privacy Requirements Defined by ITU-TAn IoT Security
Framework, Conclusion

1. Foundations of Modern William Addison- October
Networking: SDN, NFV, Stallings Wesley 2015
QoE, IoT, and Cloud Professional
2. SDN and NFV Simplified Jim Doherty Pearson
A Visual Guide to Education,
Understanding Software Inc
Defined Networks and
Network Function
Virtualization
3. Network Functions Rajendra Addison-
Virtualization (NFV) Chayapathi Wesley
with a Touch of SDN Syed Farrukh
Hassan
4. CCIE and CCDE Evolving Brad dgeworth, Pearson 2019
Technologies Study Jason Gooley, Education,
Guide Ramiro Garza Inc
Rios

Course Name: Modern Networking Practical Course Code: PSIT2P2
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Course Outcome  Demonstrate in-depth knowledge in the area of Computer Networking.

 To demonstrate scholarship of knowledge through performing in a group
to identify, formulate and solve a problem related to Computer Networks
 Prepare a technical document for the identified Networking System
Conducting experiments to analyze the identified research work in
building Computer Networks
22
Course Name: Microservice Architecture Course Code: PSIT203
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Objectives Gain a thorough understanding of the philosophy and architecture of

Web applications using ASP.NET Core MVC;
Gain a practical understanding of.NET Core;
Acquire a working knowledge of Web application development using
ASP.NET Core MVC 6 and Visual Studio
Persist data with XML Serialization and ADO.NET with SQL Server
Create HTTP services using ASP.NET Core Web API;
Deploy ASP.NET Core MVC applications to the Windows Azure
cloud.

I Microservices: Understanding Microservices, Adopting
Microservices, The Microservices Way. Microservices Value
Proposition: Deriving Business Value, defining a Goal-Oriented,
Layered Approach, Applying the Goal-Oriented, Layered Approach. 12
Designing Microservice Systems: The Systems Approach to
Microservices, A Microservices Design Process, Establishing a
Foundation: Goals and Principles, Platforms, Culture.
II Service Design: Microservice Boundaries, API design for
Microservices, Data and Microservices, Distributed Transactions and
Sagas, Asynchronous Message-Passing and Microservices, dealing
with Dependencies, System Design and Operations: Independent
Deployability, More Servers, Docker and Microservices, Role of 12
Service Discovery, Need for an API Gateway, Monitoring and Alerting.
Adopting Microservices in Practice: Solution Architecture Guidance,
Organizational Guidance, Culture Guidance, Tools and Process
Guidance, Services Guidance.
III Building Microservices with ASP.NET Core: Introduction,
Installing .NET Core, Building a Console App, Building ASP.NET
Core App. Delivering Continuously: Introduction to Docker,
Continuous integration with Wercker, Continuous Integration with
12
Circle CI, Deploying to Dicker Hub. Building Microservice with
ASP.NET Core: Microservice, Team Service, API First Development,
Test First Controller, Creating a CI pipeline, Integration Testing,
Running the team service Docker Image. Backing Services:
23
Microservices Ecosystems, Building the location Service, Enhancing
Team Service.
IV Creating Data Service: Choosing a Data Store, Building a Postgres
Repository, Databases are Backing Services, Integration Testing Real
Repositories, Exercise the Data Service.Event Sourcing and CQRS:
Event Sourcing, CQRS pattern, Event Sourcing and CQRS, Running
the samples. Building an ASP.NET Core Web Application: 12
ASP.NET Core Basics, Building Cloud-Native Web Applications.
Service Discovery: Cloud Native Factors, Netflix Eureka, Discovering
and Advertising ASP.NET Core Services. DNS and Platform Supported
Discovery.
V Configuring Microservice Ecosystems: Using Environment
Variables with Docker, Using Spring Cloud Config Server, Configuring
Microservices with etcd, Securing Applications and Microservices:
Security in the Cloud, Securing ASP.NET Core Web Apps, Securing
ASP.NET Core Microservices. Building Real-Time Apps and 12
Services: Real-Time Applications Defined, Websockets in the Cloud,
Using a Cloud Messaging Provider, Building the Proximity Monitor.
Putting It All Together: Identifying and Fixing Anti-Patterns,
Continuing the Debate over Composite Microservices, The Future.

1. Microservice Architecture: Irakli O’Reilly First 2016
Aligning Principles, Nadareishvili,
Practices, and Culture Ronnie Mitra,
Matt McLarty,
and Mike
Amundsen
2. Building Microservices with Kevin Hoffman O’Reilly First 2017
ASP.NET Core
3. Building Microservices: Sam Newman O’Reilly First
Designing Fine-Grained
Systems
4. Production-ready Susan J. Fowler O’Reilly 2016
Microservices
24
Course Name: Microservices Architecture Course Code: PSIT2P3
Practical
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Course Outcome Develop web applications using Model View Control.

Create MVC Models and write code that implements business logic
within Model methods, properties, and events.
Create Views in an MVC application that display and edit data and
interact with Models and Controllers.
Boost your hire ability through innovative and independent
learning.
Gaining a thorough understanding of the philosophy and
architecture of .NET Core
Understanding packages, metapackages and frameworks
Acquiring a working knowledge of the .NET programming model
Implementing multi-threading effectively in .NET applications
25
Course Name: Image Processing Course Code: PSIT204
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Objectives  Review the fundamental concepts of a digital image processing

system.
 Analyze images in the frequency domain using various transforms.
 Evaluate the techniques for image enhancement and image restoration.
 Categorize various compression techniques.
 Interpret Image compression standards.
 Interpret image segmentation and representation techniques.

I Introduction: Digital Image Processing, Origins of Digital Image Processing,
Applications and Examples of Digital Image Processing, Fundamental Steps
in Digital Image Processing, Components of an Image Processing System,
Digital Image Fundamentals: Elements of Visual Perception, Light and the
Electromagnetic Spectrum, Image Sensing and Acquisition, Image Sampling
and Quantization, Basic Relationships Between Pixels, Basic Mathematical
Tools Used in Digital Image Processing, Intensity Transformations and 12
Spatial Filtering: Basics, Basic Intensity Transformation Functions, Basic
Intensity Transformation Functions, Histogram Processing, Fundamentals of
Spatial Filtering, Smoothing (Lowpass) Spatial Filters, Sharpening
(Highpass) Spatial Filters, Highpass, Bandreject, and Bandpass Filters from
Lowpass Filters, Combining Spatial Enhancement Methods, Using Fuzzy
Techniques for Intensity Transformations and Spatial Filtering
II Filtering in the Frequency Domain: Background, Preliminary Concepts,
Sampling and the Fourier Transform of Sampled Functions, The Discrete
Fourier Transform of One Variable, Extensions to Functions of Two
Variables, Properties of the 2-D DFT and IDFT, Basics of Filtering in the
Frequency Domain, Image Smoothing Using Lowpass Frequency Domain
Filters, Image Sharpening Using Highpass Filters, Selective Filtering, Fast
Fourier Transform
Image Restoration and Reconstruction: A Model of the Image
12
Degradation/Restoration Process, Noise Models, Restoration in the Presence
of Noise Only-----Spatial Filtering, Periodic Noise Reduction Using
Frequency Domain Filtering, Linear, Position-Invariant Degradations,
Estimating the Degradation Function, Inverse Filtering, Minimum Mean
Square Error (Wiener) Filtering, Constrained Least Squares Filtering,
Geometric Mean Filter, Image Reconstruction from Projections
III Wavelet and Other Image Transforms: Preliminaries, Matrix-based
Transforms, Correlation, Basis Functions in the Time-Frequency Plane, Basis 12
26
Images, Fourier-Related Transforms, Walsh-Hadamard Transforms, Slant
Transform, Haar Transform, Wavelet Transforms
Color Image Processing: Color Fundamentals, Color Models, Pseudocolor
Image Processing, Full-Color Image Processing, Color Transformations,
Color Image Smoothing and Sharpening, Using Color in Image Segmentation,
Noise in Color Images, Color Image Compression.
Image Compression and Watermarking: Fundamentals, Huffman Coding,
Golomb Coding, Arithmetic Coding, LZW Coding, Run-length Coding,
Symbol-based Coding, 8 Bit-plane Coding, Block Transform Coding,
Predictive Coding, Wavelet Coding, Digital Image Watermarking,
IV Morphological Image Processing: Preliminaries, Erosion and Dilation,
Opening and Closing, The Hit-or-Miss Transform, Morphological
Algorithms, Morphological Reconstruction¸ Morphological Operations on
Binary Images, Grayscale Morphology
Image Segmentation I: Edge Detection, Thresholding, and Region 12
Detection: Fundamentals, Thresholding, Segmentation by Region Growing
and by Region Splitting and Merging, Region Segmentation Using Clustering
and Superpixels, Region Segmentation Using Graph Cuts, Segmentation
Using Morphological Watersheds, Use of Motion in Segmentation
V Image Segmentation II: Active Contours: Snakes and Level Sets:
Background, Image Segmentation Using Snakes, Segmentation Using Level
Sets.
Feature Extraction: Background, Boundary Preprocessing, Boundary 12
Feature Descriptors, Region Feature Descriptors, Principal Components as
Feature Descriptors, Whole-Image Features, Scale-Invariant Feature
Transform (SIFT)

1. Digital Image Processing Gonzalez and Pearson/Prentice Fourth 2018
Woods Hall
2. Fundamentals of Digital A K. Jain PHI
Image Processing
3. The Image Processing J. C. Russ CRC Fifth 2010
Handbook

Course Name: Image Processing Practical Course Code: PSIT2P4
Credits 2
Hours Marks
27
Course Outcome  Understand the relevant aspects of digital image representation and
their practical implications.
 Have the ability to design pointwise intensity transformations to meet
stated specifications.
 Understand 2-D convolution, the 2-D DFT, and have the abitilty to
design systems using these concepts.
 Have a command of basic image restoration techniques.
 Understand the role of alternative color spaces, and the design
requirements leading to choices of color space.
 Appreciate the utility of wavelet decompositions and their role in image
processing systems.
 Have an understanding of the underlying mechanisms of image
compression, and the ability to design systems using standard
algorithms to meet design specifications.
28
Evaluation Scheme
Internal Evaluation (40 Marks)
The internal assessment marks shall be awarded as follows:
1. 30 marks (Any one of the following):
a. Written Test or
b. SWAYAM (Advanced Course) of minimum 20 hours and certification exam
completed or
c. NPTEL (Advanced Course) of minimum 20 hours and certification exam
completed or
d. Valid International Certifications (Prometric, Pearson, Certiport, Coursera,
Udemy and the like)
e. One certification marks shall be awarded one course only. For four courses,
the students will have to complete four certifications.
2. 10 marks
The marks given out of 40 for publishing the research paper should be divided into
four course and should awarded out of 10 in each of the four course.
i. Suggested format of Question paper of 30 marks for the written test.

Q1. Attempt any two of the following: 16
a.
b.
c.
d.

a.
b.
c.
d.
ii. 10 marks from every course coming to a total of 40 marks, shall be awarded on
publishing of research paper in UGC approved Journal with plagiarism less than
10%. The marks can be awarded as per the impact factor of the journal, quality of
the paper, importance of the contents published, social value.
29
External Examination: (60 marks)

Q1 (Based on Unit 1) Attempt any two of the following: 12
a.
b.
c.
d.

Practical Evaluation (50 marks)

A Certified copy journal is essential to appear for the practical examination.
3. Journal 5
4. Viva Voce 5
OR
2. Journal 5
3. Viva Voce 5
30
Academic Council _________
Item No: 4.100
University Of Mumbai
Syllabus for M.Sc. I.T. Part II

Semester III and IV
Programme: M.Sc.
CHOICE BASED(REVISED)
2020 – 2021
i
Artificial Intelligence Track
Image Processing Track
Cloud Computing Track
Security Track
SEMESTER - III
Course Title
Course Theory Credits Course Practical Credits
Code Code
PSIT301 Technical Writing PSIT3P1 Project Documentation
and Entrepreneurship 4 and Viva 2
Development
Elective 1: Select Any one from the courses listed below along with corresponding practical
course
PSIT302a Applied Artificial PSIT3P2a Applied Artificial
Intelligence Intelligence Practical
PSIT302b Computer Vision PSIT3P2b Computer Vision
Practical
PSIT302c Cloud Application 4 PSIT3P2c Cloud Application 2
Development Development Practical
PSIT302d Security Breaches PSIT3P2d Security Breaches and
and Countermeasures Countermeasures
Practical
course
PSIT303a Machine Learning PSIT3P3a Machine Learning
Practical
PSIT303b Biomedical Image PSIT3P3b Biomedical Image
Processing Processing Practical
4 2
PSIT303c Cloud Management PSIT3P3c Cloud Management
Practical
PSIT303d Malware Analysis PSIT3P3d Malware Analysis
Practical
course
PSIT304a Robotic Process PSIT3P4a Robotic Process
Automation Automation Practical
PSIT304b Virtual Reality and PSIT3P4b Virtual Reality and
Augmented Reality Augmented Reality
4 Practical 2
PSIT304c Data Center PSIT3P4c Data Center
Technologies Technologies Practical
PSIT304d Offensive Security PSIT3P4d Offensive Security
Practical
Total Theory Credits 16 Total Practical Credits 8
Total Credits for Semester III: 24
ii
SEMESTER - IV
Course Title
Course Theory Credits Course Practical Credits
Code Code
PSIT401 Blockchain 4 PSIT4P1 2
course
PSIT402a Natural Language PSIT4P2a Natural Language
Processing Processing Practical
PSIT402b Digital Image PSIT4P2b Digital Image
Forensics Forensics Practical
4 2
PSIT402c Advanced IoT PSIT4P2c Advanced IoT
Practical
PSIT402d Cyber Forensics PSIT4P2d Cyber Forensics
Practical
course
PSIT403a Deep Learning PSIT4P3a Deep Learning
Practical
PSIT403b Remote Sensing PSIT4P3b Remote Sensing
Practical
PSIT403c Server Virtualization 4 PSIT4P3c Server Virtualization 2
on VMWare Platform on VMWare Platform
Practical
PSIT403d Security Operations PSIT4P3d Security Operations
Center Center Practical
Elective 3: Select Any one from the courses listed below. Project Implementation and Viva is
compulsory
PSIT404a Human Computer
Interaction
PSIT404b Advanced
Project
Applications of
4 PSIT4P4 Implementation and 2
Image Processing
Viva
PSIT404c Storage as a Service
PSIT404d Information Security
Auditing
Total Theory Credits 16 Total Practical Credits 8
Total Credits for Semester IV: 24
If a student selects all 6 papers of Artificial Intelligence Track, he should be awarded the
degree M.Sc. (Information Technology), Artificial Intelligence Specialisation.
If a student selects all 6 papers of Image Processing Track, he should be awarded the degree
M.Sc. (Information Technology), Image Processing Specialisation.
If a student selects all 6 papers of Cloud Computing Track, he should be awarded the degree
M.Sc. (Information Technology), Cloud Computing Specialisation
If a student selects all 6 papers of Artificial Security Track, he should be awarded the degree
M.Sc. (Information Technology), Security Specialisation
All other students will be awarded M.Sc. (Information Technology) degree.
iii
Table of Contents
PSIT301: Technical Writing and Entrepreneurship Development .................................... 3
PSIT3P1: Project Documentation and Viva .......................................................................... 7
PSIT302a: Applied Artificial Intelligence ............................................................................. 8
PSIT302b: Computer Vision................................................................................................. 10
PSIT302c: Cloud Application Development........................................................................ 13
PSIT302d: Security Breaches and Countermeasures......................................................... 16
PSIT303a: Machine Learning............................................................................................... 19
PSIT303b: Biomedical Image Processing ............................................................................ 21
PSIT303c: Cloud Management............................................................................................. 24
PSIT303d: Malware Analysis ............................................................................................... 32
PSIT304a: Robotic Process Automation .............................................................................. 35
PSIT304b: Virtual Reality and Augmented Reality ........................................................... 38
PSIT304c: Data Centre Technologies .................................................................................. 40
PSIT304d: Offensive Security............................................................................................... 45
PSIT401: Blockchain ............................................................................................................. 51
PSIT402a: Natural Language Processing ............................................................................ 54
PSIT402b: Digital Image Forensics...................................................................................... 57
PSIT402c: Advanced IoT ...................................................................................................... 59
PSIT402d: Cyber Forensics .................................................................................................. 61
PSIT403a: Deep Learning ..................................................................................................... 63
PSIT403b: Remote Sensing ................................................................................................... 65
PSIT403c: Server Virtualization on VMWare Platform ................................................... 69
PSIT403d: Security Operations Centre ............................................................................... 75
PSIT404a: Human Computer Interaction ........................................................................... 80
PSIT404b: Advanced IoT ...................................................................................................... 82
PSIT404c: Storage as a Service ............................................................................................ 84
PSIT404d: Information Security Auditing .......................................................................... 90
PSIT4P4: Project Implementation and Viva....................................................................... 93
Evaluation Scheme ................................................................................................................. 94
Internal Evaluation (40 Marks) ............................................................................................ 94
External Examination: (60 marks) ....................................................................................... 94
Practical Evaluation (50 marks) ........................................................................................... 95
Project Documentation and Viva Voce Evaluation ............................................................ 95
Project Implementation and Viva Voce Evaluation ........................................................... 95
Appendix – 1 ........................................................................................................................... 95
1
SEMESTER III
2
PSIT301: Technical Writing and Entrepreneurship Development
M. Sc (Information Technology) Semester – III
Course Name: Technical Writing and Entrepreneurship Course Code: PSIT301
Development
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Internal -- 40
Course Objectives:
 This course aims to provide conceptual understanding of developing strong foundation

in general writing, including research proposal and reports.
 It covers the technological developing skills for writing Article, Blog, E-Book,
Commercial web Page design, Business Listing Press Release, E-Listing and Product
Description.
 This course aims to provide conceptual understanding of innovation and
entrepreneurship development.
Unit Details Lectures Outcome

Introduction to Technical Communication:
What Is Technical Communication? The Challenges of
Producing Technical Communication, Characteristics of a
Technical Document, Measures of Excellence in
Technical Documents, Skills and Qualities Shared by
Successful Workplace Communicators, How
Communication Skills and Qualities Affect Your Career?
Understanding Ethical and Legal Considerations: A
Brief Introduction to Ethics, Your Ethical Obligations,
Your Legal Obligations, The Role of Corporate Culture in
I 12 CO1
Ethical and Legal Conduct, Understanding Ethical and
Legal Issues Related to Social Media, Communicating
Ethically Across Cultures, Principles for Ethical
Communication Writing Technical Documents:
Planning, Drafting, Revising, Editing, Proofreading
Writing Collaboratively: Advantages and Disadvantages
of Collaboration, Managing Projects, Conducting
Meetings, Using Social Media and Other Electronic Tools
in Collaboration, Importance of Word Press Website,
Gender and Collaboration, Culture and Collaboration.
Introduction to Content Writing: Types of Content
(Article, Blog, E-Books, Press Release, Newsletters Etc),
Exploring Content Publication Channels. Distribution of
II 12 CO2
your content across various channels. Blog Creation:
Understand the psychology behind your web traffic,
Creating killing landing pages which attract users, Using
3
Landing Page Creators, Setting up Accelerated Mobile
Pages, Identifying UI UX Experience of your website or
blog. Organizing Your Information: Understanding
Three Principles for Organizing Technical Information,
Understanding Conventional Organizational Patterns,
Emphasizing Important Information: Writing Clear,
Informative Titles, Writing Clear, Informative Headings,
Writing Clear Informative Lists, Writing Clear
Informative Paragraphs.
Creating Graphics: The Functions of Graphics, The
Characteristics of an Effective Graphic, Understanding the
Process of Creating Graphics, Using Color Effectively,
Choosing the Appropriate Kind of Graphic, Creating
Effective Graphics for Multicultural Readers.
Researching Your Subject: Understanding the
Differences Between Academic and Workplace Research,
Understanding the Research Process, Conducting
III 12 CO3
Secondary Research, Conducting Primary Research,
Research and Documentation: Literature Reviews,
Interviewing for Information, Documenting Sources,
Copyright, Paraphrasing, Questionnaires. Report
Components: Abstracts, Introductions, Tables of
Contents, Executive Summaries, Feasibility Reports,
Investigative Reports, Laboratory Reports, Test Reports,
Trip Reports, Trouble Reports
Writing Proposals: Understanding the Process of
Writing Proposals, The Logistics of Proposals, The
“Deliverables” of Proposals, Persuasion and Proposals,
Writing a Proposal, The Structure of the Proposal.
Writing Informational Reports: Understanding the
Process of Writing Informational Reports, Writing
Directives, Writing Field Reports, Writing Progress and
Status Reports, Writing Incident Reports, Writing
Meeting Minutes. Writing Recommendation Reports:
Understanding the Role of Recommendation Reports,
Using a Problem-Solving Model for Preparing
Recommendation Reports, Writing Recommendation
IV Reports. Reviewing, Evaluating, and Testing 12 CO4
Documents and Websites: Understanding Reviewing,
Evaluating, and Testing, Reviewing Documents and
Websites, Conducting Usability Evaluations, Conducting
Usability Tests, Using Internet tools to check writing
Quality, Duplicate Content Detector, What is Plagiarism?,
How to avoid writing plagiarism content? Innovation
management: an introduction: The importance of
innovation, Models of innovation, Innovation as a
management process. Market adoption and technology
diffusion: Time lag between innovation and useable
product, Innovation and the market , Innovation and
market vision ,Analysing internet search data to help
4
adoption and forecasting sales ,Innovative new products
and consumption patterns, Crowd sourcing for new
product ideas, Frugal innovation and ideas from
everywhere, Innovation diffusion theories.
Managing innovation within firms: Organisations and
innovation, The dilemma of innovation management,
Innovation dilemma in low technology sectors, Dynamic
capabilities, Managing uncertainty, Managing innovation
projects Operations and process innovation: Operations
management, The nature of design and innovation in the
context of operations, Process design, Process design and
innovation
Managing intellectual property: Intellectual property,
Trade secrets, An introduction to patents, Trademarks,
Brand names, Copyright Management of research and
V 12 CO5
development: What is research and development?, R&D
management and the industrial context, R&D investment
and company success, Classifying R&D, R&D
management and its link with business strategy, Strategic
pressures on R&D, Which business to support and how?,
Allocation of funds to R&D, Level of R&D expenditure
Managing R&D projects: Successful technology
management, The changing nature of R&D management,
The acquisition of external technology, Effective R&D
management, The link with the product innovation
process, Evaluating R&D projects.

1. Technical Mike Markel Bedford/St. 11 2014
Communication Martin's
2. Innovation Management Paul Trott Pearson 06 2017

and New Product
Development
3. Handbook of Technical Gerald J. Bedford/St. 09 2008
Writing Alred , Charles T. Martin's
Brusaw , Walter E.
Oliu
4. Technical Writing 101: A Alan S. Pringle and scriptorium 03 2009
Real-World Guide to Sarah S. O'Keefe
Planning and Writing
Technical Content
5. Innovation and Peter Drucker Harper 03 2009
Entrepreneurship Business
5
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, a student should be able to:
CO1: Develop technical documents that meet the requirements with standard guidelines.
Understanding the essentials and hands-on learning about effective Website Development.
CO2: Write Better Quality Content Which Ranks faster at Search Engines. Build effective
Social Media Pages.
CO3: Evaluate the essentials parameters of effective Social Media Pages.
CO4: Understand importance of innovation and entrepreneurship.
CO5: Analyze research and development projects.
6
PSIT3P1: Project Documentation and Viva
Course Name: Project Documentation and Viva Course Code: PSIT3P1
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- --
The learners are expected to develop a project beyond the undergraduate level. Normal web
sites, web applications, mobile apps are not expected. Preferably, the project should be from
the elective chosen by the learner at the post graduate level. In semester three. The learner is
supposed to prepare the synopsis and documentation. The same project has to be implemented
in Semester IV.
More details about the project is given is Appendix 1.
7
PSIT302a: Applied Artificial Intelligence
Course Name: Applied Artificial Intelligence Course Code: PSIT302a
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Internal -- 40
Course Objectives:
- To explore the applied branches of artificial intelligence
- To enable the learner to understand applications of artificial intelligence
- To enable the student to solve the problem aligned with derived branches of
artificial intelligence.

Review of AI: History, foundation and Applications
Expert System and Applications: Phases in Building
Expert System, Expert System Architecture, Expert System
I 12 CO1
versus Traditional Systems, Rule based Expert Systems,
Blackboard Systems, Truth Maintenance System,
Application of Expert Systems, Shells and Tools
Probability Theory: joint probability, conditional
probability, Bayes’s theorem, probabilities in rules and facts
of rule based system, cumulative probabilities, rule based
system and Bayesian method
II Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic: Fuzzy Sets, Fuzzy set 12 CO2
operations, Types of Member ship Functions, Multivalued
Logic, Fuzzy Logic, Linguistic variables and Hedges, Fuzzy
propositions, inference rules for fuzzy propositions, fuzzy
systems, possibility theory and other enhancement to Logic
Machine Learning Paradigms: Machine Learning systems,
supervised and un-supervised learning, inductive learning,
deductive learning, clustering, support vector machines,
cased based reasoning and learning.
III 12 CO3
Artificial Neural Networks: Artificial Neural Networks,
Single-Layer feedforward networks, multi-layer feed-
forward networks, radial basis function networks, design
issues of artificial neural networks and recurrent networks
Evolutionary Computation: Soft computing, genetic
algorithms, genetic programming concepts, evolutionary
programming, swarm intelligence, ant colony paradigm,
particle swarm optimization and applications of evolutionary
IV algorithms. 12 CO4
Intelligent Agents: Agents vs software programs,
classification of agents, working of an agent, single agent and
multiagent systems, performance evaluation, architecture,
agent communication language, applications
8
Advanced Knowledge Representation Techniques:
Conceptual dependency theory, script structures, CYC
theory, script structure, CYC theory, case grammars,
semantic web.
V 12 CO5
Natural Language Processing:
Sentence Analysis phases, grammars and parsers, types of
parsers, semantic analysis, universal networking language,
dictionary

1. Artificial Intelligence Saroj Kaushik Cengage 1st 2019
2. Artificial Intelligence: A A. Russel, Peter 1st
Modern Approach Norvig
3. Artificial Intelligence Elaine Rich,Kevin Tata Mc- 3rd
Knight,Shivashankar Grawhill
B. Nair

Course Name: Artificial Intelligence Practical Course Code: PSIT3P2a
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- --
List of Practical:
10 practicals covering the entire syllabus must be performed. The detailed list of
practical will be circulated later in the official workshop.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of course the learner will:

CO1: be able to understand the fundamentals concepts of expert system and its applications.
CO2: be able to use probability and concept of fuzzy sets for solving AI based problems.
CO3: be able to understand the applications of Machine Learning. The learner can also apply
fuzzy system for solving problems.
CO4: learner will be able to apply to understand the applications of genetic algorithms in
different problems related to artificial intelligence.
CO5: A learner can use knowledge representation techniques in natural language processing.
9
PSIT302b: Computer Vision
Course Name: Computer Vision Course Code: PSIT302b
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Internal -- 40
Course Objectives:
 To develop the student's understanding of the issues involved in trying to define and
simulate perception.
 To familiarize the student with specific, well known computer vision methods,
algorithms and results.
 To provide the student additional experience in the analysis and evaluation of
complicated systems.
 To provide the student additional software development experience.
 To provide the student with paper and proposal writing experience.

Introduction: What is computer vision?, A brief history,
Image formation, Geometric primitives and
transformations, Geometric primitives, D transformations,
D transformations, D rotations, D to D projections, Lens
distortions, Photometric image formation, Lighting,
Reflectance and shading, Optics, The digital camera,
Sampling and aliasing, Color ,Compression
I Feature-based alignment: D and D feature-based 12 CO1
alignment, D alignment using least squares , Application:
Panography , Iterative algorithms , Robust least squares
and RANSAC , D alignment , Pose estimation , Linear
algorithms, Iterative algorithms , Application: Augmented
reality , Geometric intrinsic calibration, Calibration
patterns, Vanishing points , Application: Single view
metrology , Rotational motion ,Radial distortion
Structure from motion : Triangulation, Two-frame
structure from motion , Projective (uncalibrated)
reconstruction, Self-calibration , Application: View
morphing , Factorization, Perspective and projective
factorization , Application: Sparse D model extraction,
Bundle adjustment, Exploiting sparsity , Application:
II 12 CO2
Match move and augmented reality , Uncertainty and
ambiguities , Application: Reconstruction from Internet
photos , Constrained structure and motion , Line-based
techniques , Plane-based techniques
Dense motion estimation : Translational alignment ,
Hierarchical motion estimation, Fourier-based alignment ,
10
Incremental refinement , Parametric motion, Application:
Video stabilization, Learned motion models , Spline-
based motion, Application: Medical image registration,
Optical flow, Multi-frame motion estimation ,Application:
Video denoising , Application: De-interlacing , Layered
motion, Application: Frame interpolation, Transparent
layers and reflections
Image stitching : Motion models, Planar perspective
motion, Application: Whiteboard and document scanning
, Rotational panoramas , Gap closing , Application: Video
summarization and compression, Cylindrical and
spherical coordinates, Global alignment, Bundle
adjustment,Parallax removal , Recognizing panoramas,
Direct vsfeature-based alignment, Compositing ,
Choosing a compositing surface, Pixel selection and
weighting (de-ghosting) , Application:
Photomontage,Blending
Computational photography : Photometric calibration
III 12 CO3
,Radiometric response function ,Noise level estimation
,Vignetting ,Optical blur (spatial response) estimation
,High dynamic range imaging ,Tone mapping
,Application: Flash photograpy,Super-resolution and blur
removal,Color image demosaicing ,Application:
Colorization,Image matting and compositing ,Blue screen
matting ,Natural image matting ,Optimization-based
matting ,Smoke, shadow, and flash matting ,Video
matting ,Texture analysis and synthesis ,Application: Hole
filling and inpainting ,Application: Non-photorealistic
rendering
Stereo correspondence
Epipolar geometry , Rectification ,Plane sweep , Sparse
correspondence , D curves and profiles , Dense
correspondence, Similarity measures , Local methods ,
Sub-pixel estimation and uncertainty , Application:
Stereo-based head tracking , Global optimization ,
Dynamic programming , Segmentation-based techniques,
Application: Z-keying and background replacement,
Multi-view stereo, Volumetric and D surface
reconstruction, Shape from silhouettes
IV 3D reconstruction : Shape from X , Shape from shading 12 CO4
and photometric stereo, Shape from texture, Shape from
focus , Active rangefinding , Range data merging ,
Application: Digital heritage , Surface representations ,
Surface interpolation, Surface simplification, Geometry
images , Point-based representations, Volumetric
representations , Implicit surfaces and level sets , Model-
based reconstruction, Architecture, Heads and faces ,
Application: Facial animation , Whole body modeling and
tracking ,Recovering texture maps and albedos ,
Estimating BRDFs ,Application: D photography
11
Image-based rendering : View interpolation, View-
dependent texture maps, Application: Photo Tourism ,
Layered depth images, Impostors, sprites, and layers,
Light fields and Lumigraphs , Unstructured Lumigraph,
Surface light fields, Application: Concentric mosaics,
Environment mattes, Higher-dimensional light fields ,
The modeling to rendering continuum, Video-based
rendering , Video-based animation, Video textures ,
Application: Animating pictures, D Video, Application:
Video-based walkthroughs
V Recognition : Object detection, Face detection, 12 CO5
Pedestrian detection, Face recognition, Eigenfaces, Active
appearance and D shape models, Application: Personal
photo collections, Instance recognition, Geometric
alignment, Large databases, Application: Location
recognition, Category recognition, Bag of words, Part-
based models, Recognition with segmentation,
Application: Intelligent photo editing, Context and scene
understanding , Learning and large image collections,
Application: Image search, Recognition databases and test
sets

1. Computer Vision: Algorithms Richard Szeliski Springer 1st 2010
and Applications Edition

Course Name: Computer Vision Practical Course Code: PSIT3P2b
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- --
List of Practical:
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Understand the basics of computer vision
CO2: Understand and analyse various structure form motion and various estimates of Dense
Motion
CO3: Apply various motion models to images and understand computation photography
techniques
CO4: Apply Epipolar geometry , Rectification and various other 3D correspondence and
Stereo reconstruction techniques
CO5: Understand image-based rendering and reconstruction
12
PSIT302c: Cloud Application Development
Course Name: Cloud Application Development Course Code: PSIT302c
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Internal -- 40
Course Objectives:
 To develop and deploy Microservices for cloud
 To understand Kubernetes and deploy applications on Azure Kubernetes Service
 To understand DevOps for Azure
 To follow the DevOps practices for software development
 To build APIs for Azure and AWS
Unit Details Lectures Outcomes

Implementing Microservices: Client to microservices
communication, Interservice communication, data
considerations, security, monitoring, microservices
hosting platform options.
Azure Service Fabric: Introduction, core concepts,
supported programming models, service fabric clusters,
I 12 CO1
develop and deploy applications of service fabric.
Monitoring Azure Service Fabric Clusters: Azure
application, resource manager template, Adding
Application Monitoring to a Stateless Service Using
Application Insights, Cluster monitoring, Infrastructure
monitoring.
Azure Kubernetes Service (AKS): Introduction to
kubernetes and AKS, AKS development tools, Deploy
applications on AKS.
Monitoring AKS: Monitoring, Azure monitor and
analytics, monitoring AKS clusters, native kubernetes
dashboard, Prometheus and Grafana.
Securing Microservices: Authentication in
microservices, Implenting security using API gateway
II pattern, Creating application using Ocrlot and securing 12 CO2
APIs with Azure AD.
Database Design for Microservices: Data stores,
monolithic approach, Microservices approach, harnessing
cloud computing, dataase options on MS Azure,
overcoming application development challenges.
Building Microservices on Azure Stack: Azure stack,
Offering IaaS, PaaS on-premises simplified, SaaS on
Azure stack.
13
.NET DevOps for Azure: DevOps introduction, Problem
and solution.
Professional Grade DevOps Environment: The state of
DevOps, professional grade DevOps vision, DevOps
architecture, tools for professional DevOps environment,
III DevOps centered application. 12 CO3
Tracking work: Process template, Types of work items,
Customizing the process, Working with the process.
Tracking code: Number of repositories, Git repository,
structure, branching pattern, Azure repos configuration,
Git and Azure.
Building the code: Structure of build, using builds with
.NET core and Azure pipelines,
Validating the code: Strategy for defect detection,
Implementing defect detection.
Release candidate creation: Designing release candidate
architecture, Azure artifacts workflow for release
IV 12 CO4
candidates,
Deploying the release: Designing deployment pipeline,
Implementing deployment in Azure pipelines.
Operating and monitoring release: Principles,
Architectures for observability, Jumpstarting
observability.
Introduction to APIs: Introduction, API economy, APIs
in public sector.
API Strategy and Architecture: API Strategy, API value
chain, API architecture, API management.
API Development: Considerations, Standards, kick-start
V 12 CO5
API development, team orientation.
API Gateways: API Gateways in public cloud, Azure API
management, AWS API gateway.
API Security: Request-based security, Authentication and
authorization.

1. Building Microservices Harsh Chawla Apress -- 2019
Applications on Microsoft Hemant Kathuria
Azure- Designing,
Developing, Deploying, and
Monitoring
2. .NET DevOps for Azure Jeffrey Palermo Apress -- 2019
A Developer’s Guide to
DevOps Architecture the
Right Way
3. Practical API Architecture Thurupathan Apress -- 2018
and Development with Vijayakumar
Azure and AWS - Design
and Implementation of APIs
for the Cloud
14
Course Name: Cloud Application Development Course Code: PSIT3P2c
Practical
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- --
List of Practical:
10 practical covering the entire syllabus must be performed. The detailed list of
Course Outcomes:
CO01: Develop the Microservices for cloud and deploy them on Microsoft Azure.
CO02: Build and deploy services to Azure Kubernetes service.
CO03: Understand and build the DevOps way.
CO04: Thoroughly build the applications in the DevOps way.
CO05: Build the APIs for Microsoft Azure and AWS.
15
PSIT302d: Security Breaches and Countermeasures
Course Name: Security Breaches and Countermeasures Course Code: PSIT302d
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Internal -- 40
Course Objectives:
 To get the insight of the security loopholes in every aspect of computing.
 To understand the threats and different types of attacks that can be launched on
computing systems.
 To know the countermeasures that can be taken to prevent attacks on computing systems.
 To test the software against the attacks.

Introduction to Security Breaching: Overview of
Information Security, Threats and Attack vectors,
Concepts of Hacking – Ethical and Unethical,
Information Security Controls, Concepts of
penetration Testing, Information Security Laws and
Standards.
Evaluation Security of IT Organisation: Concepts,
Methodology, Tools, Countermeasures, Penetration
I 12 CO1
Testing.
Network Scanning: Concepts, Scanning beyond IDS
and firewalls, Tools, Banner Grabbing, Scanning
Techniques, Network Diagrams, penetration testing.
Enumeration: Concepts, Different types of
enumeration: Netbios, SNMP, LDAP, NTP, SMTP,
DNS, other enumeration techniques,
Countermeasures, Penetration Testing
Analysis of Vulnerability: Concepts, Assessment
Solutions, Scoring Systems, Assessment Tools,
Assessment Reports.
Breaching System Security: Concepts, Cracking
passwords, Escalating privileges, Executing
Applications, Hiding files, covering tracks,
penetration testing.
II 12 CO2
Threats due to malware: Concepts, Malware
Analysis, Trojan concepts, countermeasures, Virus
and worm concepts, anti-malware software,
Network Sniffing: Concepts, countermeasures,
sniffing techniques, detection techniques, tools,
16
Social Engineering: Concepts, Impersonation on
networking sites, Techniques, Identity theft, Insider
threats, countermeasures, Pen testing.
Denial of Service and Distributed Denial of service:
Concepts, techniques, botnets, attack tools,
countermeasures, protection tools, penetration testing.
Hijacking an active session: Concepts, tools,
III 12 CO3
application level session hijacking, countermeasures,
network level session hijacking, penetration testing.
Evasion of IDS, Firewalls and Honeypots:
Introduction and concepts, detecting honeypots,
evading IDS, IDS and Firewall evasion
countermeasures, evading firewalls, penetration
testing.
Compromising Web Servers: Concepts, attacks,
attack methodology, attack tools, countermeasures,
patch management, web server security tools,
Compromising Web Applications: Concepts,
threats, methods, tools, countermeasures, testing tools,
IV penetration testing. 12 CO4
Performing SQL Injection: Concepts, types,
methodology, tools, techniques, countermeasures.
Compromising Wireless Networks: Concepts,
wireless encryption, threats, methodology, tools,
compromising Bluetooth, countermeasures, wireless
security tools, penetration testing.
Compromising Mobile Platforms: Attack vectors,
Compromising Android OS, Compromising iOS,
Mobile spyware, Mobile Device Management, Mobile
security, penetration testing.
Compromising IoT: Concepts, attacks,
compromising methodology, tools, countermeasures,
V 12 CO5
Cloud Security: Concepts, Security, threats, attacks,
tools, penetration testing.
Cryptography: Concepts, email encryption,
algorithms, disk encryption, tools, cryptanalysis,
Public key infrastructure, countermeasures.

1. CEHv10, Certified Ethical Ric Messier Sybex - Wiley - 2019
Hacker Study Guide
2. All in One, Certified Matt Walker Tata McGraw - 2012
Ethical Hacker Hill
3. CEH V10: EC-Council I.P. Specialist IPSPECIALIST - 2018
Certified Ethical Hacker
Complete Training Guide
17
Course Name: Security Breaches and Countermeasures Course Code: PSIT3P3d
Practical
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- -
List of Practical:
Course Outcome:
CO1: The student should be able to identify the different security breaches that can occur.
The student should be able to evaluate the security of an organization and identify the
loopholes. The student should be able to perform enumeration and network scanning.
CO2: The student should be able to identify the vulnerability in the systems, breach the
security of the system, identify the threats due to malware and sniff the network. The student
should be able to do the penetration testing to check the vulnerability of the system towards
malware and network sniffing.
CO3: The student should be able to perform social engineering and educate people to be
careful from attacks due to social engineering, understand and launch DoS and DDoS attacks,
hijack and active session and evade IDS and Firewalls. This should help the students to make
the organization understand the threats in their systems and build robust systems.
CO4: The student should be able to identify the vulnerabilities in the Web Servers, Web
Applications, perform SQL injection and get into the wireless networks. The student should
be able to help the organization aware about these vulnerabilities in their systems.
CO5: The student should be able to identify the vulnerabilities in the newer technologies like
mobiles, IoT and cloud computing. The student should be able to use different methods of
cryptography.
18
PSIT303a: Machine Learning
Course Name: Machine Learning Course Code: PSIT303a
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Internal -- 40
Course Objectives:
 Understanding Human learning aspects.
 Understanding primitives in learning process by computer.
 Understanding nature of problems solved with Machine Learning

Introduction: Machine learning, Examples of Machine
Learning Problems, Structure of Learning, learning versus
Designing, Training versus Testing, Characteristics of
Machine learning tasks, Predictive and descriptive tasks,
I 12
Machine learning Models: Geometric Models, Logical CO1
Models, Probabilistic Models. Features: Feature types,
Feature Construction and Transformation, Feature
Selection.
Classification and Regression: Classification: Binary
Classification- Assessing Classification performance,
Class probability Estimation Assessing class probability
Estimates, Multiclass Classification. Regression:
II Assessing performance of Regression- Error measures, 12 CO2
Overfitting- Catalysts for Overfitting, Case study of
Polynomial Regression. Theory of Generalization:
Effective number of hypothesis, Bounding the Growth
function, VC Dimensions, Regularization theory.
Linear Models: Least Squares method, Multivariate
Linear Regression, Regularized Regression, Using Least
Square regression for Classification. Perceptron, Support CO2
III 12
Vector Machines, Soft Margin SVM, Obtaining CO3
probabilities from Linear classifiers, Kernel methods for
non-Linearity.
Logic Based and Algebraic Model: Distance Based
Models: Neighbours and Examples, Nearest Neighbours
Classification, Distance based clustering-K means
Algorithm, Hierarchical clustering, Rule Based Models:
CO2
Rule learning for subgroup discovery, Association rule
IV 12 CO3
mining. Tree Based Models: Decision Trees, Ranking and
CO4
Probability estimation Trees, Regression trees, Clustering
Trees.
19
Probabilistic Model:
Normal Distribution and Its Geometric Interpretations,
Naïve Bayes Classifier, Discriminative learning with
Maximum likelihood, Probabilistic Models with Hidden
variables: Estimation-Maximization Methods, Gaussian
V 12 CO5
Mixtures, and Compression based Models.
Trends In Machine Learning : Model and Symbols-
Bagging and Boosting, Multitask learning, Online learning
and Sequence Prediction, Data Streams and Active
Learning, Deep Learning, Reinforcement Learning.

1. Machine Learning: The Art Peter Flach Cambridge 2012
and Science of Algorithms University
that Make Sense of Data Press
2. Introduction to Statistical Hastie, Tibshirani, Springer 2nd 2012
Machine Learning with Friedman
Applications in R
3. Introduction to Machine Ethem Alpaydin PHI 2nd 2013
Learning

Course Name: Machine Learning Practical Course Code: PSIT3P3a
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- -
List of Practical:
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Understand the key issues in Machine Learning and its associated applications in
intelligent business and scientific computing.
CO2: Acquire the knowledge about classification and regression techniques where a learner
will be able to explore his skill to generate data base knowledge using the prescribed
techniques.
CO3: Understand and implement the techniques for extracting the knowledge using machine
learning methods.
CO4: Achieve adequate perspectives of big data analytics in various applications like
recommender systems, social media applications etc.
CO5: Understand the statistical approach related to machine learning. He will also Apply the
algorithms to a real-world problem, optimize the models learned and report on the expected
accuracy that can be achieved by applying the models.
20
PSIT303b: Biomedical Image Processing
Course Name: Biomedical Image Processing Course Code: PSIT303b
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Internal -- 40
Course Objectives:
 To design intelligent systems that can analyze biomedical images.

 To understand different scientific approaches in biomedical image processing.
 To understand the structure of biomedical images and how to correlate it with
different biological data.
 To design systems to identify different physical conditions on the basis of biomedical
data.

Introduction: Biosignals, Biosignal Measurement
Systems, Transducers, Amplifier/Detector, Analog
Signal Processing and Filters, ADC Conversion, Data
Banks
Bio signal Measurements, Noise, and Analysis:
Biosignals, Noise, Signal Analysis: Data Functions and
Transforms
I 12 CO1
Spectral Analysis: Classical Methods : Fourier Series
Analysis, Power Spectrum, Spectral Averaging: Welch’s
Method
Noise Reduction and Digital Filters : Noise Reduction,
Noise Reduction through Ensemble Averaging, Z-
Transform, Finite Impulse Response Filters, Infinite
Impulse Response Filters
Modern Spectral Analysis: The Search for
Narrowband Signals: Parametric Methods,
Nonparametric Analysis: Eigen analysis Frequency
Estimation
Time Frequency Analysis: Basic Approaches, The
Short-Term Fourier Transform: The Spectrogram, The
Wigner Ville Distribution: A Special Case of Cohen’s
II Class, Cohen’s Class Distributions 12 CO2
Wavelet Analysis: Continuous Wavelet Transform,
Discrete Wavelet Transform, Feature Detection:
Wavelet Packets
Optimal and Adaptive Filters: Optimal Signal
Processing: Wiener Filters, Adaptive Signal Processing,
Phase-Sensitive Detection
21
Multivariate Analyses: Principal Component Analysis
and Independent Component Analysis : Linear
Transformations, Principal Component Analysis,
Independent Component Analysis
Chaos and Nonlinear Dynamics : Nonlinear Systems,
Phase Space, Estimating the Embedding Parameters,
Quantifying Trajectories in Phase Space: The Lyapunov
III 12 CO3
Exponent, Nonlinear Analysis: The Correlation
Dimension, Tests for Nonlinearity: Surrogate Data
Analysis
Nonlinearity Detection: Information-Based Methods
: Information and Regularity, Mutual Information
Function, Spectral Entropy, Phase-Space-Based Entropy
Methods, Detrended Fluctuation Analysis
Image Processing: Filters, Transformations, and
Registration : Two-Dimensional Fourier Transform,
Linear Filtering, Spatial Transformations, Image
Registration
Image Segmentation : Pixel-Based Methods,
IV Continuity-Based Methods, Multi thresholding 12 CO4
Morphological Operations, Edge-Based Segmentation
Image Acquisition and Reconstruction : Imaging
Modalities, CT, PET, and SPECT, Magnetic Resonance
Imaging, Functional MRI
Classification I: Linear Discriminant Analysis and

Support Vector Machines : Linear Discriminators,
Evaluating Classifier Performance, Higher Dimensions:
Kernel Machines
Support Vector Machines, Machine Capacity:
Overfitting or “Less Is More", Extending the Number of
V Variables and Classes, Cluster Analysis 12 CO5
Classification II: Adaptive Neural Nets : Training the
McCullough Pitts Neuron, The Gradient Decent Method
or Delta Rule, Two-Layer Nets: Back Projection, Three-
Layer Nets, Training Strategies, Multiple
Classifications, Multiple Input Variables

1. Biosignal and Medical John L. Semmlow, CRC Press 3rd 2014
Image Processing Benjamin Griffel
2. Biomedical Signal and Kayvan Najarian CRC Press 2nd 2012
Image Processing Robert Splinter
3. Introduction to Andrew Webb Wiley- 2003
Biomedical Imaging Interscience
22
Course Name: Biomedical Image Processing Practical Course Code: PSIT3P3b
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- -
List of Practical:
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Understand basics of Bio signals and various classical techniques of bio signal
processing.
CO2: Understand various modern spectral analysis techniques.
CO3: Understand and apply various multivariate analysis techniques on bio signals.
CO4: Understand and apply various transformations filters to images, and different techniques
for image acquisition and construction.
CO5: Understand the AI perspective in biological image processing using SVM and Neural
Networks.
23
PSIT303c: Cloud Management
Course Name: Cloud Management Course Code: PSIT303c
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Internal -- 40
Course Objectives:
 To Understand the Fundamental Ideas Behind Cloud Computing, The Evolution Of The
Paradigm, Its Applicability; Benefits, As Well As Current And Future Challenges;
 The Basic ideas And Principles In Data Center Design; Cloud Management Techniques
And Cloud Software Deployment Considerations;
 Different CPU, Memory And I/O Virtualization Techniques That Serve In Offering
Software, Computation
 And Storage Services On The Cloud; Software Defined Networks (SDN) And Software
Defined Storage (SDS);
 Cloud Storage Technologies And Relevant Distributed File Systems, Nosql Databases
And Object Storage;
 The Variety Of Programming Models And Develop Working Experience In Several Of
Them.

What is VMM? What's new in VMM
Get Started Release notes - VMM
Turn telemetry data on/off Deploy a VMM cloud Create a
VMM cloud Manage a VMM cloud Deploy a guarded host
fabric
Deploy guarded hosts Configure fallback HGS settings
Deploy a shielded VHDX and VM template Deploy a
shielded VM
Deploy a shielded Linux VM Deploy and manage a
software defined network (SDN) infrastructure Deploy an
SDN network controller Deploy an SDN SLB Deploy an
I SDN RAS gateway Deploy SDN using PowerShell Set up 12 CO1
a VM network in SDN
Encrypt VM networks in SDN Allow and block VM
traffic with SDN port ACLs Control SDN virtual network
bandwidth with QoS Load balance network traffic Set up
NAT for traffic forwarding in an SDN Route traffic across
networks in the SDN infrastructure
Configure SDN guest clusters Update the NC server
certificate Set up SDN SLB VIPs Back up and restore the
SDN infrastructure
Remove an SDN from VMM Manage SDN resources in
the VMM fabric Deploy and manage Storage Spaces
24
Direct Set up a hyper-converged Storage Spaces Direct
cluster Set up a disaggregated Storage Spaces Direct
cluster Manage Storage Spaces Direct clusters Assign
storage QoS policies for Clusters How To Plan System
requirements – VMM Plan VMM installation Plan a
VMM high availability deployment Identify VMM ports
and protocols Plan the VMM compute fabric Plan the
VMM networking fabric Identify supported storage arrays
Upgrade and install
Upgrade VMM Install VMM Install the VMM console
Enable enhanced console session Deploy VMM for high
availability Deploy a highly available VMM management
server Deploy a highly available SQL Server database for
VMM Deploy a highly available VMM library Set up TLS
1.2 Deploy update rollups Back up and restore VMM
Manage the VMM library Library overview Add file-
based resources to the VMM library
Add profiles to the VMM library Add VM templates to the
VMM library Add service templates to the VMM library
Manage VMM library resources Manage virtualization
servers Manage VMM host groups Add existing Hyper-V
hosts and clusters to the fabric Add a Nano server as a
Hyper-V host or cluster Run a script on host
Create a cluster from standalone Hyper-V hosts Provision
a Hyper-V host or cluster from bare-metal Create a guest
Hyper-V cluster from a service template Set up
networking for Hyper-V hosts and clusters Set up storage
for Hyper-V hosts and clusters Manage MPIO for Hyper-
V hosts and clusters Manage Hyper-V extended port
ACLs Manage Hyper-V clusters Update Hyper-V hosts
and clusters Run a rolling upgrade of Hyper-V clusters
Service Hyper-V hosts for maintenance Manage VMware
servers Manage management servers Manage
infrastructure servers Manage update servers Manage
networking Network fabric overview Set up logical
networks Set up logical networks in UR1 Set up VM
networks
Set up IP address pools Add a network gateway Set up port
profiles Set up logical switches Set up MAC address pools
Integrate NLB with service templates Set up an IPAM
server Manage storage Set up storage fabric Set up storage
classifications Add storage devices Allocate storage to
host groups Set up a Microsoft iSCSI Target Server Set up
a Virtual Fibre Channel Set up file storage Set up Storage
Replica in VMM
25
Service Manager What's new in Service Manager Get
started
Evaluation and activation of Service Manager Service
Manager components Supported configurations System
requirements - Service Manager Release notes - Service
Manager Enable service log on Manage telemetry settings
How to Plan
Planning for Service Manager Plan for deployment
Service Manager editions Recommended deployment
topologies Operations Manager considerations Service
Manager databases
Port assignments Prepare for deployment Service
Manager performance Plan for performance and
scalability Plan for hardware performance Deploy Deploy
Service Manager Deployment scenarios Install on a single
computer Install on two computers
Install on four computers Set up remote SQL Server
Reporting Services Use SQL Server AlwaysOn
availability groups for failover
Create and deploy server images Install on VMs Configure
PowerShell Register with the data warehouse to enable
reporting Deploy additional management servers
Deployment considerations with a disjointed namespace
Learn about the new Self Service portal
Deploy the Self-Service portal Set up load balancing
II 12 CO2
Back up the encryption key Index non-English knowledge
articles
Troubleshoot deployment issues Deploy from a command
line
Move databases Upgrade Upgrade Service Manager
Upgrade the self-service portal to Service Manager 2016
Upgrade SQL Server Reporting Services Set up a lab
environment for upgrade Prepare the production
environment Prepare the lab environment Run an upgrade
Complete tasks after upgrade Troubleshoot upgrade issues
Administer Use management packs to add functionality
Use connectors to import data Import data from Active
Directory Domain Services Import data and alerts from
Operations Manager
Import data from Configuration Manager Import runbooks
from Orchestrator Import data from VMM Use a CSV file
to import data
Optionally disable ECL logging for faster connector
synchronization Configuration items Configure incident
management Configure service level management
Configure workflows Configure change and activity
management Configure release management Configure
Desired Configuration Management to generate incidents
Configure notifications Use the service catalog to offer
services Use groups, queues, and lists in Service Manager
26
Use runbooks to automate procedures User interface
customization
Manage user roles Manage Run As accounts Manage
knowledge articles Configure and use Service Manager
cmdlets Manage the data warehouse Register source
systems to the data warehouse
Troubleshoot computer problems with tasks Configure
your preference for sharing diagnostic and usage data
Operate Search for information Manage incidents and
problems Manage changes and activities Manage service
requests Manage release records
Data warehouse reporting and analytics Use and manage
standard reports
What is Configuration Manager? Microsoft Endpoint
Configuration Manager FAQ What happened to SCCM?
Introduction
Find help for Configuration Manager How to use the docs
How to use the console Accessibility features Software
Center user guide Fundamentals Configuration Manager
fundamentals
Sites and hierarchies About upgrade, update, and install
Manage devices Client management Security Role-based
administration Configuration Manager and Windows as a
Service
Plan and design Get ready for Configuration Manager
Product changes Features and capabilities Security and
privacy for Configuration Manager Security and privacy
overview
Plan for security Security best practices and privacy
information
Privacy statement - Configuration Manager Cmdlet
III Library Additional privacy information Configure 12 CO3
security Cryptographic controls technical reference
Enable TLS About enabling TLS Enable TLS on clients
Enable TLS on site servers and remote site systems
Common issues when enabling TLS 1Migrate data
between hierarchies Migration overview Plan for
migration Planning for migration Prerequisites for
migration Checklists for migration
Determine whether to migrate data Planning the source
hierarchy
Planning migration jobs Planning client migration
Planning for content deployment Planning to migrate
objects Planning to monitor migration Planning to
complete migration Configure source hierarchies and
source sites Operations for migrating Security and privacy
for migration Deploy servers and roles Deploy servers and
roles Install infrastructure Get installation media Before
you run setup Setup reference Setup downloader
Prerequisite checker
27
Prerequisite checks Installing sites Prepare to install sites
overview
Prepare to install sites Prerequisites for installing sites Use
the setup wizard Use a command-line Command-line
overview Command-line options Install consoles Upgrade
an evaluation install
Upgrade to Configuration Manager Scenarios to
streamline your installation Configure sites and
hierarchies Configure sites and hierarchies overview Add
site system roles Add site system roles overview Install
site system roles Install cloud-based distribution points
About the service connection point Configuration options
for site system roles Database replicas for management
points Site components Publish site data Manage content
and content infrastructure Content infrastructure overview
Install and configure distribution points Deploy and
manage content Monitor content
Microsoft Connected Cache Troubleshoot Microsoft
Connected Cache Run discovery Discovery methods
overview About discovery methods Select discovery
methods Configure discovery methods Site boundaries
and boundary groups Site boundaries and boundary
groups overview Boundaries Boundary groups Procedures
for boundary groups High availability High availability
options Site server high availability Flowchart - Passive
site server setup Flowchart - Promote site server (planned)
Flowchart - Promote site server (unplanned) Prepare to use
SQL Server Always On Configure SQL Server Always On
Use a SQL Server cluster
Custom locations for database files Configure role-based
administration
What's new in Orchestrator Automate with runbooks Get
started
Install Orchestrator Work with runbooks in the
Orchestrator console
Example runbook: Creating a runbook to monitor a folder
Release notes – Orchestrator Turn on/off telemetry How
To Plan
Database sizing and performance Feature performance
considerations System requirements – Orchestrator
IV Design a runbook Deploy Upgrade Orchestrator Deploy 12 CO4
runbooks Configure Orchestrator database connections
Migrate Orchestrator between environments Change the
Orchestrator database Manage Runbooks
Design and build runbooks Create and test a sample
runbook Control runbook activities Monitor activities
Runbook properties
Track runbooks Install TLS Install and enable TLS 1.2
Manage Orchestrator Servers Runbook permissions Back
up Orchestrator
28
Bench mark Optimize performance of .Net activities
Configure runbook throttling Recover a database Recover
web components
Add an integration pack View Orchestrator data with
PowerPivot Change Orchestrator user groups Common
activity properties Computer groups Standard Activities
Orchestrator standard activities Alphabetical list of
Standard Activities Ports and protocols of Standard
Activities System Run Program Run .NET Script End
Process Start/Stop Service Restart System Save Event Log
Query WMI Run SSH Command Get SNMP Variable
Monitor SNMP Trap Send SNMP Trap Set SNMP
Variable
Scheduling Monitor Date/Time Check Schedule
Monitoring
Monitor Event Log Monitor Service Get Service Status
Monitor Process Get Process Status Monitor Computer/IP
Get Computer/IP Status Monitor Disk Space Get Disk
Space Status Monitor Internet Application Get Internet
Application Status Monitor WMI File Management
Compress File Copy File Create Folder Decompress File
Delete File Delete Folder Get File Status Monitor File
Monitor Folder Move File Move Folder PGP Decrypt File
PGP Encrypt File
Print File Rename File Email Send Email Notification
Send Event Log Message Send Syslog Message Send
Platform Event Utilities Apply XSLT Query XML Map
Published Data Compare Values
Write Web Pages Read Text Log Write to Database Query
Database
Monitor Counter Get Counter Value Modify Counter
Invoke Web Services Format Date/Time Generate
Random Text Map Network Path Disconnect Network
Path Get Dial-up Status Connect/Disconnect Dial-up Text
File Management Append Line
Delete Line Find Text Get Lines Insert Line Read Line
Search and Replace Text Runbook Control Invoke
Runbook Initialize Data Junction Return Data
Orchestrator Integration Toolkit Overview of Orchestrator
Integration Toolkit Installation Command Line Activity
Wizard Integration Pack Wizard Integration Packs Active
Directory Active Directory activities Add Computer To
Group
Add Group To Group Add User To Group Create
Computer
Create Group Create User Delete Computer Delete Group
Delete User Disable Computer Disable User Enable
Computer Enable User
29
Get Computer Get Group Get Organizational Unit Get
User Move Computer Move Group Move User Remove
Computer From Group
Remove Group From Group Remove User From Group
Rename Group Rename User Reset User Password
Unlock User Update Computer Update Group Update
User
Data Protection Manager How does DPM work?
What can DPM back up? DPM-compatible tape libraries
Get Started DPM build versions DPM release notes
What's new in DPM What DPM supports How To
Plan Your DPM Environment Get ready to deploy DPM
servers
Prepare your environment for DPM Prepare data storage
Identify compatible tape libraries Identify data sources
you want to protect Install or Upgrade DPM Install DPM
Upgrade your DPM installation Add Modern Backup
storage
Deduplicate DPM storage Deploy DPM Deploy the DPM
protection agent Deploy protection groups Configure
V 12 CO5
firewall settings Offline backup Using own disk Protect
Workloads Back up Hyper-V virtual machines Back up
Exchange with DPM Back up SharePoint with DPM Back
up SQL Server with DPM Back up client computers with
DPM Back up file data with DPM Back up system state
and bare metal Back up and restore VMware servers Back
up and restore VMM servers
Prepare to back up a generic data source Prepare machines
in workgroups and untrusted domains for backup Back up
the DPM server Monitor and Manage Monitor DPM Set
up DPM logging Generate DPM reports Use SCOM to
manage and monitor DPM servers Improve replication
performance Use central console to manage DPM servers

1. Microsoft SCVMM 2019 Whitepaper Microsoft 2019
2. Microsoft Endpoint Whitepaper Microsoft 2019
Manager 2019
3. Microsoft SCO 2019 Whitepaper Microsoft 2019
4. Microsoft SCOM 2019 Whitepaper Microsoft 2019
5. Microsoft SCSM 2019 Whitepaper Microsoft 2019
6. Microsoft DPM 2019 Whitepaper Microsoft 2019
7. Introducing Microsoft Mitch Tulloch with Microsoft 2012
System Center 2012 Symon Perriman and Press
the System Center
Team
30
Course Name: Cloud Management Practical Course Code: PSIT3P3c
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- -
List of Practical:
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Understand the concepts of VMM, SDN, NAS , HyperV etc.

CO2: Understand and demonstrate the use of Service manager with various deployments that
can be performed using it.
CO3: Understand SCCM and Demonstrate the use of Configuration Manager
CO4: Understand automation with runbooks and demonstrate the use of Windows
Orchestrator
CO5: Understand and demonstrate the use of Data Protection Manager
31
PSIT303d: Malware Analysis
Course Name: Malware Analysis Course Code: PSIT303d
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Internal -- 40
Course Objectives:
 Possess the skills necessary to carry out independent analysis of modern malware
samples using both static and dynamic analysis techniques.
 Have an intimate understanding of executable formats, Windows internals and API,
and analysis techniques.
 Extract investigative leads from host and network-based indicators associated with a
malicious program.
 Apply techniques and concepts to unpack, extract, decrypt, or bypass new
anti-analysis techniques in future malware samples.
 Achieve proficiency with industry standard tools including IDA Pro, OllyDbg,
WinDBG, PE Explorer, ProcMon etc.

Malware Analysis: Introduction, Techniques, Types of
malware, General rules for Malware Analysis. Basic
Static Techniques: Antivirus Scanning, Hashing, Finding
Strings, Packed and Obfuscated Malware, Portable
Executable Malware, Portable executable File Format,
Linked Libraries and Functions, Static Analysis, The PE
file headers and sections. Malware Analysis in Virtual
I Machines: Structure of VM, Creating and using Malware 12 CO1
Analysis machine, Risks of using VMware for malware
analysis, Record/Replay. Basic Dynamic Analysis:
Sandboxes, Running Malware, Monitoring with process
monitor, Viewing processes with process explorer,
Comparing registry snapshots with regshot, Faking a
network, Packet sniffing with Wireshark, Using INetSim,
Basic Dynamic Tools. x86 Disassembly
IDA PRO: Loading an executable, IDA Pro Interface,
Using cross references, Analysing functions, Using
graphing options, Enhancing disassembly, Extending IDA
with plug-ins.
Recognising C Code constructs in assembly: Global v/s
II local variables, Disassembling arithmetic operations, 12 CO2
recognizing if statements, recognizing loops, function call
conventions, Analysing switch statements, Disassembling
arrays, Identifying structs, Analysing linked list traversal.
Analysing Malicious Windows Programs: The windows
API, The Windows Registry, Networking APIs,
32
Understanding running malware. Kernel v/s user mode,
Native API.
Advanced Dynamic Analysis – Debugging: Source-
level v/s Assembly-level debugging, kernel v/s user mode
debugging, Using a debugger, Exceptions, Modifying
execution with a debugger, modifying program execution.
Advanced Dynamic Analysis – OLLYDBG: Loading
Malware, The Ollydbg Interface, Memory Map, Viewing
threads and Stacks, Executing code, Breakpoints, Loading
DLLs, Tracing, Exception handling, Patching, Analysing
shell code, Assistance features, Plug-ins, Scriptable
debugging. Kernel Debugging with WINDBG: Drivers
and kernel code, Using WinDbg, Microsoft Symbols,
kernel debugging and using it, Rootkits, Loading drivers,
III 12 CO3
kernel issues with windows.
Malware Functionality – Malware Behavior:
Downloaders and launchers, Backdoors, Credential
stealers, Persistence mechanisms, Privilege escalation,
covering the tracks.
Covert Malware Launching: Launchers, Process
injection, Process replacement, Hook injection, detours,
APC injection.
Data Encoding: Goal of Analysing algorithms, Simple
ciphers, Common cryptographic algorithms, Custom
encoding, decoding.
Malware – focused network signatures: Network
countermeasures, Safely investigating attacker online,
Content-Based Network Countermeasures, Combining
Dynamic and Static Analysis Techniques, Understanding
IV 12 CO4
the Attacker’s Perspective.
Anti-disassembly: Concepts, Defeating disassembly
algorithms, anti-disassembly techniques, Obscuring flow
control, Thwarting stack-frame analysis.
Anti-debugging: Windows debugger detection,
debugger behavior, Interfering with debugger
functionality, Debugger vulnerabilities.
Anti-virtual machine techniques: VMWare artifacts,
Vulnerable functions, Tweaking settings, Escaping the
virtual machine.
Packers and unpacking: Packer anatomy, Identifying
Packed Programs, Unpacking options, Automated
Unpacking, Manual Unpacking, Common packers,
V Analysing without unpacking, Packed DLLs, 12 CO5
Shellcode Analysis: Loading shellcode for analysis,
Position-independent Code, Identifying Execution
Location, Manual Symbol Resolution, Shellcode
encoding, NOP Sleds, Finding Shellcode.
C++ Analysis: OOP, Virtual and Non-virtual functions,
Creating and destroying objects.
33
64-bit Malware: Why 64-bit malware? Differences in
x64 architecture, Windows 32-bit on Windows 64-bit, 64-
bit hints at malware functionality.

1. Practical Malware Michael Sikorski, No - 2013
Analysis – The Hands-On Andrew Honig Scratch
Guide to Dissecting Press
Malicious Software
2. Mastering Malware Alexey Kleymenov, Packt - 2019
Analysis Amr Thabet Publishing
3. Windows Malware Victor Marak Packt 2015

Analysis Essentials Publishing

Course Name: Malware Analysis Practical Course Code: PSIT3P3d
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- -
List of Practical:
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Understand various introductory techniques of malware analysis and creating the testing
environment
CO2: Perform advanced dynamic analysis and recognize constructs in assembly code.
CO3: Perform Reverse Engineering using OLLYDBG and WINDBG and study the behaviours
and functions of malware
CO4: Understand data encoding, various techniques for anti-disassembly and anti-debugging
CO5: Understand various anti virtual machine techniques and perform shellcode analysis of
various languages along with x64 architecture.
34
PSIT304a: Robotic Process Automation
Course Name: Robotic Process Automation Course Code: PSIT304a
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Internal -- 40
Course Objectives:
 To make the students aware about the automation today in the industry.
 To make the students aware about the tools used for automation.
 To help the students automate a complete process

Robotic Process Automation: Scope and techniques of
automation, About UiPath
I Record and Play: UiPath stack, Downloading and 12 CO1
installing UiPath Studio, Learning UiPath Studio, Task
recorder, Step-by-step examples using the recorder.
Sequence, Flowchart, and Control Flow: Sequencing
the workflow, Activities, Control flow, various types of
loops, and decision making, Step-by-step example using
Sequence and Flowchart, Step-by-step example using
Sequence and Control flow
II Data Manipulation: Variables and scope, Collections, 12 CO2
Arguments – Purpose and use, Data table usage with
examples, Clipboard management, File operation with
step-by-step example, CSV/Excel to data table and vice
versa (with a step-by-step example)
Taking Control of the Controls : Finding and attaching

windows, Finding the control, Techniques for waiting
for a control, Act on controls – mouse and keyboard
activities, Working with UiExplorer, Handling events,
Revisit recorder, Screen Scraping, When to use OCR,
Types of OCR available, How to use OCR, Avoiding
III 12 CO3
typical failure points
Tame that Application with Plugins and Extensions:
Terminal plugin, SAP automation, Java plugin, Citrix
automation, Mail plugin, PDF plugin, Web integration,
Excel and Word plugins, Credential management,
Extensions – Java, Chrome, Firefox, and Silverlight
Handling User Events and Assistant Bots: What are
assistant bots?, Monitoring system event triggers,
IV 12 CO4
Hotkey trigger, Mouse trigger, System trigger
,Monitoring image and element triggers, An example of
35
monitoring email, Example of monitoring a copying
event and blocking it, Launching an assistant bot on a
keyboard event
Exception Handling, Debugging, and Logging:
Exception handling, Common exceptions and ways to
handle them, Logging and taking screenshots,
Debugging techniques, Collecting crash dumps, Error
reporting
Managing and Maintaining the Code: Project
organization, Nesting workflows, Reusability of
workflows, Commenting techniques, State Machine,
When to use Flowcharts, State Machines, or Sequences,
Using config files and examples of a config file,
V Integrating a TFS server 12 CO5
Deploying and Maintaining the Bot: Publishing using
publish utility, Overview of Orchestration Server, Using
Orchestration Server to control bots, Using
Orchestration Server to deploy bots, License
management, Publishing and managing updates

1. Learning Robotic Process Alok Mani Packt 1st 2018
Automation Tripathi
2. Robotic Process Srikanth Merianda Createspace 1st 2018
Automation Tools, Process Independent
Automation and their Publishing
benefits: Understanding
RPA and Intelligent
Automation
3. The Simple Kelly iUniverse 1st 2018
Implementation Guide to Wibbenmeyer
Robotic Process
Automation (Rpa): How to
Best Implement Rpa in an
Organization

Course Name: Robotic Process Automation Course Code: PSIT3P4a
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- -
List of Practical:
36
Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, a learner will be able to:
CO1: Understand the mechanism of business process and can provide the solution in an
optimize way.
CO2: Understand the features use for interacting with database plugins.
CO3: Use the plug-ins and other controls used for process automation.
CO4: Use and handle the different events, debugging and managing the errors.
CO5: Test and deploy the automated process.
37
PSIT304b: Virtual Reality and Augmented Reality
Course Name: Virtual Reality and Augmented Reality Course Code: PSIT304b
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Internal -- 40
Course Objectives:
 To learn background of VR including a brief history of VR, different forms of VR and

related technologies, and broad overview of some of the most important concepts
 To provide background in perception to educate VR creators on concepts and theories
of how we perceive and interact with the world around us
 To make learner aware of high-level concepts for designing/building assets and how
subtle design choices can influence user behavior
 To learn about art for VR and AR should be optimized for spatial displays with spatially
aware input devices to interact with digital objects in true 3D
 Walkthrough of VRTK, an open source project meant to spur on cross-platform
development

Introduction: What Is Virtual Reality, A History of VR,
An Overview of Various Realities, Immersion, Presence,
I and Reality Trade-Offs, The Basics: Design Guidelines, 12 CO1
Objective and Subjective Reality, Perceptual Models and
Processes, Perceptual Modalities
Perception of Space and Time, Perceptual Stability,
Attention, and Action, Perception: Design Guidelines,
Adverse Health Effects, Motion Sickness, Eye Strain,
II 12 CO2
Seizures, and Aftereffects, Hardware Challenges,
Latency, Measuring Sickness, Reducing Adverse
Effects, Adverse Health Effects: Design Guidelines
Content Creation, Concepts of Content Creation,
Environmental Design, Affecting Behavior,
Transitioning to VR Content Creation, Content Creation:
III Design Guidelines, Interaction, Human-Centered 12 CO3
Interaction, VR Interaction Concepts, Input Devices,
Interaction Patterns and Techniques, Interaction: Design
Guidelines
Design and Art Across Digital Realities, Designing for
Our Senses, Virtual Reality for Art, 3D Art
IV Optimization, Computer Vision That Makes Augmented 12 CO4
Reality Possible Works, Virtual Reality and Augmented
Reality: Cross-Platform Theory
Virtual Reality Toolkit: Open Source Framework for the
V 12 CO5
Community, Data and Machine Learning Visualization
38
Design and Development in Spatial Computing,
Character AI and Behaviors, The Virtual and Augmented
Reality Health Technology Ecosystem

1. The VR Book, Human Jason Jerald ACM 1st 2016
Centered Design for Books
Virtual Reality
2. Creating Augmented and Erin Pangilinan, O’Reilly 1st 2019
Virtual Realities Steve Lukas,
Vasanth Mohan
3. Virtual reality with Rakesh Baruah APress 1st 2020
VRTK4

Course Name: Virtual Reality and Augmented Reality Course Code: PSIT3P4b
Practical
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- -
List of Practical:
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Apply the concepts of VR and AR in real life.

CO2: Reduce the greatest risk to VR.
CO3: Design the way users interact within the scenes they find themselves in.
CO4: be exposed to VR, AR and today’s resources
CO5: Effectively use open source VR software.
39
PSIT304c: Data Centre Technologies
Course Name: Data Centre Technologies Course Code: PSIT304c
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Internal -- 40
Course Objectives:
 Identify important requirements to design and support a data center.

 Determine a data center environment’s requirement including systems and network
architecture as well as services.
 Evaluate options for server farms, network designs, high availability, load balancing,
data center services, and trends that might affect data center designs.
 Assess threats, vulnerabilities and common attacks, and network security devices
available to protect data centers.
 Design a data center infrastructure integrating features that address security,
performance, and availability.
 Measure data center traffic patterns and performance metrics.

Virtualization History and Definitions
Data Center Essential Definitions
Data Center Evolution Operational Areas and Data Center
Architecture The Origins of Data Center Virtualization
Virtual Memory
Mainframe Virtualization Hot Standby Router Protocol
Defining Virtualization
Data Center Virtualization Timeline
Classifying Virtualization Technologies
A Virtualization Taxonomy Virtualization Scalability
Technology Areas Classification Examples Summary
Data Center Network Evolution
I Ethernet Protocol: Then and Now 12 CO1
Ethernet Media Coaxial Cable
Twisted-Pair Optical Fiber Direct-Attach Twinaxial
Cables Ethernet Data Rate Timeline Data Center Network
Topologies
Data Center Network Layers Design Factors for Data
Center Networks Physical Network Layout
Considerations The ANSI/TIA-942 Standard Network
Virtualization Benefits
Network Logical Partitioning Network Simplification and
Traffic Load Balancing
Management Consolidation and Cabling Optimization
Network Extension
40
The Humble Beginnings of Network Virtualization
Network Partitioning
Concepts from the Bridging World
Defining VLANs VLAN Trunks
Two Common Misconceptions About VLANs
Misconception Number 1: A VLAN Must Be Associated
to an IP Subnet
Misconception Number 2: Layer 3 VLANs
Spanning Tree Protocol and VLANs Spanning Tree
Protocol at Work Port States
Spanning Tree Protocol Enhancements
Spanning Tree Instances Private VLANs
VLAN Specifics Native VLAN
Reserved VLANs IDs Resource Sharing
Control and Management Plane
Concepts from the Routing World
Overlapping Addresses in a Data Center
Defining and Configuring VRFs
VRFs and Routing Protocols
VRFs and the Management Plane
VRF-Awareness VRF Resource Allocation Control
An Army of One: ACE Virtual Contexts
Application Networking Services The Use of Load
Balancers Load-Balancing Concepts Layer 4 Switching
Versus Layer 7 Switching Connection Management
Address Translation and Load Balancing Server NAT
Dual NAT Port Redirection Transparent Mode Other
Load-Balancing Applications Firewall Load Balancing
Reverse Proxy Load Balancing Offloading Servers SSL
Offload TCP Offload HTTP Compression Load Balancer
Proliferation in the Data Center Load Balancer
Performance Security Policies Suboptimal Traffic
Application Environment Independency ACE Virtual
Contexts
Application Control Engine Physical Connections
II Connecting an ACE Appliance Connecting an ACE 12 CO2
Module Creating and Allocating Resources to Virtual
Contexts
Integrating ACE Virtual Contexts to the Data Center
Network Routed Design Bridged Design One-Armed
Design Managing and Configuring ACE Virtual Contexts
Allowing Management Traffic to a Virtual Context
Allowing Load Balancing Traffic Through a Virtual
Context Controlling Management Access to Virtual
Contexts
ACE Virtual Context Additional Characteristics Sharing
VLANs Among Contexts Virtual Context Fault Tolerance
Instant Switches: Virtual Device Contexts
Extending Device Virtualization Why Use VDCs? VDCs
in Detail Creating and Configuring VDCs VDC Names
41
and CLI Prompts Virtualization Nesting Allocating
Resources to VDCs Using Resource Templates Managing
VDCs VDC Operations
Processes Failures and VDCs VDC Out-of-Band
Management Role-Based Access Control and VDCs
Global Resources
Fooling Spanning Tree
Spanning Tree Protocol and Link Utilization
Link Aggregation Server Connectivity and NIC Teaming
Cross-Switch PortChannels
Virtual PortChannels Virtual PortChannel Definitions
Configuring Virtual PortChannels
Step 1: Defining the Domain
Step 2: Establishing Peer Keepalive Connectivity
Step 3: Creating the Peer Link
Step 4: Creating the Virtual PortChannel
Spanning Tree Protocol and Virtual Port Channels Peer
Link Failure and Orphan Ports
First-Hop Routing Protocols and Virtual Port Channels
Layer 2 Multipathing and vPC+
FabricPath Data Plane FabricPath Control Plane
FabricPath and Spanning Tree Protocol
Virtual PortChannel Plus
Virtualized Chassis with Fabric Extenders
Server Access Models Understanding Fabric Extenders
Fabric Extender Options
Connecting a Fabric Extender to a Parent Switch Fabric
Extended Interfaces and Spanning Tree Protocol Fabric
Interfaces Redundancy Fabric Extender Topologies
Straight-Through Topologies Dual-Homed Topologies
Virtualized Chassis with Fabric Extenders
Server Access Models Understanding Fabric Extenders
Fabric Extender Options
Connecting a Fabric Extender to a Parent Switch Fabric
Extended Interfaces and Spanning Tree Protocol Fabric
Interfaces Redundancy Fabric Extender Topologies
Straight-Through Topologies Dual-Homed Topologies
Use Case: Mixed Access Data Center
A Tale of Two Data Centers
III A Brief History of Distributed Data Centers 12 CO3
The Cold Age (Mid-1970s to 1980s) The Hot Age (1990s
to Mid-2000s) The Active-Active Age (Mid-2000s to
Today) The Case for Layer 2 Extensions Challenges of
Layer 2 Extensions Ethernet Extensions over Optical
Connections Virtual PortChannels
FabricPath Ethernet Extensions over MPLS
MPLS Basic Concepts Ethernet over MPLS
Virtual Private LAN Service Ethernet Extensions over IP
MPLS over GRE
42
Overlay Transport Virtualization OTV Terminology OTV
Basic Configuration
OTV Loop Avoidance and Multihoming
Migration to OTV OTV Site Designs
VLAN Identifiers and Layer 2 Extensions
Internal Routing in Connected Data Centers
Use Case: Active-Active Greenfield Data Centers
Summary
Storage Evolution
Data Center Storage Devices
Hard Disk Drives Disk Arrays
Tape Drives and Libraries Accessing Data in Rest Block-
Based Access Small Computer Systems Interface
Mainframe Storage Access
Advanced Technology Attachment
File Access Network File System
Common Internet File System Record Access
Storage Virtualization Virtualizing Storage Devices
Virtualizing LUNs Virtualizing File Systems Virtualizing
SANs
Server Evolution
Server Architectures Mainframes RISC Servers x86
Servers x86 Hardware Evolution
CPU Evolution Memory Evolution Expansion Bus
Evolution Physical Format Evolution
Introducing x86 Server Virtualization
Virtualization Unleashed Unified Computing
Changing Personalities
Server Provisioning Challenges
Server Domain Operations Infrastructure Domain
Operations Unified Computing and Service Profiles
Building Service Profiles Identifying a Service Profile
Storage Definitions Network Definitions
IV 12 CO4
Virtual Interface Placement Server Boot Order
Maintenance Policy Server Assignment Operational
Policies
Configuration External IPMI Management Configuration
Management IP Address
Additional Policies Associating a Service Profile to a
Server Installing an Operating System Verifying Stateless
Computing
Using Policies BIOS Setting Policies
Firmware Policies Industrializing Server Provisioning
Cloning Pools
Service Profile Templates Server Pools
Use Case: Seasonal Workloads
Moving Targets
Virtual Network Services Definitions
V 12 CO5
Virtual Network Services Data Path
vPath-Enabled Virtual Network Services
43
Cisco Virtual Security Gateway: Compute Virtual
Firewall Installing Virtual Security Gateway Creating
Security Policies, Sending Data Traffic to VSG
Virtual Machine Attributes and Virtual Zones Application
Acceleration, WAN Acceleration and Online Migration
Routing in the Virtual World
Site Selection and Server Virtualization
Route Health Injection
Global Server Load Balancing
Location/ID Separation Protocol
Use Case: Virtual Data Center
The Virtual Data Center and Cloud Computing
The Virtual Data Center Automation and Standardization
What Is Cloud Computing? Cloud Implementation
Example Journey to the Cloud
Networking in the Clouds Software-Defined Networks
Open Stack Network Overlays

1. Data Center Virtualization Gustavo Alessandro Cisco 1st 2014
Fundamentals Andrade Santana Press

Course Name: Data Centre Technologies Practical Course Code: PSIT3P4c
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- -
List of Practical:
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Understand basic concepts in Virtualization.

CO2: Understand concepts of Load Balancing and Aggregation /virtual switching
CO3: Understand Data center Migration and Fabric Building
CO4: Understand various Changes in Server Architecture
CO5: Understand the concepts of Cloud computing and how to move towards a cloud
computing technology.
44
PSIT304d: Offensive Security
Course Name: Offensive Security Course Code: PSIT304d
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Internal -- 40
Course Objectives:
 Understanding of security requirements within an organization

 How to inspect, protect assets from technical and managerial perspectives
 To Learn various offensive strategies to penetrate the organizations security.
 To learn various tools that aid in offensive security testing.

Fault Tolerance and Resilience in Cloud Computing
Environments, Securing Web Applications, Services,
and Servers, Wireless Network Security, Wireless
I 12 CO1
Sensor Network Security: The Internet of Things,
Security for the Internet of Things, Cellular Network
Security
Social Engineering Deceptions and Defenses, What Is
Vulnerability Assessment, Risk Management, Insider
II 12 CO2
Threat, Disaster Recovery, Security Policies and Plans
Development
Introduction to Metasploit and Supporting Tools
The importance of penetration testing
Vulnerability assessment versus penetration testing
The need for a penetration testing framework
Introduction to Metasploit
When to use Metasploit?
Making Metasploit effective and powerful using
supplementary tools
Nessus NMAP w3af Armitage
Setting up Your Environment
III Using the Kali Linux virtual machine - the easiest way 12 CO3
Installing Metasploit on Windows Installing Metasploit
on Linux Setting up exploitable targets in a virtual
environment
Metasploit Components and Environment Configuration
Anatomy and structure of Metasploit
Metasploit components
Auxiliaries Exploits Encoders Payloads
Post, Playing around with msfconsole
Variables in Metasploit
Updating the Metasploit Framework 55
45
Information Gathering with Metasploit
Information gathering and enumeration
Transmission Control Protocol User Datagram Protocol
File Transfer Protocol
Server Message Block Hypertext Transfer Protocol
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol
Secure Shell Domain Name System
Remote Desktop Protocol
Password sniffing
Advanced search with shodan
Vulnerability Hunting with Metasploit Managing the
database
Work spaces Importing scans
Backing up the database NMAP
NMAP scanning approach Nessus
Scanning using Nessus from msfconsole
IV 12 CO4
Vulnerability detection with Metasploit auxiliaries
Auto exploitation with db_autopwn
Post exploitation What is meterpreter?
Searching for content Screen capture
Keystroke logging Dumping the hashes and cracking
with JTR Shell command
Privilege escalation
Client-side Attacks with Metasploit
Need of client-side attacks
What are client-side attacks?
What is a Shellcode? What is a reverse shell? What is a
bind shell? What is an encoder? The msfvenom utility
Generating a payload with msfvenom
Social Engineering with Metasploit
Generating malicious PDF
Creating infectious media drives
Approaching a Penetration Test Using Metasploit
Organizing a penetration test
Preinteractions
Intelligence gathering/reconnaissance phase Predicting
the test grounds
Modeling threats Vulnerability analysis
Exploitation and post-exploitation
Reporting Mounting the environment
Setting up Kali Linux in virtual environment
V 12 CO5
The fundamentals of Metasploit
Conducting a penetration test with Metasploit Recalling
the basics of Metasploit
Benefits of penetration testing using Metasploit Open
source
Support for testing large networks and easy naming
conventions
Smart payload generation and switching mechanism
Cleaner exits The GUI environment
46
Penetration testing an unknown network Assumptions
Gathering intelligence Using databases in Metasploit
Modeling threats
Vulnerability analysis of VSFTPD backdoor The attack
procedure
The procedure of exploiting the vulnerability
Exploitation and post exploitation
Vulnerability analysis of PHP-CGI query string
parameter vulnerability
Vulnerability analysis of HFS
Maintaining access
Clearing tracks
Revising the approach
Reinventing Metasploit Ruby – the heart of Metasploit
Creating your first Ruby program
Interacting with the Ruby shell
Defining methods in the shell
Variables and data types in Ruby
Working with strings Concatenating strings The
substring function The split function Numbers and
conversions in Ruby Conversions in Ruby Ranges in
Ruby Arrays in Ruby Methods in Ruby
Decision-making operators Loops in Ruby
Regular expressions Wrapping up with Ruby basics
Developing custom modules Building a module in a
nutshell
The architecture of the Metasploit framework
Understanding the file structure The libraries layout
Understanding the existing modules
The format of a Metasploit module
Disassembling existing HTTP server scanner module
Libraries and the function
Writing out a custom FTP scanner module
Libraries and the function Using msftidy
Writing out a custom SSH authentication brute forcer
Rephrasing the equation
Writing a drive disabler post exploitation module
Writing a credential harvester post exploitation module
Breakthrough meterpreter scripting
Essentials of meterpreter scripting
Pivoting the target network Setting up persistent access
API calls and mixins
Fabricating custom meterpreter scripts
Working with RailGun
Interactive Ruby shell basics
Understanding RailGun and its scripting
Manipulating Windows API calls
Fabricating sophisticated RailGun scripts
47
The Exploit Formulation Process
The absolute basics of exploitation
The basics The architecture System organization basics
Registers
Exploiting stack-based buffer overflows with Metasploit
Crashing the vulnerable application
Building the exploit base Calculating the offset Using
the pattern_create tool
Using the pattern_offset tool Finding the JMP ESP
address Using Immunity Debugger to find executable
modules
Using msfbinscan Stuffing the space
Relevance of NOPs Determining bad characters
Determining space limitations
Writing the Metasploit exploit module
Exploiting SEH-based buffer overflows with Metasploit
Building the exploit base Calculating the offset Using
pattern_create tool Using pattern_offset tool Table of
Contents
Finding the POP/POP/RET address
The Mona script Using msfbinscan
Writing the Metasploit SEH exploit module Using
NASM shell for writing assembly instructions
Bypassing DEP in Metasploit modules Using msfrop
to find ROP gadgets Using Mona to create ROP chains
Writing the Metasploit exploit module for DEP bypass

1. Computer and Information John R. Vacca Morgan 3rd 2017
Security Handbook Kaufmann
Publisher
2. Metasploit Revealed: Secrets Sagar Rahalkar Packt 2017
of the Expert Pentester Publishing

Course Name: Offensive Security Practical Course Code: PSIT3P4d
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- -
List of Practical:
48
Course Outcomes:

CO1: Understand basic security issues in cloud, IoT etc.
CO2: Understand different security techniques and policies
CO3: Use Vulnerability assessment and exploitation tool
CO4: Analyze the network perform reconnaissance and enumerate the target to detect
vulnerabilities
CO5: Perform offensive tests using Metasploit on various application, generating payloads etc.
49
SEMESTER IV
50
PSIT401: Blockchain
M. Sc (Information Technology) Semester – IV
Course Name: Blockchain Course Code: PSIT401
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Internal -- 40
Course Objectives:
 To provide conceptual understanding of the function of Blockchain as a method of

securing distributed ledgers, how consensus on their contents is achieved, and the new
applications that they enable.
 To cover the technological underpinnings of blockchain operations as distributed data
structures and decision-making systems, their functionality and different architecture
types.
 To provide a critical evaluation of existing “smart contract” capabilities and platforms,
and examine their future directions, opportunities, risks and challenges.

Blockchain: Introduction, History, Centralised versus
Decentralised systems, Layers of blockchain,
Importance of blockchain, Blockchain uses and use
cases.
Working of Blockchain: Blockchain foundation,
Cryptography, Game Theory, Computer Science
I Engineering, Properties of blockchain solutions, 12 CO1
blockchain transactions, distributed consensus
mechanisms, Blockchain mechanisms, Scaling
blockchain
Working of Bitcoin: Money, Bitcoin, Bitcoin
blockchain, bitcoin network, bitcoin scripts, Full Nodes
and SVPs, Bitcoin wallets.
Ethereum: three parts of blockchain, Ether as currency
and commodity, Building trustless systems, Smart
contracts, Ethereum Virtual Machine, The Mist browser,
Wallets as a Computing Metaphor, The Bank Teller
Metaphor, Breaking with Banking History, How
Encryption Leads to Trust, System Requirements, Using
Parity with Geth, Anonymity in Cryptocurrency, Central
II 12 CO2
Bank Network, Virtual Machines, EVM Applications,
State Machines, Guts of the EVM, Blocks, Mining’s
Place in the State Transition Function, Renting Time on
the EVM, Gas, Working with Gas, Accounts,
Transactions, and Messages, Transactions and
Messages, Estimating Gas Fees for Operations, Opcodes
in the EVM.
51
Solidity Programming: Introduction, Global Banking
Made Real, Complementary Currency, Programming the
EVM, Design Rationale, Importance of Formal Proofs,
Automated Proofs, Testing, Formatting Solidity Files,
Reading Code, Statements and Expressions in Solidity,
Value Types, Global Special Variables, Units, and
Functions,
Hyperledger: Overview, Fabric, composer, installing
hyperledger fabric and composer, deploying, running the
network, error troubleshooting.
Smart Contracts and Tokens: EVM as Back End,
III Assets Backed by Anything, Cryptocurrency Is a 12 CO3
Measure of Time, Function of Collectibles in Human
Systems, Platforms for High-Value Digital Collectibles,
Tokens as Category of Smart Contract, Creating a
Token, Deploying the Contract, Playing with Contracts.
Mining Ether: Why? Ether’s Source, Defining Mining,
Difficulty, Self-Regulation, and the Race for Profit, How
Proof of Work Helps Regulate Block Time, DAG and
Nonce, Faster Blocks, Stale Blocks, Difficulties,
Ancestry of Blocks and Transactions, Ethereum and
Bitcoin, Forking, Mining, Geth on Windows, Executing
IV 12 CO4
Commands in the EVM via the Geth Console, Launching
Geth with Flags, Mining on the Testnet, GPU Mining
Rigs, Mining on a Pool with Multiple GPUs.
Cryptoecnomics: Introduction, Usefulness of
cryptoeconomics, Speed of blocks, Ether Issuance
scheme, Common Attack Scenarios.
Blockchain Application Development: Decentralized
Applications, Blockchain Application Development,
Interacting with the Bitcoin Blockchain, Interacting
Programmatically with Ethereum—Sending
Transactions, Creating a Smart Contract, Executing
Smart Contract Functions, Public vs. Private
Blockchains, Decentralized Application Architecture,
Building an Ethereum DApp: The DApp, Setting Up a
V Private Ethereum Network, Creating the Smart Contract, 12 CO5
Deploying the Smart Contract, Client Application,
DApp deployment: Seven Ways to Think About Smart
Contracts, Dapp Contract Data Models, EVM back-end
and front-end communication, JSON-RPC, Web 3,
JavaScript API, Using Meteor with the EVM, Executing
Contracts in the Console, Recommendations for
Prototyping, Third-Party Deployment Libraries,
Creating Private Chains.
52
1. Beginning Blockchain Bikramaditya Apress 2018
A Beginner’s Guide to Singhal,
Building Blockchain Gautam Dhameja,
Solutions Priyansu Sekhar
Panda
2. Introducing Ethereum and Chris Dannen Apress 2017
Solidity
3. The Blockchain Elad Elrom Apress 2019
Developer
4. Mastering Ethereum Andreas M. O’Reilly First 2018
Antonopoulos
Dr. Gavin Wood
5. Blockchain Enabled Vikram Dhillon Apress 2017
Applications David Metcalf
Max Hooper

Course Name: Blockchain Course Code: PSIT
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- -
List of Practical:
Course Outcomes:
CO1: The students would understand the structure of a blockchain and why/when it is better
than a simple distributed database.
CO2: Analyze the incentive structure in a blockchain based system and critically assess its
functions, benefits and vulnerabilities
CO3: Evaluate the setting where a blockchain based structure may be applied, its potential and
its limitations
CO4: Understand what constitutes a “smart” contract, what are its legal implications and what
it can and cannot do, now and in the near future
CO5: Develop blockchain DApps.
53
PSIT402a: Natural Language Processing
Course Name: Natural Language Processing Course Code: PSIT402a
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Internal -- 40
Course Objectives:
 The prime objective of this course is to introduce the students to the field of Language
Computing and its applications ranging from classical era to modern context.
 To provide understanding of various NLP tasks and NLP abstractions such as
Morphological analysis, POS tagging, concept of syntactic parsing, semantic analysis
etc.
 To provide knowledge of different approaches/algorithms for carrying out NLP tasks.
 To highlight the concepts of Language grammar and grammar representation in
Computational Linguistics.

Introduction to NLP, brief history, NLP applications:
Speech to Text(STT), Text to Speech(TTS), Story
Understanding, NL Generation, QA system, Machine
Translation, Text Summarization, Text classification,
Sentiment Analysis, Grammar/Spell Checkers etc.,
challenges/Open Problems, NLP abstraction levels,
I 12 CO1
Natural Language (NL) Characteristics and NL
computing approaches/techniques and steps, NL tasks:
Segmentation, Chunking, tagging, NER, Parsing, Word
Sense Disambiguation, NL Generation, Web 2.0
Applications : Sentiment Analysis; Text Entailment;
Cross Lingual Information Retrieval (CLIR).
Text Processing Challenges, Overview of Language
Scripts and their representation on Machines using
Character Sets, Language, Corpus and Application
Dependence issues, Segmentation: word
level(Tokenization), Sentence level. Regular Expression
II 12 CO2
and Automata Morphology, Types, Survey of English
and Indian Languages Morphology, Morphological
parsing FSA and FST, Porter stemmer, Rule based and
Paradigm based Morphology, Human Morphological
Processing, Machine Learning approaches.
Word Classes ad Part-of-Speech tagging(POS), survey
of POS tagsets, Rule based approaches (ENGTOWL),
III 12 CO3
Stochastic approaches(Probabilistic, N-gram and
HMM), TBL morphology, unknown word handling,
54
evaluation metrics: Precision/Recall/F-measure, error
analysis.
NL parsing basics, approaches: TopDown, BottomUp,
Overview of Grammar Formalisms: constituency and
dependency school, Grammar notations CFG, LFG,
PCFG, LTAG, Feature- Unification, overview of
IV 12 CO4
English CFG, Indian Language Parsing in Paninian
Karaka Theory, CFG parsing using Earley’s and CYK
algorithms, Probabilistic parsing, Dependency Parsing:
Covington algorithm, MALT parser, MST parser.
Concepts and issues in NL, Theories and approaches for
Semantic Analysis, Meaning Representation, word
similarity, Lexical Semantics, word senses and
V relationships, WordNet (English and IndoWordnet), 12 CO5
Word Sense Disambiguation: Lesk Algorithm Walker’s
algorithm, Coreferences Resolution:Anaphora,
Cataphora.

No.
1. Handbook of Natural Indurkhya, N., CRC Press 2nd 2010
Language Processing & Damerau, Taylor and
F. J. Francis Group
2. Speech and Language Martin, J. H., Pearson 2nd 2013
Processing & Jurafsky, Education
D. India
3. Foundations of Statistical Manning, MIT Press 1st 1997
Natural Language Processing Christopher
and Heinrich,
Schutze
4. Natural Language Processing Steven Bird, O'Reilly 2nd 2016
With Python Edward Media
Loper
5. Video Links
1. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/natural-language-processing.html

Course Name: Natural Language Processing Practical Course Code: PSIT4P2a
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- -
List of Practical:
55
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Students will get idea about know-hows, issues and challenge in Natural Language
Processing and NLP applications and their relevance in the classical and modern context.
CO2: Student will get understanding of Computational techniques and approaches for solving
NLP problems and develop modules for NLP tasks and tools such as Morph Analyzer, POS
tagger, Chunker, Parser, WSD tool etc.
CO3: Students will also be introduced to various grammar formalisms, which they can apply
in different fields of study.
CO4: Students can take up project work or work in R&D firms working in NLP and its allied
areas.
CO5: Student will be able to understand applications in different sectors
56
PSIT402b: Digital Image Forensics
Course Name: Digital Image Forensics Course Code: PSIT402b
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Internal -- 40
Course Objectives:
 To understand describe the origin of computer forensics and the relationship between
law enforcement and industry.
 Describe electronic evidence and the computing investigation process.
 Extracting Digital Evidence from Images and establishing them in court of Law.
 Enhancing images for investigation and various techniques to enhance images.
 Interpret and present Evidences in Court of Law.

I History of Forensic Digital Enhancement, Establishing
12 CO1
Integrity of Digital Images for Court,
II Digital Still and Video Cameras, Color Modes and
12 CO2
Channel Blending to Extract Detail
III Multiple Image Techniques, Fast Fourier Transform
12 CO3
(FFT) – Background Pattern Removal.
IV Contrast Adjustment Techniques, Advanced Processing
12 CO4
Techniques, Comparison and Measurement
V The Approach – Developing Enhancement Strategies for
Images Intended for Analysis, Digital Imaging in the 12 CO5
Courts, Interpreting and Presenting Evidence

1. Forensic Digital Image Brian Dalrymple, Jill CRC 2018
Processing: Optimization Smith Press
of Impression Evidence
2. Forensic Uses of Digital John C. Russ, Jens Taylor & 2nd 2016
Imaging Rindel, P. Lord Francis
Group
57
Course Name: Digital Image Forensics Practical Course Code: PSIT4P2b
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- -
List of Practical:
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Understand the basics of image forensics and techniques to establish their integrity
CO2: Understand different techniques for extracting detail from images.
CO3: Understand and apply various advanced techniques in image processing and to compare
and measure various parameters associated with them
CO4: Apply various enhancement strategies for digital images
CO5: Prepare the evidence to be acceptable in the court of law.
58
PSIT402c: Advanced IoT
Course Name: Advanced IoT Course Code: PSIT402c
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Internal -- 40
Course Objectives:
 To understand the latest developments in IoT

 To build smart IoT applications
 To leverage the applications of IoT in different technologies
 To build own IoT platform

I The Artificial Intelligence 2.0, IoT and Azure IoT Suite,
12 CO1
Creating Smart IoT Application
II Cognitive APIs, Consuming Microsoft Cognitive APIs,
12 CO2
Building Smarter Application using Cognitive APIs.
III Implementing Blockchain as a service, Capturing,
Analysing and Visualizing real-time data, Making 12 CO3
prediction with machine learning.
IV IoT and Microservices, Service Fabric, Build your own
IoT platform: Introduction, Building blocks for IoT
solution, Essentials for building your own platform,
Platform requirements, building the platform by 12 CO4
initializing cloud instance, installing basic software
stacks, securing instance and software, installing node.js
and Node-RED, Message broker.
V Building Critical components, configuring message
broker, creating REST interface, Rule engine and
12 CO5
authentication, documentation and testing, Introspection
on what we build and deliverables.

1. IoT, AI, and Blockchain Nishith Pathak Apress -- 2018
for .NET- Building a Anurag Bhandari
Next-Generation
Application from the
Ground Up
2. Microservices, IoT and Bob Familiar Apress -- 2015
Azure
3. Build your own IoT Anand Tamboli Apress -- 2019
Platform
59
4. Internet of Things Simone Cirani Wiley 1 2019
Architectures, Protocols Gianluigi Ferrari
and Standards Marco Picone Luca
Veltri

Course Name: Advanced IoT Practical Course Code: PSIT4P2c
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- -
List of Practical:
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Build smart IoT applications on Azure.
CO2: Use Microsoft cognitive APIs to build IoT applications.
CO3: Implement Blockchain in IoT.
CO4: Install and use microservices in IoT.
CO5: Build own IoT platform and use it in a customised way.
60
PSIT402d: Cyber Forensics
Course Name: Cyber Forensics Course Code: PSIT402d
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Internal -- 40
Course Objectives:
 Explain laws relevant to computer forensics

 Seize digital evidence from pc systems
 Recover data to be used as evidence
 Analyse data and reconstruct events
 Explain how data may be concealed or hidden

I Computer Forensics: The present Scenario, The
Investigation Process, Computers – Searching and
12 CO1
Seizing, Electronic Evidence, Procedures to be followed
by the first responder.
II Setting up a lab for Computer Forensics, Hard Disks and
File Systems, Forensics on Windows Machine, Acquire 12 CO2
and Duplicate Data
III Recovery of deleted files and partitions, Using Access
Data FTK and Encase for forensics Investigation,
12 CO3
Forensic analysis of Steganography and Image files,
Cracking Application passwords.
IV Capturing logs and correlating to the events, Network
Forensics – Investigating logs and Network traffic, 12 CO4
Investigating Wireless and Web Attacks.
V Email Tracking and Email Crime investigation. Mobile
Forensics, Reports of Investigation, Become an expert 12 CO5
witness.

1. EC-Council CHFIv10 -- EC-Council -- 2018
Study Guide
2. The official CHFI Exam Dave Kleiman SYNGRESS -- 2007
312-49 study Guide
3. Digital Forensics and Gerard Johansen Packt -- 2020
Incident Response Publishing
4. Practical Cyber Niranjan Reddy Apress -- 2019
Forensics
61
Course Name: Cyber Forensics Practical Course Code: PSIT4P2d
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- -
List of Practical:
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Investigate the cyber forensics with standard operating procedures.
CO2: Recover the data from the hard disk with legal procedure.
CO3: To recover and analyse the data using forensics tool
CO4: Acquire the knowledge of network analysis and use it for analysing the internet
attacks.
CO5: Able to investigate internet frauds done through various gadgets like mobile, laptops,
tablets and become a forensic investigator.
62
PSIT403a: Deep Learning
Course Name: Deep Learning Course Code: PSIT403a
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Internal -- 40
Course Objectives:
 To present the mathematical, statistical and computational challenges of building
neural networks
 To study the concepts of deep learning
 To enable the students to know deep learning techniques to support real-time
applications

I Applied Math and Machine Learning Basics: Linear
Algebra: Scalars, Vectors, Matrices and Tensors ,
Multiplying Matrices and Vectors , Identity and Inverse
Matrices, Linear Dependence and Span , norms, special
12 CO1
matrices and vectors, eigen decompositions.
Numerical Computation: Overflow and under flow,
poor conditioning, Gradient Based Optimization,
Constraint optimization.
II Deep Networks: Deep feedforward network ,
regularization for deep learning , Optimization for 12 CO2
Training deep models
III Convolutional Networks, Sequence Modelling,
12 CO3
Applications
IV Deep Learning Research: Linear Factor Models,
12 CO4
Autoencoders, representation learning
V Approximate Inference, Deep Generative Models 12 CO5

1. Deep Learning Ian Goodfellow, An MIT 1st 2016
Yoshua Bengio, Press
Aaron Courvile book
2. Fundamentals of Deep Nikhil Buduma O’Reilly 1st 2017
Learning
3. Deep Learning: Methods Deng & Yu Now 1st 2013
and Applications Publishers
4. Deep Learning CookBook Douwe Osinga O’Reilly 1st 2017
63
Course Name: Deep Learning Practical Course Code: PSIT4P3a
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- -
List of Practical:
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Describes basics of mathematical foundation that will help the learner to understand
the concepts of Deep Learning.
CO2: Understand and describe model of deep learning
CO3: Design and implement various deep supervised learning architectures for text & image
data.
CO4: Design and implement various deep learning models and architectures.
CO5: Apply various deep learning techniques to design efficient algorithms for real-world
applications.
64
PSIT403b: Remote Sensing
Course Name: Remote Sensing Practical Course Code: PSIT403b
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Internal -- 40
Course Objectives:
 Attain a foundational knowledge and comprehension of the physical, computational,

and perceptual basis for remote sensing.
 Gain familiarity with a variety of physical, biological, and human geographic
applications of remote sensing.
 Gain basic experience in the hands-on application of remote sensing data through
visual interpretation and digital image processing exercises.
 Analyze and synthesize understanding by identifying and developing a research and
application proposal using remote sensing.

Remote Sensing: Basic Principles
Introduction, Electromagnetic Radiation and Its
Properties, Terminology, Nature of Electromagnetic
Radiation, The Electromagnetic Spectrum, Sources of
Electromagnetic Radiation, Interactions with the Earth's
Atmosphere, Interaction with Earth-Surface Materials,
Spectral Reflectance of Earth Surface Materials
Remote Sensing Platforms and Sensors
Introduction, Characteristics of Imaging Remote Sensing
Instruments, Spatial Resolution, Spectral Resolution,
Radiometric Resolution, Optical, Near-infrared and
I 12 CO1
Thermal Imaging Sensors, Along-Track Scanning
Radiometer (ATSR), Advanced Very High Resolution
Radiometer (AVHRR) and NPOESS VIIRS, MODIS,
Ocean Observing Instruments, IRS LISS, Landsat
Instruments, SPOT Sensors, Advanced Spaceborne
Thermal Emission and Reflection Radiometer (ASTER),
High-Resolution Commercial and Small Satellite
Systems, Microwave Imaging Sensors, European Space
Agency Synthetic Aperture Spaceborne Radars,
Radarsat, TerraSAR-X and COSMO/Skymed, ALOS
PALSAR
Hardware and Software Aspects of Digital Image
Processing
II 12 CO2
Introduction, Properties of Digital Remote Sensing Data,
Digital Data, Data Formats, System Processing,
65
Numerical Analysis and Software Accuracy, Some
Remarks on Statistics,
Preprocessing of Remotely-Sensed Data
Introduction, Cosmetic Operations, Missing Scan Lines,
Destriping Methods, Geometric Correction and
Registration, Orbital Geometry Model, Transformation
Based on Ground Control Points, Resampling
Procedures, Image Registration, Other Geometric
Correction Methods, Atmospheric Correction,
Background, Image-Based Methods, Radiative Transfer
Models, Empirical Line Method, Illumination and View
Angle Effects, Sensor Calibration, Terrain Effects
Image Enhancement Techniques
Introduction, Human Visual System, Contrast
Enhancement, Linear Contrast Stretch, Histogram
Equalization, Gaussian Stretch, Pseudocolour
Enhancement, Density Slicing, Pseudocolour
Transform,
Image Transforms
Introduction, Arithmetic Operations, Image Addition,
Image Subtraction, Image Multiplication, Image
Division and Vegetation Indices, Empirically Based
Image Transforms, Perpendicular Vegetation Index,
Tasselled Cap (Kauth–Thomas) Transformation,
III Principal Components Analysis, Standard Principal 12 CO3
Components Analysis, Noise-Adjusted PCA,
Decorrelation Stretch, Hue-Saturation-Intensity (HSI)
Transform, The Discrete Fourier Transform, Two-
Dimensional Fourier Transform, Applications of the
Fourier Transform, The Discrete Wavelet Transform,
The One-Dimensional Discrete Wavelet Transform, The
Two-Dimensional Discrete Wavelet Transform, Change
Detection, Introduction, NDVI Difference Image, PCA,
Canonical Correlation Change Analysis,
Image Fusion, HSI Algorithm, PCA, Gram-Schmidt
Orthogonalization, Wavelet-Based Methods, Evaluation
– Subjective Methods, Evaluation – Objective Methods
Filtering Techniques
Spatial Domain Low-Pass (Smoothing) Filters, Moving
Average Filter, Median Filter, Adaptive Filters, Spatial
Domain High-Pass (Sharpening) Filters, Image
Subtraction Method, Derivative-Based Methods, Spatial
Domain Edge Detectors, Frequency Domain Filters
IV Classification : Geometrical Basis of Classification, 12 CO4
Unsupervised Classification, The k-Means Algorithm,
ISODATA, A Modified k-Means Algorithm, Supervised
Classification, Training Samples, Statistical Classifiers,
Neural Classifiers, Subpixel Classification Techniques,
The Linear Mixture Model, Spectral Angle Mapping,
ICA, Fuzzy Classifiers, More Advanced Approaches to
66
Image Classification, Support Vector Machines ,
Decision Trees , Other Methods of Classification,
Incorporation of Non-spectral Features, Texture, Use of
External Data, Contextual Information, Feature
Selection, Classification Accuracy
Advanced Topics
Introduction, SAR Interferometry, Basic Principles,
Interferometric Processing, Problems in SAR
Interferometry, Applications of SAR Interferometry,
Imaging Spectroscopy, Processing Imaging
Spectroscopy Data, Lidar, Lidar Details, Lidar
Applications
Environmental Geographical Information Systems:
A Remote Sensing Perspective, Definitions, The
Synergy between Remote Sensing and GIS, Data
Models, Data Structures and File Formats, Spatial Data
Models, Data Structures, File Formats, Raster to Vector
and Vector to Raster Conversion, Geodata Processing,
Buffering, Overlay, Locational Analysis, Slope and
Aspect, Proximity Analysis, Contiguity and
Connectivity, Spatial Analysis, Point Patterns and
Interpolation.
Relating Field and Remotely-Sensed Measurements:
Statistical Analysis, Exploratory Data Analysis and Data
V Mining, Environmental Modelling, Visualization, 12 CO5
Multicriteria Decision Analysis of Groundwater
Recharge Zones, Data Characteristics, Multicriteria
Decision Analysis, Evaluation, Assessing Flash Flood
Hazards by Classifying Wadi Deposits in Arid
Environments, Water Resources in Arid Lands, Case
Study from the Sinai Peninsula, Egypt, Optical and
Microwave Data Fusion, Classification of Wadi
Deposits, Correlation of Classification Results with
Geology and Terrain Data, Remote Sensing and GIS in
Archaeological Studies, Introduction, Homul
(Guatemala) Case Study, Aksum (Ethiopia) Case Study

1. Computer Processing of Paul M. Mather, Wiley- 4th 2011
Remotely-Sensed Images: Magaly Koch Blackwell
An Introduction
2. Remote Sensing for Gary L. Prost CRC 3rd 2014
Geoscientists Image Press
Analysis and Integration
3. Remote Sensing: Models Robert A. Elsevier 3rd 2007
and Methods for Image Schowengerdt
Processing
67
4. Introductory Digital John R. Jensen Pearson 2015
Image Processing: A
Remote Sensing
Perspective

Course Name: Remote Sensing Practical Course Code: PSIT4P3b
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- -
List of Practical:
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Understand the basics of remote sensing and its various applications
CO2: Understand the Hardware and Software aspects of Digital Image Processing and
demonstrate various techniques in pre-processing data
CO3: Demonstrate various image enhancement and transformation techniques.

CO4: Understand and Demonstrate various filtering, classification techniques along with
advanced functionalities.
CO5: Perform comparison of Field and Remotely sensed measurements using various
techniques.
68
PSIT403c: Server Virtualization on VMWare Platform
Course Name: Server Virtualization on VMWare Course Code: PSIT403c
Platform
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Internal -- 40
Course Objectives:
 Identify the need for Server Virtualization

 Describe the components and features of vSphere 6.7 and ESXi
 Describe how VMware’s products help solve business and technical challenges with
regard to Server Virtualization

Introducing VMware vSphere 6.7: Exploring VMware
vSphere 6.7, Examining the Products in the vSphere
Suite, Examining the Features in VMware vSphere,
Licensing VMware vSphere, Why Choose vSphere?
Planning and Installing VMware ESXi: VMware
ESXi Architecture, Understanding the ESXi Hypervisor,
Examining the ESXi Components, Planning a VMware
vSphere Deployment, Choosing a Server Platform,
Determining a Storage Architecture, Integrating with the
Network Infrastructure, Deploying VMware ESXi,
Installing VMware ESXi Interactively, Performing an
Unattended Installation of VMware ESXi, Deploying
VMware ESXi with vSphere Auto Deploy, Performing
Post-installation Configuration, Reconfiguring the
Management Network, Using the vSphere Host Client,
I 12 CO1
Configuring Time Synchronization, Configuring Name
Resolution,
Installing and Configuring vCenter Server:
Introducing vCenter Server, Centralizing User
Authentication Using vCenter Single Sign-On,
Understanding the Platform Services Controller, Using
the vSphere Web Client for Administration, Providing an
Extensible Framework, Choosing the Version of vCenter
Server, Planning and Designing a vCenter Server
Deployment, Sizing Hardware for vCenter Server,
Planning for vCenter Server Availability, Running
vCenter Server and Its Components as VMs, Installing
vCenter Server and Its Components, Installing vCenter
Server in an Enhanced Linked Mode Group, Exploring
vCenter Server, The vSphere Web Client Home Screen,
69
Using the Navigator, Creating and Managing a vCenter
Server Inventory, Understanding Inventory Views and
Objects, Creating and Adding Inventory Objects,
Exploring vCenter Server’s Management Features,
Understanding Basic Host Management, Examining
Basic Host Configuration, Using Scheduled Tasks,
Using the Events and Events Consoles in vCenter Server,
Working with Host Profiles, Tags and Custom
Attributes, Managing vCenter Server Settings, General
vCenter Server Settings, Licensing, Message of the Day,
Advanced Settings, Auto Deploy, vCenter HA, Key
Management Servers, Storage Providers, vSphere Web
Client Administration, Roles, Licensing, vCenter
Solutions Manager, System Configuration, VMware
Appliance Management Administration, Summary,
Monitor, Access, Networking, Time, Services, Update,
Administration, Syslog, Backup.
vSphere Update Manager and the vCenter Support
Tools:
vSphere Update Manager, vSphere Update Manager and
the vCenter Server Appliance, Installing the Update
Manager Download Service, The vSphere Update
Manager Plug-in Contents, Reconfiguring the VUM or
UMDS, Installation with the Update Manager Utility,
Upgrading VUM from a Previous Version, Configuring
vSphere Update Manager, Creating Baselines Routine
Updates, Attaching and Detaching Baselines or Baseline
Groups, Performing a Scan, Staging Patches,
Remediating Hosts, Upgrading VMware Tools,
Upgrading Host Extensions, Upgrading Hosts with
vSphere Update Manager, Importing an ESXi Image and
Creating the Host Upgrade Baseline, Upgrading a Host,
Upgrading VM Hardware, Performing an Orchestrated
II Upgrade, Investigating Alternative Update Options, 12 CO2
Using vSphere Update Manager PowerCLI, Upgrading
and Patching without vSphere Update Manager,
vSphere Auto Deploy, Deploying Hosts with Auto
Deploy, vCenter Support Tools, ESXi Dump Collector,
Other vCenter Support Tools. Creating and
Configuring a vSphere Network: Putting Together a
vSphere Network, Working with vSphere Standard
Switches, Comparing Virtual Switches and Physical
Switches, Understanding Ports and Port Groups,
Understanding Uplinks, Configuring the Management
Network, Configuring VMkernel Networking, Enabling
Enhanced Multicast Functions, Configuring TCP/IP
Stacks, Configuring Virtual Machine Networking,
Configuring VLANs, Configuring NIC Teaming, Using
and Configuring Traffic Shaping, Bringing It All
Together, Working with vSphere Distributed Switches,
70
Creating a vSphere Distributed Switch, Removing an
ESXi Host from a Distributed Switch, Removing a
Distributed Switch, Managing Distributed Switches,
Working with Distributed Port Groups, Managing
VMkernel Adapters, Using NetFlow on vSphere
Distributed Switches, Enabling Switch Discovery
Protocols, Enabling Enhanced Multicast Functions,
Setting Up Private VLANs, Configuring LACP,
Configuring Virtual Switch Security, Understanding and
Using Promiscuous Mode, Allowing MAC Address
Changes and Forged Transmits.
Creating and Configuring Storage Devices:
Reviewing the Importance of Storage Design,
Examining Shared Storage Fundamentals, Comparing
Local Storage with Shared Storage, Defining Common
Storage Array Architectures, Explaining RAID,
Understanding vSAN, Understanding Midrange and
External Enterprise Storage Array Design, Choosing a
Storage Protocol, Making Basic Storage Choices,
Implementing vSphere Storage Fundamentals,
Reviewing Core vSphere Storage Concepts,
Understanding Virtual Volumes, SCs vs LUNs, Storage
Policies, Virtual Volumes, Working with VMFS
Datastores, Working with Raw Device Mappings,
Working with NFS Datastores, Working with vSAN,
Working with Virtual Machine–Level Storage,
Configuration, Leveraging SAN and NAS Best Practices
Ensuring High Availability and Business Continuity:
Understanding the Layers of High Availability,
Clustering VMs, Introducing Network Load Balancing
III Clustering, Introducing Windows Server Failover 12 CO3
Clustering, Implementing vSphere High Availability,
Understanding vSphere High Availability Clusters.
Understanding vSphere High Availability’s Core
Components, Enabling vSphere HA, Configuring
vSphere High Availability, Configuring vSphere HA
Groups, Rules, Overrides, and Orchestrated VM Restart,
Managing vSphere High Availability, Introducing
vSphere SMP Fault Tolerance, Using vSphere SMP
Fault Tolerance with vSphere High Availability,
Examining vSphere Fault Tolerance, Use Cases,
Planning for Business Continuity, Providing Data
Protection, Recovering from Disasters, Using vSphere
Replication. Securing VMware vSphere: Overview
of vSphere Security, Securing ESXi Hosts, Working
with ESXi Authentication, Controlling Access to ESXi
Hosts, Keeping ESXi Hosts Patched, Managing ESXi
Host Permissions, Configuring ESXi Host Logging,
Securing the ESXi Boot Process, Reviewing Other ESXi
Security Recommendations, Securing vCenter Server,
71
Managing vSphere Certificates, Working with
Certificate Stores, Getting Started with Certificate
Management, Authenticating Users with Single Sign-
On, Understanding the vpxuser Account, Managing
vCenter Server Permissions, Configuring vCenter Server
Appliance Logging, Securing Virtual Machines,
Configuring a Key Management Server for VM and
VSAN Encryption, Virtual Trusted Platform Module,
Configuring Network Security Policies, Keeping VMs
Patched.
Creating and Managing Virtual Machines:
Understanding Virtual Machines, Examining Virtual
Machines from the Inside, Examining Virtual Machines
from the Outside, Creating a Virtual Machine, Choosing
Values for Your New Virtual Machine, Sizing Virtual
Machines, Naming Virtual Machines, Sizing Virtual
Machine Hard Disks, Virtual Machine Graphics,
Installing a Guest Operating System, Working with
Installation Media, Using the Installation Media,
Working in the Virtual Machine Console, Installing
VMware Tools, Installing VMware Tools in Windows,
Installing VMware Tools in Linux, Managing Virtual
Machines, Adding or Registering Existing VMs,
Changing VM Power States, Removing VMs, Deleting
VMs, Modifying Virtual Machines, Changing Virtual
Machine Hardware, Using Virtual Machine Snapshots.
Using Templates and vApps: Cloning VMs, Creating a
Customization Specification, Cloning a Virtual
Machine, Introducing vSphere Instant Cloning, Creating
Templates and Deploying Virtual Machines, Cloning a
IV 12 CO4
Virtual Machine to a Template, Deploying a Virtual
Machine from a Template, Using OVF Templates,
Deploying a VM from an OVF Template, Exporting a
VM as an OVF Template, Examining OVF Templates,
Using Content Libraries, Content Library Data and
Storage, Content Library Synchronization, Creating and
Publishing a Content Library, Subscribing to a Content
Library, Operating Content Libraries, Working with
vApps, Creating a vApp, Editing a vApp, Changing a
vApp’s Power State, Cloning a vApp, Importing
Machines from Other Environments, Managing
Resource Allocation: Reviewing Virtual Machine,
Resource Allocation, Working with Virtual Machine
Memory, Understanding ESXi Advanced Memory
Technologies, Controlling Memory Allocation,
Managing Virtual Machine CPU Utilization, Default
CPU Allocation, Setting CPU Affinity, Using CPU
Reservations, Using CPU Limits, Using CPU Shares,
Summarizing How Reservations, Limits, and Shares
Work with CPUs, Using Resource Pools, Configuring
72
Resource Pools, Understanding Resource Allocation
with Resource Pools, Regulating Network I/O
Utilization, Controlling Storage I/O Utilization,
Enabling Storage I/O Control, Configuring Storage
Resource Settings for a Virtual Machine, Using Flash
Storage.
Balancing Resource Utilization: Comparing
Utilization with Allocation, Exploring vMotion,
Examining vMotion Requirements, Performing a
vMotion Migration Within a Cluster, Ensuring vMotion
Compatibility, Using Per-Virtual-Machine CPU
Masking, Using Enhanced vMotion Compatibility,
Using Storage vMotion, Combining vMotion with
Storage vMotion, Cross-vCenter vMotion, Examining
Cross-vCenter vMotion Requirements, Performing a
Cross-vCenter Motion, Exploring vSphere Distributed
Resource Scheduler, Understanding Manual Automation
Behavior, Reviewing Partially Automated Behavior,
Examining Fully Automated Behavior, Working with
Distributed Resource Scheduler Rules, Working with
Storage DRS, Creating and Working with Datastore
Clusters , Configuring Storage DRS.
V Monitoring VMware vSphere Performance: 12 CO5
Overview of Performance Monitoring, Using Alarms
Understanding Alarm Scopes, Creating Alarms,
Managing Alarms, Working with Performance Charts,
Overview Layout, Advanced Layout, Working with
esxtop, Monitoring CPU Usage, Monitoring Memory
Usage, Monitoring Network Usage, Monitoring Disk
Usage.
Automating VMware vSphere: Why Use Automation?
vSphere Automation Automating with PowerCLI,
PowerShell and PowerCLI, What’s New in PowerCLI,
Installing and Configuring PowerCLI on Windows,
Installing and Configuring PowerCLI on macOS,
Installing and Configuring PowerCLI on Linux,
Additional PowerCLI Capabilities Getting Started with
PowerCLI, Building PowerCLI Scripts, PowerCLI
Advanced Capabilities, Additional Resources.

Sr No Title Author/s Publisher Edition Year
1. Mastering VMware Nick Marshall, Mike Sybex, -- 2019
vSphere 67 Brown, G Blair Wiley
Fritz, Ryan Johnson
2. Mastering VMware Martin Gavanda, Packt -- 2019
vSphere 67 Andrea Mauro,
Paolo Valsecchi,
Karel Novak
73
M Sc (Information Technology) Semester – IV
Course Name: Server Virtualization on VMWare Course Code: PSIT4P3c
Platform Practical
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- -
List of Practical:
10 practicals covering the entire syllabus must be performed The detailed list of
practical will be circulated later in the official workshop
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Understand VMWare VSphere 67, Install ESXi and Configure VSphere Centre
CO2: Demonstrate the use of VSphere Update Manager and Create a VSphere Network
CO3: Understand VSphere Security, Create and configure storage devices and Perform
configurations to ensure business continuity
CO4: Demonstrate Resource allocation, Creating and managing virtual machine and the use
of templates
CO5: Understand automation of vSphere and manage resource allocation
74
PSIT403d: Security Operations Centre
Course Name: Security Operations Centre Course Code: PSIT403d
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Internal -- 40
Course Objectives:
 The SOC (Security Operations Centre) allows an organization to enforce and test its
security policies, processes, procedures and activities through one central platform that
monitors and evaluates the effectiveness of the individual elements and the overall
security system of the organization.
 This will also allow the learners to configure various use cases and detect various
attacks across the network and report them in real time and also take appropriate
actions.
 This course will cover the design, deployment and operation of the SOC.
 Once this course is completed, students will have the skills to perform your SOC
responsibilities effectively.

Introduction to Security Operations Management
Foundation Topics Introduction to Identity and Access
Management Phases of the Identity and Access Lifecycle
Registration and Identity Validation Privileges
Provisioning Access Review Access Revocation
Password Management Password Creation Password
Storage and Transmission
Password Reset Password Synchronization
Directory Management Single Sign-On
Kerberos Federated SSO Security Assertion Markup
Language OAuth OpenID Connect
I Security Events and Logs Management 12 CO1
Logs Collection, Analysis, and Disposal
Syslog Security Information and Event Manager Assets
Management Assets Inventory Assets Ownership Assets
Acceptable Use and Return Policies Assets
Classification Assets Labeling Assets and Information
Handling Media Management
Introduction to Enterprise Mobility Management Mobile
Device Management
Configuration and Change Management
Configuration Management Change Management
Vulnerability Management
75
Vulnerability Identification Finding Information about a
Vulnerability Vulnerability Scan Penetration
Assessment
Product Vulnerability Management
Vulnerability Analysis and Prioritization
Vulnerability Remediation Patch Management
References and Additional Readings
Fundamentals of Cryptography and Public Key
Infrastructure (PKI)
Cryptography Ciphers and Keys
Ciphers Keys Block and Stream Ciphers
Symmetric and Asymmetric Algorithms
Symmetric Algorithms Asymmetric Algorithms Hashes
Hashed Message Authentication Code Digital Signatures
Digital Signatures in Action Key Management
Next-Generation Encryption Protocols
IPsec and SSL IPsec SSL Fundamentals of PKI Public
and Private Key Pairs RSA Algorithm, the Keys, and
Digital Certificates
Certificate Authorities Root and Identity Certificates
Root Certificate Identity Certificate X.500 and X.509v3
Certificates
Authenticating and Enrolling with the CA
Public Key Cryptography Standards
Simple Certificate Enrollment Protocol
Revoking Digital Certificates Using Digital Certificates
PKI Topologies Single Root CA
Hierarchical CA with Subordinate CAs
Cross-certifying CAs Exam Preparation Tasks
Review All Key Topics Complete Tables and Lists from
Memory
Introduction to Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)
What Are VPNs? Site-to-site vs. Remote-Access VPNs
An Overview of IPsec IKEv1 Phase 1 IKEv1 Phase 2
IKEv2 SSL VPNs
SSL VPN Design Considerations User Connectivity
VPN Device Feature Set
Infrastructure Planning Implementation Scope
Windows-Based Analysis
Process and Threads Memory Allocation
Windows Registration Windows Management
Instrumentation Handles Services
Windows Event Logs Exam Preparation Tasks
II Linux- and Mac OS X–Based Analysis 12 CO2
Processes Forks Permissions Symlinks
Daemons UNIX-Based Syslog
Apache Access Logs
Endpoint Security Technologies
Antimalware and Antivirus Software
76
Host-Based Firewalls and Host-Based Intrusion
Prevention Application-Level Whitelisting and
Blacklisting System-Based Sandboxing
Threat Analysis
What Is the CIA Triad: Confidentiality, Integrity, and
Availability?
Confidentiality Integrity Availability
Threat Modeling Defining and Analyzing the Attack
Vector Understanding the Attack Complexity Privileges
and User Interaction
The Attack Scope Exam Preparation Tasks
Forensics
Introduction to Cybersecurity Forensics
The Role of Attribution in a Cybersecurity Investigation
The Use of Digital Evidence
Defining Digital Forensic Evidence
Understanding Best, Corroborating, and Indirect or
Circumstantial Evidence
Collecting Evidence from Endpoints and Servers
Collecting Evidence from Mobile Devices Collecting
Evidence from Network Infrastructure Devices Chain of
Custody
III 12 CO3
Fundamentals of Microsoft Windows Forensics
Processes, Threads, and Services
Memory Management Windows Registry
The Windows File System Master Boot Record (MBR)
The Master File Table (MFT)
Data Area and Free Space FAT
NTFS MFT Timestamps, MACE, and Alternate Data
Streams EFI Fundamentals of Linux Forensics Linux
Processes Ext4
Journaling Linux MBR and Swap File System
Exam Preparation Tasks
Fundamentals of Intrusion Analysis
Common Artifact Elements and Sources of Security
Events False Positives, False Negatives, True Positives,
and True Negatives
Understanding Regular Expressions
Protocols, Protocol Headers, and Intrusion Analysis
Using Packet Captures for Intrusion Analysis Mapping
Security Event Types to Source Technologies
Introduction to Incident Response and the Incident
Handling Process
Introduction to Incident Response
What Are Events and Incidents? The Incident Response
IV 12 CO4
Plan The Incident Response Process
The Preparation Phase The Detection and Analysis
Phase Containment, Eradication, and Recovery Post-
Incident Activity (Postmortem) Information Sharing and
77
Coordination Incident Response Team Structure The
Vocabulary for Event Recording and Incident Sharing
(VERIS)
Incident Response Teams
Computer Security Incident Response Teams (CSIRTs)
Product Security Incident Response Teams (PSIRTs)
Security Vulnerabilities and Their Severity Vulnerability
Chaining Role in Fixing Prioritization Fixing Theoretical
Vulnerabilities Internally Versus Externally Found
Vulnerabilities National CSIRTs and Computer
Emergency Response Teams (CERTs) Coordination
Centers Incident Response Providers and Managed
Security Service Providers (MSSPs)
Compliance Frameworks
Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI
DSS) PCI DSS Data
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act
(HIPAA) HIPAA Security Rule HIPAA Safeguards
Administrative Safeguards Physical Safeguards
Technical Safeguards Sarbanes-Oxley (SOX) Section
302 Section 404 Section 409 SOX Auditing Internal
Controls
Network and Host Profiling
Network Profiling Throughput Measuring Throughput
Used Ports Session Duration
Critical Asset Address Space Host Profiling
Listening Ports Logged-in Users/Service Accounts
Running Processes Applications
The Art of Data and Event Analysis
Normalizing Data Interpreting Common Data Values
into a Universal Format Using the 5-Tuple Correlation to
Respond to Security Incidents Retrospective Analysis
and Identifying Malicious Files Identifying a Malicious
File Mapping Threat Intelligence with DNS and Other
Artifacts
Deterministic Versus Probabilistic Analysis
Intrusion Event Categories
Diamond Model of Intrusion
V Cyber Kill Chain Model Reconnaissance 12 CO5
Weaponization Delivery Exploitation
Installation Command and Control Action and
Objectives
Types of Attacks and Vulnerabilities
Types of Attacks Reconnaissance Attacks
Social Engineering Privilege Escalation Attacks
Backdoors Code Execution
Man-in-the Middle Attacks Denial-of-Service Attacks
Direct DDoS Botnets Participating in DDoS Attacks
Reflected DDoS Attacks
78
Attack Methods for Data Exfiltration ARP Cache
Poisoning Spoofing Attacks Route Manipulation Attacks
Password Attacks
Wireless Attacks Types of Vulnerabilities
Security Evasion Techniques
Key Encryption and Tunneling Concepts
Resource Exhaustion Traffic Fragmentation
Protocol-Level Misinterpretation Traffic Timing,
Substitution, and Insertion Pivoting

1. CCNA Cyber Ops Omar Santos, Joseph CISCO 1st 2017
SECOPS Muniz
210-255 Official Cert
Guide
2. CCNA Cyber Ops Omar Santos, Joseph CISCO 1st 2017
SECFND 210-250 Muniz
Official Cert Guide
3. CCNA Cyber security CISCO 1st 2018
Operations Companion
Guide

Course Name: Security Operations Centre Practical Course Code: PSIT4P3d
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- -
List of Practical:
Course Outcomes:

CO1: Understanding basics of SOC, Cryptography and managing and deploying VPNs.
CO2: Analyse Windows and Linux based logs along with logs generated by endpoints.
CO3: Understand and analyze various forms of intrusions, threats and perform forensic
analysis on them.
CO4: Understand the incident response process and handle incidents by adhering to
compliance policies and standards set by the organization.
CO5: Understand the various types of attacks and vulnerabilities, categorize events and
perform incident analysis.
79
PSIT404a: Human Computer Interaction
Course Name: Human Computer Interaction Course Code: PSIT404a
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Internal -- 40
Course Objectives:
 Understand the important aspects of implementation of human-computer interfaces.

 Identify the various tools and techniques for interface analysis, design, and evaluation.
 Identify the impact of usable interfaces in the acceptance and performance utilization
of information systems

The Interaction: Models of interaction, Design Focus,
Frameworks and HCI, Ergonomics, Interaction styles,
Elements of the WIMP interface,Interactivity
Paradigms: Introduction, Paradigms for interaction
Interaction design basics: What is design?, The process
of design, User focus, Cultural probes, Navigation
I 12 CO1
design, the big button trap, Modes, Screen design and
layout, Alignment and layout matters, Checking screen
colors, Iteration and prototyping
HCI in the software process: The software life cycle,
Usability engineering , Iterative design and prototyping,
Prototyping in practice, Design rationale
Design: Principles to support usability, Standards,
Guidelines, Golden rules and heuristics, HCI patterns
Implementation support: Elements of windowing
systems, Programming the application, Going with the
grain, Using toolkits, User interface management
II 12 CO2
systems
Evaluation techniques: What is evaluation?, Goals of
evaluation, Evaluation through expert analysis,
Evaluation through user participation, Choosing an
evaluation method
Universal design: Universal design principles, Multi-
modal interaction, Designing websites for screen
readers, Choosing the right kind of speech, Designing for
diversity
III 12 CO3
User support: Requirements of user support,
Approaches to user support, Adaptive help systems,
Designing user support systems
Cognitive models: Goal and task hierarchies, Linguistic
80
models, The challenge of display-based systems,
Physical and device models, Cognitive architectures
Socio-organizational issues and stakeholder
requirements: Organizational issues, Capturing
requirements
Communication and collaboration models: Face-to-
face communication, Conversation, Text-based
IV communication, Group working 12 CO4
Task analysis: Differences between task analysis and
other techniques, Task decomposition, Knowledge-
based analysis, Entity–relationship-based techniques,
Sources of information and data collection, Uses of task
analysis
Dialog notations and design: What is dialog?, Dialog
design notations, Diagrammatic notations, Textual
dialog notations, Dialog semantics, Dialog analysis and
design
V 12 CO5
Models of the system: Standard formalisms, Interaction
models, Continuous behavior
Modeling rich interaction: Status–event analysis, Rich
contexts, Low intention and sensor-based interaction

1. Human Computer Alan Dix, Janet Pearson 3rd
Interaction Finlay, Gregory Education
Abowd, Russell
Beale
2. Designing the User Shneiderman B., Pearson 5th 2013
Interface Plaisant C., Cohen
M., Jacobs S.
Course Outcomes:
CO1: have a clear understanding of HCI principles that influence a system’s interface
design, before writing any code.
CO2: understand the evaluation techniques used for any of the proposed system.
CO3: understand the cognitive models and its design.
CO4: able to understand how to manage the system resources and do the task analysis.
CO5: able to design and implement a complete system.
81
PSIT404b: Advanced IoT
Course Name: Advanced IoT Course Code: PSIT404b
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Internal -- 40
Course Objectives:
 To understand the applications on image processing in different disciplines.

 To apply the concepts to new areas of research in Image processing.

Fuzzy Approaches and Analysis in Image Processing,
Text information extraction from images, Image and
I 12 CO1
Video steganography based on DCT and wavelet
transform.
Zernike-Moments-Based Shape Descriptors for Pattern
Recognition and Classification Applications, An Image
De-Noising Method Based on Intensity Histogram
II 12 CO2
Equalization Technique for Image Enhancement, A New
Image Encryption Method Based on Improved Cipher
Block Chaining with Optimization Technique
A Technique to Approximate Digital Planar Curve with
Polygon, Shape Determination of Aspired Foreign Body
on Pediatric Radiography Images Using Rule-Based
III Approach, Evaluation of Image Detection and 12 CO3
Description Algorithms for Application in Monocular
SLAM, Diophantine Equations for Enhanced Security in
Watermarking Scheme for Image Authentication
Design, Construction, and Programming of a Mobile
Robot Controlled by Artificial Vision, Review and
Applications of Multimodal Biometrics for Secured
IV Systems, Background Subtraction and Object Tracking 12 CO4
via Key Frame-Based Rotational Symmetry Dynamic
Texture, A Novel Approach of Human Tracking
Mechanism in Wireless Camera Networks
Digital Image Steganography: Survey, Analysis, and
Application, Vegetation Index: Ideas, Methods,
V 12 CO5
Influences, and Trends, Expert System through GIS-
Based Cloud
82
1. Advanced Image N. Suresh Kumar, IGI -- 2017
Processing Techniques Arun Kumar global
and Applications Sangaiah, M. Arun,
S. Anand
Course Outcomes:
CO01: Understand the advanced applications of Image processing.
CO02: Understand the application of image processing pattern recognition, encryption and
image enhancement.
CO03: Understand and apply the image processing techniques in identification of foreign
body using radiography, watermarking techniques.
CO04: Apply the image processing techniques to robot vision, biometrics, human tracking
using wireless camera.
CO05: Apply image processing in steganography, expert systems through GIS based cloud.
83
PSIT404c: Storage as a Service
Course Name: Storage as a Service Course Code: PSIT404c
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Internal -- 40
Course Objectives:
 Understand the need for Storage Area Network and Data protection to satisfy the
information explosion requirements.
 Study storage technologies: SAN, NAS, IP storage etc., which will bridge the gap
between the emerging trends in industry and academics.
 To get an insight of Storage area network architecture, protocols and its infrastructure.
 To study and discuss the applications of SAN to fulfill the needs of the storage
management in the heterogeneous environment.
 Study and understand the management of Storage Networks
 To understand different techniques of managing store.

Introduction to Information Storage
Information Storage Data Types of Data Big Data
Information Storage Evolution of Storage Architecture
Data Center Infrastructure Core Elements of a Data
Center Key Characteristics of a Data Center Managing
a Data Center Virtualization and Cloud Computing
Data Center Environment
Application Database Management System (DBMS)
Host (Compute) Operating System
Memory Virtualization Device Driver 20
Volume Manager File System Compute Virtualization
Connectivity Physical Components of Connectivity
I Interface Protocols IDE/ATA and Serial ATA 28 12 CO1
SCSI and Serial SCSI Fiber Channel
Internet Protocol (IP) Storage
Disk Drive Components Platter Spindle Read/Write
Head Actuator Arm Assembly Drive Controller Board
Physical Disk Structure Zoned Bit Recording Logical
Block Addressing Disk Drive Performance Disk
Service Time Seek Time Rotational Latency Data
Transfer Rate Disk I/O Controller Utilization Host
Access to Data Direct-Attached Storage DAS Benefit
and Limitations Storage Design Based on Application
Requirements and Disk Performance Disk Native
Command Queuing
84
Introduction to Flash Drives Components and
Architecture of Flash Drives Features of Enterprise Flash
Drives Concept in Practice: VMware ESXi
Data Protection: RAID
RAID Implementation Methods Software RAID
Hardware RAID Array Components RAID Techniques
Striping
Mirroring Parity RAID Levels RAID 0
RAID 1 Nested RAID RAID 3 RAID 4
RAID 5 RAID 6 RAID Impact on Disk Performance
Application IOPS and RAID Configurations RAID
Comparison Hot Spares
Intelligent Storage Systems Components of an
Intelligent Storage System Front End Cache Structure of
Cache Read Operation with Cache Write Operation with
Cache Implementation Cache Management
Cache Data Protection Back End Physical Disk Storage
Provisioning Traditional Storage Provisioning LUN
Expansion: MetaLUN Virtual Storage Provisioning 82
Comparison between Virtual and Traditional
Storage Provisioning Use Cases for Thin and Traditional
LUNs LUN Masking
Types of Intelligent Storage Systems High-End Storage
Systems Midrange Storage Systems
Fiber Channel Storage Area Networks Fiber Channel:
Overview The SAN and Its Evolution Components of FC
SAN Node Ports Cables and Connectors Contents
Interconnect Devices SAN Management Software FC
Connectivity Point-to-Point
Fiber Channel Arbitrated Loop Fiber Channel Switched
Fabric FC-SW Transmission
II 12 CO2
Switched Fabric Ports Fiber Channel Architecture Fiber
Channel Protocol Stack
FC-4 Layer FC-2 Layer FC-1 Layer FC-0 Layer Fiber
Channel Addressing World Wide Names FC Frame 110.
Structure and Organization of FC Data Flow Control
BB_Credit EE_Credit Classes of Service
Fabric Services Switched Fabric Login Types Zoning
Types of Zoning FC SAN Topologies Mesh Topology
Core-Edge Fabric Benefits and Limitations of Core-
Edge Fabric Virtualization in SAN Block-level Storage
Virtualization Virtual SAN (VSAN)
IP SAN and FCoE iSCSI Components of iSCSI iSCSI
Host Connectivity iSCSI Topologies Native iSCSI
Connectivity
Bridged iSCSI Connectivity Combining FC and Native
iSCSI Connectivity iSCSI Protocol Stack iSCSI PDU 6
iSCSI Discovery iSCSI Names iSCSI Session iSCSI
Command Sequencing FCIP FCIP Protocol Stack FCIP
Topology FCIP Performance and Security FCoE I/O
85
Consolidation Using FCoE Components of an FCoE
Network
Converged Network Adapter Cables
FCoE Switches FCoE Frame Structure
FCoE Frame Mapping FCoE Enabling Technologies
Priority-Based Flow Control (PFC) Enhanced
Transmission Selection (ETS
Congestion Notification (CN)
Data Center Bridging Exchange Protocol (DCBX) 1
Network-Attached Storage General-Purpose Servers
versus NAS Devices
Benefits of NAS File Systems and Network File Sharing
Accessing a File System
Network File Sharing Components of NAS
NAS I/O Operation NAS Implementations
Unifi ed NAS Unifi ed NAS Connectivity 164
Gateway NAS Gateway NAS Connectivity
Scale-Out NAS Scale-Out NAS Connectivity
NAS File-Sharing Protocols NFS CIFS
Factors Affecting NAS Performance File-Level
Virtualization
Object-Based and Unified Storage
Object-Based Storage Devices Object-Based Storage
Architecture Components of OSD Object Storage and
Retrieval in OSD
Benefits of Object-Based Storage
Common Use Cases for Object-Based Storage Content-
Addressed Storage CAS Use Cases
Healthcare Solution: Storing Patient Studies
III Finance Solution: Storing Financial Records Unified 12 CO3
Storage Components of Unifi ed Storage Data Access
from Unified Storage
Introduction to Business Continuity
Information Availability
Causes of Information Unavailability
Consequences of Downtime
Measuring Information Availability
BC Terminology BC Planning Life Cycle
Failure Analysis Single Point of Failure
Resolving Single Points of Failure Multipathing
Software Business Impact Analysis BC Technology
Solutions
I/O Operation without PowerPath I/O Operation with
PowerPath Automatic Path Failover Path Failure without
PowerPath
Path Failover with PowerPath: Active-Active Array Path
Failover with PowerPath: Active-Passive Array
Backup and Archive
Backup Purpose Disaster Recovery Operational
Recovery Archival Backup Considerations Backup
86
Granularity Recovery Considerations Backup Methods
6 Backup Architecture Backup and Restore Operations
Backup Topologies Backup in NAS Environments
Server-Based and Serverless Backup NDMP-Based
Backup
Backup Targets Backup to Tape Physical Tape Library
Limitations of Tape 2 Backup to Disk Backup to Virtual
Tape Virtual Tape Library Data Deduplication for
Backup Data Deduplication Methods Data
Deduplication Implementation Source-Based Data
Deduplication Target-Based Data Deduplication
Backup in Virtualized Environments Data Archive
Archiving Solution Architecture Use Case: E-mail
Archiving Use Case: File Archiving
Local Replication Replication Terminology Uses of
Local Replicas Replica Consistency Consistency of a
Replicated File System
Consistency of a Replicated Database
Local Replication Technologies
Host-Based Local Replication
LVM-Based Replication Advantages of LVM-Based
Replication Limitations of LVM-Based Replication File
System Snapshot
Storage Array-Based Local Replication
Full-Volume Mirroring Pointer-Based, Full-Volume
Replication Pointer-Based Virtual Replication Network-
Based Local Replication
Continuous Data Protection CDP Local Replication
Operation Tracking Changes to Source and Replica
Restore and Restart Considerations Creating Multiple
Replicas
IV Local Replication in a Virtualized Environment Remote 12 CO4
Replication Modes of Remote Replication Remote
Replication Technologies Host-Based Remote
Replication LVM-Based Remote Replication Host-
Based Log Shipping Storage Array-Based Remote
Replication Synchronous Replication Mode
Asynchronous Replication Mode Disk-Buffered
Replication Mode Network-Based Remote Replication
CDP Remote Replication
Three-Site Replication Three-Site Replication —
Cascade/Multihop Synchronous + Asynchronous
Synchronous + Disk Buffered
Three-Site Replication — Triangle/Multitarget Data
Migration Solutions Remote Replication and Migration
in aVirtualized Environment
Cloud Computing Cloud Enabling Technologies
Characteristics of Cloud Computing Benefits of Cloud
Computing
87
Cloud Service Models Infrastructure-as-a-Service
Platform-as-a-Service Software-as-a-Service Cloud
Deployment Models
Public Cloud Private Cloud Community Cloud Hybrid
Cloud Cloud Computing Infrastructure Physical
Infrastructure Virtual Infrastructure Applications and
Platform Software Cloud Management and Service
Creation Tools Cloud Challenges
Challenges for Consumers Challenges for Providers
Cloud Adoption Considerations
Securing the Storage Infrastructure
Information Security Framework Risk Triad
Assets Threats Vulnerability Storage Security Domains
Securing the Application Access Domain Controlling
User Access to Data Protecting the Storage
Infrastructure 341
Data Encryption Securing the Management Access
Domain Controlling Administrative Access Protecting
the Management Infrastructure Securing Backup,
Replication, and Archive Security Implementations in
Storage Networking FC SAN FC SAN Security
Architecture Basic SAN Security Mechanisms LUN
Masking and Zoning
Securing Switch Ports Switch-Wide and Fabric-Wide
Access Control
Logical Partitioning of a Fabric: Virtual SAN
NAS NAS File Sharing: Windows ACLs
NAS File Sharing: UNIX Permissions
NAS File Sharing: Authentication and Authorization
V Kerberos Network-Layer Firewalls IP SAN Securing 12 CO5
Storage Infrastructure in Virtualized and Cloud
Environments Security Concerns
Security Measures Security at the Compute Level
Security at the Network Level Security at the Storage
Level Concepts in Practice: RSA and VMware Security
Products RSA Secure ID RSA Identity and Access
Management
RSA Data Protection Manager VMware vShield
Managing the Storage Infrastructure
Monitoring the Storage Infrastructure
Monitoring Parameters Components Monitored Hosts
Storage Network Storage
Monitoring Examples Accessibility Monitoring
Capacity Monitoring Performance Monitoring Security
Monitoring Alerts
Storage Infrastructure Management Activities
Availability Management Capacity Management
Performance Management Security Management
Reporting Storage Infrastructure Management in a
88
Virtualized Environment Storage Management
Examples
Storage Allocation to a New Server/Host
File System Space Management Chargeback Report
Storage Infrastructure Management Challenges
Developing an Ideal Solution 384Storage Management
Initiative Enterprise Management Platform Information
Lifecycle Management Storage Tiering Intra-Array
Storage Tiering Inter-Array Storage Tiering

1. Information Storage and EMC John 2nd 2012
Management: Storing, Wiley &
Managing, and Protecting Sons
Digital Information in
Classic, Virtualized, and
Cloud Environments
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Understand different techniques of storage and RAID Technologies

CO2: Understand different intelligent storage technologies. Also, understand the benefits of
Fibre Channel Storage Networks along with iSCSI.
CO3: Understand the architecture of NAS and deployment along with Object based and unified
storage technologies. Also, the learner will be able to configure the storage devices to maintain
highest level of availability
CO4: Understand Replication and Migration techniques and implement them.
CO5: Understand Different techniques for managing and securing storage infrastructure.
89
PSIT404d: Information Security Auditing
Course Name: Information Security Auditing Course Code: PSIT404d
Credits 4
Hours Marks
Internal -- 40
Course Objectives:
 Understand various information security policies in place.

 Assess an organization based on the needs and suggest the requisite information
security policies to be deployed.
 Audit the organization across relevant policies and assist the organization in
implementing such policies along with suggesting improvements.

Secrets of a Successful Auditor
Understanding the Demand for IS Audits
Understanding Policies, Standards, Guidelines, and
Procedures Understanding Professional Ethics
Understanding the Purpose of an Audit Differentiating
between Auditor and Auditee Roles Implementing Audit
Standards Auditor Is an Executive Position Understanding
the Corporate Organizational Structure
Governance
Strategy Planning for Organizational Control
Overview of Tactical Management Planning and
I 12 CO1
Performance Overview of Business Process
Reengineering Operations Management Summary
Audit Process
Understanding the Audit Program Establishing and
Approving an Audit Charter
Preplanning Specific Audits Performing an Audit Risk
Assessment Determining Whether an Audit Is Possible
Performing the Audit
Gathering Audit Evidence Conducting Audit Evidence
Testing Generating Audit Findings
Report Findings Conducting Follow-up (Closing Meeting)
Information Systems Acquisition and Development
Project Governance and Management
Business Case and Feasibility Analysis
II System Development Methodologies 12 CO2
Control Identification and Design
Testing Methodologies
Configuration and Release Management
90
System Migration, Infrastructure Deployment and Data
Conversion
Post-implementation Review
Information Systems Operations
Introduction
Common Technology Components
IT Asset Management
Job Scheduling and Production Process Automation
System Interfaces
End-user Computing
Data Governance
Systems Performance Management
III 12 CO3
Problem and Incident Management
Change, Configuration, Release and
IT Service Level Management
Database Management
Business Resilience
Business Impact Analysis
Data Backup, Storage and Restoration
Business Continuity Plan
Disaster Recovery Plans
Information Systems Life Cycle
Governance in Software Development
Management of Software Quality
Overview of the Executive Steering Committee Change
Management
Management of the Software Project
Overview of the System Development Life Cycle
Overview of Data Architecture
Decision Support Systems Program Architecture
IV 12 CO4
Centralization vs. Decentralization Electronic Commerce
System Implementation and Operations
Understanding the Nature of IT Services
Performing IT Operations Management
Performing Capacity Management
Using Administrative Protection
Performing Problem Management
Monitoring the Status of Controls
Implementing Physical Protection
Protecting Information Assets
Understanding the Threat
Using Technical Protection
Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery
Debunking the Myths Understanding the Five Conflicting
V Disciplines Called Business Continuity Defining Disaster 12 CO5
Recovery Defining the Purpose of Business Continuity
Uniting Other Plans with Business Continuity
Understanding the Five Phases of a Business Continuity
Program Understanding the Auditor Interests in BC/DR
Plans
91
1. CISA®: Certified Information David Cannon SYBEX Fourth 2016
Systems Auditor Edition
2. CISA Review Manual 27th ISACA 2019
Edition
3. CISA Certified Information O’Reilly 4th 2019
Systems Auditor All-in-One Edition
Exam Guide, Fourth Edition,
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Understand various information security policies and process flow, Ethics of an
Information security Auditor.
CO2: Understand various information systems in an organization, their criticality and various
governance and management policies associated with them.
CO3: Critically analyse various operational strategies like asset management, data
governance etc. and suggest requisite changes as per organizations requirements with
improvements.
CO4: Understand the information flow across the organization and identify the weak spots,
and also suggest improvements to strengthen them.
CO5: Come up with strong strategies to protect information assets and come up with an
efficient business continuity plan, disaster recovery strategy etc.
92
PSIT4P4: Project Implementation and Viva
Course Name: Project Implementation and Viva Course Code: PSIT4P4
Credits 2
Hours Marks
Internal -- -
The project dissertation and Viva Voce details are given in Appendix 1.
93
Evaluation Scheme
Internal Evaluation (40 Marks)
The internal assessment marks shall be awarded as follows:
1. 30 marks (Any one of the following):
a. Written Test or
b. SWAYAM (Advanced Course) of minimum 20 hours and certification
exam completed or
c. NPTEL (Advanced Course) of minimum 20 hours and certification exam
completed or
d. Valid International Certifications (Prometric, Pearson, Certiport,
Coursera, Udemy and the like)
e. One certification marks shall be awarded one course only. For four
courses, the students will have to complete four certifications.
2. 10 marks
The marks given out of 40 (30 in Semester 4) for publishing the research paper
should be divided into four course and should awarded out of 10 in each of the
four course.
i. Suggested format of Question paper of 30 marks for the written test.

a.
b.
c.
d.

a.
b.
c.
d.
ii. 10 marks from every course coming to a total of 40 marks, shall be awarded on
publishing of research paper in UGC approved / Other Journal with plagiarism
less than 10%. The marks can be awarded as per the impact factor of the journal,
quality of the paper, importance of the contents published, social value.
External Examination: (60 marks)

a.
b.
94
c.
d.

Practical Evaluation (50 marks)
A Certified copy of hard-bound journal is essential to appear for the practical

examination.
3. Journal 5
4. Viva Voce 5
OR
2. Journal 5
3. Viva Voce 5
Project Documentation and Viva Voce Evaluation

The documentation should be checked for plagiarism and as per UGC guidelines, should be
less than 10%.
1. Documentation Report (Chapter 1 to 4) 20

2. Innovation in the topic 10
3. Documentation/Topic presentation and viva voce 20
Project Implementation and Viva Voce Evaluation

1. Documentation Report (Chapter 5 to last) 20
2. Implementation 10
3. Relevance of the topic 10
4. Viva Voce 10
Appendix – 1
Project Documentation and Viva-voce (Semester III) and
Project Implementation and Viva-Voce (Semester IV)
95
Goals of the course Project Documentation and Viva-Voce
The student should:
 be able to apply relevant knowledge and abilities, within the main field of study, to a given
problem
 within given constraints, even with limited information, independently analyse and discuss
complex inquiries/problems and handle larger problems on the advanced level within the
main field of study
 reflect on, evaluate and critically review one’s own and others’ scientific results
 be able to document and present one’s own work with strict requirements on structure,
format, and language usage
 be able to identify one’s need for further knowledge and continuously develop one’s own
knowledge
To start the project:

 Start thinking early in the programme about suitable projects.
 Read the instructions for the project.
 Attend and listen to other student´s final oral presentations.
 Look at the finished reports.
 Talk to senior master students.
 Attend possible information events (workshops / seminars / conferences etc.) about the
related topics.
Application and approval:

 Read all the detailed information about project.
 Finalise finding a place and supervisor.
 Check with the coordinator about subject/project, place and supervisor.
 Write the project proposal and plan along with the supervisor.
 Fill out the application together with the supervisor.
 Hand over the complete application, proposal and plan to the coordinator.
 Get an acknowledgement and approval from the coordinator to start the project.
During the project:

 Search, gather and read information and literature about the theory.
 Document well the practical work and your results.
 Take part in seminars and the running follow-ups/supervision.
 Think early on about disposition and writing of the final report.
 Discuss your thoughts with the supervisor and others.
 Read the SOP and the rest you need again.
 Plan for and do the mid-term reporting to the coordinator/examiner.
 Do a mid-term report also at the work-place (can be a requirement in some work-places).
 Write the first draft of the final report and rewrite it based on feedback from the supervisor
and possibly others.
 Plan for the final presentation of the report.
Finishing the project:

 Finish the report and obtain an OK from the supervisor.
96
 Ask the supervisor to send the certificate and feedback form to the coordinator.
 Attend the pre-final oral presentation arranged by the Coordinator.
 Rewrite the final report again based on feedback from the opponents and possibly others.
 Prepare a title page and a popular science summary for your report.
 Send the completed final report to the coordinator (via plagiarism software)
 Rewrite the report based on possible feedback from the coordinator.
 Appear for the final exam.
Project Proposal/research plan

 The student should spend the first 1-2 weeks writing a 1-2 pages project plan containing:
- Short background of the project
- Aims of the project
- Short description of methods that will be used
- Estimated time schedule for the project
 The research plan should be handed in to the supervisor and the coordinator.
 Writing the project plan will help you plan your project work and get you started in finding
information and understanding of methods needed to perform the project.
Project Documentation
The documentation should contain:
 Introduction - that should contain a technical and social (when possible) motivation of the
project topic.
 Description of the problems/topics.
 Status of the research/knowledge in the field and literature review.
 Description of the methodology/approach. (The actual structure of the chapters here
depends on the topic of the documentation.)
 Results - must always contain analyses of results and associated uncertainties.
 Conclusions and proposals for the future work.
 Appendices (when needed).
 Bibliography - references and links.
For the master’s documentation, the chapters cannot be dictated, they may vary
according to the type of project. However, in Semester III Project Documentation and
Viva Voce must contain at least 4 chapters (Introduction, Review of Literature,
Methodology / Approach, Proposed Design / UI design, etc. depending on the type of
project.) The Semester III report should be spiral bound.
In Semester IV, the remaining Chapters should be included (which should include
Experiments performed, Results and discussion, Conclusions and proposals for future
work, Appendices) and Bibliography - references and links. Semester IV report should
include all the chapters and should be hardbound.
97

1.2.1 Syllabus All Merged

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1.2.1 Syllabus All Merged

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

1.2.1 Syllabus All Merged

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

University of Mumbai

Under Choice Based Credit, Grading

Faculty of Commerce, University of Mumbai1 | P a g e

2 Ability Enhancement Courses (AEC) 2 Ability Enhancement Courses (AEC)

2B *Skill Enhancement Courses (SEC) 2B **Skill Enhancement Courses (SEC)

Faculty of Commerce, University of Mumbai2 | P a g e

1B Discipline Related Elective(DRE)Courses

2 Ability Enhancement Courses (AEC)

2B *Skill Enhancement Courses (SEC)

*List of Skill Enhancement Courses (SEC)

Faculty of Commerce, University of Mumbai3 | P a g e

Elective Courses (EC)-

Faculty of Commerce, University of Mumbai4 | P a g e

Faculty of Commerce, University of Mumbai5 | P a g e

1B Discipline Related Elective(DRE)Courses

2 Ability Enhancement Courses (AEC)

2B **Skill Enhancement Courses (SEC)

3 Core Courses (CC)

*List of Skill Enhancement Courses (SEC)

Faculty of Commerce, University of Mumbai6 | P a g e

Elective Courses (EC)-

3 Recent Trends in Service Sector 10

Faculty of Commerce, University of Mumbai7 | P a g e

Faculty of Commerce, University of Mumbai8 | P a g e

Faculty of Commerce, University of Mumbai9 | P a g e

COMMERCE PAPER I & II

Q.1 Multiple Choice Questions

(B) State whether the following statements are True or False 10

(Any Ten out of Twelve)

Q.6 Write notes on Any Four out of Six 20

Faculty of Commerce, University of Mumbai10 | P a g e

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (B.COM)

SEMESTER – III & IV

DISCIPLINE RELATED ELECTIVE (DRE) COURSES

COMMERCE PAPER III & IV

Choice Based Credit System

To be implemented from AY 2017 - 2018

Board of Studies in Commerce, University of MumbaiPage 1 of 8

COMMERCE –III (MANAGEMENT: FUNCTIONS AND CHALLENGES)

Sr. Modules No. of

2 Planning & Decision Making 10

4 Directing And Controlling 12

Board of Studies in Commerce, University of MumbaiPage 2 of 8

2 Planning & Decision Making (10)

• Organising-Steps, Organisation Structures – Features ofLine & Staff

• Motivation – Concept, Importance, Influencing factors.

Board of Studies in Commerce, University of MumbaiPage 3 of 8

1. Management Today Principles& Practice- Gene Burton, ManabThakur, Tata McGraw-

2. Management – JamesA.F.Stoner, Prentice Hall, Inc .U.S.A.

4. Essential of Database Management Systems -AlexisLeon ,MathewsLeon

5. Management –Task ,Resp, Practices – PetaDruche “willian Heinemann LTD.

Board of Studies in Commerce, University of MumbaiPage 4 of 8

Commerce – IV (Management: Production & Finance)

1 Production & Inventory Management 11

3 Indian Financial System 12

4 Recent Trends In Finance 12

Board of Studies in Commerce, University of MumbaiPage 5 of 8

3 INDIAN FINANCIAL SYSTEM (12)

4 RECENT TRENDS IN FINANCE (12)

• Mutual Funds- Advantages and Limitations, Types, Factors responsible for

List of groups of List of groups of